A. he ee Muh od
Rthesedencyene ie
ala ee
be he alien df porate eg
at arte ae a. tighter
ee Fan Bards ky ae pie + J waging! “ ete ree Pehe be tee
Sana e ees ¥ 2 s se i 2 a lalla 9H ow os eee cw gs
SN ae ko ne tn a D R A eet wine ah ai 2 babes Meat «2!
ete es - . a
th De oh Ae Ly at Cr aa, te,
Pm Ate BR tigi
s eee es KB Rade =~ PMarcwe a
Pe Gage Peds cae re bee ‘ oes te netter Bn RAR oS a en, Ale. Wasnartereeng
“4 o = b . = 7 elapiiiie saa ma ee gM ERy 8
mate bate Prt ay GemeS Rty inde z Nae een Aa ee ae J
BN Neath He Oia Wi MR MeV Matham AOeN Sr nage
Re Aaate Be yet
Aen ee 22
FLL eS tat Seen
= hon noes at
anttodes: Sn Pin SF sa RNAi diye ok ge ie
ee ; -
Se eet
ra Aen Bayi
> A i, 7 PORE A mae F-Wiet Tine Dh
~~ 82a ° x P 2. aes Pe Se Pe
VR Ee ote Bye. mek oy Se. Fm gee <n * =
AR se Nt Se 3
res DS Ge ae ee inte
ee er
- ak $ pene es
ne .
. 4 t A ihe No De Se <The
aE ates : H .
“ A Anal WM RS a al ;
Has Bodh, Hab P38, 5k meee " Bolom Late ASE Ne. A Oe,
7 Oem hy
¢ a ee 3
i eerie tee ate Pree aah ag
“ “ ee Ade : " as ; ‘ AS ine Pee sean
RA ee ee. Sas : rie r Ae Lowe add ak enim co not
ee * 7 etre 7 tamer hae a ohana
Oty te pen X, A! s
ONS er Eee a py AE Stn
: Foe PR hat FL IE Rare
ge AN as
OS net me eh
Se hy
0 aris tet Pea ee ae
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
eh
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
et ashe ta,
HI edirali oss
"
i
Y
HY:
Wa,
He ies
eA
THE ANNALS
AND
AGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
| { i, ' \| ey ul
INCLUDING
Leys PL) | |
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.
(BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND
CHARLESWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’)
CONDUCTED BY
LBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.
a PLDI FFL A
VOL. VIIIL—SEVENTH SERIES.
ett OO
LONDON:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.
BAILLIERE, PARIS: HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN :
AND ASHER, BERLIN,
TOON.
“Omnes res create sunt divine sapientie et potentix testes, divitix felicitatis
humane :—ex harum usu Jonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapzentia Domini;
ex ceconomia in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis
elucet. Earuin itaque /indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper xstimata ;
a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper
ininica fuit.”—Linnzes.
“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour
voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-
tent toutes ses opérations.”—BruckneEr, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,
1767.
Seer eh eer see se hhesyLyanepowers
Obey our.summons; from their deepest dells
The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild
And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs
That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme
And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,
But scatter round ten thousand forms minute
Of velvet moss or lichen, torn from rock
Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too
Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face
They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush
That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,
Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,
The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,
All, all to us unlock their secret stores
And pay their cheerful tribute.
J. Taytor, Norwich, 1818,
AUBRE FLAMMAM.
CONTENTS OF VOL, VIII.
(SEVENTH SERIES. ]
NUMBER XLIUI.
I. Notes on the Recent Literature of Japanese Land-Snails. Ry
Dr. Henry A. Pirssry, Special Curator of the Department oi
Mollusca, Academy cf Natural Sciences of Philadelphia ..........
II. Descriptions of Three new Siluroid Fishes of the Genus Syno-
dontis discovered by Mr. W. L. S. Loat in the White Nile. By
ERCP ES TENG Rite cR URS ee Une SoS SS. ies Seis aes ve 8
IIL. Diagnoses of Four new Fishes discovered by Mr. J. E.S.
Moore in Lakes Albert and Albert Edward. By G. A. BouLENGER,
ESY Sate ee
IV. On the Occurrence of Sudmo macrostigma in Sardinia. By
Se Ae LE TER TO So oe re ee ee
V. Description of a new Lizard from the Gaboon. By G. A.
apa PUGLEDISR TICES AS Sm ck Coin (haba fen care Gi gia wale Vohew ia 6 SKS
VI. New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian Moths.
By Colonel C: Swinzosr, M.A., F.LS., &e.
VII. Some new African Bats (including one from the Azores) and
anew Galago, By OLDFIELD THOMAS .... 6. sce
VIII. The Rutelid Genus Adoredocia and a new Allied Form.
By Givsert J. ARROW
Co ek oe Pe Rs Ui Yh te To UW Elk Sh es YK
IX. New Species of Nectuide from Tropical America. By W.
BEHAUS, EZ. - 2.0.5 68 SRS as yee a ee en doe Ve ene eek
X. The New Mexico Coccide of the Genus Ripersia. By T. D. A.
CocKERELL
XI. On a Collection of Butterflies made by George Migeod, Esq.,
in Northern Nigeria between September 1899 and January 100.
eae eae a WU TIGRE EMA Sos. ye ete ee Oe se coms we
XII. On a few Undescribed Rhynchota. By W. L. Distant
XIII. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By AvotpH HEMPEL,
S. Paulo, Brazil
SIAN UNE el Slee, wi 4) b RLe al ele) BSS 68.) 0) ecu, BOG Shee eer eee Ge SIU k ef
New Books :—Studies in Fossil Botany. By DuxinFizi.p HENRY
Scort, M.A., Ph.D., F.RS., F.LS., F.G.8., Honorary Keeper
of the Jodrell Laboratory, Royal Gardeus, Kew.—First Records
of British Flowering Vlants. Compiled by Wuioi1ram A.
ROEUENT ce aE T PE a ae ine co: Litany sO aS actos 12 —
Page
it
1v CONTENTS.
On the Dates of Publication of the ‘Histoire naturelle générale et
particuliére des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles’ and the
‘Tableaux systématiques des Animaux mollusques,’ by the
Rarons Férussac and (@. P. Deshayes: by ©. Davies Sheena,
E'Z:S. &e., and B: B. Woodward, F.L:S.\&e.......2.. 2...
NUMBER XLIV.
XIV. New Species of Noctuide from Tropical America. By W.
SGEVATUIS EZ © i cece ausrelactub eat cs ara, bp evecare ra
XV. Descriptions of Brazilian Coceide. By ADoLPH HEMPEL,
Si BanlorgBrazal sce. ies. Sie es a nisl ss Oo Sac cena eters Ae
XVI. Onasmall Collection of Butterflies from the Kikuyu Country
and Mombasa made by the Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers. By ARTHUR
GeBuriER. PHD ees 5 Ge /5 oe win RO ee ee ee
XVII. On a new Bat from Borneo. By R. SHetrorp, M.A.,
@uretor ofthe Sarawale Museums. n eee oF cle eee inee
XVIII. Description of a new Fish of the Family Cichkde from
the French Congo. By G: A] Bourmnenr, PRs.) 9o0550- see
XIX. Descriptions of Three new Genera and Seven new Species
of Hymenoptera from Eastern Asia and Australia. By P. CAMERON.
XX. New and little-known Moths from India and Australia. Ry
ColonelC :S WwINnHoE NICS S US a0: Chain waren en iar eerie
XXI. On a Collection of Mammals from the Kanuku Mountains,
British Guiana, By OLD McsLD LEON AS hehe Sar ners ae ie one 13
XXII. List of small Mammals obtained by Mr. A. E. Pease, M.P.,
during his recent Expedition to Abyssinia, with Descriptions of Three
new Forms of Macroscelides. By OLpFretp Tuomas, F.R.S.
XXII. Description of a new Species of Chloritis from the Loo-
Choo Islands'y) By Gale (Gunn ck) 7. Seen eee
New Bovk :—Cours de Botanique :—Anatomie: Physiologie; Classi-
fication; Applications agricoles, industrielles, médicales; Mor-
phologie expérimentale ; Géographie botanique: Paléontologie :
Historique. Par MM. Gaston Bonnirr et LEcLERC bu
SY) 10) Si heh ieee a PEPER, a 5n 6% s gistedicie' 0 of. gad G0 6 6 Wn
Proceedings of the Geological Society ...........--.5-51505: 159,
On Apus and Branchipus from Armenia, by H. O. Cavalier; Voluta
Smitht, new Name to replace that of V. wniplicata (pre-
occupied), by G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S. Dates of Publication of
the Zoological and Be tanical portions of some French V OAS ES
Part IL. Ferret and Galinier’s ‘ Voyage en Abyssinie’; Le-
febvre’s ‘ Voyage en Aby ssinie’; ‘ Exploration emia de
V Algérie’ ; Casteluau’s ‘ Amérique du Sud’; &c.: by C. Davies
Sherborn, F. Z.5., and B. B. Woodward, F..S. &ce......- 160,
Page
100
iil
114
116
123
154
157
1cO
161
CONTENTS. Vv
NUMBER XLV,
Page
XXIV. New Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. By Sir G. F.
IME SONATE Ats Ot cto « pitiay shes a) es dincnnt scopy le ace aia ete eieta et 165
. XXV. On the Presence of a Superbranchial Organ in the Cyprinoid
Fish Hypophthalmichthys. By G. A. BouLtenerr, F.RS......... 186
XXVI. Ona new Form of Puma from Patagonia. By OLDFIELD
Hime, PRIS Bs eis wate gael aol eee ae Rese 188
XXVII. On a Collection of Bats from Para. By OLDFIELD
JURIORLAS, RIE Sic Uo tais Bea eecee ape Seti lel tet cea ie em een 189
XXVIII. The Rutelid Genus Adorodocia. By GipErr J.
AURIRGIT,, 12°] UISI Eoidig ater giao pe cen Rene Cnet onic a ee 193
XXIX, A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Precis, with
Notes on the Seasonal Phases of the Species. By Anrruur G.
iS iaatpianrym exe eye ler sr ee tee Success goats Eels oat Whale Bale le wn 196
XXX. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—
No. XXI._ By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., &. (PlateI.) 216
XXXIJ. Notes and Descriptions relating to some Plataspine and
Graphosomine (Rhynchota). By W. LL. Distant ...........--. 233
XXXII. Descriptions of some supposed new Species of Diplomma-
tina, Opisthostoma, and a new Variety of Alyceus from N. Borneo,
Banguey Island, and Darjeeling. By Hua@u Furron ............ 242
XXXII. New Neotropical Mammals, with a Note on the Species
of Reithrodon. By OLpFIELD Tuomas, F.R.S................6.. 246
XXXIV. New Species of Macroscelides and Glauconycteris. By
OrmaMMMeONUAS PRS a) aig arei ns keethe sce bok ke ee Get 255
XXXY. On anew Genus and Two new Species of African Ceto-
pile, © Les? (Cancrsinninn ig yeUy NON, dio) SpS5.'5 6 be gomanmedy a> yoo 257
New Book :—Zoological Gleanings from the Royal Indian Marine
Survey Ship ‘Investigator’ By A. W. Ancock............ 259
Marine Biological Association of the West of Scotland .......... 260
NUMBER XLVI.
XXXVI. Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—I. On
the Trachinide and their Allies. By G. A. BouLeneer, F.R.S. .. 261
XXXVII. New Insular Forms of Nasuwa and Dasyprocta. By
OMG MEN AI VETONTAS ooh gt eure ie aS ey: eh he ob stignealed casts Abe che daoate oe = oS 271
XXXVIII. On a Collection of Small Mammals from the Upper
Nile obtained by Mr. R. M. Hawker. By Onprieup THomas, F.R.S. 273
XXXIX. A List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Ewart 8. Grogan
m@entral Africa, by Wnty MARV SHARPE. 0.0... .0275.,+5-2 2/8
vi CONTENTS
Page
XL. Further Notes on the Panyonine of the Family Tabanide in
the British Museum Collection. By Miss GzertrRupDE Ricarpo .. 286
XLI. Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca
from South Africa. By Jamns Cosmo Menvitu, M.A,, F.L.S., and
Jorn Hinmy PoONsonpyY, F-Z.s.. (Rlate Li) oe ae ee 315
XLH. On the Breeding-habits of Chromis phlander. By Nexpick
GASES UAUETASME unt otee ai usted ai clie! = aatate cot sh enedetle tay pn yoke <0 as/ hee mee
XLII. The Nomenclature of European Helices. By Henry A.
PRT SB RS Cale eae ae rciie siecle cuere eee sO) a soa e dusrcin «0 er 325
XLIV. Some Questions of Myriopod Nomenclature. By R. I.
IHOKSOXGIS 5 5.8 Mo bold Hote Dee ee en ii OM MIMMCRIE da '64.0'o.0 00 oc 329
New Book :—Our Country’s Shells, and how to know them. A
Guide to the British Mollusca. By W. J. Gorpon...... ROoe,
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of
some French Voyages.—Part 11. Dumont d’Urville’s ‘ Voyage
de l’Astrolabe’; Laplace’s ‘ Voyage sur la Favorite’; Jacque-
mont’s ‘Voyage dans lInde’; Tréhouart’s ‘Commission
scientifique d Islande’; Cailliaud, ‘ Voyage a Méroé’; ‘ Expédition
scientifique de Morée; &c.: by C. Davies Sherborn, F.Z.S.,
and Baba oodwardi hiss ken oir a Acs san] oa ene 333
NUMBER XLVI.
XLV. On some Entomostraca collected in the Arctic Seas in 1898
by William S. Bruce, F.R.S.G.S. By THomas Scort, F.L.S., and
ANDERE Wes Comm = a(blates LIT: — Vil) asec e ara ney see 337
XLVI. Notes on the Genera Tanaecia and Nora, with Descriptions
of new Species. By ArrnurG, Burier, Ph.D. &c. .......... ,, 306
XLVII. On new Species of Histeride. By G. Lewis, F.L.S..... 3€6
XLVIII. A Preliminary Report on some new Brazilian Hemiptera.
By eAD OV PEM EMGMIP ET /.3 saci Sane rae eee ee eens ee 383
XLIX. Mysis relicta, Lovén, in Ireland. By Wm. F. pr VismEs
TRG gi NN Lae Vira eau. aoclichcinns Ge ioRONOLE acho Oda da. eat eran) hoa cuttics ay rc Oech OaO DIE Gus 391
L. Some Experiments in Seasonal Dimorphism. By Guy A. K.
INDAR SEDATE HAS 200 Sic omens ee, eat pepeaapet eae tels, nye ego oe ee Re Se 398
LJ. A Revision of the Genera of the ARANE® or Spiders with
reference to their Type Species. By F.O. Pickard CamBrinGE, B.A. 403
LIT. On Okedenia, Eul. By C. Mrrescuxowsky. (Plate VII.).. 415
LUJ. On Stawronella, a new Genus of Diatoms. By C. Merrscu-
KROWSEN.: db lation VaLLD a) ecycrctere ies teeat ot| c Ren iene pe Av4
CONTENTS. Vil
LIV. On a Collection of Bats from Paraguay. By OLprieLp
(TESLA 0. Pe Rad eR EP Pn oo 435
LV. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. W. L. 8. Loat
mrcne Nile; By G. Ay BOULENGER, FURS. wo. ce cele ee wee es 444
LVI. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Anoplopterus,
momiCameroon., By G. A..BouLmnerr, F.R.S. ......2.....6.. 447
LVII. Some new Genera and Species of Lithobiomorphous Chilo-
reese OWOOK. yh. skdcn eee Alin ews sates Oives gota 448
LVIII. The Chilopoda or Centipedes of the Australian Continent.
Ley lik, TL, TOOO GEE AEE ease rons CRU ate ec ee a 451
LIX. Rhynchotal Notes—XI. Heteroptera: Fam. Lyyeide. By
Ovo Lb HUNSER-AINGT cI 2 tooo oy eRe peieain eb ina cyt near gare era 464
New Book :—Biologia Centrali-Americana: Land and Freshwater
Mollusca. By Prof. Epuarp von Martens
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages.—Part II. Fabvre, ‘Commission scientifique du
Nord’; Du Petit-Thouars, ‘ Voyage de la Vénus’; Dates of the
‘ Faune Francaise’; Addenda et Corrigenda to Part I.: by C.
Davies Sherborn, F.Z.8., and B. B. Woodward, F.L.S. &e.
Corrigenda to my Papers “Note on Diatoms from Chincha
Guano” (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi., 1900) and “A List
of Californian Diatoms” (/. c. vol. vii., 1901), by C. Meresch-
1 ORWTSLEGT ae es Ser oo RE rn a ee 49]—494
NUMBER XLVIII.
LXI. Rhynchotal Notes.—XI. Heteroptera: Fam. Lygeide. By
W. iL. Distant
LXII. List of the Fishes of the Characinid Genus Distichodus,
Mull. & Trosch., with a Key to their Identification. By G, A.
JO GTLTUIBISIN, IRS) Robe ee soe rome aanis hotel Inne bic Hoc cee Ien cue cra ecco emea 510
LXIII. On the Genera of Osteoglosside. By G. A. BoULENGER,
TP TBadSe ce op Ob PURER EY CIDE: UPN RD Fed oa tomatoe Sea te aR 2 lel
LXIV. Description of a new Frog from British East Africa. By
SOPAC DOUUENGER HRS qlee i scone wath aye idse Souda ties ae deaes DIO
LXV. On Two new Snakes from Borneo. By R. Suetrorp,
M.A., Curator of the Sarawak Museum
LXVI. Natural History Notes from the Royal Indian Marine
Survey Ship ‘ Investigator,’ Commauder T. H. Heming, R.N., com-
nianding.—Series IIl., No. 5. An Account of the Trawling Opera-
tions during the Surveying-season of 1900-1901, by A. F.
McArpuz, B.A., M.B., Capt. 1.M.8., Surgeon-Naturalist to the
Survey ..
Vill CONTENTS.
Page
LXVII. On Mammals obtained by Mr. Alphonse Robert on the
Rio Jordao, 8.W. Minas Geraes. By OupFiELD THoMas ........ 526
LXVIII. New Species of Oryzomys, Proechimys, Cavia, and Sylv-
lagus from South America. By OLpFie~tp THOMAS ....,....... 536
LXIX. Some new and old Genera of S.-American Aviculariide.
Byte DE. Poco «6 cc ugaie eas oh tootalaleesdtan ces at ee eee 540
LXX. Deseription of Two new Species of Bracon from Bengal.
By Col. C. T. Bineuam, F.Z5., F.E.S. ........... CRE Rec ea 535
LXXI. Description of a new Species of I[and-Shell from
Colombia By.S) pal Costa .-. .2a264d-.6.54- 12 oo ee 557
LXXII. On Three Blind Victorian Freshwater Crustacea found
IB SUrLace-watera. by, OLA SAVCR a.) 4544-1545 1441 558
New Book:—A Handbook of British Birds. By J. EK. Harrine,
PIS 3 cBE Zi. Saegnuetie chou a eset ettcagtts Toner este eae tae eee 564
Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ by C. Davies Sherborn ............ 565
Min Ox pepe nace seacsetaiers Wolous o's, 02019) 2,474) seu yidiekeneds Clee IE hea Renee 567
PLATES IN VOL. VIIL
PiatEe I. Species of Annelids.
Mite New Mollusca from South Africa.
Li:
IV.
ONE
‘VI.
“VI. Species of Okedenia.
“VII. Stauronella constricta.
Arctic Entomostraca.
_Vo.8 = SEVENTH SERIES. No. 43.
= /*) THE ANNALS
| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ano GHOLOGY.
Fo SSS ses
ae
— “
(=> Gee Se
ST ee a,
aX
SNCS
Je
Bate Nes Ske
No. XLITI.
Se ie
au é “ ee ee - Roweutd
See
JULY 1901.
CONDUCTED BY :
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”’
LONDON:
| TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEEL STREET,
| Sold by Simpkin, Marshail, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.: Bailliére,
ig Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,
yi | Berlin.
i
ees
he ae
oe LADIES SRT eave
ae
BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
Rdited by F. D. GODMAN.
SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.
ZOOLOGY.
Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D.Gopmay. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.—xxxy.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi—lx. , Temporary Title-
page.) Vol. III. (Pp. 1-152, pls. 1xi—Ixvi.)
Reptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginrurr. (Pp. 1-268, pls. i—lxxii.)
Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.I. By 0. Pickarp CAMBRIDGE, (Pp. 1-804,
pls. i.-xxxvi.)
Arachnida Araneidea. Vol.II. By F.O.Prckarp Campripen. (Pp. 1—
248, pls. i—xx1.) ;
Chilopoda. By R. I. Pococx. (Pp. 1-40, pls. ii.) |
Coleoptera. Vol. II. part 1 (PsmLaparp &e.). By b. SHARP, A.
Marrupws, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i.-xyul.)
Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 3 (RUYNCHOPHORA). By D. Searp. (Pp. 1-
168, pls. ivi.)
ree iit Vol. IV. part 6 (RayNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHaRP
and W. f. H. Bhranprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. i—vi.)
sean Rhopalocera. Vol. 1. By F. D. Gopman and O. Saryrn.
(Pp. 1-487, pls. i.—xlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. I. (Pp. 1-692, pls. xlvin.—
cyl.)
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Disranr and W. W. FowisEr.
(Pp. 1-76, pls. i.—vin.)
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowzer. (Pp. 1-292,
pls. 1.—xix.)
‘ Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. CockERELL.
(Pp. 1-33.)
Dipieie Vol. I. By Baron C. R. Osren Sacken and 8. W. WruisTon.
(Pp. 1-296, pls. i-iv.) _
Diptera. - Vol. Il. By F.M. van per Wu.p. (Pp. 1-428, pls. 1.-xii.)
Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wi1iston. ele 1-89, pls. 1., i1.)
Neuroptera. By A.E. Eaton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)
Orthoptera. Vol. II. By L. Bruner and iN P, Morse. (Pp. 1-16.)
The Price of each Zoological Partis 21s.
ARCH HOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupstay. (Vol. 1. pp. 1-64, pls, i.—xeix. Vol. I. pp. 1-89,
pls. 1.-lxxy. Vol. III. pp. 1-48, pls. i—l. Vol. IV. pp. 1-88, pls. i.—xciii.)
By J.T. Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp. i-xii,
1-150.)
L ondon : Published for the Editors by R. H. Porrer, 7 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and hse = Co., mabe a foe
Second edition, Vol. 1. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net.
CATALOG, E
OF THE
PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
IN THE
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.
By Pror. C. STEWART, LL.D., F.R.S., &e.
Tayror and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C,
sn Sp GSE ie
rset Me ee oe
ey
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[SEVENTH SERIES.]
CF sopoacoonecsoce un per litora spargite muscum,
Naiades, et circtim vitreos considite fontes:
Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores:
Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum.
At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;
Ite, recurvato variata corallia trunco
Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas
Ferte, Dez pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.
N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Ecl.
No. 43. JULY 1901.
I.—WNotes on the Recent Literature of Japanese Land-Snails.
By Dr. Henry A. PILssry, Special Curator of the Depart-
ment of Mollusca, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia.
AFTER a period of twenty years, during which but little was
published upon the land-mollusks of Japan, their investigation
has been resumed by several students with the greatest vigour.
This revival has been due primarily to the work of collecting
undertaken by Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan. With
assistants trained in the best methods of collecting all parts
of the Island Empire are being searched for mollusks. The
direction of this work involves not only an intelligent appre-
ciation of the zoological problems awaiting solution and of the
value of such work in advancing the intellectual development
of Japan, but large pecuniary outlay as well. And disin-
terested devotion to zoological exploration, though happily
no longer rare in England and America, is not yet common
enough to be passed without a word of appreciation.
It is my purpose in this article to discuss briefly certain
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. i:
2 Dr. H. A. Pilsbry on
questions of distribution and classification, to give a list of
the species described since the beginning of the year 1900,
and to record the somewhat extensive synonymy created
during that period.
The work has already reached a point where conclusions of
general interest are appearing. The Palearctic element in
the Japanese mollusk-fauna is inconsiderable, but the Oriental
element has obviously reached the islands by two routes—
a northern, vid Sachalin Island, bringing in mainland forms
of the Amur valley and northward, and a southern, w@ the
Loochoo chain and Formosa, and probably from Corea also,
though until that peninsula is better known we cannot state _
this with confidence. Thus, to give one instance, the
Japanese group of species commonly referred to the Helicid
subgenus Acuséa is in reality of dual origin: the species of
Hondo and Kiushiu(&. Steboldiana, Pfr., HE. plicosa, Martens*)
are related through Hulota despecta of the Loochoo group to
E. assimilis, H. Ad., of Formosa, and to species of Central
China. ulota leta, Gld., of Hokkaido (Yesso) Island, on
the other hand, is allied to species of Northern China and the
Amur valley, and really belongs to the subgenus Mastig-
eulota. A similarly dual origin can be traced in various
other genera.
The great number of localities explored by Mr. Hirase’s
collectors permits us now to plot the ranges of many species
before known from one locality or from but few places. As
the work goes on this will enable us to formulate the lines of
migration and the faunal zones or areas of specific and sub-
specific differentiation. It is already clear that the islands
composing Japan are strikingly unlike most island groups in
this—that the several islands, as such, are younger than the
species of snails living upon them, whereas in most island
groups areas of specific and varietal differentiation coincide
with the geographic limits of the several islands. In other
words, the existing species of Japanese snails were in great
part differentiated and acquired their present distribution
before the islands were separated +. Present knowledge
indicates that continuous land extended from the middle
Loochoo group to Hokkaido, The Loochoos were first
isolated by subsidence; then Hokkaido was cut off. Hondo,
%* HI. plicosa seems to be merely a synonym of despecta, Gray, which
occurs in the southern provinces of Kiushiu, as well as in the Loochoo
slands.
+ The evidence, so far as supplied by Helices of the Huhadra and
Ganesella groups is concerned, has been elaborated in a still unpublished
paper by Mr. Addison Gulick and myself.
Japanese Land-Snails. 3
Shikoku, and Kiushiu remained connected until very recent
time, and have been separated within the life of those slightly
differentiated races which we term ‘ subspecies.” From
southern Kii, through Awaji and Shikoku Islands, across
Bungo Channel to Kiushiu, and westward across the lower
end of the Inland Sea to the west end of Hondo, must have
been a continuous land-area since Pliocene and down to
geologically recent time. Not only numerous species, but
mere races of more widely spread species, occupy this area,
and such a distribution is quite inexplicable except upon the
theory that the areas in question, though now separated, were
until recently a unit geographically, as they still are faunally.
There are doubtless species existing on Shikoku Island which
do not extend beyond its limits; but the local differentiation
is not greater than upon an equal area of Hondo and does
not make against the view just set forth.
In respect to classification and generic nomenclature, the
Japanese Zonitide are in great confusion. Reinhardt, many
years ago, referred the species known to him to European
groups of the family. arly last year I recognized the fact
that the Japanese Zonitide belong mainly to Oriental, not
European genera. This opinion found expression in articles
published in August (vr. p. 882) and November (xv. p. 81),
in which I referred various species to the Oriental genera
Macrochlamys and Kaliella, showed that the name Luconulus,
Reinh., must replace the names Conulus and Arnouldia, and
expressed my belief that the Japanese species referred to
these groups really belong to Kaliella. Dr. v. Méllendorff,
in an article just published (XxI. pp. 35, 37), has reached
conclusions in part anticipated by my papers, in part at
variance with them. He has referred numerous species to
the genus Microcystina of Mérch, most_of them, I think,
incorrectly. The establishment of Mvcrocystina upon an
adequate basis we owe to Godwin-Austen, who showed that
it is characterized by a callous thickening or flexure of the
columella. Of the Japanese species known to me by speci-
mens, only Arnouldia ceratodes, Gude, has this feature. J
consider v. Mollendorff’s reference of this species to Micro-
cystina justified. The species Denitzi, sinapidium, and
Hirasei of his Microcystina list have the shell-characters of
Macrochlamys, and not of Microcystina. Most of the other
species he mentions are known to me, as they are to him, by
the descriptions only, and their generic reference is little
better than guesswork.
Gastrodontella, Méllendorff, a new genus proposed for
G. japonica, Mildff. (1901), a synonym of Kaliella multi-
1#
4 Dr. H. A. Pilsbry on
volvis, Pils. (1900), is thought by Dr. v. Mollendorff to have
affinities with Gastrodonta or Sesara. The internal teeth in
K. japonica are short transverse barriers at intervals of one
third of a whorl, precisely similar to those found in Huconulus
fulvus (Drap.), var. dentatus (Sterki), with which K. muléz-
volvis has many features in common. A similar barrier exists
in Kaliella ruga, Godwin-Austen, and some other Indian
species. In K. multivolvis the barriers are very inconstant,
completely lacking in some examples, varying in others from
one to three in number. The same inconstancy attends the
development of internal teeth, barriers, or lamine in Gastro-
donta, Sagda, &c., in which the same species may have them
strongly developed or totally absent, as is well recognized by
all American students who have investigated the matter. In
my opinion, therefore, Gastrodontella has no valid claim to
generic rank. It belongs to Kaliella.
It is not my purpose to discuss the classification of Japanese
Helicide at any length in this place; but a single group calls
for remark. In my ‘ Guide to the Study of Helices’ I pro-
osed, under the name Mandarina, a new section of the genus
Fulota for the reception of Heliz mandarina, Gray, of the
Bonin Islands (Ogasawara-sima). It is now my opinion that
this group has nothing to do with Hulota, but probably
belongs to the Camenine. The nepionic shell is relatively
large and acutely carinate (as in Camena), is sculptured with
fine radial wrinkles at first, with spiral strie on the outer
whorl, and usually continuing upon the postnepionic whorls,
The adult shell is extremely heavy for a land-snail, and has
a blunt expanded lip. The group is probably of generic
rank, and will for the present include three species—Heliz
mandarina, Gray, H. Pallasiana, Pfr. (hitherto referred to
Ozxytes), and Nanina Ruschenbergert, Pilsbry. The latter
two are depressed and openly umbilicate, and will form a
separate section of the genus Boninia. All of them are
probably confined to the Bonin Islands, although they have
been attributed to various localities. The Bonin Islands
have incontestably a fauna of “continental ”’ type.
The new species described from Japan, the Loochoo and
Bonin Islands, in the twenty-two papers published since
Jan. 1, 1900, are as follows. I have appended to each, where
necessary, notes on the synonymy &c. The list is arranged
chronologically, and the papers are referred to by their
numbers in the bibliography following.
Diplommatina tenviplica, Pilsbry (1. p. 525).
Ennea wakawa, Pilsbry (1. p. 525, pl. xxi. fig. 10).
pK
Japanese Land-Snails. 5
Eulota (Acusta) Gainesi, Pilsbry (1. p. 526),—Belongs to the section
Mastigeulata.
—— luna, Pilsbry (1. p. 526, pl. xxi figs. 1-3).
—— (yista) aperta, Pilsbry (1. p. 527, pl. xxi. figs. 7-9).
— (Celorus) cavicollis, Pilsbry (4. p. 527, pl. xxi. figs. 11-13).
— rudis, Pilsbry (1. p. 528, pl. xxi. figs. 20-22).— A synonym of
Trishoplita Hilgendorfi, Kob.
Ganesella satsuma, Pilsbry (1. p. 528, pl. xxi. figs, 2)-22).—A sub-
species of G. japonica, Ptr.
ferruginea, Pilsbry (1. p. 529, pl. xxi. figs. 14-16).
heteroglypta, Pilsbry (1. p. 529, pl. xxi. figs. 17-19).— Probably
a subspecies of G. japonica, Pfr.
Eulota (Plectotropis) Hirasei, Gude (11. p. 10, pl. ii. figs. 4-7).—A
synonym of Z£. cavicollis, Pils.
— (igista) awajiensis, Gude (11. p. 11, pl. i. figs. 8-10).—A
synonym of L. aperta, Pils.
horrida, Pilsbry (1. p. 11).
— (Trishoplita?) mesogonia, Pilsbry Gu. p. 11).—Doubtless a
Trishoplita.
Ganesella Jacobi, Pilsbry (ar. p. 12).
Cyclotus (?) micron, Pilsbry (111. p. 12).
Pomatiopsis Hirasei, Pilsbry (111. p. 12).—This is Blanfordia Ben-
sont, A. Ad. The genus belongs to the Pomatiopsine.
Buliminus Hirasei, Pilsbry (1v. p. 32).
eatorris, var. oniensis, Pilsbry (iv. p. 32).—An elongate variety
of B. reinianus, Kob.
callistoderma, Pilsbry (1v. p. 33).
Plectotropis polyplecta, Ehrmann (v. p. 379).—A synonym for
Eulota horrida, Pils.
delectabilis, Ehrmann (v. p. 380).
pachysoma, Ehrmann (v. p. 380).—Seems to be identical with
Eulota scepasma, Pfr.
Trishoplita pallens, Ehrmann (v. p. 381).
Ganesella pagodula, Ehrmann (v. p. 381).
Clausilia (Phedusa) crassilamellata, Ehrmann (¥. p. 382).
( ) ime, Ehrmann (v. p. 382).
——_( ) cincticollis, Ehrmann (v. p. 383).
Alyceeus harimensis, Pilsbry (v1. p. 381).
Reinhardt, Pilsbry (v1. p. 381).
(Metalyceeus) melanopoma, Pilsbry (v1. p. 382).
) Hirasei, Pilsbry (v1. p. 382).
Diplommatina pusilla, var. omiensis, Pilsbry (v1. p. 382).
Macrochlamys micrograpta, Pilsbry (v1. p. 382).—The locality,
Kashima, proy. Harima, was inadvertently omitted.
Kaliella multivolvis, Pilsbry (v1. p. 383).
Vitrea harimensis, Pilsbry (v1. p. 384).—Seems to be the young of
Macrochlamys Denitzi, Reinh.
Georissa japonica, Pilsbry (v1. p. 384).
Chioritis (T'richochloritis) fragilis, Gude (vit. p. 70, pl. vii. figs. 18-
6 Dr. H. A. Pilsbry on
20).—This species is related to C. oscitans, v. Mart., which
has hitherto been referred to Acusta.
Eulota (Plectotroprs) enula, Gude (v1. p. 71, pl. viii. figs. 9- 11).—
This is H. conella, A. Ad., 1868, as defined by von Martens,
Conch. Mittheil. pl. xviii. ’ flos, 8-12. Not #. conella, Pir.,
1861.
—— (Euhadra) sericea, Gude (vu. p. 74, pl. vill. figs. 12-14).—
This is the true EL. Blakeana, Newe., of which I have ex-
amined the types.
Macrochlamys fulgens, Gude (vu. p. 75, pl. vill. figs. 24-26).
Arnouldia nahaensis, Gude (vu. p. 75, pl. viii. figs. 21-23).—Be-
longs to the genus Kaliella.
Crystallus sulcatus, Gude (xt. p. 399).
velatus, Gude (x11. p. 399).
Microcystis Hirasei, Gude (xu. p. 400).—A synonym of Macro-
chlamys micrograpta, Pils.
Trishoplita cretacea, Gude (x11. p. 400).
Plectotropis conica, Gude (x1r. p. 400).
Blanfor dia japonica, Sp AATC i “Millendorft (XIII. p. 153). —-This is
B. Bensoni, var. minor, piles not the true B. japonica, A. Ad.,
which was ‘described i in this Journal.
Kaliella elata, Gude (xtv. p. 453).—This seems to be a variety of
Sitala cireumcincta, Reinh.
crenulata, Gude (xiv. p. 453).
pagoduloides, Gude (xtv. p. 453).
Pyramidula pretiosa, Gude (xiv. p. 454).
Trishoplita dacoste, Gude (xiv. p. 454).
tosana, Gude (xiv. p. 455).
Eulota (Euhadra) grata, Gude (xiv. p. 455).—With var. zonata,
Gude, t. c. p. 456.
(Plectotropis) kiusiuensis, Pilsbry (xv. p. 79).
Trishoplita Goodwini, var. suprazonata, Pilsbry (xv. p. 80).—A
synonym of 7’. tosana, Gude, published three days earlier.
Ganesella turrita, Gude (vit. p. 75, pl. viii. figs. 1, 2).—Probably, as
Mr. Gude suggests, a species of Buliminopsis.
Eulota (Plectotropis) lepidophora, Gude (v1. p. 76, pl. vii. figs. 3—5).
, var. tenuis, Gude (1. ¢.).
Satsuma brunnea, Mollendorff (viz. p. 107).—Probably identical
with Ganesella ferruginea, Pils.
Euhadra luhuana, subsp. tsushimana, Molendorff (vr. p. 108).
Buliminus rugulosus, Mollendorff (vi. p. 108).
Clausilia (Huphedusa) oneauchen, Mollendoiff (v1. p. 109).
Pupinella Pruhstorferi, Mollendorff (vir. p. 110), with var. tsusht-
mana.—Searcely distinct from P. rufa.
Clausilia hakonensis, Pilsbry (1x. p. 448, pl. xiv. figs. 1-3).
—- awajiensis, Pilsbry (1x. p. 444, pl. xiv. figs. 15-17).
subaurantiaca, Pilsbry (ax. p. 444, pl. xiv. figs. 5-7).
culacophora, Pilsbry (1x. p. 445, pl. xiv. figs. 18-20).
— Hirasei, Pilsbry (1x. p. 446, pl. xiv. figs. 8-11),
Japanese Land-Snails. 7
Clausilia hyperoptyx, Pilsbry (1x. p. 446, pl. xiv. figs. 12-14).
japonica, var. suruge, Pilsbry (1x. p. 447, pl. xiv. fig. 4).—
Seems to me to=Cl. oostoma, Mlldft. Cf. Cl. ewrystoma, var.
brachyptycha, below.
Eulota Gudeana, Pilsbry (x. p. 60).—Probably a subspecies of
E. Gainesi, Pils.
hakedatensis, Pilsbry (x. p. 60).—New name for Helia
leta, Gld., non Pfr.
callizona Divoni, Pilsbry (x. p. 60).
Arnouldia ceratodes, Gude (xu. p. 398).—Very closely related to
Microcystina labilis, Gld., but smaller and more polished. It
seems to be a Microcystina.
nanodes, Gude (x1t. p. 399).—The generic position of this and
the two species following is doubtful. I have seen none of
them.
Kaliella symmetrica, Pilsbry (xv. p. 80).—A synonym of K. pagodu-
loides, Gude, which was published three days earlier.
fraterna, Pilsbry (xv. p. 81).
Euconulus Reinhardt, Pilsbry (xv. p. 81).—A Kalvella.
Punctum japonicum, Pilsbry (xv. p. 82).
Diplommatina uzenensis, Pilsbry (xvi. p. 88).
Eulota callizona, var. maritima, Gulick & Pilsbry (xvt. p. 88).
luhwana, var. idzwmonis, Pilsbry & Gulick (xvi. p. 89).
, var. womoriensis, Gulick & Pilsbry (xvi. p. 89).
Trishoplita Goodwin, var. kyotoensis, Pilsbry (Xv1. p. 90).
Eulota mercatoria, var. atrata, Pilsbry (xvt. p. 91).
Ciausilia comes, Pilsbry (xvit. p. 673, pl. xxiv. figs. 1-3).
monelasmus, Pilsbry (xv. p. 674, pl. xxiv. figs. 4-6).
iotaptyx, Pilsbry (xvu. p. 674, pl. xxiv. figs. 7-9).
mikado, Pilsbry (xvit. p. 676, pl. xxiv. figs. 10-12).
—— brevior, var. Addisoni, Pilsbry (xvi. p. 677).
hondana, Pilsbry (xvi. p. 677, pl. xxiv. figs. 13-18).
subjaponica, Pilsbry (xv1t. p. 678).
—— Nolani, Pilsbry (xvu. p. 679, pl. xxv.figs. 19-21).
tosana, Pilsby (xvit. p. 680, pl. xxv. figs. 22-25, 41).
shikokuensis, Pilsbry (xvii. p. 681, pl. xxv. figs. 30-32).
Eulota (Aigista) mimula, Pilsbry (xvi. p. 107).
Trishoplita cretacea, var. bipartita, Pilsbry (xvii. p. 107).
Eulota (Plectotropis) elegantissima, var. cara, Pilsbry (xv111. p. 107).
Clausilia euholostoma, Pilsbry (xviit. p. 108).
japonica, var. interplicata, Pilsbry (xvi. p. 108).
—— perpallida, Pilsbry (xvi. p. 108).
harimensis, Pilsbry (xviir. p. 108).
hokkaidoensis, Pilsbry (xvur. p. 108).—This seems to be a
subspecies of C. perpallida of Hondo Island.
totaptyx, var. clava (xvut. p. 108).
Hiraseana, Pilsbry (x1x. p. 115).
Trishoplita Snuithiana, Pilsbry (x1x. p. 116).
Ganesella myomphala, var. omphalodes, Pilsbry (x1x. p.-116).
8 Dr. H. A. Pilsbry on
Ganesella Wiegmanniana, Pilsbry (x1x. p. 116).
Helicina osumiensis, Pilsbry (xx. p. 127).
Reinii, var. uzenensis, Pilsbry (xx. p. 128).
Vertigo Hiraset, Pilsbry (xx. p. 128).
Buliminus callistoderma, var. ogasaware, Pilsbry (xx. p. 128).
eucharistus, Pilsbry (xx. p. 128).
luchuanus, Pilsbry (xx. p. 129).
Eulota (Agista) Martensiana, Pilsbry (xx. p. 129).
(Plectotropis) inornata, Pilsbry (xx. p. 129).
Gastrodontella japonica, Mollendorff (xx. p. 38).—A synonym of
Kaliella multivolvis, Pils.
Buliminus (Subzebrinus) nipponicus, Mollendorff (xx. p. 40).—A
synonym of B. Hirasei, Pils.
Clausilia (Stereophedusa) eurystoma, subsp. brachyptycha, Mollen-
dorff (xx. p. 41).—This is C. japonica, var. suruge, Pils.,
which I subsequently (xvi. p. 677) thought to be C. oostoma,
Mildff.
— (Megalophedusa) FPultoni, subsp. clavula, Mollendorff (xx.
p. 41). =C. subjaponica, Pilsbry*.
(Hemipheedusa) breviluna, Méllendorff (xx. p.42). =C. auwla-
cophora, Pilsbry.
) omiensis, Mollendorff (xx. p. 42). =C. mikado, Pils.
Diplommatina (Sinica) minutissima, Mollendorft (xx. p. 44). =D.
pusilla, var. omiensis, Pilsbry.
Georissa japonica, Méllendorff (xx. p. 45).—This seems to he
G. japonica, Pilsbry.
Succinea ogasaware, Pilsbry (xxi. p. 195).
punctulispira, Pilsbry (xxi. p. 195).
Total, 129 new species and varieties, of which 22 are known to
be absolute synonyms, while perhaps a half-dozen more are doubt-
fully distinct.
Bibliography.
[Note.—For publications prior to 1900 see Gude’s papers 11. and vit. ]
1.— Additions to the Japanese Land-Snail Fauna,” by H. A. Pilsbry.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1899, pp. 525-530, pl. xxi.
(Issued February 12, 1900.)
11.—“ Notes on a Collection of Helicoid Land-Shells from Japan and
the Loo Choo Islands, with Descriptions of Two new Species of
Helicide,” by G. K.Gude. Proc. Malae. Soc. London, iv. pp. 8-23,
pl. ii. (Issued late in March 1900, My copy was received in
Philadelphia, April 12.)
111.— Notices of some new Japanese Mollusks,” by H. A. Pilsbry.
Nautilus, xiv. pp. 11, 12. (Issued May 1, 1900.)
1v.—Ditto. Nautilus, xiv. pp. 32, 83. (Issued July 1, 1900.)
* The clausilium of C. swbjaponica is strongly curved distally and much
thickened at the apex. In C. Pultonz, as in C. vasta, it is not much
curved distally, and is not thickened at the apex. I therefore believe the
species to belong to the section Stereophedusa, and not 1o Megalophedusa.
Japanese Land-Snails, 9
v.— Diagnosen einiger neuer japanischer Landschnecken,” yon Paul
Ehrmann. Zool, Anzeiger, xxiii. no, 619, pp. 879-383. (Issued
July 9, 1900.)
vi.— Notices of new Japanese Land-Snails,” by H. A. Pilsbry. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1900, pp. 381-384. (Issued August 9,
1900.)
vir.—“ iF ter Notes on Helicoid Land-Shells from Japan, the Loo
Choo and Bonin Islands, with Descriptions of Seven new Species,”
by G. K. Gude. Proc. Malac. Soc. ondon iy. pp. 70-80, pl. viii.
(Issued August 1900.)
vit1.—‘ Landschnecken von den Inseln Tsushima und Iki, Westjapan,”
yon Dr. O. y. Mollendorff. Nachrbl. d. deutschen malak. Ges.
xxxli. nos. 7, 8, pp. 107-111. (Issued August 1900.)
1x,— Additions to the Japanese Land-Snail Fauna, II.,” by Henry A.
Pilsbry. Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1900, pp. 448-448,
pl. xiv. (Issued August 29, 1900.)
x.—“On some Japanese Land-Snails,” by H. A. Pilsbry. Nautilus,
xiv. pp. 59, 60. (Issued Sept. 1, 1900.)
x1.— Mollusques de l’Archipel de Bonin,” par M. C. F. Ancey.
Journal de Conchyliologie, xlviii. no. 3, pp. 423-428.
x11.—‘ Descriptions of new Species of Japanese Land-Shells,” by G. K.
Gude. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. pp. 398-401. (Issued
Oct. 1, 1900.)
xu1.— Blanfordia, A. Ad.,” von Dr. O. vy. Mollendorff. Nachrbl. der
deutschen malak. Ges. xxxii. pp. 153, 154. (October 1900.)
x1v.— Descriptions of new Species of Japanese Land-Shells,” by G. K.
Gude. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. pp. 453-456. (Issued
Noy. 1, 1£00.)
xv.—‘ New Species of Japanese Land-Mollusca,” by H. A. Pilsbry.
Nautilus, xiv. pp. 79-82. (Issued Noy. 3, 1900.)
xvi.—‘ Descriptions of new Japanese Land-Snails,” by H. A. Pilsbry
and Addison Gulick. Nautilus, xiv. pp. 88-91. (Issued Dee. 1,
1900.)
xvil.—< Additions to the Japanese Land-Snail Fauna, IIIL.,” by Henry
A. Pilsbry. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. for 1900, pp. 672-683,
pls. xxiv., xxv. (Pages 672-676 issued Dec, 29, 1900; pp. 677-
683 issued Jan. 28, 1901.)
xvin.—< Notices of some new Japanese Land-Snails,” by H. A.
Pilsbry. Nautilus, xiv. pp. 107, 108. (Issued Jan. 1, 1901.)
x1x.— Notices of some new Japanese Land-Snails,” by H. A. Pilsbry.
Nautilus, xiv. pp. 115-117. (Issued Feb. 1, 1901.)
xx.— Notices of new Japanese Land-Snails,” by H. A. Pilsbry. Nau-
tilus, xiv. pp. 127-129. (Issued March 1, 1901.)
xx1— Neue und kritische Landschnecken yon Japan und den
Liukiu-Inseln,” yon Dr. O. von Mollendorff. Nachrbl. der
deutschen malak. Gesellschaft, nos, 8, 4, 1901. (Issued in April
1901.)
xxu.—‘ New Mollusca from Japan, the Loo Choo Islands, Formosa,
and the Philippines,” by Henry A. Pilsbry. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Philad. for 1901; terrestrial species on pp. 198-195. (Issued
May 2, 1901.)
10 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on
I].—Deseriptions of Three new Siluroid Fishes of the Genus
Synodontis discovered by Mr. W. L. S. Loat in the White
Nile. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.
Synodontis caudovittatus.
Depth of body 3 to 34 times in total length, length of head
382 to 4. Snout rounded, smooth, as long as or slightly
longer than postocular part of head; interorbital region
granular, its width 2 to 24 in length of head; eye supero-
lateral, its diameter 43 to 5 times in length of head; max-
illary barbel without fringe, 14 to 13 length of head; man-
dibular barbels with long slender branches, those of the inner
with tubercular ramifications. Outer mandibular teeth shorter
than the eye, 33 to 38. Occipito-nuchal shield obtusely
tectiform, with pointed or truncated posterior processes.
Humeral process not keeled, sharply pointed, extending as
far as nuchal or not quite so far. Dorsal 17; spine as long
as or a little shorter than head, feebly serrated behind, with
short or rather long filamentous prolongation. Adipose fin
3 to 4 times as long as deep, 3} to 5 times as long as its
distance from dorsal. Anal 1V 8, rounded. Pectoral spine
as long as or a little shorter than head, feebly but distinctly
serrated on outer edge, very strongly on inner, reaching or
nearly reaching ventral. Latter rounded, extending to or
slightly beyond origin of anal. Skin smooth, not villose.
Grey, tinged with olive on the head and back; caudal fin
whitish, with a deep black band along each lobe; barbels
white.
Total length 240 millim.
Several specimens from the mouth of Lake No.
Allied to S. frontosus, Vaill. Differs in the total absence
of a fringe to the maxillary barbel, the larger eye, the rounded
ventrals and anal, and the black bands on the caudal.
Synodontis filamentosus.
Depth of body equal to length of head, 4 times in total
length. Snout obtusely conical, smooth, as long as post-
ocular part of head; interorbital region rugose, its width 4
length of head; eye superior, its diameter 34 times in length
of head; maxillary barbel broadly fringed at the base, 4
length of head; mandibular barbels with numerous long
ramified branches. Outer mandibular teeth barely + length
of eye, 20 in number. Occipito-nuchal shield obtusely tecti-
Three new Siluroid Fishes. ae
form, with obtusely pointed posterior processes. Humeral
process not keeled, rounded behind, extending as far as
nuchal. Dorsal 1 7; spine as long as head, feebly serrated
behind, with a filamentous prolongation the length of which
somewhat exceeds that of the spine. Adipose fin 44 times as
long as deep, 22 times as long as its distance from dorsal,
Anal [V 7, rounded. Pectoral spine nearly as long as head,
moderately serrated on outer edge, very strongly on inner,
not quite reaching ventral. Latter rounded, not reaching
anal. Skin smooth, not villose. Greyish above, with small
scattered darker spots, white beneath; fins whitish, with
small greyish spots on the dorsal and caudal; dorsal fila-
ment and upper and lower borders of caudal black; barbels
white.
Total length 180 millim.
A single specimen from the mouth of Lake No.
Most nearly allied to S. serratus, Riipp., with which it
agrees in the form of the barbels. Distinguished by fewer
mandibular teeth, a shorter snout, a larger eye, the absence of
denticulation on the anterior border of the dorsal spine, the
very long dorsal filament, and the coloration.
Synodontis eupterus.
Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 4
times. Snout rounded, granular near the eyes, as long as
postocular part of head; interorbital region granular, its
width not quite 4 length of head; eye supero-lateral, its
diameter 33 times in length of head; maxillary barbel dis-
tinctly fringed at the base, 13 length of head; mandibular
barbels with long slender branches, those of the inner with
tubercular ramifications. Outer mandibular teeth barely }
length of eye, about 50 in number. —Oceipito-nuchal shield
obtusely tectiform, with obtuse posterior processes. Humeral
process not keeled, obtuse-pointed, extending as far as nuchal.
Dorsal I 9, remarkable for its great depth, the spine and the
fine anterior soft rays being prolonged into long filaments ;
spine longer than head, feebly serrated behind; second soft
ray 24 as long as head. Adipose fin 23 times as long as
deep, narrowly separated from dorsal. Anal IV 8, pointed.
Pectoral spine as long as dorsal, moderately serrated on
outer edge, very strongly on inner, not quite reaching ventral.
Latter pointed, reaching origin of anal. Upper lobe of
caudal much produced. Skin smooth, not villose. Dark
grey-brown, with a few round blackish spots on the head,
back, and adipose fin; fins grey, with numerous small round
black spots ; fringe of maxillary barbels black.
12 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Four new Fishes.
Total length 170 millim.
A single specimen from the mouth of Lake No.
Well characterized by the extraordinary development of
the dorsal fin.
Among the Synodontis obtained by Mr. Loat in the White
Nile I may mention S. frontosus, Vaill., S. nigrita, C. & V.,
S. sorex, Gthr., S. batensoda, Riipp., and S. membranaceus,
Geoffr. Having examined a good number of specimens of the
latter two species, from the Nile and Senegal, I wish to point
out that S. membranaceus, Vaill.,=S. batensoda, Riipp., and
S. Guenthert, Vaill.,= S. membranaceus, Geoffr. ‘The second
differs from the first, in addition to the narrower isthmal
space, by the much larger size, the lower number of man-
dibular teeth, the broader fringe to the maxillary barbels, the
presence of a fringe on the outer mandibular barbels, and the
absence of a serration to the operculum.
IlI.—Diagnoses of Four new Fishes discovered by Mr. J. E. S.
Moore in Lakes Albert and Albert Edward. By G. A.
Bou.encer, F.R.S.
Barbus Eduardianus.
ID 1, IN, Gh) lbs Text, BE. lly thm oe
Depth of body 84 times in total length, length of head 33
times. Snout rounded, nearly twice as long as eye, which is
64 times in length of head and 23 in interorbital width ;
barbels two pairs, subequal, nearly as long as eye. Third
dorsal ray very strong, bony, not serrated. Longest anal ray
2 length of head. Pectorals reaching base of ventrals. Ven-
trals entirely in advance of origin of dorsal. Caudal] peduncle
12 as long as deep. 3 scales between lateral line and root of
ventral. Olive-brown above, golden beneath, the scales
darker at the base.
Total length 430 millim,
Albert Edward Nyanza. A single specimen.
Barbus Fergusont.
D412. A. 7. 11. lateGaatemliettrye.
Depth of body 4 to 43 times in total length, length of head
Ai times. Snout rather pointed, nearly twice as long as eye,
which is 5 to 53 times in length of head and 12 to 2 in inter-
Mr. G. A. Boulenger on Four new Fishes. 13
orbital width ; barbels two pairs, posterior a little longer than
anterior and a little longer than eye. Third dorsal ray very
strong, bony, not serrated. Longest anal ray ? or # length
of head. Pectorals not reaching base of ventrals. Ventrals
below anterior rays of dorsal. Caudal peduncle 13 as long as
deep. 24 scales between lateral line and root of ventral.
Dark olive-brown above, lighter beneath, the scales darker at
the base.
Total length 260 millim.
Two specimens from the Albert Edward Nyanza.
Named in honour of Mr. Malcolm Ferguson, the geologist
attached to the expedition which has yielded such interesting
ichthyological results.
Both this and the preceding species are nearly related to
B. altianalis, Blgr., from Lake Kivu, and also to some of
the species described by Riippell from Lake Tana, especially
B, affinis and B. elongatus.
OClarias Moorii.
Allied to C. lazera, OC. & V., C. Robecchii, Vincig., and
C. anguillaris, Hasselq. (C. Hasselquistiit, C. & V.).
Agreeing with the first in the closely-set and very numerous
gill-rakers (80 on the anterior arch), with the second in the
wide interspace (4 length of head) between the dorsal and
caudal fins, with the third in the form and disposition of the
vomerine teeth, which are mostly conical and constitute a long
erescentic band, which is nowhere wider than the premaxillary
band. Nasal barbel } length of head; maxillary barbel 3,
barely reaching base of pectoral spine; occipital process
acutely pointed, a little longer than broad. D. 66; A. 43.
‘Total length 590 millim.
Albert Nyanza. A single specimen.
Petrochromis Andersonit.
D. XV113. A.IIL10. Sq. 325. L. lat. 21/18.
Depth of body 23 times in total length, length of head 3.
Diameter of eye 4% times in length of head ; mouth extending
to between nostril and eye; teeth extremely numerous,
forming very broad bands in both jaws; 3 series of scales on
the cheek; 25 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior arch.
Last dorsal spine much longer than middle ones. Pectoral
much longer than head, reaching a little beyond origin of
anal. Caudal truncate, very slightly emarginate. Olive
above, the scales darker at the base; yellowish beneath,
14 Occurrence of Salmo macrostigma in Sardinia.
mottled with brown and mother-of-pearl; spinous dorsal and
anal with numerous dark horizontal streaks; soft dorsal and
caudal with round light spots on a dark ground, the edge of
the fins bright yellow.
Total length 420 millim.
Albert Edward Nyanza. A single specimen.
This fine fish, one of the largest of the family Cichlide, is
named in memory of Dr. John Anderson. It is closely
allied to P. Tanganice, Gthr., from which it differs in the last
dorsal spine being much longer than the middle ones.
IV.—On the Occurrence of Salmo macrostigma 7
Sardinia. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.
THE British Museum has just received from Lieut. H. G. S.
Sandeman, R.N., several specimens, measuring from 64 to
13 inches, of the river-trout of Sardinia, which, referred to by
Cetti (“Anf. e Pesci di Sardegna,’ p. 74) as “ la Trota
Sarda” and by Carruccio (Atti Soc. Ital. xi. 1869, p. 569)
as Trutta fario, does not appear to have ever been carefully
examined or compared with examples from other parts. It
may therefore be interesting to place on record that these
specimens agree in every respect with the form of Sadmo trutta
which occurs in the rivers of the Atlas of Algeria and Mo-
rocco, and which has been described by Aug. Duméril as
Salar macrostigma (Rev. et Mag. de Zool. 1858, p. 396,
pl. x.). The species was based on young examples from the
rapid streams of the Wed-el-Abaich, in Kabylia, and the
name macrostigma was suggested by the parr-marks along
the sides of the fish: the name remains an appropriate one,
since it is characteristic of this variety to retain them through-
out life; at least they can be traced more or less distinctly
in specimens up to 13 inches long. The Sardinian Trout
agree in every respect with Algerian and Moroccan specimens
in the Museum, even in the low number of pyloric appendages,
of which I count only about twenty. The caudal fin is
deeply emarginate in the young, feebly in the adult. The
maxillary extends to below the posterior border of the orbit or
a little beyond. 10 to 12 gill-rakers on lower part of anterior
arch. 15scales between the posterior extremity of the adipose
fin and the lateral line. A large round black spot on the
cheek, on a level with the centre of the eye.
On a new Lizard from the Gaboon. 15
V.—Description of a new Lizard from the Gaboon.
By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.
Mabuia benitensis.
Snout moderate, pointed. Lower eyelid with an undivided
semitransparent disk. Nostril behind the vertical of the
suture between the rostral and the first labial ; a postnasal ;
anterior loreal in contact with the first labial; supranasals in
contact behind the rostral ; frontonasal broader than long, in
contact with the frontal; latter as long as the frontoparietals
and interparietal together, in contact with the second and
third supraoculars ; four supraoculars, second largest; six or
seven supraciliaries ; parietals just meeting behind the inter-
parietal; a pair of nuchals; subocular between the third and
fourth or fourth and fifth upper labials, about twice as long as
these shields, not narrowed inferiorly. Har-opening oval,
smaller than the eye-opening, with three or four very minute
lobules on its anterior border. Dorsal and lateral scales
quinquecarinate, the outer keels short ; nuchals sex-, septem-,
or novemcarinate ; 28 or 30 scales round the middle of the
body, subequal. The hind limb reaches the wrist or the
elbow of the adpressed fore limb. Subdigital lamella smooth.
Tail not twice as long as head and body. Greyish brown
above, with longitudinal series of blackish spots ; a blackish-
brown white-edged lateral band extending from the end of
the snout to the base of the fore limb; the lower white streak
is broader than the upper, borders the upper lip, and is itself
black-edged from below the ear; limbs with small whitish
spots; lower parts unitorm whitish.
millim
Motalleng thy. os hcr% eek oe seers 198
EIR ee CEE ee eee eee ELD Romans 16
Wercithwotneacleiers mani enn re 11
Body ett site as eld ee TaN 60
IHoneplintbe rear entk occ nstade « o eeSeen oe 24.
ETirrdelimlb ney aaeaalsa ieee oe wee 33
RED oS aos ane Bro Ol Ree a tire MRO & eee ae 124
Two specimens from the Benito River, French Congo,
collected by Mr. G. L. Bates.
Very closely allied to M. maculilabris, Gray. Distin-
guished by the more pointed snout, the greater number of
supraciliary shields, and the shorter outer keel on the dorsal
scales.
16 Col. C. Swinhoe on new
VI.—New Genera and Species of Eastern and Australian
Moths. By Colonel C. Swinson, M.A., F.L.S., &.
[Concluded from vol. vii. p. 501.)
Family Hypenide.
Subfamily Dzzrorprv az.
Genus AMILAGA, nov.
= Lucia, Walker, xiii. 1113 (1857) (preeocc.).
Differs from Badiza, Adrapsa, Bocana, and Asthala in the
palpi of the male having short stiff hair on the outer side of
the second joint, the third joint rather short, smooth, with a
thickening like a flattened club at the tip; no tuft in front;
antenne: with uniseriate rather long pectinations almost to
the tips and with a twist in the middle, but not knotted or
thickened; in the female the third joint of the palpi are
sickle-shaped and the antenne are minutely ciliated.
Amilaga geometroides.
Lucia geometroides, Walker, xiii. 1112 (1857).
Adrapsa geometroides, Ampsn. Moths Ind. iii. p. 88 (1895).
Sarawak, Borneo, Gilolo. Examples of both sexes.
Walker’s type specimen in Deltoid drawer no. 1 in the
B. M. collection is a female from Ceylon, and with it are
four examples of Adrapsa subapicalis, Moore; in the male of
this insect the antenne has long bristles and cilia, conse-
quently Hampson has so described the male of geometroides ;
in the same drawer are three unnamed males from Borneo,
the third of these is a male geometroides.
The type. of the genus Adrapsa is ablualis, Walker,
Hampson’s no. 2801, p. 37, but it is not the same as Bocana
subapicalis, Moore, as Hampson says the antenne of the male
of the former have uniseriate pectinations, and of the latter
long bristles and cilia.
Daata lintona, nov.
g. Brown, tips of the palpi with a black band of hairs:
fore wings with five dark brown, thin, transverse bands of
lunular-like marks, with pale outer edgings—the first near
the base, the others at equal distances apart, the fifth pale
and close to the margin; an indistinct brown stigma at end
of cell: hind wings with a subbasal band; a medial band
outwardly curved at the middle, then straight to below the
middle of the abdominal margin; a submarginal band like
Eastern and Australian Moths. 17
that on the fore wing; a lunule at the end of cell; both
wings with pale ochreous marginal thin festoon and dark
brown cilia: underside of a uniform dark brown colour, with
somewhat prominent nervular and internervular lines.
Expanse of wings 7% inch.
S.E. Borneo (Doherty).
Allied to D. bijungens, Walker.
There are seven examples of this species in the B. M.
from Borneo unnamed in Deltoid drawer no. 25.
Zanclognatha moloalis.
Bocana moloalis, Walker, xix. 887 (1859).
Hydrillodes lentalis, Hmpsn. (part.), Moths Ind. iii. p. 53 (1895).
Bertula partita, Ampsn. ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M. viii. p. 99, pl. exlviii.
fic. 13 (1891), |
Bleptina partita, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iii. p. 45.
Sarawak, Borneo.
The type specimen is a female from Sarawak; the type of
partita 1s a female from the Nilgiri Hills. Hampson sank
moloalts as one of the synonyms of the common Hydrillodes
lentalis ; but I have now several of both sexes from Sarawak
and the Khasia Hills, and there are two males in the B. M.
from Ceylon; the females vary somewhat in colour, but some
of them are identical with Walker’s and Hampson’s types, and
there can be no manner of doubt that the two sexes belong to
the same species.
The male differs from the female in having a much larger
tuft of hair on the inner side of the third joint of the tarsi
and in having the discal pale line of fore wings less curved
and sinuous.
Pseudocraspedia (?) addescens, nov.
6. Uniform ochreous fawn-colour; palpi black above and
at the tips; collar black: fore wings with a black spot in
middle of cell, another at the end, two in the disc beyond the
cell, and two parallel to them near the margin; costa with
several black spots, three of them being close together near
apex; marginal line concolorous with the wing, with black
spots in the interspaces: hind wings with submarginal and
marginal rows of short black lunular spots and a spot at end
of cell: underside paler, with the nervular and internervular
lines prominent, with black cell-spot, costal and outer marginal
spots.
Expanse of wings 38, inch.
Coomoo, Queensland.
In shape this species is like a Craspedia.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 2
18 Col. C. Swinhoe on new
Pseudocraspedia (?) longipalpis, nov.
@. Of a uniform ochreous fawn-colour; palpi much
exaggerated, first and second joints black on the upperside,
second and third joints with black bands near the tips; thorax
with a black dot in the centre behind the collar; abdomen
with brown suffusion on the three middle and terminal
segments: fore wings with a black dot in middle and one
at end of cell, one at the base, three subbasal in a triangle,
two discal (one near apex and the other below the middle),
several on the costa, well separated, except towards the apex,
where there are three or four close together: hind wings with
a dot at end of cell, two or three outside the cell and less
distinct; both wings with submarginal dots in the inter-
spaces, close to the marginal line, which is black and
sinuous: underside paler, without any distinct markings ;
fore wings with the outer portions suffused with brown.
Expanse of wings 1,2; inch.
Sarawak, Borneo.
Fore wing rather longer than usual, the hinder margin
being nearly as long as the costa.
Cacyparts cetra, nov.
?. Palpi yellow, its upperside with a brown stripe, ter-
minal joint brown; head, thorax, and fore wings greyish
purple, irrorated with minute grey atoms and having a glossy
tinge ; space between the antenna with some silvery scales ;
a thin band of similar scales across the thorax: fore wings
with a short basal band of silvery scales, and some on the
hinder margin; a brown spot at end of cell, a short straight
band from costal third, a spot on costa beyond the middle,
one opposite the cell, one above middle of hinder margin, and
a subapical costal streak, all covered with silvery scales; a
large subapical black ocellus with a yellow ring, a similar
ocellus on middle of hinder margin, and some marginal grey
lunules with silvery scales running down the margin: hind
wings yellow, without markings: underside, body, legs, and
wings dull yellow ; fore wings with a broad discal brown band,
touching neither the costa nor the hinder angle.
Expanse of wings 14 inch.
Gilolo (Doherty).
Allied to C. elegans, Butler, which, however, has a broad
whitish band on fore wing from before centre of costa to
hinder angle.
Eastern and Australian Moths. 19
Subfamily Hyrzwzwz.
Marapana tuga, nov.
3 2. Ochreous fawn-colour, second joint of the palpi with
two blackish stripes, last joint with two black bands: fore
wings with some black dots on the costa at even distances
apart, three or four in the inner portion of the wing ; reniform
stigma large, round, dark red ringed with black; a cluster of
black scales on its outer sides and two short black streaks
above in a line with the apex, with a few black subcostal
points above it; marginal points also black: hind wings
blackish grey, paling towards the base; cilia of both wings
greyish ochreous: underside with the fore wings uniform dull
brown, with some black dots on outer half of costa; hind
wings ochreous grey; a black cell-spot, medial and discal
incomplete brown transverse lines; both wings with marginal
black points and greyish ochreous cilia.
Expanse of wings 1,55 inch.
Sarawak, Borneo.
In some of the specimens the black apical streak on the
fore wings is more or less obsolete.
Genus HETERORMISTA, nov.
Fore wing with costa nearly straight, very slightly in-
curved in the middle, shortly but strongly depressed before
apex; outer margin distinctly elbowed at vein 4, slightly
erenulate ; hind wing with rounded outer margin, the anal
angle obliquely truncate, the abdominal margin short; an-
tennz of male strongly pectinate for three fourths its length,
of female simple, filitorm ; forehead with a prominent tuft of
scales; palpi as in the genus Hypena, long, porrect, laterally
flattened, fringed with hair above and below; tongue and
‘frenulum present; pectus and femora somewhat hairy; hind
tibie with four spurs. Fore wing with the cell half the
length of the wing; discocellular vertical, slightly inangu-
lated ; median vein shortly bent upwards at extremity, vein 2
at two thirds, 3 from the bend, close before 4, 5 just above 4,
6 from upper angle, 7, 8, and 9 stalked from upper angle, 10
from two thirds anastomosing with 11, closely approximated
to 10 throughout, but not anastomosing: hind wings with
the cell shorter than half the wing; costal well separated
from subcostal, veins 6 and 7 and 3 and 4 from the angles of
the cell, 5 well above 4.
Heterormista modesta, nov.
& ?. Greyish fawn-colour, with very sparse black irro-
Q%
20 Col. C. Swinhoe on new
rations: fore wings with the basal and medial lines very
slightly marked except by black costal dots, outcurved in the
middle; outer line from three fifths of costa to two thirds of
hinder margin, paler than the ground-colour, edged inwardly
by blackish scales, oblique outwards to vein 7, then vertical
and irregularly sinuous; submarginal line very obscure, indi-
cated by dark dots between the veins; slight dark marginal
lunules; cilia fawn-colour, with the outer half pale and
marked by dark specks at the ends of the veins; a pale dot
in base of cell, two black dots on discocellular: hind wings
with two discocellular dots, larger and more conspicuous ;
traces of antemedian, postmedian, and submarginal dark lines,
all more prominent towards abdominal margin, the submar-
ginal preceded by a more or less conspicuous ochreous shade ;
the outer half of both wings sometimes darker than the inner:
underside, fore wings tinged with brown, and with traces of
a diffused dark submarginal shade, not reaching the costa, and
in some specimens the discal dots and line are blackish and
conspicuous.
The female is paler than the male, slightly tinged with
ochreous, and with the dark submarginal fascia of the under-
side visible through the wing.
Eixpanse of wings 144 inch.
Dawson, Queensland.
Bomolocha herpa, nov.
3 ¢. Palpi, head, body, and wings olive-brown, with a
chocolate tinge: fore wings to a little beyond the middle
dark chocolate-brown, limited by a nearly upright straight
blackish line, with prominent outer white edge; a black spot
outwardly white-edged in the cell; a black spot at the end of
the cell, touching the outer side of the white edge of the trans-
verse line; a discal row of black points, with white on their
outer sides, pale marginal points, and brown marginal line to
both wings: hind wings brown, without markings: under-
side brownish grey ; a black subapical dot with white on its
outer side on fore wings, a black cell-spot on hind wings,
indications of a discal line on both wings, and a submarginal
grey-brown band on hind wings.
Expanse of wings 15), inch.
2 0
Port Blair, Andamans.
Superficially like Hartta rectilinea, Moore. There is an
example from Sikkim in the B. M. mixed up with B, obstupi-
dalis, Swinh., and another from the Khasia Hills with
B. obfuscalis, Hmpsn.; but the central band is straighter,
more erect, and differently situated.
Eastern and Australian Moths. 21
Bomolocha tuma, nov.
3. Brown, with a pinkish tinge; second joint of palpi
black at the tips, third joint white at the tips: fore wing with
a white dot at end of cell; a large blackish central space,
which narrows into an angle on the hinder margin, limited on
its inner side by a line from costal fifth to near hinder
margin beyond the middle, and on its outer side by a perpen-
dicular black line with white outside edge, which is outwardly
angled, once above the middle and twice below it; an in-
distinct similarly shaped pale brown line a little beyond,
the space between being pale grey; a large blackish-brown
apical patch, in which is a whitish apical streak, two white
spear-pointed marks, and four pale costal dots; marginal
points whitish ; some similar points at the extremity of the
interlined brown cilia: hind wing with a_ blackish-brown
marginal line and a black patch at the anal angle, partly on
the cilia and partly on the margin; cilia brown and inter-
lined.
Expanse of wings 1,°, inch.
Jaintia Hills.
Examples of this species from Borneo and Singapore are in
the B. M. collection unnamed. —
Genus APHYPENA, nov.
Fore wings narrow, elongate ; costa evenly curved through-
out, apex nearly rectangular ; outer margin vertical to the end
of vein 3, where there is a prominent angle, on either side of
which the margin is a little incurved (in the male the outer
margin is merely bluntly elbowed), below the angle the
margin becomes very oblique, crenulatein the female, the
hinder angle well marked; the hinder margin strongly con-
vex along basal half and as strongly concave on the outer
half: hind wings semicircular, both angles rounded; in the
male the abdominal margin contains a fold of stiff hairs,
which are expansible from the base, the wing itself being
much narrower than in the female: abdomen reaching well
beyond the hind wings, in the male considerably so; the
basal segment is tufted above in both sexes, and in the male
there is a thick lateral tuft of hairs on the lower surface
behind the hind femora, which are also with tufts; frontal
tuft prominent ; antenne of male pubescent, with short sparse
bristles, of the female simple; palpi porrect; the second
joint hairy above and below, the third rostriform, smoother,
porrect and drooping ; tongue present.
22 Col. C. Swinhoe on new
Fore wing: cell three fifths of wing, the discocellular very
slender and concave; vein 2 from one half, 3 from five
sixths, 4 and 5 close together from lower end of cell, 6 from
just below upper angle; areole minute; 9 anastomosing with
stem of 7 and 8. Hind wings with vein 2 from two thirds,
3 and 4 close together from end of cell, 5 from little above
lower angle, 6 and 7 from upper angle.
Type Aphypena (Hypena) dissimulans, Hmpsu., Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. xi. (4) p. 707 (1898).
The type came from the Khasia Hills.
Khasia Hills; Pulo Laut, Borneo.
Genus EXUCOSMOCARA, nov.
Fore wings elongate, almond-shaped ; costa slightly
curved ; apex obtuse; hind margin obliquely curved; anal
angle obtuse: hind wings narrow ; abdominal margin running
into outer margin without any perceptible anal angle, the
outer margin slightly projecting in the middle; palpi porrect,
four times as long as the head, laterally flattened, thickly and
roughly clothed above, terminal joint fine and pointed; an-
tenne of male symmetrically plumose, of the female simple
and filiform; forehead with a strong tuft of hairs; legs
rather thick, hind tibia with four spurs.
Fore wing with the cell three fifths of the wing, vein 2
from two thirds of cell, 3 shortly before 4, 5 close above 4,
6 from below upper angle, 7 and 8 stalked from the angle, 9
and 10 stalked, 11 free: hind wings with 3 and 4, and 6 and
7 stalked, 5 from just below middle of discocellular, cell two
thirds length of wing; vein 8 coincident with 7 till nearly
end of cell.
Eucosmocara plumifera, nov.
3 ¢. Antenne, palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings pale
ochreous fawn-colour: fore wings thickly irrorated with grey
atoms ; two black spots longitudinally placed in the cell, two
at the end, and one in the disc beyond; the double spots
stand in a small blackish suffused space ; two or three black
spots in the disc, marginal points black; cilia ochreous,
shining ; abdomen and hind wings ochreous grey, costal and
apical portions of the wing darker grey, cilia slightly ochreous
and paler: underside uniform ochreous grey, a brown spot at
the end of each cell.
Expanse of wings 48) inch.
Sarawak, Borneo.
Eastern and Australian Moths. 23
Genus STENOPALTIS, nov.
Fore wing elongate, narrow ; costa nearly straight; apex
acute, outer margin oblique, sinuate, curving continuously
into the hinder margin, without forming any distinct angle ;:
hind wings very narrow; abdominal margin short, outer
margin almost straight; palpi three times as long as the
head, porrect, laterally flattened, densely clothed above and
below, terminal joint short and pointed ; antenna very slender
and segmented, in the female perfectly filiform, in the male
finely ciliated ; forehead with a slight cone of hairs; tongue
and frenulum present ; hind tibia with four spurs.
Fore wing with the cell about half the length of the wing;
vein 2 from two thirds, 3 a little before end of cell, 5 close
above 4, 6 from below upper angle, 7 from the angle, 8, 9,
and 10 stalked, 11 free: hind wing with 3 and 4, and 6 and 7
stalked, 5 from just below middle of discocellular.
Stenopaltis lithina, nov.
6 2. White, irrorated with grey; a brown spot at the end
of each cell: fore wings with the costal border rather broadly
speckled with grey, and some brown and white spots on costal
edge; -both wings crossed by antemedial, medial, and discal
duplex brown thin bands, the antemedial band almost obsolete
on the hind wings; the veins on fore wings outside the discal
band broadly brown; both wings with a brown marginal
line and brown points; cilia white, with a brown basal band ;
abdomen pale brown, with white segmental bands; palpi
speckled with grey ; head and thorax white.
EXxpanse of wings 3p inch.
Coomoo, Queensland.
Superficially much resembles another Australian species,
Areopterum canescens, Walker, which has, however, short
upright palpi.
Moscha variabilis, nov.
g@. Very variable in colour, in some examples dark ochreous
brown, and to pale ochreous pink there are many gradations;
in some the palpi are brown, in others pink; the head and
thorax in two examples are white, but all have exactly the
same markings: fore wings with a subbasal black dot and
two at the end of cell—an antemedial, outwardly curved,
sinuous brown line, a medial straight line, angled behind the
two dots acutely inwards to the costa ; between these two lines
in one example the space is pure white ; an angled and sinuous
discal line, outwardly curved; an indistinct submarginal line
24 Col. C. Swinhoe on new
with white dots on it; a marginal line and a line at the end
of the cilia; two brown, nearly obliquely square patches on
the costa between apex and middle: hind wings with corre-
sponding lines, but indistinct: underside darker brown, with
central straight and discal curved lines, the latter with some
rather prominent white spots; in the paler specimens there
is a brown suffused patch on hind wings above near the anal
angle, and in one example all the lines beyond the middle are
obsolete.
Expanse of wings 7 inch.
Queensland.
Marked somewhat like Prolophota trigonifera, Hmpsn.,
the colour of which is pure white.
Family Nymphulide.
Genus HEMILOBA, nov. ‘
Fore wings very narrow and elongate; the costa strongly
convex towards apex, which is depressed; outer margin very
oblique to below middle, then strongly insinuate and rounder
to the hinder angle: hind wings with the abdominal margin
very short; outer margin twice strongly incised, so as to
form two lobes—the median broader than the apical, the
remainder to anal angle sinuate and truncate: antennee short,
thick, lamellate, finely pubescent, the basal joint swollen;
labial palpi porrect; maxillary palpi thickened towards
extremity ; tongue and frenulum present; hind legs with the
tibie and tarsi very long, the former with four spurs; the
femora short, clothed with a tuft of fuscous and black hairs.
Fore wings with cell two thirds of wing, narrow, the
median vein being above the middle of wing, vein 2 shortly
before lower angle of cell, 3, 4, and 5 close together from
the end, 7 from the upper angle, 6 from just below it, 8, 9,
and 10 stalked, 11 free; vein 2 runs shortly into the mar-
ginal sinus, terminal third above the submedian fold, with a
fringe of hairs: hind wings with veins 6, 7, and 8 ending in
the apical lobe, 2, 3, 4, and 5 apparently in the median lobe,
but the veins are swollen and contorted, forming a puckered
space before margin at inner edge of lobe, the edges of the
lobes as well as the outer margin itself with long cilia.
Hemiloba excisa, nov.
g. Pale greyish pink: fore wings with a broad white
band from base to middle, a white space on costa one third
from apex, a black sinuous submarginal line, with a white
Eastern and Australian Moths. 25
band on its inner side below the costa and a white space in
the disc: hind wings with a broad white medial band edged
with black ; a white spot and a cluster of black spots at the
margin of the central lobe, indications of one or two black
spots on the upper lobe; a short black marginal lobe out-
wardly edged with white near the anal angle: cilia of both
wings grey.
Exxpanse of wings 7/5 inch.
Jaintia Hills.
Somewhat resembling Aulacodes polydora, Meyrick, but
the exaggerated lobes of the hind wings will easily distin-
guish it.
Oligostigma sanguinisecta, nov.
36. Bright ochreous, irrorated and marked with bright
crimson: fore wings with the costal line black, double for
two thirds its length from the base ; two or three black longi-
tudinal lines (two of which terminate in white streaks) below
the costa, and many crimson longitudinal streaks, all limited
by the white discal transverse band, edged with black on its
inner side (the white of the band obsolete towards the hinder
margin) ; a similar submarginal complete band, edged with
black on both sides, marginal line black ; space between the
bands bright crimson: hind wings more crimson than the fore
wings, the streaks indistinct, but the irrorations more dense ;
a discal waved transverse black line; four marginal black
spots with white on their inner sides on a bright crimson
ground—one pair near apex, the other near the middle,
from these latter pair is a white marginal band edged with
black on both sides; on the inner side of the spots is an
indistinct grey band, which is apparently a continuation of
the black-bordered white band near the anal angle; cilia of
both wings ochreous, with black patches.
EXxxpanse of wings 74-335 inch.
Sarawak, Borneo.
A very beautiful little insect.
Family Pyraustide.
Subfamily Hruzvirwz.
Chalcidoptera incomitata.
Nagia incomitata, Swinh. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 205
(1894).
Nosophora chironalis, Hmpsn. (nec Walker), Moths Ind. iy, p. 289
(1896) ; Hmpsn. P. Z, 8. 1898, p, 662,
Khasia Hills.
26 On new Eastern and Australian Moths.
I described a female, which by mistake was stated to be a
male; Sir George Hampson sank it to Nosophora chironalis,
Walker, the type of which is in the Oxford Museum; but, as
stated at p. 470, vol. ii. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon., this was
a mistake. J have now two males from the same locality
identical with the female type. The species does not belong to
the genus Nosophora, but seems to me to fit into Section LV. B
of Hampson’s genus Chalcidoptera.
§ ip
Subfamily Prravsrivz.
Pachyzancla submarginalis, nov.
go. Of a uniform dull ochreous, irrorated with very minute
grey atoms; palpi blackish brown at the sides, lines and
spots brown : fore wings with a spot on costa one fourth from
base, one in the cell, and another at the end; antemedial and
postmedial very fine transverse lines, both sinuous, the former
from costal spot outwardly oblique to hinder margin before
the middle, the latter from costa at one fourth from apex
curved outwards opposite the cell, then inwards below end of
cell, then downwards to hinder margin beyond the middle ;
both these lines have corresponding lines on the hind wing,
the inner one indistinct, the outer one shaped as on the fore
wing; both wings with a submarginal line and marginal
crenulated festoon, close together, the latter dark and distinct,
making the border look as if it had a slight marginal band ;
there is also a cell-spot on the hind wing: underside with
the coloration more obscure ; cell-spots as above; the outer
bands indicated by some dull grey spots; pectus white, body
and legs ochreous ; fore legs with a black band.
Expanse of wings 3°) inch.
Sarawak, Borneo.
There is an example of this species in the B. M. from Ké
Island placed with P. hépponalis, Walker ; but from this it
is quite distinct.
Pionea acutangulata, nov.
g. Of a uniform pale ochreous yellow above: fore wings
with four dark ochreous transverse lines, antemedial, medial,
discal, and submarginal, the last rather far from the margin
and joining the third at the hinder margin near the angle; all
the lines smooth and outwardly curved: hind wings with the
costal portion white; three transverse similar lines, corre-
sponding to the first, second, and third lines of the fore wing,
and all meeting close together at the anal angle; marginal
Mr. O. Thomas on a new Galago. 27
line of both wings dark ochreous: underside, pectus white,
wings without markings, costal line of fore wings brown.
Expanse of wings 1 1, inch.
Jaintia Hills.
Mixed up with P. ochrealis, Moore, in some collections,
but is of a different shade of colour; the scaling is different,
the markings are smoother, and the shape of the fore wing
different, the apex being produced to an acute angle.
VII.—Some new African Bats (including one from the Azores)
and a new Galago. By OLDFIELD THOMAS.
Galago gallarum, sp. n.
Allied to G. senegalensis, teng, &c., but of a much paler
colour.
Size about as in the species above named. Fur close, soft
and velvety, the hairs of the back about 8-10 millim. in
length. General colour of back nearly Ridgway’s “ ecru
drab,” the hairs in detail being dark slaty grey for their basal
halves, then fulvous or cinnamon, with a whitish subterminal
and a minute black terminal ring. Face rather paler; middle
line of muzzle white, bordered on each side with the blackish
orbital ring. ars large, practically naked. Outer side of
fore and whole of hind lmbs ochre-yellow, paling on the
hands and feet to yellowish white. Belly dull white, the
hairs slaty based ; chin, inner side of fore limbs, and inguinal
region clearer white, the hairs white to their bases. ‘Tail
pale smoky grey, darkening to black on the terminal brush.
Approximate dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—
Head and body 190 millim.; tail 260; hind foot 66; ear
(shrunk) 30. pr
A second speeimen (measured in the flesh) has the following
dimensions :—
Head and body 165; tail 225; ear 34. .
The skull of the type is unfortunately lost and that of the
second specimen much broken, so that only the following
measurements can be taken on it :—
Breadth of brain-case on squamosals 22; length of parietal
suture 18; upper tooth-row, from front of canine to back of
m., 15; lower tooth-row, from tip of incisors to back of m.*,
15; combined length of three lower molars 7:2.
Hab. (type). Webi Dau, Boran Galla Country.
Type. B.M. no. 0. 3. 27. 1. Collected 19th April, 1897,
28 Mr. O. Thomas on
and presented by Lord Delamere. The second specimen (a
male) was obtained on November 21, 1899, to the south-east
of Lake Stephanie, at an altitude of 3000 feet, and was
yresented by Dr. Donaldson Smith. It is the Galago galago
of my paper on the latter explorer’s collection *.
This species is no doubt the Somaliland and Gallaland
representative of the group of Galagos to which the names
G. galago, senegalensis, teng, and zanzibaricus have been
applied, but is evidently distinct from any of them. From
the grey ones it differs by its drab coloration, and from the
“zimmet-farbigen ” zanzibaricus by its yellow limbs and the
white subterminal bands to its dorsal hairs.
CL@OTIS f, gen. nov. (Lhinolophide) .
Allied to Hipposiderus, Asellia, and Tricenops.
Nose-leat tridentate, its details apparently somewhat as in
Tricnops.
Ears short, rim-like, almost without tip, their outer and
inner edges arising close together.
Thumbs extremely minute.
Tail scarcely projecting from membrane.
Anterior upper premolars present, but minute. Last molars
nearly as large as the penultimate.
Nasal pait of skull disproportionally small and feeble.
Basal region broad between bulla, without vacuities, strongly
ridged laterally.
This bat does not appear to be assignable to any known
genus. Its ear-structure, described in detail below, is quite
unique, the shape of the ears being in this family very charac-
teristic of the different genera. The complicated tridentate
structure of the nose-leaf recalls Zri@nops, but the proportions
of the skull are very different, nor is there any trace of the
remarkable vertical expansion of the zygomata present in
that bat. Nor do any of the species of Asediia show any
approximation to Cleoitis.
It is unfortunate that the two specimens were both sent as
skins, so that, although one has been softened, the nose-leaf
cannot yet be accurately described in detail, nor can any
figure be given.
Cleotis Percivali, sp. n.
Size very small, perhaps less than in any other member of
the family. General build very light and delicate. Nose-
* P. Z. S. 1900, p. 802.
+ kdovos, a collar.
some new African Bats. 29
leaf with many resemblances to that of Trdwnops, the poste-
rior part similarly tridentate, the three points thinly hairy ;
below them in the middle line there is a small median projec-
tion, not so long as in Trdenops ; in front of that, again, there
is something representing the anterior median plate in
Tricenops, but it is produced forwards into two small pro-
jecting points ; horizontal horseshoe small, a narrow supple-
mentary leaf apparently present. Outside and behind the
tridentate leaf, between it and the eyes, there are two small
projections covered with long liairs. ars short, their outer
and inner margins rising close together some way behind the
eyes; the two margins are symmetrical with each other,
rising vertically a short distance, then bending round abruptly
and passing straight back to meet each other at the scarcely
perceptible tip; the greatest height of the ear behind is only
about one fifth higher than the point at which the two margins
bend backwards in front. In fact the whole ear is very like
a man’s “ stand-up” collar with the angles in front rounded
off.
Wings very delicately made; thumbs quite minute, the
terminal part free from the membrane only about 2 millim.
long, including the claw. Wings attached to the distal end
of the tibia. Calcars short, reaching only about halfway up
the tibia. Tail apparently of only five joints, the last one
scarcely projecting from the membrane, which is acutely
pointed behind.
Fur fine, soft, and silky, about 6 millim. long on the back.
Face bright buffy ; crown greyish; back greyish brown, the
hairs uniformly coloured. Hairs of underside slaty grey
basally, yellowish white terminally.
Wing and interfemoral membranes uniformly smoky
brown.
Skull with the part in front of the orbits much less broad
and swollen than in other members of the family, the brain-
case being disproportionally large. Aygomata strongly con-
vergent forwards. Palate ending opposite the middle of
m.*. Basal region of skull broad between the bullee, without
vacuities, but with two strongly marked divergent ridges
running from the base of the pterygoids to the antero-internal
corners of the bulla; sphenoidal fissures large and widely
open.
Beper incisors spatulate, indistinctly bicuspid. Canines
with a small posterior secondary cusp at half their height.
Anterior upper premolars minute, crushed in in the outer
angle between the approximated canine and posterior premolar.
Last molar about four fifths the size in cross-section of the
30 | Mr. O. Thomas on
penultimate molar. Lower incisors tricuspid, overlapping.
Anterior lower premolar well developed, two thirds the height
of the next.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 31 millim.
Head and body (in flesh) 35; tail 28; ear 8.
Skull: greatest length 13; basal length 9:5; zygomatic
breadth 7; breadth above orbits 3°3 ; interorbital constriction
1°8; mastoid breadth 6°5 ; front of canine to back of m.* 3-8.
Dimensions of a specimen softened and put in spirit :—
Forearm 382.
Head and body (c.) 34; tail 26; height of ear behind 5;
third finger, metacarpus 26, first phalanx 10°5, second phalanx
14; lower leg 13°5; hind foot (s. u.) 5°53; calcar 8.
- Hab.:'Takaungu, N.of Mombasa, British Kast Africa.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1.5. 1.11. Collected 15th Feb-
ruary, 1901, and presented by Mr. A. B. Percival.
Mr. Percival is to be congratulated on the discovery of this
interesting little bat, which is widely different from anything
hitherto known.
Nyeteris cethioprca luteola, subsp. n.
Similar to the typical form in essential characters, but
slightly larger, with longer posterior extremities, and of more
yellowish coloration.
Fur soft, fine, and straight, the hairs of the back about
-9 millim. in length, considerably longer than those of true
ethiopica. Humeri and proximal halves of forearms clothed
with fur, which also extends on to the wing-membrane.
Base of interfemoral membrane and proximal halves of femora
also hairy. Below, the fur extends further back on the
wing-membrane, but less on the interfemoral than above.
General colour above dull buffy, not far from Ridgway’s
“¢ clay-colour,” browner posteriorly and on the humeri. — Indi-
vidually the hairs are glossy buff, with brown tips. Below,
ihe colour throughout is clear buff, very near Ridgway’s
pl. v. fig. 13.
Ears and tragus as in true @thiopica. Forearms rather
longer; tail, lower legs, and feet decidedly longer.
Skull similar to, but rather larger than, that of true wthio-
pica.
Dimensions of the type (in skin) :—
Forearm 56 millim. ;
T'ail (vertebree) 57; lower leg and foot, including claws, 36.
Skull: greatest length from occiput to tip of canines 22:2 ;
some new African Bats. a1
zygomatic breadth 13; breadth of frontal shield 7:8; upper
tooth-row, from front of canine to back of m.’, 7°5.
_ The measurements of an adult spirit-specimen are given by
Dobson (P. Z. S. 1879, p. 718) under the name of N. ethio-
pica. In that specimen the tail is 59 millim. long and the
lower leg and foot 37, just about the same as in the type.
On the other hand, in a series of true wthiopica from Shendy,
Soudan, therefore practically topotypes, the tail does not
exceed 53 millim., and the lower leg with foot 33 millim.,
these measurements being very uniform in all.
Hab. Kitui, British East Africa, alt. 3500 feet. Another
specimen from Zanzibar.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 1.5.6.4. Collected 14th Feb-
ruary, 1901, and presented by §. L. Hinde, Esq.
The original series of N. wthiopica, from Kordofan, consists
of three faded skins, with imperfect skulls ; but fortunately,
just as Mr. Hinde’s specimen needed determination, the Mu-
seum has been presented by Messrs. N. C. Rothschild and
A. F. R. Wollaston with a very nice set, both skins and
spirit-specimens, from Shendy, on the Upper Nile, and these
have enabled me to satisfy myself as to the constancy of the
dig*inguishing characters of the new form.
As already indicated, the example from Zanzibar, referred
to by Dobson (P. Z. 8. 1879, p. 718), proves to belong, as
might be expected, to N. @. luteola.
Vespertilio platyops, sp. n.
A large pale-coloured species, with the bicuspid incisors of
V. serotinus, but with a broad blunt tragus.
Size rather less than in the Serotine. Head very flat.
Ears of medium length, their inner margin strongly convex
in its basal third, evenly slightly convex above to the rounded
tip; outer margin slightly concave above, then convex to the
notch, and ending in a low rounded lobe. Tragus broad,
expanded above its broadest point at about the middle of its
inner margin; Inner margin straight, joining above at a
rounded angle the strongly convex outer margin; a small
triangular external basal lobule present.
Wings from the base of the toes. A small postcalcareal
lobule. Tail projecting from the membrane by the last
vertebra.
Colour above (in spirit) uniform dull fawn or sandy; below
dull whitish. Membranes brown, the plagiopatagium and
interfemoral inconspicuously edged with whitish behind.
Skull very broad and flat ; crests meeting posteriorly, but
32 Mr. O. Thomas on
not drawn out into a marked projecting angle, as in the
Serotine.
Teeth very much as in the Serotine. Inner upper incisors
bicuspid, outer minute. Lower incisors tricuspid, overlapping,
their line more directly transverse and less angular than in
the Serotine. Anterior lower molar slightly smaller in pro-
portion to the second than in the allied species.
Dimensions of the type (in spirit) :—
Forearm 46 millim.
Head and body 62; tail 39; hind foot (s. u.) 8°55 ear 16;
tragus, length on inner edge 4, breadth 3 ; third finger, meta-
carpal 43, first phalanx 16, second phalanx 14; lower
leg 20:5.
Skull: greatest length 19; basipalatal length 15; zygo-
matic breadth 14; breadth between orbits 8; constriction 4:3 ;
palate, length 7°5; breadth across outer corners of m.* 8°5.
Hab. Lagos.
Type. Female in spirit. B.M. no. 88.5.17. 3. Presented
by the late Dr. G. E. Dobson.
The characters of this species are strongly confirmatory of
the view that ‘ Hptesecus”’ should not be separated from
Vespertilio, for with the large size, heavy build, and more or
less the crested skull of the former it has the broad tragus of
he typical Vespertilio.
V. megalurus, the only other African species as large as
V. platyops, has unicuspidate middle upper incisors.
Vespertilio minutus somalicus, subsp. n.
Closely allied to the typical V. minutus, Temm., but
distinguished by smaller size, at least of head, and much
paler coloration.
General characters as in V. minutus, the description of that
animal in Dobson’s Catalogue agreeing in all details except
those referring to colour, though it may be also noticed that
the inner margin of the ear, instead of being “‘ slightly convex
to the tip,” is flat or even faintly concave for its middle
third.
General colour of fur above dull buffy, the hairs blackish
slate for two thirds of their length, with their tips buffy ;
beneath the bases are equally dark, the tips being dull
whitish. Hairs of back rather more than 6 millim. long,
Wing-membranes smoky brown, interfemoral membrane
paler brown, both prominently edged with whitish, recalling
the white edging of Pipistrellus Kuhlii on the same parts.
Skull very small and delicate, smaller than South-African
9
some new African Bats. 3d
specimens, although the forearm measurement does not appear
to be less. The head is therefore apparently rather smaller in
proportion.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Forearm 31 millim.
Head and body 44; tail 35; ear 10.
Skull: greatest length 12°5 ; basipalatal length 9°6; zygo-
matic breadth 8; interorbital breadth 3:1; breadth of brain-
case 6°7.
Dimensions of a spirit-specimen ( ? ) :—
Forearm 30.
Head and body 42; tail 35; ear 11; tragus on inner
edge 3°3; lower leg 13.
Hab. Somaliland. Type from Hargaisa, 3500 feet ; other
specimens from Berbera.
Type. B.M. no. 98. 6. 9. 1. Collected 14th November,
1897, and presented by R. McD. Hawker, Esq. Other
specimens presented by E. Lort Phillips, Esq.
This subspecies may be readily distinguished from the
typical form by its far paler colour and prominently white-
edged wing-membranes.
Pterygistes azoreum, sp. n.
Very similar to the other species, which scarcely differ
among themselves except in size, but smaller than any of
them.
General characters, so far as can be made out on the single
specimen, as in P, Letslerz, to which this form was assigned
by Drouet and Peters *. But the size is markedly less, the
general build is lighter, the ears appear to be rather broader
and more rounded, while the tragus is slightly narrower and
more pointed.
Colour, in a spirit-specimen, apparently of the usual dark
brown characteristic of Pterygistes. Hairs of back about
6 millim. in length.
Skull, as compared with that of P. Lezsler7, smaller and more
delicate throughout, smooth, unridged, no sagittal and scarcely
any lambdoid crests perceptible in an old male. Teeth
practically identical throughout with those of P. Ledslerd.
Dimensions of the type (an old male, in spirit) :—
Forearm 37 millim.
Head and body 54; tail 42; ear 12; tragus, length on
inner edge 3, breadth 2; third finger, metacarpus 36:5, first
phalanx 15, second phalanx 10°5; fifth finger, metacarpal 31,
* Cf. Godman, Nat. Hist. Azores, p. 17 (1870).
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 3
34 On some new African Bats.
first phalanx 8, second phalanx 4:7; lower leg 17; hind
foot (s. u.) 7°7.
Skull: greatest length 14:2; basipalatal length 11; zygo-
matic breadth 9:4; posterior breadth 9; breadth between
orbits 6°4; constriction 4:4; length of palate 5; breadth
between outer borders of m.* 6:2; front of canine to back of
m.” 5°1.
Hab. St. Michael’s, Azores.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 65.10. 2.1. Collected and pre-
sented by F. DuCane Godman, Esq. One specimen only.
The single specimen has all its claws, both of feet and
thumb, worn down quite blunt. Whether this is accidental
or due to the nature of its habitat remains to be seen.
From the gigantic P. maximus and lasiopterus, through
P. noctula, stenopterus, and Leislert, there is a regular grada-
tion in size down to this small Azorean representative of the
group, all of them differing from each other in little else but
size and the correlated development of the cranial ridges.
I accept with some hesitation the generic separation of the
noctula group from Pipistrellus, advocated by Gray, Jerdon,
H. Allen, Miller, and Méhely, on the ground that not only
is the general build of the body different, but that the wings
even are different in shape, owing to the reduction in length
of the fifth digit. At the same time it must be admitted that
some of the Indian species of Pipistrellus, such as P. ceylonicus,
chrysothriz, mordax, &c., approximate to a certain extent to
Pterygistes, and render the distinction less marked than it
appears to naturalists who have only compared with each
other such extreme forms as Pterygistes noctula and Pipi-
strellus pipistrellus.
Pipistrellus Kuhlit fuscatus, subsp. n.
Similar in all essential respects, in size, proportions, shape
of ears and tragus, and in dentition, to the true P. Kuhliz, but
distinguished by its uniform dark colour. The body is dark
smoky brown above and scarcely lighter below, and the ears
and volar membranes are uniformly dark slaty grey, without
trace of the white edging so characteristic of P. Kuhlit.
Dimensions of the type (an adult male in spirit) :—
Forearm 35 millim. :
Head and body 45; tail 34; ear 12°5; tragus on inner
edge 4; third finger, metacarpal 32, first phalanx 12, second
phalanx 10; lower leg 14:5.
Hab. Naivasha, British East Africa.
Type. Male. Collected 19th October, 1900, and presented
by Sir H. H. Johnston.
On the Rutelid Genus Adorodocia. 35
VIII.— The Rutelid Genus Adorodocia and a new Allied
form. By Gitpert J. ARROW.
IN continuation of remarks recently made in this Magazine
(May 1901) upon the genus Adoretus and some of its allies,
I have afew observations to make upon the genus Adorodocia
of Brenske (‘ Societas Entomologica,’ 1893, p. 1), a chance
examination of which has opened up questions of extreme
interest and shown the genus to be in some respects the most
remarkable in the family to which it belongs.
The genus was formed for a new species, Adorodocta
maxima, the author including in it also Adoretus latissimus,
Blanch., to which, from the description, he believed A. séri-
gatus, Waterh., to be closely related, if not actually the same.
Upon examination of the last species I find it to agree exactly,
in spite of M. Fairmaire’s positive statement to the contrary
(Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1896, p. 455), with the characters
mentioned by Herr Brenske as distinguishing his genus,
which, however, do not apply to the true Adoretus latissimus
(evidently the A. ewnectoides, Fairm.). It seems therefore
that A. strigatus is the insect referred to by Herr Brenske
under the name of latissimus. ‘Vhe thoracic marks, as he
thought likely, have a tendency to disappear ; but while those
of A. strigatus consist of longitudinal stripes parallel to the
margins, A. latissimus has a transverse row of spots. The
latter species, although of extraordinary form, the elytra
being produced laterally into a broad flange, is in its structural
details a true Adoretus, while in Adorodocia strigata, on the
contrary, external resemblance is the chief bond with that
genus. In addition to the flattened prosternal process, the
emarginate labium, and the cleft terminal segment of the
abdomen, an important feature not observed by Herr Brenske
is the possession of a conspicuous membranous fringe to the
elytra, the absence of which, according to Lacordaire, is the
distinguishing characteristic of the group Adoretides. Al-
though the existence of a prosternal process seems to forbid
its being assigned to any other group, itis impossible to refuse
significance to this character, especially as it occurs in con-
junction with so many other peculiar features. In fact, until
a new system of classification is devised to replace that of
Lacordaire, this genus also must be added to those which
gather upon the uncertain borderlands, finding as yet no
ordered resting-place.
The remarkable form of the last abdominal segment of this
insect is characteristic of the male sex, the female showing
only the slightest reminiscence of it. As might be supposed,
é
36 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
the male apparatus connected with this structure is exceed-
ingly peculiar—indeed, so extraordinary that, but that the sex
of the other form of the species is beyond doubt, it would
have left the determination of the sexes still uncertain. The
ventral and dorsal aspects of this apparatus are shown at
ce and d in the accompanying sketch.
The two sexual forms are easily distinguishable by their
external appearance, the males being more depressed, with a
larger head and less convex pronotum, the latter being more
broadly margined laterally. Three specimens of each sex are
contained in the British Museum.
Although Herr Brenske has not investigated the sexual
characters of the type species, Adorodocia maxima, there can
be no doubt that it is congeneric with and closely related to
A. strigata; but whereas the sculpture of the latter is simply
a coarse puncturation, the former is described as “aciculately”
punctured.
Exceedingly like Adorodocia strigata, and for more than
twenty years undistinguished from it in the British Museum
collection, is an insect which upon careful examination has
proved so different from it in its structural details that another
genus has of necessity to be formed for it. The single
specimen is a male, and the genitalia (shown by side and
end view at a and d), although not greatly differing from
those of Rutelide in general, are so entirely unlike those of
the other insect as to suggest no affinity at all. Yet, although
there are various other structural differences, the points of
resemblance are so many that it is impossible to widely
separate the two genera. Altogether the problems suggested
by these strange Madagascan forms are of the utmost interest.
The following is the generic diagnosis of the new insect :—
PSEUDADORODOCIA, gen. nov.
Caput magnum. Clypeus semicircularis. Labrum triangularis,
apice prolongato. Labium medio emarginatum. Antenne
10-articulatze, elongatee, articulis tertio et sexto valde elongatis.
the Rutelid Genus Adorodocia. OM
Processus prosternalis lamelliformis, postice parum productus.
Mesosternum acuminatum, non productum. Ungues multo
ineequales, pedum quatuor anteriorum majores ante apicem minu~
tissime fissi, posticorum simplici. Pygidium integrum. Seg-
mentum ultimum ventrale emarginatum, non fissum. Elytra
distincte membranaceo-marginata.
It must not be forgotten that this diagnosis is drawn up
from the male alone and that one or two of the characters
cited will probably apply only to that sex. The mouth-parts
are as in Adorodocia, but the clypeus is semicircular instead
of pointed. The prosternal process has the same compressed
form, but is not strongly produced backwards as in Adoro-
docia. ‘The claws, again, in the two anterior pairs of legs are
minutely cleft beyond the middle, whereas in the other genus
both sexes have them equally divided at the tip. The mem-
branous margin to the elytra is again present. Finally, the
different form of the last abdominal segment is correlated to
the entire difference in the genitalia already mentioned.
Pseudadorodocia enigma, sp. n.
Supra omnino pallide testacea, prothorace vage bimaculato, sub-
depressa, modice elongata, undique breviter albo-setosa ; capite
magno, oculis prominentibus, clypeo semicirculari, cum fronte (ab
illo linea recta demarcata) grosse punctato; prothorace valde
transyerso, lateribus regulariter curvatis, angulis anticis paulo
acutis, dorso grosse irregulariter punctato, utroque latere linea
yaga fusca ornato ; scutello lateribus punctato ; elytris irregulariter
et confluenter punctatis, punctis lineis longitudinalibus indistinctis
formantibus lateribus fere parallelis ; pygidio corporeque subtus
rufis, illo cum pectore longius hirsuto; tibiis anticis bidentatis,
dente tertio obsoleto.
Long. 16 mm.
Hab. Madagascar, Antananarivo.
The specimen was found by Mr. Kingdon and has been in
the Museum since 1879. It deceptively resembles Adoro-
docia strigata, Waterh., but is rather smaller and narrower,
in addition to which the semicircular clypeus affords the most
apparent distinction. The description of Adoretus maculi-
collis, Fairm., applies very nearly to this insect, but the
former is said to have dark marks upon the vertex, a narrow
dark lateral margin to the elytra, and the under surface
*“ vage coerulescens,”’ of none of which is there any indication
in my type.
I have learnt just before the publication of this note that
Mr. F. Bates has three specimens of this insect in his collec-
tion. Mr. Bates has kindly examined these for me, and finds
38 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
that, while two correspond with my type, the third (obviously
the female), a rather darker specimen, differs in having the
two claws of the foot more equal (a difference found also
between the sexes of Adorodocia strigata), while the larger
claw is very slightly and equally divided at the tip. The
front claws are lost, but I think it may be assumed that in
claw-structure the female P. enigma is exactly similar to the
female A. strigata.
1X.—WNew Species of Noctuide from Tropical America.
By W. Scuaus, F.Z.S.
Calydia norduca.
Head and thorax yellowish buff, irrorated with brown
scales. Abdomen pale brown. Primaries yellowish buff,
irrorated on costa and base with black scales; inner line very
oblique to subcostal vein, then slightly curved to inner margin,
pale metallic blue, outwardly shaded with ochreous ; inner
margin tinged with lilacine ; median line very oblique from
costa to end of cell, then wavy to inner margin near angle,
pale metallic blue and lilacine; an outer pale blue metallic
line very obliquely curved to outer margin at vein 4, then
following margin to angle, and inwardly shaded with ochreous
brown ; above vein 4 a marginal metallic line and the veins
silvery; on costa the metallic lines are striated with black.
Secondaries somewhat hyaline buff, shading to pale brown on
outer margin; a marginal line from apex to vein 3, inwardly
white, outwardly metallic; some black and silvery scales at
vein 2, preceded by a lilacine spot.
Hxpanse 19 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Palindia merta.
Palpi, head, and collar dark grey. Thorax fawn-colour.
Abdomen brown, the subdorsal tufts fawn-colour. Primaries:
a little less than basal half fawn-colour; whitish in the cell,
except a large blackish-brown space on costal margin to sub-
median vein, and containing a small lighter brown spot at
base of costa; traces of an inner line, dentate above median,
twice curved below it; the curve on inner margin inwardly
shaded with black scales ; a velvety black median line shaded
on either side with dark reddish’ brown, outwardly oblique
Noctuidee from Tropical America. 39
from costa to inner margin; outer portion of wing dark steel-
grey, shading to brown on outer margin; a velvety black
discocellular streak, outwardly shaded with reddish brown
and surmounted by a dark shade to costa; traces of a dentate
outer greenish line above vein 3, shaded with buff between
5 and 6; subterminal consisting of some irregular dull
greenish shades ; minute buff points at tips of veins; fringe
dark greyish black. Secondaries brown ; some terminal pale
scales; fringe partly mottled with buff. Underneath dark
greyish brown; the inner margin of primaries white; the
inner area of secondaries shaded with white; some blackish
and buff spots on costa of primaries and a dark outer line;
secondaries with two darker transverse lines.
Expanse 24 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Dyomyzx placida,
Head and thorax umber-brown. Abdomen dull brown.
Wings brown. Primaries: the basal line blackish, oblique
to median vein; the inner line dark brown, slightly oblique
to median vein, then wavy, slightly curved inwardly to inner
margin; the median line dark brown, wavy to vein 2, then
slightly oblique outwardly to inner margin, where it is pre-
ceded by the ocellus and followed by some silvery scales ; the
ocellus black, containing a white point and circled with light
brown; the reniform faintly outlined with dark brown; the
outer line angled between 6 and 7, not perceptible below vein
3; traces of a subterminal dark shade; marginal dark points
between the veins; fringe dark grey, a pale line at base.
Secondaries: a median and an outer darker line; beyond the
anal angle three silvery spots, the centre one followed by a
round velvety black spot edged with light brown. Under-
neath lighter brown ; a darker, finely lunular outer line and
a similar median line on secondaries ; faint discal spots ; four
buff spots on costa of primaries before apex, both above and
below. )
Hixpanse 33 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Barydia tremula.
Body light brown. Wings light brown, irrorated with
darker brown; terminal white spots inwardly shaded with
dark brown and connected by a faint wavy brown line; base
of fringe paler. Primaries: a geminate inner transverse line,
dark brown, somewhat lunular ; an indistinct darker geminate
fine median shade ; reniform round, lilacine white; traces of
40 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
a fine geminate outer line; the subterminal dentate, partly
geminate ; the outer margin with fewer irrorations. Second-
aries with two dark brown outer lines, somewhat lunular,
parallel from above anal angle, and not reaching the costal
margin, followed by some greyish scales. Underneath light
brown; a blackish subterminal shade; discal spots outlined
with dark brown, followed on primaries by a single indistinct
line and on secondaries followed by three brownish lines.
Expanse 60 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Homoptera janisca.
Body brown, the abdomen darkest, with the dorsal tufts
very conspicuous. Wings brown, with darker mottlings and
irrorated with a few black scales; the costa spotted with
black ; an inner transverse band, consisting of three indistinct
lines; the median shade formed of indistinct darker lines; a
dark brown patch at the end of the cell, followed beyond the
cell by a large paler space reaching the costal margin; a dark
space on costa before the apex; some fine wavy shades in
place of the outer lines; the subterminal indistinct, lunular
to vein 4, then curved inwardly to outer margin, most distinct
below vein 4, and geminate below vein 3; a dark space on
outer margin between veins 3 and 4; a wavy buff line on
base of fringe, preceded by dark points between the veins
close to margin. Secondaries brown, crossed by darker lines ;
the subterminal nearly black, outwardly shaded with buff
towards anal angle and somewhat interrupted by the veins;
base of fringe as on primaries. Underneath buff, irrorated
with brown strize; a dark spot between the veins on outer
margin. In a specimen from Espiritu Santo the space
beyond the cell on primaries and the outer margin of both
wings is broadly shaded with lilacine grey, asin H. marginale,
Walk.
Hxpanse 46 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Homoptera Dukinfieldia.
Body brown. Wings brown, with blackish irrorations and
strie. Primaries: a basal, geminate, dark shade; the inner
line curved, geminate, most heavily marked below the median
vein, where it is shaded with velvety black; median shade
consisting of three indistinct lines, shaded with black in cell,
the orbicular paler, vague, flecked with a few white scales
Noctuide from Tropical America. 41
above and below ; the outer line dark, fine, heavily marked
between veins 5 and 8, where it is preceded by a wavy
velvety black line, and followed by two blackish spots
between veins 6 and 8; the subterminal heavily marked from
inner margin to vein 4, interrupted by the veins, and followed
by a duller brown line; marginal dark spots between the
veins ; fringe dark, with the base paler. Secondaries with
numerous striz, forming broken lines; the outer line fine
velvety black, wavy, followed closely by a fine dark brown
line; the subterminal velvety brown, broken by the veins
and not reaching the costa; marginal spots and fringe as on
primaries.
Expanse 62 millim.
Hab. Castro, Parana.
Homoptera divaricata.
Palpi outwardly brown, inwardly fawn-colour. Collar
light reddish brown. Thorax mottled light and dark brown,
the patagize posteriorly blackish grey. Abdomen brown, the
seoments posteriorly dark grey. Primaries dark brown to
beyond outer line; base of subcostal vein shaded above with
buff; basal line geminate, buff, not reaching inner margin ;
inner line whitish buff, geminate, straight, except below sub-
median, where it is inwardly curved, and on costal margin
the inner portion is also inwardly curved; this line is out-
wardly shaded by darker brown and is followed in cell by a
small velvety spot, representing the orbicular ; from origin of
vein 2 a pale line curves up to vein 7, which it follows a
short distance, then curves down to between veins 4 and 5,
and then is slightly curved to inner margin, and followed
closely below vein 3 by the outer line; between veins 3 and
7 the outer line is geminate, pale, filled in by a dark brown
line, and forms two curves beyond the cell; a pale streak
on vein 7 beyond the outer line and a broader pale dash from
vein 7 to costal margin near apex; from inner margin
to vein 7 the outer line is broadly shaded with dark brown to
the subterminal, which is velvety blackish brown, toothed
between veins 3 and 4, and almost obsolescent between 4
and 6; the outer margin is lilacine grey, darkest close to
the subterminal, and becoming browner on extreme margin ;
a marginal row of dark lines between the veins, inwardly
shaded with buff; a dark terminal line; base of fringe buff.
Secondaries lighter brown, a dark line from base to outer
line near the inner margin; outer line pale, finely shaded
inwardly with dark brown; a subterminal wavy dark brown
line ; a dark marginal line, interrupted by veins and inwardly
42 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
shaded with buff; a terminal dark line. Underneath light
brown, thickly irrorated with dark brown; a dark brown
outer line, somewhat lunular; dark discal streak; an inner
line on secondaries ; a dark spot on costal margin of primaries
at one third from base.
Expanse 57 millim.
Hab. San Paulo.
Homoptera sabena.
Body greyish black; the head, collar, and abdomen
mottled with buff scales. Primaries brown and buff, with
numerous indistinct transverse lines ; the veins irrorated with
greenish grey; costal, inner margin, and a broad outer band
dark greenish; the outer band crossed by two irregular
dentate black lines; a whitish discocellular line; black
marginal spots outwardly shaded with buff; base of fringe
buff. Secondaries with a median and outer band, the latter
as on primaries. Underneath buff, irrorated with brown
striz; brown discal points; a dark outer line and on second-
aries also a median line.
Eixpanse 43 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Matigramma stunia.
Body and wings brown, irrorated with lilacine scales.
Primaries: a slightly darker brown inner line; a similar
outer line, curved beyond cell, broadly shaded outwardly with
violaceous brown; an oblique darker brown shade from reni-
form to outer line on inner margin; reniform indistinct, large,
darker brown; a subterminal shade, devoid of irorations,
except on the veins; outer margin light violaceous brown; a
terminal lunular dark line. Secondaries similar; a black
discal point; the outer line geminate; subterminal clusters
of white scales between the veins. Underneath greyish
brown, irrorated with lilacine scales; very faint traces of
inner and outer lines.
Expanse 25 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Campometra mascara.
Frons tinged with ochreous; vertex and abdomen brown.
Thorax violaceous brown, very dark posteriorly and at base
of abdomen ; abdominal dorsal tufts reddish brown, tipped
with black. Primaries: base dark violaceous black, crossed
by an irregular velvety black inner line, and limited by a
geminate median line, less heavily marked; outer portion of
Noctuide from Tropical America. 43
wing reddish brown; the veins and a broad shade following
the outer line violaceous black; the outer line fine, velvety
black, irregular, excurved beyond cell, incurved below reni-
form; reniform large, white, crossed by two brown shades ;
costal margin beyond outer line black, with four buff spots ;
subterminal wavy, velvety black between veins 6 and 8,
otherwise dark reddish brown, followed by some blackish
blotches; a submarginal black line interrupted by the veins ;
a terminal dark line; fringe buff and grey, crossed by darker
shades. Secondaries brown, the costa broadly paler; a black
streak from base near inner margin; outer line fine, black,
deeply dentate, not extending above vein 6; the subterminal
dark red, shaded with brownish red, and followed near anal
angle by a violaceous black shade; veins on outer margin
violaceous black; a submarginal interrupted black line.
Underneath : primaries buff, irrorated with brown and grey
scales; a dark inner and outer line, the former geminate on
costa; a brown discal spot, divided by a pale line; base of
fringe white. Secondaries buff, irrorated with brown; an
inner line, angled in cell at the large discal spot ; a finely
wavy outer line ; a broad subterminal brown shade.
Expanse 46 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Campometra caminata.
Palpi, head, and collar light brown, the latter with a dark
transverse line anteriorly and posteriorly. Thorax light
brown, with dark markings; clusters of white scales on
patagie. Primaries: an evenly curved broad buff and white
inner band, outwardly finely edged with black; a pale streak
from base to inner line along and below median vein; some
brown and buff marks on costa; basal space above inner
margin dark brown; median space to reniform light brown;
a geminate dark brown transverse median line, interrupted
just below median vein, and suffusing on inner margin ;
reniform large, white, oblique, bifurcating posteriorly, con-
taining a black point anteriorly and a buff spot below it, and
is also finely edged with black; a black line from reniform to
inner margin, slightly curved inwardly, so the median space
between this line and inner line is much narrower below the
cell than on the margins ; space to subterminal light brown,
with dark brown patches between the veins and a deeply
dentate outer black line from costa to vein 3; subterminal
broad, buff, parallel to outer margin, inwardly edged with
black, outwardly with brownish black, and followed by a
narrow lilacine shade between veins 2 and 5; outer margin
light brown, darker towards apex ; a submarginal black line,
44 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
interrupted by the veins; a fine terminal darker brown line.
Secondaries light brown; a black and white discal spot ;
outer line finely dentate, black, followed by a light brown
shade, and then dark brown to subterminal, which is as on
primaries. Underneath buff; the outer margins shaded with
brown ; large brown discal points ; a faint median dark line ;
a distinct outer line.
Expanse 52 millim.
flab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Campometra obscura.
Head reddish brown. ‘Thorax dark violaceous. Abdo-
men grey. Primaries dark violaceous brown; costa beyond
inner line shaded with light brown; the reniform and a
marginal space from above vein 4 to vein 6 buff; the inner
angle shaded with light brown ; basal and inner lines velvety
black ; median line geminate blackish brown ; outer line irre-
gular, fine, dentate, excurved beyond cell, incurved below
cell, followed by a dark spot on costal margin; subterminal
velvety black, outwardly shaded with buff, toothed between
veins 8 and 4; a velvety black interrupted submarginal line
on both wings. Secondaries brown, irorated with reddish
brown ; a subterminal reddish-brown line, most noticeable at
anal angle. Underneath greyish brown; darker median and
outer lines; a subterminal shade; a pale spot on primaries
above vein 4, and also some pale costal spots.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hab. Chiriqui.
PHIALTA, gen. nov.
Antenne fasciculate; palpi long, porrect, second joint
fringed below, third joint nearly as long as second. Head
with slight tuft. Thorax tufted posteriorly. Abdomen with
a single subdorsal tuft on first segment. ‘Tibia hairy, fore
femora with very large tufts of hairs, hind tibia with a single
spine. Primaries crenulate, broad; vein 2 remote from 3,
6 from upper angle, 10 from before end of areole. Second-
aries broad, slightly excised before vein 2; 5 from just above 4;
the inner area heavily scaled above and below.
Phialta duomita.
Head and collar light reddish brown, irrorated with grey.
Thorax greyish buff, the scales tipped with white. Abdo-
men brown. Primaries light greyish brown; the median
space whitish, covered with long black strie; inner line
velvety black, geminate from costa to submedian vein, filled
in with brown; the median space outwardly limited by a
Noctuide from Tropical America. 45
brownish line, outwardly oblique from costa, inwardly curved
below median and toothed above submedian; a black point
as orbicular; reniform large, whitish, partly outlined with
black ; the outer line fine, velvety black, excurved beyond
cell, incurved between vein 2 and submedian ; a black streak
between 6 and 7; a dentate terminal line and terminal black
points at veins; fringe grey, with darker spots at veins,
Secondaries brownish buff, the outer margin broadly dark
grey. Underneath: primaries greyish, the inner margin
broadly whitish; a dark outer line: secondaries whitish,
tinged with yellow near inner margin; inner margin nar-
rowly, outer margin broadly black; a black streak from base
near inner margin.
Expanse 43 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Placonia demera.
Head and thorax brown. Abdomen dark grey; a dark
velvety transverse streak at base, followed by a whitish sub-
dorsal patch ; dorsal tufts brown. Primaries grey, irrorated
with brown scales; the base slightly darker; a fine dark
inner line, shaded with velvety brown inwardly on inner
margin; orbicular indistinct, containing a white point; a
geminate brown median shade from cell to inner margin ;
reniform grey, outwardly shaded with whitish, which con-
tinues on to costa, and followed by a dark brown shade ;
outer line finely dentate, preceded by a brown spot or costa,
and broadly shaded with brown outwardly below vein 2;
subterminal shade brownish, wide on costa, not extending
below vein 3, and darker between veins 3 and 4 and 5 and 6;
marginal brownish spots between the veins; a terminal
brown shade; fringe grey, basally paler. Secondaries
brownish, the outer margin shaded with grey; the outer
lines fine, somewhat punctiform; the subterminal shade dark
brown from anal angle, not reaching costa, and slightly wavy.
Underneath dull grey ; median and outer darker lines; a pale
discal spot and some yellowish costal spots on primaries.
Expanse 43 millim.
Hab. Chiriqui.
Allied to Placonia simplicior, Walk.
Placonia pascuala.
Palpi dark brown. Head reddish brown. Thorax dark
brown. Abdomen grey. Primaries brown, irorated with
reddish-brown scales ; the basal space dark steel-grey, crossed
by the basal and limited by the inner line, both of which are
_ velvety black; a median geminate dark brown line, preceded
46 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
by a black orbicular point; reniform large, white, partly
outlined with dark brown; the outer line fine, dentate, origi-
nating from a black costal spot; the subterminal blackish,
very broad on costa, followed by a small black spot between
veins 3 and 4. Secondaries darker brown; two white discal
spots; the subterminal dark brown, chiefly towards anal
angle; a submarginal interrupted dark line. Underneath
dark silky grey ; slightly darker inner and outer lines.
Expanse 41 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Safia minta.
Body brown. Primaries brown, darkest at the base and
along costa; inner line fine, velvety black, irregular, curved,
nearer base on inner than on costal margin; a geminate dark
median shade, slightly oblique inwardly from costal margin 5
reniform indistinct, pale brown, preceded by a pale streak
edged with dark brown ; outer line fine, black, dentate,
inwardly curved to below orbicular, then finely dentate to
inner margin; subterminal hardly visible except below costa,
where it is dark and dentate; small dark marginal spots,
inwardly shaded with buff; a darker brown terminal line ;
fringe brown, with a basal buff line. Secondaries brown;
two dark indistinct median shades; outer line finely wavy,
velvety black, followed by a blackish shade, containing some
reddish scales towards inner margin, where it suffuses with
the subterminal, which is velvety black, shaded with reddish
brown, and nearly straight from anal angle to vein 7, except
a slight tooth between veins 6 and 7; marginal spots and
fringe as on primaries. Underneath brownish grey ; a finely
wavy dark outer line; marginal brownish spots shaded with
white ; a pale discal streak, edged with brown ; fringe entirely
ereyish brown; on primaries some dark and pale costal
marks; on secondaries the discal spot followed by a finely
wavy dark line.
Expanse 33 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro; Aroa, Venezuela.
Safia eminens.
Body brown. Wings brown, mottled with buff scales and
darker brown striz; inner line fine, black, angular, partly
shaded with buff, preceded by a black point in cell, and
followed by the orbicular, which is small, round, black ; a
median wavy brown line; reniform indistinct, containing a
black point resting on median vein, and edged outwardly by
Noetuide from Tropical America. 47
an irregular whitish line; the outer line fine, black, wavy,
dentate, shaded with pale buff on inner margin and towards
costal margin, where it starts from a triangular greyish-brown
spot, which is broadly edged with pale buff; the subterminal
dentate, pale buff, interrupted by a dark velvety brown spot
below vein 7, and by a smaller dark brown triangular spot
between veins 3 and 4; marginal whitish spots outwardly
shaded with black; a terminal dark line below vein 4.
Secondaries: the lines indistinct; a velvety brown spot
between veins 3 and 4 on subterminal. Underneath dull
brown; traces of an outer and also an inner and median
darker line on secondaries.
Expanse 44 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Safia bruma.
Body dark brown; the abdominal segments shaded with
dark grey posteriorly. Primaries dark brown; the basal third
almost black, limited by a nearly straight velvety black line,
outwardly shaded with lighter brown; two indistinct dark
brown median lines ; reniform indistinct, large, cut by a dark
semilunar line, and containing some whitish scales ; the outer
line fine, lunular, dentate, preceded on costal margin by a
large triangular blackish-brown spot; the subterminal indis-
tinct, except below costa, irrorated with red scales; the outer
margin blackish brown; marginal dark spots, inwardly
shaded with paler brown; fringe mottled with roseate towards
apex. Secondaries dark brown, the outer half shaded with
reddish brown; a faint geminate outer line; the subterminal
blackish, finely wavy ; a pale line near margin, interrupted
by the veins; a terminal black line; fringe partly grey,
partly reddish brown. Underneath brown, thickly irrorated
with darker strie ; on secondaries traces of inner, median, and
subterminal darker shades.
Expanse 49 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Safia picturata.
Head and collar ochreous brown. ‘Thorax brown, shaded
with dark steel-grey and lilacine, also the first segment of
abdomen dorsally. Abdomen brown; two subdorsal blackish
spots. Primaries: the base dark reddish brown, irrorated
with lilacine scales, limited by a buff line; median space
pale olivaceous brown, crossed by two darker wavy shades ;
outer line fine, brown, broadly shaded with lilacine, origi-
48 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
nating from a triangular olive-brown costal spot, containing
some lilacine scales. A subterminal reddish-brown shade,
outwardly dentate and shaded with lilacine ; velns on outer
margin irrorated with lilacine; submarginal dark spots; a
terminal darker brown line. Secondaries olivaceous brown ;
a broad subterminal reddish-brown shade; the outer margin
ochreous brown above vein 4, thickly irrorated with lilacine
scales below vein 4. Underneath light brown, irrorated with
dark brown; outer line finely lunular; a dark subterminal
shade; inner line less marked; dark discocellular streak.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hab. Petropolis, Brazil.
Yrias zora.
Head light brown. Thorax brown, thickly mottled with
violaceous hairs. Abdomen greyish brown. Primaries
brown, thickly mottled with violaceous to the subterminal
line; lines velvety black; the basal line outwardly shaded
with buff on costa; the inner line wavy, inwardly shaded
with buff, especially on costa ; a geminate wavy median line;
reniform buff, inwardly edged with black; the outer line
irregular, not very distinct, inwardly projecting below discal
spot, starting from a large costal spot, outwardly shaded with
buff; the subterminal wavy, thickest at costa and partly
shaded with buff; marginal black spots between the veins,
inwardly shaded with buff, and connected to the dark terminal
line by black streaks ; base of fringe buff; some red scales
scattered on costal margin and on the subterminal below
costa. Secondaries brown, the outer half mottled with buff;
the outer line curved down towards anal angle; the sub-
terminal very distinct between veins 2 and 6, and outwardly
shaded with a few red scales; the marginal spots not con-
nected with the terminal line. Underneath light brown, the
outer margins shaded with buff; a broad dark outer line;
black discal points; on primaries some pale costal spots; on
secondaries two dark spots between discal spot and inner
margin.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Yrias barata.
Body mottled dark and light brown. Primaries brown,
mottled with buff on costal and median space ; inner line fine,
velvety black, nearest base on inner margin; a median, fine,
dark brown shade; reniform large, white and buff, outwardly
Noctuide from Tropical America. 49
and inwardly shaded with black scales; outer line fine,
velvety black, angled twice beyond cell, inwardly curved
below reniform, then dentate to inner margin; subterminal
only visible between veins 6 and 8, and then only faintly, and
replaced by some dark violaceous black shadings; marginal
dark spots inwardly shaded with buff; a terminal dark brown
line; fringe grey. Secondaries brown; two whitish spots in
cell, followed by an indistinct geminate darker line; the
outer line and subterminal parallel, the latter more heavily
marked, velvety black, indistinct towards costa; marginal
spots and terminal line as on primaries. Underneath dull
buff, irrorated with brown, the secondaries paler; the sub-
terminal shade distinct on both wings; the median shade
more distinct on secondaries; a faint discal streak; outer
margins greyer.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Yrias noctar.
Body dark grey ; the head brownish. Wings very dark
brownish grey, thinly irrorated with white scales; traces of
two inner and a black outer line, the latter curved below cell
and most noticeable on inner margin ; the reniform indistinct,
containing a round white spot at origin of vein 3; the outer
line followed by a row of short white streaks on the veins;
the subterminal indistinct, shaded outwardly with light brown
between the veins; terminal buff spots between the veins,
preceded by dark streaks; fringe with a basal buff linte®;
the dark brown terminating in paler spatulate scales,
Secondaries with an outer row of white points on veins and
an indistinct darker subterminal shade; a buff spot at anal
angle; terminal spots as on primaries. Underneath, the
wings are light brownish grey, with outer and subterminal
dark shades and an inner line on secondaries.
Expanse 38 millim.
Hab. Paso de San Juan, Jalapa, Mexico.
Yrias albidiscata.
¢ . Body dark brown, the head paler. Wings dark brown,
mottled with violaceous black. Primaries: a dark basal and
inner line, the latter starting from a dark costal spot and
partly edged with lighter brown; a°geminate dark wavy
median shade; the reniform large, either entirely white or
mottled brown and white, the brown predominating; the
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 4
50 On new Species of Noctuide.
outer line dentate, velvety black beyond the cell, otherwise
indistinct; the subterminal fine, velvety black, slightly toothed
between the veins from 3 to 7, and shaded with paler brown;
marginal black spots inwardly shaded with buff; a wavy
black terminal line; fringe dark brown, paler at base.
Secondaries: the outer line indistinct; the subterminal finely
dentate, wavy, velvety black ; the marginal spots and fringe
as on primaries; two small white spots in the cell. Under-
neath greyish brown, the outer margins greyer. Primaries:
some pale costal spots on outer half; a buff discal spot; a
curved dark outer shade. Secondaries: an outer and an
inner dark shade; a dark subterminal shade and marginal
brown spots on both wings.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hab. Paso de San Juan, Mexico.
My males of this species are not sufficiently good to
describe.
Yrias corvita.
~ Body blackish ; basal segment of abdomen with a white
line. Wings dark brown, thickly irrorated with bluish and
grey scales. Primaries: the inner line velvety black, irregu-
larly curved, nearest base on inner margin, and contiguous to
black orbicular spot; reniform long, grey, edged with black
on either side, and followed by a white mark, forming a hook
between veins 4 and 5; outer line velvety black, irregular,
curved beyond cell, wavily oblique to inner margin below
vein 3, inwardly shaded with brown, outwardly with dark
steel-grey and whitish transverse strie about the veins;
costal margin finely striated with white; subterminal pale,
dentate, broadly shaded inwardly with light brown, which
becomes very dark between veins 6 and 8, and outwardly
shaded with dull violaceous brown; a terminal light brown
band crossed by darker strie, inwardly limited by a black
line, outwardly by a brown line. Secondaries: the outer
line straighter; the subterminal partly interrupted, in one
specimen broadly shaded with white from inner margin to
vein 6; inner line broad, black; fringe on both wings dark
grey. Underneath brown; dark discal points; a faint dark
outer line and subterminal shade; on secondaries traces of
three other lines on inner margin; fringe below tinged with
light steel-grey.
Expanse 28 millim.
Hab. Rinconada, Mexico.
On Coccide of the Genus Ripersia. 51
Yrias brunca.
Head and abdomen brown, mottled with reddish-brown
scales; dorsal tufts on abdomen black. ‘Thorax brown
shaded with violaceous. Primaries brown; a darker space
at base; costal and subcostal veins streaked with black; the
costal space mottled with red; an oblique median geminate
darker line; the outer line fine, dentate, dark reddish brown ;
the reniform finely outlined with dark reddish brown; a sub-
terminal reddish-brown shade, the most distinct of the
markings ; a fine terminal line and reddish-brown marginal
spots. Secondaries with a reddish-brown discal spot; the
subterminal as on primaries. Underneath dark silky grey,
the fringe greenish yellow.
Expanse 38 millim.
Hab. Demerara.
[To be continued. ]
X.—The New Memico Coccide of the Genus Ripersia.
By T. D. A. CocKERELL.
In the course of an investigation of the insects found in ants’
nests my wife and I have met with a surprisingly large
number of Coccide, almost all associated with Lasius. The
ants’ nests are under rocks, and the coccids feed upon the
roots and underground stems of plants, mostly grasses. Some
of the coccids appear to be only accidentally associated with
the ants, as it were; but others, especially those of the genus
Ripersia, are carefully collected and cared for, and removed
to places of safety by the worker ants when the nests are
disturbed.
These myrmecophilous Coccide are hardly to be found in
the southern parts of the country, owing to the rarity or
absence of Lasius. Professor W. M. Wheeler writes me that
he has never met with any species of Las¢us in Texas.
Ripersia aurantia, sp. ns
9 .—* Bright orange, with very little mealy powder ; very
convex, almost hemispherical. Long. 2 millim., lat. 14”
(W. P. C.). Legs and antenne reddish brown. Antenne
6-jointed, fifth joint cup-shaped ; joints measuring as follows
in w* :—(1) 33, (2) 39, (3) 48, (4) 18, (5) 30, (6) 80.
* All measurements of antennz and legs in this paper are in p.
%
52 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on the
Formula 6 3 2 (15) 4. Anal ring with six bristles; caudal
tubercles not at all produced, each bearing a bristle about the
size of bristles of anal ring.
Hab. Las Vegas, N. M., April; rarely, with Zasius
americanus.
I have seen an ant wildly rushing about with one in its
jaws. By its convex shape, together with the orange colour,
this species is very different from all the others. First found
by Wilmatte P. Cockerell.
Ripersia Cockerelle, King, ined.
Hab. Beulah, N. M., about 8000 feet, with Lastus niger
neoniger, Kimery.
Antenne 7-jointed.
Ripersia confusella, sp. n.
6 .—Length of body 1300-1550 w; antenne 660 w; wing
1150 w; cottony tails about 700 w. Dull greyish brown to
pale pink, antennee and legs almost white; dorsum of thorax
pale, with a yellowish tinge, no distinct vitte ; wings very
white; mesosternum whitish; middle of abdomen pale.
Head seen from above large, triangular, broadest behind the
eyes, which are small and dark crimson. Males discovered
by Wilmatte P. Cockerell, April 23.
? .—Pale pink, varying to pale yellowish, without lateral
tassels; small caudal tassels present. The young larve are
pale yellowish; half-grown individuals which have just
moulted appear bright pink. Adult (with eggs forming)
about 2 millim. long; antenne 6-jointed, formula 631254;
joints: (1) 33, (2) 30, (8) 45, (4) 21, (5) 27, (6) 60.
Middle legs :—femur + trochanter 150; tibia 105; tarsus * 66.
2 (penultimate stage).—Antennal joints :—(1) 36, (2) 33,
(3) 39, (4) 24, (5) 38, (6) 75. Middle legs :—femur + tro-
chanter 132; tibia 65; tarsus 60. The antennee and tarsus
of this stage are about as in the adult, but the femur and
tibia are shorter. ‘he antennal measurements are variable
to some extent, but on the whole remarkably constant in a
considerable series.
Figg.—Pale ferruginous, oval; 650 mu long.
Hab. Las Vegas, N. M., about 6400 feet, very abundant,
in nests of Lasius americanus ; also at Trout Spring, Sapello
Canon, April 27.
The ants collect large piles of the eggs, from which we
found the larves hatching in enormous numbers.
* All measurements of the tarsus are without the claw.
New Mexico Coccide of the Genus Ripersia. 53
This is an ordinary-looking form, with antenne much as
in R&. candidata, King, ined., but it is of a different colour
from that species and occupies a different region. It differs
from R. flaveola by having the third joint always longer than
the second, whereas in flaveola these antennal joints are equal
in length. &. Kingit is a pink species with a superficial
similarity to confusella, but the antenne are decidedly
different *,
In &. confusella and R. candidata the fourth antennal
joint is always decidedly the shortest; in R. Kingii it is no
shorter than the fifth, or, at any rate, is not noticeably the
shortest joint of the antenna. Prof. Tinsley gives the
following formule for Kingit:—6 (12)543; 631 (245);
Gran, By (5 4).
Ripersia fimbriatula, Ckll. & King, ined.
Hab. Las Vegas, in nests of Lastus americanus, often in
the same nests as f. confusella. Also at Santa Fé.
Hasily distinguished by its small size (about 1170 uw long),
uniform yellow colour, and fringe of cottony tassels all round
the body. Antenne 6-jointed.
Ripersia flaveola, Ckll.
-Hab. Las Vegas, N. M.; originally described from Massa-
chusetts.
The following particulars refer to specimens taken at Las
Vegas with Lasius interjectus, April 30, 1901 :—
2? .—Length a little over 13 millim.; light orange, thickly
covered with white meal; caudal lobes quite prominent ;
bristles of anal ring 89 w; middle legs with tibia 102, tarsus
72; antennal segments:—(1) 36-39, (2) 42, (38) 42-45,
(4) 36, (5) 80-33, (6) 33-36, (7) 75-84. This accords well
with Mr. King’s measurements of Massachusetts specimens.
The antennal formule of Las Vegas specimens are 7 3 2 1
4 (5 6) and 7 (2 8) (14.6) 5. Prof. Tinsley has found the
formule 7 2 (43) (1 6) 5 and 72 5 1 (6 3) 4in Massachusetts
material.
Ripersia Portere, sp. n.
9? .—Globose, very pale pinkish or sometimes yellowish :
mounted specimen 2? millim. long and 24 broad; enclosed in
a snow-white sac just like that of Dactylopius lichtenstoides.
* In making these and other comparisons I have been greatly assisted
by data kindly furnished by Messrs. Tinsley and King,
54 Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell on the
Labium not elongated; hairs of anal ring remarkably
short; legs ordinary, middle leg with femur + trochanter 135,
tibia 70, tarsus 60. Antenne 6-jointed: (1) 385-39, (2) 39,
(3) 42-45, (4) 24-27, (5) 33-36, (6) 60-66.
Hab. Las Vegas, on roots of grass, April 25 (Wilmatte P.
Cockerell).
A very distinct species, with its pale colour and snow-white
sac.
Ripersia salmonacea, sp. n.
@.—Length about 1700 w. Plump, of ordinary form,
pale salmon-pink, appearing white above from a dense mealy
secretion, which leaves the segments well marked; not so
mealy below, hence pinker. Margin with an irregular but
distinct fringe of cottony tassels, almost or quite obsolete in
the thoracic region ; short caudal tassels. Legs and antennze
extremely pale.
Boiled in liquor potasse turns a fine deep claret-colour ;
labium dimerous, long. 120, lat. 90 w; anal ring with six
bristles ; skin with many small glands, not hairy ; legs large,
only sparsely hairy, about four hairs in each longitudinal row
on tibia; femur stout.
Middle leg: femur+trochanter 200; tibia 126; tarsus 84.
Width of femur about 67.
Antenne 7-jointed, formula 7 (1 2) (6345). Joints:
(1) 42, (2) 42, (8) 380, (4) 30, (5) 30, (6) 35, (7) 78-84.
Joint 7 has a notch about 35 w from base; joint 6 is cylin-
drical, not cup-shaped.
Penultimate stage.—Tarsus about 80, tibia 80.
Very young.—Salmon-pink, not mealy.
Hab. Near Gallinas River, at La Cueva, prox. 5800 feet,
April 20 (Wilmatte P. Cockerell).
Easily recognized by its colour and fringe.
Ripersia tenurpes, sp. n.
¢ .—Length 2 millim. Very light pinkish, looking almost
white ; no lateral or caudal tassels ; not a hairy species; eyes
well developed; labium about 90 w long and 60 broad; an-
tennee and legs, especially the latter, unusually slender ;
middle legs with femur-+trochanter 156 (femur 35 broad) ;
tibia 108; tarsus 62. Antenne 7-jointed, but the suture
between 3 and 4 obscure. Joints: (1) 30, (2) 24, (8) 24
(4) 24-25, (5) 21-23, (6) 24, (7) 60-69.
Hab. 'Tyout Springs, Gallinas Cafion, April 27 (7. D. A,
& W. P. Cockerell).
Quite distinct by the rather large size, pale colour, and
slender legs.
New Mexico Coccide of the Grenus Ripersia. 55
FRipersia trichura, sp. n.
?.—Longer than usual, pinkish, but covered with white
mealy secretion (W. P. C.).
Skin unusually crowded with round glands; cephalic region
somewhat bristly; caudal region very bristly ; caudal lobes
not prominent, their bristles about 165 w long; six bristles on
anal ring, 135 w long; legs not unusually slender; anterior
femur 105 w; middle leg with femur+ trochanter 138 (femur
alone 105, width 36); tibia 84; tarsus 57.
Antenne 6-jointed. Joints: (1) 39-45, (2) 33-36, (3)
30-42, (4) 25-27, (5) 30, (6) 60. Formule 6 1 2 (3 5) 4
and613254.
Hab. Las Vegas, April 29 (Wilmatte P. Cockerell).
My wite brought this in with the remark that it seemed to
be new; but I thought it was confusella, until I saw the extra-
ordinarily long bristles of the anal ring and caudal tubercles.
The caudal bristles of confusella measure about 117 pw, of
irtvittata 114 w. ‘The bristles of the anal ring in most of the
species are under 100 w—for instance, 72 in Portere, 45 in
trivittata. ‘The legs of R. trichura are similar to those of
confusella.
Ripersia trivittata, sp. n.
3.—Body 950-1050 mw long; antenne about 600, 10-
jointed, joints cylindrical, with whorls of hairs ; wings 1100p;
two white caudal filaments, short, about 150 pw. General
colour, including legs and antenna, light straw-yellow; head,
prothorax, extreme base of antennez, and abdomen suffused
with lilac; mesothorax with three purplish-brown longitu-
dinal stripes; sides of thorax purplish brown; eyes black,
relatively large, prominent, shiny; head seen from above
widest in region of eyes.
?.—About 1g millim. long; of ordinary form. Pale
yellowish, with a slight pink tinge, some decidedly pink ;
sparsely mealy; turning dark brownish red on boiling in
liquor potassee.
Antennz and legs pale brown; antenne 6-jointed, (1) 30,
(2) 80, (8) 80, (4) 18-24, (5) 24, (6) 72. Formula 6(123) 54.
Anterior tibia about 60; tarsus 63.
Hab. Las Vegas, under a rock with Lasius americanus,
April 18; males and females together in numbers, apparently
copulating.
The female is known from confusella by the first three
antennal joints being of about equal length; but I should
have thought it only a variety but for the essentially different
male.
56 On Coccidee of the Genus Ripersia.
Ripersia viridula, sp. n.
9 .—Length 14 millim. ; form ordinary. Pale sage-green,
legs-and antenne reddish brown; dorsum rather thickly
covered with mealy secretion; no lateral tassels, two ex-
tremely short but thick caudal tassels; not a hairy species ;
middle leg with femur + trochanter 150 (width of femur 45) ;
tibia 90; tarsus 60. Antenne: 7-jointed, 6 cup-shaped, 7
narrow. Joints: (1) 36, (2) 33, (3) 30, (4) 30, (5) 18, (6) 27,
(7) 60. Formula 7 1 2 (8 4) 6 5.
Penultimate stage.—Labium about 120 long, 70 broad ;
middle legs with femur + trochanter 117; tibia 66; tarsus 60.
Antenne 6-jointed. Joints: (1) 27-30, (2) 27-30, (3) 30-
33, (4) 15-21, (5) 18-21, (6) 51-54. Last joint stout.
Formule 6 (1 2 3) (4 5), 63 (1 2) 5 4, 6 (1 2 3) O04.
Hab. Las Vegas, under rocks with Lasius americanus,
abundant, April 19.
Easily known by its pale green colour, which is quite
uniform.
East Las Vegas, New Mexico, U.S.A.,
May 9, 1901.
POSTSCRIPT.
Ripersia magna, W. P. & T. D. A. Cockerell, sp. n.
@ .—About 22 millim.long. Dark pink, darker and pinker
than R&. confusella, sparsely mealy, no caudal or lateral tufts ;
legs and antennz pale brown; on boiling in liquor potassz
turns wine-red, but does not stain the liquid.
Middle leg with femur+trochanter 204 w; tibia 111;
tarsus 76.
Antenne 7-jointed; measurements of joints in w:—(1) 39,
(2) 42, (8) 27, (4) 24-80, (5) 21, (6) 27-80, (7) 63-66.
6-jointed. phase:—(1) 42, (2) 39, (3) 51, (4) 18, (5) 24,
(6) 60. Formule 7 216(3 4) 5and6312 54.
Hab. Trout Spring, Gallinas Cafion, N. M., April 27
(W. P. & T. D. A. Cockerelt).
This was omitted from the original paper, because both
Mr. King and I thought it might be conspecific with R.
Cockerelle. My wife all along maintained that it was distinct,
and on May 11 collected further material of 2. Cockerelle at
Beulah, which fully confirms her opinion. &. Cockerelle
when boiled in potash turns yellow-orange and then brownish ;
when alive it varies from yellow to pinkish and is never the
deep pink colour of #. magna. It appears to be the New
On Butterflies from Northern Nigeria. 57
Mexico representative of R. Last’, to which R. magna is not
nearly related. The following measurements in mw are from
the new lot of R. Cockerelle :—
Middle leg: femur+ trochanter 174; tibia 129; tarsus 63.
Antenne: (1) 30, (2) 30, (3) 18, (4) 33, (5) 21, (6) 27,
(7) 63. 6-jointed phase: (1) ?, (2) 380, (8) 42, (4) 21,
(5) 28, (6) 66.
I take this opportunity to describe the following species of
the allied genus Phenacoccus :— :
Phenacoccus Wilmatic, sp. n.
?.—Brownish olivaceous; without lateral tassels; no
ovisac observed; surface sparsely mealy; length when
mounted 23 millim.; body pinkish after boiling in potash ;
legs and antenne pale brown; legs very sparsely hairy;
middle leg with femur-+ trochanter 213 w (width of femur 87),
tibia 150, tarsus 89; claw with a small denticle on inner side
near tip; hind tibia 180 long, 42 broad; hind tarsus 75 long,.
21 broad ; body not hairy; bristles of anal ring about 90 uw
long ; caudal lobes not at all produced; rostral loop short,
not nearly reaching to middle legs; second joint of antenns
conspicuously broader than third, and always longer.
Antenne: 9-jointed phase, formula 29315 (467 8);
segments, (1) 39, (2) 54, (8) 45, (4) 30, (5) 36, (6) 30,
(7) 380, (8) 30, (9) 48. 8-jointed phase: formula 8 2 (1 3)
(5 7) (4 6); segments, (1) 42, (2) 54-60, (3) 42, (4) 27,
(5) 80-33, (6) 27, (7) 30-33, (8) 81-87.
Hab. Beulah, N. M., 8000 feet, on Viola aff. pedatifida,
May 11 (Wilmatte P. Cockerell).
Allied to P. americane. Tasily known by the remarkably
thick hind tibia, which is much broader than its tarsus. The
four other legs are quite ordinary.
XI1.—On a Collection of Butterflies made by George Migeod,
Esq., in Northern Nigeria between September 1899 and
January 1900. By ArtHur G. Buruer, Ph.D.
THE collection of which this is an account is chiefly inter-
esting owing to the strong North-eastern character of the
species, tending to contirm the evidence in favour of a complete
connexion between Western and Hastern types above the
Equator. It was obtained at Yelva Lake, Borgu.
58 Dr. A. G. Butler on
Species new to the Museum and others poorly represented
in our cabinets are in this collection, also a remarkable series
of Charaxes epijasius which we had previously received from
Senegal, Abyssinia, and the White Nile; both wet and dry
phases of Prects antilope occur.
Five examples of Zeritis amine are in the collection; with
regard to this species, which Prof. Aurivillius assumes to be
the Z. neriene of Boisduval, one must note what the Professor
himself says :—‘‘ In Boisduval’s figure of Zeritis neriene the
neuration, as usually in the figures of this author, is quite
incorrectly figured, and the hind wings drawn from an
example in whick the tails were broken off.’ To this note
may be added that the Z. nervene of Boisduval is not
described, the upper surface of the wings is not figured, the
under surface (if intended to represent what I described as
Z. amine) is quite incorrect in pattern, the anal lobe is
omitted, and, lastly, the locality is uncertain, though Bois-
duval thought it might be Guinea. In short, we have no
evidence whatever that Boisduval’s insect was intended for
‘‘ Z. amine,” beyond a general similarity in the pattern of the
under surface. His insect may have been generically distinct,
the upper surface may have been entirely dissimilar, the
locality may have been anywhere in the Hthiopian Region.
Without evidence no species should be sunk into the rank of
a synonym, nor should an acknowledged utterly incorrect
and partial illustration of an undescribed insect be ranked as
of any scientific value ; if proved to be fictitious, it should be
treated exactly in the same way as Petiver’s figure of Papilio
ecclipsis, and ignored.
Two other Lycenide of interest were obtained—Cato-
chrysops cyclopteris and Chilades alberta; the first an
Abyssinian form, the second an insect occurring in Equa-
torial Africa. Inthe Pierine the Hastern Teracolus opalescens
occurs, whereas I should have expected that either 7. matmuna
or Z. eris would have been the representative form of
Northern Nigeria. However, to anyone with an eye for form
and pattern it is impossible to mistake one insect for the
other, the outline of the white area in the primaries of the
males being most characteristic: the apical spots, however,
are rather characteristic of the Western than the Kastern
form; and if this peculiarity of Nigerian examples should
prove to be constant, it might become necessary to regard
them as representing another subspecies of the 7’. ers group.
Two males of Caprona adelica were obtained, corresponding
in all respects with Karsch’s figure of the female; it therefore
seems probable that M. Mabille confounded two species under
Butterflies from Northern Nigeria. 59
his Stethotrix heterogyna, and that C. adelica is really distinct
from C. pilaana, or it may be that C. pilaana is the wet
phase of the species and C. adelica the dry. A male of what
I take to be Kedestes? lentiginosa, Holland, has the trans-
parent brand on the secondaries and general character of
Parosmodes Morantiiv; I think it belongs to that genus.
Two Hesperiide are new to science.
The following is a list of the species :—
Melanitis solandra, Fadr. Argiolaus menas, Druce.
Monotrichtis safitza, Hew, calisto, var., Hew.
milyas, Hew. Zeritis amine, Buti.
Charaxes epijasius, Reiche. Syntarucus telicanus, Lang.
achaemenes, Feld. Azanus moriqua, Wlg7.
— Kirkii, Buti. Catochrysops cyclopteris, Butt.
—— varanes, Cram. Chilades alberta, Bud.
Precis boopis, Z7%m. trochilus, Preyer.
clelia, Cram. Neolycena cissus, Godt.
— amestris, Drury. Mylothris chloris, Fadr.
antilope, Fersth. Teracolus opalescens, Butl,
Catacroptera cloanthe, Cram. Catopsilia florella, Fadr.
Neptis agatha, Cram. Sarangesa synestalmenus, var.,
Hypolimnas misippus, Linn. Karsch.
Hamanumida deedalus, Fadr, Abantis nigeriana, sp. n.
Lachnoenema bibulus, Fadr. Caprona adelica, Karsch.
Axiocerses amanga, Westw. Pyrgus machacosa, Buti.
Pilodeudoryx cerulea, Druce. Parosmodes lentiginosa, ¢, Holl,
Virachola livia, Kiug. Kedestes protensa, sp. n.
Hypolyceena philippus, Fabr.
Descriptions of the new Spectes.
Abantis nigeriana, sp. n.
Allied to A. zambeziaca, A. paradisea, and A. plerotica:
primaries smoky brown, veins darker; hyaline white spots as
in A. plerotica, also a white dash below the extremity of the
costal vein between the first and second subcostal branches, a
white spot near the base of the cell, and two white dots at the
base of the wing: secondaries creamy whitish, with the base,
veins, and outer border, including the fringe, dark brown, the
pattern being nearly as in A. paradisea: thorax spotted much
as in A. paradisea, but the patagia very long, each with a
white spot below the collar, a central white spot, and a deep
orange tip; tufts at sides and extremity of thorax tawny
orange; abdomen smoky grey at base and tip, silvery white
in centre, with blackish dorsal stripe; anal tuft blackish at
base, otherwise bright golden-orange; antenne black, with
the club creamy white below. Wings below with pattern as
above, but the internal three fourths of primaries white,
60 Mr. W. L. Distant on a
interrupted externally by the interno-median fold and sub-
median vein, which are brown: secondaries snow-white; the
costal and outer borders much blacker than above, the radial
and median veins only blackish as they approach the border:
pectus and palpi ochreous; venter white, with a dusky lateral
line, which changes to pale ochreous on the posterior seg-
ments; sides ashy; anal tuft orange.
Expanse of wings 40-43 millim.
Three examples, 24th to 26th September, 1899.
Abantis plerotica was sent to us by Mr. Marshall from
Mashonaland as A. venosa, together with the typical form.
I suspect it is the wet phase of that species.
Kedestes protensa, sp. n.
Allied to K. tucusa of Trimen, but considerably larger, the
costal margin of the primaries and abdominal margin of the
secondaries much longer: secondaries above without discal
markings and sometimes without the hairy white or buffish
spot at the end of the cell: on the under surface the colouring
is richer, the costal and apical areas of the primaries, with
the submarginal spots, being buff shading into orange; the
secondaries buffish stone-colour alternated with orange some-
what as in K. mohozutza; the black spots of the discal series
on the secondaries do not form a regular W, as in K. tucusa,
but run almost parallel to the submarginal series; there is
also a tapering submedian dusky streak from the outer margin
to the base.
Expanse of wings 35 millim.
22nd, 24th, and 26th September, 1899.
XII.—On a few Undescribed Rhynchota.
By W. L. Distant.
Fam. Pentatomide.
Subfam. ScurerrerivZ.
Hyperoncus uniformis, sp. n.
Above ochraceous; thickly, finely, and darkly punctate,
sparingly covered with very minute black spots; sternum
and legs ochraceous, coarsely darkly punctate; abdomen
brownish ochraceous, with a broad, central, ill-defined fascia,
the stigmatal spots and lineate macular lateral margins ochra-
ceous: the abdomen is also coarsely punctate, much less so
few Undescribed Rhynchota. 61
on central area ; rostrum ochraceous, its apical joint brownish ;
antenne with the first and second joints ochraceous, their
apices brownish; third and fourth joints brownish, their
bases ochraceous.
Long. 11 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 9 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (E. E. Green).
Pecilocoris Crowley?, sp. n.
Head black, anterior lateral areas metallic green. Pro-
notum purplish red; a small transverse spot near each ante-
rior angle, a spot near each lateral angle, and two large spots
at base, occupying more than half of the whole area and very
narrowly divided, black; anterior margin, margins of the
basal spots, and the sublateral areas metallic green. Scu-
tellum purplish red, with eleven black spots—three small on
basal margin, two near base, two subapical, and four central,
which are united in pairs; basal margin and margin of spots
metallic green, disk with a violaceous tinge. Head beneath
ochraceous, its base and two spots near apex metallic green;
sternum metallic green, outer area of prosternum purplish,
posterior margins of the sternal segments ochraceous, areas
of the odoriferous apertures black ; abdomen beneath reddish
ochraceous, with a marginal series of wide ray-like fascie
almost reaching centre, and the greater part of the apical
segment brassy green. Legs brassy green, antenne and
rostrum black. Rostrum reaching the fifth abdominal
segment.
Long. 20 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 114 millim.
Hab. Assam (Crowley Bequest, Brit. Mus.).
A species which may be placed near P. Childreni, White.
Subfam. Asorrvz.
Mecosoma thoracata, sp. 0.
Head testaceous, coarsely punctate, eyes fuscous ; pronotum
ochraceous, coarsely punctate, a sublateral fascia on each side
connected with a broader submarginal anterior fascia, black ;
a large bronzy-brown transverse patch, convex anteriorly,
situate a little in front of posterior margin, and a little broader
than the base of the scutellum; scutellum black, with a
broad lateral fascia on each side and the apex ochraceous; a
black foveate spot in each basal angle; corium black, with
a broad ochraceous apical fascia; connexivum ochraceous,
membrane bronzy. Body beneath pale greyish; posterior
angles of prosternum, lateral margins of meso- and meta-
sterna, and anterior segmental margins ochraceous; head
62 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilan Coccide.
beneath, trochanters, femora, anterior areas of pro-, meso-, and
metasterna, and apical abdominal segment testaceous ; tibiae
and tarsi black; apical abdominal segment with two ochra-
ceous apical spots. Antenne mutilated; scutellum sparingly
and coarsely punctate, depressed from behind base, and with
a very distinct central carination on posterior half; corium
thickly and finely punctate.
Long. 15 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 7 millim.
Hab. Mashonaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).
Subfam. AcanrTHosoMINaA.
Genus GALGACUS.
Galgacus, Dist. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) vol. iv. p. 435 (1899).
Galgacus macer, Walk. (Dictyotus) Cat. Het. 1. p. 182. n. 14
(1867) ; Dist. loc. czt.
In revising Walker’s species I was (supra) compelled to
found a new genus for the reception of the species he had
described as a Dictyotus. The tarsi, however, in the unique
type were not available for examination, so that its position
was necessarily uncertain. I have since received a specimen
for identification from Dr. Montandon, which proves the
tarsi to be two-jointed, and thus locate Galgacus in the
Acanthosominee.
XII].—Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide.
By ApoteH Hempet, 8. Paulo, Brazil.
[Continued from p. 561. ]
Ceroplastes lucidus, Hempel.
Adult female scale subglobose; wax brittle, thin, semi-
transparent, reddish brown to yellowish brown. Dorsal
nucleus prominent; lateral nuclei inconspicuous; the wax is
depressed about the nuclei, making the surface rough and
nodose. Divisions of the plates indistinct or obsclete. In
the younger specimens the wax is amber-coloured and the
surface more nodose; in the older specimens the surface
becomes moreeven. Length 4:75 millim.; width 4°50 millim. ;
height 3°75 millim. Denuded of wax it is light brown,
with five small humps, two on each side and one on the
anterior end. Dorsum convex; derm shiny, hard; caudal
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 63
horn very small and dark brown. On the abdominal margin
there is a small five-lobed flange. Anal cleft short, scarcely
1 millim. long. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the
liquid reddish brown.
Antenne variable, of six joints, all of which bear hairs.
Length +198—-230 millim. Length of joints: (1) 81, (2) 26-
31, (3) 75-89, (4) 18-22, (5) 22, (6) 26-35. Approximate
formula: 3 6 (1 2) 5 4 or 3 (61 2) (5 4). Legs short.
Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 79, femur with
trochanter 114, tibia 75, tarsus 53, claw 18, digitules of claw
26. Digitules of claw large, with widely expanded ends;
tarsal digitules long and slender, with expanded ends. Ros-
trum well developed, placed just behind the insertion of the
first pair of legs. Hach stigmatal area is characterized by
thirty to thirty-six cone-shaped spines and as many large
round spinnerets. Around the lateral margin of the body
there are a few short hairs. Many small glands are scattered
over the dorsal and ventral derm.
Male scale white, very small, elliptical, with a slight dorsal
keel. Length 1:25 millim.; width °50 millim.
Hab. Ypiranga. Most abundant on Baccharis dracuncult-
folia, but also occurs on other plants of this genus.
Ceroplastes purpureus, Hempel.
Adult female scale thin, small, light brown, divided into
seven distinct plates. The general outline is that of a rect-
angle with the sides nearly perpendicular. In the younger
specimens the plates are distinct and are separated from each
other by dark brown lines; in the older specimens the dorsum
becomes more convex, the plates become indistinct, and the
colour changes to purple. Dorsal nucleus present, white,
slightly elevated ; lateral nuclei indieated by slight depres-
sions. Wax very thin and dry, but tough. Length 2°75
millim.; width 2°10 millim.; height 2°1 millim. Denuded of
wax derm hard, shining, dark red, roughened by many small
gland-pits. Caudal horn very small, dark brown. Boiled in
a solution of KOH it colours the liquid dark red. The derm
is chitinized and becomes light brown in colour.
Antenne of six joints, all of which bear hairs. Length
"178-206 millim. Length of joints: (1) 22-26, (2) 22-26,
(3) 70-79, (4) 18-22, (5) 18-22, (6) 28-31. Approximate
formula: 3 6 (1 2) (45). Legs short. Length of joints of
first pair of legs: coxa 53, femur and trochanter 102, tibia 66,
tarsus 48, claw 13, digitules of claw 26. Coxa with a short
spine on the proximal end. Tarsal digitules long, of unequal
64 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccides.
size, with expanded ends; digitules of claw, one large the
other smaller, both with widely expanded ends. Rostrum
well developed, usually placed about midway between the
first and second pair of legs. Rostral loop extending beyond
the second pair of legs. Hach stigmatal area is charac-
terized by twenty to twenty-five conical spines and as many
spinnerets. Around the lateral margin of the body there is a
simple row of short hairs set close together. Derm with a
number of small glands.
Hab. Ypiranga. On the twigs of AZiconia sp. and other
bushes.
Ceroplastes formosus, Hempel.
Female scale rectangular; dorsum convex; wax bright
lemon-yellow in colour, uneven, divided into seven distinct
plates, situated two on each side, one on dorsum, one on the
anterior end, and one on the posterior end. Dorsal nucleus
large, white, usually covered with a black fungus; lateral
nuclei not visible. The wax is lighter in the centre of
lateral plates than on the edges, is hard and tough, and deeply
depressed about the dorsal nucleus. Length 4 millim.; width
3 millim.; height 2°75 millim. Boiled in a solution of KOH
the derm becomes transparent and soft. Caudal horn 500
millim. long, dark brown in colour.
Antenne variable, of six joints, all of which bear hairs.
Length *202—224 millim. Length of joints: (1) 31-35,
(2) 26, (8) 70-79, (4) 18-22, (5) 22, (6) 35-40. Approxi-
mate formula: 361 2 (4 5) or 3 (6 1) 2 (45). Legsshort.
Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 75, trochanter and
femur 93, tibia 75, tarsus 66, claw 18, digitules of claw 31.
Tarsal digitules 44. Digitules of claw of unequal size, one
large and wide, with expanded end, the other smaller and
narrower. ‘Tarsal digitules very iong and slender, with
expanded ends. Coxa with two short spines on the proximal
end; the tarsus frequently has an incision on the margin,
giving it the appearance of being jointed. Rostrum between
the first pair of legs; rostral loop extends to the third pair
oflegs. Anal ring apparently with six hairs. Hach stigmatal
area is characterized by about twenty conical spines and a
few round spinnerets. The conical spines are situated on the
entire margin of the body, except in the cephalic and caudal
regions. ‘I'he derm bears numerous small spinnerets.
Hab. Pecos de Caldas, State of Minas Geraes. On twigs
of Hugenia sp.
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidee. 65
Ceroplastes rarus, Hempel.
Adult female scale oval; dorsum very convex, conical,
coming to a point; wax thin, dry, brittle, creamy white,
divided into seven distinct plates—two lateral on each side,
one dorsal, one on the anterior end, and one on the posterior
end. Nuclei large, conspicuous, dark brown, oval; posterior
plate with two nuclei. The plates are divided from each
other by areas of brown wax. The wax in the plates is
arranged in concentric layers, those on the dorsum round,
those on the sides square. Numerous fine lines also radiate
from the nuclei. Length 5°75 millim.; width 4°50 millim. ;
height 4 millim. Denuded of wax derm hard, shiny, smooth,
light brown, with eight small humps, situated two on each
side, one on the anterior end, one on the dorsum, and one on
each side of the caudal horn. Caudal horn small, short, dark
brown, placed horizontally. Length5 millim.; width4millim.;
height 3°50 millim. Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours
the liquid light yellow. The dorsal derm remains chitinized
and opaque.
Antenne of seven joints, all but joint 3 bearing hairs.
Length °350-391 millim. Length of joints: (1) 53-66,
(2) 44, (3) 48-57, (4) 97-106, (5) 83-35, (6) 31-35, (7) 44-48.
Approximate furmula: 4 13 7 2 (5 6) or 4 (1 8) (7 2) (56).
Legs ordinary. Length of joints of the first pair of legs:
coxa 133, femur and trochanter i191, tibia 123, tarsus 97,
claw 22, digitules of claw 36. ‘Tarsal digitules very long
and slender, with the ends widely expanded. Digitules of
claw of equal size, large, wide, with widely expanded round
ends. Rostrum placed nearer the second pair of legs than
the first. Rostral loop short, not extending to the second pair
of legs.
ia Ypiranga. On the twigs of an indigenous shrub.
Ceroplastes cultus, Hempel.
Adult female scale irregularly oval, truncated posteriorly ;
dorsum convex, smooth, shiny, creamy white, divided into
seven plates by bright brown lines. The wax is thin and
hard, and slightly depressed about each nucleus. Dorsal
nucleus oblong, large, the lateral and terminal nuclei small,
subeircular ; all the nuclei are bright brown, with a small
patch of white wax in the centre. ‘The caudal plate has two
nuclei. The dorsal plate is the largest and subcircular in
outline. Fine lines radiate from all the nuclei and a few
concentric rings are also present. Around the lateral margin
the wax is thicker and nearly white. Length 5 millim. ;
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 5
66 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.
width 4 millim. ; height 3°6 millim. Denuded of wax derm
hard, brown; caudal horn black, small. There are three
small tubercles on each side and one on the anterior end.
Length 4 millim.; width 3 millim.; beight 2°5 millim.
Boiled in a solution of KOH the derm remains hard and
opaque.
Antenne variable, of seven joints, all except joint 3 bearing
hairs. Length 979: 307 millim. Length of joints: (1) 44,
(2) 35-44, (3) 40-48, (4) 66-79, (5) 26-31, (6) 26, (7) 35.
Approximate formula: 4 (812)7 (56). Legs long. Length
of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 128, femur and tro-
chanter 168, tibia 133, tarsus 84, claw 26, digitules of
claw 44. ‘Tarsal digitules very long, slender, with ‘expanded
ends. Digitules of “claw of equal size, large, with widely
expanded ends. Rostrum situated about midway between
the first and second pair of legs; rostral loop short, scarcely
longer than the rostrum and mentum. Hach stigmatal area
is characterized by about thirty conical spines and as many
large round spinnerets. Around the lateral margin there is a
simple row of short hairs, each tuberculate at the base. The
dorsal derm is composed of polygonal plates and contains
many small glands. ‘The ventral derm also bears some
glands near the margin.
Male scale small, ‘elongate, flat, with seven tufts of white
waxy secretion around the margin and one elongate tuft on
the dorsum. ‘The posterior end also bears a few threads of
white secretion. Length 1:50 millim.; width °75 millim.
Hub, Ypiranga. On the stem of the plant Arvgeron cuna-
densis, L.
Ceroplastes cuneatus, Hempel.
Adult female scale irregularly oval in outline, truncated
posteriorly, convex, wax coming to a blunt point on the
dorsum, divided into seven indistinct plates. Colour creamy
white, with light brown lines between the plates. Caudal
plate with two nuclei. All the nuclei deep brown, with a bit
ot white secretion in thecentre. The wax is much depressed
about the nuclei and thickened around the margin. A deep
sulcus runs around the dorsal plate, thus giving the surface a
rough nodular appearance. Frequently a hood of wax is
formed from behind over the dorsal nucleus, often partly
covering it. Length 4°25 millim.; width 3°75 millim. ;
height 3°25 millim. Denuded of wax the derm is brown,
shiny, hard. ‘The lateral humps are faintly indicated, but
not distinct. Length 3:25 millim.; width 2°50 millim., ;
height 2:00 millim., Caudal horn very small, brown.
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 67
Antenne variable, of seven joints, all but joint 3 bearing
hairs. Length *312-"364 millim. Length of joints: (1) 44-
53, (2) 35-44, (8) 48-57, (4) 84-101, (5) 26, (6) 31-35,
(7) 44-48. Approximate formula: 4 3 1 (7 2) 6 5 or
4 (317) 265. Legs long. Coxa with two short spines on
the proximal end. Length of joints of the first pair of legs:
coxa 106, trochanter and femur 194, tibia 120, tarsus 97,
claw 20, digitules of claw 35. ‘Tarsal digitules very long,
with expanded ends. Digitules of claw of equal size, large,
with widely expanded ends. Rostrum situated between the
first pair of lees. Rostral loop extending to the second pair
oflegs. Anal ring apparently with six hairs. Each stigmatal
area is characterized by about thirty conical spines and by
forty to fifty round spinnerets. Around the lateral margin
there is a simple row of long hairs, each one tuberculate at
the base. The derm is homogeneous and contains numerous
small glands.
Hab. Ypivanga. On the stems of Zrigeron canadensis, L.
Ceroplastes formicarius, Hempel.
Adult female scale oval to subcircular in shape, small,
convex, irregularly nodose, wax divided into seven plates;
with a slightly thickened border around the lateral margin.
Caudal plate largest, with two nuclei. All the nuclei light
brown in colour, sometimes with a faint trace of white secre-
tion. Wax soft and moist, pinkish white in colour, depressed
about the nuclei, giving the nodose appearance. Length
4 millim. ; width 3°25 millim.; height 2°10 millim. Denuded
of wax shiny; derm chitinized, but not very bard, light
brown in colour, with a slight dorsal tubercle. Caudal horn
small, a little darker than the derm. Length 35 millim. ;
width 2°5 millim.; height 1°75 millim.
Antenne variable, of seven joints, all except joint 3 bearing
hairs. Length 327-389 miilim. Length of joints: (1) 53,
(2) 538-66, (3) 62-75, (4) 70-89, (5) 28-35, (6) 26-31,
(7) 35-40. Approximate formula: 43217 (5 6). Legs
long; coxa with several short spines. Length of joints of
first pair of legs: coxa 102, trochanter and femur 204,
tibia 146, tarsus 93, claw 28, digitules of claw 41. Tarsal
digitules long, with expanded ends. Digitules of claw large,
with widely expanded ends. Rostrum situated between the
first pair of legs; rostral loop extending to the third pair of
legs. Anal ring with six hairs. Each stigmatal area is
characterized by a horseshoe-shaped depression on the ventral
surface and by about twenty conical spines and thirty to
thirty-five large round spinnerets. The lateral margin bears
68 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.
a double row of conical spines, thickly set, especially on the
sides. On the anterior margin the row of spines becomes
simple and also bears a few long hairs. On the posterior
margin there are few spines, but more long hairs. ‘There is
also a row of short hairs on the ventral surface, just inside
the row of spines. The derm bears many minute glands.
Hab. Ypiranga. On the bark of Maytenus sp.
This species is accompanied by a large ant, Camponotus
sp., that constructs a covering of grass or earth around the
twigs upon which the insects are massed. A small lepido-
pterous larva also preys upon it, and appears to be very
destructive.
Ceroplastes rotundus, Hempel.
Adult female scale oval in outline; dorsum convex,
rounded. Wax smooth, thin, hard and brittle, divided into
seven distinct plates, light buff in colour, with brown lines
between the plates. Caudal plate with two nuclei. Dorsal
nucleus oval, large, the others small and nearly square, all
dark brown in colour, with a small patch of white secretion in
the centre. All the plates have minute radiating lines from
the nuclei and concentric rings, giving them the appearance
of fish-scales. Length 5 millim.; width 4 millim.; height
3°50 millim. Denuded of wax the insect is brown, derm
chitinized, caudal horn small, not darker than the derm; no
apparent humps are present.
Antenne variable, of seven joints, all except joint 3 bearing
hairs. Length 330-348 millim. Length of joints: (1) 44,
(2) 44, (3) 53-57, (4) 89-97, (5) 29-31, (6) 31, (7) 40-44.
Approximate formula: 4 3 (1 2 7) (6 5). Legs ordinary.
Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 97, trochanter and
femur 178, tibia 114, tarsus 97, claw 20, digitules of
claw 35. ‘Tarsal digitules very long and slender, with ex-
panded tips. Digitules of claw large, with widely expanded
tips. Anal ring apparently with six hairs. Rostrum situated
between the first and second pair of legs; rostral loop short,
extending beyond the second pair of legs. Hach stigmatal
area is characterized by about twenty-five conical spines and
a few round spinnerets. The lateral margin bears a few
tuberculate hairs. The derm bears many small glands.
flab, Ypiranga, State of S. Paulo. On twigs of Maytenus.
Ceroplastes simplex, Hempel.
Adult female scale oval, convex, slighly depressed around
the dorsal nucleus; greyish white in colour. ‘he dorsal
nucleus alone is visible, and is small, elliptical, aud pure
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 69
white. Wax not shiny, slightly roughened by radial furrows
and depressions, not brittle and not divided into plates, but
is slightly thickened around the lateral margin. Length
4°50 millim.; width 3 millim.; height 2°60 millim. Denuded
of wax the derm is hard, shiny, light brown in colour, with
minute spots of darker brown. ‘There are two slight humps
on each side and one on the dorsum. Caudal horn sharp,
short, scarcely -500 millim. long, dark brown in colour.
Length 3°50 millim.; width 2°25 millim.; height 2 millim.
Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid pink and
makes it turbid. The derm remains hard and semitrans-
parent.
Antenne variable, of seven joints, all except joint 3 bearing
hairs. Length -273-307 millim. Length of joints: (1) 44,
(2) 44, (3) 44-48, (4) 66-79, (5) 22-31, (6) 22-26, (7) 31-
30. Approximate formula: 43(1 2) 7(5 6) or 4 (8.1 2) 7 (56).
Legs ordinary. Length of joints of first pair of legs : coxa 79,
trochanter and femur 182, tibia 123, tarsus 79, claw 22,
digitules of claw 35. ‘Tarsal digitules long and slender, with
expanded ends. Digitules of claw large, with widely ex-
panded ends. Rostrum large, situated just behind the first
pair of legs; rostral loop extending a little beyond the second
pair of legs. Hach stigmatal area is characterized by about
thirty blunt conical spines and the same number of large
round spinnerets. ‘The lateral margin bears a simple row of
hairs set widely apart. ‘The derm bears many minute glands.
Hab. Ypiranga, State of S. Paulo. On the twigs of a
plant of the order Myrtaceze. Collected by Dr. H. v. Ihering.
Genus TECTOPULVINARIA, Hempel.
Adult female secreting an ovisac like in Pulvinaria.
Dorsum entirely covered with a white felt-like secretion.
Antenne of eight joints.
Type Tectopulvinaria albata, Hempel.
Tectopulvinaria albata, Hempel.
Adult female oval; dorsum convex, entirely covered with
a white felt-like secretion, which is evidently in two parts,
the first around the margin, the second covering the dorsum ;
this latter portion has the appearance of being secreted in
concentric layers. Over the secretion on the dorsum there is
usually a thin transparent scale, through which the dark
brown dorsal nucleus can be seen. Frequently the secretion
is elevated around the edges of the scale, leaving the middle
of the dorsum depressed. In the older specimens the scale
=
70 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.
usually drops off. Margin of body depressed. Anal plates
dark brown, exposed. When removed from the bark it leaves
a thick ring of white secretion behind.
Denuded of wax it is oval in outline, being widest poste-
riorly, of a deep orange colour, with antenne and legs brown.
The lateral margin is depressed, forming a flange; dorsum
convex, with a median longitudinal ridge and four or five
transverse furrows. Anal cleft about °50 millim. long.
Length 3°75 millim.; width 3 millim.; height 1:25 millim.
Ovisac short, convex, yellowish, transversely striated, 3 millim.
long and 3 millim. high. Boiled in a solution of KOH it
colours the liquid an orange colour with a pink tinge. The
derm becomes soft and colourless.
Antennee variable, of seven or eight joints, eight being the
typical number. All joints bear hairs. Length 476-564
millim. Length of joints: (1) 79-89, (2) 57-70, (3) 95-111,
(4) 57-66, (5) 53-66, (6) 35-48, (7) 40-44, (8) 62-70.
Approximate formula: 31 (2845)67. Legs large; tarsus
curved. Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 178,
trochanter and femur 400, tibia 289, tarsus 173, claw 62,
digitules of claw 75. ‘T'arsal digitules slender, short, with
slightly expanded ends, not extending beyond the tip of
claw. Digitules of claw narrow, with ends slightly ex-
panded. Rostrum small, situated just behind the insertion of
the first pair of legs. Rostral loop extending to the second
pair of legs. Anal plates triangular, the antero-lateral side
shorter than the postero-lateral. Anal ring with six hairs.
Around the lateral margin of the body there are several
(three or four) confused rows of long sharp hairs. The
ventral surface bears many round spinnerets and some smaller
glands, while the dorsal surface bears numerous small oval
glands.
Male scale thin, white, narrow, elliptical; dorsum and
ventrum slightly convex; usually covered with a thin white
secretion. Length 1°75 millim.; width 1 millim.
Adult male orange in colour, oval, widest across the thorax,
Antenne of ten joints, all bearing many hairs, joint 10
having in addition three long knobbed hairs. Length of
joints: (1) 62, (2) 70, (8) 102, (4) 155, (5) 218, (6) 178,
(7) 178, (8) 183, (9) 89, (10) 120. Legs long and hairy.
Genital spike narrow, ‘480 millim. long. The last segment
of the body bears three long hairs on each side of the genital
spike; the other segments bear four to six shorter hairs on
each side. Halteres wanting. Length of body, excluding
genital spike, 1°450 millim.; width ‘730 millim.
Larva (just hatched).—Oval, orange-yellow in colour. The
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazihan Coccide. 71
abdomen ends in two large plates, each bearing one long
terminal seta and several shorter hairs. Around the lateral
margin of the body there is a simple row of long hairs. An-
tena of six joints, joint 3 the longest. Legs short; claw
long, with the digitules slender ‘and slig ehtly knobbed,
Tarsal digitules very long and slender, with the ends slightly
expanded. Rostral loop’ very long , being coiled in a circle on
the abdomen.
flab; Ypiranga and Jundiahy, on the stems of Vernonia
polyanthus, Less., and Trichogonia salvicfolia. Usually
accompanied by a species of Cremastogaster.
Genus PROTOPULVINARIA, Ckll.
Protopulvinaria conveva, Hempel.
Adult female elliptical or oval ; dorsum convex. A white
ovisac is secreted below the insect, elevating the caudal end
2 millim., but leaving the cephalic end attached to the bark.
Dorsum hard and shiny, usually covered with a thin white
powdery secretion ; this is sometimes only present in patches,
sometimes it covers the entire animal. ‘There is a slight
median longitudinal ridge, and on each side two longitudinal
rows of shallow gland-pits. ‘The sides are slightly wrinkled.
Colour above brownish red, usually with a median stripe
of dark brown; below orange-red. Length 5:10 millim. ;
width 4°50 millim. ; height 2 miliim, Boiled in a solution of
KOH it colours the liquid light brown. ‘he derm remains
chitinized and opaque.
Antenne variable, of seven or eight joints. Antenne of
seven joints *381—405 millim. long. All joints except joint 3
bear hairs. Length of joints: (1) 62, (2) 53, (3) 70, (4) 106-
123, (5) 35, (6) 24-31, (7) 31. Approximate formula:
43125(67). Antenne of eight joints 435-467 millim.
long. All joints except joints 3 and 4 bear hairs. Length
of joints : (1) 66-75, (2) 66, (3) 79-84, (4) 48-53, (5) 79-
Sen(6)- 35,. (7) 81-35, (8) 31-35. Approximate formula :
(85)124(678). Legs small. Length of joints of first
pair of legs: coxa 84, femur and trochanter 191, tibia 151,
tarsus 75, claw 24, digitules of claw 42. Claw very fine and
slender ; digitules ‘of claw fine, with slightly expanded ends;
tarsal digitules long, slender, with slightly expanded ends.
Rostrum ‘large, situated between the first pair of legs ; rostral
loop very short. Anal plates small, triangular, the two outer
sides equal in length. Anal ring with six hairs. Around
the margin of the body there is a double row of long sharp
hairs. The derm on the ventral surface bears numerous long
72 Bibliographical Notices.
filamentous glands, and on the dorsal surface there are
several longitudinal rows of small round glands.
Larva (just hatched).—Elliptical, flat, reddish brown in
colour; eyes large, conical, dark brown. Antenne long, of six
joints; joints 3 and 6 the longest and about equal in length.
The body ends in two plates, each bearing one long terminal
seta and several shorter hairs. The margin of the body is ser-
rated and bears a simple row of rather long hairs. _ Legs long,
slender, the digitules of claw and tarsus long and thin, with
slightly expanded ends. Rostral loop not extending to the
anal plates.
Hab. Sio Paulo. On the stems of Smilaw sp.
Some small parasitic Diptera were bred from the ovisacs
of this species.
[To be continued. |
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.
Studies in Fossil Botany. By Duxinrietp Henry Scorr, M.A.,
Ph.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S., Honorary Keeper of the Jodrell
Laboratory, Royal Gardens, Kew. Containing 151 Illustrations.
London: Adam and Charles Black, 1900. Pp. xiii, 533.
Tur author is a distinguished member of the energetic band of
workers in paleobotany whose labours have in recent years con-
tributed to throw so much light on many obscure points of the
vanished flora of geologic times. Dr. Scott was associated with the
closing portion of the long scientific career of the late Professor
Williamson, and is well acquainted with the collection brought
together by that veteran paleobotanist ; therefore it is not sur-
prising that much of the information here presented has been drawn
from specimens contained in that collection, now national property,
in the Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road.
The volume is founded on a course of lectures given four years
ago at University College, Gower Street, under the same title, but
entirely recast in accordance with newer information which has
been rendered accessible since these lectures were delivered. It is
confined to setting out the results of inquiries of chief importance
from a botanical standpoint relating to the two subkingdoms of
Pteridophytes and Gymnosperms, all considerations of the lower
cryptogams and the phanerogams being put aside.
The author explains the difference in the condition of plants pre-
served by incrustation and petrification—the former being most
familiar to those people who visit geological collections, while the
second is largely confined to the cabinets of specialists as admitting
Bibliographical Notices. 73
of the application of the operations of slicing and polishing. While
the plants preserved by incrustation display such characters as the
shape of the leaf and venation excellently, the organic structure
has practically disappeared, those petrified, on the other hand,
showing their minute anatomy to a surprising degree. The details
of cell-structure can be made out with considerable certainty, and
by painstaking collation of many specimens the entire histology may
be determined.
Dr. Scott’s plan is to go methodically through the alliances as
follows, describing any special structure which may be found in
them :—Beginning with the Kquisetales, once so grandly developed
in the Carboniferous period, though now only represented in the
living series by one genus, then taking up the Sphenophyllales,
representative of a type of vegetation which has wholly vanished,
passing to the Lycopodiales, familiar to recent botanists in the
genera Lycopodium and Selaginella, which are of humble dimensions
when compared with their ancestral forms, and then the ferns.
which are better represented in the present day than in the fore-
going groups. Next in order we have the Cycadofilices, that
curiously intermediate group between the Ferns and Cycads, which
is only known in a fossil state, coming lastly to the Mesozoic
Gymnosperms.
The object of the author is to compare the structure found in these
fossil forms with similar structure found in recent plants. Quoting
with approval Solms-Laubach’s phrase that our object in studying
the fessil forms is ‘‘ the completion of the natural system,” Dr. Scott
is careful not to bring up any very doubtful specimens, but te keep
attention fixed on those specimens which can throw light on the
problems presented by these fragmentary remains. It would be
impossible, we think, to read this volume with care and fail to gain
a very good idea of the organization and the relations of these
plants, not only to one another, but also to the existing vegetation.
There is one special difficulty which besets the paleobotanist, and
that is that fossil genera and species have been founded upon entirely
ditferent considerations from those which govern the naming of
recent plants, and this, too, from the very nature of things, as a
moment’s reflection will show. Owing to the state in which these
fossils occur, the root, the stem, and the fruit of the same plant
have sometimes received generic rank only to be reduced as the
result of examination of a large series or from some lucky accident
showing the organic connexion of one of these structures to another.
It is not surprising, therefore, that palaobotany teems with so-called
genera and species which the systematist of recent plants would
regard as hopelessiy bad, and that much of the work and much of
the interest of the present-day paleontologist is deyoted to deter-
mining the relations of these separated parts.
The numerous drawings, reproduced by various processes, succeed
in showing the points desired, mainly in consequence of the care
spent in selecting the given specimen to bring out the special
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 6
74 Miscellaneous.
character. We have mentioned that the plants here investigated
are those whose internal structure has been preserved, either silici-
fied or calcified ; and thus it arises that the methods of anatomic
observation are well adapted to the prosecution of this branch of
research.
Where praise is due in no unstinted measure it may seem un-
gracious to note a small blemish; but the question suggests itself,
Why should the author continue to write Lyginodendron Oldhamium
with a capital letter? The form Oldhamium is due to earlier
writers (instead of the more correct form oldhamense) ; but we find
other instances, such as Chetrostrobus Pettycurensis, when the same
author has correctly written Medullosa anglica. These trifling
departures from the common usage of botanists do not, of course,
really detract from the usefulness of the book, which, regarded from
every point of view, is worthy of the author and of his subject.
First Records of British Flowering Plants. Compiled by Wittram A.
Cuarke. Second Edition, Revised and Corrected. London:
West, Newman, & Co., 1900. Pp. xvi, 194.
Tue first draft of this volume appeared in the ‘ Journal of Botany’
for 1892-96, and it was republished as a separate work in 1897,
with additions and corrections and a note on nomenclature. But
this edition did not satisfy the author, who has again revised the
work, added the actual names used by the old authors cited, and
has brought it out in a form which is a great improvement on the
last edition.
The work being thus well known to the majority of British
botanists, it hardly needs detailed description ; but we may cordially
welcome its reappearance in its new shape.
MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Dates of Publication of the ‘ Histoire naturelle générale et
particuliére des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles’ and the
‘ Tableaux systématiques des Animaux mollusques, by the Barons
Férussac and G. P. Deshayes. By C. Davizs Saerzorn, F.Z.S. &c.,
and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e.
Tur exact dates of publication of the parts of these remarkable
twin works have long been a source of difficulty for malacologists,
and though we have not been able to completely solve the problem,
we think that enough information has been brought together to
justify publication of the results attained.
The two works were issued together in 42 livr., which appeared
between 1819 and 1851, while some portions of the text appear to
have been issued in early livraisons of the companion work by the
younger Féruesac and Alcide d’Orbigny—the ‘ Hist. nat..... des
75
Céphalopodes ’ * (see Instructions to Binder in this last work). This
fact, coupled with irregular mode of issue and the difficulty of
ascertaining the exact contents of the several parts, has made the
unravelling a task of much trouble, while to this moment we find it
impossible to understand the sheeting as cited in the ‘ Bibliographie
de la France.’
The following is the list of the livraisons, with such details con-
cerning their contents as could be found :—
Miscellaneous.
S
14.
. 1822. 4 [Contained znter alia plate of Mé-
. 1823.
( 1-6 contained tom. ii. pt. 1,
pp. i-xvi, 1-96 (‘ Fin de
1819. 3 shests, pp. i-xvi,1- . Bibl. Franc. 6 Mar. 1819. | T Eiist Nat, des timnates)
1819. 2 5 Tunes 1810); |. eae ee te Dea Een a
1819. 5 HO Sulla S195) (esa en tester
1819. 2 13 Septan TOLOn Nee cua eee ee esol
1819. 3 -96 4 Dees AISI), Sor eet Looe eee
[Sept. 1819 (Journ. Phys, | 27 Ae yineoes” nad
Oct. 1819, Annonces). | ee ee nara fee
1820. 1 [Cover only.] 26 Feb. 1820. ee a Raat
cous” are reprinted in
‘Tsis, 1822, Litt. Anz.
L153 & 169.
1820. 8 17 June, 1820.
1820. 4 5 Aug. 1820.
( Contained the greater part
a Gael a | GE dhe dai dhe “Tabl
1821. 3 Dees, igen) SSe Lew. Lamesa
(dated 1820) | Journ. Phys., Apr. 1821,
* (Annonces.
1821. 24 13 July, 1821.
1821. 2 21 Sept. 1821.
1821. 3 10 Nov. 1821.
(In 1822, p. 338, ‘ Isis’ noticed livr. 1-13, 1819-21; 72 pls. & 36 sheets text=
tom. ii. pt. 1, to p. 100; pp. 1-94 of “Tabl. Fam. Limacons” are also
noticed : see note to livr. 28.)
1822. 3 16 Feb. 1822.
(Livr. 14 & 15 contained “ Tabl. Syst.” i.-pp. xlviii. Oken got livr. 15 later, for
he speaks of it as just received (‘ Isis,’ 1824, Lit. Anz. 1), and adds he has up
to Lief. 20.)
13 Apr. 1822.
lanopsides fossiles, no. 1, Mém.
Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris, i. (1823)
p. 149.]
. 1822. 34 16 July, 1822.
. 1823. 1 [No text.] 2 Nov. 1825.
“‘ Explic. des planches suppl. et de celles qui ne doivent pas faire partie du 1* vol.”
“ Point de texte,” Fér. Bull. gén. 1828, ii. p. 65.
. 1823. [No text.] Bibl. Frang. 1 Mar. 1823.
. 1823. \ “ Nouvelle division Pulmonés” and “Suppl. a Vhist. nat. Limaces’*» =tom. ii. pt. 1,
. 1823. pp- 96% to 96% and 96% to 96. See Férussac, Bull. i. (1824) p. 196.
[Contained inter alia plate of “ Mélanopsides fossiles,” no. 2; Mém. Soc. Hist. Nat.
Paris, i. (1823) p. 149.] Bibl. Frang. 27 Sept. 1823 [19-21, 43 sheets. ]
* Of the dates of publication of this work all that can at present be
said is that the first three out of the 21 livraisons appeared in Sept. 1834,
nos. 4-9 in 1835, no. 12 in 1889, nos. 13-18 in 1840 taking the work up to
p- 240, and that it was finished in 1848,
Livy. 22. 1832. )
23. 1832.
24, 1832. [No text. ]
25. 1832. |
26. 1832. )
27. 1832. [No text.] Bibl. Franc. 4 Aug. 1832. [22~97, § sheet & 36 pls. | 4a
28. 1832. [? No text] last part by Férussac. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. y. 1832, p. 1
Moquin-Tandon also notices “ livr. 1-28=pp. 1-128, 1819-32.”
29. 1839. [Tom. ii. pt. 1, text up to p. 152.] (See Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. f. Malac. vii. 1850, p. 1
& ix. 1852, p. 116.) Undertaken by Deshayes on death of Férussac in 1836.
30. 1839. (Pfeiffer, Zeitschr. f. Malak. vii. 1850, p. 145.) Commenced with “ Pulmonés s
opercule,” Helix polygyrata, pp. 1-40.
31. 1840. (Pfeiffer, ibid. and p. 147, which seems to show that this livr. was “ plates only. ~i
32. 1840. Plates only. (Pfeiffer, ibid.) ae
33. 1840 or 41. Plates only. (Pfeiffer, ibid.) i)
34. 1841. Plates only. (Pfeiffer, ibid. and p. 153.) Work suspended by Deshayes’s voyage
Algeria.
35. Feb. 1850. (Pfeiffer, ibid.). (9 sheets=pp. 4~?; Bibl. Franc. 16 Feb. 1850.)
36. Feb. 1850. (Pfeiffer, ibid.) (8 sheets=?; Bibl. Frang. 16 Feb. 1850.)
37. 18 May, 1850. (Pfeiffer, ibid.; uptono.242=p.181.) (9 sheets=pp. 213-248, Bibl. Fra
* 18 May, 1850.) [Page 181 being the first of a new sheet, and species no. 243
p. 182 being most distinctly included by Pfeiffer in the next part, we conclu
that p. 181 was originally printed on aspare blank or on the wrapper of the pa
38. 10 Oct. 1850. (Pfeiffer, 1851, p.97.) (8 sheets, Bibl. Frang. 380 Nov. 1850)=pp. 182-?
39. 15 Nov. 1850. (Pfeiffer, ibid.) (8 sheets=pp. 281- 312, Bibl. Frang. 30 Nov. 1880.)
40. 10 Jan. 1851. (Pfeiffer, ibid.) up to p. 400. [‘Troschel, in Wiegmann’s ‘ Archiv,’ 1851, i)
p. 102, gives the contents of Lief. 35-40 as=pp. 41-376. We take it that while
roschel had part 40 before him he limited his analysis to pts. 35-39, since he was
recording work published in 1850 only ; and hence the discrepancy between |
account and Pfeiffer’s. |
4). a
42. 30 July 1851. (Pfeiffer, ix. 1852, p. 97.) ‘‘ Addition au genre Helice,”=pp. 401, 402)
76 Miscellaneous.
“‘ Pulmonés sans opercule, genre Bulimus,” pp. 1-260 (end). Pp. 153-184 of t
general treatise. ‘‘ Nouvelles additions 4 la famille des Limaces,” pp. 96'~96*4,
The completed works therefore stand as follows :—
1. Histoire naturelle .... des Mollusques, &e. ;
Tom. i. Titlepage (dated 1820-1851) | : 1851
Rae ee eee Table jj oes oe oseeae ES aos ea
Pipe PAO ne ecadessatamesegeecs sti aa ae cueene net eine mame mae te 1839
ALSO 28. cubsepaanseseal don eee Wate aeec aR MOREE ee eee 1850
BET AOD aS. Ges SSdele Re ate ad he See Le Nn a OO 1851
Tom. ii. pt. 1. Titlepage (dated 1820-1851) 0.0... 185]
Original titlepage (dated 1819)
Dedication and Preface (=pp. va} eraseci tacit 1819
Pp. 1- 96
QG8=9621%, O62=96" os. ct atuesen deme oc eae Ms ee 1823
Mae Oa BRE ACO URr Aci atene iE nun anc rcassaaimereose sages 1851
DISCO ee eee ce een ae Ree oh 1820 or 1821
VOU 28.30% Sr debs. £ «octet ea phate nh Semen ? —1832
VAD S12 cesshoe battens soneReaser de aceahtl ce aes ? —1839
153-184
sage 1-360 | et Se. 0G oR OE eet San He 1851
2. Tableaux systématiques, &e.
Mablusystue Cucrauxnp pa Kivi) as... seRe ee eeene ee eeee eee eects 1822
Tabl. particuliers :
I. Tabl. Fam. Iamaces, pp. 1-27..........2.....5..2. (dated) 1821
1 i aa ye Bimavons) |); 1-94), 2). 100) eee eee ehh 1821
LER oF jy abAuricules;,; “9b-WA:. 205055. ee eee 182] ?*
* Published before the Dict. Class. Hist. Nat. i. (1822). Cf p. 90 of
that work.
WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
- The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
Monthly. '2s, 6d.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,
_ Aelfric Society’s Publications, 15 parts. 37s. 6d,
Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. lds.
Baird’s (Major) Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s, 6d.
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.
Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines, 1s,
Chimmo’s (Capt.) Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s,
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.
Davis's (J, B.) Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.
Denning'’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.
English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.
Examination “Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d. E
Ditto for Diploma i in Public Health. 6d.
Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lds.
_ Fauna of British India. Edited by W. I. Buanrorp, RS.
‘Mammalia. 20s. Fishes. 2 yols. 20s, each.
Birds. Vol. I. 20s. Vols. II., III., and IV. 15s. each.
_ Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s,
Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.
Hymenoptera. Vol. l. Wasps and Bees. 20s.
Arachnida. 10s.
Geological Record. 1874-1884. S8vols. 20s. net.
_ Gilaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.
_ Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. ;
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.
Hopkins’s (H.) Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s,
Ditto. ayes ated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s,
Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. IL. 12s.
Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s. 6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Sraxs, ls.
Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 33s. 6d.
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.
‘Lewis's (G. ) Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. net.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
Merington’s French Primer, 2s. 6d. English Primer, Ls.
-Merington’s French Pronunciation. 2s. 6d.~
'_ Merington’s Latin First Course, with Key. 3s, 6d.
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
Part I. 7s. 6d., Part [1I. 6s.
' Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s,
Royal College of Surgeons :
-. Calendar. Ils. net.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animaisin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net.
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.
Dermatological Collection. 3rded. 4s. net.
Physiological Series. Vol. I. 2nded. 12s. net.
Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of poe
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. 6d.
Sharp’s (Dr. D.) Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.
Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser.2, 14s. .
Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. aa Pathological Catalogue, cae 1
to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. Gd.
Wheatstone’s (Sir C.) Scientific Papers. lds.
Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d.
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 43. Jaa Series. ane
I. Notes on the Recent Literature of Japanese Land-Snails. By
Dr. Henry A. Pirssry, Special Curator of the Department of Mol-
lusca, Academy of Natural ees of Philadelphia
CC ee ee er
II. Descriptions of Three new Siluroid Fishes of the Genus Syn
dontis discovered by Mr. W. L. S. Loat in the White Nile. ee Oe
BOSTENGERS FOR IS Sse a ieee oe ee Se eek eae
IIT. Diagnoses of Four 1 new Fishes discovered by Mricds He S:
Moore in Lakes Albert and Albert Edward. By G. A. BovLEncer,
OSU He haan Needing te TAN.) sR RS eR RG RAO SS Sh i's
IV. On the Occurrence of Salmo macrostigma in Sardinia. ‘By
G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S.
bicelles e.(@.© > \wiel.e\(e <= ep) e) 16 0.0 je. eo eels ey wiles (whinge ais
VY. Description of a new Lizard from the Gaboon. By G. ee
Bouunerr, F.RS.
0 elle © “ei, Tele em: bite Ye (@ elie. 0) 6, ©, folly 0 le) e 8 0 fe ve js e186 le) ele, 6 ie we 18
VI. New Genera and Species of Eastern ae Australian Moths,
By ColonelvC: Swannon; Mea PLS. ieee ea ee eae
VII. Some new African Bats (including one pe the TOTES) and
a new Galago. By Oxprietp Tomas
a
i
VIil. The Rutelid Genus’ Adorodocia and a new Allied Foknt.
By Gal bent a cARROW Pees ee eek LS ew Gime aie iced eke
1X. New Species of Noctuidae from ee) America. By Ww.
Stops ty iad dd Are pea pinbel ay Makaha VB Ea Se a BVA ie Ura AA Seah
X. The new Mexico Coccide of the Genus Ripersia. By PD ae
CocKERELL
wep ele 6 (eel, ec. © 0 em 2 6,0 «18 © 019 10,0 6.0 6 8 6 8.62 © ole 8 ie ee ee. 0 0 \e
XL. On a Collection of Butterflies Hehe by George aiiathd, Esq.,
in Northern Nigeria between September 1899 and January 1900.
By Arraor G. Burter, Ph.D.
Ce eC eS SS
XI. On a few Undeseribed Rhynchota By W. L. Disranr .
XIII. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By Avoten Hempet,
S. Paulo, Brazil
eee es 8 ee 0610 1 0s eels fee le. 0 pw 806 us 9 © 10 a le 0) 8-0 § 0 ee
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICES.
Studies in Fossil Botany. By Duxinriery Hunry Scorr, M.A., Ph.D.,
F.RS., F.LS., F.G.S., Honorary Keeper of the Jodrell Labora.
tory, Royal Gardens, Kew
ohehp te, ‘ve See. -@) ate) .0 a Hee het ee. is 30/10 ele ve o hs oe leh
First Records of British Flowering Plonte Compiled by Wiriiam
A. CLARKB ....:
© fog Uae tees 1610. p 2718s 6-6) jo) he fe 18 ed ep hots thy eae le ice Aplite the ha
MISCELLANEOUS.
On the Dates of Publication of the ‘ Histoire naturelle generale et
particuliére des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles’ and the
‘ Tableaux systématiques des Animaux mollusques,’ by the Barons
Férussac and G. P. Deshayes. By C. Davizs Suertorn, F.Z.S.
&e., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e.
ee ee ee Ber rd
*,¥* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addy essed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and ee Foal ios ;
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.
pa 6
10
‘SEVENTH SERIES. No. 44.
ee a ee
THE ANNALS
Pas ae ha
~ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.
No, XLIV.
AUG. 1901.
Vind ; CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,
- WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.
4 of “BEING A CONTINUATION ‘OF THE ‘ ©ANNALS’ ” COMBINED WITH
“MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAUI NE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’
|
| TLoNDON: A
TAYLOR AND ERANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE? STREET. |
ld by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,
Pa is Maclachlan and Stewart, » Edinburgh: Hodges, Figg zis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher, |
ee ee 3
WETS ;
‘ ' : ;
Now ready, med. 8vo, price 8s.
: Parr I.
THE
FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.
By THEODORE COOKE, C.L.E.,
Po tay M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S8., &c.
FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR
OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.
RANUNCULACEA to RUTACER.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of
State for India in Council.
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.
Published under the authority of the Seeretary of State for India in Council.
Edited by W. T. Branrorp.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.
MAMMALIA.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.B.S.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.
FISHES.
By FRANCIS DAY, C.1.E., LL.D., &c.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.
BIRDS.— Vol. I, £1 : Vol. IL, 15s.
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8.
VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F-.R.S.
Bourd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1,
REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.
By G. A. BOULENGER.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.
MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.
By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and
numerous woodcuts. Price £1.
HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.
By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.
Round in Cloth, Lettered, med, 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price 10s.
ARACHNIDA.
By R. I, POCOCK.
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
ey a ee a at ee!
Ren Se
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[SEVENTH SERIES. ]
No. 44. AUGUST 1901.
XLV.—New Species of Noctuide from Tropical Anerica.
By W. Scuaus, F.Z.S8.
[Concluded from p. 51.]
YPSORA, gen. nov.
Antenne pectinated to tips. Palpi long, upturned ; first
and second joints flattened, smoothly scaled; third joint as
long as second. Fore tibia hairy ; hind tibia smooth; mid
tibia with long hairy tufts. Wangs crenulate. Primaries:
veins 7, 8, 10 from end of areole. Secondaries: vein 4 from
lower angle of cell, 6 and 7 from upper angle.
Ypsora santaris.
Primaries dark violaceous brown, slightly mottled with
buff on costa and on the inner margin near base ; an oblique
blackish shade from inner margin to orbicular, which is
small, black; some indistinct median, light brown, oblique
lines; reniform large, mottled with buff, and partly edged
with white ; outer line fine, black, curved and dentate beyond
cell, interrupted by the veins, and chiefly distinct below
vein 3; the subterminal yellowish buff, indistinct above
vein 8, and shaded inwardly with dark streaks between 6 and
8. Secondaries with the costa paler; the outer lines dentate,
velvety black; the subterminal yellowish buff, inwardly
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. |
78 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
shaded with blackish brown; on both wings marginal dark
points outwardly shaded with buff. Underneath light brown ;
two median, an outer, and a subterminal transverse shade;
marginal blackish spots between the veins. Body dark viola-
ceous brown above, light brown below; a transverse buff line
on last segment of abdomen.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hab. Brazil.
Pseudanthracia corvus.
Body dark steel-grey. Wings dark steel-grey, irrorated
with black strie; the lines black. Primaries: the costa with
some small white and larger dark brown spots; an inter-
rupted basal line; the inner line angled twice above median,
curved below it, partly geminate; a median wavy line,
followed by a broader dark brown shade; a dark streak on
discocellular ; the outer line dark brown, oblique from costa,
nearly straight to vein 3, then curved below discal streak, and
wavy to inner margin, followed by a velvety black line; the
subterminal line toothed between veins 3 and 4, hardly visible
between 4 and 7, above which it is toothed twice, and below
vein 8 it is inwardly curved, and is preceded by a brownish
shade between inner margin and vein 2; a terminal line;
fringe lighter grey. Secondaries with the outer and sub-
terminal lines distinct; the strize on outer margin rather
thick. Underneath light grey, irrorated with darker scales ;
a faint outer line; blackish striz on outer margins; a black
discal point on secondaries.
Expanse 43 millim.
Hab. Orizaba.
PETEROMA, gen. nov.
Antenne with fine cilia. Fore tibia with a long lateral
tuft of hairs; hind tibia shortly haired and with a single pair
of spines. Palpi porrect; second joint long, third short.
Abdomen slight, hardly extending beyond hind wing. Wings
crenulate, angled at vein 4.
Peteroma jarinta.
Body light brown; basal segment of abdomen dark velvety
brown, crossed by a white band. Primaries dark buff, shaded
with lilacine grey at base, in cell, and at origin of veins 2 and
3; a dark velvety-brown line from below median vein, near
middle of cell, to inner margin near base; a fine black oblique
streak on costa to base of subcostal vein ; a fine oblique inner
Noctuide from Tropical America. 79
line from costa to median vein; a median geminate fine line,
very oblique to median vein at end of cell, then straight
oblique from vein 3 to middle of inner margin, followed
below vein 3 by a dark brown shade, which is crossed by the
outer line; the outer line black, very deeply dentate, and ex-
curved far beyond cell, preceded and followed between veins
5-7 by a dark brown shade; a white point at end of cell
between veins 3 and 4; a subterminal buff line, shaded on
either side with dark brown, and preceded by a pale buff
shade between submedian and vein 3; a dark grey marginal
spot between veins 3 and 5; a terminal dark line; fringe
divided by a brown shade. Secondaries buff; a basal velvety
brown band; median space tinged with grey, followed by a
geminate dark line and then by two pale reddish-brown lines ;
the outer line fine, black, straight, followed by a brown space
erossed by a still darker brown line; the subterminal and
marginal spot as on primaries. Underneath buff, irrorated
with dark brown ; finely dentate geminate median and outer
lines; a dark streak in cell on secondaries.
In the male there is a long streak of dark grey hairs below
vein 6 on secondaries.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro, Petropolis.
Peteroma carilla.
Body light brown. Wings light brown, the lines darker
brown ; a few dark irrorations. Primaries: a basal line on
costa; an inner curved and oblique geminate line; a geminate
median line; the outer line fine, black, dentate beyond cell,
then lunular to inner margin, thickened between veins 5 and 6;
a blackish space from outer line to fringe at vein 4; sub-
terminal partly geminate, indistinct; a black point as orbicular;
reniform semilunar, white; a terminal wavy black line ;
a lilacine space below costa from outer line to subterminal.
Secondaries: the base more thickly irrorated with dark
seales; an inner line; a geminate median line; outer line
very distinct, blackish; the subterminal geminate, partly
followed by a reddish-brown shade; a black spot at end of
vein 4; a terminal dark line. Underneath buff, irrorated
with brown; dark discal points ; a geminate median line; an
outer line; a subterminal dark shade.
Hxpanse 31 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Peteroma conita.
Head and collar brown. ‘Thorax lilacine grey. Body
7#
80 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
mottled grey and brown, with darker irrorations. Primaries
buff, irrorated with a few black scales; a light brown oblique
inner band from costa to median vein; a velvety brown line
from origin of vein 2 to inner margin near base, broadly
shaded inwardly with lilacine; an orbicular black point; a
black discocellular streak, preceded and followed by a brown
shade, and then outwardly by a white and lilacine shade;
outer line angled below costa, then oblique to discocellular,
forming a deep outward curve between 3 and 5, and again
inwardly curved to middle of inner margin; below vein 3
the outer line is inwardly broadly shaded with dark brown
from veins 4—7, and outwardly shaded with dark brown to the
subterminal ; a velvety brown streak on vein 7 from outer
line to subterminal ; subterminal pale buff, preceded by dark
spots on veins 2-5 and on submedian; outer margin light
brown, darker towards apex ; a broad black streak from sub-
terminal on to fringe along vein 4; black submarginal points
between the veins; an indistinct dark terminal line. Second-
aries somewhat darker buff, irrorated with black scales; a
black discal point; a fine reddish-brown subterminal line,
inwardly shaded with pale buff and outwardly followed by a
broader reddish-brown line from anal angle to vein 5; a black
marginal spot at vein 4 extending on to fringe. Underneath
buff, irrorated with dark brown ; brown discal points ; a faint
eeminate median line; a finely lunular distinct outer line; a
faint subterminal shade; submarginal black points; black
marginal spots at vein 4; costa of primaries whitish from
outer line to apex.
Expanse 38 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Peteroma dastona.
Body dark grey; abdominal segments posteriorly black.
Primaries: basal third of costal margin broadly blackish,
irrorated with brown; a light grey space from inner margin
at base to median line on costa, followed below the median by
a velvety black line ; median space below cell very dark grey,
crossed by a fine black median line; reniform large, white ;
outer line dentate, white from costa to vein 7, then velvety
black and inwardly curved to inner margin; a blackish shade
from reniform to apex; outer margin dark grey, paler about
the inner angle; subterminal fine, black, wavy, outwardly
shaded with white at apex and below vein 3. Secondaries
dark grey; a minute white discal spot, followed by two
darker grey lines; a pale grey outer band, crossed by a dark
Noctuide from Tropical America. 81
line and outwardly edged by a black line ; a black subterminal
line; outer margin broadly pale grey, with a single dark line
beyond the subterminal ; a terminal wavy black line. Under-
neath brown; dark discal points; a geminate median line;
an outer line and a subterminal shade.
Expanse 36 millim.
Hab. Oaxaca, Mexico.
Peteroma albilinea.
Body and wings brown. Primaries: a white band from
base of inner margin to subterminal line near apex; the costal
margin mottled with white; the subterminal white, from
costa near apex to inner angle; reniform large, reddish
brown, outlined with white ; faint submarginal black spots.
Secondaries: a subterminal white line. iene light
brown ; a darker subterminal shade.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Centpeta nubila.
Head, collar, and abdomen greyish brown. Thorax grey.
Primaries light grey, the lines greyish brown and geminate ;
the basal line not reaching inner margin; the inner line
curved, dentate; the median line slightly wavy, crossing the
reniform, which is large, finely outlined in brown, and con-
tains a dark point; the outer line thickened on costa, where
it 18 whitish, finely lunular, hardly incurved below vein 3;
the subterminal white, wavy, broadly shaded inwardly with
dark brown from vein 3 to costa, and followed by a narrow
dark shade; a terminal dark line. Secondaries greyish
brown, the outer line blackish, indistinct; the subterminal
buff, narrow, from anal angle to vein 6; some pale markings
on outer margin. Underneath very similar to C. polynoe, Gn.,
but the white spot on costa of primaries is smaller.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab. Peruvian Amazons.
Cenipeta fragilis.
Head and thorax grey. Abdomen pale yellow. Pri-
maries light grey, irrorated with pale umber-brown scales;
median line black, other lines umber-brown; a basal line;
inner line oblique at costa, then lunular to inner margin ;
median line geminate on costa, somewhat oblique outwardly
to below vein 2, then slichtly eurved inwardly to inner
margin ; reniform large, umber-brown, enclosing some grey
82 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
scales; outer line geminate, angled beyond cell, close to
median line on inner margin; subterminal geminate near
costa, suffusing and forming large blotches below vein 5;
terminal dark spots; fringe grey, spotted with umber-brown.
Secondaries pale yellow; outer margin broadly black from
apex to vein 4, then divided by a marginal dentate yellow
shade to anal angle; a faint median dark line; an irregular
dark outer line from anal angle to vein 6 ; fringe pale yellow.
Underneath: primaries dark brownish grey; the base and
inner margin whitish; a white discal spot; traces of an
oblique median line and angled outer line. Secondaries pale
yellow ; a dark discal point; an interrupted outer line; a
broad marginal dark shade, interrupted by pale yellow at
apex and between veins 2 and 4,
Expanse 32 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Baniana ypita.
Head and collar reddish brown. Thorax light brown,
anteriorly shaded with dark velvety brown. Abdomen dull
brown. Primaries light brown, irrorated with darker scales ;
lines reddish brown, inwardly shaded with buff; the inner
line angled below costa, then slightly curved inwardly to
middle of inner margin; outer line straight from costa at
three fourths from base to inner angle; reniform large, pale
brown, inwardly edged by a semilunar dark line; subterminal
fine, dark brown, angled five times; terminal dark spots
between the veins. Secondaries dark brown; fringe yellowish.
Underneath dark greyish brown, without lines.
Expanse 32 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Allied to B. veluticollis, Hamps.
Baniana? veluta.
Antenne thick, with a row of cilia for half their length,
then nodose and curved, thinner, with shorter cilia to tips.
Palpi and collar black; vertex and thorax buff. Abdomen
brownish grey. Primaries buff, darker on outer margin,
thinly irrorated with dark scales; some violaceous black
scales at base of inner margin, followed by a large, irregular,
dark velvety brown trigonate spot, extending just above
median vein; some whitish and black scales at end of cell
and just beyond cell; terminal black spots between the veins.
Secondaries dark greyish brown, paler at base. Underneath:
Noctuide from Tropical America. 83
primaries brown ; secondaries with the inner area buff, irro-
rated with brown and a brownish discocellular spot.
Expanse 27 millim.
Hab. Trinidad.
Sexes similar, the female antenne simple.
Poesula gorima.
Palpi, head, and collar reddish brown. Abdomen viola-
ceous brown above; anal tuft yellow. Primaries light
violaceous brown; a broad, outwardly oblique from costa,
dark brown inner shade ; the inner margin dark brown from
inner to outer line; an oblique median shade on costa, from
which there is a fine irregular line to inner margin; a black
point as orbicular, a dark discocellular streak as reniform ;
outer line straight, at three fourths from base, dark brown,
inwardly shaded with lighter brown; the space beyond to
subterminal also dark brown; subterminal irregular, out-
wardly dentate between veins 3 and 4; a terminal dark line
with black points between the veins. Secondaries blackish
brown, darkest on outer margin; a black discal spot; fringe
ochreous brown. Underneath: primaries dark grey; the
costa ochreous brown: secondaries whitish, irrorated with
darker scales; a black discal point ; a fine outer line.
Eixpanse 32 millim.
flab. Rio Janeiro.
Phurys jaliscana.
Body brownish grey. Primaries light brownish grey; a
fine median line, pale, outwardly shaded with dark brown
above inner margin, angled on costa, slightly curved inwardly
to inner margin, and preceded below the submedian by a
velvety black spot; a dark streak at end of cell, crossed by a
fine darker grey line, and followed by two more similar lines ;
a pale line from costa near apex to inner margin near angle,
slightly curved, broadly shaded outwardly with dark brown ;
a subterminal greyish line, outwardly lunular between the
veins; minute black points at tips of veins. Secondaries
brown at base, the outer margin broadly dark greyish brown.
Underneath brown; traces of a dark outer line and broad
subterminal dark shade; some fulvous hairs at base of
secondaries.
Exxpanse 42 millim.
flab. Guadalajara, Mexico.
Allied to P. flexa, Gn.
84 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
Phurys monaza,
Head and thorax dark grey. Abdomen brownish. Pri-
maties grey, irrorated with brown scales; lines dark brown,
inwardly shaded with light grey ; inner line nearly straight,
slightly more distant from base on inner than on costal
margin; outer line at two thirds from base, parallel with
outer margin; a dark brown discocellular streak; a fine
dentate subterminal dark line, marked with black points on
veins, and a terminal outwardly lunular line, the two lines
connected by streaks on veins; the subterminal preceded by
some pale grey streaks on veins. Secondaries brown, shaded
with yellow at base; a terminal black line; a faint dark
onter line. Underneath buff, thickly irrorated with brown; a
dark outer line.
Expanse 32 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Phurys escondida.
Head and thorax grey. Abdomen light brown. Primaries
grey, thickly irrorated with brown scales; an oblique brown
shade from veins 8-6; a subterminal brown shade from near
apex to submedian vein near angle; an indistinct brown line
below median vein from base, not reaching the subterminal ;
a dark terminal line. Secondaries brown; a darker sub-
terminal shade. Underneath brown, without lines.
Expanse 32 millim.
Hab, Castro, Parana.
Phurys bigutta.
9? .—Head and thorax buff. Abdomen light brown. Pri-
maries light brown, irorated with black scales, thinly at base,
more thickly outwardly; inner line buff, outwardly shaded
with darker brown, oblique from inner margin at one third
from base to subcostal before reniform ; reniform consisting
of two superposed black spots; outer line from near apex to
inner margin near angle, buff, shaded finely with reddish
brown, and again outwardly broadly with black; minute
black points at tips of veims. Secondaries similar; the outer
line pale, less distinct, broadly shaded outwardly with black.
Underneath light brown, the outer margin broadly darker.
Expanse 36 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Phurys navilla.
Body light brown. Primaries light brown, thinly irrorated
Noctuide from Tropical America. 85
with black scales ; an indistinct basal line, curved to base of
inner margin ; inner line darker brown, inwardly shaded with
pale reddish brown, straight from costa to inner margin,
followed in cell by a white spot, which is then followed by a
small black spot ; a subterminal reddish-brown line, inwardly
edged with buff, and followed by black spots on veins; ter-
minal black points at tips of veins. Secondaries brown,
thickly irrorated with black scales ; a subterminal black shade,
widest at apex. Underneath brown ; darker discal points.
Expanse 39 millim.
flab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Phurys dentilinea.
Head and thorax light grey. Abdomen light brown. Pri-
maries light grey; a faint basal line; the inner line pale,
slightly shaded outwardly with olivaceous brown, somewhat
curved inwardly, more remote from base on inner margin
than on costal margin, and preceded in the male by a small
velvety black spot on the inner margin; reniform large, out-
wardly and inwardly marked by a dark line, closely followed
by two fine, dentate, darker grey lines; a buff line slightly
shaded outwardly with brown from costa near apex to inner
margin near angle; a subterminal fine dentate dark grey line;
a terminal similar line. Secondaries light brown on basal
two thirds; the outer margin dark greyish brown; a buff
outer line between the pale and dark portion. Underneath
light brown; a darker outer line.
Expanse 42 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Mocis griscescens.
9 .—Body grey. Primaries grey; basal line fine, broad,
straight from costa to median vein; inner line fine, velvety
brown, outwardly shaded with reddish brown, outwardly
oblique from cesta, angled on subcostal vein, preceded on
inner margin by a velvety black spot; orbicular represented
by a small buff point ; reniform large, oval, consisting of a
fine brown line ; two fine oblique lines from costa to reniform,
and a wavy fine line from reniform to inner margin; outer
line fine, geminate, outwardly lunular, followed by a reddish-
brown line, oblique from costa, forming two slight curves
above and below vein 7, then straight to inner margin, and
immediately followed by the subterminal blackish shade,
which is straight from costa near apex to vein 7, then dentate
to inner margin; a few black points on veins beyond the
86 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
subterminal ; a dark terminal dentate lunular line; fringe
grey. Secondaries grey, tinged with brown at base and on
costa; a fine wavy reddish-brown outer line from inner margin
to vein 4; a dark grey subterminal shade from above anal
angle, not extending to apex. Underneath brownish grey ;
faint traces of an outer line.
The male is darker, especially about outer line and sub-
terminal shade.
Expanse 43 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Mocis valina.
Head and thorax grey. Abdomen brownish. Primaries
grey ; the basal line velvety brown, nearly straight from costa
to submedian; the inner line pale, outwardly shaded with
dark brown, slightly curved obliquely to submedian, then
outwardly oblique to inner margin, and preceded below the
submedian by a velvety black spot; orbicular represented by
a white point; reniform finely outlined in dark brown, sur-
mounting an equally large circular line, both containing a
dark streak ; two oblique dark shades from costa to reniform ;
a fine median line from cell to inner margin, dentate; the
outer line finely dentate, angled and curved below costa,
followed from vein 7 to inner margin by a straight reddish-
brown line, shaded on either side by buff; the subterminal
dark brown shade from costa to inner margin adjoining the
outer buff shade, and followed by a row of conspicuous black
points on the veins; a fine brownish terminal lunular line.
Secondaries brown; a fine outer brown line, angled close to
inner margin, and hardly reaching costa; a dark subterminal
line above anal angle. Underneath brown; an outer darker
line; a discal dark point on secondaries.
Expanse 42 millim.
flab. Guadalajara, Mexico.
Heteropygas filena.
Head and thorax lilacine brown. Body brownish. Pri-
maries lilacine ; a fine, irregular, broad inner line; orbicular
represented by a brown point; reniform larger, edged with
brown; a brown outer line angled at vein 6, outwardly
shaded with whitish and inwardly with dark brown between
the median and submedian veins, especially dark at origin of
veins 2 and 3; a little shading between the cell and angle of
outer line; costa finely olivaceous brown, with yellow spots
towards apex ; a dark brown subterminal shade from apex to
Noctuide from Tropical America. 87
inner margin near angle, outwardly shaded with reddish
brown. Secondaries light brown, a dark subterminal shade.
Undcrneath: primaries greyish, the margin narrowly, the
apex broadly light brown ; a dark discal streak : secondaries
buff, irrorated with brown, a dark median line.
Expanse 33 millim.
Hab. Castro, Parana.
Argidia subapicata.
Palpi and fore coxe ochreous. Body fawn colour. Pri-
maries light brown, the costa broadly tinged with roseate
beyond inner line; the cell tinged with ochreous; the inner
and median lines fine, dark, parallel, forming three outward
curves ; two oblique dark shades from costa, one to median
line, the other to reniform ; the reniform large, finely outlined,
and divided vertically by a dark line extending beyond cell
and above subcostal vein; the outer line fine, dark, geminate,
angled at vein 7, followed from vein 7 to costa by a broad
dark brown space; between the submedian and vein 4 a pale
buff shade; three subterminal black points between veins 3
and 5; a terminal fine dark line. Secondaries light brown ;
a dark wavy inner line; a straight outer line, dark brown,
partly followed by a fine blackish line; a subterminal irre-
gular brown line. Underneath: primaries with a large costal
spot reaching apex, inwardly bordered by a semilunar dark
brown line, and crossed by a darker brown oblique shade ;
costal margin to spot broadly white; outer margin and disc
brown; lines darker, fine, inner and median lines straight,
outer and subterminal lines wavy; orbicular and reniform
large, whitish, the former cut by the inner line, the latter with
a vertical fine dark line: secondaries yellow ; fine dark inner,
outer, and subterminal lines.
_ Eixpanse 45 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Allied to A. palmipes, Gn.
Thermesia pallescens.
Body and wings grey, thinly irrorated with black scales.
Primaries : the costa and lines light reddish brown; the inner
line indistinct, nearly straight, faintly shaded inwardly with
buff; the outer line broader, deeply angled below costa, out-
wardly shaded with buff; the orbicular small, vague, dark
grey; the reniform large, light reddish brown, not very
distinct ; fringe brown. Secondaries: the outer line straight
as on primaries; a small black discal spot near base; fringe
§8 Mr. W. Schaus cn new Species of
light brown. Underneath fawn-colour, irrorated with black
scales ; two black points in cell of primaries, one on second-
aries. The wings are faintly angled at vein 4.
Expanse 40 millim.
Hlab. S&o Paulo, 8.H. Brazil.
Sanys evanescens.
Head and thorax greyish brown. Abdomen brown.
Wings buff, irrorated with grey and light brown. Pri-
maries: a fine dark inner line, inwardly shaded with whitish
scales, slightly oblique inwardly from costa; orbicular large,
round; reniform large, kidney-shaped, outlined in dark
brown; a pale buff line, shaded on either side with dark
brown from costa near apex to inner margin of secondaries ;
an oblique brown shade from costa to vein 7 before this line ;
subterminal black spots, outwardly shaded with white; a
terminal brown line and black points on both wings. Second-
aries with a dark discal point. Underneath greyish buff;
dark discal points ; subterminal dark points on primaries.
Expanse 30 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Allied to S. irrosea, Gn.= Thermesia lara, Schaus.
Sanys capsicata.
Palpi: second joint outwardly brown, inwardly buff; third
joint grey, tipped with blackish. Vertex brown. Collar
velvety black anteriorly, grey posteriorly. ‘Thorax and
abdomen grey. Wings greyish buff, irrorated with dark
grey strie. Primaries: inner line hardly visible; a median
black costal streak ; outer line broad, light reddish brown,
angled below costa, spotted with white on veins, followed by
a black spot above and another below the submedian vein; a
blackish apical shade ; a wavy black terminal line. Second-
aries; the outer and terminal lines as on primaries; a sub-
terminal dark grey shade; a black discal point surrounded
by buff. Underneath brownish grey. Primaries with orbi-
cular and reniform represented by black points: secondaries
paler; the outer margin brownish grey; a broad velvety
brown discocellular streak.
Expanse 42 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Ophisma sinuata.
Body pale brownish grey. Primaries pale brownish grey ;
a whitish wavy basal line; inner line fine, whitish, oblique
Noctuidae from Tropical America. 89
from costa to below cell, where it is angled, then inwardly
oblique to inner margin ; an irregular whitish line, forming a
triangle, the base on costa, the apex at vein 2, enclosing the
reniform, which consists of two brown points, one above the
other ; outer line fine, straight, white, followed by a broad
brown shade which reaches the apex, though cut before apex
by an oblique white line from costa; this brown shade forms
on its marginal side two inward curves from above and below
the middle of the space between veins 38 and 4; some marginal
dark points between the veins. Secondaries brown, palest
and shaded with grey on outer margin between angle and
vein 6. Underneath grey, finely irrorated with brown ; a dark
outer line, followed by a subterminal dark shade, broadest on
primaries; minute discal points; on secondaries a faint
median line.
Expanse 42 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela; Coatepec, Mexico.
Ophisma variata.
Form 1.—Body brown. Primaries: basal third brown,
with traces of pale basal and inner lines, parallel and oblique
from costa; a broad grey median band, nearly straight and
eut by a black line on its inner side; outer space mottled
ochreous and reddish brown, shaded with brown on inner
margin and outer margin, broadly between veins 4 and 6;
an oblique white line from costa to dark marginal shade at
vein 6; two superposed black points at end of cell; marginal
black points shaded with lilacine; a terminal brown line;
fringe light brown, palest at base; some white points on
costa near apex.
Form 2.— Primaries almost entirely brown; the median
band reduced to a pale line; a few reddish-brown shadings
on outer portion of wing; the white costal streak reduced.
Form 3.—Primaries greyish brown; a median pale line;
an outer wavy reddish-brown shade; a subterminal whitish
shade. Secondaries in all three forms brown or black-brown ;
an indistinct pale outer line to above anal angle; a terminal
dark line at anal angle, which is slightly excised ; sometimes
a pale shading on outer margin and fringe. Underneath :
costal and outer margin of primaries and entire secondaries
shaded with lilacine and irrorated with brown scales; a fine
dark outer line and subterminal wavy line; the outer margin
of primaries more or less broadly dark brown.
Expanse 36-44 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela; Castro, Parana.
90 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
Bendis pannisca.
Body brownish lilacine. Primaries lilacine, thinly irrorated
with brown scales; the lines and outer margin brown; a
basal and an inner wavy line; a minute brown point as
orbicular; a straight median band; an outer line, curved
beyond cell, then inwardly oblique to inner margin; a dark
median shade from costa near apex to inner margin at three
fourths from base; some indistinct dark marginal points be-
tween the veins. Secondaries brown, palest at base, irrorated
with darker brown and lilacine scales; a darker median
shade; the outer line fine, outwardly shaded with lilacine; a
dentate subterminal line. Underneath brown, the median
and outer lines very indistinct.
Eixpanse 32 millim.
Hab. Castro, Parana.
Gonodonta mexicana.
Palpi olivaceous grey. Vertex whitish. Collar, thorax,
and tufts on abdomen dark olivaceous grey. Abdomen
bright yellow. Primaries dark olivaceous brown, slightly
paler towards the outer margin, which is irrorated with
lilacine and pale olivaceous-brown scales, the dark and lighter
space separated by a subterminal undulating grey line, out-
wardly shaded with reddish brown and followed by some
brown points on veins; from apex to vein 6 a marginal wavy
line ; the subterminal terminating at inner angle and preceded
below vein 2 by a small black spot, containing some pale
scales; the reniform consisting of a darker line surmounted
by a black point; at base a light olivaceous-brown spot
outwardly bordered with reddish brown and white; the costal
margin creamy white, the sinus deeper than in holosericea,
Gn., shaded with reddish brown and olivaceous, containing
lilacine scales. Secondaries orange; some dark hairs on
inner margin, the outer margin broadly black, especially at
apex. Underneath: primaries grey; the costal margin
yellow ; some yellow hairs at base of cell: secondaries yellow,
some marginal black spots between veins 2 and 6.
Expanse 42 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
In holosericea, Gn., the margins of secondaries below are
broadly black.
Euthermisia distincta.
Body light lilacine brown ; underneath the collar a dark
velvety space. Primaries: the base and outer margin brown
Noctuidae from Tropical America. on
tinged with lilacine; the median space light brown or pale
buff, thinly irrorated with dark scales; the lines dark brown ;
the inner line nearly straight, the median represented by an
oblique streak on costa and a similar streak on inner margin,
both outwardly oblique; the outer line deeply angled below
costa, with a dark streak from angle to apex, the outer line
outwardly shaded with buff, followed by a blackish shade on
inner margin; subterminal dark spots between veins ; a black
point for orbicular ; reniform large, outlined in dark brown.
Secondaries brownish; the outer line fine, dark brown, most
distinct on inner margin; subterminal black spots above anal
angle. Underneath light brown, irrorated with dark grey ;
an outer finely wavy dark line; subterminal spots most
distinct on secondaries ; whitish discal spots on secondaries
divided by a blackish spot.
Hxpanse 33 millim.
Hab. Castro, Parana.
Renodes chacma.
Body and wings greyish buff, irrorated with darker scales.
Primaries: the costa finely yellow ; blackish spots at origin
of veins and towards apex; lines fine, dark brown, edged on
either side with ochreous brown; the inner line indentate in
cell; the outer line curved beyond cell; the reniform reddish
brown, with darker scales; terminal black spots inwardly
edged with white, the largest just below apex. Secondaries
with the outer and terminal lines as on primaries; the inner
line vague and not reaching inner margin. Underneath buff,
irrorated with dark brown; the primaries suffused with brown ;
traces of an outer line; discal spot consisting of geminate
black lines on primaries; a dark patch on secondaries.
Expanse 22 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
PAGYRA, gen. nov.
Antenne pectinated. Palpi ascending, not stout; second
joint long, third very short. Legs smooth; hind tibia with
a single pair of spurs. Wings broad, outer margins rounded ;
anal angle of secondaries acute.
Pagyra calgia.
Head and collar reddish brown. Thorax and abdomen
grey. Wings greyish buff; a subterminal row of reddish-
brown spots; a terminal red line; fringe roseate. Primaries:
92 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
costa finely reddish brown; a wavy reddish-brown inner line ;
a wavy brown median line; a brown point as orbicular ;
reniform large, outlined in reddish brown; outer line fine,
black, slightly curved below costa, outwardly shaded with
reddish brown and a few white scales on veins 2-4. Second-
aries: an indistinct blackish median line; outer line reddish
brown, spotted with white on veins. Underneath: primaries
light brown, secondaries whitish ; an indistinct dark outer
line.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab, Castro, Parana.
Triommatodes madrina.
Head dark brown. Thorax, abdomen, and wings viola-
ceous grey, the markings blackish brown. Primaries: a
basal spot; a wavy fine inner line; a broad median shade ;
orbicular and reniform both large, finely outlined ; outer line
very oblique from costa, angled below vein 7, forming a slight
inward curve to below 5, then wavy, fine to inner margin,
pale buff between veins 3 and 8, broadly shaded inwardly
with dark brown between veins 4 and 7, and outwardly shaded
with blackish from veins 4 to 7; the dark shade continuing
towards costal margin near apex; above the oblique portion
of outer line is a pale brown shade; costa with pale spots
towards apex; indistinct subterminal and marginal spots.
Secondaries: a broad median shade, paler than on primaries,
terminating in a small dark brown spot on inner margin;
outer line dark brown, outwardly shaded with buff; a dark
anal spot on inner margin. Underneath grey, pale lunular
discocellular marks shaded on either side with dark grey;
the dark outer line indistinct.
Expanse 34 millim.
Hab. Orizaba, Mexico.
Triommatodes padrina.
Head brown. Thorax grey. Abdomen dark grey. Wings
dull grey, irrorated with dark brown scales. Markings
brown. Primaries: a small basal spot; a wavy fine inner
line; a broad median band, divided by a greyish line; the
orbicular and reniform both large, finely outlined in brown;
an outer fine angular line, inwardly shaded with buff above
vein 4, where it crosses a large brown patch which extends to
costal margin near apex ; subterminal black points between
the veins; a brown patch between veins 5 and 6 anda smaller
subapical patch ; marginal black points and a fine terminal
Noctuidee from Tropical America. 93
black line on both wings. Secondaries: a dark median,
geminate, dentate shade, thickening on inner margin; outer
line fine, irregular, dentate-lunular, followed by some brown
scales on inner margin; subterminal black points. Under-
neath grey, irrorated with brown; a distinct, finely lunular,
dark outer line; dark discal points, two subapical points on
primaries ; a median shade on secondaries.
Iixpanse 38 millim.
Hab. Casa Branca.
Triommatodes subrita.
Body and wings dull brownish grey. Primaries: inner
line fine, brown, not extending below cell, but there isa brown
point on submedian vein; a median brown shade outwardly
curved in cell, where it is followed by a brown quadrate spot,
then somewhat oblique inwardly, and less heavily marked to
inner margin; a large brown space from vein 4 to costa, where
it widens towards apex, and is also paler; this space is cut
by the outer line, which is yellowish brown, very oblique
outwardly to vein 7, then straight to vein 4, below which the
line is minutely punctiform, dark brown on veins; subter-
minal and marginal dark points; a terminal dark line.
Secondaries: a dark brown median line; outer punctiform
spots dark brown, outwardly shaded with yellowish scales, the
spot on inner margin large; subterminal marginal spots and
terminal line as on primaries. Underneath with dark discal
points, median and outer wavy dark lines, more heavily
marked on secondaries.
Expanse 39 millim.
Hab. Casa Branca, Brazil.
Capnodes incurvata.
Body and wings dark greyish brown. Primaries: a narrow
inner line, brownish buff, slightly curved on costa, then
straight to inner margin; a black point as orbicular; a
velvety brown discocellular streak, irrorated with white scales,
followed by a lilacine buff spot containing some dark scales,
and surmounted by some white scattered scales; the outer
line oblique, white on costa, curved from subcostal to vein 3,
buff, inwardly shaded with dark velvety brown, then following
vein 3 to cell, below which it is somewhat oblique outwardly
to inner margin; small white spots on costa before apex, a
subterminal reddish-brown shade; marginal dark brown
points outwardly shaded with white. Secondaries: a whitish
discal spot; outer line nearly straight; subterminal shade
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 8
94 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
less distinct. Underneath brown, irrorated with whitish
scales ; a whitish outer line; white marginal points; a white
discal spot on primaries ; the primaries have the apex acute,
slightly falcate, much rounded between veins 3 and 5.
Expanse 88-41 millim.
Hab. Casa Branca, Brazil.
Capnodes quarima.
Wings brown, slightly tinged with violaceous and irrorated
with black scales. Primaries: the inner line dark brown,
inwardly shaded with ochreous brown and mottled with white
on costal margin; a white discal point, circled with dark
brown ; outer line dark brown, outwardly shaded with ochreous
brown, curved beyond cell, and followed by a white spot on
costal margin; four small pale costal spots before apex ;
irregular subterminal black spots between the veins; a ter-
minal black line, thickening between the veins. Secondaries:
two small superposed black discal spots; outer line as on
primaries, also subterminal spots ; faint paler brown spots at
tips of veins. Underneath: primaries light brown ; second-
aries buff, irrorated with darker brown scales; a dark outer
line, heaviest on secondaries, and a dark discal spot on same
wings.
Expanse 28 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Allied to C. laranda, Druce.
Capnodes marita.
Body and wings light brown, markings black. Primaries :
a basal spot, a fine inner line nearly straight, faint ; orbicular
smill, well defined; a fine median shade thickening on costa,
median vein, and inner margin; reniform consisting of two
superposed contiguous rings, inwardly oblique towards costa ;
outer line punctiform below vein 7, the spots outwardly
shaded with white, and the spot on inner margin largest;
irregular subterminal spots between the veins, increasing in
size towards the inner margin; a fine terminal brown line.
Secondaries ; outer and subterminal spots, also terminal line,
as on primaries ; a broad transverse streak in cell. Under-
neath brownish buff, the outer margins darker; subterminal
and terminal black spots between the veins; primaries, two
black spots in cell; secondaries, a broad black discocellular
streak.
Expanse 30 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Or
Noctuidee from Tropical Amerie.. gy
Capnodes undilla.
Body and wings lilacine brown, markings black; sub-
terminal and terminal black spots between the veins; outer
line finely lunular, broken on secondaries, partly geminate,
and followed by an indistinct pale brown shade. Primaries:
a faint basal line; a wavy inner line, geminate on costa; a
few dark scales as orbicular; reniform consisting of two con-
tiguous circles, the lower one partly filled in with black.
Secondaries: a black discal point. Underneath: primaries
greyish brown; a dark discocellular streak; a faint outer
line; pale costal spots before apex: secondaries yellowish
buff, greyish on outer margin; a discocellular streak; a
median spot on costal margin; some outer spots near inner
margin.
Expanse 30 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Capnodes stelligera.
Body brown, spotted with white. Wings brown, with a
few scattered pale green scales. Primaries: some scattered
clusters of white scales at base and in place of the inner line;
a large pale green spot on inner margin near base; reniform
large, circled with white, partly filled in with pale green
scales, and closely followed by a broken white line, suffusing
with the outer line on inner margin; the outer line geminate,
consisting of small clusters of white and pale green scales ;
subterminal and marginal white spots, which are very small
between veins 3 and 5; basal half of fringe brown, spotted
with white, outer half mottled white and grey. Secondaries :
the inner margin shaded with metallic violaceous; some
small white spots in discal area; outer line geminate, puncti-
form, white; subterminal marginal spots and fringe as on
primaries. Underneath: primaries brown; the outer margin
greyish; white costal spots before apex: secondaries buff;
the outer margin grey; the costa shaded with brown; an
outer and a broader subterminal brown shade; a large brown
discal spot.
Exxpanse 28 millim.
Hab. Petropolis, Brazil.
Capnodes vacca.
Head and collar ochreous brown. Thorax violaceous
brown; abdomen greyish brown. Primaries ochreous brown ;
the outer margin broadly tinged with olivaceous brown ;
Qk
96 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
inner and outer lines violaceous below subcostal vein, spotted
with white on veins, above subcostal vein white; a wavy
median violaceous shade; orbicular small; reniform large,
guadrate, violaceous; subterminal dark spots, outwardly
shaded with lighter brown; terminal dark shades between
the veins. Secondaries somewhat olivaceous brown; outer,
subterminal, and terminal spots as on primaries; a dark
discal spot. Underneath brownish yellow; the outer margins
browner ; a dark outer line; a streak and geminate spot in cell
of primaries ; a geminate discocellular streak on secondaries.
Expanse 38 millim.
Hab. Jalapa, Mexico.
Capnodes diffidens.
Body brown. Wings brown, irrorated thinly with black
scales. Primaries: a basal and an inner wavy black line ;
orbicular minute, black ; reniform large, white, irregular ; an
outer curved black line, finely lunular below vein 4; a sub-
terminal black shade below costa; terminal black spots in-
wardly shaded with white. Secondaries with only an outer
finely lunular black line, and the terminal points as on pri-
maries. Underneath: primaries brown; a faint outer line ;
a subterminal line terminating in a large black costal spot :
secondaries pale buff, thinly irrorated with brown; a black
discal spot ; terminal black points.
Hxpanse 28 millim.
Hab. Castro, Parana.
Capnodes palindica.
Body dark brown. Wings dark brown. Primaries: the
base and outer space slightly paler than median space ; inner
line slightly curved, darker brown, spotted with white on
costa, median and submedian veins; orbicular very small,
black ; reniform large, black ; outer line curved below costa
to vein 7, fine, whitish, below vein 7 nearly straight, broad,
white, with long black striz, followed by a paler brown
space; subterminal black spots between the veins, shaded
with grey ; terminal black spots between the veins. Second-
aries: a black discocellular streak ; outer line, subterminal
and terminal spots as on primaries. Underneath: primaries
light brown: secondaries buff, irrorated with brown; black
discal spots; a fine lunular outer line; a fine subterminal
shade; terminal black spots.
Expanse 27 millim.
Hab. Castro, Parana.
Noctuide from Tropical America. 97
Capnodes borrega.
Body dark violaceous grey. Wings dark violaceous brown.
Primaries: an inner and an outer darker shade minutely
spotted with yellow on veins, and originating from two large
white costal spots, edged with yellow and containing some
yellow scales ; a row of subterminal yellowish spots ; marginal
pale spots between the veins and terminal pale spots at ends
of veins. Secondaries: a black discal mark; a large light
brown spot between discal mark and outer shade; outer shade,
subterminal and marginal spots as on primaries. Under-
neath: primaries greyish brown ; some whitish costal spots ;
a dark discocellular line; indistinct dark outer and subterminal
shades. Secondaries grey, the outer margin broadly dark
grey ; a large black discal spot ; an outer dark grey line.
Hxpanse 28 millim.
Hab, Coatepec, Jalapa, Mexico.
Capnodes lola.
Body and wings lilacine buff. Primaries: the costa
darker, spotted with yellow, especially on onter half; some
dark flecks at base; traces of a fine dark inner line; orbicular
consisting of a dark point; reniform oval, faintly outlined in
dark brown; outer line nearly straight, interrupted by the
veins, geminate, the inner portion most heavily marked; a
subterminal dentate line, geminate, interrupted by the veins ;
terminal black spots. Secondaries: two small superposed
discal spots ; outer, subterminal and terminal markings as on
primaries. Underneath buff; outer and subterminal dark
lines ; on primaries orbicular small, reniform larger, black ; a
black discal spot on secondaries.
Expanse 22 millim.
Hab. Trinidad; Aroa, Venezuela.
Capnodes harmodia.
Body brown. Wings brown. Primaries: an inner trans-
verse white line, forming three slight outward curves; an
outer white line, oblique from costa, curved beyond cell; a
white discocellular streak; the median vein, also veins 2-6,
and submedian vein white to beyond outer line; four small
ellow spots on costa before apex; a subterminal row of
black spots between the veins; a fine subterminal reddish-
brown line. Secondaries: a finely wavy outer white line ;
veins 2-6 streaked with white on either side of outer line;
subterminal black spots. Underneath buff, irrorated with
98 Mr. W. Schaus on new Species of
brown; dark brown discal spots; a dark outer line; traces
of subterminal spots.
Exxpanse 32 millim.
Hab. Peru; Castro, Parana.
Capnodes ? sabulosa.
Head buff, collar grey. Thorax violaceous brown. Abdo-
men grey, mottled with reddish brown. Primaries to outer
line grey, thickly irrorated with brown and black scales; the
base and an oblique median costal shade somewhat darker; a
blackish discocellular mark; outer margin broadly reddish
brown, on which is the outer line, consisting of a curved row
of white spots on veins, followed on costa by a black space;
the veins somewhat streaked with black; a blackish shade
from costal spot to outer margin at vein 4; some terminal
reddish shades. Secondaries yellowish, thickly irrorated
with reddish brown except between veins 4 and 6; veins
irrorated with black, grey, and red; outer white points on
veins connected by a dark lunular line; a black and red
cluster of scales at end of cell, fringe mottled yellowish and
red. Underneath whitish, irrorated with red scales, especially
towards outer margins; a geminate median and an outer
finely wavy black line; a dark discal spot on secondaries.
Expanse 28 millim.
Hab. Orizaba.
Rhosologia tripuncta.
Palpi: second joint dark brown, third joint buff. Body
whitish buff. Primaries whitish buff, thinly irrorated with
light brown scales, forming faint outer and subterminal
punctiform lines; three dark velvety brown spots; the orbi-
cular small, round; the reniform thick, outwardly toothed
below, and an elongated spot below the median vein; black
terminal points. Secondaries whitish buff, the outer margin
irrorated with brown; a dark discal spot; terminal points
less distinct. Underneath pale buff, thinly irrorated with
light brown; a brown lunular discocellular spot on secondaries.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab. Sao Paulo, 8.E. Brazil.
Rhosologia brunnea.
Palpi outwardly dark velvety brown. Head, collar, and
thorax lilacine buff. Abdomen greyish brown. Primaries
Noctuide from Tropical America. 99
reddish brown, thinly irrorated with black; orbicular minute ;
reniform larger, dark grey, both indistinct ; an outer row of
minute black spots on veins; subterminal small black spots
above vein 4; terminal black spots. Secondaries dark
greyish brown; fringe reddish brown. Underneath: primaries
dark grey: secondaries buff, irrorated with blackish-grey
scales ; a subterminal dark band, interrupted by the veins; a
dark discal spot.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab. Aroa, Venezuela.
Rhosologia discata.
Palpi outwardly black, inwardly and above buff. Body
buff. Primaries buff, thinly irrorated with dark grey scales ;
a dark point at base; inner and outer lines punctiform, light
brown, indistinct; a brown point as orbicular; renitorm
large, outlined with greyish brown and partly filled with
reddish-brown scales; subterminal thick, lunular, dark brown,
interrupted by the veins; terminal black points. Secondaries
brown, palest at base; a dark discal spot; fringe pale
brownish. Underneath: primaries brown, secondaries buff ;
large discal spots; large subterminal brown spots between
the veins most conspicuous on secondaries.
Expanse 35 millim.
Hab. Rio Janeiro.
Rhosologia pantina.
Palpi black, ridged above with brown. Body buff. Pri-
maries buff; a minute black spot at base; inner and outer
lines fine, reddish, minutely spotted with black on veins;
inner line wavy, outer line incurved below vein 4; a black
point as orbicular; reniform large, circled with black, tilled
in with buff and reddish-brown scales; subterminal reddish
and black spots; terminal black points; fringe roseate.
Secondaries: inner area and base yellowish, otherwise
thickly irrorated with brown ; an interrupted black terminal
line ; a dark discocellular mark ; fringe roseate. Underneath
buff; the primaries thickly irrorated with brown; large dark
discal spots; a broad outer line, somewhat interrupted ; black
terminal points.
Expanse 27 millim.
Hab, Trinidad.
100 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccidee.
XV.— Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide.
By Apo.tpx Hempet, 8S. Paulo, Brazil.
[Concluded from p. 72.]
Genus PuLvinaria, Targ.
Pulvinaria ficus, Hempel.
Dr. F. Noack, formerly of Campinas, told me that he had
found Pulvinaria psidii, Maskell, at Campinas and Sao
Paulo on the leaves of Psidium sp., and specimens in our
collection, also on Pstdium, were identified assuch. A closer
study of the specimens, however, shows that they do not
agree with the description and figures of P. psidi’, Maskell.
The specimens are here described as a new species.
Adult female before gestation elliptical or oval, depressed,
yellowish brown ; derm slightly wrinkled near the margin.
Anal lobes dark brown; anal cleft scarcely 1 millim. long.
Length 5 millim.; width 2°25 millim. Ovisace white, homo-
geneous, oval, convex: length with dried and shrivelled
animal 5 millim.; width 3°25 millim.; height 2 millim.
The wax of ovisac is fluffy and adheres firmly to anything it
touches. The insect begins to secrete the ovisac by first
secreting a soft fringe of white wax around the entire margin
of the body. Boiled in a solution of KOH it imparts to the
liquid a light straw-colour. The derm becomes soft and
transparent.
Antenne variable, of eight joints, all bearing hairs; joints
2 and 5 each bearing one very long one. Occasionally an
individual will be found with only seven joints to the antenne.
Length ‘425-540 millim. Length of joints: (1) 48-53,
(2) 66-70, (8) 97-110, (4) 58-70, (5) 53-79, (6) 31-48,
(7) 31-44, (8) 48-66. Approximate formula: 3(524)81(67).
Legs long; trochanter with a very long hair ; tarsus slightly
curved. Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 156,
trochanter and femur 326, tibia 267, tarsus 120, claw 31,
digitules of claw 62. ‘Tarsal digitules short, slender, with
tips slightly expanded; digitules of claw large, with widely
expanded ends. Rostrum ordinary, situated between the
first pair of legs; rostral loop extending beyond the second
pair of legs. Anal plates small, triangular, the antero-lateral
side shorter than the postero-lateral. Anal ring with eight
hairs. Around the lateral margin of the body there is a
thickly-set row of short hairs, with tuberculate bases, and
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 101
flattened, expanded, and fringed ends. The abdomen bears
several long hairs in front of the anal plates and between the
antenne, four of those between the antenna being very long
and characteristic. Hach stigmatal area is characterized by a
group of three spines, two very short and one long and
curved, and by a double row of thirty to thirty-five small
round spinnerets. On the dorsal surface there is a sub-
marginal row of eleven to twelve small cone-shaped glands.
The ventral surface bears many small glands and large
round spinnerets in the anal region ; on the dorsum there are
some minute hairs.
Hab. Sao Paulo; on the upper and under sides of leaves
and twigs of Micus sp., Psidium sp., Mangifera sp. (mango),
and Jxora coccinea. Many individuals will cluster on the
leaves and twigs, causing considerable damage, especially
to shade-trees in some parts of the city.
Pulvinaria eugenie, Hempel.
Adult female before gestation oval or elliptical in outline ;
dorsum shiny, slightly roughened by gland-pits, not very
convex; light brown in colour, with a yellow longitudinal
median stripe. The segments of the body are indicated by
shallow transverse furrows and fine lines of dark brown.
Some individuals show two dark brown eye-spots in the
cephalic region. Beneath light yellow. Size 3-4°5 millim.
long, 2-3 millim. wide, and 1 millim. high. After gestation
the insect becomes yellow and shrivels. Ovisac white, closely
felted, straight or slightly curved, a little wider at the distal
end than at the end where the insect is ; transversely striated,
with two longitudinal ridges, dividing it into three subequal
areas, the middle one being slightly elevated. Length 5:25-
7°50 millim. ; width 2~—2°25 millim. ; height 1 millim. Before
gestation the insects usually infest the branches and twigs ;
but the ovisacs are almost invariably placed on the under-
sides of the leaves. One individual secreted an ovisac
7:25 millim. in length in nineteen days. Boiled in a solution
of KOH it colours the liquid light yellow. The derm be-
comes soft and transparent.
Antenne variable, usually of eight joints, all bearing
hairs. Sometimes but seven joints are present. Length
*821-°395 millim. Length of joints: (1) 44-53, (2) 44-57,
(3) 66-70, (4) 40-57, (5) 35-48, (6) 24-31, (7) 24-31,
(8) 44-48. Approximate formula 3 (2 1 4 8 5) (6 7).
Legs ordinary; trochanter with a long hair. Length of
joints of first pair of legs: coxa 110, trochanter and femur
102 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.
209, tibia 156, tarsus 79, claw 26, digitules of claw 48.
Tarsal digitules long, with slightly expanded ends; digitules
of claw large, ends round and expanded. Rostrum situated
between the first pair of legs; rostral loop extending to the
second pair of legs. Anal plates small, the antero-lateral side
shorter than the postero-lateral. Anal ring with six hairs.
Around the lateral margin of the body there is a row of long
hairs, flattened and fringed at the ends, set rather wide apart,
and within this another row of shorter jointed hairs. Hach
stigmatal area is characterized by two very short spines and
one very long one, curved, and by a double row of thirty to
fifty round spinnerets extending to the spiracle. The ventral
surface bears a group of about one hundred round spinnerets
around the genital opening, as well as many small glands.
It also bears a double row of six long hairs in front of the
genital opening and four long and several shorter hairs
between the antenne and rostrum.
Larva (just hatched).—Small, elliptical, light yellow ;
margin slightly serrated, and bearing a few very short hairs.
Abdomen ends in two plates, each with a long terminal seta.
Stigmatal areas characterized by one stout spine. Antenne
apparently of six joints, of which 3 and 6 are about equal.
Legs short; tarsal digitules long and slender. Digitules of
claw shorter, of unequal size, ends expanded; claw long,
slender, slightly curved. ostral loop long, extending to the
anal plates. Length °356 millim.; width °244 millim.
Hab. Ypiranga and Sao Paulo. On Eugenia jaboticaba
and other shrubs of the order Myrtacee. ‘The leaves and
twigs infested by this species are usually covered with a
black fungus.
Pulvinaria depressa, Hempel.
Adult female brown, with a light yellow median stripe ;
elliptical, flat, surface wrinkled by slight ridges radiating
from the central stripe; these ridges are darker than the rest
of the derm. Below whitish. ‘The dorsal surface is usually
covered with particles of wax, thus giving it a white appear-
ance. Length 3°5 millim.; width 2 millim. Ovisac white,
flat, smooth, sides parallel; no ridges or grooves. Length
7 millim.; width 2 millim. Boiled in a solution of KOH
the derm becomes soft and transparent.
Antenne variable, of eight joints, all bearing hairs.
Length :346-"391 millim. Length of joints: (1) 35-44,
(2) 44-53, (3) 70-79, (4) 44-58, (9) 48, (6) 31-85, (7) 26,
(8) 48-53. Legs ordinary; length of joints of first pair of
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 103
legs: coxa 79, trochanter and femur 231, tibia 156, tarsus 89,
claw 24, digitules of claw 48. ‘Tarsal digitules long, with
slightly expanded ends; digitules of claw large, with ends
round and expanded. Rostrum situated between the first
pair of legs ; rostral loop hardly extending to the second pair
of legs. Anal plates small, the antero-lateral side a little
longer than the postero-lateral. Anal ring with eight hairs.
Around the lateral margin of the body there is a simple row
of long pointed hairs, rather closely set. Hach stigmatal area
is characterized by two large flat spines and one longer one,
and by a double row of about thirty spinnerets extending to
the spiracle. The derm on the abdomen bears some tubular
glands.
Hab. Ypiranga. On the underside of the leaves of Mi-
conta sp. Not common.
Pulvinaria grandis, Hempel.
Adult female oval to elongate in outline; dorsum convex,
highest behind the middle; orange-yellow in colour. Anal
plates very small, dark brown. ‘Two small black eye-spots
are situated on the lateral anterior margin. Length 6 millim. ;
width 4°5 millim.; height 2°5 millim. Ovisae dirty white,
long, convex, usually curved, loosely woven, with one promi-
nent white zigzag median ridge. Loose cotton fibres, resem-
bling spider-webs, extend the whole length of the dorsum.
Length 19°5 millim.; width 3°75 millim.; height 2°50 millim.
One individual constructed 3°5 millim. of ovisac in one day.
The cotton is loose and adheres to anything it touches.
Boiled in a solution of KOH it colours the liquid light
yellow. The derm becomes soft and transparent.
Antenne variable, of eight joints, all of which bear hairs.
Length 531-564 millim. Length of joints: (1) 70-75,
(2) 79-83, (3) 114-120, (4) 79-98, (5) 66, (6) 40-44,
(7) 35, (8) 48. Approximate formula: 3 4 2 15 8 6 7.
Legs long ; tarsus shghtly curved. Length of joints of first
pair of legs: coxa 133, trochanter and femur 404, tibia 276,
tarsus 123, claw 40, digitules of claw 75. Tarsal digitules
not very long, slender, with ends but little expanded.
Digitules of claw of unequal length, narrow, with ends round
and expanded. Rostrum situated between the first pair of
legs; rostral loop short, extending a little more than halfway
to the second pair of legs. Anal plates small, triangular, the
antero-lateral side longer than the postero-lateral. Anal ring
with ten hairs. The lateral margin of the body bears a
double row of very short sharp hairs. Each stigmatal area
104 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.
is indented on the margin and bears two to four very small
spines and one larger one, and has a double row of forty-five
to sixty small round spinnerets extending to the spiracle.
The ventral surface bears a double row of long hairs between
the last pair of legs and the genital opening and four long
hairs between the antenne. ‘The abdomen bears many small
tubular glands, and numerous large round spinnerets are
grouped about the genital opening.
Larva (just hatehed).—EHlliptical, light yellowish brown.
Antenne of-six joints, joints 3 and 6 longest and about equal
in length. Legs slender, all the digitules fine, with slightly
knobbed ends. Margin of the body finely serrated, with a
few minute hairs. ach stigmatal area bears one short,
blunt, curved spine. Hach anal plate bears a long terminal
seta. Rostral loop extending to the anal cleft. Hyes small,
conical, dark brown. Length 453 millim.; width :276 millim.
Hab. Ypiranga. On twigs and leaves of L//yriea sp. and
other plants of the order Myrtacezes. Rare.
Genus LICHTENSIA, Sign.
Lichtensia argentata, Hempel.
Ovisac, covering the adult female, curved, 8°5 millim. long,
4:25 millim. wide, and 1°50 millim. high. The inside is a
white, loose, cottony structure that adheres to objects that it
touches ; over this is a thin covering of cream-coloured closely
felted material, which in turn is covered by a very thin layer
of glassy secretion, giving the sac a shiny silver-grey appear-
ance. Adult female elliptical, orange, posterior end of body
light yellow and wider than the anterior end. Length, after
boiling in a solution of KOH, 6 millim.; width 3°d millim.
The derm becomes soft and transparent.
Antenne variable, of eight joints, all but joints 3 and 4
bearing hairs. Length °519-"556 millim. Length of joints:
(1) 48-57, (2) 66, (3) 141-146, (4) 75-84, (5) 53-64, (6) 48,
(7) 85-40, (8) 53. Approximate formula: 3 4 2(518)67.
Legs long. Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 156,
trochanter and femur 364, tibia 244, tarsus 110, claw 31,
digitules of claw 53. ‘Tarsal digitules very long, with ex-
panded ends. Digitules of claw short, trumpet-shaped, with
the ends obliquely truncated and widely expanded. Rostrum
situated between the first pair of legs; rostral loop short, not
extending halfway to the insertion of the second pair of legs.
Anal cleft short, scarcely *75 millim. long. Anal plates
triangular, each with six short hairs, the antero-lateral side
shorter than the postero-lateral. Anal ring with ten hairs.
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 105
Around the lateral margin of the body there are two rows of
spines: one consists of large stout blunt spines, about
‘044 millim. long, placed regularly at intervals exceeding the
length of the spines; the other consists of smaller, thinner,
spine-like hairs, placed irregularly. Hach stigmatal area is
characterized by three or four longer spines with curved ends
and twenty to thirty small round spinnerets. On the dorsal
surface near the posterior margin there are five small pyriform
glands, two on one side and three on the other; near the
anterior margin there are also five of these glands. The
dorsal derm also bears numerous fine filamentous glands.
The abdomen bears many round spinnerets grouped about the
genital opening and a double median row of long hairs.
Hab. Ypiranga. On the upperside of leaves of a tree of
the order Ilicineze.
Lichtensia? attenuata, Hempel.
Adult female scale waxy, white, elliptical, smooth; dorsum
slightly convex, ends rounded, the caudal end with a short
incision. ‘The scale is apparently composed of four plates—
one dorsal, one lateral on each side, and one terminal anterior.
The dorsal and lateral plates are narrow and elongate; the
anterior plate is small and more or less triangular in shape.
The wax is thin, hard, and tough. The insect is crowded in
the anterior end of the scale, the remaining space being occu-
pied by the eggs. Length 6 millim.; width 3 millim. ;
height 1°50 millim. Adult female, boiled in a solution of
KOH the derm becomes soft and transparent, except a narrow
marginal strip, which is chitinized. The body is oval; poste-
rior end attenuate, the anal cleft is very wide, the body thus
ending in two conspicuous points. Length 4 millim.; width
2°25 millim.
Antenne variable, of eight joints, all but joint 3 bearing
hairs. Length -385-"423 millim. Length of joints: (1) 40-
44, (2) 53-57, (38) 84-89, (4) 62-75, (5) 53, (6) 31-35,
(7) 22-26, (8) 40-44. Approximate formula : 34 (25) (18) 67.
Legs ordinary ; trochanter and coxa each with a long hair.
Length of joints of first pair of legs: coxa 89, trochanter and
femur 182, tibia 11@, tarsus 102, claw 22, digitules of claw 35.
Tarsal digitules very long, with slightly expanded ends ;
digitules of claw unequal in size, ends round and expanded.
Rostrum situated between the first pair of legs; rostral loop
extending to the second pair of legs. Anal plates small, the
antero-lateral side shorter than the postero-lateral. Anal ring
with ten hairs. ‘The lateral margin of the body bears a row
106 Mr. A. Hempel on Braziliar Coccide.
of numerous short thick spines and a few short hairs. Each
stigmatal area is characterized by three or four flattened spines
and twenty to twenty-five small round spinnerets. The
dorsal surface bears a submarginal row of about twenty-six
of the peculiar pyriform glands, as in the preceding species.
The abdomen bears a group of round spinnerets about the
genital opening, while the derm of both surfaces bears nume-
rous large tubular glands.
Hab. Ypiranga. On the stems of Baccharis genistelloides,
var. trzmera, Baker. Many individuals are infested with a
a small hymenopterous parasite. Not common.
This species is placed in this genus provisionally ; perhaps
it would more properly belong to Ceroplustodes, Ckll.
Subfamily Draspryz.
Genus ASPIDIOTUS, Bouché.
Aspidiotus (Odonaspis) janeirensis, ILempel.
Adult female scale elongate, white, the posterior end
rounded. Pellicles light yellow, placed on the extreme ante-
rior end. Ventral scale thick, with the dorsal scale forming
a complete sac which encloses the insect. Length 3°50 millim.;
width 1:25 millim.
Adult female oval, pink, 1-770 millim. long and 1:230 millim.
wide. The pygidium is thick, light brown, and chitinized,
and is differentiated into five plates, the median longest,
narrowest, and three-lobed, the others irregularly notched
and toothed. The lateral margin of the two segments, just
preceding the pygidium, is also chitinized and plate-like. On
both the dorsal and ventral surfaces, between the ablominal
segments, are what appear to be narrow chitinous bands, but
in reality are narrow rows of small glands or spinnerets.
There are three groups of circumgenital glands present,
forming nearly a continuous arched row. The anterior group
consists of about twenty-seven glands and the lateral groups
of about one hundred and six glands each. Around each
anterior spiracle there is a group of about forty-five spinnerets,
and around each posterior spiracle a group of about thirty-six
spinnerets. The derm is thin and transversely striated. The
antenne are present as minute tubercles with one hair. The
margin of the pygidium and the other abdominal segments
bear many small glands. Rostrum very large. Anal orifice
situated just behind the anterior group of spinnerets.
Hab. On the Ilha das Flores, in the Bay of Rio de Janeiro.
Collected about the joints of grass and covered by the leaf-
sheath.
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 107
Aspidiotus (Chrysomphalus) paulistus, Hempel.
Female scale circular, flat, brownish black, covered with a
grey or light brown secretion. ellicles blackish, placed
centrally or slightly to one side, and covered with a small
nipple-like mass of secretion. Diameter about 2°50 millim.
Male scale of same colour and shape as that of the female.
Diameter 1°50 millim.
Adult female ovate. Pygidium with three pairs of lobes,
slightly wider than long, subequal in size, the median pair
being a trifle wider than the others, with the edges slightly
indented. ‘There are four very long and conspicuous thick-
enings of the body-wall at the base of the lobes and several
shorter ones. The lateral edges of the pygidium are thick
and chitinous laterad of the last pair of lobes and present four
or five sharp-pointed lobes with serrated edges. Between
the median lobes and the median and second pair of lobes
there are two deeply incised plates; between the second
and third pair of lobes and laterad of the third pair of lobes
there are two deeply incised plates and onesimpleone. Four
groups of circumgenital glands are present, the anterior laterals
varying from six to ten, the posterior laterals from three to
seven. ‘The anal orifice is close to the posterior lateral groups.
Numerous very long slender tubular glands are borne by the
pygidium, and a few are also borne by the other abdominal
segments. The antenne are present as short tubercles with
one stout curved hair. The posterior edge of the cephalo-
thorax is on each side modified into a short hump or tubercle,
but does not bear a horn or spine. The derm is transversely
striated and bears a few hairs. Length 1:90 millim.; width
1°50 millim.
Adult male light yellow, with a narrow dark band across
the thorax. Thorax long; segments of the abdomen
shrivelled. Antenne of ten joints; joints 1 and 2 short; all
joints bear many hairs; joint 10 apparently with one or two
knobbed hairs. Legs long, hairy; claw very long and thin,
with digitules extending beyond the tip. ‘Tarsal digitules not
extending to the tip of claw. Wings ordinary; halteres
present. Genital spike long, thin, sharp, ‘400 millim. long.
Total length, including genital spike, :950 millim.; width
*350 millim.
Larva (just hatched).— Small, orange, elliptical, flat, about
°275 millim. long and ‘150 millim. wide.
Hab. Ypiranga and Sao Paulo. On the leaves of Laurus
sp. and other cultivated and uncultivated bushes.
108 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide.
Genus PsEUDISCHNASPIS, Hempel.
The adult female scale brown, flat, long and narrow, with
a superficial resemblance to Jschnaspis. Pellicles orange,
not overlapping, placed at the extreme anterior end of the
scale. Male scale similar in shape and structure to that
of the female, but much shorter. ‘The pygidium of the adult
female has three well-defined lobes and body-thickenings,
as in Chrysomphalus. Four groups of circumgenital glands
are present. No reticulated area on the dorsum of the
pygidium.
Type Pseudischnaspis linearis, Hempel.
Pseudischnaspis linearis, Hempel.
Female scale elongate, narrow, flat; sides parallel; the
posterior end sometimes obliquely truncated; dark brown in
colour. The pellicles are orange in colour and are placed at
the anterior end. The first pellicle is darker than the second,
with a small central ring on the dorsum. Length 2-3 millim.;
width °75 millim.
Male scale lighter in colour, but of the same texture and
shape as the female scale. Length 1°25 millim.; width
30 millim.
Adult female elongate, flat, white; pygidium with three
pair of well-developed lobes, the median pair narrowest, the
third pair the widest. The posterior edge of the median pair
is entire or slightly notched, but the edge of the second and
third pair is serrated. There are six pair of elongate thick-
enings of the body-wall at the base of the lobes, arranged in
the following manner :—the median pair short, the next long,
the next short, the next longer, the next long, and the last
short. Between the median lobes there is a deeply incised
bifid plate ; between the median and second pair of lobes there
is a deeply incised plate ; between the second and third pair
of lobes there are two plates and one hair, and laterad of the
third pair of lobes there are two or three plates and one hair.
The lateral margin is chitinized and notched and serrated
laterad of the third pair of lobes. Four pair of circumgenital
glands are present. ‘The anterior laterals vary from six to
eight, the posterior laterals from four to seven. The anal
orifice is situated on a plane between the posterior groups of
glands. The pygidium bears numerous long, fine, tubular
glands. Some of these glands are also found on the other
abdominal segments. ‘lhe antennz are present as small
tubercles with a long curved hair. ‘The derm is transversely
striated, and bears a few hairs.
Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilian Coccide. 109
Larva (just hatched).—Flat, ovate, light yellow, :262
millim. long and °178 millim. wide. Antenne long, slender,
wrinkled as in Asprdiotus. Legs short. The sides of the
abdomen are notched; the derm is transversely wrinkled.
The median pair of abdominal lobes are wide, large, and
serrated. The abdominal sete are short.
Hab. Ypiranga, State of 8. Paulo. On the upperside of
leaves of Myrcia sp. Usually placed along the midrib of the
leaf.
Genus D1aspris, Costa.
Diaspis australis, Hempel.
Scale of adult female white, opaque, oblong to subcircular
in outline, very convex, about 2°75 millim. long. Pellicles
light brown, usually exposed, placed near the margin.
Male scale white, narrow, unicarinate, forming a complete
sac, inflated anteriorly and depressed posteriorly. Pellicle
light brown. Length 1°50 millim. .
Adult female yellowish, the posterior end of the abdomen
light brown; oval, widest anteriorly, the three segments
before the pygidium produced laterally. Pygidium with
three pair of lobes; the median pair wide apart, large, the
inner margins diverging, and entire or slightly crenulated,
the outer margins partly united with the body-wall. The
second pair short and usually bilobed, but sometimes tri-
lobed. ‘The third pair bilobed. ‘There are also two pair of
short tooth-like projections laterad of the third pair of lobes.
There is one large plate with incised end on each side,
between the first and second lobes, one between the second
and third lobes, and two or three laterad of the third lobes;
aside from these there are also about twenty simple cone-like
plates on each side. The segment next to the pygidium
bears about twenty-two of these plates on each side, and the
next segment bears about ten. Between the median lobes
there are two sharp hairs. The pygidium and the other
abdominal segments bear numerous large and small tubular
glands. The circumgenital glands are present in five groups,
the anterior median varying from fifteen to twenty-eight, the
anterior laterals from seventeen to forty-five, and the poste-
rior laterals from seventeen to thirty-two. About each
spiracle there are twenty to twenty-five round spinnerets.
The derm is transversely striated and bears a few short hairs.
The antenne are present as small tubercles with one hair.
Hab. Ypiranga, State of S. Paulo. On the twigs of a
bush of the order Myrtacez.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser 7. Vol. viii. 9
1L0 Mr. A. Hempel on Brazilan Coccide.
Genus Drasprpist1s, Hempel.
Female scale subcircular; pellicles central, superimposed
as in Aspidiotus. Circumgenital glands in four groups.
Pygidium of adult female with a continuous marginal series
of lobes.
Male scale white, forming a complete sac, convex, not
carinate, but the surface roughened by small nodules of secre-
tion. Pellicle placed more or less centrally.
Type Diaspidistis multilobis, Hempel.
Diaspidistis multilobis, Hempel.
Scale of adult female subcircular, somewhat convex, light
brown in colour; the ventral scale a very thin film.
Diameter about 2°30 millim. Pellicles chrome-yellow, central,
superimposed, usually exposed.
Male scale white, more or less elongate; not carinate, but
the surface roughened by nodules of secretion. Pellicle light
yellow, with a longitudinal dorsal ridge; more or less cen-
trally placed. Length of scale 1°50 millim.
Adult female cordate to subcircular in outline, the anterior
margin being always notched in the middle. Pygidium with
about thirty-six lobes or lobe-like processes ; the median pair
of lobes is the largest and has the margin notched. The other
lobes have the margin either entire or slightly serrated. All
lobes have faint longitudinal striations. Three pair of simple
sharp plates and three pair of gland-papillee or projections are
also present. ‘The three segments preceding the pygidium
have the lateral margins produced. ‘The pygidium and other
segments bear numerous tubular glands. Four groups of
circumgenital glands are present. The anterior laterals vary
from fifteen to twenty-eight, the posterior laterals from
eighteen to twenty-seven. ‘The anal orifice is on a level with
the posterior groups of glands. The derm is conspicuously
transversely striated. The antenne are present as small
tubercles with three hairs. There are ten or twelve round
spinnerets about the orifice of the first pair of spiracles.
Diameter *90-1:10 millim.
Adult male smell, light yellow, the thoracic band of the
same colour. Antenne ‘870 millim. long, of ten joints, all
of which bear many hairs; the last joint apparently with
one knobbed hair. Body elongate; genital spike long and
thin. Legs not very long; all the joints bear many hairs,
but more especially the tarsus, which is thickly set with long
hairs. Claw fine and slender; both digitules of claw and the
tarsal digitules but slightly longer than claw. Wings rather
Butterflies from the Kikuyu Country and Mombasa. 111
long. Halteres present. Length of body, incluling genital
spike, *890 millim.; length of genital spike ‘265 millim.
flab. Ypiranga, State of S. Paulo. Ona bush of the order
Myrtacex. The females are found on the upperside of the
leaves, but the male scales are usually clustered along the
midrib on the underside of the leaves.
XVI.—On a small Collection of Butterflies from the Kikuyu
Country and Mombasa made by the Rev. K. St. Aubyn
Rogers. By AxTuur G. Butter, Ph.D.
Ir will be remembered that in the ‘ Annals’ for January last I
published an account of a collection of butterflies made by
Mr. Rogers between Mombasa and the Forests of Taveta, and
that therein I called attention to certain species which were
either new to the Museum collection or of which we required
additional examples.
Mr. Rogers has now sent some of the specimens asked for,
together with a series of buttertlies collected by him last year
in the Kikuyu country, which is especially interesting as
supplementing my paper upon Mr. Crawshay’s collections
recently published in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological
Society.’
The present consignment from Mr. Rogers consists of
fifty-six species, some of which are of considerable rarity in
collections ; the following are of especial importance to us :—
Both sexes of Precis Westermanni (in two pairs) ; Axiocerses
punicea, new to the Museum; the female of Verachola duriaves,
which was also new to the general collection—of this species
Mr. Rogers observes that he has only once come across it, ‘at
a place about 14 miles up the creek, where it was quit:
common,” so that he did not trouble much about it; Urano-
thauma cordatus and Falkenstecnt; Cyclyreus Sharpie ; Mylo-
thris rubricosta and the female of MM. Jacksoni, which was
new tous; a pair of Terias regularis (no. 250), which we
have not received commonly from Hastern Africa; Terazolus
Rothschildi in both sexes; a male of 7’, castalis; a beautiful
and very lightly magenta-spotted male of 7. elgonensis (214),
of which we previously only possessed the worn male collected
by Mr. Crawshay ; Belenots margaritacea, of which we pre-
viously only had one example; females of Papilio Mac-
kinnont and Jacksoni; an example of what I believe to be
Sarangesa ophthalmica, and which is new to the Museum.
No new species were obtained, but a list of the ee with
112 Butterflies from the Kikuyu Country ant Mombasa.
their dates of capture would, I think, be useful, as adding to
our knowledge of the geographical distribution of African
butterflies, and therefore I apperd it.
List of Species.
Amauris albimaculata, Butl. Kikuyu, 17th and 20th December.
Nevcenyra Gregorii, Butl, Kikuyu, 10th October.
Precis cebrene, Trim. Kikuyu, Ist December.
Westermannt, Westw. Kikuyu, 10th, 1ith, and 12th December.
Hypanartia hippomenes, Hiibn. Kikuyu, 12th December.
Pyrameis abyssinica, Feld. Kikuyu, 12th and 17th December.
Neptidopsis fulgurata, Boisd. Mombasa, 3rd November.
Eurytela dryope, Faby. Kikuyu, 19th December.
Acrea perrupta, Butl. Mombasa, 19th November.
Doubledayt, Guér. Nyale, 14th September.
neobule, Doubl. Kikuyu, 22nd December.
Aviocerses punicea, Gr.-Sm. Nyale, 14th September.
Virachola dariaves 9, Hewits. Mombasa, 4th October.
Epamera pallene, Wallgr. Mombasa, 16th November.
Lycenesthes lemnos, Hewits. Kikuyu, 12th and 14th December.
Uranothauma cordatus, Sharpe. Kikuyu, 20th December.
Falkensteini, Dewitz. Kikuyu, 15th December.
Cacyreus lingeus, Cram, Kikuyu, 24th December.
Cyclyreus Sharpie, Butl. Kikuyu, 20th December.
Zizera lucida, Trim. Mombasa, 20th November.
Mylothris Riippellii, Koch. Kikuyu, 10th, 11th, 18th, 19th December.
rubricosta, Mab. Kikuyu, 10th December.
Jacksont 9, Sharpe. Kikuyu, 13th December.
Colias electo, var. edusa, Fabr. Mombasa, 25th October; Kikuyu, 10th
and 20th December.
Terias regularis § 2, Butl. Mombasa, 24th October and 19th November.
hapale, Mab. Kikuyu, 10th December.
senegalensis, Boisd. Mombasa, 17th November.
Teracolus Rothsehildi, Sharpe. Mombasa, 20th October and 17th No-
vember.
castalis, Staud. Mombasa, 26th October.
eris, Klug. Kikuyu, 20th December.
elgonensis, Sharpe. Kikuyu, 11th December.
imperator, Butl. Mombasa, 18th, 19th, 28rd, and 25th October,
Ist, 15th, 19th, and 22nd November ; Kikuyu, 11th December.
antevippe, Boisd. Mombasa, 15th and 17th November.
gavisa, Wallgr. Mombasa, 7th and 22nd November; Kikuyu, 11th,
15th, and 19th December. ;
_ Glutophrissa contracta, Butl. Kikuyu, 15th December.
Belenois zochalia, Boisd. Kikuyu, 10th, 17th, 20th, and 22nd December.
mesentina, Cram. Mombasa, 22nd November.
margaritacea, Sharpe. Kikuyu, 12th December.
Synchloe Johnstont, Crowley. Kikuyu, 14th December.
Leuceronia Buquetii, Boisd. Mombasa, 17th November,
Papilio Mackinnoni, Sharpe. Wikuyu, 12th December.
nireus, Linn. Kikuyu, 12th and 22nd December,
— lyeus, Doubl. Kikuyu, 12th December.
—— phorcas, Cram. Kikuyu, 12th and 14th December.
— cenea, Stoll. Kikuyu (escarpment), 13th December,
—— Jacksoni, Sharpe. Kikuyu, 12th December.
On a new Bat from Borneo. 113
Sarangesa ophthalmica?, Mab, Nyale, 14th September.
Eretis lugens, Rogenh, (Wikuyu, 10th and 19th December.
Pyrgus sataspes, Trim. Mombasa, 20th November.
machakosa, But]. Mombasa, 19th November.
spro, Linn. Kikuyu, 10th and 20th December.
Gomalia es Trim. Mombasa, k0th November; Kikuyu, 22nd De-
cember.
Cyclopides midas,, Butl, Kikuyu, 11th December:
quadresignatus, Butl. Kikuyu, 10th, 11th, and 18th December.
Padraona zeno, Trim. Kikuyu, 10th and 12th December,
Gegenes Letterstedti, Wallgr. Kikuyu, 19th December.
XVII.—On a new Bat from Borneo..
By R. SHetrorp, M.A., Curator of the Sarawak Museum.
Mipposiderus Coxi, sp. n.
Size small. Nose-leaf large and complicated in form ;
front surface of the posterior leaf divided into four cells by
three vertical septa, of which the central is narrow and the
cells on each side of tt of considerable size, whilst the two
lateral septa are very broad and the two outer cells much
reduced in size; upper margin of posterior nose-leaf folded
back on itself; sella broad, divided into a central thickened
portion with a median longitudinal ridge and two lateral
triangular lappets; anterior nose-leaf or horseshoe very large,
completely hiding the muzzle when viewed from above, its
anterior border projecting beyond the upper lip. 'wosecondary
cutaneous leaflets, the upper continuous round the end of the
muzzle, the lower consisting of two short and separate parts.
No frontal gland in the female. Lars large, reaching slightly
beyond the tip of the muzzle when laid forwards, their tips
subacute; anterior margins slightly concave, posterior margins
concave below the tips, then convex. Wings from the meta-
tarsi. Tip of the tail projecting slightly beyond the inter-
femoral membrane. Colour (in spirit) dark uniform brown.
Dentition.—Minute first upper premolar present, in the
outer angle formed by the approximated upper canine and
second upper premolar.
Dimensions of the type (an adult female in spirit) in
millimetres :—
Forearm 53.
Head and body 51:5; tail 26; head 21°5; nose-leaf 13 x 10;
ear 16°5; calcar 11.
Hab. Mount Penrisen, Sarawak, Borneo, 4200 feet.
Type in British Museum. Registered number 1. 6. 23. 1.
114 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on a new
One example only was captured as it emerged with some
specimens of Rhénolophus luctus (Temm.) from the mouth of a
eave.
I have mueh pleasure in naming this species, which by
its very large and complicated nose-leaf differs from all
other forms known to me, after Mr. E. A. W. Cox, of the
Sarawak Service, to whom I am indebted for the unique
specimen,
XVIII.— Description of a new Fish of the Family Cichlide
from the French Congo. By G. A. BOULENGER, F’.R.S.
Pelmatochromis Batesit.
Teeth in 3 to 5 series in each jaw, outer largest. Depth of
body 24 to 22 times in total length, length of head 3 times.
Snout broad, rounded, with straight profile, longer than the
diameter of the eye, which is contained 4 times in length of
head and 1 to J4 in interorbital width ; maxillary not reaching
quite to below anterior border of eye; 4 series of scales on
the cheek ; large scales on the opercle. Gill-rakers short, 10
or 11 on lower part of anterior arch. Dorsal XV 10-11;
spines increasing in length to the last, which measures 2, or
a little less than 2, the length of the head; middle soft rays
much produced, nearly as long as the head. Pectoral about
2 length of head. Ventral produced in a filament, reaching
origin of anal or beyond. Anal III 8; third spine as long as
but stronger than last dorsal. Caudal rounded. Caudal
peduncle deeper than long. Scales smooth, with fine con-
eentric striation, 27-28 oe Naitoal a Dark olive-brown
above, yellowish beneath, with very indistinct traces of darker
cross-bars ; a black or steel-blue opercular spot ; fins greyish,
soft dorsal, anal, and caudal with small blackish spots; outer
rays of ventrals blackish.
Total length 120 millim.
Three specimens from the Benito River, collected for the
British Museum by Mr. G. L. Bates.
‘This new species is most nearly related to P. ocellifer,
Blgr., fiom the Congo, and P. Ansergii, Blgr., from the Niger
Delta. It differs in the longer snout and in the length of the
dorsal spines, the middle spines not measuring more than 4
the length of the head.
Fish from the French Congo. 115.
In 1898 I gave a synopsis * of the sevem species of this
genus then known to me. As the number has now risen to
thirteen it is advisable to publish a new key to their identifi-
cation :—
I. 6 or 7 series of teeth in the jaws; D. XIV 11-12;
pectoral ae as long as head; caudal emar-
PB
ginate; sq. 2 = = Sof oon0s060.00 Mme wees 1, P. Buettikoferi,,
Stdr.
II. 2 to 5 series of teeth in the jaws. a
A. Lower lateral line at least nearly as long ay
upper; pectoral at least as long as head ;
caudal truncate or cmarginate
—B6
D. XIMI-XIV 16-17; sq. 88-40 —3_; lat.1. =, 2. P. Jentinks,
re a [Stdr.
6—
D. XV-XVI 14-15; sq. 55-58 3 = ; lat. 1. a = .. 8. P. polylepis,
[ Bler.
7 5
D. XIV-XVI 12-14; sq. 31-86 2; lat. 1. 24-27 | 4. P. lateralis,
S10 re [Bler.
B. Lower lateral line short, confined to the caudal
region.
1D XIE 11; pectoral as long as head ; St
28-30 Pr 1s Poteet ena TRADE oct, 5. P.congicus, Bley.
2. D. XIV-XVI 8-11; pectoral 2 to 2 length
of head.
a, Caudal truncate or rounded-subtruncate ;
snout much longer than diameter of eye ;
maxillary not extending to below ante-
rior border of eye. [Blgr
gr.
Sq. 32° 9 5 © Series of scales on cheek ............ 6. P.. Welwitschir,
Sq- 29-31 2 3 or 4 series of scales on cheek .... 7. P. Guentheri,
6. Caudal rounded or rounded-subacuminate ; [Sauv.
sq. 26-29 7.
a. Snout longer than diameter of_eye,;
maxillary not extending quite to below
anterior border of eye; last dorsal
spine longest; 4 series of scales on
Checkin t Vachs eis MLA Oe any 8. P. Batesit, Blgr.
QB. Snout not longer than eye.
* Dorsal spines subequal from the fifth..
Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ;
3 series of scales on cheek; dorsal spines: rather
more than 3 length of cere, Doerr 9. P. ocellifer,
Maxillary not extending to below anterior border [ Blgr.
of eye; 3 or 4 series of scales on cheek; dorsal
spines not quite 3 length of head ............ 10. P. Ansorgia,.
Maxillary extending to below anterior border of eye ; [Blegr.
* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1898, p, 147.
116 Mr. P. Cameron on new Hymenoptera.
2 or 8 series of scales on cheek; dorsal spines
aboutis lenethvotheadigy.. > 0. see cro teria 11. P. subocellatus,
** Last dorsal spine longest; maxillary [Gthr.
not extending to below anterior
border of eye; 2 or 3 series of scales
GONCGNWIL 5 oogouseganods00l dG Fon 12. P. pulcher, Bley.
3. D. XVIIL 7; pectoral 4 length of head;
caudal rounded; 2 series of scales on [Blgr.
BAIS HGoG00 60 0cs0 0R00HEGD OUD UO00CCOC 13. P. teniatus,
XIX.—Deseriptions of Three new Genera and Seven new
Species of Hymenoptera from Eastern Asia and Australia.
By P. CAMERON.
ANTHOPHILA.
CTENOAPIS, gen. nov.
The longer joint of the four posterior calcaria pectinated ;
the spurs bifid ; the teeth unequal in length. Labrum deeply
or moderately deeply incised in the middle at the apex.
Mandibles unidentate. Radial cellule not quite so long as the
two cubital cellules together ; it is indistinctly appendiculated
at the apex, which is moderately acutely pointed. There are
two cubital cellules; the second receives both the recurrent
nervures ; it is narrowed at the top, being there about one
third of its length on the lower side. ‘Trophi long, the
maxillary palpi ?, the labial ?-jointed. Antenne stout; the
basal joints of the flagellum broader than long, the apical
longer than broad. Hyes long, parallel, reaching near to the
base of the mandibles. Ocelli in a curve [.*.].
The body is only moderately pilose. ‘he legs are stout ;
the hinder femora, tibize, and metatarsus are thickened; the
recurrent nervures are received near the transverse cubitals ;
the transverse basal nervure is interstitial. In the female the
hinder tibiee and the metatarsus are thickly covered with long
soft hair; the second and following ventral segments are
fringed with long soft hair. The antenne are placed above
the clypeus and shortly below the middle of the eyes; the
apical joint of the hinder tarsi is long and curved, longer than
the middle three joints united. ‘There is a short distinct
longitudinal keel on either side of the mesonotum ; the tegule
are moderately large; there is no area on the base of the
median segment; the face and clypeus are bare and flat.
The general form of this genus is somewhat like Panurgus,
but it cannot readily be confounded with that genus. The
Mr. P. Cameron on new [Hymenoptera. 117
pectinated spurs and tarsi are pretty similar to those of
Ctenoplectra, but that genus may be known from it by the
labrum not being incised, by the transverse median nervure
being received distinctly behind the transverse basal, and not
interstitial as in the present genus. ‘lhe two species I have
included in Ctenoapis are very dissimilar in appearance. I
have not a spare specimen to run any risk with to dissect for
an examination of the trophi.
Ctenoapis lutea, sp. n.
Lutea, albo pilosa; alis hyalinis, stigmate luteo, nervis fuscis. @.
Long. 5 mm,
Hab. Ferozopore, Punjab (Major C. S. Nurse).
The lower orbits and the clypeus are pale yellow and much
lighter in tint than the rest of the head; the clypeus and
front are sparsely punctured; the apical third of the mandibles
is dark brownish. The scape of the antenne is sparsely
covered with pale hair; the flagellum is almost bare. The
mesonotum and scutellum are almost bare; the pleura,
sternum, and median segment are covered with white pubes-
cence. Mesonotum sparsely punctured. Abdomen smooth
and shining; the segments fringed with white soft hair.
Legs coloured like the body ; the four hinder femora are
lined broadly with black; the teeth on the inner spur of the
calearia are stout. Wings clear hyaline; the stigma and
nervures luteous; the nervures, if anything, darker in tint.
Ctenoapis flavomaculata, sp. n.
Nigra, dense albo pilosa ; sterno, pleuris infra, facie clypeoque flavis ;
abdominis basi late flava kalteata; pedibus flavis, dense albo
pilosis ; femoribus tibiisque posterioribus late nigris. ¢.
Long. 7 mm.
Hab. Ferozopore, Punjab (Major C. 8. Nurse).
Head black; the face, clypeus, labrum, the inner orbits
above narrowly, the lower half of the outer entirely, yellow ;
the lower part of the front at the antenne is thickly covered
with long soft white hair, as is also the hinder region; the
face and clypeus are sparsely covered with long pale hair.
The apex of the mandibles broadly rufous. Abdomen black,
above thickly covered with long soft white hair, as is also,
but not quite so thickly, the sternum ; the apical half of the
median segment is broadly furrowed in the middle. The
four hinder femora are broadly black above, the middle tibize
are black behind; the hinder tibie are black except at the
118 Mr. P. Cameron on new Hymenoptera.
base and apex; the apical four joints of the hinder tarsi are
black. Abdomen black; a broad band near the apex of the
basal segment, the second almost entirely, the third except
for an interrupted black line at the apex and the apical
segment, yellow; the basal ventral segments are for the
greater part yellow.
FOSSORES.
CHRYSOLARRA, gen. nov.
Recurrent nervures appendiculated or touching each other.
Inner eye-margins with folds. Mandibles with an incision
near the base. Pronotum placed below the level of the
dorsulum. Median segment as long as the mesonotum,
rounded behind. Pedicle of antennez pilose. -Base of ante-
rior femora not emarginate near the base. Anterior tarsi
armed with stiff, moderately long spines. Ocellus broad,
triangularly dilated in front. Pygidium covered with stiff
bristles and with longish stiff hairs.
The presence of a fold on the inner eye-orbits separates
this genus from Tachytes and Tachysphex; from Notogonia
it may be known by the pygidium not being covered with a
hoar-frost-like pubescence, but by a stiff pile and with longish
stiff hairs. Characteristic is the fact that the recurrent
nervures are united to each other, and not distinctly separated
as in the other genera. The apical abscissa of the radius is
oblique. In the hind wings the apical nervures are faint
except the lower one. The legs are stout; the femora are
distinctly narrowed towards the apex; the tarsi are longer
and more slender than in Tachytes, the hinder are twice the
length of the tibie; the metatarsus is twice the length of the
second joint; the abdomen is also narrower and longer than
in that genus. The pygidium is sharply margined. In the
three known species the recurrent nervures are received near
the apex of the basal third of the cellule. The eyes are
large, reach near to the base of the mandibles, and converge
towards the top. The hinder tibie are keeled behind. The
pubescence on the four species is golden.
Chrysolarra appendiculata, sp. n.
Nigra, capite mesonotoque dense aureo pilosis; abdomine aureo
balteato ; alis flayo-hyalinis, nervis flavis. 9.
Long. 22 millim.
Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.
Scape of antenne on tlhe underside thickly covered with
Mr. P. Cameron on new Hymenoptera. 119
pale golden pubescence, the flagellum with a microscopic
down. Head thickly covered with golden pubescence; the
cheeks and face bearing also long pale hairs. The large eyes
distinctly converge above. Clypeus closely punctured; the
apex smooth, with a slight incision in the middle. Mandibles
at the base thickly covered with golden pubescence. Palpi
black, thickly covered with pale hair. Pro- and mesothorax
with the scutellums thickly covered with depressed bright
golden pubescence, which hides the texture of the skin; the
median segment above sparsely, on the sides thickly, covered
with fulvous pubescence; the upper part at the base and apex
closely irregularly transversely striated; on the apex near
the top is a pyriform depression. Breast thickly covered
with golden pubescence and with long pale hair; the central
furrow is shallow, the transverse one before the middle cox
is deeper and more distinctly defined; the process between
the four hind legs is clearly defined; furrowed down the
middle except at the base; the apex is rounded at the sides
and incised in the middle. Wings yellowish hyaline, the
“apex slightly infuscated; the nervures are yellow; the first
cubital cellule at the top is one third the length of the
second ; the first transverse cubital nervure is roundly curved ;
the two recurrent nervures are united at the top before
reaching the cubital nervure, being shortly but distinctly
appendiculated. Legs thickly covered with depressed golden
pubescence; the tibial and tarsal spines are rufous; the
ealearia and claws black. Abdomen with the basal four
segments broadly banded on the apex with depressed golden
pubescence; pygidium black; the stiff pile black; on the
sides and apex are a few long black hairs; the base has an
irregular smooth and shining space in the middle.
The basal segments of the abdomen may be entirely
covered with golden pubescence.
Chrysolarra aureosericea, sp. 0.
Long. 18-19 mm.
Hab. Khasia Hills. Coll. Rothney.
Comes near to C. appendiculata, with which it agrees in
the colour of the pubescence and in having the two recurrent
nervures united at the top; may be known from it by the
first transverse cubital nervure having an oblique straight
slope at top and bottom ; the first cubital cellule is longer,
being half the length of the second above; the metasternal
process is distinctly keeled down the middle at the hase, and
120 Mr. P. Cameron on new Hymenoptera.
the furrow is wider and deeper; its apical lobes are more
widely separated and the tarsi are more slenderly built.
Head covered with golden pubescence ; the front and vertex
closely punctured; the furrow above the antenne is wide
and deep; the clypeus is sparsely punctured below the middle.
Mandibles and palpi black, the latter thickly covered with
white hairs. Mesonotum alutaceous, as is also the scutellum ;
the postscutellum is more distinctly punctured. Median
segment irregularly, closely, transversely striated ; the apex
has the apical three fourths furrowed down the middle.
Mesopleuree closely and finely punctured. The metasternal
process is large, keeled in the middle at the base; the rest
furrowed, the furrow deepest at the base and apex ; the latter
is triangular in the middle. Legs black, pruinose, the tibial
and tarsal spines rufous; the calcaria and spurs black.
Wings yellowish, lighter coloured in the middle of the
cellules; the apex darker; the stigma and nervures yellow;
the first cubital cellule at the top is more than half the length
of the second ; the first transverse cubital nervure is obliquely
sloped at top and bottom; the recurrent nervures united
shortly before reaching the cubital nervure. The basal four
segments of the abdomen are thickly covered with golden
pubescence. ‘The stiff pile on the pygidium is rufous at the
edges.
This is a smaller species than C. appendiculata; the
recurrent nervures are not so distinctly appendiculated above ;
the first cubital cellule at the top is longer compared with the
second, being more than half its length, and the first trans-
verse cubital nervure is straighter and more distinctly angled
above.
Chrysolarra japonica, sp. n.
Long. 16 mm.
Hab. Japan (George Lewis).
This is a smaller species than C. appendiculata or C. aureo-
sericea, and differs from them in the recurrent nervures not
being appendiculated, although they touch each other at the
cubital nervure.
The lower part of the front, the cheeks, and oral region
densely covered with bright golden pubescence ; the front
and vertex alutaceous, sparsely covered with bright golden
pubescence ; the ocellus is triangularly produced in front.
Pro- and mesothorax covered with deep rufo-fulvous pubes-
cence, most thickly on the mesonotum ; the pubescence on the
median segment is paler, more fulvous in tint. Median
Mr. P. Cameron on new Hymenoptera. 121
segment alutaceous; the apex obscurely transversely striated,
and with a smooth conical depression in the middle. Legs
thickly covered with golden pubescence, more thickly on the
tibiz and tarsi than on the femora; there are five rows of
stout rufous spines on the four hinder tibie; the tarsal spines
are long, stout, and rufous. Wings yellowish hyaline, the
apex from the base of the radial cellule infuscated ; the first
cubital cellule at the top is not quite half the length of the
second ;° the first transverse cubital nervure is obliquely
curved from shortly above the middleand straight; the lower
part has a more rounded slope; the two recurrent nervures
are received near the apex of the basal third of the cellule.
The three basal segments (and perhaps the others also) are
banded at the apex with depressed pale golden pile. The
pygidium appears stoutly, longitudinally, and closely striated
and bears some longish dark rufous hairs. The tarsi have
a more rufous appearance than the tibie; the golden pile
appears to be thicker on the front legs than on the others.
Chrysolarra pruinosa, sp. n.
Black, thickly covered with a pale golden pile, the py-
gidium densely with stiff golden. bristles; wings hyaline,
slightly infuscated at the apex ; the third cubital cellule above
twice the length of the second ; the recurrent nervures united,
but not appendiculated. ¢.
Long. 16 mm.
flab. Matang, Borneo. Mus. Sarawak.
The lower part of the front, the face, and probably the
clypeus densely covered with a golden pale pile. Front and
vertex alutaceous ; there is a deep furrow below the lower
ocellus ; the eyes at the top are separated by about half the
length of the third antennal joint. Thorax covered with a
golden pile; the scutellum has an indistinct shallow furrow
in the centre ; the median segment at the base has a narrow
furrow down the middle, which ends in a fovea shortly before
the top of the truncation. The latter has an oblique slope
and has a narrow furrow in the centre. ‘There is a narrow
longitudinal furrow near the centre of the mesopleure.
Wings hyaline, with a slight yellowish tinge; the apex
slightly infuscated; the basal nervures are yellowish, the
apical darker in colour; the second cubital nervure is half
the length of the third; the recurrent nervures are united and
are received shortly behind the middle of the cellule, Legs
black, pruinose; the tibial and tarsal spines are black, some
of the latter are rufous at the base, those on the front tarsi
122 Mr. P. Cameron on new Hymenoptera.
are longer than they are on the other legs. Abdomen black ;
the segments banded with pale golden pubescence; the py-
gidium is thickly covered with stiff bright golden pubescence
and more sparsely with long golden hair. The apex of the
hinder tibize and the underside of the metatarsus are thickly
covered with stiff golden pubescence.
Comes nearest to C. japonica, Cam., which agrees with it
in the recurrent nervures not being appendiculated.
Braconidae.
P@CILOBRACON, gen. nov.
Head cubital, largely developed behind the eyes, the temples
being longer than the eyes. Occiput roundly but not deeply
incised and not margined. Eyes oval, widely distant from
the base of the mandibles. The upper half of the face is
widely and deeply furrowed ; the apex of the furrow is wider
and deeper than the base. Abdomen smooth, with only the
suturiform depression ; the penultimate segment shorter than
the preceding ; the hypopygium large, projecting beyond the
upper segment, cultriform. Ovipositor projecting. The,
anterior tarsi are twice the length of their tibia. Second cubital
cellule twice the length of the first; the second abscissa of
the radius twice as long as the first transverse cubitus. The
scape of the antenne is short and projects on the underside at
the apex; the pedicle is short. In the hind wings the costal
and preebrachial and the radial and cubital cellules only are
complete, but the latter two are open at the apex ; at the base
there is a distinct small cell, formed by a stout oblique
nervure, which unites with the costal.
The body is smooth and shining, black, with the abdominal
segments banded with pale yellow; the mandibles are stout,
curved, and unidentate at the apex; the legs are covered with
soft hair, but not so thickly as in Myosoma; the suturiform
articulation bifureates laterally ; the metathoracic spiracles
are oval and distinct; the apices of the tarsal joints are
spinose, their claws are small, the palpi are long and pilose.
Belongs to the Braconini, and, in Ashmead’s arrangement
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxii. 186), would come near to the
American genus Megaproctus.
Pecilobracon flaviceps, sp. n.
Niger, capite flavo, vertice nigro; abdomine flayo lineato; alis
fuscis, stigmate nervisque nigris. Q.
Long. 10, terebra 7 mm.
Hab. Australia.
On Indian and Australian Moths. 123
Smooth, shining, and moderately thickly covered with soft
pale hair. Mandibles pale yellow, black at the apex; the
front and the ocellar region black ; the black mark becoming
gradually narrowed above from below. Palpi long, black at
the base, testaceous at the apex, and covered with soft white
pubescence. Postscutellum broadly depressed laterally at the
base. ‘The sides and ventral surface of the petiole are pallid
yellow ; the basal area on the second segment is large and
becomes gradually roundly narrowed towards the apex; the
bounding furrow is wide and deep, this being also the case
with the oblique lateral; both may be rufous. The suturi-
form articulation is closely striated, the lateral fork is smooth,
deep, and does not reach to the end of the segment; the five
basal segments have their apices lined narrowly with pale
yellow, the yellow extending on to the ventral surface on the
third and fourth segments. There is an oblique narrow
hyaline cloud in the first cubital cellule, which extends as a
small round spot into the discoidal cellule.
The abdomen is shorter than the thorax, broad, the apical
three segments becoming gradually narrowed.
XX.—WNew and little-known Moths from India and Australia.
By Colonel C. Swinnoz, M.A., F.L.S., &e.
Family Eupterotide.
Eupterote dulcinia, nov.
3. Bright chrome-yellow; the antenne, head, thorax,
and outer portions of the wings slightly darker than the
general colour ; a faint indication of a straight discal line on
the hind wings, otherwise absolutely without markings:
underside slightly paler than above, with indications of a
straight discal line across both wings.
@. Dark chrome-yellow, absolutely without markings
above and below.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 3745, 2 34 inches.
Salayar Island, south of Celebes (Zverett).
A long series of both sexes: some of the males are nearly
as pale as EL. calandra, Swinh., from the Khasia Hills, but
the antenne are longer and more deeply pectinated; in three
or four of the females the straight discal line in hind wings
is more or less apparent.
124 Col. C. Swinhoe on
Family Chalcosiide.
Cyclosia phonia, nov.
2. Upperside deep black ; wings with a dull dark green
sheen in certain lights; a broad white band across the disc
of fore wings, composed of nine spots, formed by intersection
of the veins, and two additional spots at the upper and lower
ends of the cell; cilia white at apex of hind wings; shaft of
antenne bright shining blue; frons, base of antenne, top of
head, collar, thorax, and abdomen at sides marked with the
same colour. Underside: abdomen with white segmental
bands; blue sheen on costa of both wings, also on the principal
veins, and blue submarginal spots on hind wings; the band
on fore wings same as on upperside, with three additional
small white subapical dots, a white subcostal spot beyond
middle on fore wings and two in the middle near the outer
margin.
Eixpanse of wings 2,% inches.
Lawas (Everett).
Family Lithosiide.
Chionema saulia, nov.
@. Pure white; antenne ochreous; palpi with first and
‘ second joints crimson, third black ; thorax with a crimson band
in front and in the middle: fore wings with a large black
spot at the end of cell, transverse bands thin, crimson, first
subbasal short, second and third antemedial and discal slightly
curving outwards, fourth close to the apex ; abdomen pinkish
towards the tip: hind wings without markings. Underside
white, uniform, without markings except for its crimson
pectus ; fore and hind legs with the tibie crimson above ;
the tarsi black above with white spots.
Hixpanse of wings 1,5 inch.
Paitan (Hverett).
Family Drepanulide.
Callidrepana xanthoptera.
Drepana xanthoptera, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. i. p. 341 (1892).
Naga Hills, Khasia Hills.
This species belongs to Hampson’s Section II. B. Vein 10
from end of areole, 11 from cell; antenne bipectinated in
both sexes. It was originally described from a male example ;
I have now both sexes.
Indian and Australian Moths. 125
Family Cossida.
Duomitus tectorius, nov.
3. Antenne brown ; head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous
grey, the latter with brownish-grey bands: fore wings white,
minutely striated with brown; a large brown patch at the
base, limited hindwards by the median vein; a smaller brown
nearly square patch on the costa beyond the middle and some
small brown spots on the costa between and beyond: hind
wings white suffused with grey and covered with brown
striations, otherwise unmarked. Underside : body and wings
covered with grey suffusions: fore wings with the costal
outer patch and some brownish elongated patches in the
disc between the veins; hind wings with a long brown mark
at the upper end of cell: tarsi black with ochreous bands.
Expanse of wings 2,2, inches.
Solomon Islands.
Somewhat resembles D. (Cossus) maculatus, Snellen, Tijd.
voor Ent. xxi. p. 125, pl. x. f. 4 (1878). There are two
examples of a closely allied form from Singapore, unnamed,
in the B. M.
Family Macariide.
Luxiaria gammaria, nov.
3. Palpi and frons brown ; head, body, and wings ochreous
grey : fore wings with five brown patches on the costa, a
large black lunule at the end of the cell; both wings covered
with pale red irrorations, which are closely packed together and
form a broad indistinct marginal band which is intersected
by a submarginal lunular whitish band, on the inner side of
this broad band is a dentated line with brown points, an
extra similar line across the middle of hud wings. Underside :
colour paler and brighter, with antemedial and postmedial
bright chocolate-red bands across both wings.
Expanse of wings 1,4, inch.
Lawas (Everett).
The hind wing is rather more acutely angled at the middle
of the outer margin than is usual. ‘There is an example in the
B. M., unnamed, from Pulo Laut.
Family Ennomide.
Hypochrosis hiresia, nov.
6. Frons brown ; top of head greyish white; antenne
blackish brown; body and wings pale greyish ochreous,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 10
126 Col. C. Swinhoe on
transverse bands chocolate-brown, disposed as is usual in the
hyadaria group, the two on the fore wings rather closer
together than usual, more sinuous and irregular and not
straight; the usual ringlet at the end of the cell; the entire
surface of both wings striated with brown, the space between
the bands in the fore wings and the basal space of the hind
wings so minutely as to be hardly visible: underside bright
orange, the hinder marginal space of fore wings pale grey.
Expanse of wings 1} inch.
Flores (Everett).
In one example there are some brown patches in the disc
of fore wings; the colour of this form is paler than in
sulphurescens, Moore, paler than in any form of the genus
yet described.
Family Trifide.
Heliocheilus osmidus, nov.
& ¢. Upperside of palpi, head, thorax, and fore wings
pinkish grey; palpi white beneath; the male has a lesser
tinge of pink than the female and has also a few white scales
on the top of the head, which are wanting in the other sex; a
broad white stripe runs through the cell from near the base
to the outer margin of the fore wings, and there are some
suffused dark grey stripes on some of the principal veins,
most prominent on vein 1 a and on the median vein; cilia with
white tips; abdomen pale ochreous grey, with the basal
segment white: hind wings whitish, with the outer margin
broadly suffused with grey; cilia pure white. Underside:
wings white, the fore wing suffused with dark grey, leaving
the margins and longitudinal streak white; thorax with long
white hairs.
Expanse of wings, g 1, 2 1,4 inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (4. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
Heliocheilus cladvotus, nov.
3 ?. Palpi above, head, and thorax pale ochreous-fawn
colour, palpi beneath white ; abdomen ochreous grey ; wings
white: fore wings with the veins broadly dark ochreous-
fawn colour, this colour predominating and leaving a white
streak on hinder margin, another from base to outer margin
below the median vein and vein 2, and a third through
the cell and below veins 5 and 6; outer marginal line dark
fawn-colour, in each interspace a large marginal white spot,
inside these spots are dark fawn-coloured spots forming a
Indian and Australian Moths. 127
submarginal dark band: hind wings with the veins thinly
ochreous-fawn colour, and some slight suffusion of this colour
in the outer marginal area. Underside white; fore wings
with a brown mark at end of cell, a brown submarginal band
and white marginal large spots: hind wings unmarked,
Expanse of wings 1,2, inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (2. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
Canthylidia canusina, nov.
& 2. Upperside of palpi and head ochreous brown, under-
side of palpi white; thorax dark ochreous grey, with white
thin bands; abdomen whitish with grey dorsal bands: fore
wings ochreous white, the female is unmarked except for the
brown stigma at end of cell on the underside showing through
the wing, but the male in addition to this has a large blackish-
brown suffusion occupying nearly a third of the wing, and
extending from the median vein to the hinder margin, but
not touching the base on the outer margin, there are also
some brownish marks near the apex ; cilia white; hind wings
white, unmarked. Underside white; fore wings with a large
square brown mark at the end of the cell, and some brown
internal suffusion, which in the female is less than in the
male.
Expanse of wings ,°5 inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (Z. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
Canthylidia cistella, nov.
3. Palpi above, head, and collar pale ochreous brown;
thorax ochreous grey, nearly white ; abdomen white; wings
white: fore wings with a subbasal short blackish band,
another before the middle, straight, complete, and nearly
upright, a black orbicular spot close to its inner side, a similar
spot below touching the band, a square black renitorm
followed by a subdentate black thin band which curves
outwardly round the reniform, then down to the hinder
margin at two thirds from the base ; black marginal points,
inside of which are white spots and a grey sutfused band,
‘ leaving a narrow white space on the outer side of the curved
band: hind wings with a grey marginal band, spotted with
white; cilia of both wings white. Underside white, with the
black spots and marginal bands as above.
Eixpanse of wings 4, inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (7. Clement).
Type in Mus. Oxon,
10*
128 Col. C. Swinhoe on
Adisura ionola, nov.
3 2. Upperside of palpi, head, and thorax pale ochreous
brown, palpi white beneath ; fore wings dark pink, with a
pale yellowish stripe running through the cell from the base
to the outer margin, a double-lined stigma at the end of cell
within the stripe; abdomen ochreous grey, a broad dull red
band near the base followed by three or four indistinct broken
bands: hind wings whitish, with broad greyish suffusions.
Underside ochreous white, a large square brown stigma at
the end of cell of fore wings and (in the male only) some
brown suffusions on the borders ; thorax and legs dull ochreous
grey ; abdomen white, with broad dark grey bands.
Iixpanse of wings 1 inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (#. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
Heliothis neuroides, nov.
3 2. Palpi ochreous grey, speckled with brown; head
and thorax red-brown, striped with brown and grey: fore
wings brown; veins blackish, lined with grey ; cilia with grey
spots, some pinkish streaks in the discoidal, discal, and
hinder marginal interspaces, from base to outer margin,
interrupted in the cell by the orbicular and reniform, which
are grey, the former oval, the latter like a crooked figure of 8:
hind wings whitish with grey borders. Underside whitish :
fore wings suffused with grey, some grey suffusion on central
and outer areas of hind wing; legs grey, tarsi with white
spots.
Expanse of wings 1,4, inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (#. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
Euplexia orophora, nov.
&. Pale ochreous olive-grey ; palpi brown above: fore
wings with many black and white spots and markings,
forming several incomplete transverse lines, the two most
distinct being subbasal and discal, both composed of black
lunules edged outwardly with white; a submarginal very
uregular band of black and white marks, mostly white
towards apex, also some black and white points on the .
margin: hind wings suffused with brown, paling towards
the base. Underside ochreous grey, nearly white, with broad
brown outer margins and a large black lunule at the end of
cell on hind wings.
Expanse of wings 1,45 inch.
Tasinania.
Close to H, albidisca, Moore, from Bengal, but more varied
with white.
Indian and Australian Moths. 129
Amphypira tragopogonis.
Phalena- Noctua tragopogonis, Linn. Faun. Suec. p. 1189 (1748),
Kulu (Graham Young).
Does not appear to have been hitherto recorded from
India; there are examples in the B. M. from Scind Valley
and Sultanpore. It has a very wide palearctic range—
N. America, Europe, and N. India.
INethusa insularis.
Hyperdasis insularis, Butler, Ann. & Mag. N. H. (5) x. p. 230 (1882).
Kiriwini, Trobriand Island; Dukeof York Island; Solomons;
New Hebrides; Pulo Laut; Kapaur; Fergusson Island ;
Burma.
‘This species is not included in Hampson’s ‘ Moths of India,’
but appears to be very widely spread; there is an example in
the B. M., which I cannot separate from it, from Natal.
Family Acontiide.
Erastria umbrifera.
Hyboma umbrifera, Butler, I. Het. B. M. vii. p. 46, pl. cxxvi. fig. 1
(1889).
Dipterygia umbrifera, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. ii. p. 236 (1894),
Khasia Hills.
The type came from Dharmsala; it is an Acontiid of the
genus Hrastria.
Bryophila lamia, nov.
gd. Olive-brown: fore wings with antemedial, postmedial,
and submarginal blackish transverse sinuous lines; a short
subbasal line followed by blackish spots; a black lunule
at end of cell and above it a blackish patch touching the
costa; some blackish suffusion on the lower half of the
postmedial line, also some on its outer edge, making this line
look as if it were duplex in parts, some similar suffusion on
the inner side of the submarginal line, marginal points black ;
cilia olive-grey with pale patches: hind wings without
markings; cilia grey. Underside olive-grey, shining, indi-
cations of a pale discal band; a spot at end of cell of hind
wings, black marginal line, with some pale streaks running
inwards; fore tibia with pale bands.
Expanse of wings 7 inch.
Beeling, Burma.
130 Col. C. Swinhoe on
Family Euteliide.
Eutelia muttia, nov.
g. Palpi brown; head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous
grey, a brown spot on each side at base of the thorax ; three
grey-brown bands on the central segments of the abdomen :
fore wings ochreous grey, suffused in parts with blackish
brown, an antemedial curved brown line from hinder margin
ending in an orbicular spot below the costa, a large reniform
brown mark and a brown sinuous discal line curving round
it: hind wings mostly blackish brown, their centres ochreous
grey. Underside: both wings ochreous grey suffused in parts
with brown; fore wings with the large reniform and outer
line; hind wings with cell-spot and two outer brown lines.
Expanse of wings 1 inch.
Goping, Perak (Adinséler); Port Blair; Andaman Isles
(Wimberly).
Allied to #, deleta, Hmpsn.
Family Sarrothripide.
Blenina puloa, nov.
3. Palpi greyish white, a black spot on the sides at tip of
first joint, one at base of second joint, and black bands at base
and tip of third joint ; head, body, and fore wings grey, suffused
with dull green except on the disc, where there is a whitish
space; costa with some black marks, an indistinct transverse
broad band just beyond the middle, composed mostly of greenish
scales, and bordered hindwards on each side with black, the
outer line widening the band outwards on to the hinder
margin, and containing a blackish stigma at the end of the
cell and a black band a little above the hinder margin of the
wing; a submarginal duplex band of green lunular marks
and marginal white spots and black points; cilia nearly
white with brown patches : hind wings brown, paling towards
base and abdominal margin. Underside: fore wings brown,
hinder margin grey ; hind wings grey with a brown marginal
band ; cilia of both wings whitish ; hind tarsi with brown
bands.
Expanse of wings 1,/5 inch.
Luzon, Philippines.
There are examples in the B. M., unnamed, from Pulo Laut
and Talaut; it much resembles Charocoma albulalis, Walker,
from Sarawak ; it is not referred to by Semper in his ‘ Schmett.
der Philipp. Inseln.’
Indian and Australian Moths. 131
Family Quadrifide.
Genus SUNDWARDA, nov.
6. Palpi porrect, small and covered with hair, last joint
short; antennestrongly bipectinated for twothirds their length;
legs hairy ; hind tibie with two pairs of short spurs : fore wings
with veins 3 and 4 from lower angleof cell, 5 from a little above
the angle, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, and 9 stalked, 10 from
four fifths of cell, 11 from two thirds: hind wings with veins
3 and 4 from lower angle of cell, 5 from haltway between
the middle and the lower angle, 6 and 7 from upper angle,
8 anastomosing with 7 near the base..
Will stand near Z'riswloides at the commencement of the
Quadrifide.
Sundwarda efulgida, nov..
3. Antenne brown; palpi and frons deep black; top of
head, body, and wings shining white, bands and markings
deep black ; a band on the collar, some marks on the thorax ;
abdomen black, with a white macular dorsal stripe: fore wings
with black lunular spots on the costa at equal distances apart,
the subapical one large and pointed into the wing, orbicular
invisible, reniform a black ring; some black short stripes
near the base and on the veins at the outer margin, a row
of diseal spear-shaped marks, and two or three sinuous and
irregular transverse lines filling up the wing: hind wings
tinged with grey, with grey veins; cilia of both wings with
black patches.
Eixpanse of wings 1,5 inch.
Sarawak.
4 There is an example in Mr. Herbert Druce’s collection from,
erak,
Praxis selecta, nov.
3 2. Palpi pale ochreous, speckled with black on their
upperside ; head, thorax, and fore wings brown, banded and
spotted with reddish pink, the thorax being mostly pink ;
costa with pale ochreous spots, two transverse bands close to
the base, one nearly erect before the middle; orbicular and
reniform pink, the former touching the outer side of this
band, the latter touching the inner side of a postmedial band,
which curves round it and then descends to the hinder
margin close to the other band, all these bands are formed in
large curves or lunules; there is also a submarginal band
of dentated marks, the points outwards lined with black,
132 Col. C. Swinhoe on
and small pink lunules and points on the margin, with the
marginal line black ; between all the bands in the male are
some whitish marks; the abdomen and hind wings are
purple-grey, the former with pink segmental bands, the latter
with a central thin white transverse band, some pink marks
near anal angle, black marginal line and pink points; cilia
grey, of hind wings white at apex and anal angle. Underside
whitish grey, base white; a white central band across both
wings, a suffused brown marginal band on hind wings with
a pink band inside it.
Eixpanse of wings 1,%, inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (#. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
It is marked much like Praais dirigens, Walker, xv. 1801,
except for the pink colour.
Achea argilla, nov.
3 2. Palpi, head, body, and fore wings of a uniform pale
greyish clay-colour without any markings, the usual ante-
and postmedial lines being obsolete: hind wings with the
usual broad central white band, black marginal band with
white spots as in A. melicerte, Drury, but the inner area of
the wing is nearly white, being only slightly tinged with
grey. Underside: both wings white, very slightly tinged with
grey; fore wings with the black bands and hind wings
with the black spot near anal angle, as in A. melicerte. Sexes
alike.
Expanse of wings 2,7 inches.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (Z. Clement).
Types in Mus. Oxon.
A very distinct and pretty form allied to A. melicerte,
Drury, which I have also from Australia.
Grammodes quesita, nov.
3 2. Palpi grey; head, body, and wings dark purplish
grey: fore wings with a deep black patch occupying the
centre of the wing, bounded externally by an outwardly
curved white line, which runs from costa to hinder margin,
but the black patch does not extend to the costa but leaves a
broad costal space clear and narrows hindwards and has an
erect white band running through its middle, also a black
irregular streak from apex, which extends in an irregular line
to the hinder margin, running close to the outer margin of the
patch ; outside this line the wing has a grey sheen; cilia
white at apex: hind wings more black than fore wings; a
Indian and Australian Moths. 133
white transverse band before the middle; cilia white with a
brown patch in the centre.
Expanse of wings 15}, inch.
Coomo, Queensland.
There is an example of this insect in the B. M. from Port
Darwin, mixed up with G. geometrica, Fabr., but though it
superficially resembles a miniature form of that species, it
will be found on examination to have very little in common
with it.
Grammodes Clementi, nov.
6. Palpi and frons white, a white line round the eyes ;
head, body, and wings of a uniform dull slaty brownish
black ; bands and spots white, a band nearly straight from
costal third to hinder margin three-quarters from base, a dot
at end of cell, a band from costal two-thirds, outwards to the
middle, then acutely angled and curved in a thin line to the
hinder margin close to the termination of the other band, the
curve goes round a black ocellus ringed with grey, a white
streak near apex, the costa at apex white and a white costal
dot on the inner side of the streak; cilia white at apex :
hind wings with a central band, slightly outwardly curved
and attenuated hindwards to the anal angle; cilia white, with
a brown patch in the middle. Underside white: wings with
the basal half white, outer half of fore wings with an outwardly
curved white discal band, with white broken streaks from the
costa on both sides of it: hind wings with a brown thick
line in the centre of the white part, a band of white lunules
on inner margin of the brown part, some submarginal white
lunules and cilia as above.
Expanse of wings 1,4, inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (4. Clement).
Type in Mus. Oxon.
Closely allied to G. oculata, Snellen, from Celebes, Tijd.
voor Ent. xxi. p. 103, pl. viii. f. 6 (1880) ; but that insect has
no subapical streak on the fore wings, and this is a very
prominent character of the form now described. ‘There are two
examples in the B. M. mixed up with G. oculicola, Walker,
to which it is also allied, but from which it is quite distinct.
Niguza oculita, nov.
?. Ochreous grey, very uniform in colour, except the palpi,
head, and collar, which are red-brown; transverse lines on the
wings brown and wavy, one before the middle, on fore wings
only, two close together beyond the middle, with a large
134 Col. C. Swinhoe on
ocellus at the end of the cell, round which the inside line
curves, the ocellus is ochreous with a large black centre with
white pupil, the ochreous outer part is ringed with black and
then with white; the duplex line runs across the hind wing
before its middle; across both wings are two lines nearly
straight, close together on the disc; a submarginal deeply
dentated line and a marginal line; cilia slightly paler than
the wings. Underside brighter yellow, large round black spots
at end of each cell, broad marginal brown borders ; cilia
ochreous grey.
Expanse of wings 1,9; inch.
Towranna Plains, W. Australia (Z. Clement).
‘Type in Mus. Oxon.
Two examples only ; there are three unnamed in the B. M.
The species is nearly allied to N. spéramiotdes, Walker, xv.
1855, the type of the genus.
Family Focillide.
Genus OSERICANA, Walker.
Osericana, Walker, xxxiv. 1214 (1865).
Mixtila, Swinh. Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. u. p. 193 (1900).
Pinacia, Walker, xix. 919 (1859) (preeoce.).
Osericana albistella.
Osericana albistella, Walker, 1. c.
Pinacia pupillalis, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxviii. p. 8, pl. i. figs. 4, 4a
(1885).
Sumatra, Celebes, Philippines.
Family Hypenide.
Dichromia otiata, nov.
&. Palpi, head, body, and fore wings black ; a thin, pure
white, straight and erect transverse band from costa two
thirds from base to hinder margin a little before the angle:
hind wings white; a black border, narrow on costa, broad on
outer margin, attenuated gradually to a point at the anal
angle, the border occupying two thirds of the wing-space.
Underside as above, except that there is no white band on the
fore wing.
Expanse of wings 15° inch.
Flores.
Allied to D. leucotenia, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxiii.
p. 114 (1880), and xxiv. p. 67, pl. v. fig. 1 (1881), from
Celebes; differs chiefly in the narrow white band of fore
Indian and Australian Moths. 135
wings above and the absence of the white band on those wings
below. There is an example of Snellen’s species from
S. Celebes in the B. M., unnamed, in the Dichromia drawer.
Family Nymphulida.
Genus CAMPTOMASTIX.
Camptomastix, Warren, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) ix. p. 489 (1892).
Camptomastyx, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 238 (1896) ; Trans. Ent. Soc.
1897, p. 215.
Warren’s type is pacalis, Leech.
Hampson’s type is Aisbonalis, Walker.
The two are conspecific. Sir George Hampson had over-
looked the fact that Warren had described the genus in 1892,
Tt will have to stand as Camptomastix, Warren, not Campto-
mastyxz, Hampson.
Oligostigma eromenalis.
Cenostola eromenalis, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxiii, p. 226 (1880),
xxvii. p. 6, pl. iii. fig. 4 (1884).
Oigostigma eromenalis, Hmpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 160.
Celebes, Philippines ; Queensland, Australia.
In Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 160, Hampson sinks this
species to Ambia ptolycusalis, Walker, which should be
corrected.
Family Endotrichide.
Cangetia rectilinea.
Cangetta rectilinea, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii. p. 314, pl. clxxxii. fig. 3
(1886). :
Paraponyx hartoghialis, Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xy. p. 97, pl. vii.
figs. 6, 7 (1872).
Paraponyx griseolalis, Hmpsn. Ill. Het, ix. p. 176, pl. elxxiy. fig. 12
(1893).
Khasia Hills, Ceylon, New Guinea.
Snellen informs me that his species is identical with
Moore’s ; he has also brought to my notice that Sir George
Hampson has apparently omitted Botys fatualis, Led., alto-
gether. Lederer’s figure is good, but, as I have not seen the
species, I do not know where it should stand.
Family Pyraustide.
Entephria pulchralis, nov.
&. Palpi, frons, and top of head white; body and wings
bright primrose-yellow, markings dark chocolate; a band on
136 Col. C. Swinhoe on
the collar, three on thorax, central and on the sides: fore
wings with three parallel upright bands before the middle,
the first being short and close to the base; an angular band
from costa at three fourths to vein 2 above the hinder angle,
then elbowed straight to a spot at the end of the cell, below
which is a short nearly upright band from the middle of the
hinder margin; a submarginal even line, another similar
marginal line: hind wings with a band before the middle
extending to the anal angle; a discal band elbowed at vein 3
and turned upwards; a submarginal line not reaching the
abdominal margin, and a marginal line; cilia of both wings
white, containing a basal blackish line and grey tips.
Expanse of wings 1,8, inch.
Rangoon.
In one example the bands are much broader than in the
others and there is some ochreous suffusion at the anal angle
of the hind wings.
Tabidia inconsequens.
Nymphula (?) inconsequens, Warren, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xvii.
p- 204 (1896).
Orphnophanes inconsequens, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 231 (1896).
Dawson, Queensland.
Though the examples from Australia are greyer and less
yellowish than the Khasia Hill forms, I can find no specitic
difference.
This species is made an Orphnophanes in the B. M., a
genus belonging to the Hydrocampide; but vein 10 of fore
wings is only closely approximated to 9 and 8 and vein 2 rises
from close to base—a characteristic, as Hampson himself says,
of Tabidia type.
Pagyda pulverulenta, nov.
¢. Pale ochreous brown ; palpi beneath white: hind wings
with the costal space whitish, otherwise the ochreous-brown
colour is very uniform throughout; transverse lines brown,
disposed much as in P. salvalis, Walker, and P. discolor,
Swinh., but very fine and thin; the submarginal line straight
as in discolor, but composed of dots; marginal line brown ;
cilia slightly paler than the wing-colour, with a brown basal
line. Underside ochreous grey, shining.
Expanse of wings 1 inch.
Khasia Hills.
Indian and Australian Moths. 137
Nacoleia gratalis.
Botys gratalis, Led. Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p. 475, pl. xi. fig. 18 (1863) ;
Walker, xxxiv. 1390 (1865); Snellen, Tijd. voor Ent. xxvi. pl. vili.
figs, 2, 2a (1883).
Semtoceros gratalis, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 318.
Goniorhynchus gratalis, Hmpsn. (nec Led.), Moths India, iv. p. 322
(1896); P. Z. S. 1898, p. 706
Botys minualis, Hmpsn. (nec Walker) Z. c.
Java.
Sir George Hampson makes gratalis, Led., the type of his
genus Goniorhynchus through misidentification, his description
being made from a specimen of mznualis, Walker, which he
believed to be identical with gratalis, Led.; but though super-
ficially alike, they are very different insects. ‘The palpi of
gratalis are described by Lederer and have been figured by
Snellen as shown above, and the latter has very kindly sent
me a specimen for examination; Snellen seems to have been
perfectly ight in putting it in Meyrick’s genus Semioceros
(see Trans. Ent. Soc. 1884, p. 318), but when describing this
genus Meyrick overlooked the fact that murcalis=murcusalis,
Walker, xix. 933, is the type of Walker’s genus Nacoleia,
and that amphicedalis, Walker, is congeneric.
Genus Mrrastopgs, Meyrick.
Metasiodes, Meyrick, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1894, p. 8.
Blepharomastix, Hmpsn. (nec Led.) Moths Ind. iv. p. 312 (1896).
Metastodes heliaula.
Metasiodes heliaula, Meyrick, 1. c.
Nacoleia heliaula, Hmpsn. lt. ¢. p. 318.
Burma, Shan States.
Sir George Hampson spells the name Metasciodes, but
Meyrick’s name is without the c—Metastodes (like Metasia) ;
he sinks Meyrick’s genus to Blepharomastix, a genus that
was erected by Lederer for a group of purely American moths
of delicate build and long narrow wings, having, I am of
opinion, nothing in common with the species of Meyrick’s
Metasiodes, and this Hampson again makes a subsection of
the genus Nacoleta, Walker.
Margaronia lucretila, nov.
&. Palpi chestnut-brown, head chestnut-grey; a dark
chestnut band on the collar; body and wings pure white; a
chestnut-brown band from the costa of fore wings beyond the
middle to the lower end of cell, where it joins a similarly
138 On Indian and Australian Moths.
coloured narrower band, which curves inwards from the costa
near apex and then extends to the hinder margin at two thirds
from base; the first band has a whitish line running through
it, the second is followed by a whitish line and a broad mar-
ginal orange band with a whitish line dividing it, the whitish
lines in certain lights have a blue tint: hind wings with a
large orange-brown patch in the centre of the disc, extending
to outer margin, containing a metallic blue band near its inner
side, and three black spots on the margin sprinkled with
metallic blue scales. Underside white, unmarked.
Expanse of wings 1,5 inch.
Solomon Islands.
Lepidoplaga flavicinctalis.
Crocidophora (?) flavicinctals, Snellen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 595.
Lepidoplaga longicorpus, Warren, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii.
p. 108 (1896).
Lepidoplaga elongalis, Warren, 1. c.
Pionea flavofimbriata.
Mabra flavofimbriata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk. p. 208 (1888).
I have received a long series of both these perfectly distinct
moths from the higher Khasias and from the Jaintia Hills ;
Sir George Hampson has put them all together (Moths Ind. iv.
. 427).
; In his description of the latter (Lep. Atk. p. 208) Moore
gives the expanse of wings §-2 inch=13-18 mm.; Hampson
says 24 mm., his description being taken from flavicinctalis ;
but flavofimbriata does not belong to the same genus, and is
not a Lepidoplaga; it has no scale-tuft below at end of cell
nor exaggerated retinaculum as in flavicinctalis.
The genus Lepidoplaga has been made a section of the genus
Pionea, which can hardly be its right place; its peculiar
characteristics are equally present in one of the groups of
Crocidophora, where, I think, it would be more appropriate.
Besides Moore’s two type specimens of flavofimbriata in the
B. M., there is a male example from the Khasia Hills identical
with mine.
Pionea aureolalis.
Botys aureolalis, Ved. Wien. ent. Mon. vii. pp. 875 & 473 (1863).
Pionea aureolalis, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 424 (1896); P. Z. 8. 1899,
p. 246.
Dichocrocis evaxalis, Hmpsn. (part.), Moths Ind. iy. p. 805; P. Z.S.
1898, p. 688.
Khasia Hills.
On Mammals from British Guiana. 139
The type came from the Himalayas. In Hampson’s Moths,
iv. p. 305, aureolalis, Led., is made a synonym of D. evazalis,
Walker; at p. 424 he makes aureolalis, Led., a Pionea, and
sinks ochrealis, Moore, and contractalis, Warren, to it; these
last two have different scaling, are of a different shade of
yellow, and, I think, are good forms: in P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 689,
and 1899, p. 246, he repeats the same positions, but in the
former he gives Lederev’s reference as p. 473, and in the latter
as p. 875; but both Lederer’s references refer to the same
insect, the former being a list with localities and the latter a
description of the same.
Hemiscopis polusalis.
Botys polusalis, Walker, xviii. 703 (1859).
Hydrorybina polusalis, Hmpsn. Moths Ind. iv. p. 239 (1896).
Clupeosoma polusalis, Umpsn. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1897, p. 217.
Sarawak, Borneo.
The genus Clupeosoma=Hydrorybina belongs to the
family Hydrocampide ; but from the examination of a number
of examples of this species from Sarawak I find that it does
not belong to that family: vein 10 on fore wings is not
stalked with 8 and 9, it is really only approximated to 8 and
9; it is necessary to denude the wing of scales to see this
properly. The species fits well into the genus Hemiscopis,
Warren.
XXI.—On a Collection of Mammals from the Kanuku
Mountains, British Guiana. By OLDFIELD Tuomas, F.R.S.
By the help of Mr. F. V. McConnell, Mr. J. J. Quelch,
recently Director of the British Guiana Museum, has been
enabled to make a collecting expedition to the Savannah
region in the interior of the colony, near the Brazilian
boundary. The collection was formed in the Kanuku
Mountains, about 59° W. and 3° N., and on the savannahs
near their base, at altitudes varying from 240 to 2000 feet.
Mr. McConnell, whose name is already known to science
by his exploration of Mt. Roraima*, has been generous
enough to present the whole of the mammals obtained by
Mr. Quelch to the National Museum, and I have now the
privilege of giving an account of them.
The collection proves to be of extraordinary and quite
* See Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. viii. p. 51.
140 Mr. O. Thomas on
unexpected interest, and the proportion of novelties most
unusual. This has been mainly due to the fact that so many
Guianan and Brazilian forms have been presumed, without
close comparison, to be identical with each other, while now
Mr. Quelch’s collection shows that although representative of
each other the species are not as a rule the same. Thanks
to the invaluable collections of Mr. Alphonse Robert from
Sao Paulo, I have had for comparison with Mr. Quelch’s
specimens examples of most of the Brazilian species made,
like Mr. Quelch’s, in the most approved modern style.
No less than ten species and subspecies have now had to
be described as new, and a new genus of bats has also been
discovered, so that both Mr. McConnell and Mr. Quelch are
to be congratulated on the highly successful result of the
latter’s expedition. And even when not new, such excellent
series of specimens form an addition of the utmost value to
the Museum Collection.
1. Myotis, sp.
Six skins and three spirit-specimens. Upokarit, N.
Kanuku Mts., 240 feet. December 12, 1900.
- 2. Rhynchonycteris naso, Wied.
Six skins. 240 feet. October to December.
3. Saccopteryx bilineata, Temm.
Hight skins and three spirit-specimens. 240 feet. October.
4. Saccopterya leptura, Schreb.
Two skins and three spirit-specimens. 300 feet. November.
5. Saccopteryx canina, Temm.
Five skins and four spirit-specimens. 600 to 2000 feet.
November and December.
6. Noctilio leporinus, L.
One skin.
7. Noctilio albiventer, Spix.
Five skins and four spirit-specimens.
These specimens are all of the yellow-bellied type to
which the name of JN. affinis was applied by d’Orbigny and
Gervais. I can find no cranial or other important differences
between them and the whitish-bellied form of the species.
Mammals from British Guiana. 141
8. Molossus maurus, sp. un.
a. 3S skin. December 11. Alt. 240 feet. Type.
. 2 1-1
Incisors 3. Premolars =. Other characters much as in
M. (Promops) abrasus.
General appearance very much as in M&M. abrasus, the
colour, texture of fur, and structure of ears being all about
as in that species. Colour throughout dark chocolate-brown ;
hairs of back about 6 mm. in length. Lars of medium size,
not united, their inner bases close together; no trace of the
characteristic muzzle-ridge of W. rufus; inner lobe thickened,
flattened externally ; outer and inner edges straight, at about
right angles to each other, the tip broadly rounded off; a
small convexity at the outer base just before the deep anti-
tragal notch; antitragus long and deep, so that it may be
described as triangular with a rounded upper angle, quite
unlike the circular antitragus of MW. rufus; tragus small and
narrow.
Gular sac distinct, at leastin male. Limbs and membranes
apparently naked throughout, except just at the base of the
tail and femora.
Skull in its general shape, although smaller, remarkably
like that of JZ. abrasus, the shape and height of the muzzle,
the development of the crests, and the proportions of the
brain-case all as in that species. Ante- and supra-orbital
edges rounded; mesial crest low, commencing just in front
of the most constricted part of the skull and running back to
the occiput. Palate ending nearly a millimetre behind the
level of the last molar. Angles of lower jaw slender, not
abnormally expanded laterally.
Teeth in shape and proportion quite like those of IZ. abrasus,
but there is no trace of the minute upper premolar.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 53 millim.
Head and body (in flesh) 64; tail (in flesh) 51; ear 19;
antitragus 6°1 x 4°5; third finger, metacarpal 53, first phalanx
24:5, second phalanx 22°5; top of knee to tip of hind
claw 29.
Type. B. M. no. 1. 6. 4. 34.
This distinct bat falls into the group that has been called
Myopterus, and by its size, dentition, and elongated antitragus
may be readily separated from any known species.
The original Myopterus Daubentont, whose skull-dimensions,
as given by Peters *, agree closely with those of MZ. maurus,
* MB. Ak. Berl. 1869, p. 402.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 11
142 Mr, O. Thomas on
was said to have its under surface of a dirty white, with a
tinge of yellow, so that it cannot have been the present
form.
9. Micronycteris megalotis, Gray.
Five skins and two spirit-specimens. 600 and 2000 feet.
November, 1900.
Colmamece
In connexion with this species it may be noted that
specimen g of Dobson’s Catalogue (in spirit) is the type
described by Gray in 1842, not specimen 7 as there stated.
Specimen / is the type of Phyllostoma elongatum, Gray nec
Geoffroy, and therefore of Ph. scrobiculatum, Wagn.
10. Phyllostoma latefolium, sp. n.
Six skins and two spirit-specimens. 1000 feet, November 6;
600 feet, December 4.
Allied to Ph. elongatum, but smaller, the nose-leaf shorter,
broader, and with scarcely a trace of central rib.
Size about as in Ph. discolor, therefore rather smaller than
in Ph. elongatum. Fur soft and fine; hairs of back about
8 mm. in length. General colour above dark smoky brown,
greyer over the head and nape, darker on the back; under
surface uniformly dark greyish, like the nape. No facial
markings. Limbs and membranes almost entirely naked, a
few hairs on the proximal part of the forearm and on the
base of the interfemoral membrane.
Nose-leaf very large, much larger than in Ph. discolor,
though exceeded in length by that of Ph. elongatum. Horse-
shoe simple, free in front. Lancet with its central rib
almost imperceptible; its sides broadly and evenly rounded,
not decidedly tapering towards the tip as is the case in
Ph. elongatum. ars large, more broadly rounded than in
Ph. elongatum; inner margin evenly convex, tip broadly
rounded off, upper half of outer margin flattened, lower half
convex. ‘Tragus as in the allied species. Wings to the
ankles. Calcars long, reaching when laid upwards just to
the knee. Penis long, longer than in the other species.
Skull on the whole similar to that of Ph. elongatum, but
markedly smaller; supraorbital edges apparently rather less
developed; posterior palatal opening more narrowed and
V-shaped, though not so much so as in PA, discolor; basi-
occipital rather more deeply pitted.
Teeth as in Ph. elongatum, the molars almost as broad,
and therefore markedly broader than in PA. discolor. Outer
upper incisors rather smaller in proportion.
Mammals from British Guiana. 143
Dimensions :—
Forearm of the type 59 millim.
A spirit-specimen (3) measures: head and body 75;
tail 16; nose-leaf, extreme length 17, breadth of horseshoe
8:3, of lancet 8'°5; ear 27; tragus, length on inner edge 7°5 ;
forearm 59; third finger, metacarpus 53, first phalanx 16:5,
second phalanx 29:5; fifth finger, metacarpus 53, first
phalanx 12°5, second phalanx 13°5; lower leg 23; hind
foot (c. u.) 15; calcar 19.
Skull of type: greatest length 27:5 ; basal length 21:5 ;
zygomatic breadth 16; constriction 4°8; front of canine to
back of m.* 10:4.
Type. Male. Original number 199. B. M. no. 1. 6. 4. 43.
This is most distinct from either of the two smaller
species of Phyllostoma, Ph. elongatum and discolor, and
cannot be confused with either of them, though nearest to
the former. Alectops ater, Gray, said to be from Surinam,
has a long tapering nose-leaf to which there is a well-marked
rib, just as in Ph. elongatum, with which it is united by
Dobson.
11. Hemiderma brevicauda, Wied.
Six skins and three spirit-specimens. 240, 600, 1000,
and 2000 feet. October to December.
12. Glossophaga soricina, Pall.
Two in spirit. 600 feet. November.
13. Artibeus planirostris, Spix.
Nine skins and two spirit-specimens. 240 feet. October 29.
14, Artibeus cinereus, Gerv.
Three skins and one spirit-specimen. 240 feet. November.
15. Mesophylla Macconnelli, gen. et sp. nn.
a. Skin, 2. No. 155. November 8. 2000 feet. Type.
6. Immature, in spirit, ¢. No. 157. November 8.
2000 feet.
MESOPHYLLA, gen. nov. (Phyllostomide).
Allied to Vampyrops and Ectophylla, but differing from both
by the structure of its teeth, and especially its m,, a tooth
diagnostic in this group, and in addition from Vampyrops by
igi
144 Mr. O. Thomas on
its Hetophylla-like general characters and tooth-proportions,
and from Hetophylla by the presence of an ms.
Nose-leaf not peculiar, about as in Vampyrops, but with
a minute secondary leaflet behind the main leaf on the top
of the muzzle in the middle line. ars with a supplementary
lobule on the antitragus, otherwise normal. Interfemoral
membrane of medium development ; no trace of a tail.
Skull very much asin Hetophylla*, but the basioccipital not
deeply pitted. Nasal openings and palatal bones of normal
extension, but the palate with many minute vacuities.
Teeth above. Incisors very small, not touching each other,
the median ones convergent terminally. Canines and pre-
molars also very small and pointed, closely similar to those of
Ectophylla. Molars very peculiar, in that the anterior one is
small, much smaller than the posterior, and triangular, its
shape recalling that of the carnassial premolar of a carnivore,
and quite unlike the transversely produced m' of Vampyrops;
m? rounded, basin-shaped, without trace of interior cusp, a
single large antero-external cusp present.
Teeth below. Incisors four in number, subequal. Pre-
molars small, not touching each other, though the anterior pair
are pressed close against the canines, each with asingle main
anterior cusp and a long posterior keel without cusp. An-
terior molar with one long antero-external cusp and a low
postero-external raised edge, its surface broad and hollowed,
without further cusps. Second molar rather longer than the
first, oval in section, pointed anteriorly, broadly basin-shaped,
though not so much so as in Hetophylla, and without interior
basal cusps: its edges are raised up into cusps at its
anterior point, where the highest cusp is placed, antero-
interiorly and postero-interiorly ; these cusps appear to
correspond respectively to the supplementary median anterior,
the antero-internal, and the postero-internal cusps of Vam-
pyrops, there being no trace of the large antero-external cusp.
Last molar minute, about the size of one of the incisors.
This highly interesting genus appears to be a modification
of Vampyrops in the direction of Hctophylla, having a con-
siderable resemblance to the latter form, but without its
highly specialized ma, and with the dental formula of the
former. None of the different subgenera of Vampyrops show
any special affinity to it, all of them, whatever their dental
formula, having the characteristic quadrangular m, with a
marked cusp at its antero-external as well as at its two
internal angles.
* Of. Harrison Allen, Tr. Am, Phil. Soc. xix. p. 267 (1898).
Mammals from British Guiana. 145
Mesophylla Macconnelh, sp. n.
Size a little greater than in Metophylla alba. Fur close
and thick, hairs about 5 millim. long on the back. Colour of
head and anterior back dull brownish white, darkening pos-
teriorly to a brown very near Ridgway’s ‘ wood-brown.”
Fur of body extending on to the basal half of the forearms
and femora, and on to the wing-membrane between them.
Nose-leaf of medium size, not crenulated or specially com-
plicated ; the horseshoe narrow, free in front; lancet with
well-defined median rib. Ears with a small rounded basal
lappet on the inner edge, which above is markedly convex
halfway towards the rounded tip; outer edge concave above,
then convex to the antitragal notch; antitragus low, convex
above, with a well-defined supplementary upright lobule
near its anterior end; tragus pointed above, two projecting
lobules on its external border, a peculiar thickened projection
placed just in front of the tragus and almost duplicating it.
Wings to the distal end of the metatarsus. Calcars short,
curved backwards. Interfemoral membrane fairly broad, its
narrowest point opposite the middle of the tibie.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 30 millim.
Head and body (taken in flesh by collector) 45; ear (do.)
12°5; expanse (do.) 241; third finger, metacarpal 28, first
phalanx 11°8, second phalanx 14; fifth finger, metacarpal
27°5, first phalanx 8, second phalanx 8. The following
supplementary measures are taken on specimen @, in spirit,
its forearm being 27°5 millim. :—ear 11°3 ; tragus on inner
edge 3; nose-leaf 9x 5°5; lower leg 10; ‘breadth of inter-
femoral in centre 6°5.
Skull (of type): greatest length 17-6; basal length 13:5 ;
zygomatic breadth 10; interorbital breadth 4:5; mastoid
breadth 9; palate length 8; front of upper canine to back of
m 6'1.
This curious little bat was at first supposed to be a second
species of the genus Hetophylla, but further examination
resulted in the discovery of so many points of difference, that
I have felt compelled to describe it as a distinct genus. As
being the most interesting animal obtained by Mr. Quelch, I
have named it in honour of the naturalist who was generous
enough to provide the means for Mr. Quelch’s expedition,
and to give the whole of his mammal collection to the
National Museum.
146 Mr. O. Thomas on
16. Canis cancrivorus savannarum, subsp. n.
a. Ad. ?. No. 230. December 10. Altitude 500 feet.
“On Savannah.” Type.
A small delicately-built race of the true C. cancrivorus.
Size, of an adult female, markedly less than in the corre-
sponding sex of C. cancrivorus. General colour above coarsely
grizzled grey with a strong suffusion of buffy, and freely
washed with black along the middle line. ‘The long hairs of
the back are black for their basal, middle, and terminal fifths,
with white subbasal and subterminal rings, though the sub-
basal ring is sometimes obsolete. The woolly fur is buffy,
duller and tipped with brown along the back, clearer and un-
tipped on the sides. Face buffy fawn, with indistinct darker
markings at the roots of the whiskers and below the eyes;
forehead and crown more greyish, with a lighter patch above
each eye. Quter side of ear pale brown, passing basally and
on the large postauricular patch into clear buffy. Chin
brown ; throat, chest, and belly white, varied with buffy on
the sides and across between the fore limbs. Front and
outer side of fore limbs grizzled greyish buffy; inner side
clearer buffy to the wrist, the middle line of the palm dark
brown. Hind limbs similarly coloured, the whole of the
plantar surface blackish brown. Tail bushy, the hairs of its
upperside and its tip black basally, white mesially, and with
a broad black end. Below the hairs are dull whitish buffy
throughout.
Skull, on the whole, closely similar to that of C. cancri-
vorus, but smaller, more lightly built, and the zygomatic
outline more tapering forward in the region of the orbits.
Nasals decidedly shorter, barely reaching past the level of
the anterior edge of the orbit, and falling considerably short
of the premaxillary processes.
Dimensions of the type (taken in the flesh) :—
Head and body 610 millim.; tail 280; hind foot (s. u.),
dry, 116; ear 63.
Skull: greatest length in middle line 129; basal length
120; zygomatic breadth 70; nasals (from bottom of con-
cavity in front) 88x 10; interorbital breadth 23:3; breadth
across postorbital processes 35; breadth of brain-case 44; _
palate, length 63, breadth across m* 39 ; horizontal length of
p 12:2, of m* and m* combined 16:5; of m, 14:2, m, 8°8,
Ms 4.
This appears to be asmall and brightly-coloured Savannah
representative of the Cands concrivorus of the Guianan coast-
lands.
Mammals from British Guiana. 147
17. Scturus Quelchii, sp. n.
Three skins. 240 to 800 feet. November and December.
An olive-coloured species, with a yellow belly and four pairs
of mamme.
General appearance very similar to S. cusc’nus and Ingram,
more olive and less brownish than in the true S. estuans,
Chapmant, and quebradensis. Fur fairly short, though
slightly longer than in S. @stwans, about 8 millim. in length
on the back. General colour above finely grizzled olive, this
colour extending over the whole of the upper surface, on the
head, and on the outer sides of the limbs, but the hands and
feet are more yellowish, especially on the toes. Under
surface and inner sides of limbs buffy yellow, the chest nearly
pure “cream-buff,” though the hairs are slaty basally through-
out. Lines of demarcation not sharply defined. ars of
medium length, their fine thinly-scattered hairs fulvous, but
these are too fine and too few to give any general fulvous
effect. No postauricular patches. Tail mixed black and
fulvous, the hairs mostly with three black rings and the tips
broadly fulvous ; hairs at the end of the tail more entirely
black, but still with their extreme tips fulvous. Four pairs
of mamme, the most anterior close behind the axille.
Skull with short abruptly and squarely truncated nasals,
not nearly reaching to the back of the premaxillary processes.
Postorbital processes short. Molars unusually small.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 178 millim.; tail 165; hind foot, s. u. 44,
c.u. 475; ear 20.
Skull: greatest length 45; basilar length 34; greatest
breadth 27°5; nasals 10°5x6:2; interorbital breadth 16;
breadth across postorbital processes 22; diastema 11°5;
palate length from henselion 18°5 ; length of palatal foramina
2°7, of upper tooth series 6:8.
Type. Male. No. 1. 6. 4. 66. Collected November 2,
1900.
This squirrel is unexpectedly different from the true
S. estuans of Surinam and the Guianan coast-lands. Hxamples
from Demerara and Cayenne, however, representing that
form, are clearly different from the present, thew darker
colour, slenderer form, shorter fur, and especially the deep
orange-buffy of their underparts readily separating them from
the species found inland. Shaw’s “ Myoawws guerlingus”’
aud Peters’s “ Sciurus estuans, var. guianensis’’ *, are botn
* MB. Ak. Berl. 18638, p. 655,
148 Mr. O. Thomas on
clearly the coast species. S. quebradensis, Allen*, from
Cumané4, has also many differences in colour, and possesses
only three pairs of mamme +.
18. Rhipidomys nitela, sp. n.
a-f. Six ad. and imm. skins.
Very similar to &. venezuele, but markedly smaller.
General external appearance quite as in &. venezuele, with
which it shares the general greyish fawn-colour, sharply
defined pure white belly, brown ears, light feet with brown
middle line of metapodials, and long, hairy, uniformly brown
tail. Fur of these specimens rather shorter (hairs of back
about 5 millim. in length), but this may possibly be seasonal.
Skull: similar in shape to that of 2. venezuele, but much
smaller throughout, narrower and rather more delicately
built. Supraorbital edges square, not heavily ridged. Palatal
foramina large, widely open, extending to the level of the
first lamina of m’.
* Scrurus (Guerlinguetus) estwans quebradensis, Allen, Bull. Am. Mus.
N. H. xii. p. 217 (1899).
+ The following squirrel, also presented by Mr. McConnell, may be
here described :—
Scwurus Macconnelli, sp. 0.
A brownish olivaceous species, near S. quebradensis, but with eight
mamme. Fur longer and shaggier than in S, Quelchiz, the hairs on the
back about 11 millim. in length. General colour above grizzled brown,
perhaps nearest to Ridgway’s ‘‘vandyke brown,” with an olivaceous
tinge. Under surface rich fulvous or orange buffy, richest on the chest;
chin and throat greyish ; bases of hairs slaty grey; lines of demarcation
on sides not defined. Head like body; ears rather short, their colour
quite like that of the head; a prominent buffy postauricular patch present.
Outer sides of limbs like body, the digits greyer; inner sides washed
with fulvous, like that of the belly, but duller and paler. Tail imperfect
in the single specimen, but evidently of the same type of coloration as
in S, Quelchii. Mammee 8.
Nasals comparatively long, parallel-sided, their outer corners level with
the premaxillary processes behind, the middle of their hinder edge pro-
jecting angularly forwards.
Dimensions of the type (measured in skin) :—
Head and body (c.) 190 millim.; hind foot, s. u. 44, c. u. 48; ear (dry) 17;
nasals 14°5 (diagonally) x6°4; front of lower premolar to tip of incisors
13:5.
Hab. Mt. Roraima, near its base.
Type. B.M. no, 1.1. 28.1. Collected October 1, 1898, and presented by
F, V. McConnell, Esq.
This species has somewhat the appearance of 8. quebradensis, but
may readily be distinguished by its possession of eight mamme, as in
S. Quelcehit, from which it differs by its shaggier fur, browner colour above
and more fulvous below; it is also distinguished from all its neighbours
by its marked postauricular patches.
Mammals from British Guiana. 149
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 133 millim. ; tail 140; hind foot, s. u. 25,
c.u. 26; ear 16.
Skull: greatest length 32; basilar length 25°5; greatest
breadth 16°6; nasals 10°8x 3:4; interorbital breadth 4°5;
interparietal 4 x 10; palate from henselion 12°9; diastema 8 ;
palatal foramina 6°8 x 2°5 ; length of upper molar series 4°4.
Tyne. Male. B.M.no. 1.6. 4.81. From Kwaimattat,
Kanuku Mts. Collected October 12.
Although so closely similar to 2. venezwelw in colour and
all essential characters, this species may be readily distin-
guished by its much smaller size, as shown by the above
dimensions. With the other two Guianan species, &. Maccon-
nelli, de Wint., and &. Selateri, Thos., it has no near
relationship.
19. Holochilus guiane, sp. n.
a-d. Four ad. and imm. skins. November 28, 1900.
a. No. 179 the type.
A middle-sized species allied to H. scdureus, from whose
locality it is separated by the range of the Amazonian
Hi. nanus.
General colour of head and body grizzled greyish fawn,
profusely mixed with blackish along the dorsal area. Sides
gradually clearing and verging towards buffy cinnamon along
the flanks ; in some of the younger specimens this part 1s
almost ochraceous buff. Belly not sharply defined, the
longer hairs cinnamon or buffy, the woolly hairs slaty basally,
dull white terminally ; chin and inguinal regions entirely
whitish, owing to the absence of the longer hairs. ars
short, blackish externally, buffy internally. Arms and legs
like body ; hands and feet glossy buffy white on the meta-
podials, clearer white on the digits. The feet themselves
appear to be longer in proportion to the size of the skull than
in H. sciureus. ‘Tail shorter than head and body, finely
scaly, thinly clothed with fine brownish hairs, the scales
showing through; uniformly brown above, rather paler
below.
Skull as compared with that of Bahian specimens assigned to
H, sciureus lighter and more delicately built throughout, less
heavily ridged, with a narrower muzzle and more slender
zygomata. Interorbital region flat, its edges square, not
produced into heavy upstanding ridges as in AZ. scvureus.
Front of anterior zygoma-root with a marked projection
above, below which the edge is concave forwards. Palatine
150 Mr. O. Thomas on
foramina about the length of the molar series, not reaching
back to the front of m*. Molars light and narrow, of the
usual Holochilus pattern.
Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the
flesh) :-—
Head and body 178 millim. ; tail 159; hind foot, s. u. 38°5,
c. u. 42; ear 15.
Skull: greatest length 37; basilar length 30°7; greatest
breadth 20°6; nasals 14°5x 4:5; interorbital breadth 95;
palate from henselion 18°7; palatal foramina 7°5 x 2°6; length
of upper molar series 6:9.
Type. B.M. no. 1. 6. 4. 87.
This water-rat, whose discovery extends the known range
of the genus some way to the northward, is no doubt very
closely allied to H. sciureus, but differs from it by its darker
colour (Wagner says that in his type “fehlt eine schwarze
Beimischung ganz’) and by the more lighter build and less
ridged skull. H. nanus, the smallest species of the genus,
occurs in the Amazonian valley, and divides the ranges of the
other two.
20. Sigmomys * savannarum, sp. 0.
Fourteen skins. 240 feet. October and November. “On
Savannahs.”
Allied to 8. Alstoni, Thos.+, and similarly like a Sigmodon,
but paler in colour, with shorter foot and shorter skull.
Size rather less than in S. Alstont. Fur straight and
sparse, with little or no underfur; hairs of back about
10 millim. in length. General colour above heavily lined
and mottled brown and greyish buffy, the combination not
easily definable, but perhaps nearest to Ridgway’s “ broccoli-
* Genus novum. Type “ Reithrodon” Alstoni, Thos. P. Z. 8. 1880,
. 691.
r The many differences that distinguished #. Alstone from the true
Reithrodons were detailed when the species was described. Further
consideration and much further material render it clear that the Alstonz
group, Sigmodon-like in external appearance, in skull, and in dentition,
should be separated generically from the true LRerthrodon. In distin-
guishing Sigmomys emphasis may be laid on the evenly tapering cranial
outline, the broad short molars, the deep well-defined pterygoid fosse,
and on the number of the mamme, there being, as in Stgmodon, 10 at
least, as against 8 in Reithrodon. Altogether it seems probable that this
form is rather a grooved-toothed Stgmodon than any close relation to
Reithrodon.
+ This species was described on a spirit-specimen from “ Venezuela”
collected many years before by Mr. Dyson. But an excellent series of
skins, agreeing closely with the type, was recently received from Cumana,
so that that may now be looked upon as the typical locality.
Mammals from British Guiana. 151
brown.”” On the rump the buffy becomes rather clearer.
Top of head like back; sides of nose with a distinct buffy-
yellow spot; eyes surrounded by a prominent whitish ring.
Hairs of ears brown externally, yellowish internally, but
without marked contrasts. Under surface soiled whitish or
buffy, not sharply defined, the bases of the hairs slaty, the
tips either white or buffy, the variation in this respect being
considerable, as is also the case in S. Alston’; hairs of throat
and groin whitish to their roots. Front of arms like body,
inner sides whitish; hands and wrists dull whitish; hind
limbs similar in colour, but the inner side of the leg is nearly
or quite naked; fifth hind toe as in S. Alstonz, but little
longer than first, and falling short of the base of the fourth.
Tail about as long as the body without the head, well haired,
brownish above, white below for its whole length.
Skull quite similar to that of S. Alstont in general struc-
ture, but shorter and perhaps rather broader in proportion.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 133 millim.; tail 95; hind foot, s. u. 25,
Cue 20; ear 19:
Skull: greatest length 32; basilar length 26; greatest
breadth 19; nasals 11°54; interorbital breadth 4:5; palate
from henselion 13°8; diastema 8:2; palatal foramina 7 x 2°4;
length of upper molar series 5:3.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 6. 4. 100. Original number 51.
Killed October 18, 1900.
_ This species is readily distinguished by its shorter skull
and lighter colour from S, Alstonz, to which alone it is allied
and with which it forms a special group.
21. Oryzomys navus messorius, subsp. n.
Six skins and two spirit-specimens.
Close to Oryzomys (Oligoryzomys) navus, Bangs, of which
it appears to form a geographical race.
General colour above grizzled greyish fawn, varying
towards rufous; rump more rufous than back. Face greyer,
Ears comparatively short, but little darker than the general
colour of the head, very different therefore to the blackish
ears of O. fulvescens and costaricensis. Under surface dull
whitish, with scarcely a trace of buffy, not sharply defined
laterally ; the hairs all greyish basally. Hands and feet
white, ‘T’ail short for this group, thinly haired, brown above,
lighter beneath ; not so sharply contrasted as in O. fulvescens,
Skull as usual in this group.
152 Mr. O. Thomas on
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 82 millim.; tail 95; hind foot, s. u. 21,
c. u. 22; ear 12°5.
Skull: greatest length 22:5; basilar length 16°4; greatest
breadth 12; length of nasals 8; interorbital breadth 3:6;
palatal foramina 4:1 x2; length of upper molar series 3°].
Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 6. 4. 97. Collected No-
vember 29th.
This local representative of the Oligoryzomys group seems
to differ from O. navus, the only form which is not geogra-
phically very remote, by its shorter tail and slightly different
colour, and no doubt represents a tenable subspecies. It is
not improbable that O. fulvescens, O. navus, O. costaricensis,
and perhaps other described forms will all prove to be local
subspecies of one widely-spread species.
22. Zygodontomys stelle, Thos.
Twelve skins. 240 and 500 feet. October to December.
Evidently the commonest rat of the region.
23. Proechimys cayennensis, Desm.
Six skins of different ages. 240 and 500 feet. November
and December.
Without topotypes of P. cayennensis I cannot be certain of
the determination of these specimens. They are certainly
very different from the Brazilian forms referred to cayennensis
by Waterhouse, but geographically are likely enough to be
Desmarest’s species. ‘They are of the same rufous group as
P. Cherriet, Uricht, trinitatis, and other north-western species
of the genus.
24, Cavia porcellus guiane, subsp. n.
Four skins of different ages from the Kanuku Mountains,
7th and 8th December, 600 feet, and one from Berbice, on
the coast.
Similar in general characters to the typical Brazilian form,
but much paler and greyer above and less deeply buffy below.
Size, character of fur, &c. as in the typical form, General
colour above grey (near the ‘‘olive-grey” of Ridgway),
heavily grizzled and lined with black, this latter colour pre-
dominating on the posterior dorsal area, while the head, neck,
shoulders, flanks, and rump are of the clearer greyish. ‘The
light constituent of the general grey varies in different speci-
mens from whitish towards buffy. Under surface whitish or
slightly buffy, the bases of the hairs slaty grey ; the usual
Mammals from British Guiana. 153
dark collar of the same grey as the sides. Eyes with
indistinct whitish rings. Ears thinly haired, whitish.
Limbs grizzled grey like body, lightening to nearly white on
the fingers and toes.
Skull and teeth not definably different from those of the
true C. porcellus.
Dimensions of the type :—
Head and body 275 millim.; hind foot, s. u. 43, c. u. 46;
ear 19.
Skull: greatest length 59; basilar length 49; greatest
breadth 35:5; nasals 22x 9; palate 28; diastema 17; length
of molar series (alveoli) 14°5.
Type. Male. B.M.no.1.6. 4.120. Killed 7th December,
1900.
The difference in colour between this Guianan cavy and
the Brazilian one is very considerable, but there is a striking
agreement in other characters.
25. Myrmecophaga jubata, L.
Mount Roraima, 5000 feet.
26. Didelphis marsupialis, L.
Three skins.
There appears to be no difference between these specimens
and skins from the coast-region of Demerara.
In spite of the arguments brought forward by Dr. Allen in
his most recent publication on the subject, I still think that
the Guianan opossum should be regarded as the type form
of Linneus’s D. marsupialis.
The evidence of the sixth edition of the ‘ Systema,’ where
Seba, and Seba only, is quoted, shows what animal Linneus
had in his mind when speaking of D. marsupialis. The
interesting fact, to which Dr. Gill has drawn my attention,
that Linneeus worked under Seba in arranging the latter’s
collection, adds weight to what we find in his works as to the
importance of the Seba collection in the preparation of his.
arrangement of the species of Didelphis.
27. Metachirus opossum, L.
One skin from the Rupununi River, 27th September,
200 feet, and four from the Kanuku Mountains, 300 and 600
feet, November and December.
28. Metachirus nudicaudatus, Geoff.
Two skins, unfortunately both quite young. 6th De-
cember. 600 feet.
154 Mr. O. Thomas on Abyssinian Mammals.
29. Marmosa Klagest, Allen.
Skin. No. 120. 240 feet. 29th October, 1900.
I have fortunately been able to compare this opossum with
one of Dr. Allen’s original specimens from Ciudad Bolivar
brought over by him. Mr. Quelch’s specimen is younger,
and therefore smaller, but there is no difference between the
two which might not be explainable by age. MJ. Robinsont,
Bangs *, is also no doubt closely allied.
This identification is another indication of the faunal affinity
between the Lower Orinoco and the Kanuku Mountains.
— XXII.—List of small Mammals obtained by Mr. A. E. Pease,
M.P., during his recent Hxpedition to Abyssinia, with
Descriptions of Three new Forms of Macroscelides. By
OLDFIELD THOMAS, F.R.S.
In the course of a sporting expedition through Abyssinia
during the past winter Mr. A. H. Pease collected a number of
small mammals which, in addition to some heads and horns
of larger animals, he has been good enough to present to the
National Museum. Among them is a new Macroscelides,
and in describing it I have taken the opportunity to describe
two other members of that genus in the Museum collection.
There are also examples of the rare and interesting species
Dendromys Lovati and Lophuromys flavopunctatus.
1. Macroscelides Peaset, sp. n.
a. &. Hoolul, Abyssinia, 4000 feet. December 2, 1900.
Type (B.M. no. 1. 7. 6. 1). |
Most closely allied to I. pulcher, Thos., but greyer in
colour.
Size and general characters very much as in MZ. pulcher.
Fur about 9-10 millim. in length on the back. General
colour above a soft vinaceous grey, resembling to a certain
extent Ridgway’s “ vinaceous buff,” distinctly paler than in
M. pulcher ; the dorsal area is more vinaceous and the flanks
more grey. Viewed from behind the colour is a paler edition
of Ridgway’s “ecru drab.” Muzzle grey, the dorsal dark
line well marked; crown like back. Light orbital rings
narrower than in MW. pulcher ; light and dark patches behind
eye larger and less intensely contrasted than in M/. pulcher.
* P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xii. p. 95 (1898).
Mr. O. Thomas on Abyssinian Mammals. 155
Ears large, with well-marked postauricular fulvous patches,
Metatragus low, simple, triangular. Hairs round naked pygal
patch tipped with fulvous. Under surface pure white, not
sharply defined, the bases of the hair everywhere slaty grey.
Hands and feet white. ‘Tail thinly haired, brown above,
whiter below. .
Skull and dentition closely similar to those of WM. pulcher.
Upper canines unicuspid, but this character seems variable.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 1380 millim. ; tail 1380; hind foot (s. u.) 35;
ear 24,
Skull: greatest length 38; basal length 32:6; greatest
breadth 21-3; length of nasals 13°8; interorbital breadth 5:8 ;
breadth of brain-case 15:2; palate length 19°5; length of
upper tooth-row 18:1.
This species differs from IM. pulcher by its paler colour
and the more diffuse character of its postocular markings *.
* In working out this Wacroscelides the three specimens obtained by
Lord Delamere have been more closely examined. Two of them may
still continue to bear the name pulcher, but the third seems to represent a
new form, which may be called
Macroscelides Delamere, sp. u.
Allied to M. pulcher, but without postocular markings,
Size rather less than in M. pulcher, General colour pale vinaceous
grey, intermediate between M. pulcher and Pease?. Muzzle greyish, the
mesial dark line scarcely perceptible. White orbital rings present, but
no black and white postocular markings, the white rings incomplete be-
hind, but the gap not darkened, nor is there any posterior extension of the
white. Ears as in MW, Pease, but the metatragus rather higher and the
postauricular patches paler and less prominent. Colour of under surface,
of hands, feet, and tail as above described in M. Peasev.
| Skull as in M. Peasez, but smaller throughout. Upper canines bicuspid.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 110 millim.; tail 100; hind foot (s. u.) 29; ear 20.
Skull: basal length 31-3; greatest breadth 20: length of nasals 12;
interorbital breadth 56; breadth of brain-case 15°5; palate length 18°6 ;
length of upper tooth-row 18.
Hub, Athi River, British East Africa, alt. 6000 feet.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 6.21. 4. Collected November 18, 1899,
and presented by Lord Delamere. ‘ Caught on open grass-land. Native
name Enderrone.”
I may also take this opportunity to describe
Maeroscelides Rozeti deserti, subsp. u.
Essential characters, size, proportions of ears and tail, absence of eye-
markings, and other details as in the true M. Rozet’, but the general
colour is a sandy desert colour, something like Ridgway’s “ pinkish buff,’
but with a slightly vinaceous tone in it. Postauricular region and flanks
clear buffy.
On the other hand, an example from Oran, therefore a topotype of
156 Mr. O. Thomas on Abyssinian Mammals.
2. Dendromys Lovati, de Wint.
a. g. Addis Abeba, 8000 feet. January 13, 1901.
Since the first description of this rare and beautiful tree-
mouse, the British Museum has received a perfect specimen
of it in spirit from Capt. Harrington, the British Resident in
Abyssinia.
3. Mus macrolepis, Sund.
a. ¢. Balchi, Abyssinia, 7000 feet. December 27, 1900.
4. Mus albipes, Riipp.
a,b. 6 ?. Lake Zuai. February 6, 1901.
This is the long-tailed species with 3—2=10 mamma, the
preceding one being multimammate, with a comparatively
short tail.
5. Arvicanthis abyssinicus, Riipp.
a,b. ¢ & young. Lake Zuai. February 5,.1901.
6. Lophuromys flavopunctatus, Thos.
a. @. Lake Zuai. February 5, 1901.
7. Leggada minutotdes, Smith.
a. Harar. November 22, 1900.
8. Pectinator Speker, Bly.
a. 6. Lasmahan, Somali, 1500 feet. November 12, 1900.
M. Rozeti, is very near Ridgway’s “ecru drab,” and consequently very
different from the Biskra form. Indeed, the difference is so great that I
should have considered the latter as a separate species, had it not been
for the probability that an intermediate coloration will be found in the
intervening districts.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 97 millim.; tail 118; hind foot 32; ear 28.
Skull: basal length 28°5; greatest breadth 19°5; interorbital breadth
6:2; leneth of upper tooth-row 17°3.
Hab. Near Djebel Bourzel, Biskra.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 97. 6.9.2. Collected March 10, 1897, and
presented by the Rey. A. E. Haton.
Five specimens examined, four obtained by Mr, Haton, the fifth by
Sir Edmund Loder.
On a new Species of Chioritis. 157
AXIT].—Deseription of a new Species of Chioritis from the
Loo-Choo Islands. By G. K. Gupz, F.Z.8.
Chloritis (s. s.) oshimana, sp. n.
Shell narrowly but deeply umbilicated, discoid, dark
corneous brown. Spire flattened, apex sunk below the level
of the spire, suture deep. Whorls 43, convex, increasing
rather rapidly, the last twice as wide as the penultimate,
descending rather deeply in front and suddenly widened
towards the mouth; the embryonal 14 whorls smooth, the
last 3 densely covered with stiff, persistent, golden-brown
hairs disposed in oblique rows at right angles to the lines of
growth; the spaces between the rows densely papillate.
Aperture oblique, obovate. Peristome thickened and shortly
reflected, fuscous ; margins approaching, united by a raised
flexuous ridge; parietal callus densely covered with horizontal
rows of papille ; upper margin ascending shortly at first, then
descending, straight ; outer margin rounded, basal straight ;
columellar straight, forming an obtuse angle with basal,
slightly dilated over the narrow deep umbilicus. Inside the
mouth occurs an elongated swelling just behind the peristome,
and corresponding with it a well-defined pit at the base of the
shell near the junction of the basal and columellar margins.
Diam. maj. 19°5, min. 16 ; alt. 10 mm.
” De Gy LE OR, 2D 5;
” LED gy 8 ph Ce
Hab. Oshima, Loo-Choo Isles. Type in my collection.
(Mr. Hirase, no. 354.)
Chloritis oshimana resembles C. cheratomorpha, Tap., from
New Guinea, but it is smaller and the apex is not so deeply
sunk; the aperture is more oblique and the hairs are longer
and much more sparsely distributed. The smallest specimen
Chloritis oshimana: figs. 1-3, three different views; fig. 4, transverse
section of spire, showing the sunken apex.
is more depressed than the others, and the swelling inside the
aperture with the corresponding pit outside is almost obsolete.
Four specimens were received.
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 12
158 Bibliographical Notice.
This new species extends the range of the genus Chloritis,
no species having hitherto been recorded from this group.
The habitat is recorded by Mr. Hirase as Oshima, prov.
Osumi. The island Oshima, although politically united to
the province of Osumi in Southern Kiusiu, belongs geogra-
phically to the Loo-Choo Islands. The same remarks apply
to the island Kikai, which has recently misled Mr. C. F.
Ancey * to include two Loo-Choo shells—Eulota despecta and
E. connivens—in the Japanese fauna.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Cours de Botanique :—Anatomie ; Physiologie; Classification ; Ap-
plications agricoles, industrielles, médicales ; Morphologre expéri-
mentale; Géographie botanique: Paléontologie: Historique. Par
MM. Gaston Bonnier et Lecrerc pu Santon. Al’usage des Eléves
des Universités, des Ecoles de Médecine et de Pharmacie, et des
Ecoles d’Agriculture. Tome premier, Fascicule I. Paris: Jules
Peelman, 1901. 8vo. Pp. 1-384.
Tuts is the first instalment of a work whose extent may be gauged
by the title above cited. The entire work will extend to about
2500 pages, with more than 3000 figures, mostly drawn from
nature, and to be concluded in the year 1903.
We always open a new French introduction with interest, for
though it seems hard to present a new face to a well-worn theme,
yet we usually find some detail of interest conspicuously brought
into prominence. It is so here, though the particular feature seems
more adapted to the wants of a private student destitute of the help
ot a teacher; yet the use of it may be recommended in the case
even of a student in a well-appointed laboratory under a competent
teacher. The plan indicated is that of giving a résumé at the end of
a chapter or section, which will re-direct the pupil’s attention to
points which must not be overlooked.
After some preliminary generalities the authors proceed to deal
with the Morphology of the Angiosperms, the Stem and Root being
here given, and the consideration of the Flower and Fruit will be
taken up in the succeeding fasciculus. ‘The scheme then is to give
an account of the Angiosperms in general, the Gymnosperms, and
Cryptogams, after which are to come Physiology, Experimental Mor-
phology, Geographic Botany, Paleontology, concluding with a section
on Evolution.
In working out this plan the authors take certain types in each
section and explain their structure, taking care to employ common
plants, so as to permit the student to readily follow the description
with the type before him. ‘Thus, in the Leaf the types selected are
Buttercup, Veronica, Narcissus Tazetta, and Arundo Donax.
We shall be glad to see the continuation of this attractive volume.
* Journ. de Conchyl. xlix. (1901) pp. 141, 142.
Geological Society. 159
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
February 6th, 1901.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
The following communication was read ;—
‘On the Structure and Affinities of the Rhextic Plant Naiadita’
By Miss Igerna B. J. Sollas, B.Sc., Newnham College, Cambridge.
This plant, the remains of which are found in Gloucestershire,
was considered to be a monocotyledon by Buckman, but a moss by
Starkie Gardner. Material supplied by Mr. Seward and Mr. Wickes
has given the Authoress ground for the belief that Naiadita is an
aquatic lycopod, and that it is the earliest recorded example of a
fossil member of the Lycopodiacee, resembling in proportions and
outward morphology the existing representatives of the group.
The specimens described show stems, leaves, and sporangia which
appear to be borne laterally on the stem and to be embraced by the
bases of the leaves. Stomata do not appear to occur, and the
association of leaves of different types leads to the conclusion that
the three described species are in reality but one. The stems
consist mainly of long, thin-walled tubes covered with an epidermis
of long rectangular cells; the leaves, in vertical section, show
only a single layer of complete cells. The absence of stomata
and cortical tissue may be explained, if the plant was submerged
when living; but it is possible that the lower tissues of the leaf are
lost, together with any stomata which may have been present.
May 22nd, 1901.—J. J. H. Teall, Esq., M.A., F.R.S.,
President, in the Chair.
.
Mr. Groner Assorr, in exhibiting some specimens of Cellular
Limestone from the Permian beds at Fulwell, Sunderland,
which he proposed to present to the British Museum (N atural
History), remarked that their interest depended upon the assumption
that they were entirely inorganic. Although showing a remarkable
resemblance to corals, yet no zoologist or geologist had yet claimed
them as organic. If this surmise were correct, the carbonate-of-
lime-molecules—probably when amorphous—must have had some
inherent molecular directive force which produced the
numerous distinct patterns in their structure. These fall into
four distinct classes :—-honeycomh (two kinds), coralloid, and
pseudo-organic, the last-named being remarkable for having
a constant discoidal shape, and therefore those of this class must
have had their external form also controlled by the hypothecated
force. Each class appears to have passed through four stages of
160 Miscellaneous.
‘erowth’ and to have undergone some marvellous rearrangements
of the particles while in the solid condition. So far as he knew,
no one had previously attempted to classify the different patterns,
nor had anyone, except Mr. Wickham King, in his work on
«Permian Fossils, offered any theory as to the formation of this
cellular structure in the Magnesian Limestone.
The following communication was read :—
«Qn the Skull of a Chiru-like Antelope from the Ossiferous
Deposits of Hundes (Tibet).’ By Richard Lydekker, Esq.
Twenty years ago the Author proposed the provisional name of
Pantholops hundesiensis for an extinct species of antelope typified
by an imperfect skull figured in Royle’s ‘Botany ete. of the
Himalaya Mountains, pl. iii, fig. 1. The specimen is in the
Museum of the Geological Society, and an examination has con-
firmed the original determination. The skull, although of rather
smaller dimensions, comes very close to that of the existing chiru
(Pantholops Hodgsont) of Tibet in general form of brain-case, in
she strong ridges marking the upper limits of the temporal fossz,
and in the contour of the occipital surface. The horn-cores have
the same highly elliptical cross-section, and the same general
setting-on and upright direction. The fossil apparently came from
the horizontal deposits of Hundes, and its age is probably not
greater than Upper Pliocene.
MISCELLANEOUS.
On Apus and Branchipus from Armenia. By H. O. Cavarier.
Mr. Frrrx Oswatp recently collected some speeimens of Apus
cancriformis and Branchipus stagnalis in some pools on the Bingol
Dagh, in Armenia, at a height of 10,000 feet ; they are now in the
British Museum, where, through the kindness of Professor F. Jeffrey
Bell, I have had an opportunity of examining them. It is interesting
that the proportion of males is unusually large: of Apus there is
one male and one female, of Branchipus two males and six females.
As Crustacea at sueh heights are rarely discovered, I think it
worthy of record that these are practically identical with the common
European species, though this is only in accordance with the results
of Grube * on Apus from Lake Baikal and of Gaerstaecker ft on
the Siberian Branchipus; but there ave some slight differences
in the appendages. When sufficient material has been collected a
table of the variations of Crustacea at different altitudes may be of
considerable interest.
* Jahyes-Bericht seh], Gesell. 1872, p. 53.
+ Bronn, ‘ Crustacea,’ p. 1062,
Miscellaneous. 161
Voluta Smithi, new Name to replace that of V. uniplicata ( pre-
occupied). By G. B. Sowrrsy, F.L.S.
Since the publication of the description of this remarkable
Japanese species in the Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. v.
(May 1900), Mr. Edgar A. Smith has kindly pointed out to me
that the name I applied to it— Voluta uniplicata—had been used as
far back as 1850 by a member of my family, James de Carl Sowerby,
for a fossil species from the Middle Kocene of Bracklesham Bay. It
is therefore necessary to alter the name of the last published, which
I now propose to call V. Smithi, in honour of the eminent concho-
logist who has so opportunely called my attention to the error,
caused by inadvertance, and enabled me to rectify it.
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages—Part Il. Ferret and Galinier’s *‘ Voyage en
Abyssinie’ ; Lefebure’s ‘Voyage en Abyssinie’; ‘ Exploration scien-
tifique de V Algérie’ ; Castelnaws ‘ Amérique du Sud’; Dumont
@Urville’s * Voyage de UV Astrolabe’ ; Laplace's * Voyage sur la
Favorite’; Jacquemont’s ‘Voyage dans Inde’; Tréhouart’s
‘Commission scientifique d'Islande’ ; Cailliaud, ‘Voyage a Méroé’ 5
‘ Expédition scientifique de Morée’; Fabre, ‘ Commission scien-
tufique du Nord’; Du Petit-Thouars, ‘Voyage de la Venus’ ; and
on the Dates of the ‘ Fuune Francaise. By C. Davizs SHERBORN,
F.Z.8., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e.
‘ Voyage en Abyssinie, dans les Provinces du Tigré, du Samen et de
VAmhara.... par MM. Ferrer et Gatinter.’ [1839-43.]
Vol. III. Descript. géologique &e.
Catal. des Roches, &c. By Riviére.
Plantes. By Raffeneau Delile.
Mammiféres. By F. E. Guérin-Méneville.
Oiseaux. By Guérin-M. & De La Fresnaie.
Entomologie. By Reiche.
The first portion of vol. iii. appeared in 1847; this we consider
to be up to p. &4 (the geology); the plants, mammals, and part of
the birds (up to p. 224) we consider to date from 1848; p. 227
refers to 1847, pp. 229 and 231 refer to Lefebvre’s ‘ Voyage en
Abyssinie,’ p. 110 (=1847), and p. 256 bears a date 1850: it is
therefore reasonable to accept 1850 (not Hagen’s 1849) as the date
of pp. 225-536. See also Wiegm. Arch. 1851, ii. 153. Guérin, in
the ‘‘ Insectes ” of Lefebvre’s ‘ Voy. en Abyss.,’ says on p. 254 that
Reiche’s specific names quoted in this (Guerin’s) work were still in
MS. on 30 Aug. 1846.
162 Miscellaneous.
‘ Voyage en Abyssinie exécuté pendant... . 1839-43 .... par une
Commission scientifique composée, &c.’ (Lefebvre’s).
p ’
Pt. III. Tom. IV. & V. Hist. Nat., Botanique. Par Richard.
Tom. 1V. 16} sheets=pp. i-xi, 1-254. Bibl. Frang. 22. v. 1847; the 1846
of Wiegm. Arch. 1847, ii.296, would
seem to be an error.
3 255-304. Bibl. Franc. 15. i. 1848.
124 305-end. Bibl. Frang. 26. ii. 1848.
Tom. V. Thereisnocluetot.v. Pritzel says 1850, Jackson says 1851. The
1T.P. and wrapper give no date ; the last p. of the wrapper says the work
came out in 12 livraisons of text=6 vols. Perhaps both Pritzel and
Jackson are right, and the first half came out in 1850 and the second in
1851.
Pt. 1V. Tom. VI. Hist. Nat., Zoologie. —
Mammals and Birds, by Des Murs & Prévost; Reptiles and Fishes by
Guichenot ; Insects, by Guérin-Méneville.
Il Il
Tom. vi. was begun in 1847 (‘ Appendice aux Mammiferes, &c.’),
and we consider pp. 1-174 to belong to that date. The ‘ Appen-
dice’ refers to 1848 on the second page, to June 1848 on p. 175* ;
the text to the fishes, pp. 223-228, had not appeared in 1850
(Wiegm. Arch. 1851, i. 76), while that of the reptiles was noticed,
with a doubt about the date, in 1852 (Wiegm. Arch. 1853, 11. 61).
The Entomologie came out in 1849 (Wiegm. Arch. 1850, 11. 149),
Ferret and Galinier, in their Voy. en Abyssinie, Oiseaux, p. 256,
refer to the Oiseaux of this Voyage as 1850. It will be noticed
that ‘Appendice aux Mammiferes, &c.’ (2 pp.), pp. 161*-176*,
177-192, 177*-192*, are all printed in smaller type and crowded
up. This strongly suggests that these pages had been delayed, and
space left for them, which proving insufficient, led to this singular
muddle in the pagination. We regard these pages as 1851. The
summary is therefore :—
Pp. 1-174. 1847.
Appendice, 2 pp. +161*-176*, 177-192, & 177*-182*. 1850.
Pp. 183*-192* & 193-238 [-40]. 1851.
Pp. 241-398, 1849,
‘Exploration scientifique de l’Algérie, pendant... . 1840-42, &c.’
Botaniquz. I. Cryptogamie. By Durieu de Maisonneuve, &c. —
Livr. 1-6, pp. 1-240, 36 pls. 1846. Wiegm. Arch. 1847, ii. 453.
7-17, 241-410. ?1849, Avis de l’éditeur. (On pp. 294 &
336 the year 1847 is quoted.)
18-20, 411-631. 1869. Bibl. Frang. 23 Oct. 1869.
II. Phanérogamie. 330 pp.
Sheets 1-15, pp. 1-120. 1855.
16-380, 121-240. 1856.
3l-end, 24l-end & i-cx. 1868. Bibl. Frang. 25 Jan. 1868.
“ Avis de l’éditeur.—Les Feuilles 1-15, formant la premiére livraison de ce
volume, ont été imprimées d’octobre 1854 a avril 1855.—Les feuilles 16-30,
formant la seconde livraison, ont été imprimées d’ayril 4 octobre 1855,.—Les
feuilles 31 et suivantes, ainsi que celles consacrées a lintroduction, ont été
imprimées de janvier a octobre 1867.”
Miscellaneous. 163
Géonocir. By Renon, 118 pp. 6pls. 1848. Bull. Soe. géol. Fr. [2] vii.
1849, 15.
> Deser. des Coq. foss. By Deshayes (? published).
Zootoain. Hist. Nat. des Mollusques. By Deshayes. xx, 609 pp. Atlas,
160, 4 pp., 155 pls.
Plates 98, 38, '76, 88, 91, 120, 122, 127, 128, 129, 131, 152, 133, 136, 137,
138, 140, and 141 were not published (fide note by bookseller in copy
in Natural History Museum). ‘This portion appears to have been issued
in livraisons, each containing 4 or 5 sheets of text and 6 plates. Its
publication was suspended at the twenty-fifth livraison by the revolution
of February 1848.
No definite clue is as yet obtainable as to the exact dates of issue of these
livraisons or their contents. The following represents the state of our
knowledge :—
Livy. 1. 53 sheets. 1845. Bibl. Fr. 6 Dec. 1845.
Ha ae! Wiegm, Arch. 1847, ii. 372.
10-20. ?
AE 25: 1848. Journ. de Conch. sér. iii. tom. xvi. 1876, 124; Rev.
Mag. Zool. i. 1849, 628.
The articles on Gastrochena (p. 17 et segg.) and on Teredo could not have
appeared till 1846, having been read before the Paris Academy and then
withdrawn in January of that year for the purposes of this work (Compt.
Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, xxii. 301).
Page 281 is post Noy. 1846, since allusion is there made to a paper of that
date (then recently published) by Récluz in Rey. Zool. ix. pp. 424-5.
Zootociz. Hist. Nat. Anim, Articulés. By Lucas. Pts, 1-3; 403, 590, &
527 pp
Livy. 1-18. { pp: eral 1846. Wiegm. Arch. 1847, ii. 70, 118, 196, 202.
[Livr. 1,5 sheets, Bibl. Frang. 28, iii. 1846 ;
5 & 6, 10 sheets, ibid. 15, viii. 1846.]
361-376. 1847. Bibl. Franc. 20 Nov. 1847.
‘La seconde partie. ... il n’a encore paru que 56 feuilles ” (¢. e. to p. 448),
Rev. Zool. 1847 (Nov.), 372; a few spp. came out in 1848, but there is no
record. Wiegm. Arch. 1849, p. 121.
“Schluss des zweiten Bandes und der Dritte.” 1849. Wiegm. Arch. 1850,
ii. 149, 185, & 242.
. The Entom. Soc. France received livraisons 1-12 (in 4to, 1845-1847) in April
1847, livr. 13-18 in Dee. 1847; Lucas told the Society on 13th June,
1847, that he had finished the three volumes. This, however, does not
help us any further.
Hist. Nat. des Reptiles. By Guichenot. Livr. 32. 1850. Wiegm. Arch.
1851, ii. 68.
Hist. Nat. des Poissons. By Guichenot. Livr. 37. 1850. Wiegm. Arch.
1851, ii. 76.
Hist. Nat. des Oiseaux. By Loche. 2vols. 1867. 309&444 pp. 18 pls.
by Vaillant, and 1 bis, 9 bis by Werner.
Hist. Nat. des Mammiféres. By Loche. 1867. 123 pp. Pls. 1-5 by
Vaillant, 6 & 7 by Werner.
The description of the Mammals and Birds was evidently en-
trusted in the first instance to M. le Commandant (afterwards
Général) Jean Levaillant (cited in Loche’s text as “ Levaillant j°"”’),
under whose directions the plates, some of which bore new specific
164 Miscellaneous.
names, were drawn. Some of these plates were issued as early as
1849, being cited in Bonaparte’s ‘Conspectus Avium,’ but no portion
of text by Levaillant ever appeared, the first allusion to the new
species being in V. Loche’s ‘Catalogue des Mammiferes et des
Oiseaux sDSErES en Algérie,’ 1858.
Francis pe Castetnav. ‘ Expédition dans les parties centrales de
PAmérique du Sud, &c.’
ZooLoGiz.
Vols. I. and II. came out in 20 livraisons, the contents of which
are printed in the ‘ Table et classification des matiéres” affixed
to each volume. The dates on which the livraisons were received
by the Académie Francaise were :—
Livr. 1-3. 23 July 1855. Compt. Rend. tom. xli. p. 129.
4-7, 10 Sept. 1855. 3 a p. 447.
8-ll. 3 Dec. 1855. a is p. 1027.
12-14. 17 Dec. 1855. a . p. 1094.
15-18. 30 June, 1856. rs tom. xlii. p. 1275.
19-20. 8 Dec. 1856. i tom. xliii. p. 1133.
Vol. III. Entomologie. By Lucas. 204 pp. 1859.
Myriapodes, &. By Gervais. 44 pp. 1859.
Mollusques, &e. By Hupé. 104 pp. 1857.
Livr. 21-25. 30 Nov. 1857. Compt. Rend. tom. xly. p. 936.
26-28. 7 Mar. 1859. es tom. xlviil. p. 483.
29-30. 10 Oct. 1859. tom. xlix. p. 516.
Livr. 21-24 contained the Mollusques (12 sheets and 30 pls.), Wiegm. Arch.
1858, ii. 493, and appeared in 1857. Myriapodes was published in 1859,
Wiegm. Arch. 1859, ii. 509; Entomologie in 1859, Wiegm. Arch. 1859, ii.
329.
BoraNiqQuz.
Vol. L., livr.1, pp.
By H. A. Weddell.
1-24. 16 July, 1855. Compt. Rend. tom. xli. p. 108.
Be DER. 3 Dee. 1855. - 45 p. 1027.
Sy, 57-136. 30 June, 1856. if tom, xlii. p. 1275.
4-6, 1387-184. 15 Dec. 1856. ih tom. xliii. p. 1134.
7, 185-232. 30 Nov. 1857. a tom. xlyv. p. 936.
Vol. IL, 8, 1-16. 1 Feb. 1858. “3 tom. xlvi. p. 261.
9, 17-72. 7 Mar. 1859. o tom. xlvili. p. 483.
1011, 73-112. 10 Oct. 1859. z tom. xlix. p. 516.
12&138, 113-192. 12 Nov. 1860. a tom. li. p. 733.
14 193-234)
15, 2 272. j 10 Feb. 1862. e tom. liv. p. 288.
16, 273-3816.
From. livr. 1- 13 the date of reception by the Academy may be taken as
correct ; livr. 14 we regard as Apr. 1861, livr. 15 as Oct. 1861, and livr. 16 as
Nov. 1861.
[To be continued. |
THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN
PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.
A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
_ CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
‘prices :— : .
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only
on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.
The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. RE
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. AOE DSS
TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE
OF
NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING __
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
prices :—
The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. Prete: 14
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. phew 3 oi
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. See Ay
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. RPO SE G2.
- Taryzor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
Bh sepa Nt SPE re en ne
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 44.—Seventh Sa
XIV. New Species of Noctuide from Tropical America. By W.
RSCRUANTS, CEL re ea icc tale emg) «eae aes kb sate eli ote) ot asi te he ee eas
XV. Descriptions of Brazilian Coccide. By Apotex Hemret,
S @Paulo, Brazil’ 0. \ ahve erin: Sch, a sa ont oneal tare
XVI. On asmall Collection of Butterflies from the Kikuyu Country
"Page
=f
~I
and Mombasa made by the Rey. K. St. Aubyn Rogers. By ARTHUR |
i 2BoruER, PhDs eis Meda ti |e sccae ane ate Bane trai ee peta eo cee
XVII. On a new Bat from Borneo. By R. Suetrorp, M.A.,
Curator of the Sarawak Museum
eovr ee ep ee ee eet we teh he hh hh hl hl
XVIII. Description of a new Fish of the une Cichhide from
the French Congo. By G: A. Bourenecrr, F.RS. ..
XIX. Descriptions of Three new Genera and Seven new Species
of Hymenoptera from Eastern Asia and Australia. By P. Camzron.
XX. New and little-known Moths from India and Australia. By
Colonel Cuswiniom MA CORES, Ke. sa okra sheer a ey ol reer
XXL. On a Collection of Mammals from the Kanuku Mountains,
British Guiana.” By Onprietp Taomas, FBS...
XXIL. List of small Mammals obtained by Mr, A. E. Pease, M.P.,
during his recent Expedition to Abyssinia, with Descriptions of Three
new Forms of Macroscelides. By Oxprizrtp THomas, F.R.S.
XXII. Description of a new Species of Chloritis from the Loo-
Choo Islands. By G. K. Gupp, F.ZS. 2.6.0.0... eee ee eee
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
ours de Gone aes Physiologie ; Classification ; ; Apph-
cations agricoles, industrielles, médicales ; Morphologie. expeéri-
mentale ; Géographie botanique : Paléontologie : Historique.
Par MM. Gaston Bonnier et Luctrerc pu SaBLoN............ 158
PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES.
Geological Society ........... SSI CNG eh Raunt ea 159, 160
MISCELLANEOUS.
On Apus and Branchipus from Armenia. By H. O. Cavarinr . 160.
Voluta Smithi, new Name to replace that of V. uniplicata (pre-
aceupied).; .By'G, Bu SowBRBY, “PLEAS. Ce Sia nt ee mein
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages. —Part II. Ferret and Galinier’s ‘ Voyage en
Abyssinie’; Lefebvre’s ‘ Voyage en Abyssinie’; ‘ ee
scientifique de l’Algérie’ ; Castelnau’s ‘ Amérique du Sud’; &c.
By C. Davins Suersory, F.Z.8., and B. B, Woopwaxp, FL. 8. &.
123
139
161
ab.
_ %,% Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, eae Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.
SEVENTH SERIES. No, 45.
evo ars ANNALS |
Pou
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.
No. XLV.
SEPT. 1901.
CONDUCTED BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, gun., F.L.S.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY
WITH’ ONE PLATE.
Illustrative of Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory,
St. Andrews.
LONDON:
Sale TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION OOURT, FLEEDP STREET,
‘Sold: by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Oo.: Bailliére,
Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: "Hodges, Figcis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,
puenins
pend
| Now ready, med. Bap: price 8s.
Part I.
THE
FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.
By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE.,
M.A., M.A.I., LED., F.L.8., F.Z.8., dc.
FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR
OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. i
RANUNCULACEAE to RUTACEZ.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of
State for India in Council.
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.
THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.
Published under the authority of the Seeretary of State for India in Couneil.
Edited by W. T. Branrorp.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.
MAMMALIA. |
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S
Bound i in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous oeanne Price £1 each.
FISHES.—2 Vols.
By FRANCIS DAY, 0.L.E., LL.D., &e.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.
BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. IT, 15s.
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.8.
VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.
REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.
By G. A. BOULENGER.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.
MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.
a Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and
numerous woodcuts, Price £1.
HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.
By Lieut.-Col. C. I. BINGHAM, F.Z55.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price 10s.
ARACHNIDA.
By R. I. POCOCK.
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, .C.
OCT A 490]
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
[SEVENTH SERIES, ]
No. 45. SEPTEMBER 1901.
XXIV.—New Species of Syntomide and Arctiade,
By Sir G. F. Hampson, Bart., B.A.
THE following species of Syntomide and Arctiade form a
first supplement to the first three volumes of the ‘Catalogue
of Lepidoptera Phaleenz of the British Museum,’ and the
numbers before the species indicate the position of the species
in the classification adopted in those volumes.
Syntomide.
28a. Ceryx pleurasticta, sp. n.
é. Purple-black ; back of head orange; pectus with lateral
orange spots ; tarsi with the first joint white; abdomen with
dorsal orange patch on first segment and band on fifth, the
intermediate segments with lateral spots. Fore wing with
hyaline spot below the cell near base ; a wedge-shaped patch
in end of cell and another below base of vein 2; a round
spot above base of vein 2 and more elongate spots above veins
3,4, and 6. Hind wing with hyaline patch below middle of
cell and round spot above vein 2.
Hab. Kanara, Siddapah (Davidson), 1 g type. Lap.
24 millim.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 13
166 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
30a. Ceryx Crawshayt, sp. n.
Black ; patagia with orange patches; abdomen with dorsal
orange patch on first segment and subdorsal and lateral band
on fourth segment. Fore wing with hyaline wedge-shaped
patch nearly filling the cell; an elongate patch below the
cell from near base to near termen and elongate spots above
veins 6, 4, and 8. Hind wing hyaline, the veins and margins
black ; the terminal band expanding at apex and dentate
inwards at vein 2.
Hab. Br. H. Arrica, Kikuya, Roroma (Crawshay), 1 @,
2 9 type. Hap. 26 millim.
80a. Syntomis borguensis, sp. n.
3. Black; head, thorax, and abdomen shot with green;
pectus with lateral orange patches; abdomen with dorsal
orange patch at base and bands on third, fourth, and fifth
segments, the ventral surface with segmental lines on first
four segments; wings shot with purple. Fore wing with the
costal area suffused with green; a hyaline white spot in end
of cell, an elliptical spot below base of vein 2, and elongate
spots above veins 3, 4, and 6. Hind wing with hyaline
white spot at base of inner area and a round spot above
vein 2.
Hab. NicErRIA, Borgu, Yelwa Lake (Migeod), 2 3 type.
Exp. 32 millim.
80 b. Syntomis madurensis, sp. n.
¢. Antenne with long branches; black-brown ; frons and
patagia with orange patches ; hind tibia with orange streak ;
tarsi with the first joint orange; abdomen with orange bands
on first and fifth segments and small spots on terminal
segment. Fore wing with quadrate hyaline spots below base
and in end of cell; an oblique spot below vein 2; spots
above veins 3 and 4 and a smaller spot above 6. Hind wing
with orange medial band from cell to inner margin.
Hab. S. Inp1a, Madura, Ammanayanahramir (Campbell)
4 $type. Hap. 22 millim.
b)
96a, Syntomis melaproctis, sp. n.
g. Black; antennz white at tips; frons, a ring round
neck, tegule, and a spot on metathorax orange-yellow ;
pectus with lateral crange spots ; abdomen with basal orange
patch on dorsum, followed by six bands, the anal segment
wholly black. Fore wing with wedge-shaped orange-yellow
Species of Syntomide and Arctiad. 167
patches below base and in end of cell; a triangular patch
below base of vein 2 and elongate spots above veins 3, 4, 6.
Hind wing with orange basal patch in cell and on inner area
widely separated from a small spot above vein 2.
Hab. PHILIPPINES, Samboangan (J. J. Walker), 2 3g
type. Hap. 26 millim.
96 b. Syntomis Clementst, sp. n.
Black; frons, back of head, tegule, patagia, and a patch
on metathorax deep fulvous orange; patches on pectus and
stripes on fore cox and fore and mid femora orange; abdo-
men with seven orange bands in male and six in female and
the extremity orange. Fore wing with subquadrate fulvous-
orange spots below base and in end of cell; a wedge-shaped
spot below vein 2 usually with a small spot above 2, elongate
spots above veins 7 and 6, the former sometimes absent, often
a small spot above 5 and shorter spots above veius 4 and 3.
Hind wing with basal fulvous-orange patch in cell and on
inner area conjoined to spots above veins 2 and 3.
Hab. W. AustRALiA, Sherlock River (Dr. #. Clements),
2 3,4 2 type. Hp. 32-38 millim.
96 c. Syntomis attenuata, sp. n.
6. Black-brown; head, tegule, extremity of patagia, a
spot on metathorax, and lateral spots on pectus orange-yellow ;
abdomen with seven orange bands, the anal segment with
dorsal orange spot. Fore wing with wedge-shaped orange
spots below base and in end of cell; an oblique wedge-shaped
spot below vein 2 and small spot above 2; elongate spots
above veins 3,4, and 6 and sometimesa slight streak above 6.
Hind wing with large orange basal patch conjoined to con-
fluent spots above veins 2 and 3.
?. Abdomen with six bands and the anal tuft orange.
Hab. N. Austratia, 8. Heywood Island, 1 ¢ type;
Bathurst Island, 6 g, 1 2 ; Queen’s Island, 1 9 (/. J.
Walker). Hap. 26 millim.
llla. Syntomis consimilis, sp. n.
Black, shot with metallic blue-green; antenne white at
tips ; neck cupreous red at sides; pectus with cupreous lateral
patches ; fore coxee white in front; abdomen with cupreous
dorsal patch at base, conjoined lateral spots on first five
segments and usually obsolescent dorsal bands on fourth and
fifth segments. Fore wing with rounded or quadrate hyaline
13*
168 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
spot below cell near base; a patch in end of cell; an oblique
patch below vein 2; elongate spots above veins 6, 4, and 3,
and sometimes a small spot above vein 5. Hind wing with
hyaline patch in and below cell and a patch beyond the cell
between veins 2 and 5.
Hab. Br. BE. AFrica, Nairobi (Betton), 1 ¢ ; Kikuyu,
Roromo, 1 g, Fort Smith (Crawshay), 1 g, 1 2 type.
Exp. 24 millim.
112 a. Syniomis cuprizonata, sp. n.
@. Black, shot with metallic blue; neck with cupreous-red
ring; pectus with cupreous lateral patches; abdomen with
cupreous dorsal patch at base, bands on fourth, fifth, and sixth
seements except on ventral surface, and lateral spots and a
few scales on dorsal area on second and third segments.
Fore wing with antemedial quadrate hyaline patch below the
cell; a patch in end of cell; an oblique patch below base of
vein 2; elongate spots above veins 6, 4, and 3, and a small
spot above 5. Hind wing with elongate spot in cell, a patch
below the cell, and a patch beyond it above veins 2 and 3.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Roromo, Kikuyu (Crawshay), 1 9
type. Hap. 24 millim.
164 a. Syntomis chloroscia, sp. n.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, tinged with golden
green; frons, tegule, upper edge of patagia, patches on
pectus, coxa, and femora above pale yellow ; abdomen with
dorsal patch on first segment, lateral band on second and
complete bands on third, fourth, and fifth segments pale
ellow. Fore wing blue-black, the costa and inner margin
tinged with golden green; some yellow at base of inner
margin ; wedge-shaped hyaline spots below base and in end
of cell; an elongate spot below vein 2, dilated at basal end
and extending to near termen; a streak above vein 6 and
short streak above 7; elongate spots above veins 3 and 5.
Hind wing with hyaline patch in and below cell, extending
to near tornus and tinged with yellow at base and on inner
margin; a patch beyond the cell between veins 2 and 5.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Athi-ya-Mawe (Betton), 1 2 type.
Exp. 30 millim.
175 a. Syntomis congener, sp. n.
9. Blue-black ; antenne white at tips; tegule, except at
middle and sides of neck, orange; pectus with lateral orange
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. 169
patches ; abdomen with dorsal orange patch on first segment,
lateral spots on first four segments and band on fifth segment
except on ventral surface. Fore wing with rounded hyaline
spot below the cell near base; a quadrate spot in end of cell ;
an oblique spot below base of vein 2; elongate spots above
veins 6, 4, and 3. Hind wing with hyaline patch below the
cell and round spot between veins 2 and 3.
Hab. Br. EH. Arrica, Kikuyu, Ruarka River, 5500 feet
(Crawshay),1 9 type. Exp. 36 millim.
Sect. I—Antenne of male with long branches,
255 a. Tritonacha erubescens, sp. n.
&d. Head and thorax brown; third joint of palpi, basal
joint of antenne, streaks on femora and tibiz, and the tarsi
crimson (abdomen wanting). Fore wing with a slight
crimson tinge; the costa pale rufous from middle to near
apex ; a round hyaline spot in end of cell; a small spot
below base of vein 2, followed by a large round spot ; a post-
medial series of four spots between veins 7 and 3, with the
two lower displaced towards termen. Hind wing pale dull
crimson ; a hyaline spot above base of vein 3, with a small
spot above vein 4 and brownish suffusion beyond them.
Hab. Br. K. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton), 1 ¢
type. Exp. 36 millim.
289 a. Metarctia flavivena, sp. n.
$. Head, thorax, and abdomen crimson ; antenna, tegule
except edges, patagia, stripes on thorax, and the greater part
of legs black; abdomen with slight segmental black lines,
one on terminal segment more prominent, the ventral surface
yellow, with black bands. Fore wing fuscous black, the
veins, costa, inner margin, and cilia yellow. Hind wing
yellow, with fuscous fascia on costal area ; some crimson hair
at base of inner margin.
?. Abdomen with the black bands rather more prominent ;
hind wing with the interspaces of costal half suffused with
black.
Hab, Br. E. Arrica, Machakos (Crawshay), 1 g,1 9
type; MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Marshall). Hap., S 42,
2 46 millim.
289 b. Metarctia fusca, sp. n.
¢. Dark smoky brown; antenne with the shaft fulvous
above towards base and at tips. Fore wing with pale
170 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
ochreous points below base of vein 2 and above veins 4 and 5.
_ Hind wing somewhat paler.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Kikuyu, Roromo (Crawshay),1 3
type. Exp. 36 millim.
290.a. Metarctia sarcosoma, sp. n.
$. Head, thorax, and abdomen flesh-pink ; palpi, antenne,
a patch on thorax, tibie, and tarsi brown; abdomen with the
ventral surface fulvous yellow, with fuscous bands. Fore
wing fuscous brown, the inner margin and cilia ochreous.
Hind wing ochreous.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Machakos (Crawshay), 1 g type.
Exp, 44 millim.
292a. Metarctia fulvia, sp. n.
gS. Uniform fulvous yellow ; palpi, sides of frons, and fore
cox and femora above tinged with fuscous. Fore wing with
traces of discoidal spot; the interspaces bélow vein 5, and
hind wing somewhat paler.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Athi-ya-Mawe (Betton), 3 6 type.
Exp. 36-40 millim.
292 6. Metarctia pallida, sp. n.
&d. Head and tegule brownish yellow ; palpi and lower
part of frons dark brown; thorax brown; abdomen and
greater part of pectus and legs ochreous. Fore wing grey-
brown, with slight yellowish-brown streaks on costal and inner
areas. Hind wing pale ochreous.
Hab. Br. BE. A¥Frica, Kikuyu, Roromo, 1 g, Nairobi,
1 & (Crawshay), type. Exp. 32-34 millim.
*307 a. Pseudosphex rubripalpus, sp. n.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen greenish black ; first and
second joints of palpi and fore coxz brown-red; tarsi with
the basal joint whitish; abdomen with oblique lateral white
streaks on first segment, which is white below, the ventral
valve edged with white. Fore wing black-brown ; a short
hyaline streak below base of cell; the area below the cell and
vein 5 shot with brilliant purple-blue from before middle to
termen. Hind wing black-brown, with short hyaline streaks
below base of cell ; the terminal half shot with purple-blue.
Hab. BRAZIL, Santos, 8S. Benitos (Burchall), typet g¢ in
Mus. Oxon. Exp. 44 millim. Mea
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. £7
379 6. Sarosa connotata, sp. n.
?. Head black, the frons and vertex with brilliant blue
patches, base of frons and tips of antenne white; thorax
orange, the tegule black, with blue patches; outer side of
patagia and mesothorax striped with black, metathorax with
black patch; fore legs black, the tarsi orange below; mid
legs black, the femora above and tarsi below orange; hind
legs orange, the femora striped below with black ; abdomen
black, with dorsal and lateral series of blue spots, the base
orange, second to fifth segments with subdorsal orange spots
and the third and fourth with lateral spots. Wings hyaline,
the veins and margins black, some orange on black patches at
base: fore wing with black discoidal lunule conjoined to the
black costal area; the terminal band expanding very widely
on apical area and angled inwards at vein 2: hind wing with
the terminal band expanding at apex and tornus.
Hab. Peru, R. Linimbare, St. Domingo, 4200 feet (Sz-
mons), 1 2 type. zp. 56 millim.
382 a. Sarosa lutibasis, sp. n.
6. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep black ; frons, vertex
of head, tegule, pectus behind, femora, and tibize with
brilliant blue spots; hind coxa yellowish white; abdomen
with yellowish-white basal patch on first segment, followed
by a slender segmental line; a subdorsal series of brilliant
blue spots; sublateral yellowish spots on second segment,
_ followed by two blue spots. Wings yellowish hyaline, the
veins and margins rather broadly black. Fore wing with
brilliant blue spot at base; an orange streak below costa,
extending to near apex; a short orange streak above vein 1,
and one below it extending to middle; the terminal band
expanding widely on apical area and dentate on vein 2.
Hind wing with the terminal band expanding into a large
patch with dentate inner edge at tornus.
Hab. Panama, La Chorrera (Dolby-Tylor), 1 g type.
Exp. 36 millim.
732 a. Chrysocale corax, sp. n.
9. Head, thorax, and abdomen deep black, clothed with
velvety pile ; frons and vertex of head slightly tinged with
blue; abdomen suffused with deep green on sides and ventral
surface. Wings deep metallic blue-green. |
Hab. Preru, Vilcanota (Garlepp), 1 2 type. Hap. 54
millim.
172 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
800 a. Hypocladia restricta, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax black-brown; antenne white at
tips; vertex of head and shoulders with pairs of crimson
patches ; coxee and stripes on legs white; abdomen black,
with lateral crimson patch on first two segments; the ventral
surface white to near extremity. Fore wing black-brown,
with a purplish tinge; slight semihyaline streaks in and
below middle of cell, and short streaks beyond the cell
between veins 3 and 7, those between veins 3 and 5 longer.
Hind wing black, with semihyaline streaks in and below
cell and between bases of veins 2 to 6.
Hab. Panama, La Chorrera (Dolby-Tylor), 1 g type.
Hap. 30 millim.
#882 a. Ceramidia chalco-viridis, sp. n.
g. Black; palpi with white spots at base; neck with
crimson spots; head, thorax, and abdomen suffused with
brown-green, the last with sublateral white fascia except on
terminal segments. Hind wing black-brown, the costal area
ale.
: Hab. Brazit, Minas Geraes (Birchall), typet in Mus.
Oxon. ap. 42 millim.
899 a. Napata atricincta, sp. n.
g. Orange; palpi mostly black; antenne black; legs
black, streaked with white; abdomen with the terminal
segment and lateral stripes widening towards extremity
black, the ventral surface white. Fore wing with black
streaks on costa and inner margin, the latter not reaching
base; a greyish-black terminal band, widening towards
costa, with minutely waved inner edge and with slight white
streaks on veins 2 to 8. Hind wing with the cilia black,
expanding rather irregularly onto termen towards tornus.
Hab. Brazit, Bahia, 1 ¢ type. Hp. 32 millim.
912a. Napata albimaculata, sp. n.
9. Black; palpi white at base; antenne white towards
tips; back of head with two white spots; some crimson
behind the eyes; pectus and cox with white patches ;
abdomen with subdorsal white patches on first segment and
crimson patches on fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventh segments,
the ventral surface with white patches on third and fourth
segments. Fore wing with white spot beyond the cell.
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. 173
Hind wing with white patch below the cell, in end, and just
beyond the cell.
Hab. PANAMA, Cana Mines (7ylecote), 1 9 type. Hep.
42 millim.
917 a. Napata sanguicincta, sp. n.
Dull black; palpi except at tips, neck, and back of head
crimson ; frons, tegule, thorax, and legs with some metallic
blue; abdomen brilliant blue. Fore wing with the cilia
white at apex. Hind wing shot with blue; a broad terminal
crimson band, with waved inner edge, expanding below
vein 3.
Hab. Prru, Vilcanota (Garlepp), 1 2 type. Hep.
32 millim.
917 6. Napata flaviceps, sp. n.
?. Black, shot brilliant blue; palpi in front and frons
white; vertex of head, gulz, and spots on shoulders bright
orange; patagia edged with white; pectus and the greater
part of legs white; abdomen with dorsal and lateral white
lines and broad ventral stripe. Fore wing with fine white
streak on subcostal nervure from base to middle; a fascia
from base below the cell, widening to its extremity beyond
vein 2; an oblique band beyond the cell between veins 3 and
7 with rounded ends. Hind wing brilliant blue, with hyaline
fascia in and beyond cell to just beyond its extremity; the
inner margin white.
Hab. PANAMA, La Chorrera (Dolby-Tylor), 2 3 type.
Ep. 42 millim.
1005 a. Corcura interposita, sp. n.
g. Fore wing with vein 5 not anastomosing with vein 6,
but with brands above and below it.
Black, shot with blue; palpi orange at base; frons bluish
white ; neck with orange ring; patagia and thorax streaked
with white; pectus orange in front; legs striped with white ;
abdomen with diffused white stripe. Fore wing with whitish
streak in submedian fold ; an oblique white band beyond the
cell between veins 7 and 2, attenuate below. Hind wing shot
with brilliant metallic blue; the cilia white at tips.
Hab. VENEZUELA, Porto Cabello (Hahnel), 1 @ type.
Exp, 40 millim.
1018 a. Uraga rubricollis, sp. n.
9. Fore wing with vein 7 from § before 9.
Fuscous black ; palpiscarlet at base; frons white at sides;
174 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
neck with scarlet ring; coxe whitish; abdomen dorsally
slightly suffused with blue, the ventral surface with diffused
whitish fascia. Fore wing with oblique white band from
subcostal nervure across end of cell to just below vein 2.
Hind wing shot with metallic blue.
Hab. CoLomBIA, 1 2 type. xp. 40 millim.
1033 a. Micraga ochrea, sp. n.
Fore wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell.
Brownish ochreous; neck orange; anal tuft yellow. Fore
wing with the veins streaked with fuscous; dark points in
middle of cell and on discocellulars, connected by a slight
streak in discal fold; an oblique diffused line from lower
angle of cell to inner margin; an obliquely curved diffused
postmedial line, with dark streaks in the interspaces beyond
it. Hind wing whitish, thinly scaled, the terminal area
suffused with fuscous brown.
Hab. Brazit, Rio Grande do Sul, 1 g,1 9 type. Hap.
30 millim.
*1061a. Delphyre aclytiordes, sp. n.
?. Black-brown; palpi yellow at base; frons with yellow
band above it; fore coxe yellow at sides; abdomen with
metallic-blue bands on terminal segments, the ventral surface
with yellow bands. Fore wing with the veins pale-streaked ;
a postmedial orange spot on costa, with an oblique yellowish
band from it to termen above tornus.
Hab, CAYENNE, typet ¢% in Mus. Oxon. ap. 36 millim.
*1061 6. Delphyre varians, sp. n.
?. Black-brown; abdomen with the terminal segments
silvery blue and lateral and sublateral series of spots. Fore
wing with oblique postmedial orange band from just below
costa to vein 8, attenuate below. Hind wing semihyaline at
base.
Ab. 1.—Fore wing with the band reduced to a small spot
at upper angle of cell.
Hab. AMAZzONS, typet 2? in Mus. Oxon. Exp. 40 millim.
*1064a. Delphyre flaviventralis, sp. n.
@. Fuscous brown; palpi with the first joint orange; back
of head with two orange spots ; abdomen with orange ventral
stripe not reaching extremity. Fore wing with oblique
whitish band across end of cell from subcostal nervure to
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. 175
submedian fold; an oblique postmedial band from vein 7 to
3. Hind wing black, with hyaline in, below, and beyond
cell.
Hab. VENEZUELA, typet 2? in Mus. Oxon. ap.
34 millim.
1149 a. Scepsis discopuncta, sp. n.
9. Pale ochreous, irrorated with black-brown ; vertex of
head with black streak; neck with orange ring ; outer edge
of patagia and vertex of thorax with blackish streaks ; abdo-
men dorsally blackish, except at extremity. Fore wing with
black streak in base of cell; an oblique antemedial striga
above vein 1, continued as a slight streak above submedian
fold ; a point in middle of cell, with slight streak from it to
discocellulars above discal fold; points in angles of cell, a
point beyond upper angle, and three beyond lower angle ;
obscure postmedial and subterminal series of points con-
joined into streaks towards apex. Hind wing semihyaline,
the terminal area tinged with brown from apex to vein 1,
Hab. Boutvia, Chaco (Garlepp), 1 9 type. Eup.
48 millim.
11496. Scepsis subhyalina, sp. n.
3. Pale ochreous; head white; frons and vertex with
black spots; palpi and antenne ochreous and fuscous; meta-
thorax with black spot; abdomen with lateral series of black
points. Wings semibyaline: fore wing with very obscure
diffused fuscous medial and subterminal lines; hind wing
nearly white.
Hab. Bouivta, Tanampaya (Garlepp), 1 3 type. Hap.
40 millim.
1153 a. Lycomorpha Drucet, sp. n.
@. Deep black. Fore wing with crimson patch from base
to well beyond middle, extending from just below costa down
to vein 1. Hind wing with crimson fascia on basal half of
costa.
Hab. Mexico, Durango (Becker), 1 ¢ type. Kap. 28
millim.
1157 a. Ctenucha albipars, sp. n.
g. Dull black; frons, vertex of head, and metathorax
with patches of brilliant blue; abdomen dorsally shot with
blue, a white patch at base of ventral surface. Fore wing
with medial orange-yellow band, sometimes not quite reaching
costa or inner margin. Hind wing white, the terminal third
176 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
black, expanding somewhat towards costa. Underside of
hind wing with bluish-fuscous patch on costa near base,
followed by a yellow patch.
The two specimens examined have some grey on terminal
band of hind wing, expanding into a large patch before tornus
on upperside, at tornus on underside, and narrowing to a point
at vein4; this, however, does not absolutely agree in the two
specimens or on both sides of the same specimen, and may be
a stain.
Hab. Boxrvia, San Jacinto, Locotal (Garlepp), 1 S type.
Exp. 32 millim.
1179 a. -Philoros obscurata, sp. n.
9. Pale ochreous, irrorated with brown; abdomen dorsally
brown. Fore wing with black point in lower angle of cell ;
an obscure diffused brown band, very acutely angled beyond
lower angle of cell and oblique towards costa and inner
margin; an oblique inwardly diffused brown patch from costa
before apex. Hind wing semihyaline towards base.
Hab, CotomsiA, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 millim.
1179 6. Philoros perirrorata, sp. n.
9. Ochreous, thickly irrorated with black; abdomen
dorsally suffused with black except at extremity. Fore wing
very thickly and evenly speckled with brown. Hind wing
semihyaline except towards termen; the terminal area
ochreous, irrorated and clouded with fuscous.
Hab. Pouiyta, Chaco (Garlepp), 1 9 type. Hap. 46
millim.
Arctiade.
Noxri2.
21a. Celama flaviciliata, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax grey, mixed with brown; the genital
tufts ochreous. Fore wing whitish, irrorated with brown and
tinged with brown, especially towards termen; traces of an
antemedial line oblique from median nervure to inner margin ;
a tuft of blackish scales in middle of cell; the postmedial
line represented by black points on veins 7 to 3, then bent
inwards to below end of cell, and diffused ; traces of an irre-
gular subterminal line ; some brown marks on termen; cilia
dark at base. Hind wing brown, the cilia yellow.
Hab. S. Leone (W. G. Clements), 2 3 type. Hap, 14
millim,
Species of Syntomide and Arctiada. Le
17 a. Celama enphea, sp. D.
¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey, irrorated with brown.
Fore wing grey-brown, thickly irrorated with brown and
black ; faint traces of an oblique antemedial line from costa to
submedian fold; the tufts of scales at middle and end of cell
fuscous; the postmedial line black, minutely dentate, in-
curved below vein 3; a fine dark terminal line. Hind wing
grey-brown, with fine dark terminal line.
Hab. W. Cuina, Moupin (Kricheldorf’),1 g type. Haxp.
20 millim.
39a. Celama socotrensis, sp. n.
Brownish white, irrorated with brown; palpi blackish at
sides; tarsi banded with black. Fore wing with distinct
blackish antemedial line, angled inwards to costa and with a
dark mark before it in submedian interspaces; the tufts small
and dark, the tuft in cell confluent with the antemedial line;
the postmedial line acutely angled outwards below costa, less
acutely at veins 4 and 1, and angled inwards at discal and
submedian folds, a less distinct line parallel to its inner side ;
the subterminal line angled outwards at vein 6 and excurved
at middle. Hind wing whitish, tinged with fuscous brown.
Hab, Soxorra, Jena-agahan, 1 ¢ type; Adho Dimellus,
3 2 ; Hadibu plain, 1 9 (Grant). Exp. 14-16 millim.
Distinct from C. pumilla.
43 a. Celama cretacea, sp. n,
@. White, tinged with reddish brown; palpi rufous at
sides ; tarsi banded with rufous. Fore wing with the costal
edge towards base and some spots on costa rufous ; the tufts
of scales rufous ; a fine dark antemedial line, angled outwards
to the tuft in middle of cell, then sinuous; the postmedial
line punctiform, bent outwards below costa, acutely angled
outwards at vein 4, then strongly incurved ; an indistinct
irregular subterminal line, angled outwards at vein 6 and
excurved at middle. Hind wing white, slightly tinged with
brown towards termen.
Hab, BomBAy,4 2 type. Hap. 14 millim.
46 a. Celama melaleuca, sp. n.
9. Silvery white; palpi black at base; legs streaked with
black. Fore wing with prominent black antemedial line,
slightly waved and angled outwards on subcostal and median
nervures ; an elliptical black medial patch on costa, with a
178 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
dentate blackish line from near its lower extremity, excurved
to vein 4, then oblique, dentate and partly confluent with
the postmedial line, which is prominent, black, minutely
dentate, excurved from costa to vein 4, then incurved; an
irregularly dentate subterminal line, bent inwards to costa, on
which there is a black spot beyond it; a terminal series of
rather diffused black spots. Hind wing fuscous, with in-
distinct discoidal spot.
Hab. Br. K. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton), 1 2
type. Hap. 26 millim.
65 a. Nola transecta, sp. n.
White, with a yellowish tinge; palpi black; head and
tegule strongly irrorated with black. Fore wing with the
costal and apical areas strongly suffused with red-brown and
irrorated with black, the black irroration running obliquely
across lower edge of apical area to middle of termen; traces
of an antemedial line angled below cell; the postmedial line
represented by black points on veins 6, 7; traces of a
sinuous grey subterminal line on the dark area; cilia red-
brown. Hind wing fuscous brown, much darker in one
female; a discoidal point, distinct on underside.
Hab. 8. Lone (W. G. Clements), 2 $,2 2 type. Exp.
18 millim.
99a. Pecilonola chionobasis, sp. n.
g. Palpi and frons black; vertex of head and thorax pure
white, the antenne towards tips and a patch on metathorax
fuscous; pectus, legs, and abdomen tinged with fuscous, tarsi
ringed with white. Fore wing pure white ; a large triangular
black patch on middle of costa, with a few silvery scales on
it, its apex extending to median nervure, its outer edge
strongly indented; the terminal area fuscous black, its inner
edge waved and angled inwards to cell at vein 3; an irregular
subterminal series of black marks. Hind wing with the
basal half white, the terminal half fuscous.
Hab. Kancra VALLEY, 4500 feet (Dudgeon), 1 ¢ type.
Exp. 14 millim.
100 a. Pecilonola ochritincta, sp. n.
6. Head, thorax, and abdomen white; palpi, antenne,
and legs fuscous. Fore wing with the basal area white,
tinged with ochreous, its outer edge oblique from costa before
middle to tornus; short dark streaks on and below vein 1
just beyond middle ; the apical half greyish fuscous, with a
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. 179
diffused whitish patch extending from apex to discocellulars ;
some minute white specks on apical half of costa; an obscure
irregularly trisinuate subterminal whitish line, with some
rufous on its inner side and a tuft of black scales below
vein 8. Hind wing white, tinged with fuscous.
Hab. Cryton, Haputale (Mackwood), 1 g type. Hap.
16 millim.
LirHostani.
166 a. Pelosia albicostata, sp. n.
é. Grey-brown or fuscous brown; vertex of head, legs,
extremity and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white.
Fore wing with narrow ochreous-white costal fascia; cilia of
both wings ochreous white.
Hab. Japan (Pryer), 2 3 type. Hxp. 20-26 millim.
231 a. Phryganopsis flavicosta, sp. n.
?. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange; fore tibie at
extremity and tarsi above tinged with fuscous; metathorax
whitish. Fore wing dull yellowish white, with narrow
yellow costal fascia; the termen and cilia tinged with orange.
Hind wing pale yellow.
Hab. 8. LEONE (Austen), 1 2 type. ap. 30 millim.
232 a. Phryganopsis straminea, sp. n.
?. Straw-yellow ; abdomen brownish grey, with the anal
tuft ochreous. ore wing slightly irrorated with brown.
Hind wing pale yellow.
Hab. Br. KE. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton),
1 ? type. Hap. 24 millim.
2326. Phryganopsis ochreata, sp. n.
¢. Head and thorax ochreous ; abdomen grey, the extre-
mity orange. Fore wing brownish ochreous, the costa and
termen tinged with orange. Hind wing grey-brown.
Hab, NYASALAND, Chiromo (De Jersey), 1 2 type. Eup.
20 millim.
251 a. Macrosia chalybeata, sp. n.
2. Head and tegule at base orange; thorax blue-grey,
with orange patch on metathorax ; pectus and legs orange,
the mid and hind femora above fuscous; abdomen orange,
180 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
dorsally greyish towards base. Fore wing steely blue-grey,
the costa and cilia orange. Hind wing orange.
Ab. 1.—Fore wing with the termen yellow. Salisbury.
Hab. Br. EK. Arrica, Eb Urru (Betton), 3 2 type;
MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Marshall),1 2. Hep. 42 millim.
251 6. Macrosia polioplaga, sp. n.
6. Fore wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell, 7, 8,
9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell.
Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown. Fore wing bright
red-brown ; a grey triangular patch from cell before middle
to discocellulars, where it extends from upper angle of cell to
vein 1, a fuscous point on its lower edge near its base just
below median nervure, and a discoidal lunule. Hind wing
very ample, yellowish brown, the disk rather redder brown,
and with some long hairs on upperside in the cell.
Hab. Br. KE. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton),
1 go type. Hap. 44 millim.
252 a. Ctenosia albiceps, sp. n.
9. Fore wing with vein 10 from before 7.
Deep red-brown ; upper part of frons and vertex of head
pure white ; fore legs with the extremity of tibia and rings on
first two tarsal joints white; mid tibiz and first two tarsal
joints white; anal tuft whitish. Fore wing with erect white
antemedial line ; a postmedial white line, slightly angled at
vein 6 and oblique towards costa. Hind wing bright rufous.
Hab. Batian, Mt. Sibela, 3000 feet (Doherty), 1 2 type.
Exp. 20 millim.
289 a. Ilema punctilineata, sp. n.
Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen pale ochreous,
the extremity and ventral surface tinged with rufous. Fore
wing red-brown; the basal and terminal areas with darker
irroration ; an indistinct dark medial line, slightly angled at
discocellulars, then oblique, and with black points on it in end
of cell and submedian fold. Hind wing pale ochreous yellow.
Ab. 1.—F ore wing with the black points obsolete.
Fore wing with vein 6 shortly stalked with 7, 8, 9, or
from cell; 11 anastomosing with 12.
Hab. Br. E. Arrica, Masailand, H. Quaso (Betton), 3 9;
Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton), 2 §, 3 2 type. Hap. 38—
40 millim.
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. 181
291a. L[lema peperita, sp. n.
?. Head and thorax grey, tinged with brown and irrorated
with black; abdomen brownish grey. Fore wing brownish
grey, strongly irrorated with black; a very indistinct post-
medial line, excurved from below costa to vein 6, then very
oblique, and with a black point on it in submedian fold and
obscure spot on inner margin. Hind wing brownish white
slightly irrorated with fuscous.
Fore wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell; 7, 8, 9
stalked; 11 anastomosing with 12.
Hab. Br. HE. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton), 1 3
type; Nakuro,1 ¢. Hzwp. 34 millim.
304 a. Llema distigmata, sp. n.
?. Ochreous yellow; fore legs with the extremity of
femora and the tibize above fuscous. Fore wing with black
spot in end of cell, and another rather nearer base in sub-
median fold. Hind wing paler.
The W.-African specimen is shorter-winged than the one
from E. Africa.
Fore wing with vein 6 shortly stalked with 7, 8, 9; 11
anastomosing with 12.
Hab, OLD CALABAR (Sampson), 1 ? type; Br. HE. AFRICA,
Kikuyu, Nairobi Plains (Betton), 1 2. Hap. 32-38 millim.
310 a. Llema creatoplaga, sp. n.
6. Head and thorax red-brown; palpi, frons, and tibie
tinged with fuscous; abdomen grey, the hair on sides and
the anal tufts fulvous. Fore wing red-brown, tinged with
fuscous except on inner area and a postmedial patch on costal
area; a pale yellow-brown oblong patch occupying the
terminal half of cell and extending to submedian fold. Hind
wing pale brownish ochreous.
Fore wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell; 7, 8, 9
stalked; 11 slightly anastomosing with 12.
Hab. Br. K. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton),1 3
type. Exp. 38 millim.
322 a. Ilema sanguicosta, sp. n.
3. Head and tegule scarlet; palpi with the third joint
fuscous; antenne ochreous, black at extremity; thorax
brown, with scarlet patch on metathorax ; legs scarlet, with
brown stripes above and the tarsi brown; abdomen brown,
with the last two segments and ventral surface orange. Fore
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 14
182 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
wing fuscous brown; the costal edge scarlet, with a yellowish
fascia below it, expanding on apical area; cilia yellow.
Hind wing pale yellow, the costal half fuscous brown, leaving
the termen yellow.
?. Abdomen pale brownish instead of fuscous brown.
Hind wing wholly yellow. Fore wing with vein 6 from
angle of cell; 9 from 10 anastomosing with 8 to form the
areole; 11 anastomosing with 12.
Hab. Br. KH. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton),
2 & type; MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Marshall), 1 @.
Ezp., & 46, 2 36 millim.
340 a. L[lema pheocraspis, sp. n.
9. Head and thorax pure white; palpi, .frons, and an-
tenne brown, tinged with fuscous; pectus and legs pale
brown, the latter tinged with fuscous above; ablomen pale
reddish brown. Fore wing pure white; the costal edge pale
reddish brown, black towards base. Hind wing brownish
yellow. Underside tinged with brown, some yellow-brown’
on costal area of both wings.
Fore wing with vein 6 from below angle of e2ll; 7, 8, 9
stalked; 11 anastomosing with 12.
Hab. Br. KE. Arrica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton), 4 2
type; Masailand, Quaso,1 2. Hzxp. 34-38 millim.
346 a. Ilema leia, sp. n.
3. Pale grey-brown; abdomen yellowish at extremity.
Hind wing whitish, the costal area pale grey-brown.
Fore wing with vein 6 from below angle of cell; 7, 8, 9
stalked ; 11 anastomosing with 12.
Hab. Br. EK. Arica, Uganda Ry., mile 478 (Betton), 1 g
type. Hap. 24 millim.
441 a. Agylla holochrea, sp. n.
Pale ochreous yellow; palpi at tips, antennze, stripes on
femora, the tibize and tarsi fuscous. Underside of fore wing
suffused with fuscous except marginal areas.
Hab, W. Cutna, Chang Yang (Pratt), 1 g, 2 2 type.
Exp., & 42, 2 48 millim.
441, Agylla complanodes, sp. n.
?. Head and tegule orange-yellow ; thorax grey ; pectus,
legs, and abdomen orange-yellow. Fore wing grey, with
Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. 183
narrow orange-yellow fascizs on costa and inner margin.
Hind wing orange-yellow.
flab. Br. C. Arrica, L. Nyasa (De Jersey), 1 9 type.
Hep. 82 millim.
542 a. Stictane junctilinea, sp. n.
9. White; head, thorax, and abdomen tinged with grey-
brown. Fore wing irrorated with grey-brown; aslight dark
streak on base of costa; a subbasal black point in cell; the
medial line excurved, connected from vein 2 to inner margin
by a dark shade with the postmedial line, which is oblique
from costa to submedian fold, then outwardly oblique; sub-
terminal points on veins 6, 4, 3, 2, 1, the two latter con-
joined. Hind wing tinged with brown.
Hab. SINGAPORE (Redley), 1 @ type. Hxp. 18 millim.
Genus MICROTANE, nov.
. Type MU. fusca.
Proboscis absent; palpi porrect, slender, not reaching
beyond the frons; antenne of male ciliated; tibize with the
spurs long. Fore wing with the apex rounded; vein 3 from
before angle of cell; 4, Sstalked; 6 from upper angle; 7, 8,
9 stalked, 7 from beyond 9; 10, 11 from cell. Hind
wing with vein 2 from towards angle of cell; 3, 4 stalked ;
d absent; 6, 7 stalked ; 8 from middle of cell.
D41 a. Microtane fusca, sp. n.
6. Fuscous brown; abdomen blackish, the anal tuft
ochreous. Fore wing irrorated with black; the costal area
blackish towards base; small black spots in middle and end
of cell and beyond its extremity ; a blackish patch on costa
just beyond middle and another before apex; a terminal
series of black points. Hind wing fuscous, with indistinct
discoidal spot.
Hab. CEYLON, Matelé (Pole), 1 g type. Hxp. 12 millim.
Genus CYCLOSODES, nov.
Proboscis fully developed; palpi slender, oblique, ex-
tending to just beyond frons; antennze of female ciliated ;
tibiee with the spurs long; anal tuft of female large. Fore
wing short, broad, the costa strongly arched, the apex
rounded ; vein 2 curved at origin; 3 from before angle; 4, 5
strongly stalked; 6, 7 strongly stalked; 8, 9 a HO SI
14
184 Sir G. F. Hampson on new
from cell, free. Hind wing with vein 2 from towards angle
of cell; 8, 4 coincident; 5 from well above angle; 6, 7
strongly stalked; 8 from middle of cell.
551a. Cyclosodes flavicostata, sp. n.
?. Head fuscous brown; tegule and patagia ochreous ;
thorax brown; abdomen fuscous, the anal tuft pale. Fore
wing silky red-brown, the costa and cilia ochreous yellow.
Hind wing fuscous brown.
Hab. BorNEO, Kuching (Shelford), 1 9 type. Exp. 20
millim.
708 a. Meteugoa melanoleuca, sp. n.
6. Palpi not reaching vertex of head; black; head,
tegule, patagia, fore and mid legs irrorated with white scales.
Fore wing with white antemedial band very broad at inner
margin, narrowing to costa; a white subapical spot. Hind
wing with white band extending from near base to beyond
middle and not reaching inner margin.
Hab. N. Guinea, Milne Bay (Meek), 1 3 type. Hap.
22 millim.
(44 a. Odozana leucota, sp. n.
9. White; head, thorax, and abdomen slightly tinged
with fulvous. Fore wing with scale-tooth at tornus; the
greater part of wing tinged with fulvous; an indistinct dark
antemedial line, bent inwards to costa and angled outwards
on the veins; a black point at lower angle of cell; the post-
medial line strongly bent outwards beyond the cell and angled
on veins 6 and 4, with diffused conjoined fulvous spots
beyond it between vein 6 and inner margin; the termen and
cilia with fuscous spots. Hind wing fuscous, the cilia white
except towards tornus.
flab. PANAMA, Cana Mines (Tylecote), 1 9 type. Hap.
18 millim.
898 a. Gymnasura taprobana, sp. n.
Fore wing with vein 11 free; male with a small post-
medial tuft of scales below costa.
d. Ochreous; abdomen whitish above except anal tuft.
Fore wing with a fuscous subbasal spot on costa; an ill-
defined antemedial line, excurved below costa and not
reaching inner margin; an oblique medial line, diffused
inwards to the antemedial line at middle, and slightly angled
inwards in submedian fold; two points on discocellulars ;
Species of Syntomidz and Arctiade. 185
postmedial, subterminal, and terminal series of points. Hind
wing thinly scaled, the subcostal area tinged with fuscous ;
faint traces of a diffused medial line ; a discoidal spot ; the
termen tinged with fuscous.
Hab. CnYLon, Matelé (Pole), 1 3 type. Hep. 18 millim.
1167 a. Hugoa bilineata, sp. n.
3. Ochreous ; head, thorax, and abdomen irrorated with
brown ; palpi and antenne tinged with brown. Fore wing
slightly irrorated with brown; a strongly curved antemedial
line, expanding into a spot on costa; an elongate black point
in end of cell; the postmedial line excurved beyond the cell
and expanding into a spot on costa; subterminal streaks
below veins 10, 8, and 4, and an oblique streak from post-
medial line at vein 3 to tornus. Hind wing yellower.
Hab, SinGAPoRE (Ridley), 1 § type. Hcp. 16 millim.
AROTIANE.
1852 a. Hyphantria strigulosa, sp. n.
6+ Head and thorax white, tinged with yellow ; palpi
black, the basal joint orange; antenne black, with some
white scales on shaft above; tegula edged with orange;
patagia with slight black streaks ; femora orange above ; fore
tibiee streaked with black, the tarsi banded with black ;
abdomen orange, with dorsal and lateral black points on
terminal segments, the anal tuft and ventral surface ochreous
white. Fore wing ochreous white, the costal edge orange; a
black streak in base of cell; subbasal streaks below costa
and above and below vein 1; an antemedial streak below the
cell and a spot above vein 1; two slight medial streaks in
cell; points in and beyond upper angle of cell; a postmedial
series of diffused irregular spots, interrupted in places and
incurved below vein 3; a subterminal series of shurt streaks
on each side of veins 7 to 3 bent outwards to apex, points
further from base above and below vein 2, and a point above
vein 1 near tornus; a terminal series of points in the inter-
spaces. Hind wing ochreous white; a black discoidal spot
and slight streak on apical part of termen.
Hab. NATAL, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 millim.
1860 a. Hstigmene gynephea, sp. n.
6. Head orange; palpi and antenne blackish ; thorax
pale yellow; pectus and legs grey, the latter with the femora
186 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
orange above; abdomen orange, with dorsal and lateral series
of black spots except on first segment, the ventral surface
grey-white. Fore wing yellow, the veins finely streaked
with black except on costal area. Hind wing pale yellow.
2. Head and thorax deep orange; pectus, legs, and
ventral surface of abdomen fuscous. Fore wing orange-
brown, the costal area to beyond middle, the inner margin
finely, and the cilia orange; a black point at lower angle of
cell. Hind wing fuscous black; a diffused orange streak on
median nervure; the inner margin and cilia orange; an
orange discoidal point: the underside orange, with large
fuscous patch on terminal area from costa to vein 2.
Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury (Marshall), 2 g, 1 9
type. Ewxp., g 36, ? 38 millim.
XXV.—On the Presence of a Superbranchial Organ in the
Cyprinoid Fish Hypophthalmichthys. By G. A. Bov-
LENGER, F'.R.S.
Since the discovery by Ehrenberg and by Riippell of the
singular accessory branchial organ knownas the “gill-snail”’ *,
whence the Nile fish Heterotis derives its name, more or less
similar structures have been described in various other
Malacopterygians and in some Ostariophysi of the family
Characinide +. No examples of anything of the sort have yet
been furnished by the Cyprinidze, so closely related to the
Characinide ; but this is no doubt due to the little attention
that has been-paid to the anatomy of the exotic genera of this
large family. I am now able to fill up this gap in our
knowledge by pointing out the presence of a superbranchial
organ in the curious Chinese genus Hypophthalmichthys,
Bleeker {, which is thus added to the list of fishes provided
with this problematic structure.
Although several descriptions of [Typophthalmichthys have
been given, I do not find any allusion to the organ in question,
which can only be seen by a removal of the membrane of
the branchial chamber; otherwise it only appears as a thick
protuberance on each side of the pharynx, filling up the space
left by the gill-arches, with folds fitting between every two
* Hyrtl, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, vill. 1854, p. 85; Hemprich & Ehren-
berg, Symb. Phys., Zoot. pl. ix.
+ Hyrtl, Denkschr. Ak. Wien, xxi. 1863, p.7; Sagemehl, Morphol.
Jahrb. xii. 1887, p. 307.
{ For a synopsis of the eight species known, ¢f. Herzenstein & Warpa-
chovski, Trud. St. Petersb. Nat. xviii. 1887, p. 40.
Superbranchial Organ in Hypophthalmichthys. 187
series of gill-rakers. Dr. Giinther * has described the gill-
rakers as very long, slender, lanceolate; but this is only true
of the species H. nobilis, Richards.,—H. molitriz, C. & V.,
Hypophthalnichthys molitrix.
A. Dorsal view of oill-arches, the epibranchials pushed back to show
the superbranchial organ. B, Side view, the epibranchial
slightly raised.
bst. Branchiostegal. cbr. Ceratobranchial. ch. Ceratohyal. ep. Copula.
ebr, Epibranchial. ef. Epihyal. g. Gill-filaments. g.r. Gill-
rakers. 2. Superbranchial organ.
* Cat. Fish. vii. p. 298.
188 On a new Puma from Patagonia.
the type of the genus, having them, as first pointed out by
Bleeker *, fused into thin plates of spongious appearance,
which he describes as “‘ex parte reticulatim unitis,” and
which must act as a most efficient sifting apparatus.
Above the gills, apparently coiled like a whelk, is the
bulky organ to which attention is drawn. It is not without a
certain resemblance at first sight to the gill-snail of Heterotis ;
but on closer inspection it is found not to be spirally coiled
at all, but to consist of four distinct parts each attached to
the ventral surface of the upper segment of a gill-arch and
forming asimple involution. It thus differs very considerably
from the organ described in other fishes, and which depends
of the fourth branchial arch only.
I do not know of any observations on the habits of Hypo-
phthalmichthys which would throw light on the function of
the organ to which attention is here drawn.
XXVI.—On a new Form of Puma from Patagonia.
By OLpFIELD Tuomas, E.R S.
THE National Collection owes to the generosity of Mr. C.
Arthur Pearson the skin of a fine puma, obtained by
Mr. Hesketh Prichard during the recent ‘ Daily Express’
expedition to Patagonia. ‘he skin is remarkably unlike
any known form of puma, and appears certainly to represent
a new subspecies.
Dr. Matschie has already shown + that the red puma of
the tropics, to which he restricts the name Felis concolor, is
replaced south of 25° §. lat. by the silver-grey form for
which Molina’s name &. puma is used.
Now, again, south of about 44° S. lat., there proves to be
another form, represented in the British Museum not only by
Mr. Prichard’s skin from Santa Cruz, but by a second much
younger specimen from the Rio Senguer. Both show the
same characteristics, and are equally different from the
Argentine silver-grey form.
Jn commemoration of Mr. Pearson’s scientific spirit in
sending out the expedition, and in presenting the specimen
to the National Museum, I would propose to call it
Felis concolor Pearsont, subsp. n.
General build thick and sturdy, with comparatively short
* Verh. Akad. Amsterd. xii, no. 2, 1871, p. 83.
+ SB. Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin, 1892, p. 220; 1894, p. 58.
On a Collection of Bats from Para. 189
limbs and tail. Fur thick and woolly, the specimens
evidently in winter pelage. General colour nearest to
Ridgway’s “ clay-colour,” therefore exceedingly different
from the nearly “ drab-grey” of #. c. puma. ‘This colour is
most vivid along the back, paler laterally on the sides, but
there is nothing that can be called a distinct dorsal dark line.
Under surface whitish fawn, the hairs sandy at their bases,
whiter terminally. Face very much like back, darker
markings practically obsolete; the usual lighter markings
near the eye present but not conspicuous. ars of normal
length, their backs uniformly whitish fawn, without darker
markings. Outer sides of limbs like back, inner sides like
belly ; ends of fingers and toes whitish, without any darker
markings round the pads. ‘Tail proportionally very short,
brownish clay-colour above, whitish below, the tip not or
scarcely darker.
Dimensions of the typical skin, which has been tanned
and stretched, so that the measurements are merely approxi-
mate :—Head and body 1370 millim., tail 530, ear 80.
Hab. Santa Cruz, Patagonia; about 70 miles inland.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 1. 8.12.1. Brought home by
Mr. H. Prichard and presented by Mr. C. Arthur Pearson.
The skin was bought by Mr. Prichard from Indians in the.
region mentioned, so that neither flesh-measurements nor
skull were obtained.
The second skin is that of a young male, killed on the
Senguer River, in March 1897, by one of the collectors from
the La Plata Museum, by whom it was presented to the
British Museum. Owing to its youth, its peculiarities had
not been previously noticed.
Fc. Pearsoni is distinguished from F. c. puma not only by
its very different general colour, but also by its shorter tail,
light-coloured ear-backs, and the absence of the dark markings
round the digital pads.
XXVII.—On a Collection of Bats from Para.
By OLDFIELD THomAS, F.R.S.
I owe to the kindness of Dr. E. A. Goeldi, Director of the
Goeldi Museum, Para, the opportunity of working outa large
number of bats obtained at that interesting locality, and have
thought it worth while to givea list of them. The collection is
especially rich in members of the genus Artibeus, of which
no less than five are represented in it.
190 Mr. O. Thomas on a
A complete set of the collection has been presented to the
British Museum.
Lasiurus borealis, Miill.
One.
Myotis nigricans, Wied.
One.
Ehynchonycteris naso, Wied.
One.
Saccopteryx bilineata, Temm.
Four.
Noctilio albiventer, Spix.
Four.
Molossus rufus, Geoff.
Nineteen.
Molossus obscurus, Geoff.
Thirty.
Molossus planirostris paranus, subsp. 0.
Closely similar to the typical form in all essential respects—
in size, shape of ears, general characters of skull, &c. Colour
much darker throughout, the tips of the hairs black instead
of brown, and the chin and centre line of the chest and belly
scarcely lighter than the rest instead of markedly contrasted
white. Patch of fur near the elbow on the antebrachial
membrane and basal third of the forearm particularly well
developed, as is also that on the wing-membrane on the distal
side of the forearm.
Skull rather longer and narrower than in true planirostris,
especially narrower across the angular anteorbital ridges,
which also appear to be further forwards. The distance across
these ridges is decidedly less in paranus and more in plani-
rostris than half the basal length.
Dimensions of the type :—
Forearm 35 millim.
Head and body 58; tail 28; lower leg 12; third finger,
metacarpal 37, first phalanx 16, second phalanx 14; length
of fifth finger 31.
Skull: greatest length 17:3; basal length 15; zygomatic
breadth 11:8; anteorbital breadth 7°2; interorbital breadth
4-5; front of canine to back of last molar 6°6.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1.7.11. 15.
Collection of Bats from Para. 191
This form may be readily distinguished from the typical
Guianan planirostris by the darker colour of its chest and
belly, and the different form of the anterior part of the skull.
Micronycteris minuta, Gerv.
Five.
This striking species may be readily recognized, firstly, by
its minute middle lower premolar, shown in Gervais’s figure
but not mentioned by him, Dobson, or Miller; and, secondly,
by the very peculiar structure of the connecting band between
the ears. ‘his in some species is almost obsolete, in JZ.
megalotis is low and has a shallow notch at its centre, while
in MW. minuta it is very high and so deeply notched in the
centre that it is practically divided into two prominent
triangular lappets, one attached to each ear. ‘This character
does not seem to have been noticed by anyone, though it
occurs in all the specimens determined as Schizostoma
minutum by Dobson.
The forearm of the type was said by Gervais to be only
32 millim., but on remeasurement by Dobson was put down
as 1°35 in. (= 34°5 millim.). The present series are rather
larger (36 millim.), but so are others trom close to the typical
locality.
Phyllostoma hastatum, Linn.
‘Twenty-one.
Phyllostoma elongatum, Geoff.
Two.
Hemiderma perspiciilatum, Linn.
Thirty-eight.
For nomenclature see below.
Glossophaga soricina, Pall.
Ten.
Artibeus planirostris, Spix.
One.
Artibeus concolor, Pet.
Two.
From the meagre description given by Peters, there seems
to be no reason to distinguish the Para specimens from his
Guianan species.
Artibeus bilobatus, Pet.
Two.
192 On a Collection of Bats from Para.
Artibeus gamaicensis, Leach.
One.
This appears to me to be the name which should be borne
by the common bat called by Dobson A. perspicillatus, Linn.
Linnzus’s name * was founded primarily in the tenth, and
solely in the seventh (quoted in the tenth) edition of the
‘ Systema,’ on Seba’s Vespertilio americanus vulgaris, plate lv.
fig. 2 of the ‘ Thesaurus.’ Now that animal is clearly not an
Artibeus, and in my paper on Seba’s mammals I have
identified it with a bat referable to what is usually known as
Hemiderma brevicauda, and this latter therefore I believe
ought to be called Hemiderma perspicillatum, Linn.
‘The next name for the Artibeus 1s yamaicensis, Leach, 1822,
and that may provisionally be used for it. Should southern
specimens require to be separated from the northern, their
name would be Arétbeus lituratus; Phyllostoma lituratum,
Licht. }, founded on Azara’s Chauve-souris Premier, dating
from 1823. Wied’s “ superciliatum’’ would also be available
for the Brazilian animal if the Jamaican form proved distinct,
as, indeed, Dr. Allen considers it to be.
Artibeus cinereus, Gerv.
One.
Vampyrops zarhinus, H. All.
One.
This bat may be readily distinguished from all species of
Vampyrops hitherto known by the extremely small size of the
incisors, which do not touch one another. This character is
also shared with the species described in the footnote §.
* Syst. Nat. (10) i. p.31 (1758). In cases such as this, Didelphis mar-
supialis, and others, where Linnzus in his tenth edition quotes earlier
works of his own, I think it would be advisable that such earlier works
should be the guiding basis for selection among his references. It seems
contrary to common sense that elimination or any other method should
be permitted to bring a Linnean name on to an animal not mentioned at
all in the first giving of the name by Linnzus himself, even though such
first naming may, as “ pre-Linnean,” be technically invalid.
t P.Z.S. 1892, p. 315.
t Verz. Doubl. p. 3 (1823).
§ Vampyrops recifinus, sp. n.
Allied to V. lineatus and V. zarhinus. Striping strongly marked, the
upper white facial line broad and conspicuous, the lower evident, and the
dorsal line clear and continuous. Nose-leaf much as in V. zarhinus, the
sides of the horseshoe with an infolded lobule about their centre.
Distribution of fur, shape of ears and tragus as in V. zarhinus. General
colour brown, rather paler below. Wing-bones white, contrasting with
the brown membranes.
Skull shaped as in V. zarhinus, and with the same minute and separated
On the Rutelid Genus Adorodocia. 193
Ametrida centurio, Gray.
One.
Sturnira Lilium, Geoff.
One.
Desmodus rotundus, Geoff.
One.
XXVIII.—The Rutelid Genus Adorodocia.
By GILBert J. ARROW.
To my great regret I have to announce that subsequent
evidence, coming, unfortunately, just too late for the correc-
tion or recall of my paper in the ‘ Annals’ of July last, has
shown me that the conclusions there expressed are wrong in
certain vital respects, in consequence of which the new genus
and species there characterized become superfluous. Mr. Fred
Bates kindly permitted me to make a careful examination of
the specimens in his collection, which includes all the three
forms referred to in my paper, together with an individual
representing a fourth form which at once showed the necessity
for reviewing my conclusions as to the sexes.
The British Museum contained altogether seven specimens,
of which the type of Adorodocia strigata, Waterh., and two
other specimens identical with it, I found by dissection to
contain ova. Of the second form there were also three
specimens, in which I found no ova, but the remarkable
chitinous structure shown at c and d in the woodcut. This
form agreed with the description of A. vittaticollis, Fairm.,
considered by both authors to be conspecific with A. strigata,
incisors, but conspicuously larger throughout. Last upper molar trans-
versely oyal, Second lower molar slightly larger in section than the first,
the third one nearly half its size.
Dimensions of the type (measured on a specimen in spirit) :—
Forearm 41 millim.
Head and body 57; nose-leaf 11x55; ear 15; third finger, meta-
carpal 38 ; first phalanx 14:5, second phalanx 24; lower leg 16; calcar 3:5;
depth of interfemoral in centre 4.
Skull: greatest length 24; basal length 19; breadth of palate across
molars 10°5; front of canine to back of m? 8°4.
Hab. Pernambuco.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 81.3.16.4. Collected and presented by the
late W. A. Forbes. 5
This species may be readily distinguished from V. zarhinus by its
larger size and more prominent striping, and from V, ineatus by its minute
incisors,
194 Mr. G. J. Arrow on
Waterh., while the greater development of the head and the
fissure in is apical segment of the abdomen, in addition to
the absence of ova, seemed certainly to point to it as the male
of that form. The last specimen, of a much narrower shape,
had a less developed clypeus, a different claw-structure, and
no trace of the abdominal fissure, and upon dissection it alone
proved to contain a genital organ of the normal male type.
It was an isolated form not previously described, and for it
I saw no alternative but to constitute a new genus.
‘The examination of additional specimens, however, showed
this to be a case in which reasoning from analogy had proved
misleading. A specimen was found which, upon comparison
with the second form mentioned above, rendered it almost
certain that they were the two sexes of one species. It con-
tained a male organ similar to that of the supposed new
species, and upon further investigation specimens were found
containing ova together with the other sexual structure. ‘This,
therefore, it now appeared, was in reality the ovipositor.
Upon further examination I found a minute structure of the
same type present in the true A. strigata, of which the male
remained still unknown. Hleven specimens of this form
were all of the same sex, and as twelve of the form enigma,
Arrow, which I have now, by Mr. F. Bates’s kindness, been
able to examine, prove to be all males, the two occurring in
the same collections, it can, 1 think, be safely assumed, not-
withstanding all dissimilarities, that these also are the two
sexes of a single species.
The other species, so long confused with A. strigata, shows
less sexual disparity and, this question of sexual forms once
disposed of, is an unmistakably distinct insect. It is normally
larger, broader, and darker in colour, with a triangular head,
from which the eyes do not project laterally. This species
may, I think, with practical certainty be identified as A. vitta-
ticollis of Fairmaire. Unfortunately the type of this and
allied Madagascan species described by that author cannot be
traced, as M. René Oberthiir has kindly ascertained for me;
but although M. Fairmaire’s specimen appears to have been
smaller than any I have seen, his reference to the much-
thickened lateral margin of the prothorax and the inner pair
of black spots near the hind margin appear to undoubtedly
indicate this insect.
Herr Brenske has had the great kindness to send me his
specimens, and so enabled me to determine the correct nomen-
clature of these species. As I supposed, Adorodocia strigata,
Waterh., is the insect called by him A. latissima, while
A. maxima, Brenske, was described from a female specimen
the Rutelid Genus Adorodocia. 195
of the second species. It is pale in colour and shows no
traces of thoracic marking; but this is evidently due to
immaturity.
The history of these two unfortunate species has been a
continuous series of erroneous suppositions, and curiously
illustrates the dangers attending systematic work undertaken
without an abundance of materials. Having been almost
simultaneously described without investigation of their more
important structural features, they were soon after wrongly
announced by M. Fairmaire to be identical. They were then
referred by Herr Brenske to his new genus under the wrong
name of datiss¢ma, Blanch. (an insect redescribed as Adoretus
eunectoides, Fairm.), and the redundant name of mazima,
Brenske. They were next declared by Fairmaire, under
some strange misapprehension, to have no relationship to
that genus. Finally, by myself, still supposing the two
names to be synonymous, the male of one of them has been
generically separated.
In the hope of setting the matter finally at rest, I give the
characters of each sex of both species in a tabular form,
together with those of the genus, which was incompletely
diagnosed from the female sex alone.
AporopoctA, Brenske.
Elytra furnished with a conspicuous membranous fringe.
Prosternum strongly raised behind the front coxe, forming
an anvil-shaped process. Mesosternum acute, not produced.
Labrum rostriform. Labium anteriorly emarginate.
$. Anterior tibiz long, third tooth obsolete. Larger claw
of four anterior legs very slightly cleft beyond the middle.
Last abdominal segment smooth, emarginate.
@. Anterior tibiz shorter, tridentate. Claws less unequal,
larger claw of four anterior legs equally cleft atthe tip. Last
abdominal segment rugose, more or less cleft at the hind
margin.
Tlytra flavous; head, thorax, and scutellum in a
ereater or less degree darker. Clypeus semi-
circular, eyes prominent. Pronotum marked
Witla placklateralelimery: sacs. ira seat kes strigatus, Waterh.
6. Elongate. Eyes more prominent. Prono-
tum less convex. (enigma, Arrow.)
Q. Ovate. Eyes less prominent. Pronotum
convex.
Castaneous, uniformly coloured above. Pronotum
marked with a black lateral line and an inner
spot, lateral margin strongly thickened...... vittaticollis, Fairm.
3. Rather elongate. Pronotum flat.
2. Broader. Pronotum slightly convex. (maxi-
ma, Brenske.)
196 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
It is probable that other described Madagascan insects
belong also to the genus.
=] 9
a
Genitalia of Adorodocia.
a, 6, lateral view; 6, end view.
c, 9, ventral view; d, dorsal view.
In order more effectually to correct my mistake as to the
genitalia of these insects, I reproduce here the figures given
last month, with the correct description of them.
XXIX.—A Revision of the Butterflies of the Genus Precis, with
Notes on the Seasonal Phases of the Species. By ARTHUR
G. Butter, Ph.D.
DuRING a recent rearrangement of the Museum collection of
the genus Precis 1 paid particular attention to the seasonal
variation of the species, which, as Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall
and others have pointed out, are often very remarkable. I
found that by carefully studying the characters already noted
by observant collectors there was in no case any difficulty
in distinguishing the dry and wet phases, although the
determination of the intermediate phase was necessarily some-
what arbitrary.
In the African forms of Precis the wet phase is, I believe,
invariably smaller than the dry phase; but in the Oriental
types this rule is usually reversed. ‘This would tend to show
that the dry phase in Africa had been better nourished and
probably been a shorter time in the pupal condition than that
of the Asiatic and Australasian forms.
The dry phase throughout the genus tends to have a more
faleate form of front wing and a far more leaf-like character
of under surface than the wet phase; in many species also the
ocelli on the wings are reduced to mere points in the dry
season, as in the Satyrine.
In several cases where it had been surmised that one
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 197,
described form was a seasonal phase of another I have been
able to establish the fact by the discovery of the intermediate
phase. I am therefore certain that my study of this inter-
esting genus will prove useful to lepidopterists.
As regards the species or subspecies which I have kept
separate, I do not propose to make any dogmatic statement.
I believe that the various forms of the P. orithya group are
constant in certain characters, slight though the differences
may sometimes be; but whether they be regarded as species
or local forms is a matter for individual judgment. I never
could define the exact amount of constant difference which
was necessary to distinguish a local form from a species. At
the same time in the forms of P. erigone which I have named,
the differences being mostly indicated by tint, [ think all will
be agreed that they are no more than local modifications, even
if they prove to be absolutely constant, as | think they
will. On the other hand, the named forms of P. almana are
certainly not constant.
1. Precis villida.
Papilio villida, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. ii. p. 35 (1787).
Papilio velleda, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. 3, p. 91 (1793).
Junonia vellida, Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep. p. 188 (1871).
Vanessa calybe, Godart, Ene. Méth. ix. p. 317 (1819).
Cynthia hampstediensis, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent. i. p. 48, pl. v. figs. 3, 4
(1827).
Wet phase.—Gilbert, Ellice, and Navigator Islands, and
Viti Levu. B. M.
Intermediate wet.—Aneiteum, Vaté, Ovalau, Mango, New
Treland, New Guinea, Tasmania, Port Darwin. B. M.
Intermediate dry.—Java, Christmas Island, Roebuck Bay,
Sydney, Moreton Bay, Champion Bay, ‘’oowoomba, Port
Darwin. 3B. M.
Dry phase.—Condillac Island, near Lord Howe’s Island,
Tasmania, Queensland.
The wettest development of the species is found in the
Ellice Islands and the driest in Tasmania.
2. Precis vestina.
Junonia vestina, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iii. p. 898 (1867).
Bolivia and Ecuador (Coll. Hewitson); Peru. B. M.
So far as I have been able to judge this is an insect only
having a dry-season phase; at any rate, all the examples
which I have seen represent that phase, even when obtained
during the rainy season ; there is, however, a variation in the
Ann. &: Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 15
198 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
ground-colour of the under surface from rosy clay-colour to
ashy grey, which may be seasonal.
When quite fresh this insect bears a remarkable superficial
resemblance to Vanessa urtice of Kurope.
3. Precis Hiibnert.
Precis Hiibneri, Kirby, in Hiibner’s Exot. Schmett. ed. 2 (1900), p. 24
Hamadryas decora evarete, Hiibner, Exot. Schmett. i. pl. lii. figs. 1, 2
Junonia lavinia, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. pl. xxxvii.
Rio Janeiro and Paré. B. M.
This insect undoubtedly differs considerably from P. lawnia
of Cramer, the white belt across the primaries being entirely
replaced by tawny orange; in the dry phase the orange
banding almost entirely disappears, with the exception of the
bars across the discoidal cell. mask!
Although it is possible that the white belt in Cramer’s
figures may only indicate a rare variation answering to
P. genoveva (of which P. flirtea is a tawny-banded form),
the lack of examples from Surinam renders it impossible to be
certain.
4. Precis occidentalis.
Junonia occidentalis, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. vi. p. 110 (1862).
Junonia pallens, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 401 (1867).
Pardé and Buenos Ayres. B. M.
The primaries, especially of the males, are more produced
and the entire colouring of both surfaces is much paler than
in P. Hiibneri. Without positive evidence it would be
premature to regard it as a variety of that insect, just as it
would be to assume that P. Hiibnert was a variety of
P. lavinia.
5. Precis hilaris.
Junonia hiluris, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 400 (1867).
Paraguay.
We do not possess this insect, and therefore I cannot
express an opinion as to its distinctness from P. lavinia.
6. Precis lavinia.
Papilio lavinia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. 1. pl. xxi.C, D (1775).
Papilio larinia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 424 (1798).
Junonia negra, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. ii. p. 399 (1867).
Junonia divaricata, Felder, t. c. p. 401 (1867).
Surinam and Rio Negro.
We do not possess typical examples of this species, and
therefore cannot assert that the preceding three named forms
are distinct.
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 199
7. Precis evarete.
@. Papilio evarete, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eciii. C, D (1782).
Papilio genoveva, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. eexe. E, F (1782).
Papilio esra, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 425 (1798).
Junonia zonalis, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 399 (1867).
Junonia incarnata, Felder, t. e. p. 595 (1867).
Var. Papilio flirtea, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 90 (1793).
Junonia ortana, Kirby, in Hiibner’s Exot. Schmett. ed. 2 (1900), ef.
Hubner, vol. i. pl. 1. figs. 3, 4.
West Indies, Central America, and Bogota. B. M.
This species has always gone by the name of P. genoveva ;
but P. evarete seems to me to be clearly the female of the dry
phase of this species, males of which we have from Honduras
and Nicaragua. P. zonalis, of which we have a male from
Bogota, is an intermediate phase with rather a broad oblique
belt across the primaries; P. #lirtea is a form in which the
oblique band on the primaries becomes opaque and tawny
ochreous—we have it from the island of Dominica, Honduras,
the Polochic Valley, and Mexico. I have not regarded it as
distinct, because it evidently occurs with P. genoveva in Hon-
duras and Central America; but a study of the early stages
may prove it to be so.
8. Precis constricta.
Junonia constricta, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iii. 1, p. 400 (1867).
Bogota. B. M.
In this insect the oblique band across the primaries from
the costal vein to the ocellus is very narrow and the general
colour is slightly paler than in typical P. evarete. In the
absence of examples tending to link it to the latter, it seems
better to regard it as distinct.
9. Precis fuscescens, sp. 0.
General character of P. evarete, but the forked belt on
the primaries and submarginal orange belt on the secondaries
narrow and more or less suffused with brown, that of the
secondaries wanting in the dry phase; ocelli of primaries
without orange irides; the dry phase also without orange in
cell-spots.
Expanse of wings 54-58 millim.
Porvenir, Ecuador, and Quito. B. M.
10. Precis infuscata.
Junonia infuscata, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 401 (1867).
_ Junonia basifusca, Weymer, in Stubel’s Reise, p. 120, pl. iii. fig 7
(1890).
Guayaquil. B. M.
15*
200 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
The dry phase of this species loses all the defined brown
belts from the under surface of the secondaries, which become
almost uniformly lilacine grey traversed by brownish lines.
The bands above are rather pale buff than pale brown, as
Felder-describes them.
11. Precis cenia.
Junonia cenia, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. xxxii. (1816-24).
Wet phase.—Texas, Bermudas. B. M.
Intermediate phase.—California. B. M.
Dry phase.—California and Bermudas. B. M.
In the driest phase the under surface of the secondaries is
rosy clay-coloured.
There is generally no difficulty in distinguishing this at a
glance from P. evarete, on account of the great disproportion
in the size of the ocelli on the secondaries, but the white inner
border to the posterior ocellus on the primaries is a still more
reliable character ; the secondaries on the under surface differ
considerably in the two species, the ground-colour being much
darker in P. evarete, the wet phase showing a defined straight
pale band across the middle, sharply defined ocelli, and pale
external area.
The species of the succeeding group are nearly related,
and consequently have generally been confounded, even such
experienced entomologists as Messrs. de Nicéville and F. Moore
having failed to note the distinctions which separate the
Chinese P. orithya from the Indian P. Swinhoet. ‘The differ-
ences of all the forms, which appear to be locally constant,
are such as are nowadays frequently regarded as subspecific ;
it is, however, as already observed, impossible to define the
exact amount of constant difference which is required to indi-
cate whether a separate evolution be regarded as a species or
a subspecies, so I separate all these constantly differing forms
as species.
12. Precis orithya.
Papilio orithya, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 278 (1764).
Junonia Leechi, Alpheraky, Rom. Mém., Lép. ix. p. 103 (1897).
Western and Northern China, Foo Chow, Hong Kong,
Hainan, Formosa, Madjico Sima, Loo-Choo. B. M
The Chinese insect is, as a rule, larger than the Indian one,
the males show burely a trace of the blue patch at external angle
of the primaries above, the outer border is less suffused with
blue and frequently shows no trace of this suffusion, whereas
in P. Swinhoer this suffusion is rarely absent; the ocelli on
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 201
the secondaries of the female are usually very large, sometimes
even connected, and have large pearly blue centres; the
external half of the female is often ashy fuliginous instead of
blue, the orange markings on all the wings above being well
developed in this variety. The under surface of the males 1s
greyer below and that of the females shows much more orange-
tawny on the secondaries than in P. Swinhoei. In the dry
phase the under surface of the secondaries varies from vinous
ash to different shades of rufescent ashy brownish; in P. Swin-
hoet the variation is much greater, the secondaries sometimes
heavily lined and banded, sometimes almost white, with the
markings much divided up. Leech’s figures show the
seasonal phases fairly well.
13. Precis Royert.
©. Vanessa Royert, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iv. p. 157, pl. viii.
figs. 1, 2 (1861).
é. Junonia orbitola, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii. p. 207
(1893).
Var. ? Junonia orithyia, var. neopommerana, Ribbe, Iris, vol. xi. p. 116
(1898).
& dS, Saparea Island and New Guinea. B. M.
‘The well-defined orange belt on the under surface of the
secondaries at once determines this species ; there is no other
form with the same character. The temale, as figured by
Vollenhoven, is also very characteristic.
14. Precis ocyale.
Sg as 9. Junonia ocyale, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. xxxiil.
figs. 3, 4 (1816-1824).
Java and Celebes. B. M.
Hiibner figures two males under this name: figs. 1, 2
represent the intermediate phase of P. \Susinhoei,. XO) that
figs. 3, 4 will retain his name (as understood by recent
authors) ; they represent the dry phase, each sex of the wet
phase showi ing a great deal of reddish orange on both surfaces.
15. Precis Wallacet,
Junonia Wallacei, Distant, Rhop. Mal. p. 95, pl. xi. figs. 3, 4 (1883).
Malacca (Pinwill), Sarawak (Bartlett). B. M.
The Philippine form may possibly belong to this type,
but we only have a male of it. The females of P. Wallacez
are very characteristic, the outer half of the secondaries bemg
either buff or ashy brownish instead of blue; the oblique belt
on the primaries of both sexes is creamy white and barely
interrupted by a few orange scales.
202 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
16. Precis albicincta.
Junonia albicincta, Butler, Trans. Ent, Soc. 1875, p. 5.
N. Australia, Baudin, Damma, and Semao Islands. B. M.
The borders of the males are very white and destitute of
blue scaling, the seasonal forms well defined; the ocelli in
both sexes above small.
17. Precis Swinhoev.
Junonia Swinhoet, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xvi. p. 309 (1885).
Junonia Alleni, Kirby, Hiibner’s Exot. Schmett. ed. 2, pl. 246 (83),
figs. 1, 2 (1900).
India and Burma. Type, B. M.
This is generally a small species with well-defined blue
patch at external angle of primaries in the male.
18. Precis here.
Junonia here, Lang, Entom. xvii. p. 207 (1884).
Bagdad (Loftus), Aden (Yerbury). Type, B. M.
This form differs chiefly from 2. Swinhoed in the distinctly
bluer outer border to the secondaries ; it appears only to have
a dry phase. From P. boopis it is more difficult to separate
it, the orange iris to the upper ocellus of the primaries, upon
which Mr. Lang partly relied, being not quite a constant
character ; it is more uniformly small than P. boopis, and is
perhaps rather paler on the under surface, but to all intents
and purposes it is a mere local race of that form. As regards
size, we bave much smaller examples of the nearly related
P. Swinhoeti, only P. here appears to vary very little in this
respect, and the absence of wet and intermediate phases may
perhaps be allowed to weigh somewhat as a reason for
regarding it as subspecifically distinct from P. boopis.
19. Precis boopis.
Junonia boopis, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p. 381.
Eastern Africa from north to south. B. M.
20. Precis clelia.
Papilio clelia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxi. E, F (1775).
Africa generally and Aden. 5B. M.
The seasonal forms are well-defined by the colouring of
the under surface, the wet phase having the central pale
belt across the middle of the secondaries well-defined by the
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 203
darkening of the subbasal markings and discal area, the small
ocelli on this area being tolerably sharply outlined; in the
intermediate phase the central belt and border are not so
white, and many of the specimens show a slight rosy suffu-
sion ; in the dry phase the ocelli on the under surface are, as
a rule, reduced to mere points, the general character of
colouring is more leaf-like, varying from rosy brownish to
ochreous brownish, the darker areas frequently much less
defined. ‘The tendency in the dry phase evidently is for the
resting butterfly to resemble a dead leaf.
21. Precis epiclelia.
Vanessa epicleha, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 44, pl. vii. fig. 8
(1833).
Madagascar (Betsileo). B. M. ,
This is an island form of P. clelia, differing chiefly in the
reduced size of the creamy-white markings on the primaries.
As with other species found in Madagascar, the seasonal
phases seem to be less defined than in those from the con-
tinent of Africa.
22. Precis enone.
Papilio enone, Linnzus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. pp. 274, 275 (1764).
Papilio hierta, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 424 (1798).
China, Burma, Pegu, Mergui, Andamans, Nicobars, Cey-
lon, India generally. B. M.
Specimens from China are so large that they might be
regarded as representing a distinct subspecies if it were not
for the existence of occasional equally large examples from
Northern India; the Museum has such examples from
Karachi in the west and Assam in the east.
The seasonal phases differ in the usual way, the markings
in the wet phase on the under surface being fairly well
defined, but in the dry phase blurred on the secondaries,
which are of a more uniformly greyish ashy tint.
23. Precis cebrene.
Junonia cebrene, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 353. (“ crebrene,”
Dunning, ¢. ¢. p. 524.)
Africa generally and Aden. B.M. |
The seasonal phases differ much as in P. enone, but the
differences between the extremes are perhaps a little more
pronounced.
204 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
24, Precis paris.
Junoma paris, Trimen, 8, African Butt. i. p. 212 (1887).
Madagascar.
I have not seen this species, but it is said to differ from
PP. cebrene in the broader basal black area on the upper
surface of the primaries showing two blue strie in the
discoidal cell and the consequent reduction of the ochreous
area on these wings. The blue spot on the secondaries is
described as being larger, not violaceous and prolonged
outwardly on the radial vein; but these characters may prove
to be inconstant if one may judge of them by what we see in
the closely related P. enone and (to some extent) in P. cebrene.
25. Precis Westermanni,
Junonia Westermann, Westwood, Ent. Mo. Mag. vi. p. 278 (1870) ;
Thesaurus Oxon. p. 182, pl. xxxiv. figs. 7, 8 (1874).
Western and Eastern Africa, 6 6 99. B.M.
Although the pattern of the under surface in the wet phase
of this species somewhat approaches that of P. sophia, the
upper-surface colouring would bring it next to P. paris. As
a matter of fact P. Westermanni and P. hadrope stand quite
alone, the sexes in both being utterly dissimilar. A female
of P. Westermanni was secured by the late Mr. Philip
Crowley, and we have recently received two others; and
P. xia, of which the Museum possesses the type, is evidently
the female of P. hadrope.
The dry phase of P. Westermanni is smaller than the wet
phase, and the secondaries on the under surface are rufescent,
with rufous-brown, instead of black, markings, and with a
slightly silvery triangular costal patch.
26. Precis sophia.
Paptlio sophia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ni. 1, p. 248 (1798).
Western Africa generally. B. M.
What appears to be the dry phase of this species is evidently
a rare insect, in which the upper surface is almost black, with
the discal bands white, so that it looks remarkably like a tiny
form of Panopea lucretia. In the Museum collection are two
examples of a phase intermediate between this and the normal
wet phase.
27. Precis infracta.
Junonia infracta, Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 63.
Eastern and E. Central Africa. Type, B. M.
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 205
The phases appear to differ much as in P. sophia, excepting
that the intermediate and dry phases are far less rare.
28. Precis hadrope.
3. Junoma hadrope, Westwood and Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep.
pl. xxv. fig. 2 (1847).
2. Junonia ixia, Butler, Ent. Mo. Mag. ii. p. 227 (1866).
Western Africa. Types, B. M.
From the material which we possess it is impossible to be
certain as to the seasonal differences ; but it would seem that
the ocelli are reduced and the under surface of the secondaries
becomes paler and less distinctly marked in the dry phase.
29. Precis octavia.
Papilio octavia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 60, pl. cxxxv. B, C (1777),
Papilio amestris, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. p. 26, pl. xx. figs. 3, 4 (1782).
Western and Northern Africa to the Albert Nyanza and
Somaliland on the East. B. M.
We have a perfect gradation from the extreme wet phase
P. octavia to the extreme dry phase indistinguishable from
P. sesamus; of the latter, however, we have only one im-
perfect example from Onitsha on the Niger, the ordinary dry
phase of the West Coast being represented by a less blue form
—P. amestris. In P. octavia, which never attains to the
size or rich colouring of its Hastern representative, the belt
crossing the end of the cell in the primaries is generally
unbroken, whereas in P. natalensis it is always widely
interrupted.
30. Precis sesamus.
Precis sesamus, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1885, p. 347; S. Afr, Butt.
i, p. 281, pl. iv. fig. 3 (1887).
Precis octavia, var. natalensis, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. i. p. 101
(1885) ; also P. amestris, var. caffraria, pl. xxxviii.
Junonia calescens, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 652 (1894).
Precis sesamus (int, phase), Butler, P. Z. S. 1900, p. 916, pl. lviii. fig. 1.
Southern and Eastern Africa. B. M.
The gradual transitions between the extreme phases of this
form do not seem to exist, as in the western P. octavia; the
intermediate phase seems always to show a mass of salmon-
colour on the upper surface and to vary chiefly in the distri-
bution of the blue colour which connects it with the typical
dry phase.
206 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
31. Precis antilope.
Salamis antilope, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1850, p. 250.
Precis simia, Wallengren, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1857,
Lep. Rhop. Caffr. p. 26.
Precis ibris, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 403 (1867).
Precis Petersi, Dewitz, Nov. Ac. Acad. Nat. Cur. xli. 2, p. 192, pl. xxv.
fig. 14 (1879).
Junonia micromera, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xviii.
p. 482 (1876).
Hastern and Southern Africa. B. M.
P. antilope is the dry phase and P. stmia (= micromera)
the wet. We possess an intermediate phase approaching
nearest to P. antélope. From P. cuama, with which the dry
phase has been confounded, there is no difficulty whatever in
distinguishing it. ‘The wings in all phases of P. antilope are
shorter, the pink belt on the secondaries of the males wanting,
as also the subapical white spots on the dry phase; there are
other constant, though less evident, differences.
32. Precis cuama.
Junonia cuama, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., Jun. pl. i. figs. 4, 5 (1864).
Junonia Triment, Butler, P. Z. 8S. 1893, p. 651, pl. Ix. fig. 4 (1894).
East Africa southwards to Mashonaland. B. M.
P. cuama is the dry phase and P. Trimeni the wet. We
have several transitional examples. As to P. cuama being an
aberration of P. antilope, that is out of the question, from the
constancy of all its characters in both wet and dry phases and
in the fact that it is quite as abundant (where it occurs) as
P. antilope.
33. Precis ceryne.
Salamis ceryne, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg. 11. p. 592 (1847).
Southern and Hastern Africa. B. M.
The dry phase differs in the much more pronounced angles
to the outer margins of the wings, in the much more uniform
redder colouring of both surfaces, with less prominent white
discal spots and absence of white submarginal lunules. We
have two transitional examples.
34. Precis pelarga.
Papilio pelarga, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 513 (1775),
Papilio leodice, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exxxvili. G, H (1779). Cf.
also Aurivillius, Rhop. Atthiop. pp. 188, 139, for other synonyms,
Vanessa laodora, Godart, Enc. Méth, ix. p. 314 (1819).
Vanessa Galam?, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 46 (1833).
Precis monroviana, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 100 (1885).
Western and Equatorial Africa. B. M.
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 207
The wet form is small, and is doubtless the P. Galami
(described, by comparison with P. andremiaja, in the Faune
Ent. de Madagascar) ; in this form both sexes have a more
or less fulvous belt across the wings, sometimes white washed
with fulvous, as M. Boisduval says. In the dry form, which
is much larger and with strongly falcate primaries, the male
has an orange belt touched with bluish white towards the
abdominal margin ; the female has the belt blue, with tawny
orange outer border.
35. Precis actia.
Precis actia, Distant, P. Z. S. 1880, p. 185, pl. xix. fig. 7.
©. Precis vetula, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. i. p. 101 (1885).
‘Kast Africa. B. M.
The dry phase is the one described, and differs markedly
from that phase of P. pelarga in always showing more or Jess
blue inner shading to the discal belt in both sexes, and in the
double angulation of the outer edge of the brown basal three
fifths of the primaries. The wet phase is probably confounded
in most collections with P. Galami, from which the double
angulation of the outer edge of the basal area and the pure
white defined belt which occupies the inner two thirds of the
discal belt in the female at once distinguish it. We have
two examples of an intermediate phase from Nyasaland in
which both sexes show a slight shade of blue on the more
restricted white portion of the discal belt towards the abdo-
minal margin of secondaries, but retain the non-faleate form
of primaries.
We now come to a group of species in which the colouring
of the upper surface is tolerably uniform at all seasons and
that of the under surface always more or less leaf-like in
character. One of these, which used to be widely separated
from Precis and placed near Kallima, I characterized as a new
genus under the name of Corypheola in 1878; but Prof. Auri-
villius has correctly pointed out (Rhop. AXthiop. p. 131) that
it agrees both in structure and character of marking with
Precis.
36. Precis sinuata.
Precis sinuata, Plotz, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1880, p. 477.
Precis pelargoides, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xii. p. 204 (1891).
Precis serena, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. 1892, p. 86.
West Africa. B. M.
I have no doubt, if I have correctly identified P. pelar-
goides, that it represents the wet phase of this species, from
208 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
which it differs in its inferior size, less falcate primaries, more
opalescent discal belt, deeper coloured more varied under
surface, with submarginal pearly white lunules; the primaries
washed with purplish.
J
37. Precis milonia.
Precis milonia, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. p. 403 (1867).
Precis kowara, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 22 (1871); Afr. Lep.
p. 6, pl. v. figs. 5, 6 (1873).
Var.?, Junonia rauana, Gr.-Smith, Nov. Zool. v. p. 352 (1898).
West and Kast Africa. B. M.
I have only seen the wet phase of this species, of which
there are four examples from the Cameroons in the Hewitson
Collection. The dry phase should be larger than the wet,
with more faleate primaries and with the under surface more
plainly coloured, but with a better-defined dark central line
across the wings, if it differs as in the allied species.
38. Precis aurorina.
Junonia aurorina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 651, pl. 1x. fig. 3.
East Africa from Natal to Munisu, Brit. EK. Africa. Type,
B. M.
This insect runs somewhat close to P. tugela, of which it
has been regarded as the wet phase. We, however, possess
forms representing the wet, intermediate, and dry phases of
both, and to unite them as one species would greatly compli-
cate this already difficult group, by proving that in each
phase forms with more or less faleate primaries occurred.
Therefore until the identity of P. awrorina and P. tugela can
be proved by breeding one from eggs laid by the other, it
seems to me more convenient to regard them as different
species. In what I call the wet phase of P. aurorina the
primaries are angulated, the secondaries below are largely
ochreous, the whole discal belt being of that colour; in the
supposed dry phase the primaries are slightly falcate and the
wings below are bright chestnut, irrorated with purplish ash
on basal area and external border. We have a long series of
an intermediate phase.
39. Precis tugela.
Precis tugela, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1879, p, 384; 8S. Afr. Butt. i.
p. 24], pl. iv. fig. 5 (1887).
Natal to Nyasaland. B. M. .
This always has the primaries strongly falcate and with a
Jong process; but in what I regard as the wet phase the
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 209
process is considerably reduced and the apex more angular,
the apical portion of the wing from below the falcation to the
costal margin being distinctly broader; the under surface with
more distinct transverse markings than in the dry phase,
without the olivaceous suffusion or sharply defined yellow
central line. It is, of course, possible that P. tugela may
have six developments from extreme wet to extreme dry, and
that the first three may represent P. aurorina and the last
three P. tugela, only there is rather a wide break between the
third and fourth of these forms, which makes me hesitate to
unite them.
40). Precis pyriformis.
Junonia pyriformis, Butler, P. Z.S. 1895, p. 726, pl. xlii. figs. 5 & 6
(1896).
Kast Africa. Type, B. M.
The wet phase is considerably smaller than the dry, has
the primaries subfaleate in the male, falcate in the female ;
the under surface with tolerably defined markings upon a
tawny ground, which is slightly washed with lilac on basal
area and near to outer margin: the dry phase has the pri-
maries faleate and with well-defined process in both sexes;
the under surface with ill-defined markings on a slightly
opaline clay-coloured ground. We also have an intermediate
phase.
41, Precis eurodoce.
Kallima eurodoce, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 325, note, pl. liv.
fig. 1 (1850).
Madagascar.
The wet phase is smaller than the dry, the apex of the
primaries subfaleate ; the dry phase has the primaries falcate
and produced into a long process. Indeed, the seasonal
differences in this species are so marked that it would not
take much to convince me that P. aurorina and P. tugela
were forms of one extremely variable species. The wettest
phase of P. aurorina does not differ more from the driest
phase of P. tugela than do the wet and dry phases of
P. eurodoce. By the way, why did not Prof. Aurivillius
include this in his collection under P. milonia? It differs no
more than the other species do.
42. Precis celestina.
Precis coelestina, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. xli. 2, p. 193,
pl. xxv. fig. 13 (1879).
Northern road to Uganda. B. M.
210 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
We have only a dry phase of this species. It nearly
approaches P. chapunga (an intermediate phase of P. ar-
chesia), but is, I believe, a good distinct species.
43. Precis archesia.
Papilio archesia, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iil. p. 44, pl. cexix. D, E (1779).
Precis Staudingert, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. xli. 2, p. 193,
pl. xxv. fig. 15 (1879).
Vanessa pelasgis, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix., Suppl. p. 820 (1823).
Junonia chapunga, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., Junon. pl.i. figs. 2, 3 (1864).
Precis semitypica, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aithiop. p. 140 (1898).
S. Africa, northwards to the Victoria Nyanza. B. M.
This species is represented by about seven gradations, the
extreme wet phase being P. pelasgis; next comes a form
with similar pattern on both surfaces, excepting that the
orange belt is greatly reduced in width; then P. chapunga,
followed by P. semitypica, P. archesia (a larger form, with
more conspicuous whiter spots on the primaries), and, lastly,
P. Staudingert, the extreme dry phase.
It seems a strange thing that my excellent friend Prof. Auri-
villius, who was well aware of the above variability in
P. archesia, failed to recognize the fact that the nearly related
P. limnoria was subject to similar variation.
A4, Precis limnoria.
Vanessa limnoria, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. xlvii. figs. 6, 7 (1845).
Vanessa naib, Guérin, in Lefebvre’s Voy. Abyss. pl. x1. figs. 1, 2 (1849).
Precis taveta, Rogenhofer, Ann. Hof-Mus. Wien, vi. p. 460, pl. xv. fig. 7
(1891).
Precis guruana, Rogenhofer, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xli. p. 564
(1891).
Eastern and Northern Africa. B. M.
We have six grades of this species, the extreme wet phase
being P. guruana, followed by two transitions to the next-
named form P. limnoria; this is followed by P. taveta and
concludes with P. nazb, the extreme dry phase.
45. Precis andremigja.
Vanessa andremiaja, Boisduval, Faun. Ent. de Madag. p. 45 (1838).
Vanessa musa, Guérin, Icon. Régne Anim. p. 474 (1884).
Precis Galamt, Mabille, in Grand. Madag., Lép. i. p. 137, pl. xiii. figs. 10,
11, pl. xviii. a, figs. 2, 3 (1885-7).
Precis Boisduvah, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. i. p. 100 (1885).
Madagascar. B. M.
We have all gradations between P. andremiaja, the extreme
wet phase, and P. Boisduvali, the extreme dry phase.
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 211
46. Precis terea.
Papiho terea, Drury, Ili. Ex. Ent. ii. pl. xviii. figs, 3, 4 (1773).
Western and Equatorial Africa. B. M.
The dry phase appears to be rare.
47. Precis tereoides, sp. n.
Allied to P. terea, but the orange belt abbreviated, and
only indicated by a more or less diffused streak inside the
transverse central dark brown line; primaries as strongly
falcated at all seasons as in the dry phase of P. terea.
E:xpanse of wings 48-51 millim.
British E. Africa to the Arusa Galla country. B. M.
48. Precis elgiva.
Junonia elgiva, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i1., Jun. pl. i. fig. 1 (1864).
Junonia zipha, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 7 (1869).
Southern to British Hast Africa. B. M.
The locality ‘Old Calabar” for P. z7pha must have been
incorrect; in our long series we have no West-African
example at all approaching P. elgiva. ‘This species has a
more decided dry phase than P. terea—leaf-like below and
with violaceous tints.
49. Precis Goudotiv.
Vanessa Goudotii, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 45, pl. vii. fig. 1
(1833).
Madagascar. B. M.
We possess only a rather dry phase of this species.
D0. Precis Gregorit.
Junonia Gregorn, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p..726, pl. xlii. figs. 7, 8.
British East Africa. B. M.
Lhe seasonal phases of this species appear to be very little
marked. P. Gregorit might almost as correctly be regarded
as a form of P. Goudotit as of P. stygia; but it differs
remarkably in outline of wing from both species, although the
form of the secondaries is almost that of P. Goudotii.
D1. Precis stygia.
Precis stygia, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xv. p. 275 (1894).
Precis ethyra, Staudinger (nec Feisthamel), Exot. Schmett. i, p. 102
(1883).
West Africa. B. M.
The extreme dry phase seems to be very rare. It is leaf-
212 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
like below, the markings, excepting the stripe across the
middle of the secondaries, being ill-defined. Intermediate
forms are commoner, but not abundant.
52. Precis natalica.
Precis natalica, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 106 (1860).
Junonia chorimene, Hopfter (nec Guérin), in Peters’s Reise n. Mossamb.,
Ins. p. 381 (1862).
Junonia hecate, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. p. 140, pl. iii. fig. 6 (1862-6).
Southern, Hastern, and Central Africa. B. M.
P. hecate is the intermediate phase ; the dry phase has all
the white spots on the under surface of the primaries suffused
with brownish.
53. Precis chorimene.
Vanessa chorimene, Guérin, Icon. Régne Anim. p. 476 (1844).
Vanessa orthosia, Klug, Symb. Phys. pl. xlviii. figs. 8, 9 (1845).
Salamis ethyra, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. (2) viii. p. 250 (1850).
West Africa. B. M.
P. orthosia is the dry phase of the species.
54. Precis iphita.
Papilio iphita, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. ecix. C, D (1782).
India and Ceylon, Mergui, Pegu, Burma, China, Malacca,
and Borneo. B. M.
The dry phase is smaller than the extreme wet phase and
has much more falcated primaries, with more uniform and
more violaceous under surface, the ocelli being much reduced
in size.
55. Precis intermedia.
Precis intermedia, Felder, Reise der Noy., Lep. iii. p. 402 (1867).
Celebes. B. M. re
I cannot admit the identity of this insect with P. dphzta ;
the primaries are always more produced. The dry phase
differs from the wet in the paler sandy brown under surface
without pearly blue bands.
56. Precis ida.
Papilio ida, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xi. C, D (1776). |
Apatura tragia, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 35 (1816),
Vanessa idamene, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 815 (1819).
Java, ‘Ceylon, Bombay, Nepaul.” B. M.
The dry phase of this species somewhat resembles P. cphita,
but the pale bands are brighter, yellower; the dark basal
area always with nearly straight outer edge.
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 213
d7. Precis adelatda.
Precis adelaida, Staudinger, Iris, 1889, p. 51.
Precis neglecta, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1899, vol. iii. p. 103.
Borneo and Philippines. B. M.
The wet phase is extremely like P. ¢da, but is slightly
more clouded with brown above; typical P. adelaida is
probably an intermediate phase, the dry phase being similar
but smaller and washed with green above.
98. Precis hedonia.
Papilio hedonia, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 279 (1764).
Precis hellanis, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 402 (1867).
Celebes, Ternate, Mysol, Ceram, Amboina, Ké, Dobbo,
Aru, New Guinea, Trobriand, New Britain, New Ireland,
Solomon Islands. B. M.
Precis hellanis often (probably always) occurs in the same
localities with P. hedonta, of which it appears to me to be an
intermediate phase; no dry phase is known to me.
59. Precis zelima.
Papilio zelima, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 492 (1775) ; Donovan, Ins. New
Holl. pl. xxiii. fig. 2 (1805).
Australia (Queensland, Adelaide). B. M.
This is the Australian representative of P. hedonia; it is
smaller, never shows the pale external area of that species,
and has a fairly well-marked dry phase; its wet phase never-
theless is remarkably close to Ké Island examples of P. hed-
Janis, but is more brightly blue-banded below and has smaller
ocelli.
60. Precis atlites.
Papilio atlites, Johanssen, Ameen. Acad. vi. p. 407 (1764).
Papilio laomedia, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 772 (1767).
Eastern India, Ceylon, Nicobars, Andamans, Burma, Ma-
lacea, Java, Nias, Sumatra, Borneo, Philippines. B. M.
In the extreme dry phase all the markings on the under
surface excepting the central band become indistinct; the
ocelli small, with barely a trace of the black spots.
61. Precis antigone.
Junonva antigone, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 898 (1867).
Precis tristis, Miskin, Blue Book, H.M. Colonial Possessions, no. 103,
Brit. New Guinea, pp. 117-124 (1891).
Aru and New Guinea. B. M.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 16
214 Dr. A. G. Butler—A Revision of the
Miskin’s description is not a bad one of undoubtedly this
species.
62. Precis expansa.
Precis expansa, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 857.
Ké, Damma, Timor, Timor Laut (type; also Coll. Crowley).
B. M.
63. Precis erigone.
Papilio erigone, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxii, E, F (1779).
Java. B. M.
The seasonal phases of this species differ much as in other
Oriental forms of Preczs, but the central bar across the second-
aries becomes indistinct in the intermediate and dry phases, as
do all the markings on these wings, which in the dry phase
become of a nearly uniform pale clay-colour, faintly washed
with lilac.
63 a. Precis Walkert (local form of P. ertgone).
Altogether darker and less ochraceous than P. expansa ;
the pale band and spots on the primaries distinctly paler.
Hxpanse of wings, ¢ 50, 2 53 millim.
Semao Island (J. J. Walker). B. M.
This is one of the gradations leading to P. ertgone from
P. expansa; the following is another :—
63 6. Precis celebensts (local form of P. ertgone).
Differs from P. ertgone in its slightly more ruddy colouring,
the costa of the primaries rather longer, the row of connected
ocelli on the secondaries with more brightly orange irides than
in the wet phase of P. erzgone.
Expanse of wings 56 millim.
Celebes. B. M.
64. Precis lemonias.
Papilio lemonias, Linnzeus, Mus. Lud. Ulv. p. 277 (1764).
Papilio aonis, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767).
India, Burma, China, Formosa, Philippines, Lankowi,
Penang, Malacca. B. M.
The dry phase is slightly marked and often rosy on the
under surface.
65. Precis timorensis.
Junonia timorensis, Wallace, Trans. Ent. Soc, 1869, p. 346.
Junonia valesca, Friihstortter, Berl. ent. Zeit. xliii. p. 181 (1898).
Timor, Sumba (Crowley Coll.). B. M.
J. valesca is the wet phase, as Herr Friihstorfter supposed.
Butterflies of the Genus Precis. 215
66. Precis tona.
Junonia tona, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. i. p. 350 (1894),
New Guinea (Crowley Coll.). B. M.
67. Precis rhadama.
eae rhadama, Boisduval, Faune Ent. de Madag. p. 44, pl. vii. fig. 2
(1833).
Madagascar, Mauritius, Rodriguez, Johanna. B. M.
In the dry phase, as usual, the markings of the under
surface are confused, the white markings being suffused with
grey, the white central band of the secondaries replaced by a
yellow one, and the ocelli indistinct and reduced in size.
68. Precis touhilimasa.
Tunonia touhilimasa, Vieillot, Ann. Sec. Ent. France, lxi. Bull. p. 148
(1892).
Junonia pavonina, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 257, pl. xvi. fies, 1-3,
Fwambo, and between Tanganyika and Nyasa. B. M.
J. touhilimasa is the wet phase answering to my fig. 3;
figs. 1 and 2 are the dry phase.
69. Precis artaxia.
Junonia artaxia, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. iii., Jun. pl. i. fig. 6 (1864).
Precis Nachtigalli, Dewitz, Nev. Act. Acad. Nat. Cur. xli. 2, p. 194,
pl. xxv. fig. 16 (1879).
Mashonaland, Portuguese E. Africa, Nyasa, Fwambo.
B. M.
The seasonal phases of this species differ much as in
P. touhilimasa ; P. artaxia is the dry phase and P. Nachti-
galli the wet. In all collections obtained during both wet
and dry seasons we have received both forms.
70. Precis almana.
Papilio almana, Linneeus, Mus. Lud. Uly. p. 272 (1764).
Papilio asterie, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 769 (1767).
Junonia mkobariensis, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii. p. 482
(1862).
Junonia javana, Felder, 1. c. p. 487 (1862).
Junonia sumbe, Doherty, J. A. 8. B. lx. p. 172 (1891).
India, Ceylon, Andamans, Mergui, Pegu, Burma, Siam,
Malacca, Penang, Sumatra, Java, Philippines, Formosa,
China, Celebes. ;
As is now well known, P. asterie is the wet phase and
P. almana the dry ; the intermediate phase retains the out-
line of the wet, but the under-surface colouring approaches
Lor
216 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
that of the dry phase; nevertheless all intermediate examples
are not absolutely constant, some showing more falcation of
the primaries than others. The local variations are not
constant enough to deserve names, but examples from Western
China tend to have smoky secondaries ; and an example which
we have from the Celebes is of a smoky ochraceous tint over
the whole upper surface; examples from Java are usually
rather small, but not smaller than many other examples of
the species. The characters upon which the var. sumbe is
separated are extremely variable: the upper ocellus of the
primaries is sometimes almost lost in the black bar from costa,
and the lower ocellus partly enclosed in a black patch in
Indian examples; the lower ocellus in the secondaries is
sometimes quite large, at others almost obliterated ; the upper-
most ocellus on the under surface of primaries is sometimes
well-formed, with defined pupil, sometimes reduced to a fine
point; the upper pair on the secondaries exhibits great
variation as regards separation, and the lines on the under
surface are frequently almost entirely red-brown instead of
black; the pale bands on the under surface also vary in
number, the wettest phase showing them most distinctly.
XXX.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-
drews.—No. XXI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D.,
F.R.S., &e.
[Plate I.]
. On some Points in the Life-history of the Littoral Fishes.
. On Japanese Annelids—Nephthys and Eteone.
. On Norwegian Annelids collected by Canon Norman.
. On Canadian Phyllodocide collected by Mr. Whiteaves.
. On certain Hestonide from the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870.
Oui co bo
1. On some Points in the Life-history of the Littoral
Lishes*.
No group of marine fishes is better fitted for demonstrating
the great mortality which ensues between the period of the
deposition of the ova and the adult condition than the littoral
fishes, such as the Shanny, Cottus, Gunnel, and Viviparous
Blenny. This is especially true of such a form as the
Shanny, the adults of which can, as a rule, be readily
located on rocky shores in the pools between tide-marks.
* Communicated to the Bradford Meeting of the British Association,
1900.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 217
Not unfrequently only a single Shanny is encountered in a
pool, its presence being disclosed by the noise as it leaps from
the seaweeds on which it has been lying into the water.
Yet the adult females deposit a considerable number of eggs
in small rocky caverns, and the young abound in the rock-
pools in August and September, when they are still more or
less pelagic. As they increase in size they become fewer—
not so much by spreading themselves in the ocean or by
taking advantage of new sites amongst the rocks, but
apparently by steady diminution from predatory neighbours.
Thus it is that large adults are comparatively rare at
St. Andrews.
The eggs of the Shanny would not seem to suffer so
seriously from the attacks of ‘birds, rats, and predatory fishes
as those of the Short-spined Cottus and the Lumpsucker, nor
are the adults much, if at all, molested by man, yet the drain
on the young and adolescent forms suffices to restrict the
numbers.
The Viviparous Blenny is by no means plentiful in its
adult condition between tide-marks, even in winter, though
it cannot be said to be rare. Its distribution at St. Andrews,
for instance, is similar to what it was fifty years ago, and
perhaps for a very much longer period; yet its young, so far
as observed, do not leave the tidal region, though the adults
may occasionally be seen following the flowing tide at low-
water mark. It has also to be mentioned that in spring and
summer the adults are rare between tide-marks, probably
having gone to estuarine and laminarian regions to recruit.
They are more frequently met with in the rock-pools from
November to January. Yet the adults are to be found in
the harbour throughout the summer; they appear to take
to the rock-pools in connection with the discharge of their
young. The viviparous habit affords a contrast both with
those having demersal and those having pelagic eggs. The
young, further, reach an advanced stage of growth (about
two inches) before leaving the parent, and thus commence
life under favourable auspices; yet the attacks made on them
by pelagic and littoral fishes, and even by their own parents,
suffice to keep the species in check, so that though an adult
female may produce from 40 to 70 or more young in a form
capable of taking care of themselves, and at once sheltering
under stones, sticks, crabs, shells, and similar structures, yet
the losses ere they reach the adult condition are great—and
this without any interference in our country by man.
The Short-spined Cottus (Cottus scorpius) shows the same
abundance of demersal eggs and even greater numbers of
218 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
pelagic young, yet the adults are by no means plentiful in
rock-pools or in the laminarian region. The eggs are a
favourite food of many fishes and some birds, so that
destruction begins early in the life-history. The larval and
post-larval forms are pelagic and may be caught at the surface
in inshore water, for their range at this stage appears to be
greater than that of the Shanny, just as the range of the
adult extends beyond the tidal region into the neighbouring
sea, ‘Their gaudy coloration and protective spines, however,
do not prevent a serious reduction in their numbers, so that
the contrast between thecrowds of young and the comparatively
few adults is noteworthy.
The eggs of the Lumpsucker, though the adult is not
strictly a littoral fish, are perhaps the most conspicuous
demersal eggs on our shores *, both in regard to numbers
and coloration, and they have the further interest in that they
are faithfully guarded by the males. The newly hatched
young are pelagic, and often swarm in the rock-pools and
adjoining inshore areas, while the subsequent stages—to
nearly 20 mm. in length—are also pelagic, though some of
the larger are fixed by the sucker to floating pieces of sea-
weed (fuc?) and thus are captured in the tow-nets. They
(the larger) can, however, swim rapidly from place to place
on separation from the weeds. Their greenish tints—with
remarkable touches of silvery white—and their peculiar
papillae: do not seem to prevent a great reduction in numbers
from this stage onwards, chiefly by the attacks of predatory
fishes. ‘The adults are certainly comparatively few in contrast
with the masses of ova and the swarms of post-larval
specimens, though from their frequenting the region beyond
low-water mark there is less opportunity for observation than
in the case of the Shanny. Besides, seals are fond of the
adults and many of the males fall victims to their faithful
guardianship of the eggs. While this species is in greater
numbers than such as the Shanny, its habits and its size prove
fatal, for it 1s caught in considerable masses in the salmon
bag-nets off rocky coasts, and in former times was used to feed
the pigs of the fishermen. The adults are also occasionally
caught on hooks 20-30 miles from land.
The Gunnels deposit their eggs in masses about the size
of a walnut between tide-marks, and the parents watch them
during incubation. A large number of hardy larval fishes
are produced, and during a considerable portion of their early
growth (larval and post-larval) they are pelagic and often
* They were produced to the Royal Commission on Trawling, in
1883, as the eges of the haddock.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 219
occur in great numbers at a distance from the tidal region.
The adolescents, again, have been met with at considerable
depths. The adults, on the other hand, are found under
Fuct in tidal rivulets and under stones between tide-marks.
Though common, they never form groups, but occur singly or
in pairs, and their numbers (in contrast with those of the
young) are insignificant. The large number and hardy
nature of the latter indicate that a great increase would
annually take place if their ranks were not seriously thinned
during growth. The migration of the young seawards
probably increases the chances of survival, though some
might consider that such augments the danger. Much
depends, however, upon the eagerness with which the early
stages are pursued by littoral, laminarian, or pelagic fishes.
Fifteen-spined Sticklebacks are by no means numerous
between tide-marks, though at the same time they are gene-
rally distributed. They occur in rock-pools (especially those
approaching high-water mark), where they make their nests.
Their eggs are not so numerous as in the foregoing forms,
but they are thus specially protected. ‘The young are
plentiful in the rock-pools in June and present hundreds for
every adult along the coast-line. As the young seem to keep
to the rock-pools during growth, it is in the tidal region that
the decrease in their numbers takes place, and it may be
that great mortality ensues before the spines are fully
developed, though much weight need not be attached to this
feature. Both littoral and pelagic fishes, and, in their early
stages, Mysidee and other crustaceans, have them for prey.
The result is that their ranks dwindle to a few adults
here and there in the rock-pools of a region, their protective
spines and hard surface having failed to do more for their
preservation.
The next species, the Five-bearded Rockling, belongs to
a different category, since its eggs are numerous and pelagic.
The adults occur sparingly between tide-marks in rock-pools,
and seldom seek the adjoining area seawards. The pelagic
eges tend to scatter the species widely, and the larval and
post-larval stages follow the same pelagic habit. ‘The young
are familiar as silvery mackerel-midges in the surface
tow-nets all round our shores. Thus the eggs and young
may wander far from the place of their nativity and spread
the species on new sites; yet neither the large number and
transparency of the former nor the wide distribution of the
latter enables the species to increase beyond a certain.
specified limit, and this though there is no interference by
man. The contrast between the life-history of this form and
220 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
that of such members of the same family as the cod, haddock,
whiting, and ling, is sufficiently pronounced, for in the one
case the species is limited, even though the eggs are every-
where found in the tow-nets, whereas in the others the
numbers are immense, and this notwithstanding all the efforts
of man to destroy them.
A consideration of all the foregoing forms shows that the
numbers of the adults do not, as a rule, vary much from
period to period, and that the large number of eggs—whether
demersal or pelagic—and of young are necessary to maintain
the species, and this though there is no systematic capture of
any of them either for food or for pleasure. Moreover, the
incursions or migrations of the young into the neighbouring
waters in their pelagic condition probably play an important
part in the preservation of the species, yet there is consider-
able variety in the methods by which this is carried out.
Further, if such uniformity and persistence characterize
littoral fishes everywhere within the easy access of man, it is
not a great step to the view which holds that the marine food-
fishes are in no great danger of extinction by the operations
of man. These fishes have a vast area of water which is
utilized not only for the migrations of the adults but for the
spread of the pelagic eggs, larve, post-larval forms, and
adolescents. ven were the inshore flat-fishes, for instance,
to be reduced to such a degree that their capture would no
longer be profitable, that fact would be their safeguard, for
they would be left, amidst the most favourable surroundings,
to augment their decimated ranks.
2. On Japanese Annelids—Nephthys and Hteone.
Nephthys Jeffreysit.
A single example of a small Nephthys was dredged in
30 fathoms by Capt. St. John in the Japanese area 33° 58’ N.,
130° 27’ K., and sent to me in 1874 by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys.
The head is proportionally smaller than in N. longisetosa,
(Erst., to which the species is allied, and forms a somewhat
hexagonal lozenge, with a pair of small though very distinct
black eyes at the posterior border, which, like the anterior,
forms the narrow sides of the hexagon. The anterior
tentacles are subulate and curve forward. The posterior
pair, of a similar shape, follow closely. The proboscis is of
considerable length, has somewhat longer papille than in
NN. longisetosa, in 22 rows (instead of 15 in the species
mentioned) and 6 or 7 in each row. hey increase in length
from the proximal to the distal series and have a backward
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 221
curve. The usual series of bifid papille occur on the distal
margin (in extrusion).
The body has the typical shape. The posterior region is
absent. The bristles resemble those of LV. longisetosa in
their curvature and strength, but the two annelids are readily
discriminated by the reduction of the dorsal lamella in the
Japanese form.
In the typical foot the dorsal lamella has a stiff conical
outline (Pl. I. fig. 1), standing nearly erect instead of having
the backward slope of that in N. longisetosa, and it is directed
outward and slightly upward. The dorsal cirrus is a slender
subulate process with an enlarged base, and is connate with
the base of the branchia. The latter is somewhat slender,
and is curved inwards, as in N. longisetosa. The capillary
dorsal bristles are pale, strong, and curved backward from
a limited origin below and in front of the lamella. The spine
is indistinct, but pierces a papilla between these bristles and
the camerated anterior series. The line of origin of both sets
of bristles is unusually limited. Unfortunately the bristles
have lost their finer characters, but both the capillary and
the camerated are stout, the segments in the latter being in
many narrow.
The inferior division presents dorsally a curved, slightly
tapered, branchial process, somewhat thicker than the dorsal
cirrus. The tip of the lobe is bluntly conical and bevelled
from above downward in lateral view—from the shape of the
posterior lamella. The capillary and barred (camerated)
bristles lie in front, the latter having no perceptible guard or
fillet to their base anteriorly. The ventral cirrus is pro-
portionally large, with a swollen base and tapering extremity.
In describing Nephthys dibranchis in the Annelids of the
* Challenger,’ allusion was made to the species thus :—
“A similar species (Nephthys Jeffreysii) comes from Japan,
lat. 38° 58’ N., long. 130° 27’ E., where it was dredged by
Capt. St. John. The structure of the foot, however, shows a
characteristic divergence. Instead of being rounded, the
superior lamella has a nearly straight upper edge, the tip is
pointed, and the external border convex. ‘The superior lobe
of the foot is less produced than in the foregoing, the cirrus
at the base of the branchia is symmetrically dilated at the
base, and thereafter forms a nearly cylindrical process. The
branchial process is both shorter and more slender, and
the enlargement a little beyond the base externally very
prominent. ‘The inferior lobe is very short, presenting
superiorly a short, straight, branchial process which extends
a little beyond the tip of the lamella beneath, which is some-
222 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
what conical. The ventral cirrus is broadly fusiform at the
base, and slender distally.”
Hteone japanensis, sp. n.
Habitat. Dredged in the Japan Sea by Capt. St. John in
1874 and sent by Dr. Gwyn Jeffreys.
It is a comparatively small species, apparently about an
inch in length. The head forms a proportionally broad
spathulate and truncate region, with two well-marked eyes
situated towards the posterior region. The tentacles are of
average size and subulate. The tentacular cirri are also
subulate, but tapered to a fine point, and scarcely reach the
diameter of the narrow body. ‘The latter is linear elongate,
very slightly tapered anteriorly, but more distinctly diminished
posteriorly, where it terminates in two ovoid styles or cirri.
The feet (Pl. I. fig. 2) lean to the type of Hteone arctica,
Malmeren, but differ in the more elongated or broadly
lanceolate dorsal lamelle, which likewise have a longer
pedicle. This difference is especially marked posteriorly.
The setigerous process is somewhat pointed and bears a series
(few in number) of slightly curved bristles that are stouter
than those of Hteone arctica. ‘The shortness of the dilated
region at the end of the shaft and the shorter curved hooks
at the tip on each side of the terminal blade are character-
istic. ‘The terminal blade is very finely tapered, and the
edges so minutely denticulated that the teeth are invisible in
ordinary views. ‘The ventral lamella stands freely outward
as a broadly lanceolate process, but its tip does not project
beyond that of the setigerous division.
3. On Norwegian Annelids collected by Canon Norman, D.O.L.,
LL.D.—Nephthydide, Phyllodocide, and Hesionide.
No new species was met with in the groups under
consideration, but Nephthys hystricis, M‘I., var., was found
to be common off Lervig, in Lervig Bay. In this variety
the body is less firm than in Nephthys ciliata, O. F. M.,
with which species it agrees in the size of the papille of the
proboscis, but the latter is smooth inferiorly (in extrusion)
instead of being papillose. ‘The anterior free flap of the
foot is very small, and in some appears to be absent. The
other forms were Nephthys pansa, Khlers, N. cirrosa, Ehlers,
N. scolopendroides, D. Ch. (young), N. ciliata, O. F. M. (the
most abundant species), and a young example of N. ceca,
Fabr.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 223
Nephthys pansa, Ehlers *, was originally described from
Station 45 of the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition, 30th July, 1869,
51° 1 N., 11° 24'.W., at a depth of 426-458 fathoms, and a
bottom temperature of 8°35 Celsius.
A specimen was procured by Canon Norman off Drébak,
Christiania Fjord, in 30-100 fathoms.
It is distinguished by its somewhat short proboscis, which
has about four papille in each of the rows (22), and the
structure of the feet. The latter present a narrow posterior
lamella and a short conical dorsal cirrus, whilst the branchize
in the anterior segments form short, flat, and broad lamella,
but they diminish posteriorly to small processes, so that the
feet approach those of N. incisa, Mgrn. The proboscis has
no long median papilla as in N. ciliata. The capillary
bristles are boldly curved and strongly serrated, and the
barred or camerated bristles have the usual structure.
The Phyllodocide are represented by the generally dis-
tributed Phyllodoce grenlandica, Cirsted, Humida sanguinea,
Cirsted, by the less. common WNotophyllum polynoides,
Cirsted, Genetyllis lutea, Malmgren, Hteone fucata, Sars (?),
and the rarer Mysta barbata, Malmgren, and Sige fusigera,
Malmgren, the last being, indeed, a characteristically
northern form.
Only two of the Hesionide were obtained, viz. Ophio-
dromus vittatus, Sars, and Castalia punctata, O. F. M., both
finely coloured species, especially the former.
4, On Canadian Phyllodocide.
The specimens were dredged by Mr. Whiteaves, now of
the Geological Survey of Canada, from 1871-1873.
Besides those subsequently noted, the ubiquitous Phyllo-
doce grenlandica, Cirsted, was most abundant, large
specimens occurring 15 miles 8.8.E. of Bonaventure Island
and on Bradelle Bank. There were also a form near Phyllo-
doce laminosa, Savigny, and another species which differs
both from this species and P. grenlandica. Three species of
Eteone are present, viz. a form near L. lentigera, Malmgren,
Eteone spetsbergensis, Mgrn., and another which approaches
the E. cinerea, of Webster and Benedict. One specimen of
E. spetsbergensis, from Bradelle Bank, had, about the 52nd
foot on the left, an elongate-ovoid white crustacean parasite
fixed firmly in the sulcus between two feet. The flask-
shaped body is smooth, but dorsally (in regard to the annelid)
a transversely elongated brownish area occurs, and internally
* Zeitsch, f. w. Zool. Bd. xxv. p. 40, pl. iii. figs. 1 & 2.
224 Prof. M‘Tntosh’s Notes from the
opaque whitish granules extend distally from it. The thick
end of the elongated pear-shaped parasite narrows to a
chitinous proboscis, which is deeply inserted in the tissues of
its host.
Phyllodoce sp.?
Habitat. Dredged in Gaspé Bay, Canada, 30 fathoms,
1873, by Mr. Whiteaves.
Head (in spirit) forming a blunt cone, with the four short
_ subulate tentacles at the tip. The posterior margin of the
head is cordate, with two lateral bosses. The eyes are of
good size, though much smaller than those of P. oculata,
Ehlers *, and are situated about the posterior third of the
head and have lateral as well as dorsal vision. The tentacular
cirri are of average length, the anterior dorsal arising just
outside the lateral boss.
Body. As only a fragment of the anterior region was
procured, all that can be said is that the general structure is
typical, the segments being boldly marked dorsally and
ventrally, two transverse bars in each segment being present,
and ventrally a median longitudinal groove.
The foot (Pl. I. fig. 3) is characterized dorsally by a broad
and somewhat irregular lanceolate lamella, which probably
is considerably altered posteriorly. The setigerous region is
slightly bifid, and bears a series of pale bristles, with the
usual curve distally below the dilated end of the shaft, which
is spinous along the edge and more minutely so on the
surface. The terminal blade is long, finely tapered at the
tip, and rather boldly serrated on the edge.
The ventral lamella is irregularly lanceolate, with a
pointed tip, which extends fully as far outward as the tip of
the setigerous process.
This species differs from Phyllodoce laminosa in the shape
of the dorsal lamelle, for they are much less foliaceous ante-
riorly, and the ventral lamelle do not project so much beyond
the setigerous region.
The tips of the bristles are also longer and more tapered,
and in this respect they also differ from the P. fragilis of
Webster f.
It is no nearer P. grenlandica or other form. It differs
from the P. oculata of Ehlers, also from the American waters,
which has a dorsal lamella of similar shape anteriorly and
spinose dilated ends to the shafts of the bristles, by the
broader and shorter ventral lamelle.
* Florida-Anneliden, p. 135, Taf. 40. ff. 4-6.
J Annelida Virgin, Coast, p. 14, pl. i. figs, 32-37.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 225
The proboscis seems to approach that of P. grenlandica,
having apparently (as the specimen is injured) 17 terminal
papillee, and similar rows of these organs at the base.
The exact relationships of the American Phyllodocide to
the European forms have yet to be more rigidly determined.
Further, more accurate figures of the bristles and other parts
are required. I have been unable to follow the distinctive
characters of such as P. catenula, Verrill, for instance,
as certain parts have been omitted. It is possible that the
present form comes close to the latter.
Eiteone lentigera, Malmgren ?
Habitat. Dredged at 30 fathoms in Gaspé Bay, St.
Lawrence, Canada, 1873, by Mr. Whiteaves.
Head bluntly conical, the transverse exceeding the antero-
posterior diameter, and with a short tentacle on each side of
the rounded snout. The second tentacle is shorter, and is
only visible in lateral and ventral views. A median trian-
gular region of the head is cut off by a line from the con-
striction behind the dorsal tentacles to the centre of the
posterior border of the head, a lateral area with a rounded
external border being thus separated on each side. The
tentacular cirri are short subulate organs, not more prominent
than the feet. No eyes are present.
Body, to judge from the fragment, approaching three
inches in length, very slightly tapered anteriorly, and having
the usual shape. A prominent papilla guards each side of
the mouth posteriorly. When the body is viewed laterally the
-setigerous process of the foot is anterior, the dorsal and ventral
lamelles sloping backward, except in the anterior segments.
The proboscis in extrusion is smooth at the base, clavate
and rugose distally, while within the riag of smaller papillee
at the tip a much larger papilla projects from each side
anteriorly, simulating teeth.
The rounded dorsal lamelle are nearly vertical in front,
but posteriorly somewhat overlap. The dorsal lamella
forms a rounded fan anteriorly, then the edge becomes more
prominent and the symmetry of the fan less perfect. The
pedicle is also longer. The setigerous lobe is somewhat short
and massive, blunt and bifid at the tip. The shafts of the
bristles are slender; the dilatation at the tip has a distinct
shoulder, is obliquely striated, and presents two short stout
terminal hooks or spines, which, when the blade is viewed in
profile, are lateral in position and next the serrated edge
of the blade. Secondary small spines are visible on the
226 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
ridges in some examples. The terminal process is obliquely
striated, of moderate length, serrated on the edge, and finely
tapered.
The ventral lamella is bluntly rounded at the tip in front
and broadly ovate. It projects considerably beyond the seti-
gerous region both in the anterior and posterior feet, but it is
narrower and more pointed externally.
A specimen had thrust itself into the tube of Chetopterus.
Unfortunately Prof. Verrill does not mention the condition
of the proboscis or the ventral lamelle in his species *.
Accordingly his Hteone robusta, E. limicola, and E. setosa
cannot be accurately identified.
Eteone cinerea, Webster & Benedict ?
Habitat. Dredged by Mr. Whiteaves between Bradelle
Bank and Miscou Island, in 45 fathoms, Gulf of St. Lawrence,
Canada.
Head forming an obtuse cone, brownish, and without
visible eyes. The tentacles are short. The subulate tenta-
cular cirri are a little longer than the feet, and about four
seem to be present on each side, thus differing from the
typical Hteone.
Body incomplete, about three-quarters of an inch of the
anterior region being present. It 1s tinted brownish in front,
pale posteriorly. ‘The aspect from the dorsum is peculiar,
since the elongated dorsal lamella trend backwards as isolated
TOCESSES.
The 30th foot (PI. I. fig. 4) has dorsally a lobe which, at
the 10th foot, is ovato-lanceolate, and although the pedicle is
short it extends far outward and upward from the setigerous
process. It increases in size posteriorly, and the pedicle
becomes more distinct, the lamella forming an elongate ovoid,
slightly narrowed at the tip, yet presenting a more or less
clavate aspect in certain views. In form the dorsal lamella
somewhat resembles that of Ehlers’s Mteone sculpta tT from
South Georgia, but in this case it is considerably longer, and
there are other differences in the structure of the feet. The
setigerous process is short and bifid. ‘The shafts of the pale
slender bristles have an elongated or somewhat fusiform
dilatation at the tip, and the spines at the end are delicate
and translucent, but have a similar arrangement to that of
Eteone. ‘he dilatation is very minutely spinulose. The
* TInvertebr. of Vineyard Sound, &c., Rep. U.S. Comm, Fish & Fisheries,
1878, p. 588.
+ Hamburger Magalhaens. Sammelreise, Polychet. p. 53, Taf. 1.
fig. 32 (1897).
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 227
terminal blade is translucent, tapers to an extremely fine
point, and the serrations on the edge are minute. The entire
bristle is perhaps one of the most delicate in the group.
The ventral lamella is ovoid and bluntly rounded in front,
more pointed posteriorly. It projects considerably beyond
the setigerous region.
The Eteone limicola of Verrill*, is described as having
‘lateral appendages small on the anterior segments, becom-
ing much more prominent farther back; anterior branchie
very small, ovate, sessile; those farther back much longer,
and narrow ovate”; but in the Canadian form the dorsal
lamellee extend prominently outward and upward, even so far
forward as the tenth foot. The eyes also appear to differ,
none being visible in the present species. The form
approaches Webster and Benedict’s E. cinerea t, though the
ventral lamella in the Canadian species extends considerably
beyond the setigerous region, whereas in the American author’s
figure it falls short of it.
5. On certain Hesionide from the * Porcupine’
Expedition of 1870.
Tyrrhena atlantica, Roule ¢.
Habitat. Several specimens were dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’
expedition of 1870 at Station 9, on the Channel Slope,
lat. 48° 6! N., long. 9° 18’ W., in 539 fathoms, on a bottom
of grey mud. Bottom temperature 48°-0 Fahr., surface
temperature 64°:0.
Head more or less quadrate, with the long diameter antero-
posterior, and generally with a median depression and a
somewhat cordate posterior border, so that the eyes occur on
an elevated ridge on each side. ‘lhe anterior pair of eyes are
wide apart, large, rounded, and with a cuticular lens in the
centre, the darkest part of the pigment-ring, in spirit, being
the inner and posterior border. ‘The posterior pair are
rounded or oblique in the preparations. ‘The two pairs lie
in the middle of the head. From the outer and inferior angle
of the head on each side the palpi project forward and
downward, the segment at the tip being proportionally short,
and, in his species, Claparéde observes that it can be partly
invaginated. ‘The organ is of considerable thickness at the
* Invert. Vineyard Sound, &c., Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish & Fisheries,
1873, p. 588.
+ Annelids of Provincetown, Rep. U.S. Comm. Fish & Fisheries.
{ “Campagne du ‘Caudan,’” Ann. de Université de Lyon, Aotit-Sept.,
1895, p, 455, pls. xxi., xxiy., xxv. figs. 9, 10, 24, 28, 29 (1896).
228 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
base, and tapers towards the tip. The tentacle, which is
internal and superior to the former, is subulate and much
more slender. It springs from the front of the head at the
inner edge of the former and is longer. In the median
line between the posterior pair of eyes is a comparatively
short subulate median tentacle, which is easily overlooked,
especially in an indifferent preparation. ‘The edge of the
proboscis projects in the preparations, and in the median line
dorsally is a prominent papilla, which lies under the anterior
border of the snout, and Claparéde states that in life, in his
form, it is surrounded by a circle of cilia. In these prepara-
tions the eyes are considerably larger than in examples of
T. Claparédit from Naples, and the tentacular cirri larger and
longer.
Body about 14 in. long, massive anteriorly, though in life
it tapers a little towards the head,as Delle Chiaje and Claparéde
show in 7’. Claparédii, and more distinctly towards the tail.
It is rounded or convex dorsally, iridescent and minutely
ringed, somewhat flattened ventrally, and with a deep median
groove. ‘The tail terminates in a free median vent, with a
long cirrus at each side. The tentacular cirri are 8 in number
on each side, and are long tapering organs springing from a
massive basal segment, which is furnished internally with
spines. ‘The first four segments are fused, but, as Claparéde
showed in his species, they receive special nerve-twigs, and
thus he thinks the view of De Quatrefages that all the cirri
arise from the buccal segment is untenable. The proboscis
in situ presents a somewhat thick, frilled, anterior edge,
the blunt papilla alluded to projecting from the central
fold of the dorsal arch. As Claparéde pointed out in
T. Claparédii, chitinous jaws are situated in the present
species at the anterior end of the organ én s¢tu in the mid-
dorsal and mid-ventral lines. ‘The dorsal teeth at the free
edge have the shape of a bifid fan, whilst the ventral
resembles a conical tooth. The massive wall of the organ
becomes more chitinous and of a brownish hue, and (extending
backward quite a third of the length of the bedy) terminates
at a prominent aperture (the gut) in the centre of its posterior
wall. ‘Two flattened lateral ceca, also with dark pigment,
occur in this region. ‘The inner surface of the proboscis has
two thick pads behind the teeth in front, a transverse bar on
each side in the middle, and the posterior half is subdivided
by deep grooves. It seems to be an efficient prehensile
and suctorial organ, and its great proportional size probably
renders its function important.
The bristled feet (Pl. I. fig. 5) are 16 in number, long and
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 229
prominent, and their resplendent tufts of bristles make them
still further conspicuous. ‘The dorsal lobe presents just
behind the ridge of the foot the basal segment of the dorsal
crus, while the setigerous region in front is acutely conical,
the long black spine passing to the apex. Hach bears a tuft
of simple and somewhat stiff bristles, which taper gently to a
hair-like tip. The whole bristle is marked by transverse stria
or camerated till within a short distance of the tip. More-
over, the tip is furnished with a regular series of minute
spikes. The latter are much more conspicuously developed
in T. Claparédit from Naples, the spikes in some being
continued far downward, and forming a feature along each
side of the bristle. It was the comparison between the dorsal
bristles of the two forms that many years ago led to their
separation. Claparéde had overlooked the presence of these
spikes in his species, as also has Roule in the present form.
The ventral division is irregularly conical, with a prominent
papilla for the powerful black spine or two. ‘he upper slope
of the region is downward and outward, the inferior (more
abrupt) is downward and inward. In shape the foot thus
differs from that of 7’. Claparédit from Naples, which is longer,
and the inferior setigerous region has an abrupt truncated
extremity with, superiorly, a papilla for the spine. The base
of the dorsal cirrus is carried erect in the specimens from the
‘ Porcupine,’ whereas it is horizontal in 7. Claparédi’, but
this is not of much moment. ‘The bristles (Pl. I. tig. 6) form
a dense tuft. The shaft has a close series of longitudinal and
transverse striz, is slightly dilated at the distal end, and then
bevelled—from the attachment of the terminal process to the
point. The distal blades are longest towards the upper third
of the tuft, shorter dorsally, and sho:test ventrally. Hach is
flattened, slightly tapered, and curved distally, where it is
bifid, with a secondary process beneath. Oblique striz slope
from the serrated edge of the blade downward and backward.
The bevelled base of the blade is attached by a web to the
shaft. These bristles, though pale, are finely iridescent, and
in some are brownish in the posterior region of the body.
In comparing these bristles with those of 7. Claparédii
from Naples the whole bristle is more slender, the tips longer
and more delicate, and the bifid forked tip more minute (PI. I.
figs. 7 & 8). The boldly bifid nature of the tip in
T. Claparédi (fig. 7) and the more distinct secondary process
are in contrast with fig. 8 (7. atlantica) , the second or interior
spur being curved and the secondary process adpressed.
The serrations on the edge of the blade are similar. ‘The
backward tilt of the tip of the bristle is seen in both, but
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vin. 17
230 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the
JT. atlantica has also a tendency to a dorsal curve (2.¢. a
convexity towards the dorsal edge) throughout. It is the
same type of bristle in both, but that from the abyssal
species has been modified. The type of bristle is that of
Dathousia atlantica of the ‘ Challenger ’*.
The ventral cirrus is of considerable length, slender, subulate,
and tapering. It extendsa little beyond the fleshy part of the
foot.
Clapaiéde in his species found the male elements developing
in winter.
The genus Tyrrhena was established by Claparéde + for a
species first discriminated under thename of Costalia Claparédit
in the manuscript of the fourth ‘Annuaire du Musée
Zoologique de Naples,’ by Achille Costa. He characterized
the genus (named after the sea it inhabited) as having few
segments; the head-lobe provided with five antenna (two
palpi and three tentacles); dorsal division of the foot with
capillary bristles, ventral with compound bristles; 8 tentacular
cirri; and the proboscis with two maxille.
What relationship Claparéde’s or the present species has
to the various forms described or alluded to by De
Quatrefages f is uncertain, for there is little that is definite
or that can be relied on in his treatment of the Hesionide, as,
indeed, Claparéde long ago pointed out. In the number of
the tentacular cirri Tyrrhena agrees with the genus Fallacia
of De Quatrefages, but this is all that can be said with
safety.
Though the species had long been discriminated in my
collection, the publication of the Annelids of the ‘ Caudan’ by
Prof. Louis Roule gives his title priority. His single example
was procured in the Atlantic at a depth of 1410 metres. In
his description no allusion is made to the cuticular lens of the
anterior eye. He correctly points out the distinctions from
Tyrrhena Claparédit in regard to the tentacular cirri and the
teeth. His account of the dorsal bristles, however, requires
further elucidation, for he states that they are of two kinds,
viz., a rare form, which is simple and delicate, tapering to a
curved point; the other the camerated bristle, which at its
tip has a cap of granular matter, giving it the aspect of a
racquet. In that from the ‘ Porcupine’ not a few of the
dorsal bristles had a granular parasitic mass near the tip, as,
indeed, is liable to happen in spiked bristles. That the type
of bristle should be so altered (as shown in Prof. Roule’s right
* Annelids of the ‘Challenger,’ p. 186, pl. xv. a. figs, 5-7.
+ Ann. Chét. Nap. p. 227.
{ Annelés, pp. 95-111.
Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 231
figure in fig. 29, pl. xxv.) is remarkable. He has likewise
omitted to record the presence of the spikes. His artist has,
further, taken considerable liberties in his drawing of the
ventral bristles (pl. xxv. fig. 28), but perhaps the style of
plate adopted is unsuitable for the illustration of structures so
delicate and yet so characteristic. The distal segment of the
palpus is also overlooked in pl. xxi. fig. 10 and the sub-
frontal papilla is tapered to a point, whereas that in the
specimens from the ‘ Porcupine’ was blunt.
Dathousiella Carpenter?, sp. n.*
Habitat. A single example was dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’
expedition of 1870 at station 9, on the Channel Slope,
lat. 48° 06! N., long. 9° 18’ W., in 539 fathoms, on a bottom of
grey mud. Bottom temperature 48°-0; surface temperature
64°-0 Fahr. This species accompanied Tyrrhena atlantica,
which, like Ophiodromus and other Hesionidz, has a fondness
for mud—often of a most tenacious description.
Head (PI. 1. fig. 9) agrees with the type seen in Dalhousia
and, though there is no median tentacle, in Tyrrhena. The
tentacles appear to be about the length of the palpi, which
have a short terminal segment. A deep median furrow
separates the rounded lobes on which the large and closely
approximated eyes are situated. ‘The preparation shows less
disproportion between the anterior and posterior eyes than
usual, but it is not good. There are eight pairs of tentacular
cirri, with spines, in the buccal and following segments, and
they appear to have long and slightly moniliform tips as in
allied forms.
Body of the typical form, about 1 in. long (in spirit), and
with 17 bristled segments. The posterior end appears to be
injured, though two short cirri occur beneath the vent. The
papilla beneath the snout is small (or little elevated).
The proboscis has a firm wall and a glistening interior
surface, but, though the parts are dense in the mid-dorsal line,
no distinct teeth are present.
Feet. In the state of the preparation the shape of these is
uncertain, but they are long and appear to diminish more
towards the outer edge than in Tyrrhena. The dorsal cirrus
arises somewhat behind the ridge of the foot, has two very
* The genus thus provisionally established agrees with Heszone in its
uniramous foot, but differs in the structure of the bristles and in the
number of the tentacular cirri. It is named after the late Secretary for
Scotland, who took so masterly a grasp of the Scottish Fisheries. The
specific name is after the late Dr. B.W. Carpenter, who occupied so promi-
nent a part in the ‘ Porcupine’ expeditions,
Le
232 Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.
small black spines at its base, and is long, tapering, and
slightly moniliform. No dorsal bristles were visible in the
preparation.
The setigerous region tapers towards the outer extremity,
where a papilla occurs. The spine is black and powerful.
The bristles (Pl. I. fig. 10) have comparatively short shafts,
which are minutely striated longitudinally and transversely
as in allied forms. When seen on edge the tips of the shafts
are somewhat fusiform, from the dilatation below the bevelled
region. In lateral view, though the diameter is greater, the dila-
tation is less pronounced and the striz are now oblique. ‘The
terminal blade is comparatively short, has a web connecting
its bevelled base with the shaft, is slightly curved, and tapers
very little to the strongly forked (longitudinally split) terminal
region. The dorsal limb of the fork, viz. that opposite the
serrated edge, is the longer, but is frequently broken. It is
proportionally longer in the upper bristles of the tuft. The
edge of the blade is minutely spinous even up to the base of the
fork. The ventral cirrus is slender and subulate, stretching
beyond the fleshy tip of the setigerous process. The structure
of this bristle would seem to be diagnostic, for though that of
Stephania flecuosa of Delle Chiaje *, as figured by Claparédef,
is a Step in its direction, yet not even uniform and continuous
friction could make it resemble that of the present form, and
this without referring to other distinctive characters of the
species.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Auterior foot of Nephthys Jeffreysti, x about 90 diam.
Fig, 2. Anterior foot of Eteone japanensis. x 90 diam.
Fig. 3. Anterior foot of Phyllodoce sp. ? from Gaspé Bay. xX 79 diam.
Fig. 4. Thirtieth foot of Eteone cinerea, Web. & Bened. xX 250 diam.
Fig. 5. Foot of Tyrrhena atlantica, Roule, viewed from the front.
x 12 diam.
Fig. 6. Bristle (with very short tip) of the foregoing. X about
100 diam.
Fig. 7. Tip ofa bristle of a specimen of Tyrrhena Claparédii from Naples.
xX about 400 diam. :
Fig. 8. Tip of a bristle from Tyrrhena atlantica procured by the
‘Porcupine.’ x about 400 diam.
Fig. 9. Head of Dathousiella Carpenteri, enlarged under a lens. The
specimen was indifferent.
Fig. 10. Distal blade and tip of the shaft of a bristle of the foregoing.
x about 400 diam.
* Mem. sugli Anim. senza Vert. il. pp. 368, 401, & 424, tay. xix.
fig. 8; Descrizione e Not. iii. p. 97, v. p. 108, tav. exxix. fig. 8
+ Supplem. Ann, Nap. 1870, p. 118, pl. xii. fig. 1.
On some Plataspine and Graphosomine. 233
XXXI.—Notes and Descriptions relating to some Plataspins
and Graphosominz (Rhynchota). By W. L. DISTANT.
THE British Museum having recently acquired the very fine
and extensive collection of Plataspines amassed and studied
by Dr. A. L. Montandon, it has become possible— particularly
in so vast a genus as Coptosoma—not only to identify many
obscure species but to describe some new ones. It has
naturally also become necessary to add a few synonymical
notes.
A study of the Graphosomine, the result of some recently
arrived material from the Oriental region, has also added to the
described species and genera.
RHYNCHOTA.
Fam. Pentatomide.
Subfam. Prarasprv@.
CODRONCHUS, gen. nov.
Somewhat broad and moderately convex. Head large,
angulate, the central lobe very broad and ovate, a little shorter
than the lateral lobes, which are divergent and do not meet in
front, lateral margins moderately concave from base to about
the region of the insertion of the antenne and then oblique and
reflexed to apex ; eyes prominent, ocelli nearer to each other
than to the eyes; pronotum with the lateral margins convex,
the anterior margin much excavated, nearly straight at the
extreme base of head, the disk prominently transversely
impressed ; scutellum broad, not quite reaching the apex of
the abdomen, its apex slightly concave; stigmata near the
abdominal margin ; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe ;
antenne five-jointed ; a raised centrally hollowed and mar-
ginally ridged process between the intermediate and posterior
COXR.
Allied to Cratoplatys and Heterocrates.
Codronchus andamanensis, sp. n.
Black, very thickly punctate; eyes ochraceous; rostrum
brownish ochraceous ; femora more or less castaneous. Head
with an undulating transverse ridge between the eyes and
with a short waved basal ridge; pronotum with a patcn ur
transverse striz at centre of anterior margin, and with a
234 Mr. W. L. Distant on some
broad central transverse impression on disk, the lateral margins
convex and somewhat foliate ; pronotum and scutellum with
a faint central longitudinal ridge. Antenne piceous, second
joint shortest.
Long. 8 millim.; max. lat. 5 millim.
Hab. Andaman Islands (Coll. Dist.).
Genus PonsiLa, Stal.
Ponsila montana, sp. n.
Body above shining black; head in front of eyes, eyes,
lateral margins and an oblique line joining subanterior margin
of pronotum, lateral and posterior margins of scutellum and
a small spot near each basal angle, head beneath, antenna,
lateral margins of sternum, rostrum, and legs ochraceous ;
sternum piceous, opaque; abdomen mutilated; fourth and
fifth joints of antennee piceous.
Head with the anterior area transverse, concavely excavated,
the anterior angles obtusely prominent, the central lobe and
anterior and lateral margins piceous ; pronotum and scutellum
thickly and finely punctate; pronotum with a somewhat
obscure transverse impression on anterior area.
Long. 53 millim.; max. lat. 5 millim.
Hab. Assam: Naga Hills (Doherty).
VIGETUS, gen. nov.
Body broad, convex above. Head broad, short, deeply
inserted in the pronotum, concave from between the region of
the eyes, on the inner margin of which is a short distinct
transverse ridge; anterior margin very slightly rounded; the
lobes about equal in length, or central lobe slightly shortest ;
eyes moderately transverse. Pronotum convex, the anterior
lateral margins convexly rounded and moderately laminately
produced, the lateral angles distinctly nodulose; anterior
margin concavely excavated for the reception of the head,
posterior margin nearly straight. Scutellum broad above,
completely covering the abdomen, its apex distinctly concavely
excavated in the male. Rostrum apparently reaching the
intermediate coxe ; antenne with the second joint very short ;
odoriferous apertures very broad and obliquely striate.
A genus allied to Madegaschia, Montand., from which it
differs by the much shorter head, the distinct nodulose lateral
pronotal angles, &c.
Plataspine and Graphosomine. 235
Vigetus typicus, sp. n.
Above shining olivaceous black; thickly, finely, but
obscurely punctate; eyes luteous; base of lateral margin to
corium ochraceous ; head beneath and sternum black, opaque ;
abdomen shining black; legs piceous, apices of femora, tibie,
and tarsi brownish ochraceous; lateral margins of the abdomen
ochraceous, inwardly angulated. Antenne ochraceous, fourth
joint piceous—remainder mutilated.
Long. g and 2, 5 to 6 millim.; max. lat. 44 to 54 millim.
Hab. Assam: Margherita (Doherty).
Genus BRACHYPLATYS, Boisd.
Brachyplatys funebris, sp. n.
Above black, moderately shining with a dull olivaceous
hue; eyes castaneous; head beneath and sternum opaque
black ; abdomen beneath shining olivaceous black ; central
area of head beneath, extreme lateral margins of pronotum
both above and beneath, extreme lateral and apical margins
of scutellum and abdomen ochraceous; lateral margins of
abdomen beneath ochraceous, notched internally, and containing
a submarginal series of black spots; legs castaneous, the
femoral apices, tibie, and tarsi brownish ochraceous; antenne
and rostrum brownish ochraceous. Body above thickly and
finely punctate.
Long. 8 to 9 millim.; max. lat. 7 to 8 millim.
flab. Assam: Sadia (Chennell).
Allied to B. Burmeistert, Dist., from which it can be at
once separated by the narrow ochraceous marginal markings
to the abdomen, not ray-like fascie as in B. Burmeistert.
Genus TrArocoris, Voll.
Tiarocoris consertus, sp. n.
@. Head ochraceous, the margins, margins of central lobe,
an oblique line a little in front of eyes, and the basal margin
piceous. Pronotum with the anterior area ochraceous, glabrous,
containing two large transverse discal black spots; the anterior
margin black and an inner linear series of black punctures to
the dilated anterior margins ; posterior area ochraceous, thickly
covered with large, irregular, coarse, black punctures, the basal
margin narrowly black. Scutellum ochraceous, thickly
covered with very coarse black punctures; the apical margin
and basal transverse circumscribed area much more sparingly
punctate. Sternum piceous, opaque; abdomen shining black ;
236 Mr. W. L. Distant on some
head beneath, prosternum, legs, antennee, rostrum, abdominal
margin, and two ray-like fascia at apex of each abdominal
segment ochraceous; antenne with the fourth and fifth
joints piceous.
Long. 2,5 millim.; max. lat. 45 millim.
Hab. Burma: Ruby Mines (Doherty).
Allied to 7. contestatus, Montand., but at once distinguished
by the punctate and not black posterior area of the pronotum,
by the sparsely punctate apical margin of the scutellum, longer
ray-like marginal fascie to the abdomen, &c.
Tiarocoris signatus, sp. n.
?. Ochraceous, reticulately marked with piceous. Head
ochraceous; anterior margin, margins of central lobe,
and central basal margin narrowly piceous; eyes pale
eastaneous. Pronotum with the anterior area ochraceous,
levigate, with an oblique fascia of black punctures on each
anterior lateral area, and with a similar fascia obliquely
extending from each lateral angle and united with a transverse
fascia—centrally broken—across anterior disk; remaining
area somewhat thickly reticulately marked with piceous.
Scutellum thickly reticulately marked with piceous, with a
distinct black arcuated spot behind the basal transverse
elevation. Body beneath piceous; head beneath, prosternum,
legs, rostrum, abdominal margins, and inner ray-like fasciz
ochraceous ; antenne piceous, first and second joints
ochraceous.
Long. 6 millim.; max. lat. 4 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
Genus Coprosoma, Lap.
Coptosoma prisca, sp. Nn.
Shining black above ; head with the anterior halves of the
lateral lobes more or less ochraceous; pronotum with the
anterior lateral margins and a marginal line near lateral
angles, an irregular transverse series of markings across
anterior disk, a similar oblique series on anterior lateral
dilatations, and two spots on anterior margin ochraceous ;
scutellum with the base and lateral areas mottled with
ochraceous. Body beneath black, the sternum opaque, the
abdomen shining ; legs, lateral margins, and a small angulated
spot at the apex of each abdominal segment ochraceous ;
antenne piceous.
Head broad; scutellum with basal callosity.
Plataspine and Graphosomina. 237
Long. 5 millim. ; max. lat. 5 millim.
Hab. Assam: Margherita (Doherty).
Allied to C. ramosa, Walk., but differing by the broader
head, different markings, &c.
Coptosoma saniosa, sp. n.
Ochraceous, somewhat thickly punctured and mottled with
dark castaneous. Head with the base and margins of central
lobe piceous ; eyes and ocelli pale castaneous. Pronotum with
the anterior third separated by a distinct transverse impression,
within which are two discal angulated piceous lines; a sub-
marginal line on anterior lateral margins and a narrow anterior
submarginal line piceous ; a central pale line extends through
the pronotum and basal callosity of the scutellum. Body
beneath black, the sternum opaque, the abdomen shining ;
head beneath browuish ochraceous ; lateral margins of sternum
and lateral prosternal dilatations, antenne, legs, rostrum,
abdominal lateral margins and a long ray-like fascia (the
centre of which is black) on each segment ochraceous.
Apices of lateral lobes of head cleft, not entirely meeting
in front of central lobe; scutellum with a basal transverse
callosity.
Long. 5 millim.; max. lat. 5 millim.
Hab. Yenasserim: Myitta (Doherty).
In general appearance somewhat resembling C. puncta-
tissima, Montand., but the structure of the head quite
different.
Coptosoma pernobilis, sp. n.
Above pale reddish ochraceous, somewhat thickly covered
with dark brown punctures. Head with the anterior margin,
the ccntral lobe, and basal fascia from inner margin of eyes
black ; eyes castaneous ; antenne ochraceous, fourth and fifth
joints intuscated ; pronotum with two short, curved, transverse,
linear, black fascize on disk; scutellum with a small macular
cluster of dark punctures on each side of basal margin and a
similar spot at apex. Head beneath and sternum piceous,
opaque ; abdomen beneath shining black; lateral margins of
sternum, legs, lateral margins and two prominent ray-like
fasciz at apex of each abdominal segment ochraceous ; each
of the ray-like fasciz possesses a small black spot at base.
Long. 6 millim.; max. lat. 6 millim.
flab, Assam: Margherita (Doherty),
238 Mr. W. L. Distant on some
Coptosoma margherite, sp. n.
Coptosoma W.?, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. iv. p. 216 (1899).
Differs from all the varieties of C. W., Montand., in having
only two small spots at the anterior margin of the pronotum
and not another two behind them, the apical spots to the
scutelium distinctly divided and more truncate, ochraceous
markings darker, &c.
Long. 4 millim.; max. lat. 4 millim.
Hab. Assam: Margherita (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).
I formerly gave a description of this species, supra, but
ascribed it with doubt to the C. W., Montand. Having now
been able to examine a series of specimens belonging to that
species, I find that there are apparently two species and that
one requires a distinctive name.
Coptosoma nilgirensis, sp. n.
Dull opaque ochraceous, very sparingly and irregularly
punctate; head impunctate; pronotum with the anterior,
lateral, and basal areas impunctate, the punctures being
sparingly distributed on the disk; scutellum very sparingly
punctate, a longitudinal space on each side of base impunctate.
Other characters as in C. cribraria, Fabr.
Long. 5 millim.; max. lat. 4 millim.
Hab. Nilgin Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson).
BOZ1us, gen. nov.
Body moderately convex above, subovate. Head deflexed,
convexly rounded in front, the central lobe as long as the
lateral lobes but not elevated, a distinct transverse impression
in front of eyes; antenne moderately robust, second joint
minute; pronotum long, anterior margin concave, anterior
lateral margins moderately laminately dilated, a distinct
transverse impression about one third from apex; scutellum
very strongly transversely impressed near base, the impression
not extending to the basal angles, and with a deep foveate
impression on each side of its termination; rostrum just
passing the anterior coxee ; femora and tibie (especially the
intermediate and posterior) somewhat longly hirsute ; odori-
ferous apertures lineate, ascending; abdomen beneath pilose.
Allied to Tropidotylus, but differing by the non-elevated
central lobe to the head, the foveately depressed scutellum,
different position of the odoriferous apertures, &c.
Plataspine and Graphosomine. 239
Bozitus exsiccus, sp. n.
Dull ochraceous, somewhat coarsely and darkly punctate ;
fourth and fifth joints of antenne and some irregular markings
on the scutellum (of which the most prominent are at the
foveate impressions, two on anterior disk, three or four trans-
verse spots on central lateral area, and some obscure apical
spots) piceous; sternum dull greyish, opaque ; abdomen
piceous ; head beneath, lateral margins of sternum, legs,
yostrum, and obscure marginal abdominal spots dull
ochraceous.
Central impression and foveze to scutellum profound ;
third, fourth, and fifth joints of antenne subequal in length,
or third slightly longest.
Long. 5 millim.; max. lat. 4 millim.
Hab, Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F. Hampson).
Bozius respersus, sp. n.
Above ochraceous, punctured and mottled with piceous.
Head with the anterior margin, base and margins of central
lobe, and basal area piceous; pronotum with two piceous
transverse subfoveate spots, each containing posteriorly a small
ochraceous spot immediately in front of the transverse
impression, disk considerably mottled with piceous, anterior
and lateral margins ochraceous, levigate ; scutellam with the
basal impressed space with a black central fascia and black
at the foveate extremities, on the basal half the punctures
somewhat appear as oblique longitudinal fasciz, on the apical
third there are some transverse series of irregularly shaped
black spots. Body beneath piceous, the sternum opaque, the
abdomen shining ; head beneath, rostrum, lateral margins of
sternum, legs, antenne, lateral margins and an inner row of
Jineate marginal spots to abdomen ochraceous; fourth and
fifth joints of antennee piceous.
Long. 6 millim.; max. lat. 5 millim.
Hab. Nilgiri Hills (Sir G. F&F. Hampson); Utakamand
(Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).
SYNONYMICAL NOTES.
Cantharodes Rutherfordi.
Cantharodes Rutherfordi, Dist. Ent. Month. Mag. xiv. p. 246 (1878).
Cantharodes nubilosus, Montand. Rey. d’Ent. 1892, p. 299.
Coptosoma testacea.
Coptosoma testacea, Walk. Cat. Het. 1. p. 91 (1867).
Captosoma immaculatum, Montand, Ann, Soc, Ent. Belg, xxxviii,
p- 265 (1894).
240 Mr. W. L. Distant on some
Coptosoma aspersa.
Coptosoma aspersa, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 97 (1867).
Coptosoma respersum, Bergr. Wien. ent. Zeit. xi. p. 178 (1892).
Cotypes of Dr. Bergroth’s species were in the collection of
Dr. Montandon.
Coptosoma nepalensis.
Coptosoma nepalensis, Westw. in Hope Cat. i. p. 17 (1887).
Coptosoma obrosum, Montand. Ann, Mus. Genoy. xxxiv. p. 138 (1894).
Coptosoma stam 1c.
Coptosoma siamica, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 89. n. 89 (1867).
Coptosoma concinnula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 94. n. 54.
Coptosoma bellula, Walk. loc. cit. n. 56.
Coptosoma inclusa, Walk. loc. cit. p. 95. n. 57.
Coptosoma Saundersti, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. i. p. 9 (1898).
Coptosoma spherula (part.), Leth. & Sev. loc. cit. p. 9; Dist. A. M.N. H.
(7) iv. p. 216 (1899).
Coptosoma minima, Atkins. J, A. 8. Beng. lvii. p. 3842 (1889); Kulg.
Arch. f. Naturg. 1901, p. 224.
Coptosoma pygmeum, Montand. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. x1. p. 120 (1896) ;
Kulg. Arch. f. Naturg. 1901, p. 221.
Var. orbicula, Walk.
Coptosoma orbicula, Walk. Cat. Het. i. p. 91. n. 47 (1867).
Coptosoma blandula, Walk. loc. cit. p. 96. n. 61.
Coptosoma pygmeum, var. accensitum, Montand. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg.
xl. p. 447 (1896).
Having followed previous authorities from Dallas to Lethierry
and Severin in the identification of C. spherula, Germ., I
now find authentic specimens of that species in Montandon’s
collection. I had (supra) placed the rather long synonymy
under Germar’s species; that being removed, the earliest
described form by Walker naturally now takes its place by
priority. Kulgatz (supra) has also recently pointed out the
distinctness of Germar’s species.
Subfam. GraPHosoMINe.
HKOBANUS, gen. nov.
Allied to Bolbocoris, A. & S. Body convex, short,
moderately gibbous above. Head with the lateral lobes a
little longer and meeting in front of the central lobe, their
margins reflexed. Antenne five-jointed, second joint short
and slender; fourth and fifth and apex of third joints
inerassated. Pronotum with the lateral margins convex, very
strongly transversely impressed on disk. Scutellum almost
Plataspine and Graphosomine. 241
as long as abdomen, deeply sinuate at base, where the corium
is considerably exposed ; two oblique transverse impressions
near base, slightly longitudinally continued at their apices.
Rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxe; meso- and
metasterna with two very distinctly raised central carine.
Hobanus typicus, sp. n.
Black, very coarsely punctate; abdomen beneath much
more finely punctate; antennew and tarsi pale brownish ;
antenne with the third joint a little longest, fourth and fifth
joints subequal.
Long. 33 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 2 millim.
Hab. Burma: Bhamo.
Genus Popops, Lap.
Podops ceylonica, sp. n.
Ochraceous, coarsely and darkly punctate ; head, anterior
area of pronotum, and a small foveate spot at each basal angle
of the scutellum more or less piceous ; scutellum with three
small ochraceous spots at base and with two irregular longi-
tudinal series of very dark punctures; body beneath piceous,
lateral margins of metasternum and abdomen _ broadly
ochraceous ; rostrum and antenne brownish ochraceous, the
last with the apical joint piceous; legs castaneous, tibiz
(excluding bases and the apices of the anterior tibia) and
the tarsi ochraceous.
Pronotum spined at the anterior angles, the spines more or
less horizontally extended, lateral pronotal margins convex.
Long. 7 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (Lewis, Coll. Dist.), Pomparipo (Brit. Mus.).
Allied to P. limosa, Walk., in cclour, but to P. affinis,
Hagl., in the structure of the pronotum.
Podops oehracea, sp. n.
Ochraceous, coarsely and more darkly punctate; head,
anterior area and apices of lateral angles to pronotum, and a
small foveate spot in each basal angle of the scutellum more
or less piceous; body beneath, legs, antennee, and rostrum
ochraceous; disk of abdomen, apical joint of antenne, coxe,
and bases of femora piceous.
Anterior pronotal spines anteriorly extended, lateral margins
of the pronotum almost straight.
Long. 8 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 43 millim.
242 Mr. H. Fulton on some supposed new
Hab. Tenasserim, Victoria Point (Atkins. Coll., Brit.
Mus.) ; Burma, Arakan (Coll. Dist.).
Allied to P. limosa, Walk., but differing by the larger
size, different colour of the body beneath and femora, &c.
Podops dentata, sp. n.
Above brownish ochraceous; head and pronotum thickly
and coarsely punctate, scutellum with the punctures arranged
in five longitudinal series, exposed corium also somewhat
longitudinally punctate; body beneath and legs concolorous ;
femora with a pale annulation near apices; apical joint of
antenne and disks of sternum and abdomen more or less
piceous.
Pronotum with the lateral margins finely dentate, the an-
terior lateral angles produced in short more or less horizontal
spines, lateral angles obtusely spinous, transversely impressed
on anterior disk and behind anterior margin,
Long. 7 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 4 millim.
Hab. Bengal: Maldah (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.),
Calcutta (Coll. Dist.).
Allied to P. serrata, Voll., by the structure of the lateral
pronotal margins, but very distinct from that species.
XXXIT.— Descriptions of some supposed new Species of
Diplommatina, Opisthostoma, and a new Variety of
Alyceus from N. Borneo, Banguey Island, and Dar-
jeeling. By Hues Fuuron.
Alyceus Fultoni, MGlldff., var. degenerans, v. n.
Compared with typical Fulton this variety is smaller, of a
less bright yellow colour, obsoletely angled at the periphery
on front of last whorl, the oblique strize are somewhat stronger,
and the last whorl is not so swollen at the sides as in typical
form.
Alt. 53 millim.; diam. maj. 54 millim.
Hab. Gomanton, N. Borneo.
Opisthostoma concinnum, sp. n.
Shell conical, reddish above, shining golden colour below,
lower part ornamented with oblique somewhat waved coste ;
whorls 64, angularly convex, slowly increasing, last whorl
slightly deflected at the constriction, becoming free at its
Species of Diplommatina, Opisthostoma, ce. 243
termination; aperture circular; peristome thin, slightly
expanded, margined by a moderately broad rim or flange.
Alt. 23 millim.; diam. maj. 3 millim.
Hab. Gomanton, N. Borneo.
Compared with O. Lintere, Sowb., to which it bears a close
superficial resemblance, the present species is slightly smaller,
the whorls are narrower and increase less quickly, and the
last half-whorl (free portion) is more angular.
The coste on last whorl of concinnum form narrow, almost
complete, tubes, whereas in Lintere the coste# extend across
the whorl as in O. pulchellum. The deflection at the
constriction is also greater in Lintere.
Opisthostoma simplex, sp. n.
Shell pyramidal, narrowly perforate, apical whorls reddish,
lower whorls of a somewhat shining golden colour ; whorls 6,
convex, slowly increasing, ornamented with close oblique
costz ; aperture circular; peristome thin, slightly expanded,
not free, right-hand margin touching the whorls, bordered at
the inner margin with a narrow thin rim or flange which is
expanded at the upper part.
Alt. 12 millim.; diam. maj. 2 millim.
flab. (Gomanton, N. Borneo.
This form is nearest in its general characters to O. Austen,
Smith, but can be readily distinguished from that species by
its smaller size and different peristome, which in Austen? is
rather thick and has practically no flange ; whereas in s¢mplex
the peristome is thin and the flange produced, especially at
its upper part. The aperture of O. Austent is somewhat
angular, not circular as in O. simplex.
Opisthostoma Smithi, sp. n.
Shell pyramidal, narrowly perforate, red above, pale yellow
below, ornamented with oblique coste, which are semitubular
on lower portion of last half-whorl; whorls 7, angularly
convex ; aperture circular; peristome free, slightly thickened
and expanded, and margined by a moderately wide rim.
Alt. 3 millim. ; diam. maj. 34 millim.
Hab. Banguey Island, Borneo.
This distinct new species is somewhat like O. Cooker, Smith,
in form ; its sculpture is similar to that of O. Everett’, Smith,
but not so prominently developed as in that species.
Named in honour of Edgar A. Smith, Esq., Assistant-
Keeper of Zoology at the British Museum.
244. Mr. H. Fulton on some supposed new
Diplommatina onyx, sp. n.
Shell dextral, imperforate, ovate-conic, pale yellow, rather
solid; whorls 7, convex, ornamented with very faint oblique
costee, penultimate whorl a shade larger than the last; aperture
subcircular; peristome solid, with raised inner margin;
columella rather thick, vertical, with a strong and prominent
entering plait.
Alt. 22 millim.; diam. maj. 1} millim.
Hab. Busau, N. Borneo (Hverett).
Compared with D. plecta this form is smoother, has no
transverse fold, the columella is vertical, not oblique, and
the peristome is of a different shape.
Diplommatina plecta, sp. n.
Shell dextral, imperforate, subfusiform, pale red-brown,
subpellucid; whorls 7, convex, ornamented with somewhat
inconspicuous oblique coste, penultimate a trifle larger than
the last whorl; aperture subcircular; peristome moderately
thickened, inner margin raised; columella thin, oblique,
directed outwards ; columella plait somewhat prominent; an
interior transverse fold is seen from front of last whorl,
situated a little below and parallel with the suture.
Alt. 23 millim.; diam. maj. 1) millim.
Hab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo (Lverett).
Somewhat similar in form to D. baritensts, Smith, but
with larger penultimate whorl, less numerous and much less
distinct oblique coste ; and it is further distinguished by the
transverse fold.
Diplommatina Sykesi, sp. n.
Shell dextral, subfusiform, imperforate, semitransparent ;
whorls 8, distinctly convex, first 3 with faint oblique strize,
lower whorls smooth, antepenultimate and last whorl about
the same diameter, the penultimate being slightly broader ;
aperture subcircular, columella plait very prominent; _peri-
stome expanded, a slight ridge on the inner margin giving a
duplex appearance ; columella lip vertical, with angle at base
directed towards the left hand.
Alt. 3 millim.; diam. maj. 14 millim.
Hab. Gomanton, N. Borneo.
I know of no species with which to compare this distinct
new form.
Named in honour of E. R. Sykes, Esq., B.A., who has
Species of Diplommatina, Opisthostoma, dc. 245
done, and is still doing, much valuable work in connexion
with the study of the Mollusca.
Diplommatina tenuilabiata, sp. n.
Shell dextral, imperforate, ovate-conic, light red-brown,
subpellucid ; whorls 7, convex, ornamented above with faint
oblique coste, last two whorls almost smooth, penultimate
much larger than the last; aperture subcircular; peristome
thin, with raised inner margin; columella thin, vertical, with
a moderately prominent entering plait.
Alt. 22 millim.; diam. maj. 14 millim.
Hab. Banguey Island (Everett). |
In general form similar to D. onyx, but with a semitrans-
parent appearance, and further distinguished by its larger
penultimate whorl.
Diplommatina oviformis, sp. n.
Shell dextral, ovate, imperforate, very pale yellow, sculp-
tured with oblique, very close-set coste ; whorls 64, convex,
the penultimate slightly wider than the last; aperture sub-
circular ; peristome somewhat thickened, inner margin slightly
raised ; columella lip almost erect, slightly incurved at the
middle; columella plait prominent.
Alt. 22 millim.; diam. maj. 14 millim.
Hab. Darjeeling, India.
In general form very like D. ungulata, Blanf., but without
the peculiar projection on upper part of the peristome, which
is almost circular in D. oviformis, whereas in D. ungulata
it is angular at the basal portion and turned slightly outwards
towards the left hand.
Diplommatina regularis, sp. n.
Shell dextral, ovate-conic, imperforate, creamy white,
ornamented with very distinctly raised, thin, oblique coste ;
whorls 7, very convex, first five regularly increasing in diameter,
last two about equal; aperture circular; peristome slightly
expanded, double ; columella plait rather deeply inserted.
Alt. 23 millim.; diam. maj. 1 millim.
Hab. Darjeeling, India.
I know of no Indian species nearer to this than D. pudlula,
Bens., which is smaller and has closer and much less
prominent coste.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 18
246 Mr. O. Thomas on
XXXIII.—New Neotropical Mammals, with a Note on the
Species of Reithrodon. By OLprreLD THomas, F.R.S.
Dasypterus ega and its subspecies.
Examples of Dasypterus ega from the wide range of the
species agree very closely in size and in the characters of
the ears, skull, and teeth; but there is considerable variation
in colour and of so distinctly geographical a nature that the
different forms should evidently be recognized as subspecies.
The Lower Californian form, D. e. wanthinus, has already
been described *.
Dasypterus ega panamensis, subsp. n.
General colour dark brownish clay-colour, something
between Ridgway’s ‘‘ raw amber” and “clay-colour.” Fur
black basally, then dull brownish buffy, the extreme tips
black. Centre of face similar to back, cheeks from eyes to
lips contrasted black. Rump and hairy part of interfemoral
verging towards brownish fulvous. Under surface similar to
upper.
Forearm 46°5 millim.
Hab. Bogava, Chiriqui, Panama. Altitude 250 m.
Type. Male. B.M. no.0.7.11.1. Collected 8th October,
1698, by Mr. H. J. Watson. One specimen.
Dasypterus ega fuscatus, subsp. n.
Very similar to panamensis, but even darker, the fine black
tips to the dorsal hairs more developed, so that the colour may
be said to be washed or marbled with black. Crown and
centre line of face blackish brown, much darker than the
back ; cheeks and lips similar, not markedly darker. Inter-
femoral not more fulvous than back. Under surface similar
in its brownish tone to the back, but not black-washed, the
hairs being without black tips.
Forearm 47-48 millim.
Hab. Rio Cauquete, Cauca River, Colombia. Altitude
1000 m.
Type. B.M. no. 99. 9. 6. 5. Collected 15th June, 1898, by
J. H. Batty. Three specimens examined, all precisely alike.
This subspecies differs from panamensis by its blackish
face and more heavily black- washed back.
* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx. p. 544 (1897).
new Neotropical Mammals. 247
Dasypterus ega, typical form.
General colour buffy white, without or with scarcely any
dark at the bases of the hairs.
Hab. Amazonian Valley and Pernambuco, from which
latter place came the type of Tomes’s Lasturus caudatus *.
Other Brazilian specimens in spirit seem referable to this
form.
Dasypterus ega argentinus, subsp. n.
General colour dull buffy, near Ridgway’s “ cream-buff,”
but dirtier ; not unlike that of ega. But the dorsal hairs are
prominently black at their bases and finely black at their
tips. Ilead more whitish grey than back, the lips slightly
darker. Hairs on interfemoral dull yellowish. Under surface
like upper, but the hairs without black tips.
Forearm of type 44°5 millim.
Hab. Goya, Corrientes, Argentina.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 98. 3.4.9. Collected 29th March,
1896, by Mr. R. Perrens. Two specimens. '
This southern form differs from true ega by its paler colour,
still paler head, and the prominent dark bases to the dorsal
hairs, these dark bases being nearly or quite obsolete in the
Amazonian form.
Besides the skins, a number of specimens in spirit from
the same subregion appear to be similarly coloured. Thus I
should refer to argentinus examples in the British Museum
from the Bolivian Chaco (Borelli), Paraguayan Chaco
(Boggiant), and Esperanza, Sante Fé (Lindner), and no
doubt all members of this species recorded from Argentina
belong to the present subspecies.
It is interesting to note that the paler forms ranthinus and
argentinus are at the two extremes of the range of the species,
and the dark subspecies panamensis and fuscatus occupy an
intermediate geographical position.
Felis pajeros crucina, subsp. n.
It has been noticed by many authors, notably d’Orbigny
and Gervais in 1844+, and Elliot { in 1888, that different
specimens of the Pampas Cat varied noticeably in the
character of their colour-markings—the southern ones differ-
ing, as the first-named authors put it, by the less fulvous tint
of Teo ets WEE, js ER,
+ Guérin, Mag. Zool. (2) Mamm. pl. lviii. & text.
t Mon. Felidee, pl. xi. & text.
18*
248 Mr. O. Thomas on
of their fur, the more or less complete effacement of their
lateral bands, and the blackish colour of the rings on the
limbs. [Elliot merely speaks of there being two styles of
coloration, without connecting the difference with geography.
But a comparison of the specimens in the Museum, and of
the descriptions given by various authors, shows at once that
it is the Argentine (and perhaps Chilian) form only that
corresponds to Azara’s description*, on which the name
pajeros is based, and that the southern, Patagonian, ones are
sufficiently distinct to require a special name.
Taking as type the fine Santa Cruz specimen ¢ obtained
by Darwin during the voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ described and
figured by Waterhouse }, I propose to apply the above term
to it. Additional detailed description is not necessary, but I
may enlarge the notes above quoted from d’Orbigny and
Gervais by saying that the back of the ear is grey basally
and black terminally, instead of fulvous narrowly edged with
black, the back is more thickly haired and less markedly
crested, the tail appears to be shorter and more thickly furred,
and the fulvous (“ cannelle ””) marking on the chest is more
or less replaced by black and white. Elliot’s two figures,
though over-coloured, show the two subspecies very well.
In the skull the only difference seems to be that in crucina
the posterior palatal opening is markedly wider than in
pajeros, and even this may not prove to be constant.
Dr. Matschie § has made some observations on Argentine
and Chilian specimens of this group, but does not refer to
the extreme southern form.
Nasua quichua, sp. n.
Most closely allied to N. montana, Tschudi, but rather
smaller and very different in colour.
Colour, broadly speaking, grey anteriorly and bright rusty
posteriorly. Face grizzled grey, with blackish markings on
sides of muzzle, reaching back to eyes; white markings
above and below posterior half of eyes. Crown and nape
olivaceous yellow, with scarcely a trace of central dark streak;
region between ears clearer grey. Lars thickly clothed out-
side and in with greyish-white hairs, those of the back
dark basally. Anterior half of body coarsely grizzled grey,
the long hairs yellowish white for three fourths their length,
* Ess. Quadr. Paraguay, i. p. 179 (1801).
+ B.M. no. 55. 12. 24. 261.
t Zool. Voy. ‘ Beagle,’ Mamm. p. 18, pl. ix. (1838).
§ SB. Ges, Freund. Berl. 1894, p. 60.
new Neotropical Mammals. 249
their tips broadly black along the median area, these tips
lessening and gradually disappearing on the sides: underfur
dark chocolate-brown. Posterior half of body bright rufous,
the long hairs black for their basal two thirds, then fulvous,
with narrow black tips: underfur here quite black. ‘Tail, in
continuation with the posterior back, grizzled red, not ringed
above, and only indistinctly ringed below with whitish.
Under surface dull whitish, the brown underfur showing
through. Limbs, both fore and hind, grizzled fulvous proxi-
mally, black distally.
Skull smaller than in N, montana, scarcely longer, though
more heavily built, than that of WV. ol’vacea. Nasal region
round, not pinched in as in N. olivacea. Ridges on posterior
palate less developed than in NV. montana. Bulle decidedly
larger than in that species.
Dimensions of the type (approximate) (measured in skin) :—
Head and body 620 millim.; tail 890; hind foot, s. u. 77,
Ceuerco ear 28,
Skull: greatest length 114; basal length 99:5; greatest
breadth 59:5; interorbital breadth 22; breadth of brain-case
41; palate length from gnathion 68°3; combined length of
three upper molars 17°5.
Hab. Jima, Central region of Cordilleras, Province of
Azuay, Ecuador. Altitude 2480 m.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 77. 4. 3. 5. Collected by Mr.
Clarence Buckley.
This species no doubt represents in Ecuador the Peruvian
N. montana, from which it differs in various details. It has
no close relationship either to the ordinary large Nasuas on
the one hand, or to the small-toothed NV. olivacea on the
other.
Nasua olivacea meridensis, subsp. n.
Similar to the typical form in all respects, in size, quality
of fur, in skull and dentition, but distinguished by there
being a more or less obvious blackish line down the back,
either commencing on the withers or indistinctly continuous
with the median facial dark line.
Size as in the typical subspecies, much less than in any
other known Nasua. General colour coarsely grizzled
olivaceous brown. Under surface dull brown. Face greyish
brown, lighter over the eyes, and with the usual dark median
black line running from the muzzle to the crown. Ears
clothed inside and out with pale brown hairs, scarcely lighter
at the edge. In the typical form the hairs of the edge are
250 Mr. O. Thomas on
much lighter than those on the back. Limbs blackish
brown. Tail about as long as the body without the head,
ringed with black and dull whitish.
Skull and teeth as in the typical form.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 540 millim.; tail 275; hind foot, s. u. 69,
c.u. 74; ear 40.
Skull: greatest length 113; zygomatic breadth 50 ; inter-
orbital breadth 21°5; palate length from gnathion 69 ; com-
bined length of three upper molars 12°5.
Hab. Culata Mts., Merida, Venezuela. Altitude 4000 m.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 98. 7.1.4. Collected 6th June,
1897, by Sefor 8S. Bricefio. Three specimens examined.
The remarkable small-toothed species N. olivacea was
described by Gray on an example from Bogota. Other
examples from the same region have since been received ;
they all equally differ from LV. 0. meridensis by their uniform
colour, without trace of dorsal stripe.
Nectomys esmeraldarum, sp. n.
A small species allied to N. russulus, Thos. *
Size much less than in any known species of Nectomys,
about as in Oryzomys flavicans, to which and to other mem-
bers of that genus there is a general superficial resemblance.
Fur glossy, close, the hairs of the back about 11 millim. in
length. General colour of the type and most adult specimen
rich shining rufous, darker on the top of the head and along
the back, clearer along the sides. Under surface soiled
rufous buffy, not sharply defined; the bases of the hair
everywhere slaty grey. Ears short, rounded, naked. Hands
brown above, the digits lighter. Feet large in proportion to
the size of the animal, more or less twisted, as is commonly
the case in aquatic animals, and with large powerful claws,
their upper surface uniformly brown. ‘Lail thinly haired,
finely scaled, the rings of scales about 14 to the centimetre,
uniformly dark brown throughout.
Skull with the general build of the other species of Nec-
tomys, stout and well ridged. Nasals remarkably narrow
throughout, and so attenuated in their posterior two thirds
that the two bones together are no broader than one of the
premaxillary processes outside them. Supraorbital ridges
well developed, overhanging the orbits more than usual, and
continued backward across the parietal to the outer corners of
* Ann. & Mag. N. H., (6) xx. p. 547 (1897).
new Neotropical Mammals. 251
the interparietals. Palatal foramina short, not nearly reach-
ing tothe molars. Posterior nares wide, though not so wide
as in N. russulus. Incisors broad and powerful. Molars
broad and short, their structure as in the allied species.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 141 millim.; tail 149; hind foot, s. u. 33,
c. u. 86; ear 15.
Skull: greatest length 34; basilar length 27; greatest
breadth 18:2; nasals, length 14, greatest breadth 3°8, breadth
at half their length 2-1; interorbital breadth 5:9; inter-
parietals 2°9 x 8; palate length 16°5; diastema 10; palatal
foramina 5:4; length of upper molar series 5:3.
Hab. St. Javier, Hsmeraldas Prov., N.W. Ecuador. Alti-
tude 20 m.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 3.19.8. Collected 11th July,
1900. Three specimens examined.
This is a most interesting species, as forming with JV. rus-
sulus a special group less adapted for an aquatic life than the
typical Nectomys. Like that species, it has a very Oryzomys-
like general appearance, and might easily be supposed to be
a member of that genus if the skull were not examined.
Allen’s Sigmodontomys alfarot is also probably a member of
the same group.
N. esmeraldarum is very readily distinguishable both from
N. russulus and Dr. Allen’s alfarot by its smaller size, more
broadly ridged skull, and different colour. Its unusually
narrow nasals may perhaps prove to be abnormal, as a
younger specimen than the type has them already slightly
broader.
Oryzomys tectus, sp. n.
A large species with a general resemblance to the O. flavi-
cans group, but brighter-coloured and with remarkably ex-
panded supraorbital ridges.
Size fairly large. Fur long, close, straight, and crisp;
hairs of back about 13 millim. in length and very uniform.
General colour above rich uniform tawny fulvous, but little
lined with black. Sides brighter and more ochraceous.
Face duller and greyer mesially, the upper lips fulvous.
Ears short, rounded, a tuft of ochraceous hairs behind their
posterior bases. Chin white, the hairs white to their bases.
Rest of under surface buffy, continuous with but paler than
the colour of the sides; the hairs everywhere slaty basally.
Upper surface of hands and feet pale buffy; palms and soles
flesh-coloured. Tail of average length, finely and thinly
252 Mr. O. Thomas on
haired, the scales not hidden; brown above, white below,
especially proximally.
Skull stoutly built and quite unlike that of any of the
allied species in the great development of the supraorbital
ridges, which are expanded and overhanging somewhat as
in the otherwise very different O. chrysomelas, Allen. The
frontal region is strongly concave on each side internal to the
ridges, which project about 14 millim. outwards and slightly
upwards. Behind the ridges pass round across the parietals
in the usual way. Muzzle rather heavily built. Nasals
evenly tapering backwards, ending just level with the pre-
maxillary processes. Palatal foramina small, not reaching to
the level of the molars. Molars light and delicate.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 140 millim.; tail 142; hind foot, s. u. 27,
Gy Wo ABMS Gare It.
Skull: tip of nasals to back of interparietal 33; greatest
breadth 17; nasals 11°6 x4; interorbital breadth 6°5; palate
length 13°8; diastema 81; palatal foramina 5 x 2°2; length
of upper molar series 4:9.
Hab. Bogava, Chiriqui, Panama. Altitude 250 m.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 0. 7. 11.43. Original number 64.
Collected 15th September, 1898, by Mr. H. J. Watson.
The striking characters of colour and skull-structure will
readily separate this fine species from any of its congeners.
Oryzomys panamensis, sp. D.
A rich fulvous member of the O. laticeps group.
Size about as in other members of the group. Fur close,
crisp, and velvety ; hairs of back about 6-7 millim. in length.
General colour above bright tawny or tawny ochraceous from
nape to tail, finely lined with blackish on the back, brighter
and clearer on thesides. Head more greyish. Under surface
soiled grey, fairly sharply defined, the hairs short, their basal
halves everywhere slaty and their terminal white. ars
short, rounded, very finely haired, uniformly brown. Outer
sides of arms and legs greyer than body, inner sides like
belly; hands and feet whitish above; palms and soles pale
flesh-colour. ‘Tail of medium length, thinly haired, the scales
not hidden ; pale brown above and white below.
Skull in size and proportions very like that of O. velutinus,
All, & Chapm. Nasals very narrow, evenly tapering back-
wards. Supraorbital edges sharply and finely beaded,
without heavy ridges. Palatal foramina short, not nearly ~
reaching to the molars. Molars small, narrow, and delicate.
new Neotropical Mammals. 253
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
_ Head and body 131 millim.; tail 130; hind foot, s. u. 27,
c. u. 28°5; ear 18.
Skull: tip of nasals to front of interparietal 28°5; zygo-
matic breadth 16°4; nasals 12°5 x 3:5; interorbital breadth 5 ;
diastema 8-9; palatal foramina 4°7x 2°5; length of molar
series 4:2.
Hab. Panama (City of). “Trapped in yucca cultivation
near open Savanna.”
Type. Female. B.M. no. 0. 5. 1. 67. Collected 25th
February, 1899, by E. André.
This species is most like O. velutinus, but may be distin-
guished by its brighter fulvous-tawny colour. The other
members of the group are more brown or rufous.
Eligmodontia callosa bolivie, subsp. n.
General colour above mouse-grey, more or less washed
with dull yellowish, which latter colour varies in intensity in
the different specimens, and is most marked on the rump.
Sides more buffy, an indistinct buffy line edging the belly.
Under surface uniform pale buffy, not sharply defined, the
hairs slaty basally. Centre of face like back, cheeks like
sides. ars of medium size, thinly haired, greyish, not or
scarcely darker than the body; the usual whitish postauri-
cular spot less developed than in other members of the group.
Arms and legs greyish white, hands and feet clear buffy white.
Tail very finely scaled, closely and finely haired, brown
above, whiter below.
Skull very like that of the typical form, with the same
evenly divergent, well-marked, supraorbital ridges, long
palatal foramina, and other details. Molars smaller and
lighter throughout. —
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 106 millim. ; tail 82; hind foot (s. u.) 21;
ear 19.
Skull: greatest length 28°8 ; basilar length 22:2; greatest
breadth 14:6; nasals 11°8x3°7; interorbital breadth 3:6;
diastema :7'4.; palatal foramina 6°6x 2°2; length of upper
molar series 41.
Hab. Rio Solocame, 67° W., 16°S. Bolivia. Altitude
1200 m. Other specimens from Yungas, 1500 m., and
Astillero, 2700 m.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 6. 7. 438. Original number
1325. Collected 24th January, 1901, by P. O. Simons.
Five specimens examined.
254 On new Neotropical Mammals.
This Lligmodontia is clearly the Bolivian representative of
£, callosa, Rengg., from which it differs by its rather smaller
teeth and more buffy under surface.
“ Phyllotis ” sublimis and the Species of Reithrodon
and Kuneomys.
A further examination of the peculiar mouse recently
described as Phyllotis sublimis* shows that the incisors,
although practically ungrooved in the type, are indistinctly
grooved in younger specimens. ‘The grooving is very faint,
but not fainter than is often the case in specimens of Lezthro-
don pictus, to whose neizhbourhood I now think Phyllotis
sublimts should be tiansterred. Viewed as a Phyllotis, the
species always appeared anomalous, and the incisors have
evidently now given a proper indication of its affinities ; for
its relationship in essential characters to Retthrodon pictus
is quite clear, greatly as it differs in size and other specific
marks.
But in transferring the species the question of the division
of “ Leithrodon”’ into two has been again examined, and I
now think, especially since the removal of Sigmomys Alstont T,
that Coues’s suggestion{t as to the breaking up of Water-
house’s genus into Letthrodon and Huneomys should be
adopted, the two groups differing markedly in both cranial
and dental structure. ‘The wide difference in the formation
of the last upper molar is especially noteworthy.
The species of South-American groove-toothed Muride
would then be allocated as follows :—
I. Rerruropon, Waterhouse.
Species: L. cuniculoides, Waterh.
E. typicus, Waterh.
II]. Eunromys, Coues.
Species: LH. chinchilloides, Waterh.
E. pictus, Thos.
Li. sublimis, ‘Thos.
Li. fossor, Vhos.
III. Stamomys, Thos.
Species: S. Alston, Thos.
S. savannarum, Thos.
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 467 (1900).
+ Op. cit. viii. p. 150 (1901).
{ Proc. Acad. Philad. 1874, p. 185.
New Species of Macroscelides and Glauconycteris. 255
The northern Reithrodontomys also just enters South
America, a single species—f&. Séderstrémi—occurring in
Kcuador.
The exact position of Phyllotis boliviensis is also some-
what doubtful, as, in spite of its ungrooved incisors, it shows
many points of resemblance to Huneomys pictus and sublimis.
These conclusions have been arrived at in consultation and
agreement with Dr. J. A. Allen, whose advice has naturally
been of much assistance to me.
XXXIV.—New Species of Macroscelides and Glauconycteris.
By OLDFIELD Tuomas, F.R.S.
Macroscelides somalicus, sp. n.
Closely allied to M. Peasei* from Abyssinia, agreeing
with that species in size and all important characters. But
the general colour is quite different, being paler and of a
more fulvous or pinkish-buffy tone, not to be matched in
Ridgway—something between ochraceous buff and vinaceous
buff would be the nearest. This colour is only spread over
the dorsal area, the flanks being abruptly paler and greyer.
Postauricular patches well-marked fulvous buffy, whiter
close to the bases of the ears. Other characters as described
in M. Peasez.
Dimensions of the type, a fully adult male (measured in
the flesh) :—
Head and body 117 millim.; tail 1467; hind foot (s. u.)
33; ear 24.
Skull: greatest length 36; basal length 31; greatest
breadth 20°5; length of nasals 13°5; interorbita] breadth 6:1;
length of upper tooth-row 18.
Hab. Arabsiyo, Somaliland. Altitude 4000 feet.
Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 98. 6. 9. 2. Collected
December 1, 1897, and presented by R. McD. Hawker, Esq.
Another younger specimen from the same region collected
and presented by HE. Lort Phillips, Esq.
These specimens had been wrongly assigned to WM. Revoiliz,
Huet, of which the Museum now contains a good series pre-
sented by Dr. A. E. Atkinson.
* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) viii. p. 154 (1901).
+ This seems overstated. In its present condition the tail is rather
more than 130 millim. long.
256 New Species of Macroscelides and Glauconycteris.
Glauconycteris beatria, sp. n.
A small blackish species of the group with brown unicolor
wings.
Size rather less than in G. poensis. General colour above
and below uniform blackish brown without lighter markings;
wings and interfemoral membranes uniformly brown through-
out. Muzzle broad and tumid; lobes at corner of mouth
well developed. Inner margins of ears extremely convex
forwards, forming, from the rounded basal lobe to the tip,
approximately the half of a circle; tip scarcely perceptible ;
outer margin straight above, then convex, with a well-marked
angular antitragal lobe.
‘Tragus short, fairly broad, its inner margin straight, its
tip rounded, its outer margin evenly convex, with a well-
marked basal lobule.
Wings to the base of the toes. No postcalcareal lobule.
Tail included in membrane to its extreme tip.
Skull, as compared with that of G. poensis, smaller, more
delicately built, and with a narrower muzzle.
Inner upper incisors with the secondary cusp longer and
more widely separated from the main one than in G. poensis ;
- outer incisor fairly large, pressed against the canines behind,
and reaching vertically about half the height of the secondary
cusp of 2’; in transverse section it appears to be about half
the area of the same tooth. In G. poensis it is shorter, smaller
in area, and is separated on each side from the canine.
Lower incisors bifid, slightly overlapping. Anterior lower
premolar with a long well-defined main cusp half the height
of the posterior premolar.
Dimensions of the type (measured in spirit) :—
Forearm 39 millim.
Head and body 45; tail 43; ear 10; tragus on inner
edge 3; middle finger, metacarpal 38, first phalanx 13:5,
second phalanx 23; lower leg 19°5; hind foot (c. u.) 75;
calcar 13.
Skull: occiput to gnathion 11°1 ; interorbital breadth 4°2 ;
breadth across brain-case 7; front of canine to back of
m* 4:2.
Hab. Benito River, French Congo, fifteen miles from
mouth.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 98.5. 4.19. Collected January,
1898, by Mr. G. L. Bates.
The only near ally of this species appears to be G. poensis,
and from that it is readily distinguishable by its smaller size,
On new African Cetoniide. 257
darker colour, and the dental and cranial- characters above
described. G.congicus, Noack, is probably synonymous with
G. poensis, the describer having been misled by Dobson’s
erroneous statement that the inner upper incisors of the
latter species were unicuspid.
XXXV.—On a new Genus and Two new Species of African
Cetoniide. By GiuBert J. Arrow, F.E.S.
In a collection of Coleoptera from Mashonaland lately
received from Mr. Guy A. K. Marshall is a species of
Cetoniidze of such peculiar form that it was only by a minute
study of its structure that I could convince myself that it
really belonged to that family of beetles. Although it proves
to have a close relationship to the somewhat aberrant genus
Myoderma, it is so far modified in outward appearance,
apparently in adaptation to a highly peculiar mode of life,
that there can be no doubt, I think, as to the propriety of
bestowing upon it a new generic, as well as specific, name.
From its assimilation in form to the Dynastid type, and
especially that of the American genus Ligyrus, I have given
it the name of
LIGYROMORPHUS.
Corpus globosum, undique setosum. Pedes breves, tarsis exiguis,
tibiis anticis bidentatis, dentibus spatulatis, tibiis quatuor posticis
extus grosse asperatis, medio tuberculatis, apice dilatatis. Pro-
cessus sternalis nullus. Clypeus longus, excavatus, marginis
antici medio paulo lobato.. Labium fortiter bilobatum.
Ligyromorphus rufiventris, sp. n.
Oblongo-rotundatus, nigro-fuscus, opacus, corpore subtus cum
pygidio rufis, supra undique rugoso-punctato, minutissime setoso ;
capite angusto, oculis parvis, clypeo excavato, marginis medio
paulo producto; prothorace strigoso-punctato, lateribus valde
curvatis, haud angulatis, angulis posticis obtusis, margine postico
leviter trisinuato ; scutello breviter triangulari, lateribus extremis
politis; elytris convexis, vage costatis, lateribus fortiter et
regulariter curvatis ; pygidio corporeque subtus lete rufis, longe
et dense fulvo-hirtis; pedibus rufo-fuscis, brevibus, tarsis
brevissimis et tenuissimis, tibiis anticis dentibus duo fortibus et
obtusis armatis, dente secundo mediano, tibiis quatuor posticis
dense asperatis et hirtis, medio tuberculatis.
Long. .13-16 mm,
258 On new African Cetoniide.
Hab. MASHONALAND, Salisbury.
The rotund form of this insect with its short, evidently
fossorial, legs and clothing of hairs and sete give it an aspect
farther removed from that characteristic of its family than is
shown by any other member of the group known tome. The
head, with the mouth-organs, and the under surface of the body
are almost as in the genus Myoderma, but there is no produc-
tion of the mesosternum. There is no flattening of the upper
surface, which is uniformly finely rugose and clothed with
very short golden sete. ‘The sutural margins of the elytra
are strongly raised and there are four other narrow coste,
sometimes hardly traceable. The pygidium and under surface
are red and densely hairy. The legs are very short, with
strong spiny tibie and thread-like tarsi, and the front tibia
have two strong spatulate teeth. The whole structure
unmistakably indicates a burrowing habit, but nothing is at
present known as to the insect’s manner of life. ‘The speci-
mens collected by Mr. Marshall were found on the wing at
dusk in the month of November. They include both sexes,
which do not differ externally.
The following new species of the allied genus Myoderma
may be conveniently described here :—
Myoderma nigra, sp. n.
Nigra, nitida, depressa, clypeo quadrato, margine elevato, medio paulo
lobato; prothorace crebre et grosse punctato, lateribus postice
rectis, ante medium valde angulatis et retractis, angulis posticis
fere acutis, margine postico lobato; scutello medio punctato ;
elytris subtiliter sat crebre punctatis, striatis, intervallis convexis,
striis quarto et quinto postice abbreviatis, lateribus parum curvatis,
apicibus ad suturam obtuse angulatis ; pygidio corporeque subtus
fusco-hirtis, pedibus concoloribus, tibiis anticis obtuse tridentatis,
posticis quatuor medio tuberculatis ; mesosterno paulo producto,
antice rectangulari.
Long. 17 mm.
Hab. W. A¥rica, Mt. Cameroons.
Two male specimens of this insect were found by Sir H.
H. Johnston in 1886 at an altitude of 8000-10,000 feet upon
the Cameroons Mountain. It differs from all other known
species of the genus by its uniform black colour and the
configuration of the surface of its elytra. The latter do not
exhibit rather widely separated ridges, as is usually the case,
the intervals which separate the latter beimg in M. nigra
themselves elevated so that the whole surface is broken up
Bibliographical Notice. 259
into nearly equal coste. The pygidium and ventral surface
are rather thickly clothed with stiff brown hairs, and extremely
minute hairs may be detected also upon the upper surface, but
these are not at all evident.
This insect brings the number of described species of the
genus Myoderma to eight, of which seven have been discovered
since the publication of the Munich Catalogue.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Zoological Gleanings from the Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship
‘ Investigator. By A.W. Axcocx. Simla, 1901. 4to. (Reprint
from the Scientific Memoirs by Medical Officers of the Army,
India. Part XII., pp. 35-76.)
Many of the biological observations made through the medium of
the ‘Investigator’ are buried in reports not readily accessible, and
many are scattered among systematic papers where they are easily
overlooked. Major Alcock therefore has thought it advisable to collect
and classify them in a summary, together with other hitherto un-
published facts selected from his Journal.
Biological students are much indebted to Major Alcock for thus
having brought this miscellaneous information within their reach,
and we think it but right to assist him in this service to science by
placing before the readers of the ‘Annals’ a list of the eontents of
this collection of observations :—
I. Illustrations of Commensalism among: 1. Sponges; 2. Zoo-
phytes; 3. Echinoderms; 4. Crustaceans; 5. Mollusca;
6. Fishes.
II. Notes on Sexual Characters, Pairing, and Viviparity
among Marine Animals :—
. Pairing and Parental Care among HKchinoderms.
. On Secondary Sexual Characters and Pairing among
Crustaceans.
. On certain Primary Sexual Characters in certain Bony
Fishes.
. On certain Secondary Sexual Characters in certain Bony
Fishes.
. On Pairing among Eels.
. On Viviparous Bony Fishes.
. On Viviparous Elasmobranch Fishes.
III. On the Sounds made by certain Marine Animals: 1, by
Crustaceans; 2, by Fishes.
IV. Miscellaneous Notes on Stalk-eyed Crustaceans :—
1, The early Larval Stages of Hippa asiatica, Thenus orien-
talis, and Nephrops andamanica.
2. On some curious Habits of Land Hermit-crabs.
BS. QF Pies
ISD ON
: 260 Miscellanéous.
3. On the Courting Attitudes of the Fiddler-crab, Gelasimus
annulipes.
4. On the Habits of some Indian Species of Ocypode Crabs.
5. Some Protective Disguises among Higher Crustacea.
6. On the Geographical Distribution of Varuna lterata,
Plagusia squamosa, and Carcinus menas.
V. Some Instances of Protective and Warning Coloration.
VI. On the Phosphorescence of certain Marine Invertebrates.
VII. Notes on some Peculiarities of Food.
VIII. Stray Notes on Sauropsida (hatching of Green Turtles; a
flightless race of Crow-pheasant ; a colony of breeding
Terns attacked by Crabs; &c.).
MISCELLANEOUS.
Marine Biological Association of the West of Scotland. (Marine
Station, Keppel Pier, Millport.)
Tue General Committee of this Association are in a position to offer
the following Prizes, to be called the ‘ Frep. P. Puttar Memoriat
Prizzs,” offered by Sir Jonn Murray, the Honorary President of
the Association, in memory of the late Frep. P. Puttar, who was
associated with him in the Bathymetrical Survey of the Scottish
Freshwater Lochs, who took much interest in the Millport Marine
Station, and who lost his life in the unfortunate ice accident on
Airthrey Loch, Bridge of Allan, on the 15th February, 1901:—
(1) a Prize of £50 for a Paper on ‘The Seasonal Distribution and
Development of Pelagic Algz in the Waters of the Clyde Sea Area” ;
(2) a Prize of £50 for a Paper on ‘The Reproduction, Develop-
ment, and Distribution in the Clyde Sea Area of the Genera Nycti-
phanes and Boreophausia”; (3) a Prize of £50 for a Paper on
“The Formation and Distribution of Glauconite in the Deposits of
the Clyde Sea Area and the adjacent Seas of Scotland.” These
Prizes are open to investigators from any part of the world who
conduct observations in the several subjects at the Millport Marine
Station, and who produce, at any time before Ist January, 1905,
papers which, in the opinion of a Committee of three scientific
men, to be nominated by the Committee of the Association and
by Sir John Murray, shall be deemed of sufficient value to merit
publication.
Those proposing to work for any one of these Prizes should make
known their intention to the Secretary of the Association, in order
that the necessary arrangements may be made.
Joun A. Topp, Hon. Sec.
190 West George Street, Glasgow,
July 1901.
DOr ee ea Vie
3,4. E.L
ceet,.W.C.M. del.
Figs.1,
An. & Mag. UVinbieet ese iVol VEL EDL
Mintern Bros.sc. et imp
_ WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
i) ‘The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
x Monthly. "Qs, 6d.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d.
‘The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,
_ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d,
_Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s.
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. IL. 15s.
Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. ls.
_ Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s.
_ Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 5s.
_ Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay, 83.
_ Cunningham’s Binary Canon. 15s.
Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.
_ Davis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 20s.
-Denning’s Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s.
- Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.
_ English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d.
_ Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.
_ Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis.
Fauna of British India. LHdited by W. IT. Buanrorp, F.R.S, :
Mammalia. 20s.— Fishes. 2 vols. 20s. each.— Birds. Vol. I. 20s.
Vols. H., ILI., and IV. 15s. each—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.—
Moths. qn vols. 20s. each. — Hymenoptera. Vol. I. Wasps and
A Bees. 20s.—Arachnida. 10s.
- Geological Record. 1874-1884. 8vols. 20s. net.
_ Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, 1s. 6d.
_ Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 28. 6d.
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.
- Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. 8vo. Cloth. 16s.
' Ditto. Illustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s,
' Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.
' Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, ls. Srans, ls.
_ Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 33. 6d.
Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.
: Lewis's Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. 6d. ‘net.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
-Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s.
apy eical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
> Part IL. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.
Royal College of Surgeons :
Calendar. ls, net.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
Animals in Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net.
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.
- Dermatological Collection. 8rded. 4s. net.
_ Physiological Series. Vol. I. 2nded. 12s. net.
Appendices 5, 6, 7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive
Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s, each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. 6d.
Sharp’s Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.
“Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.
Univ. Coll, London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological Catalogue, Parts 1
mi to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 2s. 6d,
Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. lds.
Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 33s. 6d.
nein
a.
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 45.—Seventh Series.
XXIV. New Species of Syntomide and Arctiade. By Sir G. F.
Hampson, Bart., B.A.
Ce ee
XXY. On the Presence of a Superbranchial Organ in the Cyprinoid
Fish Hypophthalmichthys. By G. A. Boureneer, “PR. DY ae eee.
XXVI. On a new Form of Pama from Patagonia. By Otpriecp
Tomas, F.R.S.
oer eee new ees ere we een we eee eC mCP O Ohh w ee we ee le
XXVII. On a Collection of Bats from Para. By Oxprreip
Tuomas, F.R.S.
cece se eee eee ee ts tee em ee te ee oe we eee ee ewe oO Be
F.ES.
Cee eC ee ee TS eS
MKIK, A Rovisien’ of the Paltertics of the Geuneipes nm
Notes on the Seasonal Phases of the Species. By Arrnur G.
PUA ETO Spee Sores ore ne Rade Nora tt cloelta ra Aon aOR eWay Ou eres Pat aero ER
XXX. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—
No. XXI._ By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D,, F.R.S., &. (Plate I.) 2 6
XXXI. Notes and Descriptions relating to some Plataspine and
Graphosomine (Rhynchota). By W. L. Disraxr
XXXII. Descriptions of some supposed new Species of Diplomma-
tina, Opisthostoma, and anew Variety of Alyceus from N. Borneo,
Banguey Island, and Darjeeling. By Huau Funron ............
‘XXXII. New Neotropical Mammals, with a Note on the Species
of Reithrodon. By Otprietp Taomas, F.RS. 2.2.1.0... eee.
XXXIV. New Species of Macroscelides and Glauconycteris, By
Oxprietp THomas, F RS... . . eau nneee tale PINS MAT GHB AEE AE
XXXV. On a new Genus and Two new Species of African Ceto-
nide. By Gitserr J. Arrow, F.ELS.
Ce ee a ee ee
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Zoological Gleanings from the Royal Indian Marine Survey ae
“Investigator. By A, W. ABCOCK aNCUk es aiek a aban ae nie
MISCELLANEOUS.
Marine Biological Association of the West of Seotland
ieee to the Care of Musi Taylor and l’rancis, Eating Ofc
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, Loudon.
XXVIII. The Rutelid Genus Adorodocia, By Gruzerr J. Arrow,
298
AQUI yee
SEVENTH SERIES. No. 46.
Behe. voS) THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
| ‘ ae — ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. : |
SY
No. XLVI.
_ OCT. 1901.
ee
eee)
al = U dint >
tone AS
CONDUCTED BY
!
|
|
|
ALBERT ©. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.B.S.,
_ WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F-R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”’
WITH ONE PLATE.
Illustrative of Messrs, Melvyill and Ponsonby’s Paper on new Terrestrial
Mollusca from South Africa.
fia LONDON:
Hs TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE! STREET.
Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, &Co., Ld.; Whittaker & Co.; Bailliare,
_ Paris: Maclachlan and Stewart, Edinburgh: Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin: and Asher,
|| Berlin. :
ee Xe
KIRBY'S SYNONYMIC CATALOGUES.
DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA. (A new Edition in preparation.) =~
et a SUPPLEMENT to the First Edition. 1877. 8s. 6d. * ae
LEPIDOPTERA HETEROCERA. Vol. I. SPHINGES ann a
BOMBYCES. 1892, £2 2s. nett. —
——— =} Vol. 11. NOCTU-At Gn preparation).
NEUROPTERA ODONATA, 1890. 16s.
Gurney and Jackson, 1 Paternoster Row.
Now ready, med. 8vo, price 8s.
Parr I,
THE
FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.
By THEODORE COOKE, C.LE.,
M.A.; M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.S8., F.Z.8., &¢.
FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR
OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA. %
RANUNCULACEA to RUTACEA.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of
State for India in Council.
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.
Demy 4to, pp. 186, with 9 Plates, price 21s.
THE MARINE INVERTEBRATES AND FISHES
OF
ST. ANDREWS.
By W. C. M‘INTOSH, M.D., F.R.S.E., F.LS., &e.
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C.
- Second edition, Vol. 1. Royal 8vo, price 12s. net.
CATALOGUE
OF THE
PHYSIOLOGICAL SERIES OF COMPARATIVE ANATOMY
IN THE
MUSEUM OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF SURGEONS OF ENGLAND.
By Pror. C. STEWART, LL.D., E.R. S., Se."
Tayor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.
MOY © 1901
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
(SEVENTH SERIES. ]
No. 46. OCTOBER 1901.
XXXVI.—WNotes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—
I. On the Trachinide and thetr Allies. By G. A. Bou-
LENGER, I.R.58.
In his remarks on the Trachinoid Fishes, in 1861 %*,
Dr. Giinther explained that this family had been established
by him “fer those Acanthopterygian Fishes which have the
spinous portion of their dorsal fin much less developed and
shorter than the soft, the anal fin similarly developed to the
soft dorsal, and the ventrals composed of one spine and five
rays. ‘Their gill-openings are wide and the caudal portion
of their vertebral column is formed by many more vertebra
than the abdominal” f. “Such,” he added, “ are the posi-
tive characters by which they may be easily distinguished
from the Scienide, Carangide, Blenniide, Gobiide, ‘lricho-
notide, &e.; whilst the negative character, that of the absence
of an infraorbital bone joined to the preoperculum, distin-
guishes them from the Cottide. Other negative characters,
as, for instance, the absence of finlets behind the dorsal and
anal, the entire absence or the small number of pyloric ap-
pendages, separate them from some of the Scomberoid genera,
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. 1861, p. 85.
+ This latter character is incorrect so far as Uranoscopus and Chen-
twchthys (Champsocephalus) are concerned.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 19
262 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
which otherwise would appear to have a great affinity to
them.”” He then divides the family into four groups, as
follows :—
Eyes on the upper surface of the head; lateral
line contintOusy erent er ene eee a. Uranoscopina.
Eyes more or less lateral; lateral line continuous ;
no larger tooth on the posterior portion of the
intermaxallaicys Sex. Quarry ee eee tae b. Trachinina.
Hyes lateral ; a larger tooth on the posterior por-
tionvofsthenmitermasxallll ain serene eee c. Pinguipedina.
Lateral line interrupted or not continued to the
Gamolall mins Ome CORA. oscacacccaeccoooeds d. Pseudochromides.
Lateral line interrupted * ; two dorsal fins...... e. Notothenina.
This arrangement, slightly modified from that proposed in
the ‘ Catalogue of Fishes,’ was still maintained in the ‘ Study
of Fishes’ in 1880, and has been followed, with greater or
less modifications, bearing chiefly on the hierarchical import-
ance of the divisions, by most subsequent writers.
It will strike one, however, that hardly any account has
been taken of osteological characters or of the position of the
ventral fins, to which, as arule, very great importance is
attached. And any one at all familiar with fishes will soon
discover that the Trachinide are made up of a very incon-
gruous assemblage of genera, connected together merely by
trivial characters of the most superficial nature, such as the
position of the eyes, the extent of the dorsal and anal fins, &c.
Although I am, I believe, the first to repudiate this asso-
ciation altogether on osteological grounds, and to apply the
results of a study of its components to a radical reconstruction
of the taxonomic system, I am not by any means the first to
perceive its defects. Dr, Gill f and Bleeker { especially have
expressed dissent, although, in my opinion, the changes they
have proposed are far froin having all been improvements.
Dr. Gill, in 1861§, after excluding the Uranoscopina,
Penguipedina, and Pseudochromides, proposed to split up
* Should read “ lateral lines two.”
+ “Synopsis of the Sillaginoids,” Proc. Ac. Philad. 1861, p. 501;
“ Synopsis of the Cheenichthyoids,” ¢. ¢. p. 507 ; “Synopsis of the Harpa-
giferoids,” ¢. c. p. 510; “Synopsis of the Notothenioids,” ¢. ¢ p. 512;
* On the Limits and Affinity of the Family of Leptoscopoids,” op. cit.
1862, p. 501; “Arrangement of the Families of Fishes,” Smithson. Miscell.
Coll. xi. no, 247 (1872); “ Families aud Subfamilies of Fishes,’ Mem.
Ac. Se. Washingt. vi. 1893, p. 127.
t ‘Mémoire sur les Sciénoides et les Sillaginoides,” Verh. Akad
Amsterd. xiv. no. 4 (1874); “Sur la Famille des Pseudochromidoides,
op. cit, xv. no, 5 (1875).
§ Proc. Acad. Philad. 1861, p, 614.
Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 263
Dr. Giinther’s Trachinide into seven families, which he thus
defined :—
I. Lower pectoral rays simply articulated.
A. Ventral fins thoracic. First and second dorsals
Bubequialitg rs... sottesetia siete <thys 5d Aoopamones Trichodontide.
B. Ventral fins jugular.
1, Ventrals approximated. Anal very long.
BS GclivaSCalliverrspscpsmer cae a ehe Coaicoc eye wala Trachinide.
2. Ventrals separated by a wide area. Anal
moderate, | Body naked. of. Jes. 0... Bovichthyide.
II. Lower pectoral rays branched.
A. Head cavernous. Przeoperculum abruptly bent
inwards beneath the head. Ventrals thoracic. Stl/aginoide.
B. Head with bones not cavernous. Ventrals
jugular or subjugular.
1. Snout not produced. Body scaly.
a. Lateral line submedian along tail........ Latiloide.
b. Lateral line interrupted or continuous on the
COT a tana a eae Notothentoide.
2. Snout spatuliform. Body naked .......... Chenichthyoide.
The characters used in this synopsis are mostly very trivial
and inadequate for establishing families, nor, with the excep-
tion of that derived from the position of the ventral fins, has
their diagnostic value been confirmed by the examination of
the skeleton which has since been made.
In his latest arrangement of the fishes, in 1893, the families
are thus dispersed by Dr. Gill. The divisions are, however,
unaccompanied by definitions :—
I. Related to PERcoIDEA: Sillaginide.
IJ. PERcopHOIDEA (described as an undoubtedly hetero-
geneous group in need of a thorough revision) : Pseudo-
chromide, Malacanthide, Bathymastride, Percophitde,
Notothentide, Harpagiferide, Cheenichthyide, Chias-
modontide, Opisthognathide, Bovichthyide, Tricho-
dontide, Hemerocetide.
III. Tracurinomwea: Trachinide.
IV. URANOSCOPOIDEA: Uranoscopide, Leptoscopide, Dactylo-
scopide.
An examination of Trachinus shows that it differs essentially
from the Perciformes in the truly jugular position of the ventrals
and in the structure of the pectoral fin, which is supported by
the scapula and short and broad pterygials, of which only two
are in contact with the scapula (fig. A, p. 264) ; and these two
characters I consider to be diagnostic of the forms truly related to
Trachinus. Whilst in the “thoracic” Perciformes the pectoral
fin is entirely supported by the pterygials, which are more or
j 195
264 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
Shoulder-girdle and pelvis of
A. Trachinus draco. B. Percophis brasilianus. C. Caulolatilus princeps.
cor. Coracoid. ptcl. Post-clavicle.
el, Clayicle. pte. Post-temporal.
pelv. Pelvis. se. Scapula.
pt. Pterygials. scl. Supraclayicle.
Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 265
less narrow and hourglass-shaped, and of which at least three
are in contact with the scapula (fig.C). Further, the shoulder-
girdle of Trachinus differs from that of the Perciformes in
having the scapular fenestra pierced not within thescapula, but
between it and the coracoid, in this respect resembling the
likewise jugular Gadide +, which may be distinguished by
the narrower and hourglass-shaped pterygials and the ribs
inserted on long parapophyses.
Availing myself of other characters which I have found to
offer reliable indications of relationship in different groups of
Acanthopterygians, I would add that the second suborbital is
produced in an internal lamina supporting the globe of the
eye, that the ribs and epipleurals are nearly equally deve-
loped and sessile, close together at the base, and that the
posterior precaudal vertebree emit short parapophyses.
These characters serving to diagnose the T'rachinide, with
the single genus Trachinus, we may examine how far the
other genera previously associated with them agree or disagree
and what appear to be their relationships.
Among the forms of the southern hemisphere there are
several genera that agree with T’rachinus in the structure of
the pectoral arch and pelvis and also in the vertebral column,
which differ only in the absence of a subocular lamina.
These, enumerated in the following synopsis, may be grouped
together under the name Nototheniide.
I. Gill-membranes free or narrowly attached
to the isthmus.
A. Dorsal formed of two portions, which
may be united at the base.
1. Two lateral lines, the lower of which
may be confined to the caudal
region.
Body daveved eith Cbenoid«scalesmme mine tea: Notothenia, Rich.
Body naked; lateral line with granulated
plates';;snout spatulate: §..¢4de%... <0 2% Chenichthys, Rich.
Body entirely naked ; snout spatulate........ Champsocephalus, Gill.
2. Three lateral lines; body naked .... Cryodraco, Dollo.*
3. A single lateral line.
a. Body scaly.
a. Dorsal fins more or less united
at the base; afeeble opercular
spine.
+ This character has been employed by Cope (Tr. Amer. Philos. Soc.
xiy. 1871, p. 458) and by Gill (Proc. Acad. Philad. 1884, p. 170) to
define the “ Anacanthini,” but they do not appear to have been aware of
its being shared by the Trachinide, Nototheniide, Trichonotide, and
Callionymide. Jordan and Hvermann (Fish. N. Amer. il. p. 2528) even
add that it differentiates the “‘ Anacanthini” from all other typical fishes.
266 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
Teeth on vomer and palatines .............. Parapercis, Blky.*
ANIAIN ONCE OMW S26 600000000000 5000006 Neopercis, Stdr.
B. Dorsal fins perfectly distinct.
Teeth on vomer and palatines; head armed.... Centropereis, Ogilby.*
Teeth on yomer and palatines; opercle with
a dat ispine po. shinee hee oe cer enioneonts Pseuduphritis, Casteln.*
Teeth on vomer only; a preeorbital spine...... Acanthaphritis, Gthr.
Palate toothiless™ .f5sccricmikas owl eccyee baelnee eaenee Eleginops, Gill.’
6. Body naked; habit eottoid ...... Bovichthys, C. & V.
B. A single dorsal ; scales extremely small ;
snout spatulate ; palate toothless.
Lateral lines two; opercular spines.......... Gerlachia, Dollo.*
Lateral line single ; opercular spines ........ Bathydraco, Gthr.
Lateral line single; no opercular spines ...... Racovitzia, Dollo.*
II. Gillmembranes broadly united to the
isthmus; habit cottoid; body naked ;
headeATMEM sryek Lives couyeveiactecnss iste Harpagifer, Rich.
The genera marked with an asterisk are only known from
the external characters, and so long as the bones at the base
of the pectoral fin have not been examined their correct
systematic position remains uncertain, as some may belong to
the Leptoseopidee. Pagetodus, Rich., rests on an insufficient
description and figure.
In Percophis, which has always been regarded as allied to
Parapercis, the pectoral rays and the pterygials are in the
same condition as in 7’rachinus, and a subocular lamina is
likewise present; but the scapular fenestra is situated en-
tirely in the scapula (fig. B, p. 264). This genus constitutes
the family Percophiide.
Bembrops, Stdr. (Hypsicometes, Goode), which resembles
some of the Nototheniide, and the freshwater genus Chimar-
rhichthys, Haast, differ from the preceding only in the absence
of the subocular lamina. With them I would also associate
Leptoscopus, which, in spite of the great external resemblance
it bears to Uranoscopus, differs from it not only in the much
more elongate caudal region, but in the distinet pterygials,
the sessile ribs, and the feebly developed parapophyses.
The name of this family, which leads to the Batrachide,
should be Leptoscopide.
The Uranoscopide, thus reduced to Uranoscopus, Anema,
aud Cathetostoma*, are characterized by the much reduced
pterygials, fused with the scapula and the coracoid, the
scapular fenestra in the scapula, the parapophyses strongly
1 Percis, Bl. Schn., nec Scopoli.
2 Aphritis, Cuv., nec Latr,; Cottoperca, Stdr.
3 Eleginus, Ouv., nec Fischer.
4 Dactyloscopus does not differ from Clinus in its pectoral arch, I
therefore follow Dr. Gunther in placing it with the Blenniidee.
Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 267
developed on most of the preecaudal vertebree, with the ribs
attached to their upper surface.
All these families are nearly related, and may be placed
together as “'Trachinoidea” if it be thought advisable to
retain the group. All lack the air-bladder.
The following tabulation of the numbers of vertebra (pre-
caudal+caudal) in the skeletons examined shows that too
great an importance has been attached to this character in
defining higher groups, a view which accords with the results
obtained in other large families of fishes *.
Lrachinus draco .......++50 114+32=43.
CODEN Sey sgerey PA acinar 10+25=35.
Notothenia tessellata........ 16+383=49.
———= CONUCCNS: lo daits velit sic 194 54=553.
Champsocephalus esox ...... 28+29=57.
Parapercis nebulosa ........ 11+19=80.
Pseudaphritis Urvillit ...... 14+27=41.
GOOLON aa ok cast Tee Ni Gesclor <P 14+27=41.
Eleginops maclovinus ........ 20+ 25 = 45.
Bovichthys varregatus........ 15+23=38.
Harpagifer bispinis ........ 12+4-24= 36.
Percophis brasilianus ........ 22435=57.
Leptoscopus mucropygus 10+338=48.
GILGUSELCE) Siw entra peat ie 10+36=46.
Uranoscopus scaber.......... 12+138=25,.
Anema monopterygium...... 14416=30.
Cathetostoma le@ve .......... 14+16=30.
The Trichonotide (Trichonotus, Teniolabrus, and Hemero-
cetes) and the Callionymide (Callionymus and Vulsus) are
closely related to each other and to the Trachinoids, and
might be included among them +. The fenestra is between
the scapula and the coracoid, and only one or two pterygials
are in contact with the scapula. A subocular lamina is
absent ; there are no epipleurals ; the parapophyses are short
and restricted to the posterior preecaudal vertebrae. In the
Trichonotide the post-temporal is forked and detached from
the skull, as in the Trachinoids ; in the Callionymide it is
also forked, but closely adnate to the skull. The vertebral
column of Callionymus is very peculiar, and recalls some of
the Plectognaths: some of the preecaudal vertebra have bifid
processes to the neural arch, simulating a “ spina bifida,” and
the last two caudal vertebra are much enlarged. T'richonotus,
* Cf, tabulation of vertebrae in Serraninee, Cat. Fish. 2nd ed. i. p. 115.
| The genus Rhyacichthys, n. n. (Platyptera, C. & V., nec Meig.), from
the fresh waters of Java, Celebes, the Philippines, and China, which so
closely resembles in its adaptive features Chimarrhichthys, Homaloptera,
and Haostoma, belongs to the Gobiide.
268 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
Hemerocetes, and Callionymus agree in having the three
occipital cavities for articulation with the first vertebra on a
straight transverse line. All three lack the air-bladder.
Number of vertebrae :—
Trichonotus setigerus ........ 23+ 30= 53.
Hemerocetes acanthorhynchus. 14+384=48.
Calliony musi a selene rere 7+14=21.
calaropaumus.......... 7+14=21.
A study of the pectoral arch in the “ 'Trachinoid” and
“ Callionymoid”’ Fishes shows them to be more closely related
to the Gadoids than was hitherto suspected, and it seems to
me natural to associate them, together with the Blennioids
and Batrachoids, with which they are intimately connected, in
a division of the Acanthopterygu, for which the old name
Jugulares may be revived. In a later communication I hope
to deal with the other members of this great division.
The following forms, which have been associated with the
“‘Trachinoids”’ by some authors, should be removed from the
Jugulares.
1. The Chiasmodontide of Gill, which include two deep-
sea genera: Chiasmodon, Johns. (Ponerodon, Alcock), and
Pseudoscopelus, Liitk. The first was placed with the Gadide
by Giinther, the second with the Berycide by Liitken ;
both near the Trachinide by the American authors, among
them by Alcock. I have ascertained on Chiasmodon niger
that the pelvic fins have no connexion with the pectoral
arch, fall therefore under the category of abdominal ventrals,
that the scapular fenestra is entirely in the scapula, and that
the pterygials are small and hourglass-shaped, four in number,
three in contact with the scapula.
Chiasmodon is not entirely naked, as has been stated * ; it
has a series of scales following the course of the lateral line.
There are not five, but six ventral rays. An air-bladder is
present. According to Alcock the vertebra: number 14+ 24.
Champsodon, Gthr., referred by Giinther and by Alcock
*% Chiasmodon subniger, Garman, from the Tropical Pacific (919 fath,),
is described as having the skin thickly beset with fine spinuloid scales,
presenting a pilose appearance. It should probably be made the type of a
distinct genus.
Classification of Teleostean Fishes. 269
to the Trachinide, by Gill to the Cheenichthyide, is related
to Chiasmodon, and apparently also to Pseudoscopelus, with
which it agrees in having a complicated system of sensory
organs on the body. The ventrals, although situated below
the pectorals, are not strictly thoracic, since the pelvis is
loosely attached, merely by ligament, to the pectoral arch ;
the post-temporal is forked; the suborbital arch absent ;
vertebre 32 (16+16); strong parapophyses commencing
from the third vertebra, the ribs and epipleurals inserted close
together near their extremity ; a large air-bladder, the pointed
posterior extrémity of which is encased in a bony capsule
formed by the expansion of the parapophyses of the last four
precaudal vertebree.
The conformation of the pectoral arch and the mode of
attachment of the pelvis are opposed to the association of the
Chiasmodontide with either the Gadide or the Trachinide
in their widest sense. ‘The number of rays to the ventral fin
(I 5) is against their incorporation among the Berycide, to
which, besides, they show no sort of resemblance. ‘The
Chiasmodontide should, perhaps, provisionally be placed
near the Percesoces, together with the Stephanoberycide and
Tetragonuride, but nothing definite can be suggested until
the skeleton of the two latter types has been examined.
2. The Trichodontidg (genera Trichodon and Arctoscopus),
in spite of a superficial resemblance to Trachinus, should be
referred to the Perciformes. The ventrals are thoracic, the
pectorals are entirely supported by five hourglass-shaped
pterygials, of which four are in contact with the scapula.
Trichodon Stellert has 51 vertebra (16+35) and no epi-
pleurals; the air-bladder is absent.
This family is most nearly related to the Latridide *.
3. The Sillaginide, with the single genus Sillago. This
genus has been referred by Giinther to the Trachinide on
account of the general resemblance it bears to Percis (Pura-
percis). But Cuvier, who had made an anatomical examina-
tion of these fishes, was much nearer the truth when he gave
it as his opinion that they are most nearly allied to the
Sciznide, from which he separated them on account of the
vomerine teeth. In the structure of the pectoral arch, the
thoracic veutrals, the presence of an air-bladder, they differ
from the Trachinide and agree with the Scienide, and they
should therefore be placed near the latter, from which they
can only be separated by the presence of vomerine teeth and
the elongate anal fin. In the high number of vertebre
* Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xviii. 1896, p. 398.
270 On the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.
(12-144 14-20) they approach Oollichthys (11418) and
Lonchurus(10+19). Ithereforeaccept the family Sillaginide
of Richardson as defined by Gill and by Bleeker.
The oblong and elongated cavernous head, with the pre-
opercle bent inwards below, covering a considerable part of
the lower surface of the head, recalls Aspro among the
Percide, with which genus Sillago has been associated by
Bleeker in 1859.
4, The Pseudochromidide of J. Miller and of Bleeker
(partim), including the Malacanthidee of Giinther, the Latilide
and Opisthognathide of Gill, the Bathymasteridee of Jordan,
are Perciformes closely related to the Serranide and connected
with them through Plesiops and allies. The ventrals are
truly thoracic, the pelvis being in every way similar to that
of the Perches ; they are, however, sometimes a little anterior
to the insertion of the pectorals, just as in Centropristes among
the Serranide and Xyrichthys among the Labride, and such
a position has been described as ‘“subjugular.’’? Second
suborbital with an internal lamina; entopterygoid present ;
post-temporal forked; anterior vertebra without transverse
processes ; ribs inserted on the transverse processes where
these are developed ; epipleurals inserted at base of ribs ;
dorsal and anal fins elongate and formed mostly of articulated
soft rays.
Nine genera :—
A. With two lateral lines: Psewdochromis, Riipp.; Cichlops,
M. & T.
B. With a single lateral line: Opisthognathus, Cuv. ;
Latilus, C. & V.; Caulolatilus, Gill; Lopholatilus,
Goode & Bean; Malacanthus, Cuv.; Bathymaster,
Cope; Rathbunella, Jord. & Kverm.
The following table of vertebrae is for comparison with the
Serranide * :—
He BOs IDS We Boe Cin Lak
Pseudochromis persicus ...... DEW MONE gout 4 LG
Opisthognathus muscatensis .. 29 11 2 8 1 5 O 18
Latilus argentatus ........+. Mee LEO © Bik 1183
Caulolatilus princeps .....+4. Hi WP DO MO. © 1S
Malacanthus Plumiert ...... aE KO). BH Or Ike @ él
Bathymaster signatus........ O52 Oe eG
A. Total number. B. Preecaudal. C. Ribless, bearing only epipleurals.
D. With sessile ribs and no parapophyses. EH. With sessile ribs
and parapophyses. F. With ribs attached to parapophyses.
G. Preecaudal, with closed heemal arch. H. Caudal.
* Cat. Fish. 2nd ed. i. p. 116.
On new Forms of Nasua and Dasyprocta. 271
5. The Pinguipedids, with the single genus Pinguipes,
agree in all respects with the preceding, but as they lack the
subocular lamina they should be regarded as a distinct family.
P. chilensis has 38 vertebre (17+ 21). These fishes bear a
certain resemblance to the Labrid Malopterus, C. & V. (Neo-
labrus, Stdr.), the skeleton of which is still unknown; but
its ally Ctenolabrus has 15-17+18-19 vertebrae, which is
very near the number in Pinguzpes.
XXXVIT.—New Insular Forms of Nasua and Dasyprocta.
By OLDFIELD THOMAS.
WHEN examining material in connexion with the new forms
of Nasua described last month, the specimens from Cozumel
Island in the Bay of Honduras struck me as peculiar, and
now that the skulls have been prepared I find that this
animal should be distinguished from that on the mainland.
As I am responsible for its determination as N. nasica (see
P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 129), or narica, as I prefer now to call it,
I think it well now to set the matter right, and also to point
out that another identification made at the same time was
erroneous, that of the Agouti from Ruatan, which likewise
proves separable from its mainland ally.
Nasua thersites, sp. n.
Size markedly less than in the continental N. narica.
General colour of head, nape, and posterior back dark brown
(“seal-brown’’), only grizzled across the shoulders, where
the tips of the hairs are whitish or ashy. Continental
specimens are usually grizzled further down the back. Bases
of the brown hairs but little lighter than their tips. Under
surface brown posteriorly on the belly, grizzled with whitish
on the chest; the chin white. Face, as usual, brown, with a
white muzzle and lips, white spots above and below the eye,
and whitish lines leading from the eyebrows to the muzzle.
Patches on sides of neck whitish, the hairs brown basally.
Ears brown externally, white internally and at their edges.
Limbs brown, darkening nearly to black on the hands and
feet. Tail shaggy, dark brown throughout, slightly darkening
terminally, without trace of grizzling or annulation.
General build of skull distinctly that of the N. narica type
and quite different from that either of the delicate VV. mon-
tana and guichua or of the still slenderer NV. olivacea, although
272 On new Forms of Nasua and Dasyprocta.
it does not exceed these latter in length. It is stout and
strongly built, the zygomata heavy and widely expanded, the
ridges well developed, the muzzle not pinched in above, the
posterior palate broad, parallel-sided, and little ridged on its
buccal aspect, and the bullee smaller and less globular than in
NN. narica. Teeth shaped as in N. narica, but markedly
smaller throughout, about equal in size to those of N. montana.
Dimensions of the type (an old male, measured on the re-
made skin) :—
Total length 910 millim.; head and body 530; tail 380 ;
hind foot, s. u. 77, c. u. £9; ear 28.
Skull: greatest length, from convexity above foramen
magnum, 109; basal length (c.) 101; zygomatic breadth 64;
interorbital breadth 24; breadth of brain-case 41; palate
length from gnathion 67; breadth across outside m* 30;
combined length of last three teeth above 18, ditto below 20.
Hab. Cozumel Island, off the coast of Yucatan.
Type. Old male. B.M. no. 86. 10.8. L. Collected Jan-
uary 1886 by G. F. Gaumer, and presented by Messrs. F’. D.
Godman and O. Salvin. <A young female also in the collec-
tion.
This animal has no relationship to the small South-
American species N. montana, quichua, and olivacea, but is
an insular representative of NV. narica, from which it differs
by its rather darker colour and much smaller size.
Dasyprocta ruatanica, sp. n.
Closely allied to D. punctata, but much smaller.
Size markedly less than in D. punctata. Fur, as in that
species, everywhere annulated to the roots with black and
ochraceous or yellow, the annulations conspicuous on the
surface, though rather less so on the rump. On the whole,
the fore back is more ochraceous and the hind back more
yellow, but the difference is not conspicuous. Under surface
like back, but more olivaceous, and there is a white spot on
the chin and a yellow patch on the middle of the lower part
of the belly. Crown like fore-back. Ears nearly naked,
their few hairs blackish. Limbs like body proximally, dark-
ening terminally on hands and feet to grizzled or deep brown.
The youngest specimen has the darkest feet, but this is
probably accidental.
Skull in general shape closely agreeing with that of the
type of D. punctata, but conspicuously smaller in all dimen-
sions.
On Small Mammals from the Upper Nile. 2S
Dimensions of the type (taken on the remade skin) :—
Head and body 435 millim.; hind foot, s. u. 90, c. u. 101.
Skull: greatest length 96°5; basilar length 70°5; zygo-
matic breadth 46; nasals, greatest length 36, greatest breadth
18:7; interorbital breadth 27:5; diastema 22; diagonal
length of bulla 15; length of upper tooth series 17-4.
Hab. Ruatan Island, Bay of Honduras.
Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 86. 10. 8. 7. Presented
by Messrs. F. D. Godman and O. Salvin. Collected by
G. F. Gaumer. Three specimens examined.
This is evidently a pauperized insular representative of the
continental DV. punctata, Gray. In colour it is rather richer
than the type, more strongly fulvous anteriorly and yellow
posteriorly ; but this is possibly merely due to the age and
probable fading of Gray’s type specimen.
XXXVIII.—On a Collection of Small Mammals from the
Upper Nile obtained by Mr. R. M. Hawker. By OLDFIELD
‘Tuomas, F.R.S.
Mr. R. MacDonatp HAWKER, to whom the National
Museum already owes many valuable mammals collected by
him during his various expeditions into northern and _ north-
eastern Africa, has now presented to the Museum the specimens
obtained during his last winter’s trip to the Soudan. They
were mostly obtained on the White Nile between Fashoda
and Khartoum, and are highly valuable both as supple-
menting the Museum collection, still very incomplete, from
the Soudan, and as illustrating the many species described by
Heuglin from specimens no lonyer-in-existence. ‘The defi-
nite identification of these species of Heuglin’s is a matter of
the utmost value.
The number of species in Mr. Hawker’s collection is not
very large, but among them there are a new hare and a new
gerbille; and I have also taken the opportunity to describe a
new member of the latter group obtained by Lord Delamere
in Hast Africa.
1. Cercopithecus sabeus, auctorum, nec Linn.
S. Renk, 250 miles south of Khartoum. 13th May.
274 Mr. O. Thomas on
2. Megaderma frons, Geoff.
2 $. Kaka, 80 miles north of Fashoda. 23rd February.
2 5,1 2%. Goz Abu Gomer, 200 miles south of Khar-
toum. 17th May.
Mr. Hawker was much struck with the yellowness of the
wings of this bat in life. It was on the wing by day, and
looked more like a lar ge yellow butterfly than a bat.
3. Nycteris hispida, Geoff.
AV tala elo ihc cloe
2 $. Renk. 13th May.
4, Pipistrellus Temminckit, Cretzschm.
Khartoum. 24th January.
Fashoda. 21st March.
Goz Abu Gomer. 15th May.
+0 Gy Oy
5. Crocidura Hedenborgiana, Sund.
9. Kaka. 23rd April.
This fine shrew is of particular value as being practically a
topotype of Sundevall’s species.
6. Crocidura sp. (perhaps C. sericeus, Sund.).
No. 5. Gebel Akhmed Aga. 21st February.
6. Fashoda. 380th March and 2nd April.
7. Felis maniculata, Riipp. (?).
Imm. @. Fashoda. 8th May.
Brought in by a native. Not to be distinguished from the
local domestic cat.
8. Arvicanthis variegatus, Licht. (?).
dg. 20 miles north of Fashoda. 10th April.
&. Kaka. 22nd April.
The relationship of this to the Lower Hgyptian form and
to Riippell’s A. abyssinicus and lacernatus is still uncertain.
9. Arvicanthis testicularis, Sund.
S. Khartoum. 22nd January.
Ye. ¢. Duem, 110 miles south of Khartoum, 5th Feb-
ruary.
Practically topotypes of the species.
Small Mammals from the Upper Nile. 27d
On a closer examination I find that the Aden Arvicanthis
referred by me to A. variegatus* is really quite indistin-
guishable from A. testicularis. This is a striking example
of the general relationship of Aden animals to Soudanese and
Abyssinian, rather than to Egyptian forms.
10. Arvicanthis zebra, Heugl.
6. Fashoda. 2nd April.
The posterior back of this mouse is not so rusty as is
stated in the original description, but otherwise it agrees
fairly well, and may be provisionally referred to Heuglin’s
species.
11. Gerbdillus + sttymonyx luteolus, subsp. n.
dg. Duem. 23rd May.
Type. B.Mi. no. I. 8.8. 27.
* P.Z.S. 1895, p. 553.
+ I may take this opportunity to describe
Gerbillus (Dipodillus) Harwoodi, sp. n.
A member of the G. campestris group, hitherto unrecorded in East
Africa.
General colour dark fulyous, decidedly darker along the dorsal area,
brighter and richer along the flanks, where it forms a bright fulvous line
sharply contrasting with the white of the belly. Under surface pure
white throughout, the hairs white to their bases. Crown of head like
back; cheeks paler fulvous; postocular light marking indistinct, post-
auricular well defined. Ears small, their hairs dull fulvous. Front of
fore imbs like body, inner side and upper surface of hands pure white.
Outer side of hind limbs like body, but the ankles are darker and more
mixed with slaty ; inner sides and whole of feet white. Soles almost
naked, a few scattered hairs present in the region of the pads, which are,
as usual, six in number. ‘Tail long, well haired, but little tufted; brown
above and terminally, whitish proximally below.
Skull of the general shape characteristic of the G. campestris group.
Dimensions of the type (an adult female, measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 82 millim.; tail 113; hind foot 22; ear 10.
Skull: greatest length 26; basilar length 19; length of nasals 10;
interorbital breadth 4:5; parietal breadth 12; interparietal 32x66;
diastema 6°5; palatal foramina 5; length of upper molar series 3°6.
Hab. Lake Naivasha, British East Africa. Altitude 6300 feet.
Type. Female. B.M.no.0. 6.21.17. Original number 12. Collected
15th December, 1899, and presented by Lord Delamere.
So far as | am aware no member of this group has hitherto been
described from the EKast-African region, all the known forms being either
large gerbilles of the subgenus Yatera or else pigmy forms allied to
G. pusillus, Peters.
I have named this pretty species after Mr. L. C. Harwood, the taxi-
dermist who accompanied Lord Delamere and prepared the specimens,
Mr. Harwood has been ona great number of East- and West-African
collecting expeditions, and to his abilities much of the success of these
expeditions has been due, at least so far as mammals and birds are
concerned.
276 Mr. O. Thomas on
Closely allied to the typical G. stagmonya, Heugl.*, from
Khartoum, but more heavily built and the colour sandy buffy
throughout, very much as in G. pecilops, instead of yellowish.
Darker nose-mark and four white facial marks present as
usual. White of throat spreading up towards the eyes on
the cheeks, but not quite reaching them, a narrow line of
buffy passing across.
Skull as in sé2gmonyx, but heavier; the palatal foramina
rather more open.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 95 millim. ; tail 110; hind foot 23; ear 12.
Skull: greatest length 28; basilar length 21; greatest
breadth 14; length of nasals 10; interorbital breadth 4°8 ;
parietal breadth 12°2; interparietal 3°5x7°5; palatine fora-
mina, length 4:7; diastema 7:2; length of upper molar
series 3°6.
In the Anderson collection there are two skins from the
neighbourhood of Khartoum, obtained by Mr, H. F. Witherby,
which Mr. de Winton thinks, and I agree with him, may be
taken to represent Heuglin’s stiymonyz, though the description
might apply to several other species f. ‘’his animal is allied
to the Aden G. pociiops, having somewhat similar propor-
tions and skull-structure. The soles of the hind feet are of
the Dipodilius type, but have a number of fine scattered
hairs on them in the region of the pads, more typical Dipodilli
having the soles entirely naked. In this respect, as in others,
Mr. Hawker’s gerbille agrees with the Khartoum form, and
differs from the more northern G. (V.) Bottat and quadri-
maculatus.
12. Mus musculus orientalis, Cretzschm.
g. Khartoum. 26th January.
The local form of the house-mouse. Apparently represents
Mus pallescens, Heugl.
13. Mus macrolepis, Sund.
9 ¢,1 9. Kaka, 23rd Apnil.
@. Duem. 21st May.
46,3 2. Fashoda. 28th to 30th March, 2nd April.
In working out this most difficult group of the genus these
specimens, as certainly representing Sundevall’s species (“ex
* Reise N.O.-Afr. ii, p. 78 (1877).
+ The specimen marked steymonyx in the Stuttgart Museum does not
at all agree with Heuglin’s description, and cannot be the type. It is
probably a member of the Gerbillus gerbillus group.
Small Mammals from the Upper Nile. 277
Sennaar’’), are sure to be of the utmost value. As usual,
‘there is considerable variation in colour among them.
Heuglin’s Mus lateralis is probably the same animal.
14. Lepus Hawkert, sp. n.
6. Kaka, 2nd March.
Type. B.M. no. 1, 8. 8. 40.
Closely allied to L. ethiopicus, Ehr., but greyer and less
sandy throughout.
Size as in the allied species. General colour above soft
fawn-grey, finely lined with black. Dorsal hairs at base pale
silvery slate-grey, darkening above to black on the middle
third, then subterminally ringed with buffy white, the tips
black. In LZ. wthiopicus the base is whiter and less slaty
and takes a sandy tone below the black ring, and the sub-
terminal light ring is a strange sandy buffy. Flanks markedly
greyer and less sandy than in L. ethiopicus. Under surface
white, the usual collar pale isabelline. Face like back,
though less heavily grizzled; ante- and postorbital light
markings as usual. <A white frontal spot present. Anterior
part of back of ears greyish isabelline, the long hairs at its
edge sandy buffy for three fourths the length; tips black
behind for the terminal half-inch, the marginal hairs also
black, though partly hidden by the sandy hairs of the inner
side of the edge. In L. ethiopicus there is scarcely any
black behind the tip of the ear. In length the ears appear
to be decidedly shorter than in L. ethiopicus. Nape-patch
comparatively small, dull sandy, markedly smaller and less
vividly sandy than in the allied species. Tail black above,
edged with buffy, white on sides and below. Front of fore
limbs and hind limbs to ankles pale greyish ; upper surface
of hind feet whitish.
Skull very much as in L. ethiopicus, the occipital shelf
rather narrower. Enamel of upper incisors making a deep
but simple V-shaped projection into the tooth.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 410 millim.; tail 60; hind foot 96;
ear 100.
Skull: greatest length 80; basilar length 62; greatest
breadth 39; nasals 34 (diagonally) x 17-5; interorbital
breadth 17:2; diastema 22.
This hare is no doubt the southern representative of
L. ethiopicus, Khr., of which some excellent examples from
Shendy have been recently presented to the Museum by the
Hon. N. C. Rothschild. The one from the sandy country
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 20
278 Miss E. M. Sharpe on
north of Khartoum is naturally sandy in tone, while that
from the more marshy region southwards is greyer.
An immature hare from Gerazi, near Khartoum, collected
by Mr. H. F. Witherby, also appears to be L. Hawkert, but
is too young to be certainly determinable.’
Heuglin’s Z. microtis, founded on a young specimen, 1s a
still more southern form from the forest-region about 7° N.
by 30° HE. It is a strong-coloured forest type of hare, and
has apparently nothing to do with the open-country hares of
the L. a@thiopicus and Hawkeri group.
XXXIX.—A List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Ewart 8.
Grogan in Central Africa. By Kmity MAry SHARPE.
Dr. ScLATER has placed in my hands the collection of Lepi-
doptera formed by Mr. Ewart 8. Grogan during his celebrated
journey through Africa from the Cape to Cairo *.
The bulk of this collection was obtained in the Karonga
district, to the north of Lake Nyasa, and on the Rusisi River,
which flows into the north of Lake Tanganyika. One or
two specimens were procured in the Mushari country, between
Lake Kivu and the Albert Edward Nyanza, and these species
are apparently undescribed.
Throughout this paper I have referred to Prof. Aurivillius’s
‘ Rhopalocera Aithiopica,’ and when the nomenclature differs
from this standard work, it will be understood that the identi-
fications have been made from the specimens in the National
Collection as recently arranged by Dr. Butler, Mr. F. A.
Heron, and Sir George Hampson.
Family Danaidide.
1 Tirumala Petiverana.
Danada limniace, var. Petiverana (Doubl.) ; Aurivillius, Rhopalocera
Adthiopica, p. 33 (1898).
a,b. $. River Longwe, Karonga. January.
c. &. Volcanoes, 7000 feet. June.
2. Amauris G'rogant, sp. n.
Allied to A. damocles, Beauv., as regards the situation of
the white spots on the primaries, but in general appearance
resembling Amauris Ansorget, Sharpe.
Primaries. Ground-colour dark brownish black, relieved
* See ‘ Geographical Journal,’ vol. xvi. 2, pp. 164-184 (1900).
Lepidoptera from Central Africa. 279
by a number of white spots as in A. damocles; the white spot
between the first and second median nervule not extending so
far as in the last-named species; all the spots somewhat
smaller in size than in A. damocles.
Secondaries with more than half the wing brownish black ;
the basal area pale ochre; near the hind margin a row of
nearly obsolete whitish spots, those near the apical area being
the most strongly marked.
Underside. Central area of the primaries dark brownish
black, the apical area lighter brown; all the white spots
distinctly marked, but much reduced in size when compared
with those of A. damocles. Secondaries with more than half
the wing light brown, the basal area pale ochre-yellow ; the
extreme base dark brown, this colour extending along the
costal margin; near the hind margin a distinct row of white
spots, varying in size and situated between the nervules; on
the extreme edge a row of minute white twin-spots.
6. Expanse 4:1 inches.
Hab. Mushari, 8000 feet. June.
This species may be considered one of the many forms
belonging to the groups of A. damocles and A. echeria, but it
is one of the most pronounced and distinct of all the races
which a certain school of entomologists unite under one
heading, ignoring the fact that differences of coloration are
accompanied by a separate and distinct geographical distri-
bution.
3. Amauris Bumillert.
Amauris ochleides, var. Bumilleri, Staud. ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 38 (1898).
a. &. River Longwe, Karonga. January.
Family Satyrida.
4. Gnophodes Grogant, sp. n.
Allied to G. parmeno, Doubl. & Hewits., but at once distin-
guished by the large dark brand on the primaries.
Primaries. Ground-colour rich brown, with a distinct
transverse band of dull ochreous yellow near the apical area;
this band broadest on the costal margin and gradually dimin-
ishing along the hind margin; a large dark brown brand
above the sub-median nervure, extending into the cell. The
outline of the wings is more rounded than in G. parmeno,
especially as regards the primaries.
Secondaries. Kintirely rich brown, with a pale fulvous line
indicated along the hind margin.
Underside. Very similar to that of G. parmeno, but with the
20*
280 Miss E. M. Sharpe on
whole aspect of the primaries darker, the lighter bands having
a faint shading of mauve; the small spots near the apex
yellow.
Secondaries. Much duller than in G. parmeno, the charac-
teristic streak along the costal margin darker; the hind-
marginal row of spots yellow instead of white; a distinct
shading of mauve apparent on the inner margin.
Expanse 2°9 inches.
Hab. Mushari, 8000 feet. June.
5. Physceneura pione.
Physceneura pione, Godman; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 69 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
6. Ypthima pupillaris.
Ypthima pupillaris, Butler; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 78 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
Family Acreide.
7. Acrea balbina.
Acrea insignis, Distant (part.) ; Aurivillius, ¢. c, p. 89 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
8. Acrea zetes.
Acrea zetes (Linn.); Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 90 (1898).
a. &@. Karonga. January.
9. Acrea Doubledayt.
Acrea Doubleday, Guérin ; Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 99 (1898).
a,b. 6%. Karonga. January.
10. Acrea egina.
Acrea egina (Oramer); Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 92 (1898).
a. &. Rusisi River, 3600 feet. May.
This specimen shows some red internervular streaks on the
primaries ; it is in perfect condition, and I imagine that these
streaks are only seen when the butterfly is not abraded.
11. Acrea natalea.
Acrea natalica, Boisduval ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 100 (1898).
a. ?. Karonga. January.
12. Acreea perrupta.
Acrea terpsichore (Linn.); Aurivillius (part.), ¢. c. p. 104 (1898).
a,b. 6 ¢. Karonga. January.
Lepidoptera from Central Africa. 281
13. Acrea vinidia,
Acrea vinidia, Hewits.; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 105 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
6. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
14. Acrea daira.
Acrea encedon (Linn.); Aurivillius (part.), ¢.c. p. 110 (1898).
a. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
Family Nymphalida.
15. Precis boopis.
Precis orithya (Linn.) ; Aurivillius (part.), ¢. ¢. p. 135 (1898).
a~e. 6. Karonga. January.
jf-h. 9. Karonga. January.
% ¢. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
16. Precis cebrene.
Precis enone (Linn.); Aurivillius (part.), ¢. ¢. p. 185 (1898).
a. $6. Karonga. January.
17. Precis Triment.
Precis Triment, Butler; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 187 (1898).
a. Karonga, January.
18. Precis elgiva.
Precis terea, var. elgiva (Drury); Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 141 (1898).
a. WKaronga. January.
19. Precis artaxia.
Precis artaxia, Hewits.; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 143 (1898).
a,b. Plateau Chamba. January.
20. Hypolimnas mima.
Hypolimnas dubius, Palisot, var. (et ab.) mima, Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 149
(1898).
a. Karonga. January.
21. Eurytela dryope.
Eurytela dryope (Cramer) ; Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 154 (1898).
a, 6. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
22. Neptidopsis velleda.
Neptidopsis ophione (Cramer), var. velleda, Aurivillius, t. c. p. 156
(1898).
a. Karonga. January.
282 Miss E. M. Sharpe on
23. Ergolis enotrea.
Ergolis enotrea (Cramer) ; Aurivillius, t. c. p. 156 (1898).
a,b. Rusisi Valley, 8300 feet. May.
24. Crenis rosa.
Crenis rosa, Hewits.; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 161 (1898).
a-f. 6. Karonga. January.
g-j. %. Karonga. January.
25. Neptis saclava.
Neptis saclava, Boisduval ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 166 (1898).
a. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
26. Neptis agatha.
Neptis agatha, Stoll ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 167 (1898).
a. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
27. Hamanumida dedalus.
Hamanumida dedalus (Fabricins) ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 181 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
28. Charaxes Guderiana.
Charaxes Guderiana, Dewitz; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 288 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
29. Charaxes argynnides.
Charazxes jatlusa, Trimen, var. argynnides (Westw.); Auriyillius, ¢. c.
p- 240 (1898).
a. Rusisi River, 3600 feet. May.
Family Lycenide.
30. Teriomima Hildegarda.
Teriomima Hildegarda, Kirby ; Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 271 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
31. Virachola antalus.
Deudorix antalus, Hopffer ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 809 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
32. Hypolycceena philippus.
Hypolycena philippus, Fabricius; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 816 (1898).
a,b. %. Karonga. January.
33. Hypolyceena ceculus.
Hypolycena ceculus, Hopfier; Aurivillius, z. c. p. 316 (1898).
a,b. @ ¢. Karonga. January.
Lepidoptera from Central Africa. 283
34, Axiocerses harpax.
Axriocerses harpax, Fabricius; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 835 (1898).
a. Karonga. January.
35. Cacyreus lingeus.
Cupido lingeus, Cramer ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 360 (1898).
a. 2. Karonga. January.
36. Polyommatus beticus.
Cupido beticus, Linn.; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 867 (1898).
a. $. Karonga. January.
37. Catochrysops asopus.
Cuprdo malathana, Boisduval (part.); Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 373 (1898).
a. 2. Karonga, January.
- 38. Catochrysops peculiaris.
Cupido peculiaris, Rogenhofer ; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 878 (1898).
a. 9. Karonga. January.
Family Pierida.
39. Belenots mesentina.
Pieris mesentina (Cramer) ; Aurivillius, ¢. ¢. p. 407 (1898).
a. d. Plateau Chamba. January.
40. Belenois instabilis.
Pieris suberda, Felder; Aurivillius (part.), t¢. c. p. 408 (1898).
a. g. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
Ai. Belenois dentigera.
Pieris dentigera, Butler; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 409 (1898).
a. $. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
42. Teracolus ocale.
Teracolus evippe (Linn.), var. (ab.?) ocale, Boisd. ; Aurivillius, ¢. e.
p- 433 (1898).
a. $. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
43. Teracolus gavisa.
Teracolus achine (Cramer), var. estiv. extrema gavisa, Wallengr.: Auri-
villius, ¢. c. p. 436 (1898). , gr.; Auri
a. 2. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
44, Terias senegalensis.
Terias senegalensis, Boisd.; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 451 (1898).
a. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
284 Miss E. M. Sharpe on
Family Papilionide.
45. Papilio Mackinnont.
Papilio Mackinnoni, E. M. Sharpe; Aurivillius, ¢. ec. p. 472 (1898).
a. Volcanoes, Mfumbiro district, 7000 feet. June.
46. Papilio nireus.
Papilio nireus, Linn.; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 475 (1898).
a, 6. Rusisi River, 3600 feet. May.
47. Papilio demodocus.
Papilio demodocus, Esper; Aurivillius, ¢. c. p. 477 (1898).
a,6. Karonga. January.
Family Hesperida.
48. Rhopalocampta forestan.
Rhopaloeampta forestan (Cramer); Holland, P. Z. S, 1896, p. 98.
a,b. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
HETEROCERA.
Family Sphingida.
49. Cherocampa celerio.
Theretra celerio (Linn.), Kirby, Lepid. Heterocera, i. p. 652 (1892).
a. Karonga. January.
Family Limacodide.
50. Chrysopoloma polana.
Cosuma polana, Druce, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 682, pl. lv. fig. 8.
Karonga. January.
Family Noctuidae.
51. Ophideres fullonica.
Ophideres fullonica (Linn.); Hamps., Fauna Brit. India, Moths, ii.
p- 560 (1894).
a. North end, Tanganyika. April.
52. Argadesa materna.
Ophideres materna (Linn.); Butler, P. Z. S. 1888, p. 84.
a. Karonga. January.
53. Remigia archesia.
Remigia archesia (Cram.); Butler, P. Z. S. 1893, p. 682.
a. Rusisi River, 3500 feet. May.
Lepidoptera from Central Africa. 285
04. Hypocala Mooret.
Hypocala Moore, Butl.; Hamps., Fauna Brit. India, Moths, ii. p. 454
(1894).
a. Chosi River. February.
55. Azazia rubricans.
Azazia rubricans (Boisd.) ; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 574.
a. Ikomba. February.
56. Plusia ertosoma.
Plusia eriosoma, Doubl.; Butler, P. Z. 8. 1898, p. 424.
a. Ikomba. February.
57. Hutelia sp.
a. Longwe, Karonga. January.
Family Agaristide.
58. Xanthospilopteryx superba.
Eusemia superba, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1893, p. 674.
a,b. Karonga. January.
59. Pristocerca alba.
Pristocerea alba, Rothschild, Noy. Zool. iv. p. 183 (1897).
a. Karonga. January.
Family Arctiidae.
60. Acantharctia flavicosta.
Amsacta flavicosta, Hampson, Annals of the South-African Museum,
ii. p. 53 (1900).
a. Karonga. January.
Family Hypsida.
61. Nyctemera leuconoe.
Leptosoma leuconoe (Hoptt.); Butler, P. Z. S. 1898, p. 678.
a. Rusisi Valley, 3300 feet. May.
Family Geometride.
62. Gonodela amandata.
Macaria amandata, Walker, Cat. Lepid. Heter., Geom. xxiii. p. 922
(1861).
a. Rusisi Valley, 3500 feet. May.
63. Gonodela brongusaria.
Gonodela brongusaria (Walk.) ; Butler, P. Z. S, 1893, p. 683.
a. Rusisi Valley, 3500 feet. May.
286 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
64. Nemoria unilinea.
Nemoria unilinea, Warren, Noy. Zool. v. p. 235 (1898).
a. Rusisi Valley, 8000 feet. May.
Family Pyralide.
65. Filodes costivitralis.
Filodes costivitralis, Guen. Réunion, p. 65.
a. Ikomba. February.
Family Crambide.
66. Crambus carpherus.
Crambus carpherus, Hampson, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. p. 159
(1898).
a. Karonga. January.
XL. — Further Notes on the Pangonine of the Family
Tabanide in the British Museum Collection. By
Miss GrertrrupeE Ricarpo.
For an alphabetical catalogue of the whole family of
Tabanidze the one published by Dr. Kertesz, of Budapest,
January 1900, will be found very useful.
Those species marked with an asterisk (*) are in the
British Museum Collection. As regards the Bigot types, I
am indebted to Mr. Verrall for his courtesy in lending them
to me for examination.
Silvius and its allied genera are dealt with in this paper,
as a continuation of that on Pangonia, Latr., and its allied
genera in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 97 (1900).
Scepsis, Walker, Dipt. Saund. 1. p. 71 (1850), should have
been included in the first paper and would follow at the end
of the table as :—
13 a. First joint of palpus thickened ................ Scepsis, Walk.
*Scepsis nivalis, Walker, J. c. pl. 1. fig. 7; Loew, Dipt.
Siidafrik. p. 15 (1860).
South America.
The type in the British Museum Collection is a female,
with the antenne wanting, but they are well figured in the
plate, though the spines present on the hind tibiz are omitted.
The type is labelled South America, 68. 4 (Saunders Coll.).
of the Family Tabanide. 287
Among the Walker types of Chrysops I found what I
believe is a specimen of Apocampta nigra, Schiner, a genus
belonging to the Pangonia group and included in the table
in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 98 (1900).
Avocampta, Schiner.
Apocampta, Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 96 (1866).
* Apocampta subcanus, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 204
(1848) (Chrysops).
A. nigra, 2, Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 96 (1866).
The type (female) from Australia proved on examination to
be not a Chrysops, but apparently identical with Schiner’s
species, as did also another female from Mackay, Queens-
land, 94. 61 (Turner).
They agree with the description given by Schiner, but the
abdomen is not so broad in the second female. Schiner
describes the second joint of the antenne as ending ina
bristle (“ Dorn”’) ; in these the joint is small, with a ring
of fine bristles, and black hair on the sides; the palpi have
the first jomt cylindrical, the second wider at its base,
curved, and tapering to a point; the thorax is brownish
with three black obscure stripes.
Paneoning,
Hind tibize with spurs. Ocelli usually present.
Third joint of antenne with five divisions. Proboscis
STOUR teeters foy suey See Lee bol soley swoacant sis cho oewiee enceer ese Silvius, &e.
The genera comprised in this division of the Pangoninz
are :—Sylvius, Meig., Rhinomyza, Wiedem., Gastrowxides,
Saunders, Pronopes, Loew, and Chrysops, Meig., with Esen-
beckia, Rondani, a subgenus formed from Siélvius.
Attempts have been made to subdivide Silvius, creating
new subgenera, which Loew in his Dipt. Siidafrik. considers
unnecessary owing to the few known species of Silvius ;
Esenbeckia is the only subgenus left to stand for the present.
Mesomyia, Macgq., created for M. decora, from Natal, by
Macquart (Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 38, 1850), both Loew
and Schiner agree must be merged again in Silvius ; the
former considers M. decora is the same as his Silvius decipiens,
but Macquart’s description is too meagre for him to form
a definite opinion (see Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 15).
Ectenopsis, Macq. (Dipt. Exot. i. p. 111, 1838), formed
for Chrysops vulpecula, Wiedem., the above authorities also
288 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninz
agree must be sunk in Sélvius (see Schiner, Reise der
Novara; Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik.), the species becoming
Silvius vulpecula.
Rhinomyza, Wiedem. (Dipt. Exot. i. p. 29, 1821), is
looked upon by Loew as a doubtful genus, the only character
which divides it from Silvius being the greater deepening of
the face in the centre; he leaves it standing for the present,
adding a new species and suggesting that Silvius denticornis,
Wiedem., should belong to it.
Erodiorhynchus, Macq. (Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110, 1838),
formed for L. eristaloides, Macq., is a synonym of Rhinomyza
edentula, Wiedem., according to Loew, whose remarks on
this and the above genus do not agree with those of Schiner
(‘ Reise der Novara’); but Loew is followed here, as being
probably most correct, Schiner’s remarks on Rhinomyza
being clearly wrong. The latter makes a new species,
Erodiorhynchus pusillus, which should perhaps belong to
Silvius, or more probably to Rhinomyza, though he does not
mention the face as being concave in the centre, as it should
be, if belonging to Rhinomyza.
Macquart’s description of the genus is most inadequate
and seems to give no characters which would distinguish it
from Silvius or Rhinomyza ; it is therefore not maintained in
this paper, but merged again in Rhinomyza for the present.
Rondani (Archiv. Canestr. ii. p. 85, 1863) subdivides
Silvius, creating two subgenera, and taking the hairiness or
nakedness of the eyes and the closed or open posterior cell
as characters on which to found them, viz.: Veprius for
those species of Silvius with hairy eyes, leaving those with
naked eyes in Silvius. It does not seem worth while to
retain this subgenus. Hsenbeckia he establishes for two
species from Brazil and Chili, which have the first posterior
cell of the wings closed, a characteristic peculiar to them
alone, I believe, so that for the present this subgenus may
be allowed to stand.
Gastroxides, Saunders, and Pronopes, Loew, were each
formed for one species.
Rondani established the genus Nemorius (Prodrome Dipt.
Ital. i. p. 171, 1856) for Chrysops vitripennis, Meig., a
species with clear wings, and differmg somewhat from the
other European species, as Loew remarks in Dipt. Stidafrik.
p- 16: see also Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 616
(1858), where he regards it as unnecessary to separate it
from Chrysops; I have therefore not included the genus
Nemorius in the following table of genera :—
of the Family 'Tabanide. 289
PANGONINA”E,
Third joint of antenne with five divisions. Proboscis short.
[See first part of the table of genera in Ann. & Mag. Nat. Iist. (7) v.
p- 98 (1900). ]
14. First and second joints of antennz short... 15.
First and second joints of antennze long .. 20.
15. Second segment of abdomen unusually
large, spurs on tibiz small ............ Pronopes, Loew.
Second segment of abdomen not unusually
large, spurs not unusually small........ 16.
16. Face concave in the middle ............ Rhinomyza, Wiedem.
Face not concave in the middle.......... 17.
Siztvivus, Meig.
17. Wings with first posterior cell open ...... Silvius, Rond.
18. Wings with first posterior cell closed .... Subgenus Hsenbeckia,
19. Third joint of antennz with an acute spine [Rond.
Onatherirstannulation 5 se hese sess os Gastroxides, Saunders,
Third joint of antennze with no spine on
Ee puMstAUMULATOME bens slaves ccc cleeie le - 20.
20. Second joint of antennz as long or nearly
as long as the first joint. Wings usually
with a black or brown design.......... Chrysops, Meig.
Pronores, Loew.
Pronopes, Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 27, pl. i. figs. 12, 13, 15, 16, 17
(1860).
This genus was formed for one species, P. nigricans, from
the Cape of Good Hope, which is not represented in the
British Museum Collection. The correct numbering of
the figures in plate is as above and not as given in the
work itself.
Rarinomyza, Wiedem.
Rhinomyza, Wiedem., Nova Dipt. Gen. p. 8 (1820) ; id. Dipt. Exot. i.
p- 59 (1821); Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 15 (1860) ; Schiner, Reise
Novara, p. 97 (1866). ;
Erodiorhynchus, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 110 (1888).
The described species of Rhinomyza, including the two
species of Hrodiorhynchus and one transferred from Silvius,
are :— -
R. fusca, 2, Wiedem., Nova Dipt. Gen. p. 8 (1820); id. Dipt. Exot.
i. p. 59 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 104, pl. i. fig. 8 (1828) ;
Henning Jensen, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Moscou, iv. p. 313 (1882) ;
Macq., Hist. Nat. Dipt. i. p. 196 (1884) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.
Suppl. 1, p. 146 (1854); Bigot, Cat. Orient. Dipt. (1891); Wulp,
Cat. Dipt. 8. Asia (1896).—Java.
R. edentula, §, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 105 (1828) ; Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 146 (1854) ; Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik.
290 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
pp. 15, 26 (1860); Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 97 (1866). [ Erodio-
rhynchus eristaloides, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 111, pl. vi. fig. 1
(1888); Walker, List Dipt. vy. Suppl. 1, p. 146 (1854).]—Cape of
Good Hope.
*R. denticornis, § 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 111 (1828);
Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 192 (1848), pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 275 (1854)
(Silvius); Loew, Dipt. Siidafrik. pp. 21, 26 (1860); Ricardo, Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vi. p. 163 (1900). [Dichelacera binotata,
3 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 113 (1838); Schiner, Reise Novara,
p. 97 (1866). |—Cape of Good Hope.
R. esas ¢, Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 26 (1860).—Cape of Good
ope.
R. pusilla, 3 2, Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 97 (1860) ( Erodiorhynchus).—
Cape of Good Hope.
Ruinomyza, Wiedem.
The third joint of antennz with a long
tooth-like projection ...........-.... IE
The third joint of antennz with no tooth-
likemprojection Memneriere orm: raat aries
1. Black, shining. Tyes hairy............ costata, $, Loew.
2. Brown. Legs blackish brown.......... fusca, 9, Wiedem.
3. Yellow. Legs yellow. Eyes bare...... denticornis, $ 2, Wiedem.
4, Black, shining. Legs black and brown .. edentula, ¢, Wiedem.
5. Blackish brown. Legs reddish yellow.
Abdomen with white bands on posterior
borders of segments. Eyes hairy...... pusilla, 3 2, Schiner.
The antenne in the type of costata were defective, so that
it is only placed under those species with a tooth-lke pro-
jection of the third joint of antennz on supposition. The
species pusilla is placed under Rhinomyza, but may prove to
belong more correctly to the genus Silvius.
Rhinomyza denticornis, Wiedem.
Three males and six females from Natal.
Siivius, Meigen.
Silvius, Meigen, Syst. Beschr. iii. p. 27 (1820) ; Loew, Dipt. Stidafrik.
pp. 15, 21 (1860) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 97 (1866).
Mesomyia, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 88 (1850).
Ectenopsis, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 111 (1838).
Veprius, Rond., Archiy. Canestr. iii. p. 18 (1863).
Loew, in his Dipt. Siidafrik., should be consulted for the
characters of this genus, the species of which are not very
numerous.
Owing to want of material, the tables of the species have
been drawn up in great part from the descriptions and are
only published in the hope that they may be of some use in
the identification of species, and may soon be replaced by
others based on the examination of the species themselves.
of the Family 'Tabanide. 291
In the following tables I have assumed the antenne are
simple, with no tooth or angle, when there is no express
mention of such a tooth or angle in the description ; the
eyes in all the species not expressly mentioned as hairy are
assumed to be bare.
Palearctic Region.
The description of S. dorsalis, by Coquillet, seems to
point to its being very nearly related to S. vituli, Fabr.
For the species from this region Loew’s paper in the Wien.
ent. Monat. i. p. 850 (1858) should be consulted.
*S, vituli, $9, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 97 (1805); Meig., Klass. i. p. 172
(1804); id. Syst. Beschr. ii. p. 27 (1820); Loew, Wien. ent.
Monat. ii. p. 350 (1858) ; Gobert, Rev. Monogr. d. Tabanidee, Mém.
Soc. Nord France, 1. p. 45 (1883). [?Tabanus ttalicus, Fabr.,
Spec. Ins. il. p. 457 (1781). Tabanus decisus, Walker, List Dipt.
pt. i. p. 171 (1848); id. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 274 (1854).]—Europe.
S. alpinus, 2, Drapiez, Ann. Génér. d. Sc. Phys. p. 136, pl. vii. fig. 7
(1819) (Yabanus); Bergroth, Ent. Nachr. xiii. p. 150 (1887).
[S. hertus, §, Loew, Wien. ent. Monat. ii. p. 350 (1858) ; Bergroth,
l. c. p. 151. |—Alps.
S. algirus, 3, Meig., Syst. Beschr. vi. p. 319 (1830) ; Macq., Hist. Nat.
Dipt. i. p. 214 (1835) ; Lucas, Explor. Sci. Alg. iii. p. 427 (1849) ;
Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 275 (1854); Loew, Wien.
ent. Monat. ii. p. 350 (1858). ereeaers ttalicus, Fabr., Spec. Ins.
1. p. 457 (1781) ; see Loew, Wien. ent. Monat. ii. p. 350 (1858). |—
Algeria, S. Europe.
S. appendiculatus, §, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 45, pl. iv. fig. 10
(1846) ; Lucas, Explor. Sci. Alg. i. p. 426 (1849) ; Walker, List
Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 275 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 97
(1866).—Alveria, Europe.
S. ochraceus, 9 , Loew, Wien. ent. Monat. ii. p. 851 (1858).—Mermeriza,
Asia Minor.
S. bicolor, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, v. p. 625 (1892).—
Morocco.
S. dorsalis, 9, Coquillet, Proc. U. States Mus. xxi. p. 809 (1898),.—
Japan.
#8. ean Q, sp. n.—Hari-rud Valley and Khorasan, Afghanistan.
1. The third joint of antenne simple, without
a tooth or projecting angle.
Die Npdonten) with spotsin. eda: sweets as: 3.
Abdomen with no spots ©.......-..000- 4,
3. Reddish yellow. Abdomen with four
whitish-yellow spots .........:+..-0- algirus, 3, Meig.
Yellowish. Abdomen yellow with tri-
angular grey dorsal spots ............ appendiculatus, 3, Macq.
4, Yellow. Abdomen brownish yellow with
a yellowish central stripe. Thorax and
Semtelliumy blacker. eevee tre eects ars bicolor, 2, Bigot.
5. Yellow. The pubescence on the first two
joints of the antenne and on the anterior
border of the abdominal segments black. wtuli, ¢ 2, Fabr.
292 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
6. Yellow. Abdomen brownish yellow,
browner on the posterior segments ; the
black pubescence more widely distri-
buted thantin tc. eee eee eee alpinus, 2, Drap.
7. Yellow. Pubescence as in vituli. Thorax
with three brown-grey pruinose vitte.
Scutellumiyellowsner ere ene dorsalis, 2, Coquillet.
8. Yellow. Abdomen yellow. Pubescence
wholly yellow on the antennal joints and
on thezabdomentaens se eee ee cee ochraceus, 9, Loew.
9. Grey. Abdomen black with reddish-yel-
low bands. Eyes bare. Legs yellowish. iritans, Q, sp. n.
Silvius vituli, § 2, Fabr.
One female from Polish Ukraine, 387. 43. 57 (Dowler
Coll.), which was named Tabanus decisus by Walker ; it is
clearly ideutical with S. vitul, Fabr. Walker’s name must
therefore sink.
Silvius bicolor, 2, Bigot.
Having examined the type I think this species is very
probably the female of S. algirus, Macq. The abdomen is
brownish yellow with a light yellowish stripe in the centre,
formed of indistinct triangular spots, most distinct from the
third to the sixth segment. The first two joints of the
antenne have black pubescence. The wings have an
appendix.
Silvius irritans, 2, sp. n. See Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
(2) v. p. 183 (1889).
Eight females from Hari-rud Valley and Khorasan,
mentioned in the above ‘ Transactions,’ with the following
note by Dr. Aitchison, the collector on the Afghan Boundary
Commission :—
‘Near Mt. Do Shakh my pcnies were nearly driven mad
with the numbers of this very small species ; although in ones
or twos they did not give much trouble, when in large
numbers, as I saw them, they were extremely irritating
to the cattle, chiefly attacking the head and fore legs.””—
Ae 15 Abs vaXe
The species does not seem to have been previously
described.
Grey. Antenne with the third joint simple; reddish,
grey at apex of first and second joints, the third joint black
except at its base, the space around the antenne reddish.
Face grey, with a black shiming spot in the middle of the
forehead above the antennee ; the ocelli are placed on a small
of the Family 'Tabanide. 293
tubercle which rises out of a triangular depression; there
are also two black shining spots each side of the antenne ;
the cheeks are finely punctured, with a longitudinal furrow
ending in a cavity; there is some slight light-coloured
pubescence on the face. Palpi greyish yellow, rather large,
broad at base, tapering to a point; the first joint is short,
the second has a longitudinal furrow. Beard grey. Pro-
boscis as long as head. Eyes bare. Abdomen with the first
two segments largely reddish yellow, with a black dorsal
stripe, the remainingsegments are black, the posterior borders
yellow; in some of the specimens the yellow border is wider
than in the others. Legs yellow, with the apex of the
posterior femora, the base of the fore tibiz and the tarsi
black; the posterior tarsi are yellow with the apex of the
joints darker. Halteres whitish. Wings hyaline, with pale
yellow veins. Length 64 millim.
The spurs on the hind tibiz in this species are small and
easily overlooked.
Type A. 20. 89. 65.
Nearctic Region.
*S. gigantulus, 9, Loew, Centur. x. p. 12 (1861); id. Berlin. ent. Zeit.
xvi. p. 57 (1872) (Chrysops); Osten Sacken, Western Diptera,
p- 215 (1877) ; id. Cat. N. Amer. Dipt. note 70 (1878). [S¢vius
trifolium, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 395
(1876). |—California, British Columbia.
S. pollinosus, 9, Williston, Trans. Conn. Ac. iv. p. 244 (1882); id.
Trans. Kansas Acad. x. p. 131 (1887).—N. America.
1. Third joint of antenne simple .............. 2.
2. Yellow. Wings hyaline and non-pubescent.. gigantulus, Loew.
3. Black, with greyish-white tomentum. Wings
pubescent, clouded and spotted..... ...... pollinosus, Williston.
Silvius gigantulus, Loew.
Nine females from Chulukweyah Trail, British Columbia,
August 1859.
Neotropical Region.
S. Sylvetrt’, 9, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 155, pl. xix. fig. 1 (1838) ;
Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 275 (1854).—(Called
marginatus in Macquart’s plate, evidently a misprint.)—Brazil.
S. rufipes, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 87 (1850).—Brazil.
S. nubipennis, 2, Rondani, Nuovi Ann. del Sci. Nat. Bologna, (3)
ii. p. 371 (1850).—(This is evidently a female by the description,
though not expressly mentioned.)—Iquatorial America.
S. presbiter, S, Rondani, Archivio Canestrini, ili. p. 84 (1863); id.
Ann. Soc. Nat. Modena, ii. p. 84 (1866) (Veprius).—St. Jago,
S. America.
S. rufopilosus, 3, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. vy. p. 620 (1892) ( Veprius).
—Chili. !
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 21
294 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
1. Third joint of antennz simple, without a tooth
or projecting angle.
2s Black ispecies ann ein rickety ee rete 3.
ViGlllonp OWGES goscostoacdosaossoesoaocad 6.
By Lees EGS ooo dooncooosusg ED IeduoDpO0NG 4,
Megs wyellowashyyes ser isi neeeers ele he etent re 5.
4. Abdomen with three white bands. Legs black
and white. Wings clear, darker on the fore-
order, Ser sete muencge stone Coates ane esma ne renee Sylveirit, 2, Macq.
Meesiblacks: NWanecyd are cn .erar meets er: preshiter, $, Rond.
5. Abdomen with the incisions of the segments
yellow. Wines hyaline. Antennee reddish. rufipes, 9, Macq.
Abdomen with greyish- yellow pubescence.
Wings hyaline. Antenne black.......... rufopilosus, 3, Bigot.
6. Legsreddish yellow and black. Wings hyaline
wither dark apircaluspobiensstc cis soley cir nubipennis, 9, Rond.
None of the species are represented in the British Museum
Collection.
Silvius rufopilosus, 3, Bigot.
The type, a male, and another male specimen are both
from Chih.
This is a very hairy species and is apparently nearly
related to S. rufipes, Macq., but the antennz are entirely
black, whereas Macquart describes his species as having the
first two joints red. ‘The abdomen is black with the posterior
borders of the segments narrowly fulvous; the yellowish-
grey hairs are scattered over the dorsum, but are thickest at
the sides. The legs are yellow, the coxze, the apices of the
femora, tibieze, and tarsi black ; the fore femora are also black
on their upperside ; all the femora have long white hairs on
their underside, otherwise the pubescence of the legs is
chiefly black and short. Wings clear, yellow on the fore
border, veins yellow, with an appendix.
Ethiopian Region.
S. decorus, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 38, pl. ii. fig. 10 (1850)
(Mesomyta); Loew, Dipt. Stdafrik. p. 15 (1860). [PS¢dvius
decipiens, Loew, U. ¢. p. 25.|—Caftraria, 8. Africa.
S. pertusus, 3, Loew, l. ce, p. 22 (1860).—Caffraria, S. Africa.
*§, glandicolor, $, Loew, @. c. p. 28, pl. i. figs. 8-10,—Caffraria,
S. Africa.
S. cuneatus, 3 9, Loew, J. c.—Caffraria, 8S. Africa.
S. confluens, 2, Loew, l.c. p. 24, pl. i. fig. 11 (not fig. 10 as printed
in the original work).—Caffraria, S. Africa.
S. decipiens, 2, Loew, J. c. pp. 15, 25. [PSzlvias decorus, Macq., J. c.}—
Caffraria, 8. Africa.
2S. ewstroides, 2, Karsch, Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxxi. p. 371, pl. iv. fig. 6
(1887).—East Africa.
S, innotatus, 2, Karsch, /. c. pl. iv. fig. 1.—East Africa.
of the Family Tabanide, 295
1, The third joint of antennse with leng teoth-
IIE) | RON SCIOIN Ato oct oo nnmnn ene ae onece 5.
2. The third joint of antenne produced to a
sharp angle at its base as in Tabanus...... 7
3. The third joint of antenne simple, without a
tooth or-projecting angle................ 8,
ErapESV(OS| DALTON, Ws sais Suber actes ao saniae era we i 5.
Bivesphraiinyentys serrate sata oe aste ng ae « 12.
5. Black. Legs bright reddish yellow. Wings
CHET ig she i pC RR Rea ae ne pertusus, 3 , Loew.
6. Yellow. Legs yellow. Wings clear with
dancers hachingy tvs. iitwaeiasahs vase e alae imnotatus, 2, Karsch.
7. Brown and shining. Legs dull yellow....., glandicolor, 2, Loew.
8, Black. Abdomen with white-haired spots.
Hee Senecdisht Mt aepiobiaenene Utena citek kt decorus, 9, Macq.
9. Greyish brown, g. Pitchy black, 2. Legs
browmnvand yellows. dsc neu ns Gertie «anes cuneatus, ¢ 2, Leew.
HUM icoidallcollopent sa as an ee ee 3
Wiscardalicelllclosed!, status 'starale state ee se 5 12.
11, Abdomen brownish, with bands. Legs
browmish blacks (of sp... ths tsar © sew confiuens, 9, Loew.
12. Abdomen dark briek-reddish, with spots... . decipiens, 2, Loew.
Light yellow. Abdomen very long, hind
borders of segments darker. Legs yellow.. estroides, 2, Karsch.
This last species is placed under Silvius by Karsch as
probably belonging to that genus, but the antenne were
broken off and the eyes are not mentioned, so that it cannot
be included in the above table, but is placed last with a
short description to aid its identification.
In No. 6 the eyes are not mentioned; it is presumed they
are bare.
Silvius decorus, Macq., is imserted in the table after
Macquart’s description and figure, which do not bring it
into line with S. decipiens, Loew, with which Loew supposes
it may be identical.
Silvius glandicolor, 3 , Loew.
One male and one female specimen in poor preservation
from Port Natal, 58. 13.
The female has the forehead shining, similar to the species
described by Macquart, in Dipt. Exot. 1. p. 32, as Zabanus
fallax, which Loew suggests may be the same as the species
he described as S. glandicolor, but the colouring of the legs
differs in the two species.
Oriental Region.
S. dimidiatus, 2, Wulp, Tijd. Ent. xi. p. 102, pl. iii. figs, 3-5 (1868) ;
Osten Sacken, Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi. p. 478 (1880) ; Bigot,
Cat. Orient. Dipt. (1891); Wulp, Cat. Dipt. 8. Asia (1896).—
Salwatty, E. Indies. a
21*
296 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
Third joint of antennz simple, without a tooth
or projecting angle. Hyes hairy.
1. Pale yellow. Abdomen with posterior seg-
ments darker. Wings clouded............ dimidiatus, 2, Wulp.
Osten Sacken (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, xvi. p. 478) doubts
this species being a true Szlvius.
Australian Region.
*§. marginatus, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 189 (1848) ( Tabanus).—
Port Essington, Australia.
#2 S§. nitescens, 6, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, iv. p. 125 (1857).—
Australia.
S. silvester, 2, Bergroth, Ent. Zeit. Stettin, lv. p. 71 (1894).—Central
Queensland.
1. Third joint of antenne simple, without a
Loothvoryprojectineyangle cr. oiler orl: 2.
Third joint of antenne produced to a sharp
PHNAIS GH5 HONG) [DARD gas baoasnoonocsdance eb
2. Grey. Abdomen black and grey with
darker spots. Legsblack. Wingshyaline, stlvester, 9, Bergroth.
Grey. Abdomen with marks and spots.
IDES UWA? basoenoccouscdc0d0090000 nitescens, 3, Walker.
3. Brown. Legsreddish brown............ marginatus, 2, Walker.
The description of S. silvester is not very explicit, es-
pecially as regards the antennz, which are only mentioned
as having the first annulation of the third joint wider at its
base than the others.
There is a large specimen of a female species from New
Zealand, 81. 43 (Shelton), measuring 15 millim., for which
perhaps a new genus may be required ; from the form of the
antenne it would belong to Szvius, but the extremely stout
spines on the hind tibiz, the rather short wings and long
abdomen give it a very different appearance to the majority
of Silvius species. In colour it is dull black, with grey
pubescence, so that the abdomen appears greyish ; the wings
are hyaline with a short appendix ; the legs are short and
stout, reddish in colour.
Sylvius marginatus, °, Walker.
Two females in poor preservation—the type from N. or
N.W. coast of Australia (pres. Haslar Hospital), 44. 4; the
other from Port Essington, 42.1: they were incorrectly placed
under Tabanus by Walker. The frontal stripe is dark
brown ; ocelli are present. The palpi are two thirds the
length of the proboscis. ‘The antennz have the first annu-
jJation of the third joint broad and large, produced at its
base to an angle.
of the Family Tabanide. 297
Silvius nitescens, 3, Walker.
The only specimen; the type has Jost its abdomen and
antennz, it is therefore impossible to judge if it is really a
Silvius, it has more the appearance of a Pangonia; the spurs
on the hind tibiz are present; it is simply labelled “ Aus-
tralia.”
The Mesomyia maoriorum, g, described by Bigot, in
Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. p. 621 (1892), is exactly similar in
appearance to the male specimens of Walker’s Tabanus
truncatus, from New Zealand, in the British Museum Col-
lection, and after careful examination I can find no trace of
real spurs on the hind tibizw; there are also no ocelli, and
the markings of the abdomen are typical of the Tabani.
Mr. Hutton, of Christchurch, New Zealand, informs me he
has a female specimen of this species, and remarks, “ It
agrees in the specific characteristics given by Bigot, but has
an oval abdomen and no ocelli, thus differing from Stlvius.”
There seems, therefore, no doubt that it must be regarded
as a specimen of 7’. truncatus, Walker.
From unknown Locality.
Silvius vulpecula, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 195 (1828); Walker,
List Dipt. pt. i. p. 205 (1848); id. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 147 (1854)
(Chrysops) ; Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 111 (1838) (Ectenopsis) ; Loew,
Dipt. Stidafrik. p. 15 (1860).
Subgenus EsrnBecxi4, Rondani.
Esenbeckia, Rondani, Archivio Canestrini, iii. p. 83 (1863).
E. vulpes, $ 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 111 (1828); Walker,
List Dipt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 274 (1854) (Szedvzws) ; Rondani, Archivio
Canestrini, ili. p. 83 (1863).—Brazil.
E. pangonina, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. ii. p. 623 (1828) (Sdeius) ;
Rondani, Archivio Canestrini, ili. p. 88 (1868). [Stlvius Esenbeckiz,
Wiedem., Z. c.|—The specific name was changed by Rondani, who
made use of Wiedemann’s name of his species for the genus.—Brazil.
J. Third joint of antenne simple.
Dam O SOV CUO Wis. t~ aiiotavaty ceyalclstcrepeasy eye fs) = Oks 3.
[Deas AOR MI, shoo ee redo ose Ons Oncmer 4,
3. Reddish yellow. Posterior femora with
blackepulbescenceh articles ecteteee eel oie © vulpes, $ 9, Wiedem.
4, Brown. Abdomen with white transverse
andes Es ots ors cus Fo tho cae aD SRLS pangonina, 9, Wiedem.
GasTROXIDES, Saunders.
Gastroxides, Saunders, Trans, Ent. Soe. iii. pt. i. p. 59 (1841); Loew,
Dipt. Siidafrik. p. 15 (1860). \
298 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
*G. ater, g, Saunders, J. c. pl. v. fig. 4; 9, Saunders, /. c.
iv. p. 233, pl. xiv. fig. 33 (1847); Walker, List Dipt.
i, p. 209 (1848), pt. v. p. 293 (1854); Loew, Dipt.
Siidafrik. p. 15 (1860); Wulp, Cat. Dipt. S. Asia
(1896).
One male from Barrackpore, Calcutta (Rothney), 82. 15 ;
one male from India (Saunders Coll.), 54. 18; one female
from Bengal, 42. 25 (Campbell) ; one male (Saunders Coll.),
68. 4.
Saunders described and figured both the sexes ; the male
type he mentions as belonging to a Colonel Hearsey, so that
it seems probable that the Museum does not possess the
male type, and certainly not the female type. There are
said to be three specimens labelled Saunders Coll. im the
Oxford Museum, which may perhaps include the types.
Curysors, Meigen.
Chrysops, Meigen, Ilig. Mag. ii. p. 267 (1803) ; Loew, Verh. zool.-bot.
Gesell. Wien, viii. p. 613 (1858) ; id. Dipt. Siidafrik. pp. 16, 27
(1860).
Nemorius, Rondani, Prodrome Dipt. Ital. i. p. 171 (1856).
The same remarks as to the tables for the identification
of the species in the genus Si/vius will also apply here,
especially as regards the South-American species. For the
characters of the genus Loew should be consulted in the two
works mentioned above.
Nearctic Region.
On the species of Chrysops from this part of the world,
see Osten Sacken’s “ Prodrome” in ‘ Memoirs Boston Society
Natural History,’ 11. (1876), in which is a most useful synop-
tical list, his ‘Western Diptera’ (1877), his ‘ Catalogue
of North American Diptera’ (1878), Williston in ‘ Transac-
tions Kansas Academy,’ x. (1885), and others.
Walker seems to have fallen into hopeless confusion over
the species of Chrysops he described from North America,
and Osten Sacken, not having the types themselves before
him, was naturally not always correct in his attempts at
rectifying Walker, as he himself anticipated; but though
some of his species must now give way to Walker’s, his
descriptions still hold good, and should be consulted rather
than those of Walker. I append a list of the species
described since the publication of Osten Sacken’s Catalogue,
and of those whose synonymy must now be altered, chiefly
of the Family 'Tabanide. 299
Walker and Osten Sacken species. C. approximans, 3? ,
Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 198 (1848), from Florida, is not
a Chrysops, but a specimen of Diachlorus ferrugatus, Fabr.,
and is thus classified in Osten Sacken’s Catalogue.
C. geminatus, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 205 (1828), excl.
syn. Macq. ; Walker, List Dipt. pt.i. p. 200 (1848); id. pt. v. Suppl. 1,
p. 293 (1854); Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. America (1878). See
v. der Wulp, Wien. ent. Zeit. iii. p. 139 (1884).
*C. niger, 2 ,Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 161 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1.
p. 202 (1848); id. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 282 (1854); Osten Sacken,
Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. u. p. 877 (1876); id. Cat. Dipt. N.
Amer. (1878) ; Wulp, Tijd. v. Entom. xxiv. p. 161 (1881); Towns-
end, Trans. Amer. Entom, Soc. xxii. p. 57 (1895). [C. earbonarius,
é& var. B, Walker, List Dipt. i. p. 203 (1848).|—United States,
anada.
*C. furcatus, 9, Walker, List Dipt. 1. p. 199 (1848); Osten Sacken,
Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1. p. 391 (1876); id. Cat. (1878).—
Canada.
*C. cincticornis, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 201 (1848).—? N.
America. [P C.celer, 2, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
ii. p. 376 (1876).—Middle States. |
*C. merens, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 201 (1848). [C. estuans,
y. der Wulp, Tijd. v. Knt. x. p. 135, pl. iui. figs. 8, 9 (1867); Osten
Sacken, l.c. p. 3878 (1876); id. Cat. (1878); Williston, Trans.
Kans. Acad. x. p. 182 (1887).|—United States, Canada.
*C. carbonarius, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 203 (1848). [C. carbo-
narius, 9, var. y, Walker, 1. c. C. niger, 2, Walker (nec Macq.),
Ic. p. 202. C. provocans, 2, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 73
(1850). °C. ater, 9, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 40 (1850).
C. fugax, 2 , Osten Sacken, 7. c. p. 875 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878) ; Willis-
ton, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 182 (1887).|—Canada, United States.
*C, divisus, 9, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 204 (1848). [C. atropos, @,
Osten Sacken, /. ¢. p. 372 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878). ]—Florida.
*C. evcitans, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 72 (1850) ; id. List Dipt.
pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 281 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, /. c. p. 873 (1876) ;
id. Cat. 1878; Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 182 (1887).—
Canada and Northern U. States.
*C, scalaratus, 9, Bellardi, Ditt. Mess. i. p. 72, pl. ii. fig. 9 (1859);
Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878).—Mexico, [? C. lateralis, Wiedem.,
Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 209 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. v.
Suppl. 1, p. 200 (1854); Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878).—Patria ignota
(Wiedem.), Honduras ( Walker’). |
* CO. mitis, 2, Osten Sacken, J. ¢. p. 874 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878); Williston,
Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 132 (1887).—Canada.
*C, sordidus, 9, Osten Sacken, /. ¢. p. 376 (1876); id. Cat. (1878) ;
Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. pp. 131, 184 (1887).—Canada,
United States.
#(C. striatus, 9, Osten Sacken, J. ¢, p. 391 (1876); id. Cat. (1878).—
Illinois. [C. vetéatus, Bell. (Mec Wiedem.), Ditt. Mess. i. p. 74 (1859).
—Mexico. }
*C. fulvaster, S$ 2, Osten Sacken, Western Diptera, p. 221 (1877) ; id.
Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878); Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x.
pp. 182, 184 (1887). [C. coloradensis, § 9, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool.
Fr. v. p. 605 (1892).]—Colorado.
C. proclivis, 9, Osten Sacken, Western Diptera, p. 222 (1877) ; id. Cat.
g
300 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
Dipt. N. Amer. (1878) ; Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. pp. 182,
134 (1887). [C. atricornis, § 2, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. v.
p. 603 (1892). |—California.
’ erassicornis, 2, v. der Wulp, Wien. ent. Zeit. iii. p. 141 (1884) ; id.
Ent. Belg. xxviii. p. 289 (1884). [C. geminatus, Macq., Dipt. Exot.
Suppl. 4, p. 39 (1850) (excl. syn. Wiedem.).|—Mexico.
cuchix, 2, C. P. Whitney, Canada Ent. xi. p. 35 (1879); Williston,
Trans. Kans. Acad. pp. 13], 134 (1887).—Milford, N.H.
".cursim, 2, C. P. Whitney, J. c p. 36; Williston, 7. ¢. p. 184—
Milford, N.H.—Williston thinks this may be the same as C. pudz-
cus, Osten Sacken.
€. nigrilinbo, 9, C. P. Whitney, 7. c.; Williston, J. c. p. 131.—Milford,
N.H
fon
Gy $2
C. disealis, 9, Williston, Trans. Conn. Acad. iv. p. 245 (1880); id.
Trans. Kans. Acad. x. pp. 132, 184 (1887).—N. America.
*(C, pertinax, 9, Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 132 (1887).—United
States. [C. nigriventris, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. vy. p. 604
(1892). |
” sequaa, S 2, Williston, 2. c.—N. America.
C. pachycerus, § 2, Williston, /. c. p. 134.—N. America.
C. altivagus, S$ 2, Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Amer. i. p. 45, pl. 1.
figs. 6, 7 (1886).—Durango, Mexico.
C. coloradensis, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 605 (1892).
C. ceras, 2, Townsend, Psyche, vii. p. 388 (1897).—New Mexico.
C. fascialis, 9 , Townsend, /. c. p. 39.—New Mexico.
fon
Chrysops altivagus is included among the N.-American
species, being just above the line of demarcation, as proposed
by Wallace, between the two regions, and is expressly said by
Osten Sacken to have an altogether northern physiognomy.
Chrysops flavidus, 2, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot.1. p. 105 (1821) ;
id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 199 (1828); Walker, List
Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 283 (1854) ; Osten Sacken,
Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1. p. 385 (1876) ; id. Cat.
(1878).
Chrysops canifrons, 9, Walker, List Dipt.i. p. 197 (1848) ; id. pt. v.
Suppl. 1, p. 283 (1854). :
Chrysops pallidus, 2, Bellardi, Ditt. Mess. 1. p. 78, pl. ii. fig. 16
(1859).
One female from Florida, 5 is (Doubleday).
Walker’s type, which is a specimen of this species,
C. flavidus, Wiedem., as suggested by Osten Sacken.
Chrysops vittatus, 9 , Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. 1. p. 106 (1821) ;
id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 200 (1828); Harris, Ins.
New Engl. p. 406 (1841); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i.
p. 196 (1848) ; id. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 284 (1854) ; Macq.,
Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 37 (1850) ; Osten Sacken, Mem.
of the Family Tabanide. 301
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 8390 (1876) ; id. Cat. 1878 ;
Townsend, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxu. p. 57 (1895).
Chrysops areolatus, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 197 (1848).
Chrysops lineatus, 9 , Jennicke, Neue Dipt. Exot. p. 26 (1868).
One female (Walker’s type C. areolatus) from New York,
44. 90 (Doubleday) ; three females from Nova Scotia (Red-
man); three females from Nova Scotia, 74. 84 (Walker
Coll.) ; two females from Horse Landing, St. John’s River,
Florida, May 1894, 96. 155 (Johnson); one female from
Nova Scotia, 58. 136 (Piffard) ; one female from unknown
locality.
On examining the type of C. areolatus I can confirm
Osten Sacken’s statement that it is identical with C. vittatus.
It has the underside of the abdomen similar to the speci-
mens mentioned by Townsend.
Chrysops plangens, °, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. 1. p. 210
(1828) ; Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 204 (1848) ; id.
pt. v. Suppl. 1; p. 282 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, Mem.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. i. p. 393 (1876); id. Cat.
note 67 (1878) ; Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 134
(1885).
Chrysops fuliginosus, 9, Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 109 (1821); ¢, id.
Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 210 (1828); Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 204
(1848) ; id. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 282 (1854).
40
One male and one female from Florida, 5 19-819 (Double-
day) ; one male from Florida, 44. 12 (Ent. Club).
Chrysops niger, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. 1. (1) p. 161 (1838) ;
Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 202 (1848); id. pt. v.
Suppl. 1, p. 282 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston
SOc Nata Hist isp 3077 ((roroj) id) Catz (18738);
Wulp, ‘lid. v. Entom. xxiv. p. 161 (1881) ; Townsend,
Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc. xxii. p. 57 (1895).
Chrysops carbonarius, 9, var. 8, Walker, 1. c. pt. 1. p. 203.
Walker’s type and another female from Nova Scotia
(Redman) ; three females from New York (Foster); one
female from New York (Doubleday) ; one female, locality
uucertain; two females from N. America, 81. 117 (Lord
Walsingham) .
Walker’s type and another female of carbonarius, var. B,
are specimens of C. niger, Macq., as Osten Sacken surmised,
and the other specimens Walker placed here are correct
302 _ Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninee
(and do not belong to C. sordidus, O. S.), with the excep-
tion of his type C. niger (nee Macq.), which belongs to
C. carbonarius, Wik.
Chrysops furcatus, 2, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 199
(1848) ; Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.
11, p. 891 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).
Type (female) from Hudson Bay District, Albany River,
St. Martin’s Falls, 44. 17 (not 47. 14) (Barnston). This
species is not identical with C. striatus, Osten Sacken, as
this author suggests, and I cannot find any other description
of a North-American species similar to it, so that for the
present at least it must stand as a distinct species. It
differs from C. striatus in having the scutellum black, the
second basal cell infuscated at the base, and the hyaline
triangle reaching beyond the second longitudinal vein; it
would follow striatus in Osten Sacken’s synoptical list
thus :
Crsremn ridin yeaolkyr Wek 2565 66s50b0000020508 Sureatus, W1k.”
Walker’s description may hold good with these further
particulars :—Wings with the first basal cell infuscated
half its length, the second only at its base; the band
does not reach the posterior border, the fourth posterior cell
being hyaline in its apical half, and the fifth at its base and
apex ; the apical spot hardly reaches beyond the first sub-
marginal cell, the hyaline triangle extends beyond it, but
does not attain the costa.
Chrysops merens, 3, Walker, List Dipt. 1. p. 201 (1848).
Chrysops estuans, 2, Wulp, Tijd. Ent. x. p. 155, pl. iii. figs. 8, 9 (1867) ;
Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. i. p. 378 (1876); Cat.
(1878); Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 182 (1887).
Walker’s type from Nova Scotia (Redman) answers per-
fectly to the description of Wulp’s species, as pointed out by
Osten Sacken ; Walker’s name must therefore take priority.
Chrysops cincticornis, ?, Walker, List Dipt. pt. i. p. 201
(1848).
? Chrysops celer, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 876
(1876).
Described by Walker from an unknown locality. It is no
doubt a North-American species, from its general likeness to
those of that continent, and I believe it to be a dark and
of the Family Tabanide. 303
badly-preserved specimen of C. celer, O. S. It is impossible
to speak with certainty owing to its condition.
Type (female) from unknown locality.
Chrysops carbonarius, 9, Walker, List Dipt. i, p. 203
(1848). :
C. carbonarius, 2, var. y, Walker, J. ¢.
C. niger, 2, Walker (nec Macq.), J. ¢. p. 202.
C. provocans, 9, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. i. p. 73 (1850).
? C. ater, 9, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 4, p. 40 (1850).
C. fugar, 2, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. ii. p. 3875
(1876) ; id. Cat. (1878); Willistcn, Trans, Kans. Acad. x. p. 162
(1887). ;
Type of carbonarius, 2, Wlk., from Nova Scotia (Red-
man).
Type of carbonarius, 9, Wlk., var. y, from Nova Scotia
(Redman).
Type of niger, 2, Wlk. (nec Macq.), from New York,
44, 90 (Doubleday).
Type of provocans, ¢, Wlk., from Cape Breton; one
female from New York, 44. 90 (Foster); one female from
Nova Scotia; one female from Canada, 74. 84 (Walker) ;
one female from Calgary, N.W.T. Canada, 1894, 1901. 65
(Ricardo).
Walker’s type carbonarius and the variety y both answer
exactly to the description of C. fugax as Osten Sacken
suggests; his name must therefore give place to that of
Walker, but his description should be referred to. 'The type
of the C. niger, Macq., redescribed by Walker, is also a
specimen of C. carbonarius, Wlk., and not of C. sordidus,
Osten Sacken, as the latter suggests; he was evidently led to
think so by Walker’s description of the abdomen as having
tawny spots; there is no trace of tawny colour on the
abdomen of this type. The type provocans, W\k., is nothing
but a specimen of C. carbonarius, Wlk., differing slightly
from the other species in having the fourth posterior cell
wholly filled out with the dark colouring, so that the trans-
verse band almost touches the hind border. Respecting the
var. 8 of carbonarius, W1k., see notice under C. niger, Macq.
Chrysops divisus, 2? , Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 204 (1848).
Chrysops atropos, 9, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist. il.
p. 372 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).
Type (female) from Florida, 40. 3. 19. 17 (Doubleday),
and another female from same locality.
304 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
Walker’s type is evidently the same species as that described
as atropos by Osten Sacken, who was in doubt as to the
identity of the two species, owing to Walker’s statement
“ Chest and abdomen clothed with dark tawny hairs.’ On
examining the type, I can only see a few such coloured
hairs on the dorsum of the abdomen and none on the thorax ;
in the other female they are still less noticeable.
Chrysops excitans, ?, Walker, Dipt. Saund. pt. 1. p. 72
(1850) ; List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 281 (1854) ; Osten
Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 1. p. 373 (1876) ;
id. Cat. (1878) ; Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 132
(1887).
Type (female) from Cape Breton ; one female from British
Columbia, 47.86; two females from Hudson Bay district,
Albany River, St. Martin’s Falls, 44. 17 (not 47. 14) (Barn-
ston) ; one female from Nova Scotia, 58.136 (Piffard) ; one
female from Inverness, Woodcock’s Landing, mouth of the
River Skeena, British Columbia, 90. 96 (Aeen) ; three females
from unknown localities.
The colour of the legs and of the antenne is not quite the
same in the typeas in the description of this species by Osten
Sacken, which is otherwise correct so far as the type is con-
cerned. The first joint of the antenne is wholly red, the
second almost entirely so, only black at the apex, and the
third jomt is red at its base, then black. On the middle
tibise the red is more widely extended, only the apex being
black. One of the specimens was erroneously placed under
C. carbonarius, Walker, and several under C. sepulchralis,
Fabr.
Chrysops scalaratus, 2? , Bellardi, Ditt. Mess. 1. p. 72, pl. ii.
fig. 9 (1859) ; Osten Sacken, Cat. (1878).
? Chrysops lateralis, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 209 (1828);
Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 200 (1854) ; Osten Sacken,
Cat. (1878).
One male from Vera Cruz, Mexico, 54.66 (Sallé) ; two
females from Honduras, 285 a & 285 6 (Miller) ; one female
from Chili, 81.56 (Edmonds) ; one male from on or around
volcano, Orizaba, Mexico, 56.143 (Sallé) ; one female from
unknown locality, labelled by Walker as ¢rypeta (I cannot
find any published description of a Chrysops from North
America under this name).
I believe the males are those of scalaratus; they only
differ from the females in having the basal cells of the wing
of the Family 'Tabanide. 305
infuseated half their length; the first antennal joint is in-
crassated in both sexes.
It seems very probable that scalaratus is a synonym of
lateralis, Wiedem.; but, as Bellardi figured his species and
Wiedemann’s description is inadequate, I have followed
Bellardi.
Chrysops mitis, 2, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. ii. p. 3874 (1876); id. Cat. (1878) ; Williston,
Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 132 (1887).
One male and one female from Calgary, N.W.T. Canada,
1894, 1901.65 (Ricardo).
Chrysops sordidus, 2? , Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. ii. p. 376 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878) ; Williston,
Trans. Kans. Acad. x. pp. 131, 184 (1887).
Two females from Nova Scotia (Redman) ; one female
from Nova Scotia.
Walker’s C. niger is not the same as this species, as sur-
mised by Osten Sacken, but is a specimen of C. carbonarius,
Wik. ‘The specimen from Nova Scotia was wrongly placed
under C. carbonarius, var. y, Walker, and the two collected
by Redman were placed under C. m@rens, W1k.
Chrysops celer, 9, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. 11. p. 876 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).
One female from Nova Scotia (Piffard). It was wrongly
placed under C. carbonarius, Walker.
Chrysops frigidus, Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. ii. pp. 384, 474 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).
One female from N. America, 81.117 (Lord Walsingham).
Chrysops morosus, ? , Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist. ii. pp 389, 474 (1876) ; id. Cat. (1878).
? Chrysops trinotatus, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 161 (1838) ; Walker, List
Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 282 (1854).
é 40 :
One female from N. America, ae (Childers), was placed
under C. fuliginosus, Wiedem. ? One female from Georgia
(Abbot) is probably a specimen of this species; it was
wrongly placed under C. plangens, Wiedem.
306 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
Chrysops fulvaster, § 2, Osten Sacken, Western Diptera,
p. 221 (1877); id. Cat. (1878); Williston, ‘Trans.
Kansas Acad. x. pp. 182, 184 (1887).
Chrysops coloradensis, § 9, Bigot, Mém. Soe. Zool. Fr. v. p. 605 (1892).
One female from Wet Mountain Valley, Colorado, 99. 522
(Cockerell).
The male type of C. coloradensis, Bigot, is a specimen of
the above species, to which apparently C. crassicornis, v. der
Wulp, is very nearly allied, if not the same, judging from the
description of the latter.
Chrysops proclivis, 9 , Osten Sacken, Western Diptera, p. 222
(1877) ; id. Cat. (1878) ; Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad.
x. pp. 182, 184 (1887).
Chrysops atricornis, $ 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. vy. p. 603 (1892).
The female type of Bigot’s C. atricornis from Colorado
answers exactly to Osten Sacken’s description of his C. pro-
clivis. The male type differs in the following particulars :—
The face is yellow, only the pits of the callosities being black
and clothed with long black hairs. The abdomen has the
yellow on the first two segments less extended, the black spots
being wider; the black dot on the sides of the second segment
in the female is not present here, the yellow triangle inter-
secting the black spot on the second segment is reduced to
a yellow margin; the black band on the third segment is
continuous, not reaching the sides, with indentations of yellow
on the posterior border. The fore legs are yellower, the
apical half of the femora being yellow. The wings have the
dark colouring extended into the second basal cell at its base
and along its posterior margin, continuing the whole length
of the fifth longitudinal vein.
Chrysops sequax, @, Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 1382
(1885).
? One female from Georgia.
This was wrongly labelled fascipennis, var., Macq. I be-
lieve it to be a specimen of C. seguax ; but the face does not
altogether agree with Williston’s description, bemg yellow,
the callosities with only a brownish tinge, and the frontal
callosity decidedly yellow, posteriorly with a black border ;
otherwise it agrees.
Mixed w ith some specimens labelled C. sepulehr alis, Fabr.,
was one numbered 68. 4 among the N.-American species,
Hudson’s Bay being given on the label ; but as this specics
of the Family Tabanide. 307
has not yet been found in N. America, this is hardly to be
accepted as a proof of its occurrence, but is probably a
mistake. Hight more specimens were also labelled C. sepu/-
chralis, Fabr., but all belonged to other species.
Chrysops pertinax, ? , Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 132
(1887).
Chrysops nigriventris, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. y. p. 604 (1892),
On comparing Bigot’s type from Washington Territory
with Williston’s description of C. pertinax, I have no doubt
that it is only a specimen of Williston’s species ; the only
difference is in the wings, the fifth longitudinal vein being
slightly shaded along its length in Bigot’s type, which comes
from the same locality as C. pertinax. There are six female
specimens besides the type.
Chrysops coloradensis, ?, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v.
p- 605 (1892).
A mixed species; the male type and four other specimens
and three females belong to C. fulvaster, O. 8.
The female type and one other specimen seem to be
referable to a distinct species and are easily distinguished
from C. fulvaster by the non-incrassated antenne and the
different pattern of the wings; they both come from
Colorado.
I append a redescription of the type, which may be of use
in identifying the species :—
Yellow. Abdomen with black spots; the second basal
cell of wing shghtly infuscated.
Face yellow, only the pits of the callosities being black,
and a small black spot on the outer margin of each cheek.
Palpi yellow. Antenne black; the first two joints yellow,
with black pubescence. Frontal tubercle yellow, with a black
border ; forehead yellowish, with yellowish pile and pubes-
cence, the ocellar tubercle black. Thorax black, with four
greyish-yellow stripes and yellow pubescence; the sides and
breast with greyish tomentum and a black stripe on the latter.
Abdomen yellow, with an oblong black spot on the first seg-
ment, slightly concave on its posterior border; two black pear-
like spots on the second segment, converging on the anterior
border, but not joined; on the third and fourth segments
there are four black spots, divided up by the yellow colour ;
on the last three segments they coalesce into black bands
with vellow posterior borders; on the other specimen there
308 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
is a faint black spot on the sides of the second segment; the
pubescence is yellow on the yellow colour and black else-
where ; the underside of the abdomen is yellow and black.
Legs yellow, the base of the femora, the knees, and the apical
joints of the tarsi black ; the fore tarsi are wholly black and
the fore tibize brown on the apical half. Wings hyaline, with
the usual dark base, transverse band, and apical spot; the
first basal cell 1s infuscated for nearly two thirds of its length
and again at the apex, the second is only very slightly so at
its base; the band reaches to the posterior margin, completely
filling the fourth posterior cell, but the fifth and the anal
cell and the anal angle are clear; the fifth longitudinal vein
is slightly clouded along its length; the apical spot is united
to the dark colouring of the fore border, but the hyaline
triangle reaches a little beyond the first longitudinal vein ;
the apical border of the band is slightly produced towards the
base of the fork of the second longitudinal vein.
Length 9 millim.
This species in the markings of the abdomen and the
wings is nearly allied to C. furcatus, Wlk., but the spots on
the second segment distinguish it.
Neotropical Region.
There are thirty described species of Chrysops from the
Neotropical Region, the greater number of these being from
South America. Two of Walker’s species belong to the
genus Diachlorus, another is not to be found in the British
Museum collection, and one of Rondani’s is identical with
a Fabrician species. One new species is here described,
which brings the number to ¢wenty-seven. I have attempted
to form a synoptical list of these, but having very small
material to work upon, I fear it is far from being a final
one; the descriptions given by Wiedemann and others are
very meagre, and I have been forced to make use of the
markings of the abdomen, which do not constitute a very
satisfactory specific character in this genus. It may be of use
in at least grouping together those species related to each
other, and in rendering the work of anyone who has larger
material and access to the older types easier in compiling a
more perfect list.
Many species seem very nearly related: thus letus, F.,
varians, W., lateralis, W., are all said by Wiedemann to be
very similar, varians being probably only a variety of letus ;
leucospilus, W., he considers is nearly related to guttula, W.,
and Schiner says it only differs from incisus, Macq., by its
of the Family Tabanide. 309
greater size and in the wing, as shown in my table. This
latter author thinks tnzczsus may be the same as guttula, W.;
it appears to me that crucians, W.., is allied to incisus ; thus
incisus, crucians, leucospilus, and guttula all seem to be very
nearly related, and may prove to be one or more species
only, when good series of them are obtained for comparison.
I can find no real difference between molestus, W., and in-
trudens, Williston, judging from the descriptions only, neither
of which are very plain; they are grouped together for the
present in the table with oculatus, Bigot: merula, Philippi,
a Chilian species, is placed first among those species with a
band and no clear spot in the discal cell of the wing; but as
it is not stated whether a male or female was being described,
and the description is most meagre, it 1s impossible to distin-
guish it better: trifariam, Macq., and Jatifasciatus, Bell.,
seem very nearly allied; Macquart’s type was from Chili,
Bellardi’s from Mexico, and it is also found in Central
America. C. fulviceps, W\k., List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,
p. 286, is not to be traced; itmmaculatus, Wiedem., is
bracketed with dimaculatus, Wiedem., as the author suggests
it is only a variety of the latter. The plate of C. lugubris,
Macq., is apparently incorrect. The Chrysops varipes,
Walker, described on page 289 (List Dipt.), does not belong
to this genus, but is a specimen of Diachlorus curvipes, Fabr. ;
the Chrysops inornatus, Walker, List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 199, is a
specimen of Diachlorus bivittatus, Wiedem.; the Chrysops
convergens and approximans, Wlk. List Dipt. i. p. 198
(1848), are both specimens of Diachlorus ferrugatus, Fabr.
(see Osten Sacken, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 11. p. 396,
respecting this species and its synonyms).
The following is a list of the twenty-seven described species
from this region, including one new, with a table for their
identification :—
*C, costatus, § 2, Fabr., Ent. Syst. iv. p. 878 (1794) (Tabanus) ; id. Syst.
Antl. p. 112 (1805) ; Pal. Beauv., Ins. p. 223, pl. iii. fig. 7 (1805-
1821); Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 104 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl.
Ins. i. p. 198 (1828); Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 160 (1838); Bigot,
R. de la Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, p. 798 (1857) ; Guérin, Icon. iti. p. 542,
pl. xevii. fig. 8 (1844) ; Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878) ;
id. Berlin. ent. Zeit. xxvii. p. 297 (1888); id. Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Dipt. i. p. 46 (1887); Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. x. p. 134
(1887) ; Townsend, Trans. Amer, Ent. Soc. xxii. p. 56 (1895) ; id.
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xix. p. 18 (1897). [? Tabanus variegatus,
De Geer, Ins. vi. pl. xxx. fig. 7 (1776). Chrysops vulneratus, Rond.,
Esame varie specie, &c. p. 44 (1848); Osten Sacken, Berlin. ent.
Zeit. xxvii, p. 297 (1883). Chrysops amazontus, Rond., Archivio
Canestrini, ii. p. 81 (1864).|—Central and South America, W.
Indies.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 22
310 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangoninee
C. tristis, 2, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl. p. 567 (1798) (Tabanus) ; id.
Syst. Antl. p. 112 (1805) ; Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 108 (1821) ;
id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 197; Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1,
p- 288 (1854).—Cayenne.
*C. letus, 2, Fabr., Syst. Antl. p. 112 (1805) ; Wiedem., Dipt. Exot. i,
p- 108 (1821); id. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 207 (1828) ; Waller, List
Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 286 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 103
(1866).—Braazil.
C. bimaculatus, 9, Wiedem. Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 201 (1828) ;
Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 287 (1854).— Brazil.
C. immaculatus, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 202 (1828).—
Brazil.
C. leucospilus, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 202 (1828) ; Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 286 (1854); Schiner, Reise Novara,
p. 104 (1866).—Brazi, Colombia. __
*C, guttula, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl, Ins. i. p. 203 (1828); Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 286 (1854).—Brazil.
C. afflictus, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 204 (1828) ; Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 288 (1854).—Brazil.
C. molestus, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 205 (1828); Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 288 (1854).—Brazil.
C. varians, 3 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 208 (1828); Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 287 (1854) ; Schiner, Reise Novara,
p- 104 (1866); Williston, Kans. Uniy. Quart. Journ. iii. p. 192
(1895).—Brazil, Equatorial America.
C. lateralis, 2, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 209 (1828) ; Walker,
List Dipt. pt. 1. p. 200 (1848) ; id. pt. v. cna 1, p. 286 (1854) ;
Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878).—Central and 8. America.
*C. erucians, 9, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl, Ins. i. p. 211 (1848); Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 287 (1854); Jeennicke, Neue exot.
Dipt. p. 4 (1868) ; Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878).—
Brazil, Cuba.
C. tardus, 6, Wiedem., Auss. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 577 (1828); Walker,
List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 285 (1854).—Brazil.
C. frontalis, §, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 160 (1838) ; Walker, List Dipt.
pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 284 (1854) ; Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer.
(1878).—Brazil, St. Domingo.
C. trifariam, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. i. p. 159 (1838); Walker, List
Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 287 (1854); Blanchard, Gay, Hist. fis. y
polit. de Chile, Zool. vii. p. 899 (1854); Philippi, Verh. zool.-bot.
Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 724 (1865).—Chili.
C. lugubris, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 11 (1846) ;
Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 285 (1854).—Brazil.
‘C. incisus, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 1, p. 44, pl. iv. fig. 12 (1846) ;
Walker, List Dipt. pt. v. Suppl. 1, p. 285 (1854); 3, Schiner,
Reise Novara, p. 104 (1866).—New Granada.
C. subfascipennis, 2, Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 85 (1850).—
S. America.
C. terminalis, 2 , Macq., Dipt. Exot. Suppl. 5, p. 36 (1850).—S. America.
C. latifasciatus, 2, Bellardi, Ditt. Mess. i. p. 71, pl. ii. fig. 15 (1859) ;
Osten Sacken, Cat. Dipt. N. Amer. (1878) ; id. Biol. Centr.-Amer.,
Dipt. i. p. 46 (1836).—Mexico, Central America.
C. merula (? 3 or Q), Philippi, Verh. zool.-bot. Gesell. Wien, xv. p. 724
(1865).—Chili.
C. calogaster, 9, Schiner, Reise Novara, p. 103 (1866).—S. America.
C. tanycerus, 9, Osten Sacken, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Dipt. i. p. 46 (1886).
—Costa Rica.
of the Family Tabanide. “ 311
C. Frazari, 9, Williston, Trans. Kansas Acad. x. p. 132 (1887).—San
Domingo,
C. oculatus, 2, Bigot, Mém. Soc. Zool. Fr. v. p. 606 (1892).—Brazil.
C. intrudens, § 2, Williston, Kansas Uniy. Quart. iii. p. 191 (1895).—
Brazil.
*C. brasihensis, 3 Q, sp. u.—Brazil.
1. Wings with a distinct dark transverse
LOST) Ses oe te eee Re EAE a
COMP Rie, se ie Oe ee Tee E Sha 5.
3. Yellow species with black stripes on the
abdomen yok cee tint uahian tees Ra 4.
4, Abdomen with the black stripes bifur-
cated posteriorly. Thorax with three
EGwia stripes! MS. kk eee ce ees Ue costatus, 2, Fabr.
Abdomen with the black stripe simple.
Mhorax testaceOus. ..%'s velem, clean othe subfascipennis, 9, Macq.
5. Abdomen wholly black .............. merula (? g or 2), Phil-
Abdomen black er brown, with yellow [ippi.
SOS Marat orate. coe acebsvap cee tawiatena ceed te oan 6.
6. Abdomen with a yellow or whitish spot
on each side of the second segment, and
yellow spots, triangular, square, or ob-
long, in the middle of the posterior
borders of the segments, sometimes
forming a continuous stripe.......... lc
7..Abdomen with additional yellow spots
on the sides or hind borders of the seg-
ACIS) 0.0 Soe oalvible bo Hoon oS Doane 305 8.
Abdomen with no additional yellow spots. 9.
Abdomen with the hind borders of the
segments yellow or grey, forming more
or Jessregular bands ................ 12.
8. Abdomen dark brown, with two addi-
tional yellow spots on segments 2 to 5,
those on the last three more or less
confluent. Thorax with four yellow
Simpesh ek ce ele. se ae Meio racer, O -Walliston:
Abdomen black, with the additional
yellow spots on each side of the seg-
ments, \horax blaclo Wi. 262 ..05. 0% latifasciatus, 2, Bellardi.
Abdomen black, with an extra yellow
spoton the anterior margin of the second
segment. Thorax with five yellow spots. ¢trifariam, 2, Macq.
9. Wings on inner edge of dark band with a
broad hyaline sinus: Se sev... 22... 10.
Wings with only a small clear spot in the
band, on the inner edge, before its junc-
tion with the border... eee AL.
10. Abdomen brown, with the usual yellow
spots forming the letter T, and an addi-
tional yellow stripe on the sides of seg-
ments4and 5. Legs yellowish. Apex
Oly thres-witigs Camkar arate siesta sites ve. crucians, 9, Wiedem.
22%
312 Miss G. Ricardo on the Pangonine
Job
12,
13.
14,
165.
16.
We
18.
19.
. Wings brown, with one larger and three
Abdomen black, with the usual yellow
spots. Legs yellowish brown. Apex
Cithe swine cleat alan ener nnn meisus, 3 2, Macq.
Abdomen black, the spots on the sides of
the second segment almost square, with
four triangular whitish median spots.
Iegs black iy aen 0. aemennea war eis bs leucospilus, 2, Wiedem.
Abdomen black, the spots on the sides of
the second segment almost triangular,
with three subtriangular white median
SPOLsmlvec si bro wallet een ae guttula, 9, Wiedem.
Wings with the apical margin of the band
Straig Dt nid-v ta ee eis oceans era 138.
Wings with the apical margin of the band
IPKOSWIAT Ae eve anes ok ein os 14.
Abdomen with two additional grey spots
on the posterior margin of the second
segment. Legs dark brown ........ varians, 3 2, Wiedem.
Abdomen with yellow spots on the poste-
rior margin of the third and fourth
segments forming a lateral stripe. Legs
brownish. 4l.0 Ghee kann ees hana lateralis, 29, Wiedem.
Abdomen with the median spot on the
second segment oblong, not triangular.
essibrowaush ie eee eee letus, 9, Fabr.
Abdomen with the median spot on the
second segment small and triangular.
essed dishybrownenne eee nna brasiliensis, § 9, sp. n.
Abdomen black, the median triangular
spot orange-yellow ................ calogaster, 2, Schiner.
Abdomen brown, with four additional
whitish spots on each segment ...... tristis, 2, Fabr.
Wings clear or with only the apex darker, 16.
Wings brown or black, with clearspots.. 17.
Wings clear, with brown markings and
SOO do oendo6bosboaponuosceboooer 23.
Abdomen yellow, with brown spots on the
second segment and brownish markings.
Wianesiclear giz snier einen ace ements bimaculatus, 2 , Wiedem.
Abdomen with no brown spots ........ tmmaculatus, 9 , Wiedem.
Abdomen yellow. Apex of wing black.. terminalis, 2, Macq.
Abdomen black or brown, with yellow
SHUOMSS OW SUBIOSS coanogsovpongusuoucd 18.
Abdomen black, unspotted, the hind
borders of segments yellow .......... ile
Abdomen wholly black or brown ...... 22.
Abdomen with hind borders of segments
Vy ellOWitinis Arngercle brerenrddeum Mea tnde 19.
Abdomen with hind borders of segments
NOL avellOwi ter miei We EEs Gin siete 20.
Wings black, with three clear spots and
subhyalineapexsen rem eaaencL lies tardus, 3, Wiedem.
smallenclearspotse pmnee emai eke ee a sae
Wings brown, with one larger and two Bg tae es
smallericlearspotsar nici mceiiee: ntrudens, 3 9, Williston.
of the Family Tabanidee. 313
21. Wings brown, with four white spots.
eniorayblack. it. cmcauetrecear teste oe as frontalis, 3, Macq.
22. Abdomen brownish black. Antenne
andpless blackar. “ean cde cwere eines lugubris, 2, Macq.
23. Wings with a brown cloud round the
cross-veins and in the apex.......... 24,
24, Abdomen brown, with faint white spots
and white hind margins of segments .. tanycerus, 2 , Ost. Sacken.
Abdomen yellow, with brown spots and
MATA Spa verve are ceeds eles slelt dare affuctus, 2, Wiedem.
Chrysops costatus, g 2, Fabr.
Three females from Jamaica, 45.110 (Gosse) ; one male
from Villa Nova, Amazons, 55. 44 (Bates); two females
from St. Domingo, 55. 1 (Tweedie) ; six females from Ama-
zons, 66. 53 (Bates).
The two females from St. Domingo approach the descrip-
tion of those from San Rafael, Vera Cruz, by Townsend, the
outer branch of the two blackish abdominal markings being
abbreviated and not longer than the inner one, and the
distal border of the band of the wing is somewhat convex.
The male differs only by the base of the wing being some-
what darker.
Rondani states his amazonius resembles subfasciatus, Macq.
(I presume he means subfascipennis, Macq., as there is no
Chrysops described under the former name), and vulneratus,
Rond., of which last it is perhaps only a variety. Osten
Sacken makes vulneratus the same as costatus, and I have little
doubt that amazonius is also a synonym of the Fabrician
species, to which subfascipennis, Macq., is evidently nearly
related.
Chrysops letus, 2, Fabr.
Two females from Brazil, 68. 4 (Saunders Coll.), and
another female labelled 68. 4.
One of the specimens has the face rather dark, which
makes it doubtful whether it belongs to this species.
Chrysops guttula, 2, Wiedem.
One female from Para, 68. 4.
Chrysops crucians, 2, Wiedem.
One female from South America, 54. 13 (Saunders Coll.).
Chrysops oculatus, ¢ , Bigot.
There is only one specimen (the type female). On com-
paring it with the description of C. molestus, Wiedem., it
d14 On the Pangonine of the Family Tabanide.
seems very similar; but Wiedemann’s rather vague descrip-
tion of the wings of his species makes it doubtful whether
the two species are identical ; it is also very similar to C. m-
trudens, Will., but he makes no mention of the small round
clear spot in the centre of the first submargimal cell seen
in C. oculatus; it must therefore remain for the present
bracketed with the two above-mentioned species.
The following is an exact description of the wings :—
Brown, with one larger and three smaller clear spots; the
larger one consists of the apical half of the two basal cells
and of the anal cell with the exception of its extreme apex ;
the anal angle is subhyaline; the three other spots are thus
situated—one round spot in the centre of the first submar-
ginal cell, oue in the second posterior cell extending into the
third, and a triangular one in the fifth posterior cell; these
last two become subhyaline on reaching the hind border.
Chrysops brasiliensis, 3, Sp. n.
Length 9 millim.
Type (male), Amazons, 66. 53 (Bates); type (female), Rio
Tapayos, Brazil, 53. 27 (Bates) ; one female from Para, 49. 2
(Bates) ; one female from the Amazons, 66. 53 (Bates).
Several of these specimens were labelled frontalis, Macq.,
by Walker incorrectly.
Brown. Abdomen with a small yellow-haired triangular
spot in the centre of the second and third segments, and
with yellow bands on the posterior borders of the fourth,
fifth, and sixth segments.
Face and tubercles yellow. The callosity on the forehead
yellow, with the posterior border black, the forehead black ;
between the callosity and the vertex is a band of yellow
tomentum, divided in the middle. Antenne yellow, the third
joint darker ; the first joint is slightly incrassated and a
little longer than the second. Thorax brown, with indistinct
stripes ; the sides of the breast brown, with a yellow stripe.
Seutellum brown. Abdomen brown, with an indistinct small
pale yellow spot on each side of the first segment and a larger
one on the second, and a triangular bright yellow-haired spot
on the centre of the posterior borders of the second and third
segments ; there is a trace of a yellow band on the posterior
border of the third segment, which becomes distinct on the
three following ones. Underside of abdomen brown. Legs
brown, the anterior and middle femora almost wholly
yellowish, the posterior femora only so at their apex; the
anterior and middle tibiz likewise yellowish, and the tarsi
On new Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa. 315
the same, with the last joints darker; the hind ones are
slightly curved and covered with short pubescence. Wings
clear, with the usual dark brown colouring at the base, on
the fore border, and as a transverse band, this latter with a
hyaline sinus on the inner border, leaving the fifth posterior
cell clear except at its base; the apical spot is long and
narrow, the apical border of the band is straight; the fifth
longitudinal vein is slightly shaded with the darker colour.
The male is similar, but the yellow band on the third
segment is as distinct as the others and the spots on the sides
of the second segment obsolete; the triangle between the
base of the antenne and the eyes is wholly yellow; the tibize
are browner and the pubescence on the posterior pair thicker ;
the basal cells of the wings are darker, as usual in the males
of this genus, having only a narrow clear stripe between them
and the band.
[To be continued. |
XLI.—Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Terrestrial
Mollusca from South Africa. By JAMES Cosmo MELVILL,
M.A., F.L.S., and Joan Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z.S.
[Plate IL.]
Our last contribution towards the elucidation of the South-
African non-marine molluscan fauna appeared in the ‘ Annals’
for September 1899 *, immediately before the outbreak of the
Boer war. Notwithstanding the disturbed state of the country,
however, several of our correspondents have been able to
successfully continue the prosecution of their researches, with
the following results. We would especially call attention to
a most interesting Subulinoid form, with the last whorl
partially evolute, and also a remarkable Obeliscus.
Ennea Berthe, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 1.)
E, testa ovato-cylindrica, delicata, crystallina, leviuscula; anfracti-
bus (apicali incluso obtusissimo) sex, parum ventricosis ; apertura
oblongo-ovata ; peristomate apud basin paullum elongato, incras-
sato, albo, nitido, dentibus plicisve quatuor instructo, videlicet,
plica parietali acuta, intrante, dente labiali crasso, indiviso, basali
minuto, acuto, plica columellari interna, longa, tenui, acuta.
Long. 3°50, lat. 1:25 mm.
* Ann. & Mag. N. H. sev. 7, vol. iv. pp. 192-200.
316 Messrs. J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on
Llab. Karkloof Bush, 25 miles N. of Pietermaritzburg,
Natal (J. McBean).
A very beautiful transparent species, the complicated
peristomatal processes of which, as detailed above, seem
peculiar, It belongs, as suggested to us by Mr. Burnup,
doubtless to the same group as LH. cimolia, M. & P.
Finnea columnella, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 2.)
#. testa minuta, cylindrica, delicatissima, pellucida, nitida; an-
fractibus 6, quorum apicales obtusi, compressi, ceteris apud
suturas impressis, parum tumidis, vitrels, interdum, preter circa
suturas, perlevibus, interdum undique longitudinaliter striatis ;
apertura triangulatim ovata; peristomate albo, nitido, inerassato,
plicis dentibusve quatuor instructo, videlicet, plica parietali
acinaeiformi, profunde intrante, recta, vel paullum obliqua, dente
labiali bifurcato, basali parvo, in speciminibus quibusdam per-
obscuro, plica columellari magna, intrante, supra obtusa.
Long. 2, lat. °75 mm.
Hab. Karkloof Bush, Pietermaritzburg, Natal (J. McBean).
Doubtless allied both in texture as well as, to some extent,
in disposition of dental and plicatular arrangement to L. cionis
or caryates, M. & P., but very much smaller in all its parts.
We have seen several examples, mostly adult, with peristo-
matal processes complete, and, as noted above in the deserip-
tion, these exhibit amongst themselves considerable, if merely
superficial, variation.
Though so minute, it is one of the most exquisite species of
the genus known to us.
Ennea foriclusa, sp. n. (PI. I. fig. 3.)
£. testa oblongo-cylindriformi, leviuscula, subpellucida, delicata ;
anfractibus 8, quorum apicalis obtusissimus, ceteris parum ventri-
cosis, supernis angustioribus, ultimo paullum elongato; apertura
ovato-rotunda ; peristomate albo, crassiuseulo, nitente, plicis
dentibusve multis complicatis, aperturam ipsam fere obtegentibus,
munito, videlicet, plica parietali normali, intrante, dente labiali
permagno, bifido, intrante, dentibus duobus basalibus, altero in-
terno, altero magis superficiali, obliquo, plica columellari tumida,
interna, duplicata, superiore acinaciformi, acuta.
Long. 8°50, lat. 3°25 mm.
Hab. Table Mountain, Natal (Burnup).
Allied to £. Menkeana, Pfr., which we have not seen and
only know by the description and figure. Our species would
seem to differ in being only two thirds the size of Pfeiffer’s
species and also slightly more elongate in form. The peristo-
matal processes seem of the same character, but intensified
new Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa. 317
(especially so far as the columellar plaits are concerned) in
E. foriclusa.
Ennea Hickeyana, sp.n. (PI. I. fig. 4.)
FE. testa crassa, dolioliformi, cylindrica, pallide albo-straminea ;
anfractibus 7, quorum apicalis obtusissimus, levis, ceteris tumi-
dulis, undique longitudinaliter rudi-liratis; apertura rotundo-
lunari ; peristomate albo, nitido, crasso, plicis dentibusyve tribus
munito, plica parietali acuta, magna, intrante, dente labiali
mediocri, plica columellari interna, nequaquam conspicua.
Long. 7, lat. 3°50 mm.
Hab. Biggarsberg, Natal (Miss Hickey).
This species is apparently exactly intermediate between
E. eximia and Collierit, M. & P., the peristomatal processes
being similar in all three; but, whilst considerably smaller
and of different texture to the former, it is not only of far
greater magnitude in all its parts than L/L. Collierz, but like-
wise of a more inelegant cylindrical “ tun” shape.
We have much pleasure in conferring upon this interesting
form the name of its discoverer, Miss Hickey.
Obeliscus lymneceformis, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 5.)
O. testa conspicua, olivaceo-straminea, attenuato-fusiformi, cylin-
drica, tenui, nitida ; anfractibus 10-11, quorum tres superiores
sordide albi, parum nitentes, apex ipse obtusus, in speciminibus
nostris plus minus detriti, ceteris ad suturas paullum impressis,
ventricosulis, sub lente leniter et irregulariter striatis, ultimo tres
anfractus proximos conjunctim exequante, angusto, prolongato ;
apertura ovato-lunari; peristomate tenui, supra paullum con-
tracto, ad basin vix effuso, margine columellari crassiusculo,
uniplicato.
Long. 39, lat. 8-25 mm. (sp. max.).
~~ Os, By (8) Ss (Granary
Hab. Karkloof Bush, Natal (J. McBean).
A fine species, with no near ally in its fauna. The two
examples before us vary slightly ¢nter se, the larger being
basally more attenuate and not possessing the slight labial
effusion of its fellow, while the substance is more pellucid
and the colour clear straw. Both are more or less apically
detrite.
Subulina Purcelli, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 6.)
S. testa fusiformi, supra attenuata, tenui, parum nitida, leviuscula,
pallide olivaceo-viridescente ; anfractibus 9, quorum apicales duo
318 Messrs, J. C. Melvill and J. H. Ponsonby on
mamillati, obtusissimi, ceteris tumidis, anfractu ultimo curto ;
apertura ovata; peristomate tenui, paullulum effuso, margine
columellari crassiusculo, albo, versus basin truncatulo.
Long. 17, lat. 4:50 mm.
Hab. Caledon, Cape Colony (2. WZ. Lightfoot).
A Subulina of unusual form, perhaps not quiteadult. The
tumid whorls, extremely obtuse apex, want of sculpture,
peculiar olive-green hue, and somewhat compressed body-
whorl amply characterize it.
By the desire of Mr. Lightfoot, of the South-African
Museum, Cape Town, who himself forwarded us the speci-
mens for description, we have named it after Mr. Purcell, the
discoverer.
Subulina strigilis, sp.n. (Pl. IL. fig. 7.)
S. testa minuta, rimata, pergracili, attenuato-fusiformi, crystallina,
electrino-straminea ; anfractibus 8, quorum apicalis fere immersus,
obtusus, ceteris delicate et arctissime oblique-striatis, ultimo
elongato ; apertura anguste ovata; peristomate tenui, margine
columellari reflexo.
Long. 7°25, lat. 2 mm. (sp. max.).
Hab. Karkloof Bush, near Pietermaritzburg, Natal (J.
McBean).
A beautifully striate species, of which we have seen four
examples, slightly varying in size, but in all other respects
uniformly alike.
HYPouysia *, gen. nov.
Testa gracilis, fusiformis, attenuata, sicut in Subulina, sed apud
suturas undique incrassata; fanfractu ultimo anguste sed distincte
evoluto.
Hypolysia Florentie, sp.n. (Pl. Il. fig. 8.)
H. testa eleganter attenuata, tenui, delicata, albo-crystallina; an-
fractibus 9-10, quorum apicales duo mamillati, obtusi, ceteris
apud suturas incrassatis, tumidis, sub lente longitudinaliter
oblique-striatulis, anfractu ultimo quatuor proximos longitudine
exsuperante; apertura parva, oblonga; peristomate tenui, supra
evoluto; columella recta, versus basin truncata.
Long. 11°50, lat. 2°50 mm.
Hab. Durban, Natal (Burnup).
For this extremely delicate, milk-white, crystalline species
* Omddvots, a loosening below.
+ This detail is unfortunately not brought out in our figure,
new Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa. 319
we have been constrained to propose a new genus, based
entirely upon the unusual characters as displayed concho-
logically. Since drawing up this description we have
received a further supply of specimens, some with the soft
parts; these we have handed to Mr. Stephen Pace, who will
shortly, we hope, publish the anatomical details.
Fauxulus (Anisoloma) McBeanianus, sp. n.
(Pl. II. fig. 9.)
F. testa sinistrorsa, subrimata, obesa, cinereo-fusca; anfractibus
octo, quorum duo apicales tumidi, depressiusculi, fere leves,
exteris arcte et regulariter longitudinaliter oblique-liratis, liris
ilcurvis, anfractu ultimo depresse tumido; apertura subtriangu-
lari; peristomate albo, nitido, incrassato, octo plicis instructo,
videlicet, parietalibus duabus, labialibus (simul ac basalibus)
duabus valde intrantibus, inter se simillimis, hac basali parva,
perobliqua, illa majore, versus columellam inclinante, duabus
plicis columellaribus approximatis, parvis, fere superficialibus.
Long. 5, lat. 2°25 mm. (sp. maj.).
Hab. Karkloof Bush, near Pietermaritzburg, Natal
(J. McBean).
Smaller than our &. perevimius (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 6,
vol. xix. p. 638, 1897) and differing in the disposition of the
columellar processes. It is likewise a stouter shell in propor-
tion to its length, the longitudinal incurved lire being more
symmetrically disposed. We follow Ancey in the sectional
arrangement of this genus.
We are indebted for several of the novelties described in
this paper to the researches of Mr. J. McBean, and have much
pleasure in associating this beautiful Paweulus with his name.
Pupa endoplaz, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 10.)
P. testa obesa, cylindriformi, brunnea, tenui; anfractibus 6-7, ad
suturas paullum impressis, tumidulis, longitudinaliter oblique-
striatis, ultimo anfractu versus basin rotundato; apertura
lunato-ovata; peristomate incrassato, haud continuo, quatuor-
plicato, plica suturali acuminata, columellari mamillata, duabus
internis, nequaquam peristoma ipsum attingentibus, paullum
incurvatis.
Long. 3, lat. 1°50 mm.
Hab. Cradock, at roots of bushes (Farquhar).
A curious and distinct form, with the peculiar internal
plaits just in front of the orifice, but not reaching the
peristome.
3820 On new Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa.
Pupa ridibunda, sp.n. (PI. II. fig. 11.)
P. testa minuta, subrimata, brunnea, tenui; anfractibus 6, quorum
apicalis depressus, vitreus, ceteris ad suturas impressis, ventri-
cosis, arcte sub lente oblique-striatis ; apertura rotunda ; peristo-
mate brunnescente, continuo et (precipue marginem apud colu-
mellarem) crassiusculo, tribus dentibus plicisve preedito, videlicet,
plica parietali bifida, prominula, dente basali acuto, plica colu-
mellari bifurcata, intrante.
Long. 2, lat. 1 mm.
Hab. Under low trees at base of Elandsberg Mountains
(Farquhar).
A ventricose little species, with continuous peristome and
complicated arrangement of mouth-processes. It does not
appear nearly allied to any other species we know from the
South-African region.
Curvella caloglypta, sp.n. (Pl. II. fig. 12.)
CO. testa ovata, subrimata, tenui, subpellucida ; anfractibus 5, apicali
incluso minuto, depresso, omnibus ad suturas 1mpressis, gradato--
ventricosulis, undique longitudinaliter arctissime et oblique liratis,
ultimo anfractu ceeteros permultum superante; apertura ovata ;
peristomate tenui, margine columellari paullum incrassato, trian-
gulatim reflexo.
Long. 4°50, lat. 3 mm.
Hab. Otto’s Bluff, near Pietermaritzburg, Natal (Burnup).
From the three Curvelle hitherto found in the South-
African region, C. catarracte, sinuosa, and globosa, M. & P.,
this most delicate species differs in the more quadrate whorls,
compressed sutures, and especially in the close and regular
oblique longitudinal liration, which needs, of course, a lens to
bring out its beauty. It has only hitherto been found in
very small quantity.
Buliminus (Rhachis) dimerus, sp. n.
(Pl. Il. fig. 13.)
B, testa pyramidata, delicata, tenui, subpellucente, nitida, supra
sub lente omnino decussatula, brunnea, infra anfractus ultimi
peripheriam usque apud basin lete straminea, fere levi; an-
fractibus 7, quorum apicali obtuso, nigro-brunneo, ceteris ad
suturas impressis, tumidulis, ultimo ad peripheriam carinato,
zonato ; apertura fere rotunda ; peristomate vix incrassato, tenui,
margine columellari triangulatim reflexo.
Long. 14, lat. 9 mm.
Hab. Karkloof Bush, N. of Pietermaritzburg, Natal
(J. McBean).
On the Breeding-habits of Chromis philander. 321
An ally of B. meridionalis, Pfr., but differing in both
coloration, texture, and form.
Melampus ordinarius, sp. n. (PI. II. fig. 14.)
M. testa solida, gilvo-straminea, conico-pyramidata; anfractibus
novem, quorum apicali mamillato, in sp. juvenili acuminato,
septem superioribus compressis, angustissimis, ultimo permagno,
ad peripheriam subangulato, levi, obeso; apertura oblonga, apud
basin latiore ; peristomate parum incrassato, intus spiraliter et
superficialiter quatuor-plicato; columella biplicata.
Long. 10, lat. 4°50 mm.
Hab. Mouth of Umlaas River, Natal (Burnup).
This small and somewhat insignificant Melampus was
found in company with M. castaneus, Muhlf., and Assiminea
umlaasiana, Smith, in a cavern at the habitat given above, and
though its characters are not prominent, we are unable to
assign it to any known species. We have examined several
examples in various stages of growth, the apex being very
acuminate in young specimens.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IL.
Fig. 1. Ennea Berthe.
Fig. 2. columnella.
Fig. 3. foriclusa.
Fig. 4. HHickeyana.
Fig. 5. Obeliscus lymneeformis.
Fig. 6. Subulina Purcell.
JG = Ce strigilis.
Fug. 8. Hypolysia Florentie.
Fig. 9. Fauxulus (Anisoloma) McBeanianus.
Fig. 10. Pupa endoplax.
Big. VV. redibunda,
Fig. 12. Curvella caloglypta.
Fig. 13. Buliminus (Rhachis) dimerus,
Fig. 14. Melampus ordinarius.
XLII.—On the Breeding-habits of Chromis philander.
By NENDICK ABRAHAM.
THE fact that African Chromids take care of their ova and of
the young for some time after hatching has been ascertained
by several observers—first by Lortet* on CA. simonis from
the Lake of Galilee, then by Max Weber f on Ch. philander,
* Compt. Rend. v. 1875, p. 1196.
¥ Zool. Jahrb. x. 1897, p. 148.
322 Mr. N. Abraham on the
a Natal species, and recently by Boulenger * on Ch. nilotica
and two species from Lake Tanganyika (Hctodus and T'ro-
pheus). Probably this habit will be found common to all the
African members of the family. The male has been found
to undertake the duty of protecting the young in some species,
the female in others. In a letter which I received from
Mr. Nendick Abraham, of Durban, my correspondent gives a
detailed account of his observations on a Natal species, of
which he sent to me also several specimens. I have no
doubt that this species is identical with Professor Max Weber’s
C. philander. One of the specimens sent is the individual
which Mr. Abraham had under observation for some weeks,
and is a male. The following notes are extracted from his
letter. [A. GUNTHER. |
“In the month of November of 1900 I visited a pond in
the neighbourhood of Durban and received several Chromides.
T introduced them into a tank prepared for them and kept
careful watch. I at once noticed that one of these fish
showed indications of carrying ova in its mouth. The gill-
covers did not fit closely over the cavity containing the gills,
but were distended, making the fish look as though it had a
swollen head. This fish I removed into another ‘tank,’ of
which it became the sole occupant. ‘This little fish measured
two inches and three quarters in length including the tail.
The tank in which 1 kept it for observation was a small
aquarium measuring eight inches by five, with a depth of water
of two and a half inches. A few roots of Vallisneria spiralis
provided the necessary oxidation of the water. A few days
after the fish was introduced into this ‘ tank’ the swelling out
of the gill-covers became more marked, until they stood out
or remained opened quite a distance from the cavity of the
gills. Beyond this feature nothing particular was to be
noticed for some days. But after these days a very inter-
esting stage in the development took place. I was enabled
to see that the ova had evidently matured, for I could see a
number of tiny living forms moving about in the mouth
of the parent fish. A slight development also took place
beneath the lower jaw of the fish in the shape of an expan-
sion of the membrane, which made more room in the mouth,
and reminded one somewhat of the dilatable pouch affixed
to the lower mandible of a pelican. This pouch being partly
transparent as well as a portion of the head near to it, | was
enabled to see fairly well right into the mouth-cavity.
* Poiss. du Bassin du Congo, p. 394.
Breeding-habits of Chromis philander. 323
“ or some minutes nothing could be observed in watching
the head of the fish but the rhythmic movement of the lower
jaw and gills; but after an interval I could clearly see all the
young fish in a great state of commotion, filling the whole
front of the mouth with a living pack of minute dark
creatures, whose movements reminded one of the ways of
tadpoles when huddled together in dense masses, only with
this difference, these tiny fish moved with great rapidity.
After these creatures had made one of their periodic excur-
sions to the front of their parent’s mouth, they always
retreated out of sight to the back, and nothing more would
be seen of them for a few minutes, and then there would
be another turmoil and mad rush to the front; but none of
them ever escaped out of the mouth. I think that these
movements might be accounted for on the supposition that as
these embryonic fish began to grow they gave the parent
fish some inconvenience, and that owing to this the fish
was obliged to constantly force his growing family from
the pharynx to the front of the mouth, giving (him) an
opportunity of relieving himself from the choking feeling
(he) must have been constantly subjected to. ‘These little
fish did not swim to the front of the mouth, but were
evidently rushed there, as they looked like a ball composed
of a great number of minute wriggling creatures whose real
shape could not be seen because of the rapidity of their
motion, which was more a revolving motion than any other.
I could not see well enough to observe whether they were
really fish-like in form or embryonic, and I did not like to
disturb the fish enough to find out. Isimply kept close watch
day after day. ‘These movements continued for some days,
during which time I allowed several of my friends to come to
my study and witness the strange sight, which was regularly
repeated every few minutes.
““ After two weeks had passed these movements almost
ceased for atime, and I had fears that all was not going well ;
but after careful watch for a few more days | entered my study
early one morning, and to my great delight saw a large
number of little fish, very perfect and beautiful, slowly and
gracefully swimming about near to their parent’s head—
their movements now being very different from the wrigeling
hurry-skurry which marked their movements prior to their
leaving for the first time their parent’s mouth. I tried
to count the number of young in this shoal so strangely
brought into the world. I counted sixty for certain, but there
were probably two or three more. And now being anxious
to prove the assertion that the parent fish among the
324 On the Breeding-habits of Chromis philander.
Chromides take their young into their mouths, I called into
my study some of my family, and asked them to watch what
happened when I revolved the table-top upon which the
aquarium was standing. Half a return of the revolving top
was sufficient: the whole shoal quickly gathered about the
parent’s head; he opened his mouth, and into it swam the
sixty little fish, leaving us to wonder what had become of
them. It was a wonderful sight and made a vivid impression
upon my mind. It is difficult to describe such a sight, one
must see it to appreciate it. Swiftly, but in perfect order
and with great grace, all the young swam into the open
mouth of the parent and disappeared. I ascertained that
they measured a little more than one third of an inch in
length. The parent fish, as I have said, only measured
two and three quarter inches, yet he found room to pack
away in his throat over sixty young, each measuring a third
of an inch in length. Once safely within his mouth, he did
not let them out again for several hours, and then I was
fortunate enough to see him expel them. ‘T'wo or three
were first thrown out of the mouth (shot out as a smoker puffs
out smoke from his mouth). Then a few more were thrust
out, until nearly thirty were swimming about; then with a
circular motion he scattered all the rest almost simultaneously
into the larger world of water contained in the tank.
“‘ Now that the young fish were out the parent fish watched
over them. I had introduced two freshwater shrimps into
the tank a few days before. The fish had taken no notice of
them, but now the jealous parent chased these poor shrimps
up and down the tank in such a savage way that I had to
take them out. I may add that whenever I wanted to see
the young fish swim into their parent’s mouth it was only
necessary to make some slight disturbance on the table, and at
once the beautiful and strange scene was enacted. After two
or three days the little fish began to venture to the extreme
limits of the aquarium hunting for food; and now, when
danger was near, the parent fish did not wait for the fry to
come to him—in fact, they did not seem quite so eager to be
swallowed as at first,—but he went after them, gathering them
up one by one from all parts of the tank until every one was
safe within his mouth. Hach evening also, at about sundown,
all the young fish were gathered up and kept in the mouth all
night. I did not watch all night, but when I looked during
the night I could never see any of the fish about; so I con-
cluded he never let them out after collecting them at sundown
until the next morning.
“The young fish began to grow not only in size but in
On the Nomenclature of Huropean Helices. 325
independence, and after five days from their first exit the
parent fish treated them as though the time had come for
them to look after themselves; and soon after he took no
further trouble with them, except in the way of fighting any
supposed enemy that was introduced into the tank.
‘‘T may add that I have since observed other fish, with the
same result: I mean, of course, other Chromides.”’
XLITI.—The Nomenclature of Huropean Helices.
By Henry A. Piussry, Se.D.
PERSONS acquainted with the literature of EKuropean land-
snails are aware that during the last century an almost
incredible number of generic and subgeneric names were
bestowed upon the Helices. Up to this time hardly two
authors can be found who use the same set of generic names
for these mollusks, save perhaps those who adhere to
Lamarckian simplicity.
When writing my book upon Helices*, I found that there
was no standard or established classification or nomenclature ;
and while the formulation of a new and, I believe, phylo-
genetic classification was what chiefly interested me, I
thought it also essential that the nomenclature be placed
upon a secure basis. My results, so far as classification is
concerned, have met with some approval from those best
qualified to judge; but various protests have been made
against the changes in generic nomenclature. The appear-
ance of a criticism of some seventeen pages’ length, from the
pen of the well-known German conchologist Dr. O. von Mél-
lendorff f, calls for the reply which I have not felt needful in
the case of less conspicuous criticisms. Controversy over
names is a notoriously barren employment.
Dr. v. Mollendorff rightly reports that in bringing together
a number of old sectional and group names under a single
generic head, I have selected for such generic name that of
the oldest-published group involved, This principle, he goes
on to say, is in his opinion to be discarded (1a) if the oldest
group-name is based upon an extreme form of the genus, in
which case he would select a later name for the genus, and
one based upon a species of medium development for the
* “Guide to the Study of Helices,” Manual of Conchology, (2) ix.
(1894).
+ “Ueber einige Nomenclaturfragen,” in Nachrbl. d. D. malak,
Gesellsch., December 1900, pp. 161-178.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 23
326 Dr. H. A. Pilsbry on the
group; (10) it is premature to follow the strict rule of
priority when the earliest name was based upon a species
not positively known to belong to the genus as built up ;
(2) the rule of giving page-priority in the case of two or more
names for the same group, appearing in one book, he does
not recognize, but would select the supposedly most typical
from among such names; (3 & 4) after discussing the
question of names applied to composite groups, such as those
of almost all old authors, Dr. v. Méllendorff states that he
considers a generic name preoccupied only when a prior
homonym is actually in use.
To these proposed exceptions to the strict rule of priority
I would reply that any exception gives opportunity for those
individual differences of opinion which it 1s the sole purpose
of rules of nomenclature to obviate. Exception (1a) opens
the door to endless discussion as to what is or is net an
aberrant species. ‘lo my mind the examples cited by von
Mollendorff are not such. Thus, Helicigona lapicida is
typical of its genus in soft anatomy, and aberrant in a single
character of the shell alone, i.e. the carination. Is a specific
character of this sort enough to cause us to disregard the
rule of priority? And, then, who is to decide upon what is
the natural type of a genus? for here theoretical consider-
ations will rule. I grant the force of the objection no. (1 8) ;
it applies, however, to no Huropean Helicide. Regarding
exception (2) it should be said that if page-priority be
rejected there is absolutely no rule to cover cases of two or
more names for one group in one book. I therefore hold
that, as Jordan says, “in case of twins, primogeniture con-
trols.”” Objection no. (4) seems to me to be wholly im-
possible of application. How are we to tell whether a name
proposed in Coleoptera, for instance, will not become a valid
genus, even if now temporarily relegated to synonymy? We
are constantly taking up and using names long supposed to
be synonyms. ‘The concrete cases discussed by v. Méllen-
dorff are as follows :—
Xerophila, Helicella.
This is a case of unusual difficulty, from the fact that all
the early authors placed the species of the modern genus in
company with many really diverse forms. Whether I took
the best course in using the name Helicella remains open to
doubt. At all events, the supposed use of that name, prior
to Férussac, alleged by von Mollendorff, is easily disposed
of. In his ‘ Extrait du Cours de Zoologie,’ 1812, p. 115,
Lamarck enumerates the genera of Colimacés—Heélice,
Nomenclature of European Helices. By Ai
Heélicelle, Hélicine, Maillot, &c.,—but defines none of them,
and gives no Latin names. Blainville, in his ‘Manuel’ of
1825, also mentions f/élicelle, Lam., for Helix obvoluta, but
he too fails to Latinize the French vernacular name. This
leaves the way clear for Risso’s restriction of Helicella, Fér.,
in 1826.
However, the real point is that we do not know the date
of Férussac’s ‘ Prodrome’ with certainty, while I have shown
that Gray in 1821 proposed the name Jacosta for a species of
the genus *. It may well prove that in this case my decision
will require revision or reversal; but if so, the name in
common use, Xerophila, can in no case be used for the group,
as it dates from 1837.
Hygromia, Fruticicola, Trichia.
Dr. von Millendorff agrees with me that Hygromia should
stand for the genus commonly known under one or other of
the above names; but he prefers Férussac’s form Hygro-
manes. As I have elsewhere held, this was intended for a
noun in the plural and is not acceptable, besides being a
heterogeneous section never yet restricted. I therefore adhere
to Risso’s name [ygromia.
Regarding the use of the subgeneric term Trichia, I would
say that Trichia, de Haan, bears the date of 1841, not 1850,
as von Méllendorff seeks to prove t+. ‘This leaves the priority
with Trichia, Hartmann, 1840. But it seems to me that
Fruticicola of Held, 1857, should have preference on account
of its earlier date. Von Mollendorff states that the first
species of Fruéicicola was fruticum, Miill., “ Krste Art ist
Jruticum, Mill., so dass eigentlich Fruticicola fiir Eulota
einzutreten hatte’’; but had the original article by Held in
the ‘ Isis’ been consulted, it would have been seen that fruti-
cum is not the first but the seventeenth species in Held’s list.
As H. fruticum was eliminated from the group by Hartmann
three years later, the misgivings expressed by von Mollen-
dorff lest I should unsettle the name Hu/ota are groundless. ©
One of the very few cases where I could not consult an
original work, and quoted at second-hand, was in the use of
Schliiter’s name Perjoratella. I procured the original work
a year or two ago, and find that Westerlund, whom I
* Of, Man. Conch. ix. p. 258, and Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad. 1897,
p. 359, under H. chionobasis.
+ The Crustacea of the ‘ Fauna Japonica’ appeared in parts, the first
issued in 1833, the last in 1850. Trichia was in “decas quinta 1841”
(p. 109). The dates are printed at the foot of the first page of each
fascicle.
328 On the Nomenclature of European Helices.
followed, was wrong; and the re-arrangement tabulated by
von Mollendorff (p. 171) is to be substituted for mine.
Helicodonta, Gonostoma.
Any attempt to overthrow Helicodonta in favour of Gono-
stuma will be seen to be futile when it is really understood
that (1) Helicodonta of Férussac, proposed for Helices with
toothed or sinuous mouths, was restricted by Risso, in 1826,
to the single species obvoluta; and (2) Gonostoma, Held,
1837, is preoccupied by (Gonostoma, Rafinesque, 1810, a
name in common and accepted use by ichthyologists (see
Giinther, ‘ The Study of Fishes,’ p. 629, 1880). There isa
genus //elicodon in the ‘Tankerville Catalogue, p. 35 (1825),
which includes species of Polygyra, Sagda, Anostoma, Cepolis,
and Pleurodonte.
Campyliea, [Helicigona.
It is admitted that my use of Helicigona for the Campylea
group of Europe is justified, but von Mollendorff contends
that Mérch deserves the credit for such use. This may be
true: Mérch was a good and great conchologist in his day
and generation, and | am only sorry that he did not convince
every body that they should adopt Helicigona. It is claimed
that I erred in putting the carinated H. lapicéda in a section
by itself, whereas it should be included with the unkeeled
H. cornea. This is a matter of opinion, upon which no one
could wish to dogmatize; but one would not suppose that a
writer who considers Plectotropis a distinct genus from
Agista on account of the keel (there are no anatomical
diflerences) would criticize the course I have taken.
In conclusion, von Méllendorff suggests that, in pursuance
of his rule no. 3, the genus might be called ‘‘ Campylea
(Beck) v. Iher.” ‘This course would oppose the rule of
priority, and is further open to objection from the fact that
v. Ihering included the American Hpiphragmophora species
in Campylaa, although I have shown that they are widely
different anatomically.
Section Otala, Schumacher, 1817.
After some discussion of the limits of this group and of
my use of the term Otala, Dr. von Méllendorff has cast
doubt upon what I expressly and, I think, advisedly stated to
be the facts in the case. 1 said (‘ Manual,’ p. 323): “ The
name Otala was proposed for three species, placed in two
sections. Section a contained hamastoma (which being the
Some Questions of Myriopod Nomenclature. 329
type of a prior genus must be eliminated) and afomaria, a
new name for lactea, Miill. Section 6 contained the Helix
sulcata of Miiller, a form which Swainson, in 1840, made the
type of his group Plicadomus. These eliminations leave
H., lactea the valid nucleus of Schumacher’s group. .. .
Beck’s use of Otala has no bearing upon the case, as he
included none of Schumachev’s species in his group.”
Against this von Méllendorff quotes from Herrmannsen
and Beck, as he had not seen Schumacher’s work ; and after
further remarks concludes to use the name Marmorana,
Hartmann, for the group, placing “ Otala, Pilsbry,” as a
synonym thereto.
This conclusion cannot, however, be maintained, since
Marmorana was based upon the species serpentina, which
belongs not to the group under discussion, but to Lberus.
Hartmann’s sole reference to Marmorana is the passage
(apropos of a certain malformation) which reads: “ Herr
Grat Porro hielt sie fir sehr merkwiirdig und sandte mir
mehrere solche von unserer Huparyphia, auch von Marmorana
serpentina; wirklich ist die Ursache dieser abnormen Fort-
setzung schwierig zu ermitteln,” &c. Thus was Marmorana
established. And von Mollendorff gravely concludes:
“ Danach wurde Marmorana auf die Formenkreise von
vermicu’ata und lactea zu beschriinken sein”’!
XLIV.—Some Questions of Myriopod Nomenclature.
: By R. I. Pocock.
1. Leach’s Species of the Genus Geophilus.
THE genus Geophilus, Leach, originally contained the fol-
lowing species:—carpophagus, subterraneus, acuminatus,
longicornis (Tr. Linn. Soe. xi. pp. 584-386, 1819). One of
these must be the type of the genus. Longicornis was taken
out by Newport (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1842, p. 180) as the type
of Necrophleophagus. In 1845(Tr. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 429 &c.)
Newport substituted <Arthronomalus for Necrophleophagus,
and added the following species :—punctiventris, carpophagqus,
similis (=carpophagus), Hopet, flavus, and opinatus. Since
Newport expressly states that he changed Wecrophleophaqus
for Arthronomalus, the two must be regarded as synonymous
in the strictest possible sense of the term—that is to say, as
having the same type species. It is superfluous, therefore, to
pursue further the fate of the remaining species included
under Arthronomalus with a view to ascertaining if one of
330 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
them can stand as its type. It may be added, however, that
carpophagus was eliminated by Meinert in 1869 (Nat. Tidskr.
iv. p. 97) under the name sodalis as a Senipeus, of which it
may be regarded as the type if Scnzpeus is ever restored to
use. Thus two of the species upon which Geophilus was
primarily based are accounted for, and neither can be recog-
nized as its type according to the “elimination” system,
What, then, becomes of the generic name? Since neither of
the two just mentioned is available, it must fall upon either
acuminatus or subterraneus, and to them it was applied by
Newport in his classical monograph (Tr. Linn. Soc. xix.
pp- 434-438, 1845). But acuminatus was removed by
C. Koch under the name rosulans as Linotenia (Syst. Myr.
S. 188, 1847). Hence subterraneus, being the last species
left in the genus Geophilus, comes out as its type ; and since
subterraneus is probably congeneric with gracilis, Meinert,
the type of the genus Stégmatogaster of Latzel, Stigmatogaster
becomes a synonym of Geophitlus.
The four species, then, which originilly constituted the
genus Geophilus must now be associated with the following
generic names, whether or not the names take the rank that
was primarily assigned to them :—
Necrophlaophagus, Newport (= Arthronomalus, Newp.).
Type longicornis, Leach.
Scnipeus, Meinert.
Type carpophagus, Leach (=sodalis, Mein.).
Linotenta, Koch.
Type acuminata, Leach (=rosulans, Koch).
Geophilus, Leach (?= Stigmatogaster, Latz.).
Type subterraneus, Leach.
The adoption of the conclusions here stated involves two
further changes in nomenclature, namely, the transference of
the family name Geophilide to the group designated Himan-
tariidee by Cook, and the introduction of a new name for the
group which currently passes as Geophilide. Necrophloeo-
phagide obviously suggests itself for this purpose, in spite of
its polysyllables and cacophony.
2. The Genera of Blaniuloid Diplopods.
In 1836 (Bull. Soc. Philom. p. 72) Gervais established
the genus Blaniulus for the reception of the blind Lulus guttu-
latus (Bose), Fabricius, with which he rightly declared /ulus
Questions of Myriopod Nomenelature. ad
pulchellus of Leach to be synonymous. Gruttulatus therefore
is the type of Blaniulus.
_ In 1851 a second genus, namely Nopotulus, was introduced
by Menge (Neueste Schr. Ges. Danzig, iv. pt. 4, no. ii. p. 7)
for a species named punctulatus, differing from the type of
Blaniulws in possessing a row of seven eyes on each side
of the head. Punctulatus therefore is the type of Noporulus.
This genus, however, dropped out of use as a synonym of
Blaniulus, and was forgotten by the authors who have busied
themselves with the Blaniuloid genera.
In 1898 Dr. Verhoeff found that Blaniulus, in the compre-
hensive sense recognized by Meinert, Latzel, and their
successors, can be divided, mainly by the structure of its
copulatory organs, into three genera, which are named Typh/o-
blaniulus, for guttulatus and troglobius ; Trichoblaniulus, for
hirsutus ; and Blaniulus, for venustus, palmatus, and Philepsiv.
From the standpoint of nomenclature, however, this classi-
fication is open to obvious criticism. In the first place, since
guttulatus is the type of Blaniulus, Typhloblaniulus must be
a synonym of Bianiulus, and the latter cannot be assigned to
the species typified by venustus. In the second place, since
venustus is recognized as identical with punctulatus of Menge,
the type of Nopotulus, Blaniulus as restricted by Dr. Verhoeff
is nothing but Nopoiulus of Menge (see Archiv f. Naturgesch.
1898, p. 172).
A fourth genus was introduced by Silvestri (Bull. Soc.
Ent. Ital. xxix. p. 24,1897), namely, Proterovulus, for Blan-
iulus fuscus, Stein.
Hence the genera of this group will stand as follows :—
Blaniulus, Gervais (= Typhloblaniulus, Verh.).
Type guttulatus, Bosc.
Trichublaniulus, Verhoeff.
Type Blaniulus hirsutus, Brol.
Nopoiulus, Menge (= Blaniulus, Verh., nec Gervais).
Type lulus Kochit, Gervais (=pulchellus, Koch nec
Leach, punctulatus, Menge, and venustus, Meinert) *,
Proteroiulus, Silvestri.
Type Blaniulus fuscus, Stein.
* Latzel’s reasons for calling this species venwstus are not clear, since
both Kochit and punctulatus are older names and antedate it in the list
of synonyms given in that author's classical work.
332 Bibliographical Notice.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Our Country’s Shells, and how to know them. A Guide to the
British Mollusca. By W.J.Gorvon. With a Coloured Illustra-
tion of every Species and many Original Diagrams by A. Lampurt.
London: Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co. 8vo.
Pp. 152; 33 Plates. Price 6s.
As stated in the Introduction, “‘ this book is intended as an intro-
ductory working maaual for the collector, the object of its analytical
tables being to enable him to name any specimen in the British
list.” The “question i is, does the work fulfil this object? In many
instances certainly not, the illustrations being so crude that we do
not get even a faint idea of the species supposed to be delineated.
The figures of some of the larger bivalves, as might be expected,
are fairly characteristic, but the smaller forms are less successful.
Turning to the univalyes, where accurate drawing and perspective
are necessary, we meet with very many hopeless failures—in fact,
such caricatures, that we are surprised the artist(!) should have
permitted his name to appear.
Turning to the text, we candidly confess we do not like the
method of it. In the first place, the descriptions are very super-
ficial and insufficient. As an example reference should be made to
the paragraph upon Brachiopods (p. 41) and the characters which
are supposed to differentiate the genera. ‘The reader, unless he has
an idea of what a Brachiopod is like, will certainly not gain that
knowledge from this work. Some of the descriptions are very
remarkable: for instance, Capulus is said to be ‘a stout, sturdy,
independent sort of ashell.” What does itmean? ‘‘ Tectura is like
the roof of a house, Helcion like a lady’s bonnet”!
Referring to the tabular scheme, we find it very difficult to make
use of it, and much time might be wasted in trying to identity
a shell by it. The nomenclature employed is absurdly antiquated,
and it is quite time that the names used by Gwyn Jeffreys were
discarded. For example, under Pleurotoma are ranged fourteen
species, which, according to modern accepted ideas, should be
placed in six genera ; and under Mangilia, also belonging to the
Pleurotomide, seven species occur which belong to three ‘different
genera, not one of them being a true Mangilia. One or two other
examples will be sufficient. On p. 119, under Fusus, of which the
British Isles do not produce a single species, nine species are ranged,
which, according to modern nomenclature, should be placed in five
distinct genera. The British Chitonide also should be ranged under
six genera, instead of Chiton only, which is not represented in the
British fauna. Asa picture-book this work is more or less a failure,
and as a descriptive account it is often too brief and very puzzling
in its arrangement. But perhaps we expect too much at the price.
Miscellaneous. 333
MISCELLANEOUS.
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages.—Part II. Ferret and Galinier’s ‘ Voyage en
Abyssinie’ ; Lefebvre’s ‘Voyage en Abyssinie’; ‘ Exploration scien-
tifique de ? Algérie’ ; Castelnaw’s ‘ Amérique du Sud’; Dumont
@Urville’s * Voyage de Astrolabe’ ; Laplace’s *‘ Voyage sur la
Favorite’; Jaequemont’s ‘Voyage dans UInde’; Tréhouart’s
‘Commission scientifique d Islande’ ; Cailliaud, * Voyage a Méroé’ ;
‘ Hapédition scientifique de Morée’; Fabre, ‘ Commission scien-
tifique du Nord’ ; Du Petit-Thouars, ‘Voyage de la Venus’ ; and
on the Dates of the ‘ Faune Francaise.’ By C. Davies SHERBORN,
E.Z.S., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e.
[Continued from p. 164.]
‘Voyage de....J] Astrolabe ..... pendant .... 1826-29, sous le
commandement de M. J. Dumont D’Urvitte, &c.’
Bortanique. Pt. I. Essai d’une Flore &c. Par Richard.
The text to this part was published 5 May, 1832 (Bibl. Franc.).
——. Pt. II. Sertum Astrolabianum. Par Richard.
The text to this part was published 1834.
Zoouociz. T. I. pt. 1. L’ Homme, Mammiferes, Oiseaux. 1830.
The Bibl. Fr. distinctly quotes this vol. as published 5 May, 1832, but we
consider that to be a misprint for vol. ii. pt. 1, which has the same number of
pages. It is, however, curious to note that not one of the new species of birds
in this work is cited in Lesson’s ‘ Traitez d’Ornithologie,’ 1831.
—. T.I. pt.2. [Not published. ]
T. Il. & U1. Mollusques (Poissons).
II.(1) pp. 1-820, 1832. [After Faune Ent. pt. 1.] Wrapper
dated 1833. Bibl. Frang. 5 May,
1832.
(2) 321-686. 1833.
Tose) 1-366. 1834.
(2) 367-954. 1835 (p. 954 dated 17 Mars 1835).
T.IV. Zoophytes. 1834.
FaunE ENTOMOLOGIQUE.
Pt. 1. Lépidoptéres. 1832 [and before vol. ii. pt. 1].
The first livraison was received by the Soc. Ent. Fr. 4 April, 1832, and seems
to have been plates only, for the second livr. is announced 7 Noy. 1832, with
the first part of the text relative thereto (Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. tom. i. pp. 231 &
424),
Pt. 2. Coleoptéres. 1835 (ayertisement dated “‘ Février 1835 ”).
See also Duperry, ‘ Voy. Coquille, Zool. ii. (2) pt. 1, p. 271. The Soe. Ent.
France received it 3 June, 1885 (cf. Ann. tom. iv. p. xliv), but a separatum
under the title ‘ Faune de l’Océanie,’ was advertised by them as published before
April (¢f. tom. cit. p. xxxv).
‘Voyage autour du Monde... sur... la Favorite...sous...
M. Lapracs. (Reprinted, with some additions, from the
‘Magasin de Zoologie’ for the years cited.)
Vol. V. Zooxoeiz.
Rapport... sur les Collections. By De Blainville. Pp. 1-16 [new matter ?].
Pt. 1. Marsupiaux. By Eydoux & Laurent. 17-80. 1837.
» 9 81-195. 1838.
Pt. 2. Mammiféres. By Hydoux & Gervais. 1-26. 1836.
[27]. New matter.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 24
334 Miscellaneous.
Vol. V. Zootoeix (con.).
Oiseaux. By Eydoux & Gervais. 29-63. 1836.
Phytotoma. a 64-649. New matter.
Reptiles. 5 65-76.
Toone Bs 77-80. \ RST:
Insectes. By Guérin-Méneville. 81-168.
Crustacés. 3”) 169-176. | 1833
Myriapodes. By Eydoux & Gervais. - 77-180. | G
Mollusques. By Eydoux. 181-192.
[Published in one vol. (vol. y.), with ‘‘new matter” and index, in 1889
(Wiegm. Arch. 1841, ii. 34).]
Lépidopteres nouveaux. By Feisthamel. Pp. 1-30. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
6 May, 1840, p. xix.
[All the new species in this part were described and figured in the Mag. de
Zool. for 1839. |
‘ Voyage dans l’Inde, par V. Jacavemont, pendant les années 1828
a 18327
Tome IV. Description des Collections.
Mammitéres. Par Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire.
Crustacées. Par [H.] Milne-Edwards.
Insectes. Par M. E. Blanchard.
Plante rariores... Auct. J. Cambessédes.
s 5 ... Auct. J. Decaisne.
The work was issued in 54 livraisons, of which no. 1 appeared
April 1835 (‘ Institut, p. 109), the last in Dec. 1844 (C. Rendus,
1844, p. 1407). The descriptions of mammals and birds by Isidore ~
Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire came out between livraisons 45 and 46 (sic),
and was announced in May 1843 (C. Rendus, 1848, p. 1015).
Mamm. 1843. Wiegm. Arch. 1844, ii. 164, said to have formed
livr. 46 & 47.
Plates, 1844. Op. czt. 1846, ii. 121. j
Crustacea and Insecta. 1844. Wiegm. Arch. 1846, ii. 197, 309.
Plants (by Cambesséedes & Decaisne). 1844. Wiegm. Arch. 1845, ii.
p. 376.
‘Commission scientifique d’Islande et de Groénland. Voyage en
Islande et au Groénland exécuté pendant... . 1835-36 sur
. la Recherche, commandée par M. Trénovarr.’
Zoologie et Médecine. Par M. E. Robert. Pp. iv, 211. 1851.
Minéralogie et Géologie. Par M. E. Robert. Pp. 468.
Livy. i 203 sheets, pp. xii & 1-328. Bibl Frang. 26 Dec. 1840.
9 329-468. S 11 Dec. 1841,
rithis livr. 2 contains a list of Icelandic plants by J. Vahl. |
F, Carrtraup. ‘ Voyage a Méroé.’
Text, 4 vols. 8°.
I. 1826. Bibl. Frang. 27 May, 1826.
II, 1826. 3 21 June, 1826.
III. 1826. 3 27 Jan. 1827
IV. 1827. 15 Sept. 1827.
Plates, in 30 lnyraisont:
Tivr., 1-3.) 1823.
4-16. 1824.
17-25. 1825.
26-29. 1826.
30. 1827.
Miscellaneous. 335
‘ Expédition scientifique de Morée.’
Tom. I. Relation, 1836.
IL., pt. 1. Géographie, 1834. Pt. 2. Géologie et Minéralogie, 1833.
IIL., pt. 1. Zoologie: Sect 1, peti. Vertébrés (+ Mollusques and
ee s), 1833 ; Sect. 2, Animaux Articulés, 1832.
Pt. 2. Botanique, 1832; Planches (4 séries), 1855.
The whole work appeared in 39 livraisons of text (each livr.
having an average of 6 sheets) and upwards of 30 of plates; but
the plates do not seem to have always been issued apart. The
titlepages were evidently issued with the first part of each section,
and the several sections made their appearance in the inverse order
to that which they occupy in the completed work. The first
livraison of plates appeared 25 Feb., 1832 (Bibl. Fr.). Livr. 1-16
(93 sheets) of text were out by 8 June, 1883 (op. cit.).
The exact contents of these we have not been able to ascertain,
but the Botany and Articulata were among the first, and followed
probably by the Vertebrata. The dates of presentation of the eight
parts of Articulata (by Brullé and Guerin) and some plates to the
Pls, xxix., xxxii., & xxxix. {Between Jan. & Apr. 1832.] Ann. tom.i..p. 116.
Text. Pt. 1 & 2 [=? pp. 1-96]. 5 Sept. 1832, a ane pp. olaran Zao:
3 {[=? pp. 97-144]. 3 Oct. 1882. ih el De ao
4 =? pp. 145-192]. [Between July & Oct.} 1832. ee ee peot
5 & 6 |? pp. 198-288]. 9 Jan. 1833. te clin peel
7 [? pp. 289-336]. 20 Mar. 1883. eee 1d. Peaks
8 [? pp. 8387-end]. 3 April, 1833. yp MOY seese
Two plates. 1833. op ls ID eSSabg
Pls, xxxi., xliii., xliv., xlvil., & li, 1834. Sp bla ioe Ibo-agaie
mle xdae , xlvi., & oie 1835. cP rive paexali:
xxvii, xlviii., 1, li., & lai. 1886. a ee AS Dp lbecettl;
Livr.
20. 20 v. 33. Institut, tom.i.p. 9) (Pt.1, pp. 1-48. Bull. Soc. Géol. Fr. t. iii. p. 298.
21. 10 vi. 33. bs Peed Tatar gl | ids ane a i 314.
29. 24 vi. 33. Z » 49> ap 4 3, 65-104. f re 4 349.
23. 5 viii. 33. ewe dODiNhe ws 1 Z| 105-208. -
24. 9 ix. 33. - SFG CVS Pa ” » NRE
25. 14 x. 33. =f % i Last part of “ Betanique ” (‘ Flora,’ 1833, p. 730).
26. 23 xii. 33. zs » 273) geo) & { Pt e pp. 209-256. Bull. Soe. Géol. Fr. t. iv. p. 154.
27. 24 ii, 34. », tom. ii. p. ait Mi | 3 257-304. i 55 324,
28. 24 iii. 34. , 2101 s 203 oe .) t, vi. p. 69.
29. 30 vi. 34. + » 213 | «& Egoora is
30. 8 ix. 34. - ies eal ere
31. 1 sii. 34, » » 393.
32. 6 iv. 35. ,», tom, iii. p. 109.
33. 20 vii. 35. 3 ye eens
34, 10 viii. 35. es jn OT
35. 12 x. 35. _ 9) 029.
+ on vy { “Travaux de la Sectien des Sciences physiques; in folio”
ian rs ” eu t [=last part of the Atlas]. gia cs
ag 2 on i yom ES a “Relation.” See letter on back of dedication of Chaubard &
39 & 2 Bory de St. Vincent’s ‘ Nouv. Flore Pélop.,’ 1838.
Societe Entomologique de France are ascertained from the society's
‘Annales’ to be as fellows, though their exact contents are still
unknown :—
Concerning the times of publication of livr. 17, 18, and 19 we ©
have no trace; the remaining portions appeared as follows :—
\ 18 iv. 36. 3 », 123 | One of the plates in livr. 37 was Bot. xxxvii. bis.
336 Miscellaneous.
We can approximate the dates as under :—
Botany, 1832-33. By Fauché, Chaubard and Bory de Saint
Vincent, and A, Brongniart.
How much appeared in each year is not exactly ascertainable,
but pp. 345-6 were utilized in the review in ‘ Flora,’ 1833, p. 730,
and the concluding article in the volume by Brongniart was pub-
lished in ‘Institute,’ tom. 1. p. 157 (Sept. 1833), ann also in Ann.
Sci. Nat. tom. xxx. p. 168 (Oct. 1833).
From computation it appears likely that pp. 336 or the bulk of
the work was out in 1832.
Zootoey. Sect. 1. Des Animaux Vertébrés: Mammiféres et Oiseaux
(to which are paged on “Reptiles,” “Mollusques,” and “ Poly-
piers ”’).
No direct evidence is obtainable, but we are inclined to the
opinion that the portion dealing with the Vertebrata all appeared in
1833.
The portion “ Mollusques and Polypiers” we take to be 1835,
for on pp. 231-2 of the Partie Géologique, which was published
in Dec. 1833, there is a list of shells by Deshayes with names (only)
of new species and references to [sér. i1.] pls. ivil.; in the “ Mol-
lusques ” these species are fully described, but the plates are there
cited as [sér, lii.] xx.—xxvi., and though in the Natural History
Museum copy these plates are not re-lettered, the latter numeration
is assigned to them in the ‘Ordre des Planches” in the Atlas
(1835). Moreover, the author refers throughout to the first edition
of Lamarck’s ‘ Hist. nat. Anim. sans Vert.,’ and not to the second
edition, edited as to the Mollusca by himself, which portion began
to appear in 1835 (vol. vi. was presented to the Paris Academy
30th March, ‘ Institut,’ tom. ii. p. 101). On the other hand, the
first one of peste: new species from the Morea that is cited in
Lamarck,.ed. 2, is Terebratula en (Expéd. Moree, tom. ii. pt. 1,
joo 8 Avatiaa, sans Vert. éd. 2, tom. vii. 1836, p. 359, which
volume was presented to the Panis "Acad. 13 Jan. of ‘that year).
As will be evident from the table above given, this section could
not have begun before livr. 31 (Dec. 1834), and since there is only
text enough to form three parts, though the whole work was not
presented to the Paris Academy till 16 May, 1836 (Compt. Rend.
tom. ii. p. 44), we incline, from the evidence above given, to 1835.
Zootoaix. Sect. 2. Des Animaux Articulés.
Applying the rule of 6 sheets to a part, the first six parts would
contain pp. 1-288, or as far as the end of ‘“ Lépidoptéres,” where
there is a manifest break in the text; and since pts. 5 & 6 were
presented to the Soc. Ent. France at their first meeting (9th Jan.)
1833, they were assumably out in 1832, which is the date we take,
the remaining text being 1833.
Gotoain and Minératocie. By Puillon de Boblaye and Virlet.
From the table it is seen this appeared :—
Pp. 1-256. 1833.
257-375. 1834.
[To be continued.)
Mintern Bros.amp.
Ann.be Mag. Nat. Hist. 8.7 Vol. VIL. PLL.
J.Green del, et hth.
“om
if V4
vay
a
a
PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE
THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, AND DUBLIN
AND
JOURNAL OF SCLENCE.
A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRONOMY, MECHANICS,
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES. —
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
prices :—
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. A few copies only
on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1882. Price £2 4s.
The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. ,, £6.
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. aceaebe
TAYLOR and FRANcIsS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE
NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
prices :—
The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10,
_ The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. ptee sn i
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. yo aba
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. Wak DOE
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. fi, ea Oe
TayLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
eae
eats
~ise
ae
Een
ee ae 2
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 46.—Seventh Series.
re
as
=
ace
iiss
Page
XXXVI. Notes on the Classification of Teleostean Fishes.—I. On
the Trachinide and their Allies. By G. A. Bounencer, F.R.S. .... 261”
a
Ln,
XXXVII. New Insular Forms of Nasua and Dasyprocta. a
OLDFIELD THOMAS piri) a
“<
Ce ee Te
XXXVIII. On a Collection of Small Mammals from the Upper ,
Nile obtained by Mr. R. M. Hawker. By Oxprretp Tuomas, F.R.S.. 273 ©
XXXIX. A List of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. Evrart § S ee
in Central Africa. By Emrty Mary SHarpr............... See 2789
XL. Further Notes on the Pangonine of the Family Fabanide in
the British Museum Collection. By Miss Gprrrupr Ricarpo ..... 28079
XLI. Descriptions of Fourteen new Species of Terrestrial Mollusca |
from South Africa. By Jamus Cosmo Mertyrit, M.A., F.L.S., and :
Joun Henry Ponsonsy, F.Z. . CB ate eh) e 5 3 iis stan a cS Rene enetee 315 |
XLII. On the Breeding-habits of Chromis philander. By Nenvicx
ABRAHAM [hve Ob ih cu eti a cee EN CMe Ru RC SGC nein Ska ane AR IEES SUR VRE tes aie 321
XLIII. The Nomenclature of European Helices. By Henry A.
daDe FS) ach Dip Om) BA Ata A Ree Getcha Mu cy Ae uns | mcntb aioe la ni AU NM Me STL Ot: 325 .
XLIV. Some Questions of Myriopod Nomenclature. By R. L.
Pocock
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE. eng
Our Country’s Shells, and how to know them. A Guide to the
British Mollusca.” By W:.'d.\GoRnon yo i.e eer Dae 332
MISCELLANHOUS.
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages.—Part IL. Dumont d’Urville’s ‘ Voyage de
lV Astrolabe’; Laplace’s ‘ Voyage sur la Favorite’; Jacquemont’s
‘Voyage dans l’Inde’; Tréhouart’s ‘Commission scientifique
d’Islande’; Cailliaud, ‘ Voyage a Meéroé’; ‘ Expédition scien-
tifique de Morée; &c. By C. Davres Suprzory, F.Z.8., and an
Bs 2By WOODWARD, BLESS See teenie Ww an Mat oan a age, 333
Ree we ee
*,* Itis requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Ofc,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.
oi es ‘SEVENTH SERIES. No. 47.
iy risen etapa nite chee ee
AND
re OF NATURAL HISTORY.
INCLUDING
igs ee cl
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY.
CONDUCTED. BY
ALBERT C. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., FBS,
WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,
AND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, sun., F.L.S.
BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘© ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
MESSRS, HOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’
WITH SIX PLATES.
ee LONDON:
TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE! STREET.
tite Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. Bailliére, Paris:
‘ rea Figzis, & Co., Dublin: ‘and Asher, Berlin.
|
_ ~ Double Number. Price Five Shillings.
THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA,
INCLUDING CEYLON AND BURMA.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of State for India in Council.
Edited by W. T. Brawrorp,
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, with numerous woodeuts. Price £1.
MAMMALIA.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.
FISHES.—2 Vols.
By FRANCIS DAY, C.LE., LL.D., &e.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts.
BIRDS.—Vol. I, £1: Vol. IL, 15s.
By E. W. OATES, F.Z.S.
VOLS. III. and IV., 15s. each.
By W. T. BLANFORD, F.R.S.
Bourd in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1.
REPTILIA and BATRACHIA.
By G. A. BOULENGER.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with numerous woodcuts. Price £1 each.
MOTHS.—4 Vols. Complete.
By Sir G. F. HAMPSON, Barr.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8vo, with four coloured plates and
numerous woodcuts. Price £1.
HYMENOPTERA.—Vol. I. Wasps and Bees.
By Lieut.-Col. C. T. BINGHAM, F.ZS.
Bound in Cloth, Lettered, med. 8yo, with numerous woodeuts. Price 10s.
ARACHNIDA.
By R. I. POCOCK.
TAaYLor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, F.C,
Now ready, med. 8vo, price 8s.
Part I.
THE
FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.
By THEODORE COOKE, COAG
M.A., M.A.I., LL.D., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.
FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR
OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.
RANUNCULACEE to RUTACES.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of
State for India in Council.
Tayior and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.O.
ee Ee A ee Ot
ale
THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SEVENTH SERIES. ]
No. 47. NOVEMBER 1901.
XLV.—On some EHntomostraca collected in the Arctic Seas in
1898 by William S. Bruce, F.R.S.G.S. By THomas
Scort, F.L.8., and ANDREW SCOTT.
[Plates III.—-VI. |
THE Entomostraca recorded here were collected by William
S. Bruce, in June and July 1898, while cruising in the Arctic
Seas with Mr. Andrew Coats in his steam yacht the
‘ Blencathra.’ These micro-crustracea consisted chiefly of
Copepoda; some Ostracoda were obtained, but they com-
prised only a few moderately common species, while the
Cladocera were represented by one or two examples of the
ephippia of Daphnia sp.
The Copepoda number 59 species in all, and they belong
to the following nine families, viz.:—to the Calanide, 4
species ; the Centropagide, 3 species; the Pseudocyclopide,
1 species; the Pontellide, 2 species; the Cyclopide, 4
species ; the Harpacticide, 40 species ; the Lichomolgida,
1 species; and the Asterocheride, 4 species. It will be
observed that the largest number of species (40) belong to
the Harpacticide ; most of them, however, are represented by
only a few specimens. On the other hand, the species in the
collection represented by the largest number of specimens
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 25
338 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
was Calanus finmarchicus—some of the tow-net gatherings
collected by Mr. Bruce consisted almost entirely of this
species.
Most of the Copepoda recorded here, with the exception
of Calanus finmarchicus and a few other pelagic forms, were
collected in the neighbourhood of Kolguev, and between that
island and Kostyn Point, near the south end of Novaya
Zemlia ; several species were also dredged in the vicinity of
Bear and Hope Islands off the south-east of Spitzbergen, as
well as in moderately deep water (100 to 110 fathoms) to
the eastward of Hope Island.
The Copepoda from the vicinity of Kolguev and Kostyn
Point were collected in June, while those obtained in the
neighbourhood of Bear and Hope Islands were collected in
July.
The following are the species of Copepoda collected by
Mr. Bruce in 1898, so far as they have been identified by us*.
Fam. Calanide.
Calanus finmarchicus (Gunner).
This was by far the most common of the Copepods col-
lected by Mr. Bruce; but though it was present in most of
the tow-net gatherings, it was not equally plentiful—in one
it might occur in large numbers, while in another, collected
perhaps the next day or even the same day, only a few
specimens would be observed. It would thus appear that in
those parts of the Barents Sea visited by the ‘ Blencathra’
the distribution of this species was not uniform, but that it
rather occurred in shoals. It should be noted in passing that
most of the tow-net gatherings were collected at or near the
surface, so that our remarks apply only to the surface-
distribution of the species.
Calanus hyperboreus, Kroyer.
This species was not observed in any of the gatherings
collected in June in the neighbourhood of Kolguev, but it
occurred in several of those collected in July. It was, for
example, obtained in gatherings from the vicinity of Hope
Island, collected on the 5th and 6th; in one collected south-
east of South Cape, Spitzbergen (lat. 76° 29’ N., long.
* The Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S., has already, in Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vol. v. pp. 1-16 (Jan. 1900), published a report on
the higher forms of Crustacea collected by Mr. Bruce during his cruise
with Mr. Coats on board the s.y. ‘ Blencathra.’
Entomostrac1 from the Arctic Seas. 339
19° 08’ K.), on the 22nd; and in one from Kval Sound,
collected on the 24th; but in none of the gatherings was
the species very common.
Pseudocalanus elongatus, Boeck.
This species occurred in one or two gatherings collected
between Kolguev and the neighbouring shores of Novaya
Zemlya in June; and in July in the vicinity of Hope
Island, in various parts of the Barents Sea, and in Kval
Sound, but nowhere very common.
Pseudocalanus pygmeus, G. O. Sars.
1900. Pseudocalanus pygmeus, G. O. Sars, The Norwegian North
Polar Expedition, 13893-96,—Scientific results, edited by Fridtjof
Nansen, No. v. Crustacea, by G. O. Sars, p. 73, pl. xxi.
Several specimens of this moderately distinct species were
obtained in a gathering collected near the shore on the east
side of Kolguev Island on June 12th. A number of other
species, such as Ovthona helgolandica, Jonesiella spinulosa,
Platychelipus littoralis, and Idya furcata, were also observed.
Prof. G. O. Sars states that Pseudocalanus pygmeus “ oc-
curred in considerable numbers in samples taken north of
the New Siberian Islands in October 1893,” and adds that
no male specimen was found. With regard to the apparent
absence of male specimens noted by Professor Sars, it may
be of interest to remark that we also failed to obtain a single
male amongst the specimens collected by Mr. Bruce. ‘This
absence of male specimens made us at first somewhat doubt-
ful concerning the species to which the specimens observed
by us should be ascribed, but after careful examination of
them we are satisfied that they are identical with the Psewdo-
calanus pygmeus of G. O. Sars. ;
Fam. Centropagide.
Centropages hamatus (Lilljeborg).
The only gathering in which this species was observed
was one collected in Kval Sound on the 24th of July—it
was a tow-net gathering from near the surface of the water.
Only one or two specimens of the Centropages were observed.
Temora longicornis (Miiller).
This species, which is sometimes exceedingly common
in the British seas, occurred in the same gathering with the
25*
340 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
Centropages just recorded. This was the only gathering
in which it was observed and a few specimens only were
obtained.
Metridia longa (Lubbock).
Metridia longa appears to be a true Arctic Copepod, and
is sometimes moderately abundant in samples of the Copepod
fauna of the far north; yet, with the exception of the one
from Kyal Sound in which the Centropages and Temora
were obtained, the species was observed in none of those
collected by Mr. Bruce in June and July 1898 and examined
by us, and even in the gathering from Kval Sound only a
few specimens were observed.
Fam. Pseudocyclopida.
Pseudocyclops obtusatus, Brady & Robertson.
1873. Pseudocyclops obtusatus, Brady & Robertson, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. (4) vol. xu. p. 12, pl. viii. figs. 4-7.
This species was dredged on the west side of Bear Island
on July 3rd, in moderately shallow water, and was appa-
rently very rare.
Fam. Pontellida.
Anomalocera Patersonii, R. Templeton.
1837. Anomalocera Paterson, R. Templ. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.
vol. ii. p. 34, pl. v. figs. 1-3.
Specimens of this fine species were obtained in a tow-net
gathering collected at the entrance to Kval Fjord, and in
another from Kval Sound; both gatherings were collected
on July 24th.
Acartia longiremis (Lilljeborg).
Taken by surface tow-net off Kostyn Point, Novaya
Zemlya, on June 17th, off Hope Island on July 7th, and in
Kval Sound on July 24th; not very common. Acartia
longtremis is recorded by Sars from north of the New Siberian
Islands *.
* Norwegian North Polar Exped. 1893-96, Crustacea, p. 106 (1900).
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 341
Fam. Cyclopide.
* Oithona helgolandica, Claus.
The species we record under this name appears to be
identical with that from the British seas, which, according
to Sars, has been wrongly described as O. spinifrons of
Boeck, but which is equal to the O. pygmea of the same
author. He shows further that Boeck’s O. pygmea is iden-
tical with O. helgolandica, Claus ; and as Claus’s name is the
older it takes precedence of the other. O. helyolandica was
observed in several gatherings ; it was obtained in two from
the vicinity of Kolguev collected in June, and in others
collected between Bear and Hope Islands, and in Kval
Sound in July.
Cyclopina gracilis, Claus.
This small but distinct species was obtained in some
dredged material from two places, viz. from moderately
shallow water near Kolguev Island in June, and in July in
material from 100 to 110 fathoms to the east of Hope Island.
Only one or two specimens were observed. ‘This species
has also been taken by Mr. Bruce near Cape Flora, Franz-
Josef Land fT.
Thorellia brunnea, Boeck.
Thorellia was obtained sparingly amongst some material
dredged in 20 fathoms between the Island of Kolguev and
the south-west end of Novaya Zemlya on the 16th of June.
It has also been recorded from near Elmwood, Franz-Josef
Land ¢. The species is also frequent in the British seas.
Cyclops (?) bisetosus, Rehberg.
The small Cyclops which we ascribe to C. bisetosus agrees
with that species in having comparatively short 17-jointed
antennules, and in the end joints of the fitth pair of thoracic
feet being narrow-cylindrical, and having the short terminal
bristle setiform rather than minute and tooth-like as in
C. vernalis. The receptaculum seminis also closely resem-
bles that of C. bisetosus. But, on the other hand, our
specimens have the lateral extremities of the fifth segment
* Sars, op. cit. p. 119, removes Orthona from the fam. Cyclopide to a
new family—the Oithonidee.
+ T. Scott, “On the Crustacea of Franz-Josef Land,” Journ. Linn.
Soe. (Zool.) vol. xxvii. no. 174 (July 1899), p. 93.
t T. Scott, op. cit. p, 93.
342 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
of the cephalothorax narrowly produced and sinuate, so as to
be somewhat similar in this respect to C. vernalis, and but
for this we should have had no hesitation in ascribing our
specimens to Rehberg’s species. These specimens were
collected by Mr. Bruce in a freshwater pond near Kostyn
Point, Novaya Zemlya, on June 18th, 1898.
Fam. Harpacticide.
Lictinosoma Sarsi, Boeck.
This species was dredged on the east side of Kolguev, and
also from 27 fathoms in the vicinity of Hope Island; only a
few specimens were observed.
Ectinosoma curticorne, Boeck.
This also occurred very sparingly in the sample from the
east side of Kolguev, which was the only gathering where
Ectinosoma curticorne was observed.
Ectinosoma melaniceps, Boeck.
One or two specimens of Hetinosoma melaniceps were ob-
tained in some material dredged in 100 fathoms to the east of
Hope Island on July 13th.
Ectinosoma atlanticum (Brady & Robertson).
This small species was of general occurrence in the tow-
net gatherings collected by Mr. Bruce in the summer of 1898,
and appeared to be more or less generally distributed over the
Barents Sea from Kolguev to Spitzbergen; in none of the
gatherings, however, was it very plentiful.
Zosima typica, Boeck.
This species occurred very sparingly in some material
dredged in 100 fathoms to the east of Hope Island on
July 13th,
Robertsonia tenuis (Brady & Robertson).
This was obtained in the same gathering with Zosima
typica, but appeared to be rare. Ltobertsonia tenuts is one of
the species recorded by T. Scott from Franz-Josef Land,
and it also appears to be widely distributed in the British
seas.
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 348
Amymone spherica, Claus.
One or two specimens of an Amymone that appear to belong
to this species were dredged in 20 fathoms between Kolguev
and the neighbouring shores of Novaya Zemlya on the 16th
of June.
Ameitra longipes, Boeck.
This species occurred very sparingly in some material
dredged in 20 fathoms off Kolguev on June 11th, and in
27 fathoms in the vicinity of Hope Island on July 6th.
Jonesiella spinulosa (Brady & Robertson).
A few specimens of Jonesiella spinulosa were found in a
shore-gathering from the east side of Kolguev Island, collected
on June 12th, and in some material dredged in 60 fathoms in
lat. 76° 17’ N., long. 21° 36’ E., on July 20th.
Jonesiella Brucei *,'T. & A. Scott (sp. n.). (PI. IIT.)
Description of the Species—The length of the female
represented by the drawing (fig. 1) is °98 mm. (nearly 3, of
an inch). The body is moderately stout and terminates
anteriorly in a prominent rostrum; the abdomen is compara-
tively short, while the caudal furca are slender and about
as long as the entire length of the last three abdominal
segments.
The antennules are short and six-jointed ; the first two and
the last joints are of nearly equal length and longer than any
of the other three, the penultimate joint is very small, while the
third and fourth are together about equal in length to the second
joint. The formula shows approximately the proportional
lengths of the different joints:—
Number of the joints ...... PS eB
Proportional lengths ...... Ho ley emo OB
The antennules, as shown by the drawing (fig. 2), are
provided with numerous moderately long sete. The antenne
(fig. 3) are somewhat like those of Jonesiella hyene, I. C.
‘Thompson, in their general structure, the secondary branches
being also three-jointed, as in that species.
The mandibles (fig. 4) are moderately stout and furnished
with a well-developed two-branched palp, but the branches
appear to be uniarticulate. The maxille (fig. 5) are some-
what like those of Jonesiella fusiformis, G.S. Brady; the
* Named after Mr. W.S. Bruce, to whom we are indebted for the
privilege of describing the species.
344 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
masticatory lobe is stout and armed with several setiferous
spines, and the palp has a somewhat complex lobate structure;
the basal joint of the palp, which is articulated near the middle
of the masticatory lobe and extends forward alongside of it,
is moderately stout ; the secondary joint is scarcely so broad
as the terminal part of the basal joint, and is provided with
two small supplementary branches.
The maxillipeds resemble those of Jonesiella spinulosa
(Brady and Robertson) ; figure 6 represents one of the second
maxillipeds.
The swimming-feet are also somewhat like those of the
species just referred to, except that the first pair do not appear
to be so strongly setiferous. The two-jointed inner branches
of the first pair (fig. 7) are about as long as the three-jointed
outer branches. In the next three pairs, which are all some-
what similar in structure, the inner as well as the outer
branches are three-jointed (fig. 8). In the fifth pair the
secondary joints appear to be more or less coalescent with
the basal joints as shown in the drawing (fig. 9), and thus
assume a bilobed appearance; the inner lobe bears four
elongated sete, two of which spring from the distal half
of the interior margin and two from the apex, while the
outer lobe carries one long and one short apical seta, as well
as a moderately stout seta on the exterior margin.
No males of this species have been observed.
Habitat. Deep water (100 to 110 fathoms) to the east of
Hope Island, very rare. Only one or two specimens of this
distinct species have been observed by us.
Delavalia arctica, T. Scott.
1899. Delavalia arctica, T. Scott, “ Crust. from Franz-Josef Land,”
Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. p. 98, pl. v. fig. 14, pl. vi.
figs, 7-11.
One or two specimens of this recently described Delavalia
were obtained in a shore-gathering from the east side of
Kolguev Island, collected on June 12th, 1898.
Canthocamptus staphylinus (Jurine) .
This widely distributed species was moderately common
in a gathering from a large inland pond near Kostyn Point,
Novaya Zemlya, collected on June 18th.
Canthocamptus palustris, G. S. Brady.
This species, which was very rare in the gathering
examined, was collected in a pond about one mile inland, on an
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 345
extensive sandy shore on the east side of Kolguev Island,
on June 12th. The water of the pond appeared to be
brackish.
Mesochra Lilleborgi, Boeck.
A few specimens of Mesochra Lilljeborgi occurred in the
same gathering with Delavalia arctica, from the east side
of Kolguev Island.
Laophonte horrida, Norman.
This curious species was observed in gatherings from the
following localities :—West side of Bear Island, collected on
July 3rd; five miles west of Hope Island in 17 fathoms,
collected on July 5th or 6th ; and near the same locality as
the last, but in 27 fathoms, collected July 6th. The species
was rare in all the three samples examined.
Loaphonte curticauda, Boeck.
This species was very rare; it occurred in a gathering
from 20 fathoms off the north end of Kolguev, collected
June 11th; in one from 12 fathoms off the south-west end of
Novaya Zemlya, collected June 17th; and in a gathering
from 60 fathoms, collected on July 20th in lat. 76° 17’ N.,
long. 21° 36! E.
Laophonte longicaudata, Boeck.
L. longicaudata occurred in a gathering from 100 fathoms
collected on July 18th in lat. 76° 24! N., long. 33° 43’ K.; the
species was apparently very rare.
Laophonte perplexa, T. Scott.
1899. Laophonte perplexa, T. Scott, op. cit. p. 108, pl. vii. figs. 1-7.
A few specimens of this species were dredged in 27 fathoms
west of Hope Island on July 6th. The species was described
in 1899 from specimens collected by Mr. Bruce off Cape
Flora, Franz-Josef Land, and is one that requires careful
examination.
Laophonte serrata (Claus).
This fine species was obtained in some dredged material
from the vicinity of Bear Island collected on July 3rd, but
was apparently very rare.
346 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
Cletodes longicaudata, Brady & Robertson.
One or two specimens apparently belonging to Cletodes
longicaudata occurred in a sample of bottom-material from
100 fathoms collected on July 13th in lat. 76° 24’ N., long.
33° 43! E.
Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott.
1897. Cletodes tenuipes, T. Scott, Fifteenth Ann. Rept. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. ii. p. 170, pl. i. figs. 19-27.
The sample in which Cletodes tenutpes was obtained was
collected in 60 fathoms in lat. 76°17' N., long. 21° 36! E., on
July 20th, and was the only gathering in which the species
was observed.
Cletodes linearis (Claus).
This fine species was observed, though very sparingly, in
a sample of bottom- material collected in 20 fathoms off Kostyn
Point, Novaya Zemlya, and in another from 100 fathoms
collected on July 13th in lat. 76° 24’ N., long. 33° 43’ K.
OCletodes similis, T. Scott.
1895. Cletodes similis, T. Scott, Thirteenth Ann. Rept. Fishery Board
for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 168, pl. ili. figs. 22-26, pl. iv. figs. 1-3.
One or two specimens of this species occurred in a gathering
from 60 fathoms collected on July 20th in lat. 76° 17’ N
long. 21° 36’ E.
a)
Cletodes Brucet, T. & A. Scott (sp. n.). (PI. V. figs. 9-11.)
A single specimen of a slender Cletodes occurred in a sample
of bottom-material collected on the 13th of July, at the depth
of 100 fathoms east of Hope Island, in lat. 76° 24’ N., long.
33° 43! E.; and as it belongs to an apparently undescribed
species we submit the following description, which, owing to
the want of specimens for dissection, is somewhat incomplete.
The specimen, which appeared to be a female, measured
about ‘°6 mm. (2), of an inch) in length. The animal, seen
from above, is of a narrow cylindrical form, and each segment
is furnished with one or two pairs of minute lateral bristles
(fig. 9) ; the rostrum is very short, and the forehead some-
what truncate; the caudal furca are moderately elongated,
slender, and wide apart, and about equal in length to the last
abdominal segment. ‘The antennules are very short, but we
were unable to make out the structure of these and of the
mouth-appendages.
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 347
The thoracic feet are very slender. The outer branches
are moderately elongated and three-jointed, while the inner
branches, which in the second, third, and fourth pairs are con-
siderably shorter than the outer ones, are two-jointed; figure 10
on Plate V. represents the fourth pair. The preparation of
the first pair was too imperfect for drawing. In the fifth
pair (fig. 11) the basal joint is scarcely developed, but the
secondary joint (or branch) is extremely elongated and slender,
and bears a few apical setee, and one on the distal half of the
outer margin; a slender process forming the base of a small
seta extends from the outer aspect of the basal joint.
The peculiar form of this Copepod, together with the slender
thoracic feet, and especially the extremely long and slender
secondary branches of the fifth pair, distinguish it from any
other species of Cletodes known to us.
Cletodes abyssicola,T. & A. Scott (sp.n.). (PI. V. figs. 1-8.)
Description of the Female.—Length from the forehead to
the end of the caudal furca about ‘9 mm. (5)5 of an inch).
Viewed from above the body is nearly cylindrical, and the
posterior margins of the various segments are fringed with
minute bristles ; the cephalic segment is armed with a strong
and backward-curved median dorsal spine, and a small spine
also arises from the median dorsal aspect of the last abdomi-
nal segment, as shown in the drawing (fig. 1; figs. a and b
show the anterior and posterior dorsal spine as seen in profile).
The caudal furca are long and slender, being nearly equal to
half the entire length of the body.
The antennules are moderately elongated and seven-jointed ;
the second and third joints are subequal, and are together
about as long as the entire length of the remaining four joints,
which are also subequal. The proportional lengths of the
joints are shown approximately by the formula :—
Number of the joints...... oh Core A One wiGway
Lengths of the joints...... LOPS Re earn
The antennules are sparingly setiferous, and the third joint
bears a moderately long asthetask (fig. 2).
The secondary branches of the antenne are almost obsolete,
being each reduced to a single seta, which springs from the
end of the second joint (fig. 3).
The mandibles are moderately stout and provided with a
comparatively broad masticatory part; the palp is small and
composed of two joints, the second of which is very minute,
both joints bear a few terminal sete (fig. 4).
348 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
The posterior foot-jaws are small but moderately robust ;
a stout seta springs from the inner distal angle of the first
joint, while the end joint bears a moderately stout terminal
claw (fig. 5).
In the first pair of thoracic feet (fig. 6) the second and
third joints of the outer branches are together about equal in
length to the first joint ; the inner branches are uniarticulate
and more or less rudimentary. ‘The second, third, and fourth —
pairs are somewhat similar to each other in structure; the
outer branches, which are all three-jointed, are long and
slender, the first and third joints are elongated and subequal,
but the middle joint is short ; the inner branches are nearly
obsolete, being each composed of a single minute joint bearing
two small terminal sete, as shown by figure 7, which repre-
sents the fourth pair. In the fifth pair the secondary branches
are elongated and very slender, and provided with three ter-
minal setee of unequal length, the innermost being the smallest,
a small seta also springs from near the middle of the outer
margin, as shown in the drawing ; the basal joint, which forms
a narrow border along the edge of the thoracic segment, bears
a small seta near its inner extremity, while it terminates
exteriorly in forming the base of a long slender seta (fig. 8).
Habitat.—Lat. 76° 17' N., long. 21° 36’ K., 60 fathoms;
rare. Only a single specimen of this very distinct form was
observed. It combines in some measure the general charac-
ters of Cletodes monensis, 1. C. Thompson, and C. longicau-
data, Brady & Robertson, having the dorsal hooks of the one
and the long caudal furca of the other.
Nannopus palustris, Brady.
One or two specimens of this species occurred in a gathering
from the east side of Kolguev Island collected on June 12th ;
this is a littoral as well as a brackish-water species.
Platychelipus littoralis, Brady.
This species, which bears a general resemblance to Nan-
nopus and is frequently found in the British seas associated
with that form, was obtained sparingly in the same gathering
with it from the east side of Kolguev Island.
Dactylopus tenuiremis, Brady & Robertson.
The gathering in which this species was observed was col-
lected on the 13th of July to the east of Hope Island at a
depth of 100 to 110 fathoms ; the species appeared to be very
rare.
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 349
Dactylopus tisboides, Claus.
This common and generally distributed species occurred in
a sample collected on the west side of Bear Island on July 3rd,
but, as in the case of moat of the others, only a few specimens
were observed.
Dactylopus longirostris, Claus.
Dactylopus longtrostris was obtained in the same gathering
with D. tenuiremis, collected to the east of Hope Island on
July 13th.
Dactylopus flavus, Claus.
The gathering in which D. flavus occurred was collected
in 60 fathoms in lat. 76° 17’ N., long. 21° 36’ K., on
July 20th.
Dactylopus Brucei, T. & A. Scott (sp. n.). (Pl. IV. figs. 1-6.)
One or two specimens of this Dactylopus were obtained in
a sample of bottom-material from 20 fathoms somewhere off
Kostyn Point, Novaya Zemlya, or between there and Kolguev
Island, collected on June 16th, 1898. As the species appears
to be “new,” we submit the following description of the
female (no male was observed) :—
Body moderately slender; rostrum short but distinct ;
caudal furca very short, each furcal joint is furnished with a
stout and moderately long, lance-shaped, terminal spine, in
addition to a few minute hairs (fig. 1); the length of the
specimen figured is about ‘77 mm. (4 of an inch).
The antennules are short and eight-jointed ; the first four
joints are moderately large and subequal, but the last four
are smaller (fig. 2); the proportional lengths of the different
joints are shown approximately by the formula :—
Number of the joints...... tL 2384 5 6 7 8
Lengths of the joints...... 10 eee a Oey
The antenne and most of the mouth-appendages are some-
what similar to the same appendages in Dactylopus Strémi
(Baird), but the second maxillipeds are rather more slender
and armed with long terminal claws (fig. 3).
The first pair of swimming-feet are moderately stout (fig. 4) ;
the proximal joint of the inner branches is robust and equal
to rather more than one and a halt times the entire length of
the other two, which are small and subequal; a moderately
long plumose seta springs from near the end of the inner
margin of the first joint, while the third joint is armed at the
350 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
apex with a slightly clawed spine of moderate length and an
elongated seta; the outer branches are scarcely equal in
length to the inner ones; a stout spine springs from the
outer distal angles of the first and second joints, while
the third carries two similar spines and two elongated
sete at its distal end. The second, third, and fourth pairs
are somewhat similar to those of Dactylopus Strémit, but are
rather more slender; figure 5 represents the fourth pair.
The fifth pair in the present species has also a resemblance
to the same pair in Dactylopus Strémit, but slight differences
are observable, especially in the shape of the secondary joints,
which are oval in form and about twice as long as broad
(fig. 6); in these joints an elongate slender seta springs from
near the middle of the interior margin and another from near
its distal end, in addition to three long apical sete; the pro-
duced part of the basal joint is also furnished with five sete,
which are arranged round the distal half of the outer margin
and apex, as shown in the figure.
The stout lance-shaped spine, with which each of the caudal
furca is armed, forms a character by which the species can be
readily identified. The species is named in compliment to
Mr. Bruce, who has done so much in the interests of Arctic
and Antarctic research.
Thalestris forficulus, Claus.
This species was observed very sparingly in samples of
bottom-material from 20 fathoms collected between Kolguev
and Novaya Zemlya on June 11th; from the west side of
Bear Island, collected on July 3rd; and from 27 fathoms off
Hope Island, collected on the 6th of the same month.
Thalestris Krohnit (Kroyer).
Syn. Thalestris serrulatus, Brady, Monograph Brit. Copepoda, vol. ii.
p- 138, pl. lix. figs. 2-11.
This fine species, which sometimes makes its appearance in
the British seas, was captured by tow-net between South
Cape, Spitzbergen, and Bear Island on July 22nd, and in
Kval Sound on the 24th of the same month ; both males and
females were obtained.
Thalestris helgolandica, Claus.
This species occurred in a gathering from Kval Sound
collected on July 24th, but only a single specimen was
observed.
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. B51
Harpacticus chelifer (Miiller).
One or two specimens of this Copepod were noticed in a
tow-net gathering collected in Kval Sound on July 24th;
while several of the variety arcticus, Poppe *, were obtained
amongst bottom-material chiefly collected on the west side of
Bear Island on July 3rd, near Hope Island on July 7th, and
in lat. 76° 33! N., long. 33° 43! E., on July 13th.
Zaus spinatus, Goodsir.
Specimens of Zaus spinatus were not uncommon in one or
two bottom-gatherings collected near Kolguev Island and
between there and Novaya Zemlya in June.
Zaus Goodsirt, Brady.
A specimen of this fine species, measuring 1:4 mm. (;5 of
an inch), was obtained in a sample of bottom-material from
100 fathoms collected in lat. 76° 24’ N., long. 33° 43’ E.,
on July 13th.
Zaus Aurelit, Poppe. (Pl. IV. figs. 7-12.)
1884. Zaus Aurel, Poppe, Ueber die von den Herren Dr. Arthur u.
Aurel Krause im nordl. Stillen Ocean u. Behrings-Meer gesammelten
freilebenden Copepoden (Arch. f. Naturgesch. 50 Jahrg. i. Bd.),
p- 286, Taf. xx. figs. 7-9, Taf. xxi. figs. 5-15.
Specimens of a Copepod which appear to us to belong to
Poppe’s Zaus Aurelit were obtained in a bottom-gathering
from 20 fathoms between Kolguev Island and Novaya
Zemlya collected on June 16th. In the adult female, of
which we give a drawing (see Pl. IV. fig. 7) the cephalic and
thoracic segments are scarcely so broad as they are shown to
be in Dr. 8. A. Poppe’s figure, but a slight amount of extra
pressure on the cover-glass under which the specimen was
placed might be sufficient to account for this. The Kolguev
specimens appear also to be rather smaller than those from
the North Pacific and Behring’s Sea;° but, as will be seen by
* Mr. T. Scott, in his “ Report on Franz-Josef Land Crustacea ” (Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii.), describes and figures a variety of H. chelifer
under the name of var. arcticus. At this time he was unaware of the
fact that Dr. S. A. Poppe had in 1884 published a paper on some North
Pacific and Behring’s Sea Copepods. In this paper Dr. Poppe has also
described a var. arcticus of the same species, and it is interesting to
note that the variety described by T. Scott is practically identical with
that described by Dr. Poppe. Dr. Poppe’s varietal name hus, of course,
clear priority over Mr. Scott’s, and must therefore be adopted.
352 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
comparing our figures with those of Dr. Poppe, the structural
details are practically the same.
Idya furcata (Baird).
This species was observed in a shore-gathering from the
east side of Kolguev Island, collected on June 12th.
Fam. Lichomolgide.
Lichomolqus hirsutipes, T. Scott.
1893. Lichomolgus hirsutipes, T. Scott, Eleventh Ann. Rept. Fishery
Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 206, pl. iv. figs. 1-12.
This, like the Zdya furcata recorded above, was obtained in
the shore-gathering from the east side of Kolguev Island, but
was apparently very rare.
Fam. Asterocheridez.
Asterocheres simulans (T. Scott).
1898. ? Ascomyzon simulans, T. Scott, Sixteenth Ann. Rept. Fishery
Board for Scotland, pt. iii. p. 270, pl. xiii. figs. 1-9, pl. xiv. fig. 22.
One or two specimens of this Asterocheres were found in a
sample of bottom-material from 100 fathoms collected east of
Hope Island on July 18th.
Asterocheres Boecki (Brady).
A few specimens of A. Boecki (Brady) occurred in a
gathering collected in the vicinity of Hope Island in 27 fathoms
on July 6th.
Dermatomyzon nigripes (Brady & Robertson).
This fine species was taken in 60 fathoms, along with
Cletodes abyssalis and others, in lat. 76° 17' N., long. 21°
36’ E., on July 20th. ©
Parartotrogus Richardi, T. & A. Scott,
var. arctica, var. nov. (Pl. VI.)
1893. Parartotrogus Richardi, T. & A. Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(6) vol. xi. p. 210, pl. vii. figs. 1-11.
One or two specimens apparently belonging to this species
were found in the same gathering with Asterocheres simulans
from 100 fathoms to the east of Hope Island, and in another
os)
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 358
collected off Kolguev in June. As one or two slight dif-
ferences have been observed between these specimens and
those obtained in the Firth of Forth, we submit the following
remarks on these differences as well as on the otherwise
close similarity of the Arctic and Scottish specimens.
Figure 1 (Plate VI.) is a drawing of one of the Arctic
female specimens; this specimen measures *78 mm. (q5 of
an inch), and is thus proportionally larger than those from
the Firth of Forth.
The antennules and antenne (figs. 2 & 3), the mouth-
appendages (figs. 4 to 7), and the first, second, and fifth
pairs of thoracic feet (figs. 8, 9, & 12) are similar to the
same appendages in the Scottish specimens. The third
pair of thoracic feet have the inner branches three-jointed
and armed with an elongated dagger-like terminal spine in
addition to several plumose sete; but in the specimens from
the Firth of Forth the inner branches of the same pair are
only two-jointed, they are not provided with terminal spines
but carry instead two slender apical sete ; it may be observed,
however, that though the inner branches of the Forth speci-
mens are only two-jointed, the end joint is long and may
therefore consist of two coalesced joints, which, under the
influence of the altered conditions to which the Arctic speci-
mens may be exposed, have become distinct ; these altered
conditions may also explain the difference in the armature
of the branches.
But in addition to this difference in the third pair of
thoracic feet between the Arctic and Scottish specimens,
there is the presence, in the Arctic specimens, of what appears
to be a very small and rudimentary fourth pair of thoracic
feet, each consisting of a small lamelliform basal joint, and a
minute secondary one bearing two dagger-like apical spines
(fig. 11). In the specimens from the Firth of Forth, on the
other hand, the presence of a fourth pair has not been
observed *. ‘This rudimentary fourth pair in these Arctic
specimens is, perhaps, a more important difference than the
other; but as the Arctic and Scottish specimens appear to
agree so closely in every other respect, we can meantime
regard this northern form only as a variety of Parartotrogus
Richardi.
* In the original description of Parartotrogus Richardt in the Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) vol. x1. p. 210, the authors were somewhat uncer-
tain whether it was the second or the fourth pair that was wanting ; but
Dr. Giesbrecht of Naples has shown that it is the fourth pair, so that
the “ ? third and fourth pairs ” in the original description should be the
“second and third pairs.”
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 26
354 Messrs. T. and A. Scott on some
The male is very like the female but is rather smaller ;
the antennules (fig. 14) appear to consist of eleven instead
of nine joints, and the end joints are hinged and adapted for
grasping; the abdomen (fig. 15) is composed of five instead
of four segments, but otherwise there is little apparent
difference between the two sexes.
OSTRACODA.
The following Ostracoda have been observed in some of
the gatherings :—
Candona Harmsworthi, T. Scott.—A number of adult and
apparently immature specimens of this Candona occurred
in one or two gatherings from ponds of slightly brackish
water at the south end of Novaya Zemlya—the first
near Kostyn Point on June 18th, and the other near
Cape Chetney on June 21st. ‘This is one of the species
described by T. Scott in his “ Report on Franz-Josef
Land Crustacea ” *.
Cythere coneinna, Jones.—A few specimens in a gathering
from 60 fathoms, collected July 20 in lat. 76° 17'N.,
long. 21° 36’ E.
Cythere costata, G. S. Brady.—In the same gathering with
the last; rare. In this gathering the following addi-
tional species were also observed :—
Cythere emarginata (G. O. Sars).—Rare.
Cythere globulifera, G. S. Brady.—Rare.
Cythere tuberculata (G. O. Sars).—Rare.
Cythere dunelmensis (Norman ).—Rare.
Limnicythere tnopinata (Baird).
A single specimen of Limnicythere inopinata occurred in
the gathering from Cape Chetney, Novaya Zemlya; it some-
what resembles the form described by Dr. Dahl as Limni-
cythere incisa T, but the shell is rather more compressed at
the posterior end.
* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxvii. (no. 174) p. 88, pl. iii. figs. 16, 17
1899).
‘ + “Die Cytheriden der westlichen Ostsee,” Zool. Jahrb. Bd. iii,
(1888) p. 20, pl. ii. figs. 49-58.
Entomostraca from the Arctic Seas. 395
Cytheridea papillosa, Bosquet.—S0 fathoms, lat. 76° 17! N.,
long. 21° 36’ K., collected July 20th; rare.
Cytheridea punctillata, G. S. Brady.—In the same gathering
with the last ; rare.
Xestoleberis depressa, G. O. Sars.—Collected in the vicinity
of Hope Island in 27 fathoms, July 6th, 1898; rare.
The next three species are from the same gathering.
Xestoleberis aurantia (Baird).—Rare.
Sclerochilus contortus (Norman).—Rare.
Paradoxostoma variabile (Baird).—Rare.
Philomedes brenda (Baird).—This species was captured in
the surface tow-net to the north of Bear Island on
July 5th; it also occurred in other two gatherings
collected on the 12th and 18th of the same month.
CLADOCERA.
A few ephippia, apparently of some species of Daphnia,
were the only representatives of the Cladocera observed in
this collection ; they occurred in the gatherings from the
ponds at Kostyn Point and Cape Chetney, Novaya Zemlya.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate III.
Jonesiella Brucet, sp. n.
Fig. 1. Female, seen from left side, x 80. 2. One of the antennules,
x 190. 38. One of the antenne, x 190. 4. Mandible and
palp, x 190. 5. Maxilla, x 250. 6. Second maxilliped,
x 250. 7. Foot of first pair, x 127. 8. Foot of fourth pair,
x 127. 9. Fifth foot, x 250. 10. Last abdominal segment
and caudal furca, x 126.
PLATE IV.
Dactylopus Brucet, sp. n.
Fig. 1. Female, seen from the left side, x 106. 2. One of the antennules,
x 880. 3. One of the second maxillipeds, x 250. 4. Foot
of first pair, x 250. 5. Foot of fourth pair, x 250. 6. Fifth
foot, X 250.
Zaus Aurel, Poppe.
Fig. 7. Female, dorsal view, x 80. 8. One of the antennules, x 254.
9. One of the second maxillipeds, x 254. 10. Foot of first
pair, X 190. 11. Fifth foot, x 170. 12. Abdomen and
caudal furea, X 95.
26%
356 Dr. A. G. Butler on the
PLATE V.
Cletodes abyssicola, sp. n.
Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view (a and 4, dorsal spines seen in profile), x 100.
2. One of the antennules, x 250. 3. One of the antenne,
600. 4. Mandible and palp, x 760. 5. Second maxilliped,
760. 6. Foot of first pair, x 500. 7. Foot of fourth pair,
340. 8. Fifth foot, x 250.
xX X
Cletodes Brucei, sp. n.
Fig. 9. Female, dorsal view, x 106. 10. Foot of fourth pair, x 250.
11. Fifth foot, x 580,
PxLatE VI.
Parartotrogus Richard, T. & A. Scott, var. arctica.
Fig. 1. Female, dorsal view, xX 80. 2. One of the antennules, x 190.
3. One of the antenne, x 190. 4, Mandible, x 580.
5. Maxilla, x 253. 6. First maxilliped, x 127. 7. Second
maxilliped, x 127. 8. Foot of first pair, x 170. 9. Foot of
second pair, X 123. 10. Foot of third pair, x 123. 11. Foot
of fourth pair, x 500. 12. Fifth foot, x 380. 15. Abdomen
and caudal furca, x 84. 14. One of the antennules, male,
x 190. 15. Abdomen and caudal furca, male, x 84.
XLVI.—WNotes on the Genera Tanaecia and Nora, with
Descriptions of new Species. By ArtHuR G. BUTLER,
Ph.D. &e.
I accept the genus Tanaecia as restricted by Dr. F. Moore
in his ‘Lepidoptera Indica,’ with the addition of certain
species placed by him in the genus Nora; I also omit
Adbolias indras of Vollenhoven (which is undoubtedly the
female of Nora ramada).
With regard to Herr Friihstorffer’s list (Berl. ent. Zeit.
xliv. pp. 127-129), it appears to me that his attempt to
group the species is much marred by his failure to appreciate
the characters afforded by pattern. In his action with regard
to T. violaria he is evidently guided by colour apart from
pattern, this species being without question very closely
related to 7. vikrama, but having little affinity to 7’. apsarasa ;
the same is true of 7. Vordermannt. is supposition that
T. orphne may be the male of TY. valmikis and T. aruna an
aberration of 7’. pelea again shows that he has not appreciated
the entirely different pattern of the groups of Tanaecia; as a
matter of fact, I believe Z. aruna will prove to be Vollen-
hoven’s J’. varuna, or, at best, a very closely related local
form thereof. Of 7. orphne we have both sexes.
Genera Tanaccia and Nora. oon
With regard to 7, pelea, two males so named in the Kaden
Collection came into the Museum through the liberality of
F. D. Godman, Esq., F.R.S., and these are barely separable
from males of 7. palguna. Considering how much misunder-
standing has existed in the minds of lepidopterists respecting
T. pulasara and other females of this genus, I think it better
to accept Dr. Kaden’s identification.
Herr Friihstorffer’s suggestion that the character of the
palpus, upon which the genus Tanaecta was based, being
variable, the similarity of the sexes (as opposed to that of
other Euthaliine) should be considered the most important
character for distinguishing Tanaecia, seems to me to be
hasty, and is certainly not borne out by facts. The third
joint of the palpus in Tanaecia is always spine-like, and this
character is only found elsewhere in those genera which have
recently been separated from Tanaecda, not in other groups
of Euthaliine. It is true that some species, or the males of
some species, show a greatly abbreviated spine-like joint,
whereas others show a long needle-like joint; but this is a
specific distinction, and in no way affects the value of the
character as a guide to the genus. On the other hand, if
similarity of sexes were to be accepted as an indication of a
Tanaecia, Nora laverna (lavernalis, De Nicév.) would have
to be placed in Tanaecia; whereas T. orphne, the sexes of
which are not remarkably similar, would have to be forcibly
expelled from the genus. As a matter of fact, the sexes of
Tanaecia are not by any means invariably alike; the males
are frequently shorter in wing than the females, and the under-
surface markings differ considerably.
Now as regards Nora laverna, to which Mr. De Nicéville
has applied the new name of lavernalis, I was surprised to
find the following remarkable observation :— As Mr. Butler
has elected to consider the female of his #. laverna from
Penang and Malacca as the type of his species (both sexes of
which are described and figured by Mr. Distant in his ‘ Rho-
palocera Malayana’), I propose to name the male figured by
Mr. Butler Huthalia lavernalis, as it is at present unnamed,”
Even if I had elected to ignore my description of the male
(which, as a matter of fact, has priority, being first described)
I could not do so unless it were proved to be synonymous
with something previously described; this, however, happens
to be the case with my supposed female from Penang, which
is undoubtedly the NV. somadeva of Felder, so that it becomes
still more impossible to ignore the only specimen to which |
attached a type label. The male figured by Mr. Distant,
which we have from Malacca, appears to me to be a slight
358 Dr. A. G. Butler on the
local form of Nora bépunctata g, whereas analogy goes to”
prove that N. cordelia of Friihstorffer is the true male of
N. somadeva ; indeed, the bronze variety of N. cordelia stood
as NV. somadeva in the Crowley Collection.
The following are the described species of Tanaecia :—
Pelea group.
1. T. pelea, Fabr. “India” (Fabr.), 6g. B. M.
la. T. palguna, Moore. Java, 6¢ 9 ?. B.M.
2. T. stygiana, Frihst. Lombock (Coll. Crowley). B. M.
3. T. pulasara, Moore. Penang, Singapore, Malacca, Perak.
B. M.
T. supercilia isa synonym of T. pulasara, and T. Robertsit
a variety paler in colour and with only the commencement
of the lunated streak through the white discal belt on the
primaries.
4, T. heliophila, Friithst. Nias (Coll. Crowley). B. M.
Vikrama group.
5. T. Vordermanni, Snellen. Billiton. B. M.
Differs from 7’. vikrama in the whiter discal belt across the
primaries.
6. T. vikrama, Felder. Sumatra. B. M.
7. T. violaria, Butler. Sumatra. B. M.
Described from Singapore.
Apsarasa group.
8. T. munda, Friihst. Borneo (Low). B. M.
Described from examples obtained on Kina Balu. We
received nine examples (exhibiting a good deal of variation
as regards the suffused or white spots beyond the cell of
primaries and the amount of violet suffusion of the external
area on both surfaces of the secondaries) from the Godman
Collection.
9. T. apsarasa, Vollenh. Baram, Sarawak, &. B. M.
10. J. martigena, Weymer. Deli, Sumatra (Coll. Crowley),
Borneo. B. M.
Nicévilled group.
11. 7. phintia, Weymer. Sumatra,
Genera Tanaecia and Nora. 359
12. TY. clathrata, Vollenh. Sarawak, g. B. M.
This insect has a beautiful violaceous shot on the under
surface of the wings.
13. TD. cerulescens, Gr.-Smith. Kina Balu.
14. 7. Nicévillei, Distant. Lavas, Borneo (Coll. Crowley),
Perak. B. M. |
Valmikis group.
15. 7. orphne, Butler. Sarawak, 6 ¢ ?. B.M.
16. T. consanguinea, Distant. Sarawak, 69 9? ?. B.M.
This species is nearly related to JT. orphne, but is paler,
with better-defined white markings above and more pearly
external area to all the wings below ; the males of both have
rather a short spine-like third joint to the palpus, whereas
the males of 7. lutala, valmikis, &c. have it long.
17. T. lutala, Moore. Borneo (Low), Labuan. B. M.
18. T. valmikis, Felder. Borneo (Low), Labuan. B. M.
19. T. varuna, Vollenh. ‘ Java.”
T. pardalis is evidently the male of this species.
19a. T. aruna, Felder. Perak (Coll. Crowley), Malacca.
B. M.
20. T. sakit, De Nicév. N.E. Sumatra.
Palawana group.
21. 7. palawana, Staud. Palawan. B. M.
New SPECIES.
Tanaecia ampla, sp. n.
Q. Allied to 7. palguna; larger, paler, and broader, the
basal area of the primaries sandy brown; the discal white
belt much broader, opaline, faintly bluish; divided on the
primaries, on median and submedian interspaces, by a brown
zigzag line; submarginal whitish bifid spots enlarged and
diffused ; discal belt of secondaries divided by a zigzag brown
line from median vein to submedian, and suffused with
brownish above the latter: under surface with the basal area
and external area of secondaries suffused with sandy yellow;
the markings mostly paler than in J. palguna, the hastate
discal markings much narrower and more elongated.
Expanse of wings 77 millim.
Philippine Islands (Pryer), ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
360 Dr. A. G. Butler on the
Tunaecia producta, sp. ni.
¢. Allied to 7. pulasara; primaries rather more elon-
gated; discal belt bluish opaline ; otherwise similar to var.
Roberts’, but larger; all the markings below excepting the
discal hastate series of primaries indistinct, those on the
secondaries indicated in rosy brownish; no markings on the
basal area of these wings.
Expanse of wings 77 millim.
Philippine Islands (Pryer), ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
Tanaecta Crowley?, sp. 0.
@. Allied to 7. pulasara, from which it differs above in
the pearly-bluish character of the discal belt and of the area
just inside the latter (and enclosing the discocellular marking)
on the primaries; also in the contracted and interrupted discal
series of hastate markings, which in 7. pulasara form a con-
tinuous zigzag line. On the underside the discal hastate
markings are small and isolated, the basal area is paler and
less ochreous, and the dark markings are wanting or almost
so from the discal belt of primaries, whereas in T’. pulasara
there are always one or two towards costa.
Expanse of wings 70 millim.
North Borneo, ex Coll. Crowley. B. M.
Tanaecia superba, sp. n.
General pattern of the 7. pelea group, but colouring of the
T. apsarasa group; above purplish brown with the usual
black markings on the basal area; the male with much the
aspect of Euthalia laverna g, but large, the discal band
better defined with black-bordered white edging internally,
with pearly white-edged black hastate markings externally
on the primaries: on the secondaries the discal belt is
bounded internally by a blue-black dentate undulate line, is
white internally excepting below the median vein, where it is
somewhat obscured by dusky lunules; externally it is blue,
spotted with white towards apex; through the centre of the
belt runs a series of seven thick black sagittate markings,
and on the basal area from the radial vein to the submedian
vein is a lilacine blue suffusion: below, the pattern and
colouring are very similar to those of 7. Vordermanni. The
female is not unlike 7. véolaria, excepting that the discal belt
of primaries is more restricted and washed with blue towards
internal margin and external angle; the belt of the second-
aries also is largely pure white internally and blue rather
Genera Tanaecia and Nora. 361
than lilac externally; the intersecting sagittate black markings
are also more central, owing to the blue being extended much
further into the outer border: below, the general character is
that of 7. violaria, but the colouring is much deeper aud
redder.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 61, ? 78 millim.
Sumatra, ex Coll. Crowley. B. M.
Tunaecia Friihstorffert, sp. n.
Allied to JZ’. munda, the spots beyond cell of primaries in
the male small and pearly white, the hastate discal markings
more or less outlined in white and blue; the discal belt of
the secondaries narrow, pure white, with blue edging above
the sagittate markings towards costa, but bright blue, with a
white spot filling the hollow of the black bordering lunules,
towards the internal area; black hastate dashes, only bounded
externally by small blue diffused spots, those nearest apex
with white centres : under surface similar to that of 7. Vor-
dermanni, excepting that the front half of the secondaries is
ochraceous, the discal belt is traversed by a vague greyish
lunated band, and the sagittate black markings are coarser ;
in form also this insect more nearly resembles a male Huthalia
(group Nora). The female is lilacine brown above, with the
general pattern above of 7. apsarasa 23; only the five spots
beyond the cell of primaries are larger and suffused with
brown, the edges of the hastate black discal markings on
these wings more opaline, the discal belt of the secondaries
more or less suffused with the ground-colour, the sagittate
black markings shorter and followed by white streaks which
get smaller towards the internal area: the underside differs
from that sex of 7. apsarasa in its pale burnt-sienna instead
of ochreous tint, in the more pearly discal belt with pearly
submarginal diffused spots, bounded internally by almost
black and small sagittate markings; all the other markings
are also much blacker than in 1. apsarasa, and the abdo-
minal area of the secondaries is pearly bluish-ash in colour.
Expanse of wings 73 millim.
3 2, Borneo (Low), ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
This species was probably collected at Labuan; those
examples of this genus which we purchased from Mr. Low
were stated to be from that locality.
Tanaecia evanescens, sp. 0.
g. Allied to 7. munda; rather larger and with more acute
apex to primaries; all the pale markings above restricted,
362 Dr. A. G. Butler on the
the black hastate markings across the disk thickened and
elongated ; enclosed in diffused pale bluish oblong spots on
the secondaries in place of the lilac and white belt of 7. munda ;
these spots also do not extend inwards to the discal series of
black lunules which bound the discal belt of 7. munda: on
the under surface the black markings are arranged much as
in 7’. munda, but the external area is suffused with lilacine,
and the divisions of this area towards apex of primaries are
largely pearly whitish, those of secondaries less so.
Eixpanse of wings 70 millim.
$, Labuan (Coll. Bates), ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
Tanaecta Watsont, sp. n.
&. Nearly allied to 7. apsarasa; the white markings on
the primaries more irrorated with brown; the blackish
sagittate markings on all the wings shorter; the whole inner
border of the discal belt of secondaries above the lunated line
pearl-white: under surface more yellow in tint than in 7’. apsa-
rasa, the basal area of primaries suffused with tawny; the
spots enclosed by the double series of lunate markings pearly
white on all the wings, as also are the diffused spots behind
the sagittate markings.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 61-72, ? 80 millim.
&, N.E. Sumatra (Coll. Watson) ; ¢ ¢ , Sumatra (Sachs),
ex Coll.Godman. 5. M.
The female is much more varied with white than that of
T. apsarasa.
Tanaecia albifasciata, sp. n.
g. Allied to 7. martigena; the primaries above with the
inner bordering of the hastate markings almost wholly suffused
with brown; the discal belt of secondaries not traversed by
a grey-blue lunate line; the hastate black markings on the
secondaries bounded externally by larger white or lilacine
spots. On the under surface the differences are far more
marked :—The basal area is more tawny, the markings upon
it mostly ferruginous brown instead of black; the discal belt
is continuous and pearly white, not interrupted by angular or
lunate markings; the submarginal markings are more open
(sagittate rather than hastate) and form the inner edges of a
series of large pearl-white spots.
Expanse of wings 64 millim.
Borneo (Low), ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
It is possible that this may prove to be only a form of
T. Frihstorferi, but in outline of wing it is more like
Genera Tanaecia and Nora. 363
T. munda, and it differs from everything else in the broad
pearl-white belt on the under surface.
Tanaecia subochrea, sp. n.
Form and general pattern above of T. lutala, but much
darker, with heavier broader black markings ; primaries with
the five spots in an angular series beyond the cell larger and
buffish white ; the inner margins of the hastate black markings
also white ; secondaries with three series of pale markings on
external area, buffish white towards costa, brownish buff
towards internal area, the central series slenderly lunate,
bordering the black hastate markings. Wings below pale
ochraceous buff; the markings mostly intensely black ; the
five white spots of the upper surface on the primaries larger,
slightly pearly, as also are the inner borders of the hastate
markings; the latter are divided by a row of blackish
>-shaped markings not found in 7. lutala, and on the
secondaries a series of black lunate markings runs between
the angular postmedian series and the hastate markings.
Expanse of wings 62 millim.
The female is larger than the male, but very similar in
pattern, only the hastate markings above and below are
shorter and followed by larger buffish spots above and pearl-
white spots below: the under surface also is washed with
vinous, and the intersecting markings between the post-
median and hastate series are largely obliterated, whilst the
postmedian series is followed by a series of pearl-whitish
spots.
Sarawak (ex Coil. Moore), 66 ?. B.M.
‘This species must stand next to T. consanguinea, but it has
the form and palpi of 7. lutala.
Tanaecia margarita, sp. n.
Form and pattern above and below of the preceding species,
but ground-colour above of 7. dutala: on the under surface
the external area of the primaries in both sexes is pearly
whitish, interrupted by the usual markings; in the male the
under surface of the secondaries is shining pinkish ashy, with
black markings almost as in the preceding species; the
female has the basal area of the secondaries similarly coloured
to that of the primaries, ochraceous, washed externally with
pearly greyish and vinous; the external border is similarly
coloured, but interrupted by the usual submarginal series of
diffused whitish spots ; the disk is pearly ash, whiter towards
costa and on the margins of the hastate markings; and most
of the markings are of a vinous-brown tint.
364 Dr. A. G. Butler on the
Expanse of wings, ¢ 60, 2 72 millim.
3 2, Sarawak (Bartlett), ex Coll. Moore; ¢, Borneo (Low),
ex Coll. Godman. 5B. M.
This is a well-defined species of the 7. lutala group.
Tanaecia Doherty?, sp. n.
Allied to 7. aruna; the male more like 7. valmikis in
form, the costal margin being less arched than in 7. aruna;
the centres of the black basal markings pearly greyish; the
black hastate markings more compressed and followed by
larger diffused submarginal spots than in TJ. aruna; the
costal area and the area beyond the cell of secondaries
pale and slightly vinous in the male; the discal belt more
white-varied than in 7’. aruna, the hastate markings very
small and followed by more elongate, larger, diffused spots:
under surface nearly as in JT. valmikis, but paler and more
pearly, with smaller black markings. The female below
is especially pale, with a greenish wash over the basal area
and the whole external area bluish opaline.
Expanse of wings, ¢ 62, 2 71 millim.
Var. §.—The upper surface largely whitish ; under surface
almost wholly opaline white, with the usual black markings.
Expanse of wings 66 millim.
Sula Archipelago (Pryer), ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
The Genus Nora.
I must confess that I cannot discover a character by which
to separate the males of NV. kesava and NV. rangoonensis ;
there are differences as regards the definition of the markings
of the under surface in individuals assigned to both forms,
and these I should be inclined to attribute to seasonal in-
fluence. In like manner, I believe, when these insects are
carefully bred it will be discovered that females of the ran-
goonensis type represent the wet phase and those of the
kesava type the dry phase of the same species. NV. rangoon-
ensis is not confined to Burma nor J. kesava to India; we
have both from Silhet, Assam, and Tenasserim.
List of the Species.
1. N. kesava, Moore. N.E. India, Tibet, and Tenasserim.
/)
Type, B. M.
la. N. rangoonensis, Swinhoe. N.E. India, Tenasserim,
Burma, Mergui. ‘ype, B. M.
Genera Tanaecia and Nora. 365
2. N. bipunctata, Vollenh. 3 3 2 9, N.E. Borneo, La-
buan. B. M.
Local form? ¢, Malacca (cf. daverna, Distant). B. M.
3. N. obsoleta, Friihst. Lombock.
4, N. decorata, Butler. ¢, Malacca. B. M.
4a. N. erana, De Nicév. $6 2, Sumatra. B. M.
o. NV. laverna, Butler. 3 3 2 %, Borneo. Type, B. M.
We have a male labelled as from “ Rangoon,” but I think
this must be an error,
6. N.cka, Friihst. ¢, Borneo. B. M.
7. NV. somadeva, Felder. Assam, Perak, Malacca, Penang.
B. M.
The male is N. cordelia, Friihst., the female N. laverna 2
of Distant, Moore, and De Nicéville, erroneously described
originally as the female of JV. daverna from Borneo.
8. NV. ramada, Moore. Labuan and Sarawak. B. M.
The female is N. ¢ndras of Vollenhoven.
9. N. surjas, Vollenh. Sarawak. B. M.
The male has been confounded with NV. ramada; it has a
more violaceous border above, the under surface much less
ochraceous than in V. ramada, with pale greyish-white discal
belt.
10. NV. salia, Moore. Java. Type, B. M.
Var.—The male with the pale stripe across the disk of
primaries whity brown, intersected by the usual zigzag black
line; under surface pale yellowish, the stripe across the
primaries pearly lavender-whitish ; dark markings ill-defined ;
the female is slightly paler than the typical form. ‘This may
prove to be a seasonal modification of the species.
11. NV. cordata, Weymer. Nias.
Allied to this is a species from the Godman Collection, to
which Staudinger gives the name of
12. N. tanagra, Staud. Palawan and Borneo. B. M.
Mr. G. Lewis on’
©o
Ss
for)
NEw SPECIES.
Nora indistincta, sp. n.
@. General pattern above of N. laverna ?, but much
larger; the ground-colour pale greyish earth-brown, with the
discal belt sordid whitish; the outer or main fork of the
discal belt of primaries ill-defined, broad, only slightly paler
than the ground-colour; hastate markings small: under
surface paler than in 1. laverna ? , the basal area yellowish,
partly washed with opaline; discal belt and external area
pearly white.
Expanse of wings 80 millim.
2, Borneo (Low). Coll. Druce ex Coll. Godman. B. M.
The male will probably prove to be not unlike that sex of
N. bipunctata, but larger and more pearly on the external
area of the wings on the under surface. It seems to me to
stand between N. bipunctata and NV. decorata. It is possible
that the above may be the female of an insect which has
been regarded as the male of V. indras, but which is much
darker and redder on the under surface, and decidedly larger
than the male of that species might be expected to be; it is
also rather a rare insect, whereas both MN. ramada and
N. indras are common, and, I think, must be sexes of one
species.
XLVIT.—On new Species of Histeride.
By G. Lewis, F.L.S.
Tuis is the twentieth paper treating of the Histeride in this
Magazine, the latest bearing the date of last March (p. 241).
I am glad to be able to notice here another Indian species of
the aberrant genus Mponius ; it is the seventh species known,
and I hope some day other allied genera will be discovered
whose characters may throw some light on its affinities. For
the present, as formerly, I have put the genus in the list near
Oylistiz, because the general form is similar and the meso-
sternum is not acuminate anteriorly like that of the Tryponei.
In 1870 Marseul placed the Zryponei between the genera
Lioderma and Apobletes, but did not give his reasons for
doing so. I think that the Teretrii and Tryponer form an
isolated group like the Saprint (which have the antennal
fossettes in the prosternal keel), and that they cannot
naturally be located in any lineal arrangement ; and being of
this opinion I am content to leave them in the catalogue in
the position they have hitherto occupied.
new Species of Histeride. 367
List of Species.
Phylloma labrosum. Hister sectator,
— tuberculatum. Baberii.
Hololepta caudicalis. silvicola.
canaliculata, Paratropus altilis.
Niponius canalicollis. boleti.
Pachycrerus preeliaris. Tylois mirificus.
Baconia jubaris. Homalopygus geminatus.
choaspites. Teretriosoma unicorne.
— Gounellei. Stebbingii.
Omalodes oblongus. eristatum.
Hister Felipe. Teretrius latebricola.
hamatilis. Hypocaccus asper.
Phylloma labrosum, sp. 1.
Oblongum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum ; fronte obscure bistriata,
labro elongato, mandibulis antice depressis; elytris striis, 1 late
interrupta, appendiculata, 2 brevi, obsolete appendiculata, 3 brevis-
sima; pygidio transversim punctulato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.
L. 94 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oblong, rather depressed, black and shining; the head,
surface uneven, impressed anteriorly, forehead with two short
transverse lines, Jabrum large and bilobed, lobes somewhat
oblique, mandibles very robust at their bases and anteriorly
depressed from the middle, each with an inner well-marked
tooth, tips acuminate; the thorax transverse, lateral stria fine
and lightly impressed, ceasing at the anterior angle; the
elytra, subhumeral sulcus shallow and abbreviated before and
behind, at the shoulder close to the base is a very short
oblique line pointed towards the first stria, the first stria is
well-marked at the base, interrupted in the middle, the apical
portion is lightly impressed and there is an indication of an
appendage to the third stria, which is extremely short; the
propygidium is sparsely punctulate on its outer border and
there are two shallow impressions posteriorly ; the pygidium
is smooth at the apex and also more narrowly along the base,
leaving a transverse space somewhat closely punctured; the
prosternum is rather wide at the base, but not distinctly
angulate, and the anterior part of the keel is depressed ; the
mesosternum is widely emarginate; the anterior tibie are
4-dentate.
The form of the mandibles and the size of the labrum serve
as good specific characters to distinguish this insect.
Hab. Val du Rio Pardo, SA0 Paulo, December 1898 (£.
Gounelle).
368 Mr. G. Lewis on
Phylloma tuberculatum, sp. n.
Oblongum, subdepressum, nigrum, nitidum; fronte in medio leviter
tuberculata ; elytris stria dorsali 1 brevissima, 2 brevi cum ap-
pendice, 3 breviore; propygidio bifoveolato, punctis sparsis cincto ;
tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.
L. 83 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oblong, rather depressed, black and shining; the head,
surface obscurely punctulate, concave anteriorly, with a small
tubercle in the centre of the forehead, mandibles falciform,
each with an indication of a tooth only, labrum small, short
and bilobed; the thorax, lateral stria fine and close to the
margin, ceasing behind the eye; the elytra, subhumeral
sulcus is shallow and abbreviated at either end, dorsal strie,
1 very short and basal, 2 much longer, with a fine punctiform
appendage, 3 half the length of the second; the propygidium
has an outer margin of scattered punctures and is bifoveolate
at its apex; the pygidium has smaller and more closely set
punctures over its whole surface ; the prosternum is flat and
angulate behind the coxe ; the mesosternum is widely emar-
ginate ; the anterior tibiz are 5-dentate, the two apical teeth
having a base common to both.
This and P. monodon, Mars., are the only species of the
genus known with a frontal tooth.
Hab. Cerqueira Cesar, SAo Paulo, January 1899 (ZH.
ounelle).
Flololepta caudicalis, sp. n.
Oblonga, depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte bistriata; pronoto lateribus
conspicue punctato, antice bisinuato ; elytris striis, 1 brevi, 2
breviore appendiculata ; propygidio late cireumpunctato ; pygidio
¢ transversim punctulato ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.
L. 7-74 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oblong, depressed, black and shining ; the head with two
bent strize behind the mandibles, surface with an extremely
fine punctuation; the thorax, anterior edge bisinuous, finely
marginate laterally and more strongly at the anterior angles,
the sides have a broad margin of conspicuous punctures in
3, punctures less conspicuous in ?; the elytra, humeral
sulcus rather deep and abbreviated at either end, 1 dorsal stria
short but well-marked, 2 much shorter, with an appendage
which varies in length and is sometimes absent. Of six
examples one has no appendage, one an appendage one third
of the elytral length, several with a longer appendage evan-
escent anteriorly. ‘The propygidium is apically biimpressed,
new Species of Histeride. 369
has a circle of punctures, punctures largest on each side; the
pygidium, the upper portion is smooth in ¢, with a trans-
verse band of punctures before the apex, in 2 the punctures
are more scattered and the smooth upper portion less defined ;
the prosternum is broad and widened out at the base; the
mesosternum is laterally margined on the anterior portion
only ; the anterior tibiew are 4-dentate.
In the specific sequence this insect may be placed next to
HI, Truxillana, Mars.
Hab.’ Valley of the Rio Pardo, Sao Paulo, Brazil (£Z.
Gounelle).
Hololepta canaliculata, sp. n.
Ovalis, subparallela, parum depressa, nigra, nitida; fronte trans-
versa, labro brevissimo ; thorace post angulos conspicue canalicu-
lato ; elytris striis 1-2 brevibus, 2 appendiculata; pygidio dense
punctato, apice anguste levi; tiblis anticis obtuse dentatis.
L. 94 mill. (absque mandibulis).
Oval, rather parallel at the sides, somewhat depressed,
black and shining; the head transverse and similar to that
of H. excisa, Mars., without strie, labrum transverse and
very narrow and anteriorly sinuous; the thorax impunctate,
with the marginal striz widening out anteriorly into a deep
furrow, the furrow is deepest in front and abruptly terminates
before the anterior angle, the angle in @ is feebly emarginate,
similar in this respect to /7. vulpes, Mars., anterior edge seen
to be very feebly sinuous when viewed vertically ; the elytra,
humeral sulcus is shortened at both ends, dorsal striz, 1 basal
and short, 2 half the length of the first at the base, but with
an appendage four times its own length; the propygidium is
somewhat widely but sparsely punctured at the sides, the
punctures are small and circular; the pygidium has similar
punctures, but they are densely set with a narrow smooth
apical margin; the menton is smooth and concave, with a
small fovea on the posterior point of the concavity ; the pro-
sternum widens triangularly at the base; the mesosternum is
striate on either side; the anterior tibiz are very obtuse and
the two apical teeth have a common base.
In outline this species resembles H. menadia, Mars., but
the thoracic furrow agrees with H. canalicollis, Lew., except
that it is deeper and is shortened before the anterior angle.
Hab. Paramba, alt. 3500 feet (Rosenberg). One male.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 27
370 Mr. G. Lewis on
Niponius canalicollis, sp. n.
Cylindricus, elongatus, niger, nitidus, punctatus; fronte obtuse
cornuta; thorace in medio longitudinaliter profunde canaliculato ;
propygidio pygidioque conspicue bifoveolatis; prosterno mar-
ginato, striis postice conjunctis.
L. 33-43 mill.
Cylindrical, elongate, black and shining, tarsi palish; the
head is somewhat robust, sulcate between the cephalic pro-
jections, which are smaller and shorter but relatively wider at
the base than those of N. impressicollis, Lew.; the projec-
tions also are less conspicuously transversely carinate, the
punctuation on the surface is clear and fairly close, and closer
and more irregular at the middle of the base; the thorax has
a very conspicuous median channel, which sometimes reaches
the base but is always somewhat shortened in front, on either
side of the channel the surface is uneven and the punctures
irregular in size and form; the elytra, the sutural and one
humeral stria are complete, the others punctiform or obsolete.
The dorsal striz in the species of this genus do not usually
provide specific characters. ‘The fovee in the pygidia resemble
those figured for N. osortoceps (Trans. Knt. Soc. Lond.
pl. vili. 1885), but they are larger and more circular in out-
line ; the prosternum, the keel is margined with a stria very
clearly joining at the base, anteriorly the strie are shortened
before the suture, and at the suture there is a transverse
impression ; the meso- and metasterna are deeply canalicu-
late in the middle and the metasternum is laterally striate, all
the sterna are sparsely punctured ; the tibie are rather slender,
resembling those ot osorzoceps, Lew. ‘The tibiew of N. An-
drewest, Lew., another indian species, are much broader.
Hab. N.W. Himalayas (#. P. Stebbing).
Pachycrerus preliaris, sp. n.
Ovalis, parum convexus, ceruleo-metallicus; antennis pedibusque
piceis; pronoto stria marginali post capite interrupta; elytris
striis 1-4 integris, 5 apicali, suturali basi abbreviata; prosterno
bistriato; mesosterno stria integra, arcuata; tibiis anticis 4-
dentatis, dente apicali minute bifido.
L, 33-33 mill.
Oval, somewhat convex, metallic blue; the forehead feebly
convex between the eyes, impressed anteriorly, marginal stria
well-marked and rather more arched anteriorly than that of
P. cyanescens, Er., surface sparsely punctured, punctures
new Species of Histeride. 371
largest along the base ; the thorax, anterior angles somewhat
depressed, punctured laterally, points fine or evanescent on the
disk, antescutellar fovea small and shallow, marginal stria
complete but very fine behind the head; the elytra, striae,
outer humeral apical and dimidiate, inner humeral wanting,
1-4 dorsal complete, 5 apical, not quite dimidiate and some-
times punctiform, sutural apical, parallel to the suture, and
extending just beyond the middle, the apices of the elytra are
sparingly punctured; the propygidium and pygidium are
evenly but not densely punctured (7. e. very similar to those of
cyanescens, Kir.). ‘The prosternum is narrower than in Erich-
son’s species, and the striz are consequently nearer together
and posteriorly are relatively more divergent; the meso-
sternum is margined with a stria, which is simply bowed
anteriorly, not sinuous as in cyanescens. The anterior tibize
are 4-dentate, the apical tooth being minutely bifid.
This species is nearly the same size and shape as P. cya-
nescens, Kir., and P. ceruleatus, Lew., but the thorax is rather
more narrow anteriorly and the outline therefore somewhat
more oval.
Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland; December 1900, under
Acacia-bark (Guy A. K. Marshall).
Baconia jubaris, sp. n.
Late ovata, depressa, supra viridis metallica, pedibus obscure brun-
neis; fronte concava; pronoto post angulos impresso; elytris
striis 4-5 et suturali nullis; prosterno bistriato; mesosterno,
stria marginali late interrupta, stria transversa tenuiter im-
pressa ; tibiis anticis 5-dentatis.
L. 25 mill.
Broadly oval, depressed, above green and metallic, head
and thorax with a slight golden tinge; the head, forehead
concave, finely striate over the eyes, punctate, points not
dense but varying in size, largest are near the middle of the
base, the labrum is narrow, transverse, and straight anteriorly ;
the thorax, marginal stria complete, anterior angles rounded
off, with an oblique impression behind them, the punctuation
is extremely fine on the disk, closer and larger and a little
rugose on the sides ; the elytra, striz, inner humeral very fine
and complete, 1 also complete, 2 complete but somewhat
evanescent at the base, 3 basal evanescent and punctiform on
the apical half, the apical border is punctured but not densely,
and there are similar punctures on the pygidia; the pro-
sternum, anterior lobe is margined anteriorly with a fine stria,
keel bistriate, strive parallel at the sides, finest and almost
2a
372 Mr. G. Lewis on
joining at the base; the mesosternum has a short bent stria
at either anterior angle and a very fine, transverse, slightly
bent stria before the suture which joins the metasternal
lateral stria; the first abdominal segment has a lateral stria
which is sinuous behind the coxe and reaches the apex, and
there is an apical dimidiate outer stria; the anterior tibiz are
5-dentate and the teeth are at equal distances apart.
Hab. 8. Antonio da Barra, Bahia, 11th December, 1888
(EL. Gounelle) .
Baconia choaspites, sp. n.
Breviter ovata, subdepressa, viridi-cyanea, nitida; antennis pedi-
busque piceis; fronte leviter impressa; pronoto post angulos
foveolato ; elytris striis 5 et suturali nullis; prosterno bistriato ;
mesosterno stria marginali interrupta, stria transversa arcuata,
utrinque abbreviata ; tibiis anticis 4-dentatis.
L, 25 mill.
Shortly oval, rather depressed, greenish blue, shining ; the
thorax is rather less blue than the elytra; the head, forehead
impressed, labrum narrow, with an arcuate outline anteriorly,
surface with a few irregular punctures large and small, outline
emarginate before the eye, without strie; the thorax some-
what sparingly punctured laterally, marginal stria complete,
behind the anterior angles is a small fovea, the scutellar
puncture is small but distinct; the elytra, humeral stria
wanting, 1 and 2 complete and somewhat crenulate and joined
at the base, 3 complete but fine apically, 4 basal and bent
towards the suture with an apical punctiform appendage, 5 is
represented by an apical line of punctures; the pygidia are
sparingly punctured; the prosternum, anterior lobe is mar-
gined with a somewhat strong stria anteriorly, but the stria
at the sides is represented by punctures only, keel bistriate,
striee parallel to each other and not joining at either end; the
mesosternum, marginal stria is interrupted anteriorly, and
before the metasternal suture there is a transverse bent
crenulate stria in the middle which is well-shortened on either
side, the sutura] stria is very fine and joins the metasternal
lateral stria, which is more marked; the first abdominal
segment has a sinuous lateral stria which does not reach the
apex ; the anterior tibie are 4-dentate, the three nearest the
tarsi are obtuse.
Hab. Serra de Communaty, Pernambuco, 11th March,
1893 (H. Gounelle).
Baconia Gounellet.
Phelister Gounellet, Mars. Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr. (6) vii. p. exviii (1887).
Hab, Caraca, Minas Geraes, Brazil (H. Gounelle, 1885).
new Species of Histeridee. 373
The type of the above is now in my collection, and I find
it agrees in all its characters with the species I have placed
in Baconia. I do not include Phelister micans, fulgidus,
and angustus, Sch., in Baconia, because in these species the
mesosterna are bisinuous and they have a sutural stria.
There are about 120 species of Phelister now described, and
there are 30 new species in my collection, and it is very
desirable to separate some of these if satisfactory generic
characters can be found.
Omalodes oblongus, sp. n.
Oblongus, parum convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte foveolata, stria
eirculari antice haud retrorsum acuminata, clypeo late canalicu-
lato; pronoto post angulos leviter punctulato; elytris striis
dorsalibus 1 integra, 2 basi abbreviata, 3 dimidiata; tibiis anticis
5-dentatis.
L. 7% mill.
Oblong, black and shining; the head, surface punctulate,
deeply foveolate on the vertex, stria semicircular in outline,
but not quite meeting in the middle, the clypeus is lightly
but widely canaliculate; the thorax, marginal stria very fine
except in the region of the anterior angles, slightly sinuous
behind the eyes, lateral stria complete, surface feebly punc-
tured behind the anterior angles, angles a little acute; the
elytra, strie, inner humeral dimidiate, apical, and widely
sinuous, 1 dorsal complete, 2 more marked and shortened at
the base, 3 dimidiate and basal, 4 represented by a puncture
or small fovea near the base; the propygidium is sparsely
punctured and the punctures on the pygidium are finer and
more ciosely set ; the prosternum is without striz and smooth ;
the mesosternum has a bent stria on either side; the anterior
tibiz are 5-dentate, but the apical tooth is large and obtuse,
with four small denticulations along its edge.
The oblong form of this species is similar to that of
O. faustus, Mars.
Hab. Valley of the Rio Pardo, Sao Paulo, December 1898
(LE. Gounelle),
flister Felipe, sp. n.
Oblongus, subcylindricus, niger, nitidus; fronte leviter bifoveolata,
stria antice bisinuata; pronoto striis marginali et laterali in-
tegris ; elytris striis humerali, subhumerali et 1—4 integris, 5 et
suturali basi abbreviatis; pygidio vix dense punctato; tibiis
anticis dilatatis, 5-dentatis.
L. 6-64 mill.
374 Mr. G. Lewis on
Oblong, somewhat cylindrical, black and shining; the
head, surface sparingly punctulate, with two shallow fovez
placed transversely just before the vertex, frontal stric
complete and anteriorly bisinuous; the thorax, marginal
stria complete and posteriorly continues round the angle
and joins the lateral stria, lateral stria also complete and
crenulate behind the anterior angles and along the front, there
are a few irregular punctures along the inner side of the
lateral stria, the surface has an extremely fine punctuation
and the scutellar fovea is small but well-marked ; the elytra,
strize, inner and outer humeral are complete and sinuous, the
sinuosity of the first is near the humerus, 1-4 straighter and
all complete, the third is bent away from the second at the
base, 5 is dimidiate but in one example is in certain lights
traceable to the base, the sutural extends beyond the middle ;
the propygidium and pygidium are evenly but not densely
punctured, the punctures are somewhat closer together on
the pygidium ; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is marginate
and rather roughly punctured, keel smooth; the mesosternum
is rather widely sinuous, marginal stria complete and crenu-
late; the anterior tibie are somewhat dilated and 5-dentate.
In form this species resembles Pachycrerus chalybeus,
Fahr. It may be placed in the catalogue next to Hister
remotus, Lec., which it somewhat resembles, but it is more
oblong and cylindrical.
lab. Iowa City, September 1898 and March 1900 (Z. F.
Wickham).
ister hamatilis, sp. n.
Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte parce punctulata; pronoto
stria laterali antice hamata; elytris striis 1-38 integris, 4 basi
abbreviata, appendice arcuata, 5-6 fere dimidiata; prosterno
bistriato; tibiis anticis 5—6-dentatis.
L. 4 mill.
Oval, convex, black and shining; the head rather narrow,
surface moderately punctulate, stria complete, arched, but a
little straight anteriorly ; the thorax, marginal stria fine and
complete, lateral sinuous in the middle and a little shortened
at the base, bent anteriorly and ceasing behind the eye, the
anterior edge is conspicuously bisinuate, anterior angles some-
what depressed, scutellar fovea small but clear; the elytra,
striz, inner humeral is shortened a little at the base only and
anteriorly is conspicuously sinuous, oblique stria very fine,
dorsal 1-3 complete, 4 a little shortened at the base with a
short bent rudiment, 5 dimidiate, and the sutural is a little
new Species of Histeride. 375
longer ; the propygidium isimpressed posteriorly on either side,
and with the pygidium is clearly but not very closely punc-
tured ; the prosternum, keel with a fine marginal stria which
continues along the sides of the posterior lobe, but does not
join behind, anteriorly the striz are a little divergent; the
mesosternum is feebly sinuous anteriorly and margined with
a fine stria; the anterior tibizee are 5-6-dentate.
This species agrees with H. stenocephalus, Lew., and
LH, sinuaticollis, Lew., in the form of the thorax, and with
f1, indicus, Lew., in its general outline and dorsal striae.
The lateral thoracic stria being hamate anteriorly distin-
guishes it from all the described species.
Hab. Mount Kinabalu, North Borneo.
Hister sectator, sp. n.
Ovatus, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte stria integra; thorace stria
laterali obliqua basi abbreviata; elytris striis humerali interna et
1-3 integris, 4 basi abbreviata vel evanescenti, 5-6 dimidiatis ;
pygidio vix dense punctato; prosterno angusto haud striato;
mesosterno fere truncato, marginato.
L. 44 mill.
Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, frontal stria
not very strong and feebly bisinuous anteriorly ; the thorax,
anterior outline semicircular, marginal stria fine and joining
the lateral stria behind the eye, lateral stria oblique, short-
ened before the hinder angle, lateral interstice rather wide ;
the elytra, striz, inner humeral and 1-3 complete, oblique
basal extremely fine, 4 shortened at the base with a trace of
completeness seen in certain lights, 5 dimidiate, sutural
slightly longer and apically bending a little away from the
suture, all the strie are slightly crenulate; the propygidium
is evenly and rather closely punctured; the pygidium simi-
larly punctured, but the points are a little more dense; the
prosternum has a narrow keel and the posterior lobe is small
and triangular behind the coxe ; the mesosternum is marginate
and feebly arched anteriorly; the anterior tibie are 5-6-
dentate.
1. sectator is readily distinguished from H. philippinensis,
Mars., by its oblique thoracic stria.
Hab. Mount Kinabalu, North Borneo.
Hister Baberit, sp. n.
Ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus; fronte stria integra arcuata ;
thorace utrinqgue impresso, stria interna obliqua basi parum
abbreviata; elytris striis 1-3 integris, 4-5 et suturali basi abbre-
viatis; mesosterno antice truncato.
L, 43 mill.
376 Mr. G. Lewis on
Oval, convex, black and shining; the head, frontal stria
arched, not very strong, and minutely irregular anteriorly ;
the thorax, lateral stria oblique, distinctly shortened at
the base, and continuing behind the head is sinuous be-
hind the eye, it is crenulate between the foveew, which are
similar to those of calest’s, but impunctate or nearly so; the
elytra, the inner humeral sulcus is rather deep and median,
nearly equally shortened at either end, dorsal strie 1-3
complete, 4 well shortened at the base, 5 dimidiate, sutural
almost as long as the fourth and apically it turns slightly
from the suture; the propygidium and pygidium are punc-
tured similarly to the corresponding segments in H. myrmi-
don, Mars.; the prosternum, the anterior lobe is rather closely
punctured and margined with a narrow border; the meso-
sternum is truncate anteriorly, with the marginal stria com-
plete, and on the middle of the posterior edge is a circular
and very conspicuous fovea; the tibiee are formed like those
of H. silvicola.
Hab. North-west India (Janson).
Lister silvicola, sp. n.
Breviter ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus ; fronte stria integra, valida,
arcuata; thorace post angulos foveolato, stria laterali integra ;
elytris striis 1-4 integris, 5 dimidiata, suturali longiuscula ; pro-
pygidio parce punctato; pygidio vix distincte punctulato.
L. vix 4 mill.
Shortly oval, convex, black and shining; the head, stria
strong, complete, and simply arched from the eyes forward ;
the thorax, anterior outline semicircular, lateral stria is feebly
oblique and does not quite reach the base, anteriorly it is
complete and slightly sinuous behind the eye, the marginal
stria is fine and ceases behind the eye, the impression or
fovea behind the anterior angle is more marked than that of
H. celestis, Mars., and on the disk in a line behind each eye
is a small shallow fovea. I think this last is a permanent
character, but I possess only one example. The elytra, strie,
inner humeral is short and rather deep and is nearer the
shoulder than the apex, dorsal striz 1-4 complete, 5 di-
midiate, sutural a little longer and apically bending towards
the fifth; the propygidium is sparsely punctured, the points
are similar to those of H/. myrmidon, Mars. ; the pygidium is
less distinctly punctulate ; the prosternum, the anterior lobe
is irregularly punctate and the rim somewhat thickened ; the
mesosternum is feebly angulate in the middle and margined
with a rather fine stria; the metasternum also has a complete
new Species of Histeride. 377
stria feebly crenulate; the anterior tibiee are 4—5-dentate and
widened out apically.
Hab. Khasia Hills, July 1894.
Parutropus altilis, sp. n.
Breviter ovalis, convexus, piceo-niger, unitidus, pedibus rufo-
brunneis; fronte stria integra utrinque angulata, haud im-
pressa; elytris 1-3 parum validis integris, 4 basi arcuata, 5 apicali,
suturali antice evanescente ; prosterno angustissimo, bistriato ;
mesosterno acuminato, marginato ; tibiis dilatatis.
L. 33 mill.
Shortly oval, convex, almost black, shining, antenne and
legs reddish brown; the head slightly convex above, obscurely
punctulate, stria complete and angulate laterally before the
eyes; the thorax clearly but not thickly punctulate befcre the
scutellum, on other parts the points are very fine, marginal
stria complete; the elytra, striae, inner and outer humeral
complete, the first slightly carinate, dorsal striz 1-3 complete,
rather strong and at the base bent towards the suture, 4 is com-
plete and hamate at the base, 5 apical and dimidiate, sutural is
longer, fine, and evanescent anteriorly ; the propygidium and
the pygidium have a shallow, sparse, and somewhat obscure
punctulation ; the prosternum is bistriate and its keel very
narrow, and the anterior lobe is arched, not sinuous, with a
well-marked raised marginal edge; the mesosternum is acumi-
nate and the marginal stria fine and complete.
Hab. Usambara, E. Africa.
Paratropus boleti, sp. n.
Breviter ovalis, convexus, niger, nitidus, antennis pedibusque rufis ;
fronte, stria integra utrinque angulata, antice recta ; elytris striis
1—4 dorsalibus et suturali integris, 4 basi cum suturali arcuatim
juncta, 5 basi abbreviata ; prosterno tenuissime bistriato ; tibiis
anticis multispinosis.
L. 24 mill.
Shortly oval, convex, black and shining, antenne and legs
red; the head finely, evenly, and rather sparingly punctu-
late, stria complete, carinate, angulate before the eyes and
transversely straight in front behind the clypeus ; the thorax
more distinctly punctulate than the head, points clearest:
before the scutellum (where there is a shallow impression)
and along the base, it is narrowest at the anterior angles,
marginal stria complete and strongest laterally ; the elytra,
strie, inner and outer humeral complete, oblique basal fine
378 Mr. G. Lewis on
but clearly defined, dorsal 1-4 and sutural complete, sutural
joining the fourth at the base, 5 shortened before the base,
4—5 and sutural are finely crenulate; the propygidium and
pygidium are somewhat sparsely punctulate; the prosternum,
strie extremely fine and only traceable before the cox, but
there is a short marginal stria, also extremely fine at the base
opposite the coxe, the mesosternal stria is complete and also
fine, but not so fine as the prosternal striw, the transverse
stria is crenulate ; the metasternum has a few large shallow
punctures at its base, especially in the area near the median
coxe; the anterior tibiz are multispinose on the anterior edge,
a characteristic of all the species of the genus.
Hab. Kuilu, French Congo (JMJocguerys), 1892.
Tylois mirificus, sp. n.
Breyiter ovalis, niger, nitidus; fronte rugose punctata; pronoto
angulis anticis rufis, basi utrinque profunde excavata, parte ante-
riore punctata; elytris striis punctiformibus, tenuiter impressis.
L. 3 mill.
Shortly oval, gibbous in the region of the elytra, black and
shining; the head rugosely punctured, lateral margins carinate,
clypeus truncate anteriorly, constricted behind, labrum short,
transverse and smooth ; the thorax, anterior angles prominent,
obtuse, and reddish brown, anterior area conspicuously and
rather closely punctate, impressed behind the anterior angles,
feebly carinate behind the middle of the neck, posterior area
is nearly smooth in front of the scutellum, and on each side
opposite the middle of each elytron is a deep lobe-shaped
excavation, and on the outer side of each excavation is a
narrow comma-shaped sulcus; the elytra are bordered with
a lateral carina which represents the inner humeral stria, the
carina is very strong at the base, and outside of it close to the
base is a short strong carina which apparently represents the
humeral oblique stria, behind the region of the thoracic exca-
vations there are on each elytron close to the base three
short elevated ridges, the six dorsal striz are almost obsolete,
being merely indistinctly represented by lines of fine punc-
tures, the sutural striais the most complete ; the propygidium
and py gidium are somewhat opaque and obscurely and sparsely
punctulate; the presternum is tuberculate anteriorly, bi-
striate, strie divergent before and behind, keel smooth; the
mesosternum is 3-tuberculate and densely punctate ; the first
segment of the abdomen is punctate, but smooth in the middle ;
the anterior tibia are 4—5-dentate, the median and hind
tibie are angulated in the middle.
new Species of Histeride. 379
This species evidently much resembles 7. mirabilis, Sch.,
which I only know by description. I have compared it with
T. trilunatus, Mars., of which there are three examples in the
Museum in Paris.
At Pery-Pery, Pernambuco, 5th June, 1892 (#. Gou-
nelle).
Homalopygus geminatus, sp. n.
Oblongo-quadratus, subdepressus, piceus, nitidus; fronte stria in-
tegra utrinque angulata; thorace lateribus reflexis; elytris
striis 1-4 integris, 5 nulla, suturali geminata, dimidiata; pygidio
postice margine reflexo, subtus levi; tibiis extus valde dilatatis.
L. vix 3 mill.
Oblong, somewhat quadrate, rather depressed, piceous and
shining; the head, surface very finely and sparingly punctu-
late, slightly impressed anteriorly, marginal stria complete,
well-marked, and angulate at the sides; the thorax very
feebly convex, impressed laterally, with the margins reflexed,
the lateral rim continues behind the head in the form of a very
fine stria close to the edge, punctuation sparse and micro-
scopic; the elytra, strie, inner humeral fine, carinate, and
complete, 1-4 tine and complete, the fourth bending towards
the suture at the base, 5 absent, sutural geminate, parallel to
the suture and reaching the middle from the apex, the punc-
tuation is more distinct than that of the thorax, especially
between the fourth and sutural strie; the propygidium is
transverse and densely punctulate, somewhat opaque, with
the lateral edge reflexed ; the pygidium on the upper surface
is sculptured like the propygidium, and it is semicircular
behind, with the rim distinctly raised, beneath it is smooth
and lies entirely under the upper portion; the prosternum is
bistriate, striz finest and most divergent in front, anterior
lobe with shallow rugose punctures; the mesosternum has a
short but fine stria at each of the anterior angles and a fine
and complete marginal stria anteriorly, but it is not close to
edge ; the tibie are all dilated.
The species resembles H. latipes, Bohem., from Panama,
especially in the form of the pygidium and legs (see fig., Mars.
Mon. 1861, pl. iv. fig. 1). It differs considerably from
Hi. remex, Lew., a species which has no frontal stria and a
simple convex pygidium.
Hab. S. Antonio da Barra, Bahia, December 1883 (Z.
Gounelle).
Teretriosoma unicorne, sp. 0.
Cylindricum, parum elongatum, viride metallicum, antennis pedi-
380 Mr. G. Lewis on
busque rufis ; fronte parum minute tuberculata; elytris basi con-
spicue sulcatis; mesosterno immarginato; pygidio apice leviter
concavo; tibiis anticis 7-dentatis.
L, 22 mill.
Cylindrical, somewhat elongate, green and metallic; the
head, scape of antenne in ¢ clothed with long flavous hair,
feebly convex on the vertex, depressed anteriorly, surface
ocellately and densely punctate ; the epistoma has asmall but
distinct tubercle in the middle, at its base and on each side of
it there is a transverse rugose ridge which is not so con-
spicuous, before the tubercle the epistoma is reddish and the
upper margin of the eye is feebly striate; the thorax, the
punctures on the disk are smaller and much less dense than
those of the head, marginal stria complete but fine and close
to the edge anteriorly; the elytra, basal edge narrowly
smooth, punctured generally like the disk of the thorax, and
along the bases there is a conspicuous rather wide depression or
furrow, it passes round the humeral angle, but does not reach
beyond the middle in the sutural direction ; the propygidium
and pygidium are densely punctured, and the apex of the
latter, which is depressed and marked off from the base by a
transverse ridge, is, under the microscope, seen to be ocel-
lately punctured ; the prosternum is narrowly marginate and
wide, especially in front ; the mesosternum has a short stria
at each anterior angle; the metasternum has a distinct lateral
stria.
The punctuation beneath is very similar to that of the
thorax, but is rather more sparse in the median area of the
metasternum ; the anterior tibie are 7-dentate, the two apical
are close together and separate from the others.
I have not seen the female of this species.
Hab. S. Antonio da Barra, Bahia, 11th December, 1888
(EL. Gounelle). ‘Two males.
Teretriosoma Stebbingit, sp. n.
Cylindricum, subelougatum, piceo-brunneum, nitidum, supra sat
dense punctatum ; fronte antice depressa ; pronoto margine antice
in medio anguste elevato ; antennis pedibusque rufis,
L. 28 mill.
Cylindrical, somewhat elongate, pitchy brown, shining,
yather densely punctured above ; the head, the punctures are
larger than those behind the neck and most dense at the base,
under the microscope some are ocellate, the fore part of the
forehead and the epistoma are depressed, and sometimes there
is a median circular impression or shallow fovea in the
new Species of Histeride. 381
epistoma, there is a stria over the eyes; the thorax is micro-
scopically rugose (the head is less distinctly so), the punc-
tures are smallest behind the neck, all are more or less
ocellate, the marginal stria is complete, sides sinuous and the
marginal rim behind the middle of the neck is slightly
elevated ; the elytra are wholly sculptured like the thorax
and there is no smooth margin along their bases, which is
frequently the case in this genus; the pygidia are sculptured
like the elytra, in ¢ the apex is circularly flattened and near
the middle of the circle is a smail but conspicuous acuminate
tubercle, with smaller and less distinct muricate processes
round the edge of the flattened circle; the prosternum, the
keel is broad and feebly sinuous and narrowly marginate
anteriorly ; the mesosternum anteriorly has a narrow smooth
border, but there is no stria, all the sternal plates have large
shallow punctures, very evenly but not closely set together ;
the first abdominal segment has similar points also; the legs
‘are reddish brown, anterior tibizw 6—7-dentate.
Hab. N.W. India (#. P. Stebbing). Only the male is
known.
Teretriosoma cristatum, sp. n.
Cylindricum, piceum, nitidum, undique punctatum ; fronte minute
foveolata ; elytris transversim basi haud impressis ; pygidio con-
vexo; prosterno utrinque breviter sulcato; mesosterno antice
immarginato; tibiis anticis 6—7-denticulatis.
L. 22 mill.
Cylindrical, thorax rather more convex than the dorsal
region, piceous, shining, the scape of the antenne in J
bearing long palish hairs; the head, vertex minutely foveo-
late, epistoma rather broad and truncate anteriorly, surface,
except in the region of the fovea, rather coarsely and rather
densely punctured, striate over the eyes; the thorax, anterior
~ angles obtuse and depressed, very feebly sinuous laterally,
lateral stria well-marked but is not traceable behind the head,
the punctuation is smaller than that of the head and less
dense, especially on the disk and behind the neck; the elytra
are wholly punctured, similarly to the densest part of the
thorax, and there is no basal smooth border; the propygidium
and pygidium are wholly punctured like the elytra, except that
the pygidium is somewhat rugose at the apex, the propygidium
has a faint longitudinal median impression, the pygidium is
almost circular inoutlineand convex; the prosternum is coarsely
and evenly punctured, before each coxa there is a short longi-
tudinal furrow, but it is not in the place nor does it seem to
correspond with the ordinary striz on the keel in Teretraus ;
382 On new Species of Histeride.
the mesosternum is very obtuse anteriorly and immarginate,
the punctuation on it and the metasternum is similar to that
on the keel of the prosternum, behind the intermediate coxe
there is a similar sulcus to that noted on the prosternum ; the
first abdominal segment is only sparsely punctulate in the
middle; the anterior tibize are 6-7-dentate.
Hab. N.W. India (EZ. P. Stebbing}.
The male also of this species is alone known.
Teretrius latebricola, sp. n.
Cylindricus, elongatus, niger, nitidus; fronte in medio leviter
foveolata; pronoto stria integra ad angulos subcarinata; pro-
sterno striis obsoletis ; tibiis anticis 6-dentatis.
L. 2% mill.
Cylindrical, elongate, black and shining; the head rather
closely punctured except on the vertex, which is lightly
foveolate and, in and around the fovea, the punctures are
larger and less close; the thorax, the punctures are very
similar to those of the head, especially behind the neck, on
the disk they are rather less close, and there isa small, narrow,
longitudinal, smooth space before the scutellum, the marginal
stria is well-marked and somewhat carinate at the anterior
angles, and it is also a little raised behind the head; the
elytra, strie obsolete, punctured like the thorax; the pro-
sternum, anterior lobe feebly sinuous and marginate, surface
microscopically strigose, punctate, punctures are somewhat
closely but not densely set, some, especially those in the
middle, are oval (the meso- and metasterna and the first
segment of the abdomen are similarly punctured), the lateral
strie are almost obsolete, being but faintly traceable between
the cox; the mesosternum is somewhat strongly marginate
at the sides and the stria continues along the lateral margin
of the metasternum, but behind the prosternal keel the stria
is punctiform and indistinct ; the propygidium and pygidium
are evenly, somewhat finely, rather closely, but not densely
punctured ; the anterior tibiz are 6-dentate.
There is no doubt this species is different from 7. obliquulus,
Lec., and 7. levatus and montanus, Horn, but all these species
require redescription. Dr. Horn considered 7. americanus,
Lec. (see ‘ Synopsis,’ 1873, p. 346), doubtfully distinct from
the European 7. picipes, but an example I have, taken by
Mr. Morrison in Montana, and, I believe, named by Dr. Horn
americanus, is a species of Teretriosoma.
Hab. “ Central New York” State (/7. F. Wickham).
Ve
(St)
On some new Brazilian Hemiptera.
Flypocaccus asper, sp. n.
Ovalis, convexus, fere niger, parum nitidus, supra undique dense
punctatus; fronte stria integra antice carinata; pronoto lateribus
rugoso-punctato ; elytris striis 1-4 fere integris, suturali parte
geminata; prosterno angusto, striis approximatis.
L, 24-3 mill.
Oval, convex, black, densely punctured above, and more
coarsely and conspicuously punctured on the mesosternum ;
the head rugosely punctured, frontal stria complete and carini-
form over the eyes and anteriorly ; the thorax punctured like
the head, interstices rugose except on the disk, marginal stria
complete but extremely fine behind the head, punctured like
the head, with interstices generally longitudinally rugose,
striee, outer humeral complete, inner short and median, 1-4
almost complete but apically somewhat obliterated by the
punctuation, sutural complete, geminate on the dorsum, and
joining the fourth at the base, it also continues along the
apical rim, which is very narrowly smooth; the pygidia are
densely punctured; the prosternum, the keel is very narrow
and the strize are formed like those figured for H. 4-striatus,
Hoffm. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 7, vol. iv. p. 2, 1899).
The mesosternum is widely sinuous anteriorly, stria complete,
surface punctate; the metasternum has a median longitu-
dinal sulcus, deepest posteriorly, and the punctures are large
along the hinder border; the anterior tibiz are somewhat
dilated and 6-7-dentate.
Superficially this species resembles the figure given by
Marseul for Saprinus delta, but the frontal stria is carinate
and straight anteriorly, and beneath the mesosternal stria is
complete.
Hab. Bulawayo, Matabeleland, July 1900 (Guy A. K.
Marshall).
XLVITI.—A Preliminary Report on some new Brazilian
Hemiptera. By ADOLPH HEMPEL.
Aphide.
Genus CERATOVACUNA, Zehntner, 1897.
It will be necessary to revise the characters of this genus,
as published by Dr. Leo Zehntner in 1897, from Java, in
order to include the Brazilian species.
Characters.— Wingless form with antenne of four joints,
384 Mr. A. Hempel on some
joint 3 being longest. Honey-tubes represented by small
orifices arising from aslight tubercle. No caudal tail present.
Two large spines or horns project forward on the ventral
surface between the antenne. Larve and adults secreting a
white wax, which may entirely cover them or may be in the
form of a marginal fringe. Winged forms with antenne of
five joints, of which joint 3 is the longest. Wings folded
horizontally on the back. Fore wing has the cubitus with
one branch; the two oblique veins are united for a short
distance at the base. Hind wings with two oblique veins.
All forms viviparous.
Type Ceratovacuna lanigera, Zehntner. Java.
Ceratovacuna, brasiliensis, sp. n.
Adult wingless female.—Ovate, convex, very dark brown ;
dorsum covered with a very thin colourless layer of wax;
with a conspicuous narrow transverse band of white wax
separating the thorax fromthe abdomen. ‘The lateral margin
is furnished with a conspicuous fringe of white wax, giving
the insect the appearance of an Aleurodid. Dorsal derm
hard, with a transverse groove between thorax and abdomen,
and a number of small hairs scattered over it. It does not
soften after prolonged boiling in a solution of KOH. The
lateral margin is ornamented by fine regular crenulations, due
to the wax-glands it bears. Hyes small, black, divided into
three divisions. On the anterior margin of the abdominal
surface there are two stout horns or spines, varying from
68-80 microns in length. The ventral surface also bears two
stout lance-shaped spines and four stout hairs near the base
of the antennee.
Antenne close together, of four joints, of which the third
is the longest. Total length *252 to °290 millim. Length of
joints in microns: (1) 47-54, (2) 48-47, (3) 112-122, (4) 43-
72. All the joints bear hairs. Legs ordinary; tarsus with
two long slender digitules with ends slightly expanded, and
with two to four slender hair-like digitules. Claw much
curved, with a slight notch at the base. Cornicles small
perforated tubercles, situated close to the lateral margin of
the body. Cauda not developed. Rostrum short, extending
about halfway to the second pair of legs. ‘Total length 1°30
to 1°46 millim.; width 1:09 to 1:22 millim.
The larve are like the adult, but lighter in colour.
Larva of the winged female.——Light brown, ovate, slightly
narrower than the preceding form, but of the same length.
No waxy secretion present. The two spines on the anterior
new Brazilian Hemiptera. 385
border are indicated by two small tubercles. On the ventral
surface near the anterior margin there are two groups of three
spines each. ‘These spines are tuberculate and lance-shaped,
one pointing forward, the other two downward.
Antenne of five joints, of which the third is the longest.
Cornicles, cauda, claws, and digitules the same as in the
preceding form.
Adult winged female.—Brown, the antenna and dorsum of
the thorax darker than the rest of the body. Antenne of
five joints, joint 3 the longest. Length °500 to ‘597 millim.
Length of joints : (1) 36-43, (2) 29-36, (3) 234-277, (4) 108-
133, (5) 93-108. Joints 1 and 2 short and globose; joints
3, 4, and 5 cylindrical, circled with numerous elevations,
which, however, do not make complete rings, as the ends fail
to meet on the dorsal surface. Eyes black. ‘Three ocelli are
present, one at the base of each antenna and the other on the
anterior margin between the antenne. Length of the body
1:27-1-41 millim. Legs ordinary. Cornicles, cauda, claws,
and digitules similar to those of the other forms.
Wings colourless ; veins brown. ‘Lhe costa of the anterior
wings has one branch near the distal end. The two oblique
veins are united fora short distance near their bases. Poste-
rior wings with two oblique veins. When at rest the wings
are folded horizontally on the back. Length of fore wing
2°05 millim.; extent 4°61 millim.
Hab. Campinas, Brazil, ona species of palm; S. Paulo, on
another species of palm, on a species of Hpidendron, and on
Cattleya Harrisonia.
Aleurodida.
Genus ALEURODES, Latreille.
Aleurodes Young?, sp. n.
Full-grown larva broadly oval in outline, flat, usually bare
and with no distinct fringe on the margin. Colour light
yellowish to greyish; eyes small, dark chestnut-brown.
Margin of body very thin, crenulated, with one pair of sete
on the anterior end and two pair on the posterior end. Vasi-
form orifice large, broadly subovate in outline, situated about
0°100 millim. from the posterior margin of the body. Oper-
culum short, subcordate, truncated posteriorly. Lingula not
extending to the posterior edge of orifice ; distal end expanded,
cordate; edges serrated, with a pair of prominent sete ex-
tending beyond the posterior edge of orifice. Length 1°10
millim.; width ‘80 millim.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 28
386 Mr. A. Hempel on some
Very young larva light greyish to yellowish, elliptical in
outline, very flat; margin of body but slightly crenulated,
but with a fringe of thirty-four large hairs or sete. Antenne
and legs well developed, the latter with one long claw.
Vasiform orifice large, broadly subovate in outline. Oper-
culum elliptical, short, much wider than long. Lingula
extending to the posterior edge of orifice, subspatulate, with
the posterior half serrated and setose, terminating in a pair of
long sete.
Pupa light yellow in colour, of same size and shape as
full-grown larva. Eyes very large, dark chestnut-brown.
Marginal sete: and vasiform orifice as in full-grown larva.
Adult female light yellow in colour; wings creamy white,
becoming colourless in balsam, covered with a fine white
powder. Fore wings with a small dark spot at the distal end
of the vein, which under the microscope shows that it is
composed of a number of minute polygonal cells or areas.
Eyes large, oval, but slightly constricted in the middle, dark
chestnut-brown in colour. Antenne of seven joints. Length
‘475 to 500 millim. Approximate length of joints in pp:
(1) 21, (2) 70, (8) 147-175, (4) 56, (5) 70, (6) 59, (7) 53.
The length of the joints varies in different individuals, but
the relative proportions are preserved, these showing that
joint 1 is very short, joint 3 very long, and joints 2, 4-7 are
subequal. Legs very long. Length of insect *750—-940
millim.; extent of wings 3150 millim.
Adult male: colour, antenne, wings, and legs as in the
female. Genitalia large, with a strong upward curve.
Length -940 millim.; extent of wings 2°530 millim.
Hab. Iguape and Campinas, State of 8. Paulo, Brazil ;
on cabbage and collards, usually preferring the underside of
the leaves, but sometimes found scattered on the upper surface
also.
The adults fly readily when disturbed. The damage done
to the plants attacked is considerable, as the leaves become
yellow, wilted, and covered with a white powder, being thus
rendered unfit for use. This species is dedicated to Mr. Ernesto
Young, of Iguape, who first sent specimens, and furnished
the following notes on the life-history of the insect :—“ The
female lays about thirty-five eggs, sometimes in a semicircle,
but frequently also in irregular clusters or singly, taking from
thirty-five to thirty-six hours for the entire operation. The
larvee hatch from the eggs in sixty-eight to eighty-two hours,
and in about five days become full-grown. ‘The pupa stage
lasts but a few days; so that, under favourable circumstances,
the life-cycle is accomplished in from twelve to fifteen days.”
new Brazilian Hemiptera. 387
Aleurodes struthantht, sp. n.
Pupa broadly ovate or subcircular, slightly pointed, and
narrower anteriorly than posteriorly, flat, hard, black or a
mixture of black and yellowish. Dorsum bare, and no lateral
fringe of wax present. Lateral margin of body not crenulated.
In all specimens there is a narrow black marginal border.
The rest of the dorsum is black except a A -shaped yellowish
patch near the anterior margin, with a small yellowish spot
behind it on each side, and a semilunar space near the poste-
rior margin of the same colour. In many specimens the
dorsum shows a reticulated appearance as well as many fine
radiating lines, especially near the margin. Surface or
margin without hairs or sete. Vasiform orifice about -400
millim. from the posterior margin of body, small, hemi-
spherical. Operculum hemispherical, completely closing the
orifice. Lingula small, subspatulate, with two lobes on each
side and one terminal lobe. At the base of the orifice there
is a pair of crescent-shaped thickenings. The scale is perfo-
rated at three places, posteriorly at the anal orifice and
laterally at the first stigmatal areas. ‘These perforations are
very small and close to the margin. Length 2°20 millim.;
width 1:90 millim.
Adult female unknown.
Adult male yellowish brown in colour; eyes large, black,
dumbbell-shaped, nearly separated in the middle. Wings of
a uniform smoky colour. Length of body 1°60 millim. ;
extent of wings 3°60 millim. ‘The basal branch of the vein
in the fore wing is but slightly developed. Legs long and
hairy. Antenne of seven joints, *805-"870 millim. long.
Length of joints in py: (1) 35, (2) 63-70, (3) 84-122,
(4) 14, (5) 14-21, (6) 252-273, (7) 315-350. Genitalia
well developed, forcipate ; valves strongly curved at tip and
furnished with a few hairs. Penis about 2 length of valves,
bent upward with a slight gradual curve.
Hab. Paruahyba and 8. Paulo. On Struthanthus flexi-
caulis, Mart., growing on orange, Mechilia flava, and an
unidentified forest tree.
Genus ALEURODICUS, Douglas.
Aleurodicus Cockerellit, Quaintance.
Grown larva and pupa yellowish, about 1:87 millim. long
and 1°33 millim. wide; very flat ; lateral edge thin. Dorsum
covered with a dense thick mass of white secretion, arranged
in a marginal fringe, and a submarginal oval ring.
28*
388 Mr. A. Hempel on some
Adult male light yellow in colour; head, eyes, wings, and
antenne as in the female. Body narrow, 2°21 millim. long.
Extent of wings 4°93 millim. Genitalia large, -4380 millim. -
long, forcipate, tips strongly curved. Penis fine, tip curved
upward, *190 millim. long.
Eggs sinall, elongate, slightly curved, light yellowish, with
a short peduncle ; usually laid in an irregular mass and
covered with a fine white powder. The eggs hatch in from
11 to 13 days. The larva stage lasts from 44-46 days, and
the pupa stage from 15-16 days.
Hab. Campinas, State of S. Paulo, on the underside of
leaves of a cultivated guava (Psidium cattleianum). The
entire under surface of the leaves becomes coated with a fine
white powder, while the upper surface is usually covered with
a black fungus.
Coccide.
Genus DAcTYLopius, Costa.
Dactylopius subterraneus, sp. n.
Female, gall-producing, on roots of cultivated grapes.
Galls irregularly globose, 83-5 millim. in diameter, forming a
mass encircling the entire root. The interior is smooth and
lined with a white powder.
Female, probably immature, oval-convex, length of prepared
specimen 2°52 millim.; width 1°50 millim. Antenne of eight
joints, all bearing hairs; joint 8 the longest. Length of antenna
about ‘380 millim. Length of joints in w: (1) 56, (2) 42,
(3) 56, (4) 31, (5) 31, (6) 85-38, (7) 38, (8) 84-91. Approxi-
mateformula: 8 (13) 2(76)45. Twosmall conicaleyes present.
Rostrum large, situated between the first pair of legs. Rostral
loop extending halfway between the second and third pair of
legs. Legs long. Length of joints of first pair of legs in w:
coxa 91, femur and trochanter 245, tibia 140, tarsus and
claw 91. Claw small, well curved; both pair of digitules
small, with slightly expanded ends. Anal ring with six hairs.
Anal tubercles inconspicuous, each ending in one seta. On
the dorso-lateral surface of the body, including the anal
tubercles, there is a series of 34 groups of spines; each group
consisting of two thick sharp spines, with tuberculate bases,
around which are clustered 6-8 round glands. The abdominal
segments are distinct. ‘The last 4-5 segments bear on the
ventral surface many large round glands, while the dorsal
derm bears many small tubular glands.
Hab. lia Plata, Argentine Republic, on the roots of
new Brazilian Hemiptera. 389
cultivated grapes. Found by Dr. Carlos Spegazzini, and
sent to the writer by Dr. H. v. Ihering of S. Paulo.
Genus CEROPLASTES, Gray.
Ceroplastes campinensis, sp. n.
Adult female scale light yellow in colour, irregular, oval in
outline. Dorsum irregular, usually with three rounded humps,
one anterior and two posterior. Dorsal nucleus alone present,
depressed, slightly darker in colour than the surrounding wax.
The individuals vary considerably, the very young specimens
showing the three humps distinctly; while in the older
specimens the dorsum becomes more convex and the humps
are less conspicuous. ‘There are also specimens that are very
irregular and have the dorsum ornamented by a larger number
of humps. Not divided into distinct plates. Length about
4 millim.; width 3 millim.; height 2°50 millim. Very old
specimens are frequently larger. The widest part is posterior
of the middle. On each side, at the stigmatal areas, there
are two filaments of white wax that grow out at right angles
to the body, often attaining a length of 1°25 millim.
Boiled in a solution ot KOH, it colours the liquid carmine.
Freed from wax, the adult female is convex, derm light brown ;
caudal horn very short, dark brown in colour. There are no
distinct tubercles present, but the dorsum is slightly lobed,
being wider posteriorly than anteriorly. Around the ventral
margin there is a narrow flange, which is slightly indented
at the stigmatal areas. Derm chitinous, semi-transparent.
Length 3°25 millim. ; width 2°50 millim. ; height 2°25 millim.
Antenne small and thin, of six joints, all of which bear hairs.
Length -241—252 millim. Length of joints in w: (1) 42,
(2) 85-42, (3) 84-98, (4) 17-21, (5) 21-24, (6) 28-35.
Approximate formula: 3(1 2 6) (54). Rostrum well developed.
Rostral loop short. Legs weak. Length of joints of first
pair of legs in w: coxa 77, trochanter and femur 126, tibia
77, tarsus and claw 23. Claw small. ‘Tarsal digitules fine,
with slightly expanded ends; those of the claw larger, of
unequal size, one being very large, with ends widely expanded.
Lateral margin notched at the spiracles; each notch with a
circular area of 75-85 large and small blunt spines. Dorsal
surface studded with fine gland-hairs.
Male scales very light yellow, elliptical; dorsum convex,
ends rounded; lateral margin with a slight fringe of bits of
wax. Length 1:25 millim.; width °75 millim. Usually
placed on the undersides of the leaves.
390 On some new Brazilian Hemiptera.
Hab. Botucaté and Campinas, State of S. Paulo. On a
forest tree belonging to the family Myrtacee, and on culti-
vated guava (Psidium sp.). ‘The female scales are found on
the twigs, and on the midribs on the underside of the leaves,
while the male scales are found scattered over the entire under
surface of the leaves. The leaves and the scales themselves
are usually thickly covered with a black fungus, so that it
is nearly impossible to find well-preserved old specimens. A
species of ant also accompanies this insect.
Ceroplastes bicolor, sp. n.
Adult female scale subcircular; general colour light greenish
yellow, sides light reddish brown. Wax hard, surface
roughened, the divisions into plates indicated by fine lines.
Dorsum flat, greatly depressed about the dorsal nucleus,
giving the scale a crater-like appearance. Lateral abdominal
margins contracted, light reddish brown in colour, with two
fine white lines on each side. Dorsal nucleus large, sub-
quadrate, light orange in colour. The posterior edge of the
seale is slightly notched. Size about 4 millim. in diameter.
The individuals vary—sometimes the transverse diameter
being the greater, sometimes the longitudinal diameter.
Height 2-2°25 millim.
Boiled in a solution of KOH, it gives to the liquid the
colour of port wine. Denuded of wax, light brown in colour ;
caudal horn very short, black. Derm neither hard nor thick.
Outline slightly angular, dorsum convex, with no distinct
humps; lateral margins slightly notched at the stigmatal
areas. Length 3 millim.; height 2 millim.; width 2°5 millim.
Antenne small, of six joints, all of which bear hairs. Length
"210-219 millim. Length of joints in w: (1) 28, (2) 33-386,
(3) 61-83, (4) 19-22, (5) 22-25, (6) 31-383. Approximate
formula: 3261(54). Rostrum well developed. Rostral loop
extending to the second pair of legs. Legs very small and
weak. Length of joints of first pair of legs in w: coxa 63,
femur and trochanter 84, tibia 77, tarsus and claw 63.
Digitules of tarsus long, with ends expanded; those of the
claw larger, of unequal size, with ends expanded. Lateral
margin slightly notched at the spiracles; each notch bears a
circular area of about 90 large and small blunt spines.
Male scales small, reddish brown in colour, elliptical with
the ends rounded, and the dorsum convex. Length 1:25
millim.; width °60 millim.
Adult male small, dark brown in colour; antennee and legs
yellowish brown. ‘Total length, including genital spike, °825
millim.; genital spike +175 millim. Extent of wings
On Mysis relicta, Lovén, tn Ireland. 391
3°84 millim. Halteres are not present, and the wings do not
contain the pockets to receive the hooked ends. Antenne
apparently of nine joints, all bearing hairs ; the last ending in
three capitate hairs. Legs long and hairy. Claw large.
The two pairs of digitules hair-like, with buttoned ends ; not
much longer than claw.
Hab. Campinas, State of S. Paulo, on an unidentified
forest tree. ‘he female scales are found on the twigs and
branches, and the male scales on the upperside of the leaves.
The insects and leaves become covered with a black fungus.
A species of Camponotus also accompanies this insect.
Campinas, State of S. Paulo, Brazil,
July 22, 1901.
XLIX.—Mysis relicta, Lovén, in Ireland.
By Wm. F. pe Vismes Kang, M.A.
Bibliography.
1856. Thompson’s ‘ Natural History of Ireland,’ vol. iv. p. 174.
1861. Mysis relicta, Lovén, Cifversigt af K. Vetensk, Akad. Forhandl.
. 285.
1867. Mysis oculata, var. relicta, G. O. Sars, Histoire Naturelle des
Crustacés d’Haux douces de Norvége, i. p. 14, pls. 1-111.
1868. Mysis relicta, Kessler, Materialia ad cognosc. lacus Onege, p. 78,
pl. i.
1870. Mysis relicta, Jarzyusky, Preemissus Cat. Crust. Decapod. inv.
in Mari Albo, &c. p. 317.
1870. Mysis diluvianus, Stimpson, Trans. Wiscons. Acad. of Science,
1870-72.
1871. Mysis relicta, S. I. Smith, American Journal of Science & Art,
vol. ii. p. 5.
1873. Moots relicta, Hoy, “ Deep-water Fauna of Lake Michigan,”
Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol. xi.
1874. Mysis relicta, 8. I. Smith, “ Crust. of the Freshwaters of U.S.,”
Fisheries Report of Prof. Baird.
1879. Mysis relicta, G. O. Sars, Carcinologiske Bidrag til Norges
Fauna, 3rd pt. p. 73, pl. xxii.
1882. Mysis relicta, Czerniavski, Monographia Mysidarum, fase. ii.
p- 8.
1892. Mysis relicta, A. M. Norman, British Myside, p. 260,
1900. Mysis relicta, Drs. Samter & Weltner, Zool. Anz. Bd. xxiii.
no. 631.
Mysis relicta, Lovén, which inhabits fresh water, differs but
slightly from MM. oculata, Fabr., an arctic marine species,
except in its smaller size. According to Drs. Samter and
Weltner, the latter has been taken in the sea off Grinnel-land,
Greenland, Sabine Island, Iceland, Jan Meyen, Spitzbergen,
392 Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane on
Barent’s Sea, Novaia Zemlya, Kara Sea, Finmarken, Klos-
tereld Fiord (Norman), North Sea, Labrador, and the Atlantic
coasts of North America, at depths varying from 23 to 235
fathoms, but is absent from the Danish waters and the Ost
See. Czerniavski also mentions its having been dredged in
the White Sea on a muddy bottom at a depth of 64 fathoms.
Mysis relicta, the freshwater species, the subject of this paper,
has a very remarkable distribution. It would seem that its
first discoverer was William Thompson, of Belfast, who in
his ‘ Natural History of Ireland,’ published 1856, mentions
that on July 12th, 1851, he examined the contents of the
stomach of a Pollan (Coregonus pollan, Thompson) taken in
Lough Neagh, Ireland, which “ proved to be wholly of the
genus Mysis (not less than 100), except a Limneus pereger.”’
Unfortunately he did not enquire further into the species, and
made no further reference toit. Just ten years later, in 1861,
Professor Lovén published a paper on the Crustacea of Lakes
Vettern and Venern, in Sweden, and announced the discovery
of the following, namely: Mdysis relicta, Idvthea entomon,
Linn., Pontoporeia affinis, Lindstrém, Gammarus loricatus,
Sabine, and Gammarus cancelloides, Gerstfeldt; all of which
were closely allied to, if not identical with, marine forms.
In 1867 G. O. Sars announced its discovery in Lake Mjésen,
in Norway also, and eight other Swedish lakes in addition to
Lakes Vettern and Venern. Subsequently various lakes in
Russia and Finland were added to the list of HKuropean
habitats. Sars also records its having been taken in the
brackish water of the northern part of the Gulf of Bothnia,
but not south of Quarken. In North America, Drs. Hoy,
Stimpson, and Smith found it in Lakes Michigan and Superior,
between which and the sea there is no evidence of any con-
nexion in recent geological times. Lake Ontario, however
(from which M. relicta appears now absent), evidently formed
once a part of the St. Lawrence Valley, and marine shells of
the Quaternary deposit have been found there as far up as
Kingston; so that it has been suggested that the river flowing
out of Lake Superior might have anciently afforded an access
for marine species thence.
So far as to the published distribution of the species up to
the present date. I have now to place on record further
information as to its occurrence in Ireland, which marks at
present the most southern range of its extension. In the
autumn of 1898 the Rev. Canon Norman showed me a single
specimen procured from Lough Neagh, which stands recorded
in his monograph on British Myside. The history of the
discovery is as follows. Not having been aware of Thomp-
Mysis relicta, Lovén, in Lreland. 393
son’s reference to a freshwater Mysis in Lough Neagh, in
1883 Dr. Norman spent some weeks in the investigation of
the Crustacean fauna of several Scottish Lakes, in hopes of
finding some of the marine forms taken by Lovén in Lakes
Vettern and Venern. Loch Lomond and Loch Ness were first
chosen for examination, as being the most likely waters for their
occurrence; but though several days were spent, neither dredge
nor tow-net yielded the desired results. Loch Leven, Loch
Katrine, and many others were also explored on that occasion.
He then thought of the great lake in the north of Ireland, and
interested the late Rev. J. Gordon Holmes, of Antrim, in the
research. Boats and men were then employed under the latter’s
superintendence in Lough Neagh for a week at the beginning
of September 1885, and a series of dredgings were carried out
extending over the N.K. quarter of the lake as far south as
Ram’s Island. The deepest sounding from which mud was
collected was 55 feet, about 4 miles off shore. Large quan-
tities of material were then forwarded to Canon Norman, and
among masses of various species of Crustacea the specimen of
Mysis relicta above referred to was detected. Jam of opinion
that the marine dredge used was unsuited for the capture of
Mysis, as undoubtedly it is as plentiful in the northern half of
Lough Neagh as in the southern, it having been taken there
latterly by Dr. Scharff and Mr. Welch, of Belfast; and for
the same reason I am not inclined to accept the negative
evidence presented by Dr. Norman’s examination of the
Scottish lakes, in spite of his well-known experience and
skill, as conclusively final. Lough Neagh is not only the
largest lake in Ireland, but far the largest of any in the
British Islands. It is almost rectangular in shape, and
averages in length about 16 miles from north to south and in
breadth about 10 miles from east to west. Summer level
48 feet above the sea at low water. For its extent it is ex~-
tremely shallow, the greater area averaging about 40 feet,
but it deepens about the N.W. corner towards Toome, where
there is a hole with soundings of 96 feet near Pullan Bay.
This contrasts remarkably with the depths of 480 to 600 feet
to be found in the Scottish lakes. In 1898 Canon Norman
urged me to make further researches in Lough Neagh, and
accordingly the following July I spent four days at Lurgan,
and dredged various parts of the southern half as well as the
stormy weather would permit. I had come to the conclusion
that a special apparatus would be desirable, and accordingly
designed one provided with runners, to prevent it sinking in
the muddy ooze which forms a great portion of the floor of
freshwater lakes. On the 25th July therefore I crossed from
394 Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane on
Kinnigo Gut to Ardboe Point (about 12 miles) on the western
shore. With about 1 mile of offing in 40 to 50 feet of water
and a muddy bottom I made a haul, and took several Mysis
relicta and numerous Entomostraca, the new dredge working
admirably. Again, when about halfway home, another haul
in 35 feet and similar bottom resulted in a further capture of
Mysis. On the following day I sailed north and dredged in
39 feet soundings about 1 mile west of a line drawn between
Ram’s Island and Langford Point, and drifted east, the
bottom being muddy, and took a great quantity of Mysis and
a few Entomostraca &c. Another haul was then made in
45 feet and similar ground, with Langford Point abeam about
2 miles off. An immense number of Mysis were captured.
Another haul in shallower water nearer land and similar
bottom was equally successful. Off Tolans Point, on a sandy
bottom and shallower water, Argulus foliaceus and various
Hntomostraca were taken, but no Mysis. The third day’s
explorations were chiefly directed to research for Entomostraca
along the south shore of the lake as far as the Upper Bann
River. Tere, with 2 miles of an offing in 20 feet of water,
the bottom proved hard and sandy, and two trials for Mysis
proved fruitless. ‘The fourth day was devoted exclusively
to Entomostraca, and no dredging was done. I may here
state that the plankton did not offer any evidence of Scandi-
navian origin, such as I subsequently detected in the Lough
Erne Entomostracous fauna. Consequent upon my success in
Lough Neagh, I determined to follow up the quest of Mysis
relicta in Lough Erne, and accordingly on the 30th November
following I dredged in the head waters of the upper lake
between Belleisle and Knockninny. This part is uniformly
shallow, and the bottom wherever tested (except quite along
the shore) of a soft ooze. Here also I succeeded in getting
numerous examples of this Mys¢s in depths varying from 10
to 20 feet, the females generally being provided with ovige-
rous sacs, as I had hoped at that season, and were of a greater
average size than those captured in July in Lough Neagh.
But in addition to this I had the satisfaction of meeting with
two species of HKntomostraca which have not so far been
recorded from British waters, and which constitute further
links in the chain of evidence connecting the freshwater fauna
of Ireland with that of Scandinavia, namely Bythotrephes
Cederstromti, Schoedler, var. Cederstromit (species stricta),
and Bosmina mixta, Lillj., var. humilis. My friend Canon
Norman kindly identified them, and I give the names which
correspond to the forms delineated in Prof. Lilljeborg’s new
Mysis relicta, Lovén, in Ireland. 595
work ‘Cladocera Suecica’ (cf. p. 226 and plates), who also
has been kind enough to examine specimens for me.
Further investigation in the year 1900 showed that in
Lower Lough Erne also Mysis relicta exists in great numbers,
every haul of the dredge producing a plentiful supply both in
the shallower waters near the shore and in soundings from
100 to 180 feet in the middle of the broadest part of the lake,
here about 5 miles across. Gatherings made about the 1st of
June revealed the fact that the greater part of those taken
were young individuals of about 9 millim. in length, mixed
with a small proportion of adult specimens of full size, namely
about 22 millim., which is the same as that of the females
with ovigerous sacs taken in the Upper Lake in November;
and therefore this may be taken as the average extreme length
attained by adults in Lough Erne. An examination of these
revealed very slight variation from the continental forms
figured by Sars. To indicate the importance of a careful
comparison of Irish with continental examples it is neces-
sary to recapitulate the points of divergence between Mysis
relicta and Mysts oculata. ‘The theory put forward by Lovén
and generally adopted in reference to the five freshwater
Crustacea above referred to, which are only distinguished
from their marine congeners by very trivial distinctions, is
that the large lakes in which they are found were in late
geological times beneath the sea-level, but by the elevation
of the sea-bottom were converted into basins whose large
extent ensured a very slow alteration of their contents by a
very gradual reduction of their salinity. Those Crustacea
which have survived proved able to accustom themselves to
the gradual disappearance of the saline constituents of their
habitat. And in process of time they appear to have deve-
loped the slight alterations which now distinguish them from
the marine type, partly influenced perhaps by the altered
medium and possibly in some respects by isolation. The
chiet differentiating characters between Myszs relicta and the
larger Mysts oculata as given by Czerniavski and others may
be stated as follows:—The flat appendix or scale of the
second pair of antennae in MM. relicta exceeds by only one
third the peduncle of the first pair, being proportionally
shorter and broader than that of J. oculata. ‘The armature
ot the mandibles is more complicated. The segments of the
first pair of maxillipeds are shorter. The tarsi of the thoracic
feet comprise only from six to eight segments, not nine as in
the adult VW. oculata (according to Kroyer). The third and
fourth pair of the pleopods of the male, though agreeing in
396 Mr. W. F. de Vismes Kane on
general structure with those of the adult male of MM. oculata,
correspond more closely with those of its immature form.
But the most salient differential character is that of the
incision or indent at the distal extremity of the telson, the
contour of which Sars points out as also indicative of a
slightly arrested development in JM. relicta, since it accords
closely with the shape of the younger specimens of the marine
species. ‘This character, though persistent in the freshwater
species wherever taken (since Kessler’s illustration from Lake
Onega specimens appears only to be diagrammatic), presents
some shades of variation. Czerniavski describes the Russian
form thus, which accords well with Sars’s plates of Scandi-
navian specimens :—‘‘ Telsonte utrimque spinis modo 17-19
armato, incisura postica duplo breviore et lata, marginibus
modo leviter convexis.”” But he mentions that it varies
somewhat, and gives two varieties—forma major, Sars, from
Lake Ladoga, and forma orientalis, from Lakes Onega, Putko,
and Keno. The latter is considerably the largest race of
M. relicta known, being from 18°38 to 21 millim. in body
length and 22°5 to 25 millim. over all, measured from the
end of the telson and uropods to the extremity of the second
antennal lamine. Among other differential characters he
points out that in var. mazor the telson is armed with twenty
spines and its feet are slender &c., with the extremity of the
tarsus much shorter proportionally than that of var. orientalis,
whose feet are proportionally more robust. Drs. Samter and
Weltner, ina recently published paper, describe another form
ot M. relicta taken by them in the Madt' Lake, Pomerania,
which is only from 11 to 14 millim. in length as compared
with those of Lovén and Sars, @. e. 20 and 18 millim. respec-
tively. This form, though small, is stated to be in some
respects nearer to M. oculata than the typical M. relicta of
Lovén, as regards the cephalothorax and eye, and in the
male the secondary antenne and the third and fourth pair of
pleopods.
Irish specimens present, so far as I am able to judge, no
differential characters from the type of any great importance.
Adult examples from Lough Erne, taken on the 30th No-
vember, measured 163 millim. in body length and 22 millim.
over all from the extremity of the antennal scale to the end
of the telson and uropods*. ‘The telson of all the specimens
examined was armed with twenty-two spines counting the
terminal ones, thus differing from those of Czerniavski, and
* These were preserved in water and formaline, whereas the quoted
measurements of continental examples (if from spirit) would show diver-
gence through shrinkage of the soft parts.
Mysis relicta, Lovén, in Ireland. 397
the tarsi of the thoracic feet were composed of from seven to
eight segments. ‘he contour of the indent of the telson
corresponds very nearly with the figure given by Sars, the
convexity at the base of the terminal spines being very
moderate.
If the generally accepted theory is correct, namely, that
Mysis oculata was introduced into freshwater lakes by the
Glacial sea when subsidence of portions of the present land-
surface took place, no difficulty arises as to its introduction
thus into Lough Neagh, for geologists agree as to the sub-
mergence of a part of the east of Ireland as well as the central
plain. A subsidence of only about 10 feet now would bring
the floor of the greater portion of that lake to the level of the
sea. But with regard to Lough Erne there is some room for
doubt whether the introduction can have taken place from
the Atlantic seaboard, because although its proximity would
suggest that to be probable, and its present surface-level is
only about 180 feet above the sea at high-water spring-tides,
while a considerable area gives soundings of between 100 to
200 feet in depth, one spot reaching about 220 feet, yet
geological maps do not give the Glacial sea of Pleistocene
times such a western extension, the western seaboard of
Treland being supposed by many authorities to have been
tilted up, except where the central plain reaches Galway Bay.
But since the large basin occupied by Lough Oughter in
Co. Cavan, now about 250 feet above sea-level, is included
in the eastern area referred to which was submerged, it is
very probable that marine organisms would have found their
way thereto, as in the case of Lough Neagh. With an
elevation of the west coast the drainage of the Erne district
would have then flowed easterly ; but when the land-surface
attained its present relative level, and the transgression of the
sea over the eastern area ceased to exist, and the watershed
became changed, the drainage of Lough Oughter flowed west-
ward into Upper Lough Erne as at present, and such marine
organisms as survived would have had an opportunity of
colonizing its waters.
I hope at an early date to explore a portion of Lough
Oughter with the object of finding Mysis relicta. I desire to
express my obligations to the Rev. Canon Norman for access
to his valuable library and other assistance.
Drumreaske House, Monaghan.
398 Mr. G. A. K. Marshall—Some Experiments
L.—Some Excperiments in Seasonal Dimorphism.
By Guy A. K. Marswatt, F.Z.8.
ALTHOUGH a considerable number of important experiments
to test the direct effects of temperature and humidity upon
the coloration of butterflies have been carried out by several
distinguished observers in Hurope, yet the question appears
to have received but little attention in those parts of the
tropics where the extreme difference in the seasons has
resulted in many striking cases of seasonal dimorphism.
Possibly other experiments in this direction have been placed
on record, but the only one which has come under my notice
is that of Doherty with Melanitis leda, where he succeeded in
producing the wet-season form during the dry season by
keeping the larve and pupz in a bottle containing a wet
sponge. The paucity of such records has led me to publish
the results of a short series of experiments made during the
past winter with a view to ascertaining how far humidity
alone, as apart from heat, can be held responsible for the
marked differences between the summer (wet) and winter
(dry) broods of many of our butterflies.
The species used in these experiments belong mostly to
the genus Terias, the reason for this being, partly, that the
Jarvee and their food-plants were more accessible than those
of most other suitable genera, but principally owing to my
surmise that a species which exhibits a gradual and con-
tinuous transition from the summer to the winter form would
probably respond more readily to the direct action of climatic
conditions than would one in which the intermediate forms
have been more or less largely eliminated by natural selection,
and which thus might have acquired through this principle a
definite alternation of generations, irrespective of external
stimuli, as first suggested by Weismann. The truth or
otherwise of this supposition has yet to be demonstrated,
though the results here set forth do not appear to lend it any
support.
The experiments fall into two groups. In the first series
the larve: were reared under normal room conditions, and
were not transferred into damp surroundings until they had
suspended, the only exceptions being two examples of Terzas
senegalensis which had pupated in the room before being
submitted to moisture. In the second series the period of
humid conditions was much lengthened, the larve being kept
in the damp tins for from five to thirty-six days before pupa-
tion, in case this might prove to be the more sensitive stage.
The necessary conditions were obtained by using a number
in Seasonal Dimorphism. 399
of tightly closing tins, which were half filled with moist
earth or sand, this being kept sufficiently wet to ensure the
proper saturation of the air. In all cases the pupz were not
removed until the pigments could be clearly seen under the
wing-covers. Although the tins were opened several times a
day for the purpose of ventilation, it was impossible to
entirely prevent the growth of mould, which did a considerable
amount of damage, and the saturated atmosphere was evi-
dently prejudicial to the health of the insects. It was notice-
able that the mould did not affect healthy pups which were
normally suspended ; but in many cases the fastenings of the
larva were dissolved by the moisture, and it would fall on
the wet earth just before or after pupation. The slight
injuries thus sustained proved fatal in every instance.
The full results obtained may best be shown in tabular
form (pp. 400-401).
From these tables it will be seen that out of thirty-
three imagos no less than thirty remained unaltered by their
abnormal treatment and developed the ordinary coloration
characteristic of the dry season. With regard to the three
exceptions, it cannot be supposed that their divergence was
due to the direct action of the moisture, owing to the over-
whelming counter evidence, and they must be regarded
simply as instances of that overlapping tendency which is so
abundantly evident under natural conditions and of which it
is difficult at present to offer any adequate explanation. In
the case of the two Tertas Desjardinsi in the second series, [
made a check observation in the field at the time of their
emergence by examining fifty specimens of Terzas captured
at random, only taking into consideration those which were
in good condition and had probably lately emerged. Of these
I found six showing marked variations in the direction of
their respective summer forms, or a total of 12 per cent. In
my experiments, out of twenty-four Terias only two showed
such variation, giving a percentage of 8-3. We may thus
broadly consider that the artificial conditions to which they
were subjected had no effect whatever upon these insects and
that their behaviour was practically identical with what it
would have been in their natural mode of life. This result
is certainly at variance with my own anticipations (at least so
far as the genus Terzas is concerned) and is in direct opposition
to Doherty’s conclusions.
It cannot, however, be legitimately concluded from these
experiments that humidity plays no part in the causation of
seasonal dimorphism, for field observations have convinced me
that the lateness of the summer rains will certainly retard the
Mr. G. A. K. Marshall—Some Experiments
400)
‘pouttojap ‘Ap P
“ULOF UOSBES-JOM [[NJ sous ‘ P
otal
‘Arp P
“Arp &
"macy “labupnnjy “eA ‘kip 2
“Ap P
‘poutojop ATpeq ‘u10y AIG
‘Arp P
‘ip &
‘prnou Aq perry
‘pomowneuyoy
“prnow Aq petty
“Arp 2
“Arp
‘sjun Aq poliy edng
YOO
“kip $
‘Aap &
‘Arp &
“prnom Aq perTrsy
‘Arp
“pououneuyoy
*F[NS0y
"1 oune ‘7 ounr cileae AN Ge ag
‘og Avy 66 Ae Le vy.
eee ec eevae eeee 9 ‘G 6
cope & 7 Gs 7+ 5 -
6G ef alee L aan
el i ol 6G [dy Ge dy
Us| "8G 9 AUT g Avy
We 7 ‘21 AeW | “08 iSGhmes
‘TL ; |_| Pedouter yo Gas lie mee
°Q ‘9 66 aya 66 ‘OL 66
GT Avy ‘gAcN | 696 1
ee eereee eeee OG (G3 BG 66
ee eo eooee ‘ET : IL 7
Sea. ae te ig 2
‘OI v ‘ IG
or Avqy ‘yACM | ‘se * te @
edie one ee z
og0g00000 eee © ‘OL Tad: 6 Indy
0% ‘OL € 7
We ligase p AUN 7 Mey
GI Avy ‘g Avy 26 f 6
vee . = ee = ‘0G ; TG :
g Avy 7 Avy "GG tee
obese a5 ce wari ‘ GL (79
“LB EB ‘61 TAL
Tewtdy| ‘zTidy) = 6 dy 6 Indy
*po.dloungy “poAoulery ‘poyedng |‘ dup ut peoetg
"[ Saraag
0.6
. 6c
mohiygye
(19
. be
"*** pwjayon vyghg
. 66 3
oe ce
. 6c
site) 66
. 73
Dyphrg
ms
66
66
66
asuapolsaqy
6c
sasuappbauas $1.10 T,
6c
ce
66
ce
ce
if
‘setoedg
DISAYIMD 81D 9NT
6c
73
73
6c
a9
401
ism.
Seasonal Dimorph
wn
Tbe
UL O}VIPSULII}UL ynoqv eAoqe siep104q
yovyq ynq ‘epistepun yom WIM P q[eug
“SULA. OLOF JO Opts
-Iapun wo Ysep yeordeqns Jo sov1} ou ynq
‘m10F AIp [[NF ysoupy ‘“peursojep ATpeq &
“pmnow Aq por[ty
‘Arp &
‘pottojap Aypeq ‘ip &
wmIof AIC
‘umrogy AI
“matoy ATCT
‘unto AI
‘kip
‘Ap
jena
‘kip P
‘pomzojap ATpeq ‘Arp &
‘potasojyop Ajpeq ‘Arp P
“kip P
“kip P
‘Ap 6
“ynsey
"2G 66
86 ART
“yy Sey
‘g Ajue
(14 (14
66 66
(See 66
"QHIOUI9 0} P2Te T
. I il 66
‘a.d10ULd 0} PoTIeT
ra a
G
"T oun
‘OG 66
76 Avy
‘gS1OM9 0} Pettey
eoeee
“pas1ouyy
“TG, (73 6 (14
BG ke y (13
ee ° Ti Ae
‘OL AoW 6G Td y
Clea “iL OME
‘ST (14 66 66
‘ST 66 46 66
cs GGT
wie © Oe 7
Poe ole ge Ue A
PoAOTHOL FONT All .
a 66 ‘el (a3
"6G Gla)
"6 i Clan
Hoe Ape ela
06 oP Si2
0c Ae ames
yo: or
oy) {4 ‘0g -
*y oun Oley
feiceiceua) "eT KEW
‘poaowmory ‘poyedng
“T] Sarugg
‘durep ut peor, gq
‘TG 66
. 6c
ioe
"EG (%3
a
ae 66
‘GG 66
GS 66
° 6é
CZ 66
"GG 14
"GG (14
"GG 66
GG (15
UeeGy
‘G 66
aie
"2G 66
'8¢ [Hdy
p900 sphbajyd “oe
(73
ere 73 66
eee 66 6c
"s+ asupinlsag “
66
ere 66 (3
oce 66 66
eee (73 6G
-"* gesuappbauas spite J,
66
"+" anpyduto snjoon.taT,
ee ce eee projayon 66
66 66
ee ee eee
cere ess phyqyy ONghg
———
‘sotoedg
29
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii.
402 Some Haperiments in Seasonal Dimorphism.
appearance of the wet-season forms. One of the most marked
cases was in the summer of 1895-96, when I was camped at
Gadzima, on the Umfuli River. In a normal season we
usually get a few preliminary thunderstorms or showers in
September, and always in October, and the first appearance
of the wet-season broods may be looked for in the latter half
of November. But in this case not a drop of rain fell in that
locality until the 10th November, and even then there were
only a few scattered showers during that month. When I
left the district on the Ist January the dry-season forms of
the Pieridz were still on the wing in full force, and I had
seen no sign of the wet forms of the three common species of
Pieris, or of the Teracoli except one wet-season male of
T. pallene and one intermediate form of T. Anne. The
Terias, however, were peculiar, for while in the case of 7. bri-
gitta the winter form alone was on the wing at that date,
the summer form of TT’. senegalensis appeared first on the
17th November and increased in numbers thereafter. ‘This
abnormal lateness of the wet-season broods could only be
ascribed to the equally abnormal rainfall (it was under
14 inches for the whole season), and at the same time it
showed that heat alone is not the exciting cause which induces
the appearance of the summer form, for the dryness in the
early summer caused, as usual, a marked increase in the heat,
so that the summer forms should have appeared earlier than
usual instead of later had heat been the controlling factor.
On the other hand, in the case of Precis sesamus I have
noticed that the typical dry-season brood has appeared very
regularly in the past four years during February, or even in
the end of January, under the most contrary conditions,
which leads to the inevitable conclusion that its emergence is
regulated by some factor other than mere climatic conditions.
Indeed, the behaviour of this species tends to strengthen a
suggestion which I have already advanced, namely, that
possibly we have here a case in which the dry form is
gradually tending to eliminate and supplant the less adaptive
wet form, as a result of natural selection. And the evidence
is even stronger in the case of P. artaxia, Hew. During the
same seasons, however, the winter forms of the less differen-
tiated Pieridee made their appearance, as usual, at the end of
the rains.
The fact that one of the Precis archesia in the first series
of experiments emerged as the var. Staudingert, Dew., in
which the marbled markings on the underside are absent, is
of special interest, for although I have had a fairly wide
experience of the species in this country, I have never yet
A feviston of the Genera of the Avanee. AS
seen this variety in the field, its normal habitat lying con -
siderably north of this locality. It would, however, be
dangerous to base any conclusions upon an isolated case of
this kind.
From the foregoing facts it seems probable that, in the case
of those species which are amenable to the influences of
climate, the stimulus necessary to induce seasonal change
would consist in a combination of either moisture and heat
or dryness and cold, and not in either of these factors exclu-
sively. |
Two years ago I made a few experiments in applying moist
heat to the pupz of several species of Teracolus. Unfortu-
nately all my notes on the subject have been lost, but, so far
as I ean recollect, the results were almost entirely negative,
which I then attributed to insufficient heat. The resulting
Specimens were, however, sent to the Oxford University
Museum with full data, and such of the insects as are worth
preserving from the present experiments are being sent to the
same institution.
Salisbury, Mashonaland,
August 1901.
LI.—A Revision of the Genera of the ARANEZ or Spiders
with reference to their Type Species. By F. O. PicKArD
CAMBRIDGE, B.A.
In the ‘ Annals & Magazine of Natural History ’ for January
1901 I have discussed the question of the determination of
type species for various genera and have briefly detailed the
main features of that method of selecting type species amongst
heterotypical genera which is usually known as “elimination ”
or ‘‘ exhaustion.”
My remarks have called forth prompt criticism from
Dr. Dahl, in a paper published in the ‘ Archiv fiir Natur-
geschichte,’ Jahrg. 1901, under the title “ Die internationalen
Nomenclaturregeln und ihre Anwendung auf die altesten
Spinnengattungen.”
In this paper the author questions not only the application
of the principles Jaid down in relation to the special cases
dealt with, and the value of the methods themselves, but
he -even goes so far as to doubt whether there is any
necessity for the selection of a type species at all.
Now, before we enter the field of discussion as to the
methods and rules whereby a type species is to be recognized,
29*
404 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision
we must be quite certain that we have made up our minds
first of all as to whether, in the interests of practical systematic
zoology, a type species is to be selected or not.
It is still an open question for some. The general
morphologist, for instance, who is under the impression that a
thorough knowledge of the anatomy of the common stag-
beetle sufficiently warrants him in speaking authoritatively
on leading questions involving the whole family of the Coleo-
ptera, may perhaps not appreciate the necessity; but the
systematist who has to deal with countless generic divisions,
subdivisions, and names, and to determine what characters
those names are to connote and what species to denote, who is
familiar with the hopeless chaos arising because no two
authors agree on those points, and who wishes to see some
definite settlement of them, this man will not hesitate as to
the course to be adopted. And although Dr. Dahl gaily
enters the lists in this criticism of methods, he has evidently
not made up his own mind as to whether it is necessary to
select a type species or not; for he says, “‘L think we are
acting in perfect accordance with the spirit of the rules of
nomenclature if we... tn certain cir cumstances even acknow-
ledge several typical species jor one genus.’
Well, Dr. Dahl is of course perfectly entitled to his own
opinion on the matter; but one wonders how came he into
this galley at all? If hel does) mot acknowledge the necessity
of selecting a type species for a genus, he has evidently had
no great practical acquaintance with modern systematic
zoology—not sufficient, at any rate, to justify him in a whole-
sale criticism of the comparative merits of the various methods
of selecting types.
If Dr. Dahl’s attitude be really, as he suggests, in accord-
ance with the spirit of the ‘* Rules of Nomenclature ’—a spirit
which allows him to select a single type in one case and three
or four in another,—well, then, so much the worse for those
rules, and the sooner they adapt themselves to the needs of
systematic zoology the better will it be for those who are
practically engaged therein.
In criticizing ‘the methods followed in my paper Dr. Dahl
declares that “the writer follows his own rules of nomenclature.’
I must say I] am surprised that Dr. Dahl should be so very
ill-acquainted with the whole problem of the selection of types
as to credit me with the invention of methods which have
been well known for years to the majority of the ablest
systematists of the day in most branches of zoology.
He, moreover, states that those methods are contrary to the
spirit ‘and letter of the International Rules of Nomenclature.
of the Genera of the Aranee. 405
As a matter of fact, the adoption of the method of “ elimina-
tion”? is simply the logical application of the very rule which
Dr. Dahl himself quotes as follows :—“ The first publication
wn which a genus is subdivided, whether justifiably or unjusti-
fiably, whether in a conscious or an unconscious manner, must,
where no typical form was named, decide what portion of the
original genus ts to retain the or iginal name.’
If the first publication leaves more than one species in the
genus, then the next publication which again subdivides the
residue will decide what portion of the original genus is to
retain the original name, and so on until one species only is
left, and this remains as the type. And if not, why not ?
And if so, this is just simply the process of “ elimination ”
or “‘ exhaustion.”
If the International Rules allow an author to limit a genus
to ten species, on what logical grounds will they forbid him
from limiting it to ONE species ? And if an author definitely
elects (or cites) a single species as the type, he is simply,
“justifiably or unjustifiably, consciously or unconsciously,”
deciding what portion of the original genus (a single species
in this case) shall retain the original name. The process is
not precisely similar to that of elimination, but for all practical
purposes it is the same.
Elimination pure and simple.
Now elimination pure and simple proves in its practical
application almost invariably to land us in an absurdity. In
this way: the species which authors withdraw are usually
those that are best known, with characters salient and well
described, leaving in those less well known—with this result,
that the last species left in is one which is not known, is
badly described, and is never likely to be identified with any
certainty ; and this miserable phantom is left us as the type of
the genus, In its simplest and purest form the process often
ends in a futility.
But by recognizing the definite selection or citation of a
type species systematists may overcome this difficulty, and
by a process not inconsistent with the Rules of International
Nomenclature. Because, it will be noted, most authors in
citing a type species have selected as typical those that are
well known to them, and hence the genus will be represented
by a species whose characters can be always ascertained; so
that for ‘‘ practical purposes,” and we are now concerned with
none other, the process or method which most of all serves in
bringing about a reasonable and practical result is one of
406 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision
elimination tempered by definite selection or citation—the
one object held in view being the narrowing, as early as
possible in the history of a genus, the area within which the
type species must be sought for, always presuming that this
shall be one of those species originally included when the
genus was first founded and the generic name bestowed.
The Problem before us.
We must, then, in connexion with this problem make up
our minds on the following points :—
A. Asto the date from which our nomenclature is to begin.
B. As to the necessity for fixing upon a single species as
the type of each genus.
C. As to the method of fixing upon a single species as the
type in the case of heterotypical genera.
With regard to the first point: in my paper referred to
above I had not excluded the names published by Clerck in
1757, because I considered that they answered all the require-
ments of the binomial system. It is of course quite absurd
to exclude Clerck merely because he wrote one year earlier
than the date arbitrarily fixed upon as the point whence our
nomenclature should start—the tenth edition of Linneus,
1758.
None the less, however, I agree with Dahl that if we are
to accept the tenth edition as the starting-point, then Clerck’s
names must go; for this is just a case in point where we
shall never get agreement unless we adhere absolutely to this
first rule. ‘There is no question of right or wrong in the
matter, nor even of common sense—rather the contrary ; it is
simply a question of convenience, a step taken for “ purely
practical purposes,’ as Dr. Dahl himself suggests, in order to
avoid disputation and to bring arachnological nomenclature
into line with that of other branches of zoology.
B.—It is not necessary to enlarge upon the necessity of
fixing upon a single species as the type. This, again, is a
purely practical question, for theoretically there is no type of
a genus. And this practical type is a species, in the case of
arachnology consisting of two sexes, round which others
group themselves, their characters fining away all round the
circumference, where they pass into other adjacent groups.
Practically we have to decide upon the species which is to be
regarded as the centre of this group.
Dr. Dahl, in pointing out that the International Rules make
no mention of the right of an author to select a type, adds
that ‘ they speak only of the original type, and tn this they do
of the Genera of the Aranee. AO7
well.” He admits, then, that the original type (not several
types) is to be sought for under the International Rules; but
that is precisely the problem before us, to settle what is to be
considered as this original type.
Dahl would have us analyze and weigh every word of an
author, in order that we may glean, if possible, some inkling
as to what species he would seem to have had more especially
in his mind when he founded a genus, so that we might select
that species which appeared to embody more fully the cha-
racters of the genus according to the author’s original idea.
Theoretically this course appears reasonable, for practical
purposes it is impossible. How many arachnologists would
agree, first, as to what the original idea of the genus was,
and second, as to which species fulfilled all the requirements
of that idea? In this way we launch ourselves at: once into
that labyrinth of hair-splitting arguments out of which there
is afterwards no escape for the disputants and no practical
way out foratype. It is exactly this fatal quagmire that
we have to avoid if we are ever to come to any agreement at
all. ‘There are a quite sufficient number of “hard cases” to
exercise our analytical faculties over in minor details without
rendering the settlement of every case impossible at the
outset. But on what practical grounds can Dahl, ostensibly
seeking for Latreille’s original type of Saléicus, tor instance,
refuse to recognize the species which the author himself a
few years later cited as “type”? Is it likely, without neces-
sarily converting the word type into a fetish, that Latreille
would have cited the species which he did noé regard as fairly
embodying his idea of the genus? Is it not more reasonable
to suppose the contrary to be the case ?
In fact Dahl himself says :—‘ Since later authors ought as
closely as possible to follow the original author, the species
specially named by the latter must, by them also, be the first to
be considered.” Precisely so! And tor practical purposes
the adoption of the type cited saves us a great deal of un-
necessary trouble. Why, then, ignore Latreille’s citations in
1810 ?
But of course every one has a right to his own opinion,
and if Dr. Dahl does not agree that it is necessary to select a
type species at all, I fully respect his opinion. But it is of no
use discussing with him as to the methods to be adopted in
the process, when he does not even agree that the process
itself is necessary.
C.—On the method of fixing upon a single species as the
type in the case of heterotypical genera. There are four
methods :—I1. Elimination or exhaustion; 2. Restriction ;
408 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision
3. Citation or selection of a type; 4. Selection on account of
the identity of generic or specific names. We have to consider
under what circumstances a genus can be regarded as legitt-
mately restricted either by elimination, by restriction, or by
the citation of a type.
(1) To take the case of Pure Elimination first. When a
genus is subdivided or broken up by an author and one or more
new genera formed out of the original species, leaving one or
more species under the original name, this is legitimate elimi-
nation. But there is no elimination when the original genus
is merely cited and one or more of the original species cited
under it. There must be at least one new genus founded
out of the original species at the time when we claim sub-
division or elimination to have taken place.
The reasons for this will be obvious. In the first place, it
will confine us to works that are definitely systematic, and
not merely lists; and, secondly, we shall exclude the works
of those who were merely compiling a popular treatise,
without any intention of advancing the systematic knowledge
of the group— Jgnoramuses,” as Dr. Dahl prefers to term
them. By adopting this course, too, we shall save ourselves
the trouble of undertaking half a century of research in the
British Museum, examining every newspaper, periodical,
magazine, and popular treatise, lest perchance some author
las unwittingly restricted a genus by some unconscious
elimination of certain species originally included in it.
(2) Next, to take the case of “restriction.” When an author
definitely states that he wishes it to be understood that a
genus be restricted to such and such species, or cites certain
species and adds the formula “ sensu restricto,” the conditions
under which this restriction takes place are in themselves
a sufficient guarantee that the work is systematéc and not that
of an ‘ Ignoramus.”’
(3) With regard to the third method, namely that of the
selection or citation of a type, we have to be equally explicit,
for purely practical purposes, as to the circumstances under
which such action can be regarded as valid. It is not a
question as to what early authors meant by the terms “ type”
or ‘ example,” or what they did not mean ; nor is it a question
of what we think they meant. They themselves knew, in all
probability, exactly what they meant by these terms, though
it is quite clear that we ourselves cannot say for certain what
they did or did not mean.
But the practical question for us is, what meaning are we
going to attach to these terms—typ, typus, type, and
ca“emplum, exemple, evample? For we must be quite clear in
of the Genera of the Aranee. 409
our own minds on the matter, just as we were on the question
of the tenth edition of Linneus. It is not a question of right
or wrong, nor of common sense; it is purely a question as to
what course is for practical purposes the simplest and least
likely to lead to disputation.
Personally, and I have no wish to lay down any law for
any one, I am inclined to believe that the line should be
drawn at “ example.” That we should assume that when an
author cites a single species with the additional designation
of typ, typus, or type, he was definitely citing what he
regarded as the species fairly embodying the characters of
the genus, provided, of course, that it was originally included
in the genus.
Thorell, as long ago as 1870, recognized the significance
of this term and himself selected ‘ types”’; Simon has also
taken the same line; and the only point one would insist upon
is that we shall not allow ourselves to open up disputation as
to what an author did or did not mean when he used the
term. The point is that he has done so in printed fact, and
for our present practical purpose that is sufficient.
I would not admit ‘‘ example,” because it is more than
probable that this word has frequently been used by writers
who had no idea of definite systematic study ; and if we did
so we should instantly open the door for the entrance into
the field of enquiry of all those popular and trivial works
referred to above, which are well excluded by confining
ourselves to those selections cited under the word “ type.”
One does not fora moment suggest that this course has any
great underlying principle which would commend it, but that
it is the simplest for those whose only object in view is to
narrow down as early as possible the area within which the
type need be sought for—no unimportant consideration in
cases where sixty or seventy species were originally included.
This course will, I have little doubt, be adopted by all
authors, as it has been by very many already who have had
abundant experience inactually dealing with the complex ques-
tions involved, and have ascertained on what lines absurdities
can best be avoided and some definite result reached. Men
whose knowledge of the subject is purely theoretical will
probably not agree on any lines that may be suggested, for
the simple reason that there is not one of the lines proposed
against which one or more weighty objections cannot be
urged. ‘This we freely admit, and it is necessary then, if we
are determined to arrive at some practical result, to choose
that method against which fewest objections can be urged by
those who have actually worked out results.
410 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision
(4) The custom of regarding as the type of a genus that
species whose specific name has been adopted as the name
of the genus including it has long been followed by zoologists.
Examples of such identity of generic and specific names will
readily occur—e. g. Lutra lutra, Scomber scomber, Astacus
astacus, Avicularia avicularia, &e.
The reason for such custom is clear. If a species be defi-
nitely referred to by the author in connexion with the formation
of a genus, it is assumed that the author himself regarded
this as the type. How then, it is argued, can an author
refer more pointedly to a species than by adopting its specific
name to denote his new genus? This species, then, is regarded
as the type and has prior claim as such over any other left by
subsequent process of elimination or citation, just as would be
the case if the author himself had cited the type at the time
of founding the genus.
But in any case the species must have been originally
included in the genus, e. g. Avicularia avicularia (Linn.).
The type, however, of Yarentula, Sundevall, cannot be
T. tarentula (Fabr.), because this species was not originally
included amongst those referred to the genus. Fortunately
very few cases of such identity of name occur, so that compli-
cations are not likely to arise.
The oldest Species as the Type.
There appear to me to be no reasonable grounds for sup-
porting the contention that the oldest species ought to be
regarded as the type in heterotypical genera where no type
has been previously cited, definitely indicated, or left in by
exhaustion.
No one can confidently assert that authors always had the
oldest species in their minds when they diagnosed their new
genera, any more than that they had the jirst in order of
publication in their minds. One might equally well assert
that the middle species of the series would be more especially
in the author’s mind, and that he was grouping the others
round this central typical form. There can be no grounds
for either of those assumptions, and no two authors would
nowadays agree on any one of them.
It seems to me better to leave the selection in such cases
entirely to the option of the selector.
There are several other points also about which we must
make up our minds, to which I now briefly refer.
of the Genera of the Aranez. 411
A Generic ‘‘ Nomen nudum.”
Much diversity of opinion appears to exist also on this
subject, but, none the less, if we are to make any attempt to
settle the type species of a genus we shall have to make up
our minds under what circumstances a generic name is valid
and when a nomen nudum.
There are two sets of circumstances under which a generic
name might conceivably be regarded as null and void, and
one in which it is not easy to decide :—
(1) When a generic name is proposed and _ published
without either generic diagnosis or any species cited by name
or cited by reference to some group name or sectional name,
involving certain species under them, previously published.
In this case, since there are no means whatever of ascer-
taining the characters on which the genus is founded, the
generic name is null and void.
(2) When a generic name is published with a generic
diagnosis, but without any species being cited either by name
or by reference.
In this case, again, the type species cannot be fixed, and
though the generic characters are given, unless a definite
species be cited or referred to, it is difficult to understand how
the genus can be valid, seeing that theoretically a genus
represents a group of species, and must, for practical pur-
poses at any rate, be represented by at least one species
definitely cited or referred to. Dr. Dahl would, if further
proceedings interest him in any way, agree to this, for in his
analysis of the spirit of the Rules of Nomenclature, in his
search for the principles on which they are based, he has
discovered —PRINCIPLE LY. “‘ Typical species, in the rules of
nomenclature, take the place of the conception of genus”: with
this result, that “the purely formal basis ts retained, and the
fluctuating conception of genus avoided.” Quite so! That
is precisely what we are striving to point out. Our efforts
are directed to secure this “formal basis,” so as to avoid that
« fluctuating conception of a genus” which is so exasperating
to the modern student of the Aranee.
(3) The next case is a doubtful one. When the species
quoted or referred to actually contradict the generic diagnosis
in one or more characters.
This is a difficult question, because at first sight it seems
that if a species in any of its characters contradicts the
diagnosis it cannot be the type of that genus. But sup-
posing the character is not essential—e. g. the central anterior
eyes are two and a half diameters apart, whereas the generic
412 Mr. F. O. P. Cambridge—A Revision
diagnosis quotes them as two diameters apart, while the
rest of the characters coincide with the diagnosis. Can one
hold that this would exclude the species from being regarded
as the type? Who is to settle what is the essential cha-
racter of a genus and what is not? No two authors
would agree. Personally, I should hold that since we are
looking for a formal basis, the best one we can find will be
one of. the species originally referred to the genus, quite
irrespective of whether the author described their characters
correctly in his generic diagnosis or not. One would not, of
course, if the selection of a type were left to one’s self, delibe-
rately select the species which was thus contradictory to the
generic diagnosis ; but otherwise one would have to treat the
species as though there was no contradiction. That at least
is my personal opinion. The fact is that it is not the generic
diagnosis (the conception of the genus) which is all-important,
but the species referred to the name; these are all-important,
for from one or other of them the characters of the genus
can always be ascertained, especially if one be selected as the
type. Dr. Dahl will agree with this, being merely the
practical application of his Principle IV., though his attitude
in other respects is not altogether consistent with his adherence
to the principle he himself claims to have discovered.
It follows, then, that there are two circumstances under
which a generic name is clearly valid :—
(1) When accompanied by a diagnosis and with one or
more species cited by name or clearly included by reference
to some former publication.
(2) When not accompanied by a diagnosis, but with one or
more species cited by name or included by reference.
Note.—The generic diagnosis is really included in the
species. In the case of the Araneidea we should be obliged
to exclude almost all of C. L. Koch’s generic names if the
presence of a generic diagnosis were held to be indispensable
to an available generic name.
When a Type Species has been wrongly identified.
Another case giving rise to much difference of opinion runs
as follows:—An author founds a new genus with a diagnosis,
and cites as the type a single species already described. It is
afterwards discovered that the specimen diagnosed is not the
species the author supposed ; it has been wrongly identified.
The question is, What now is the type of the new genus,
the species cited by name or the specimen which has been
wrongly identified ?
To. give a concrete case in illustration. ‘The new genus
of the Genera of the Aranee. 413
Melopeeus, accompanied by a diagnosis, was based on a
specimen in the Brit. Mus, Coll. identified by the author as
Selenocosmia albostriata, which is cited as the type.
Now if 8. albostriata has in this instance been wrongly
identified, what is to be regarded as the type of Melopeus ?
Some authors consider that the species cited by name must
be the type, and the name Melopeus will become a synonym
of Selenocosmia, or, at any rate, will follow the fortunes of
S. albostriata.
Others regard this as absurd, a mere confounding the
symbol with the thing signified, and hold that the specimen,
though wrongly identified, is, and always must be, the type of
Melopeus.
Now there are two possible circumstances—
(1) In which the specimen, wrongly identified, has never
been described and has no name.
In this case Melopeus becomes a generic “ nomen nudum,”
because, though the genus is diagnosed, it is based upon a
non-existent species, and therefore there can be no type species
of the genus.
(2) In which the example, wrongly identified, is found to
have already been described under another name.
Then this species thus named is the type of Melopeus, and
the name MMelopeus will follow the fortunes of the type
species.
There is no doubt that IMelopeus must, for weal or woe,
follow the fortunes of the specimen whence the diagnosis is
drawn. If the latter be non-existent as a recognized species,
Melopeus falls; if the specimen diagnosed be referable to
another genus under a recognized specific name, J/elopeus
becomes a synonym under that genus.
It is, however, of course open to the author to describe the
example, using if he please the original generic name; but if
another author has meanwhile described the species under
another new generic name, then Jelopeus becomes its
synonym.
This at least, in my humble opinion, is the solation of the
case in question.
Priority in Pagination.
Every one will agree with Dr. Dahl that there is no
necessity to point out that the first pages of a work cannot be
considered in reference to their date of publication as older
than the later pages.
The choice of a name, specific or generic, which occurs on
414 A Revision of the Genera of the Araner.
an earlier page in preference to one printed on a later page,
or a later line on the same page, can be defended simply on
the grounds that it is an extremely useful course to adopt for
“ »ractical purposes.” We have to select one name, why
not select that which occurs first? It occurs first in the
manuscript, it was first set up in type, if the question of
priority be discussed ; but whether or not makes no difference.
It is a simple straightforward method of settling a difficulty.
But some people do not like simple methods ; they prefer to
enter into labyrinthine arguments rather than settle the
matter. Does it simplify the process of determining which
specific name is to hold good out of three, each of which was
applied to a variety of the same species, by asking, for in-
stance, under which name the “ forma principalis”’ is
described? Who will agree as to the “ forma principalis,”
when the form which is a variety in one country may be the
principal one in another ?
Of course, if it be not agreed that we want to reduce these
methods to their simplest possible terms, there is no need to
waste time discussing the point either on this or any other
question.
In conclusion, I regret that pressure of other work has
prevented me replying to Dr. Dahl’s paper before, and even
now hinders me from dealing with the question of the types
of the Latreillean genera just at present. ‘l'his, however, I
hope to do shortly, and also from time to time with the
others on the lines briefly indicated above. But I should
like it to be distinctly understood that I have no wish or
intention of laying down the law for any one else on any
point ; but having come to the conclusion that, if the con-
fusion in the nomenclature of the Arachnida is not to become
worse confounded year by year, the types must be selected
and some definite conclusion arrived at with regard to them.
Practical acquaintance with the difficulty and the intricacy of
the questions involved has suggested the remarks made
above as to the methods to be followed. These are not my
own methods, but have been followed, tentatively at any rate,
by many authors for years. JI may remark, however, that I
have not given adherence to any of them without first
applying the test of their practical application to the problem
before us. And, finally, 1 would like to point out again to
Dr. Dahl that, far from being contrary to the spirit of “ Die
internationalen Nomenclaturregeln,” these methods are quite
consistent with both letter and spirit as he himself has quoted
and interpreted them respectively.
Mr, ©. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Zul. 415
LI.—On Okedenia, Hul.
By C. Merrescukowsky.
[Plate VIL]
THE genus Okedenia was established in 1868 by Hulen-
stein in a manuscript which was never published. He
founded it for a strange and particular diatom which had
been described in the year 18£9 by Brébisson under the name
of Amphipleura inflexca*; and for some time this genus
was accepted by such authorities as Cleve and Van Heurck,
who both published among their type species the Amphi-
pleura infleca of Brébisson under the name of Okedenia
inflexa t. A more careful examination of the structure of the
frustule made especially by Van Heurck has convinced this
author, Cleve, and, finally, all diatomists that the form
was simply an Amphora, an opinion which had already been
suggested by H. L. Smith in 1873 f. ‘Thus this genus had
only a short existence, and was soon discarded, as it seemed,
for ever.
In the present note I shall endeavour to restore this oll
genus and establish it on a new basis. It will, however,
comprise not only Amphora inflexa, but also another rather
curious and strange diatom belonging to the genus Navicula.
I mean N. scopulorum, Bréb., or N. Johnsonit (W. Sm.) as
some authors prefer to call it. Both are very peculiar forms,
not near akin to any other species of the respective genera to
which they have been assigned; and this has struck all
diatomists who have had to deal with them. ‘Thus, for in-
stance, Cleve calls Amphora inflexa an ‘isolated and strange
form” §, and in regard to Navicula scopulorum he says that
“it is a very characteristic form, which seems not to be very
nearly allied to any other species” ||; and Van Heurck {| has
even created a special group for this species—the Johnsoniz.
As may be seen, the shells alone point to the fact that these
diatoms are of a very peculiar nature, distinct from Navicula
as well as from Amphora.
But it is not so much on account of the form and structure
* Kutzing, Spec. Algarum, p. 88.
+ Cleve, Mar. D. no. 192; Van Heurck, type no. 167.
t ‘The Lens’ (Chicago), ii. p. 78.
§ Cleve, Synops. of the Navicul. Diat. part ii. p. 131.
|| Z. e. part i. p. 162.
4] Van Heurck, Syn, d. D. d. Belg. p. 99.
416 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, ul.
of the frustule or the valve as of that of their cell-contents
that I find it necessary to separate these forms from their
respective genera and to unite them in one new, or, rather,
revived genus. The chromatophores of Amphora inflera and
Navicula scopulorum are, indeed, so peculiar and so different
from those of MNavicula and Amphora, that it seems very
unnatural to unite them with either of these genera; and at
the same time the endochrome is so similar in both that there
can be no doubt as to their near relationship.
Besides the two above-mentioned diatoms, I include in the
same genus Okedenia two new forms which are characterized
by their endochrome. ‘The endochrome being thus the main
characteristic, as well of the genus as of the species which it
includes, I will now proceed to its description.
Okedenia scopulorum (Bréb.), Mer.
(Pl. VII. figs. 1-3.)
Navicula scopulorum, Bréb. in Kiitz. Spec. Ale. p. 81; Grunow, Ver-
handl. 1860, p. 547, pl. i. fig. 6; Donkin, Brit. Diat. p. 73, pl. xii.
fie. 5; Cleve, Syn. Navic. Diat. part i. p. 151; Peragallo, Diat. mar.
d. Fr. p. 68, pl. viii. fig. 26. Pimnularia Johnsonn, W. Smith, Br.
Diat. pl. xix. fig. 179 (1853). Navieula Johnsonii, Van Heurck, Syn.
D. d. Belg. p. 99, Suppl. B, fig. 28.
The endochrome consists of 16-38 granules or little plates
regularly disposed in pairs along both of the connecting-
zones. Hach plate is composed of two narrow longitudinal
bands, occupying respectively the right and left side of the
frustule, and connected in the middle by a narrow trans-
verse bar, thus reproducing exactly the letter H. When
seen from the valve-face they appear as simple sticks disposed
in two rows along both sides of the valve (fig. 1). It is
only when the frustule takes an oblique position that both
opposite plates with their eight prolongations can be seen
simultaneously.
In some cases the transverse band may be broader than is
represented in fig. 2; but such cases are not typical. The
terminal chromatophores reach the extremities of the frustule,
in the middle they are not more distant than elsewhere. The
central part of each chromatophore contains a pyrenoid, which
has the shape of a flat disk or ellipsoid, appearing more or
less rounded when seen from the girdle-face and more elon-
gated elliptic when seen in profile, 7. e. from the valve-
face. When the diatom is dead the H-formed plates become
contracted, and they appear then as simple round granules
(Pl. VII. fig. 4, and woodcut figs. 1, 2).
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Hul. 417
This structure of the endo- 2.
chrome is so different from that
of all other species not only of
the genus Navicula (of which I
have studied about fifty species
in this respect), but of all Na-
viculoid diatoms in general, that
there can be no doubt as to
the systematic place of this
diatom: it is certainly not a
Navicula.
I have observed a great num-
ber of living specimens of this
species both in the Black Sea
and the Mediterranean (Ville-
franche). Some of the valves
here figured are so long and Dead shells of O. scopulorum,
narrow that they seem to repre- with endochrome. 722
sent an intermediate form be-
tween the type species and the var. perlonga, Brun.
°
ie)
O
io)
©)
O
O
O
)
O
O
O
fo)
°
ie)
(eo)
Okedenia scopulorum, var. fasciculata (Grun.), Mer.
(Pl. VII. figs. 6-8.)
Grunow, in Cleve, Mar. D. no. 178; Cleve, Syn. Naviec. Diat. part i.
p. 152.
The endochrome of this variety, of which I have observed
only a few specimens in the Pacific Ocean (San Pedro,
California), is in the main the same as in the type species,
differing by the plates or granules not having the four elon-
gated prolongations which are so characteristic of the type
(fig. 7); in this variety the plates are quadrangular, more
developed transversely than longitudinally, with their margins
concave, and the two central plates alone are provided with
short prolongations or rudiments of horns of the same kind
as in the type. ‘The number of plates is twenty, disposed in
five pairs in each half of the frustule, not reaching its extre-
mities. The centre of each plate contains a round pyrenoid,
which is not united with the pyrenoid of the opposite plate.
The eleoplasts are numerous; there are usually two of them
between each two plates at their ends. When seen from the
valve-face (fig. 8) the chromatophores appear to be very
thick, but this is probably due to the presence of pyrenoids
and does not represent their real thickness.
Length of the valve 0:072 mm. (according to Cleve 0:08-
0-120 mm.), breadth 0:0062-0:0067 mm.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 30
418 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Eul.
The valve is characterized by its linear form, not inflated in
the middle (or only imperceptibly) nor at the ends.
Two or three other varieties of this species are known :—
(1) Var. perlonga * (Brun), Mer.
Brun, Diat. esp. nouy. p. 39, pl. xv. fig. 2; Cleve, Syn. Navic. D. part 1.
p. 152. Navicula famelica, Castrac. Osserv. Cicloph. p. 9, according
to De Toni.
Length 0:33-0:40 mm., breadth of valve 0-007 mm. ; striz
138 in 0°01 mm.
(2) Var. belgica (V. H.), Mer.
Navicula Johnsonii, var. belgica, Van Heurck, Syn. d. Diat. d. Belg.
Suppl. B, fig. 29. Navicula scopulorum, var. belyica, Cleve, Syn.
Navic. D. part i. p. 152; Peragallo, Diat. mar. d. Fr. pl. viii. fig. 27.
Length 0:06-0:07 mm., breadth of valve 0°0075 mm. ;
strie 24 in 0°01 mm.3; valve gibbous.
(3) Var. delicatula, Mer.
Finally I will mention here a very delicate and small
form of which I have found a single specimen in San Pedro,
California (fig. 5). The valve is very narrow, inflated in the
middle and at the extremities, length 00427 mm., which
agrees with the size of var. belgica, being only a little smaller ;
but the breadth of the valve, only 0°0024 mm., is much
smaller than in the latter (0‘0075 mm.) ; it seems therefore
more likely to represent anew variety, which could be named
var. delicatula, Mer.
Unfortunately the specimen was not in a sufficiently fresh
condition to ascertain the structure of its endochrome in all
its details. 1 have only noticed the presence of four coloured
masses, which probably represent eight chromatophores.
‘This form requires further examination.
Okedenia inflexa (Bréb.), Eul. (Pl. VII. figs. 9-11.)
Amphipleura inflexa, Bréb., Kiitzing, Sp. Alg. p. 88. Okedenia in-
flexa, Kul. MS., Cleve, Mar. Diat. no. 192 (1879); Van Heurck, Type
no. 167. Amphora inflexa, H. Li. Smith, Lens, ii. p. 78, pl. ii. fig. 16
(1873); Cleve, Syn. Navic. D. part ii. p. 181; Peragallo, Diat. mar.
d. Fr. p- 215, pl. xlix. figs. 1,2; Van Heurck, Treat. on Diat. p. 135,
fig. 25.
The endochrome of this species differs very little from
* The figure which Peragallo gives of this variety (Diat. mar. d. Fr.
pl. viii. figs. 28, 29) does not belong to it, the valve being much too
short. Even my fig. 1 (which could with more propriety be referred to
yar. perlonga) is not nearly so long as the original fig. of Brun.
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Zul. 419
that of O. scopulorum. The chromatophores are of the same
H-like shape, composed of two elongated bands united in the
middle by a short transverse part (fig. 11), but they are much
more elongated and always four in number; the middle part
contains in its centre an elongated pyreneid, which, however,
here is confounded with the pyrenoid of the opposite plate,
so that each pair of plates contain only one common pyrenoid
(fig. 9). Cases where pyrenoids of two opposite plates are
united into one are not unfrequent among diatoms; I have
observed them in Mastogloia Braunti, Gr., M. pumila, Grun.,
Amphora ostrearia, Bréb., A. lineolata, Ehr., Achnanthidium
brevipes (Ag.), Cl., A. glabrata, Grun., Hantzschia amphioxys
(Ehr.), Gr., Licmophora flabellata (Carm.), Ag., &c.; it also
exists in some species of Synedra and Fragilaria (F. hyalina
(Kz.), Gr., for instance).
The four plates with all their prolongations can be simul-
taneously seen only when the frustule takes an oblique
position as represented in figure 10.
The only difference between the two species consists in the
number of plates, of which there exist here only four, and, as
a consequence, they are of greater length.
I have observed hundreds of living specimens of this species
both in the Black Sea (Ialta, Crimea) and in the Mediter-
ranean (Villefranche), and they all had a similarly con-
structed endochrome and the number of the chromatophores
was invariably four *.
Okedenia inflexa may be regarded as an asymmetrical form
of O. scopulorum, the more so as the valve of the latter shows
sometimes a marked asymmetry in its general form, but
especially in the disposition of the raphe ft. The form and
structure of the frustule and of the valve of these two species,
as well as their endochrome, thus points to their close affinity.
It is true that the zone of OU. anflexa is complex, while it is
said to be simple in O. scopulorum, and Cleve places the
latter in his subgenus Microstigma, characterized by a simple
zone}. But this is a mere supposition, not based on direct
observation of the frustules of the species. In reality O. scopu-
lorum has a complex zone (fig. 3), and the longitudinal
* By the way, this diatom is certainly not an exclusively pelagic form, as
is generally believed, although it sometimes occurs in pelagic gatherings ;
but I have usually found it, sometimes in great abundance, living at a
depth of 4-10 metres among thin green Cladophora-like alge. Okedenia
pontica, Mer., lives under the same conditions.
+ See Peragallo, Diat. mar. d. France, pl. viii. fig. 29. The valve
itself in this figure is somewhat Reeenetrical
t Cleve, Synops. of the Nay. Diat. part i. p. 142. 2
30
420 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Hul.
divisions, although fine, can easily be seen even without an
oil-immersion *.
This fact is of great importance, as it shows once more
that O. scopulorum and O. inflewa are very nearly allied
forms. They have both very narrow elongated valves, with
distant terminal nodules ; the striz in both are nearly of the
same kind, the zone in both is complex, and last, but not
least, the endochrome in both is almost the same. There can
be no doubt, therefore, that they belong to one and the same
genus. And since O. scopulorum cannot, on account of its
endochrome (not to mention other characters), be a Navicula,
neither is it possible to place it in the genus Amphora;
therefore O. inflewa, being so nearly related to O. scopulorum,
can neither be regarded as belonging to the genus Amphora.
So it becomes necessary, as an inevitable conclusion, to
establish a separate genus, the name of which cannot be
otherwise than Okedenia, as it has already been applied to
one of these species.
Okedenia pontica, Mer. (PI. VII. figs. 17-19.)
Mereschkowsky, Diat. d. 1. m. Noire.
‘There are but few differences between this species and the
preceding one if only dead shells are taken into consideration ;
the size is smaller, being about 0°075 mm. in length, the
girdle-face is broader, but the endochrome is very different ;
the number of chromatophores is eight, which is as constant
in this species as the number four is in O. inflewa. The
form of the chromatophores also differs in some respects
from those of the latter species, the horns are not so elongated
and they are undulated instead of being straight. ‘The two
inner pairs of chromatophores are usually nearer to each other
than to the outer pairs. Hach pair of opposite chromato-
phores are united by a common central spherical pyrenoid
(fig. 18).
I have observed this species by hundreds in the Medi-
terranean (Villefranche), and always with exactly the same
structure of their cell-contents.
When the diatom is not in a very fresh condition the horns
begin to contract and the plates take the appearance shown in
fig. 19.
The zone is complex, as in O. inflexa.
* I have seen these divisions, as represented in fig. 3, on unmounted
specimens observed in water with Hartnack’s objective IX. (water-
immersion),
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Hud. 421
Okedenia granulata, Mer. (PI. VII. figs. 12-16.)
This species could hardly be distinguished at all from the
preceding but for the endochrome, which is again quite
different from that of all other species of this genus, having in
common only the great number of chromatophores. These
latter differ both in form and in their disposition. Their form
is rounded, somewhat dilated transversely, without any trace
of prolongations or horns (figs. 12, 14) ; there exist not even
the concavities at their margins, as in O. scopulorum, var.
fasciculata. They are usually eight in number, although
they sometimes attain to eleven (fig. 16). The most im-
portant characteristic of this species consists, however, in
the disposition of the granules. In all forms hitherto
examined the chromatophores have been seen resting with
their median line on the connecting-zone (see figs. 2, 7, 11);
here they are always placed on the surface of the valves,
with their margins alone resting on the zone (fig. 13).
Usually they are situated at regular distances, each chroma-
tophore of one valve being opposite that on the other valve
(fig. 13); in a few rare cases I have found them to have an
irregular disposition, as shown in fig. 16. When the diatom
is dead the granules leave the surface of the valves and
become scattered in the middle part of the frustule (fig. 15).
This position of the granules on the surface of the valves
constitutes a character of such importance that the above-
described form cannot be considered otherwise than a distinct
species. It differs also in some respect by the frustule and
the valve; the size is smaller, varying from 0:0456 to 0:057
mm.; the valve is less arcuate, the ventral margin being
almost straight (figs. 12, 14), and the median line also seems
to be almost straight * ; breadth of the valve 0-0052-0-0057
mm., breadth of the girdle-face 0:0095-0:0U11 mm. Zone
complex.
I have observed two dozen living specimens of this species
in the Pacifie Ocean (San Pedro, California), usually in
Plankton material.
And now if we again refer to the Plate and compare the
different figures (especially figs. 2, 7, 11, 12, 17) repre-
senting the endochrome of all these forms, we can easily see
how closely allied they are in this respect, constituting, no
doubt, a very uniform and natural group. And the form of
* T have not yet had an opportunity of examining mounted specimens
of this species.
422 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, ul.
their valves, as well as the structure of the connecting-zone,
only confirms, as we have already seen, their relationship.
Thus, if all the above facts are taken into consideration, we
cannot but believe in the re-establishment of the old genus
Okedenia ; its inner structure is so peculiar and so different
from all other Naviculoid Diatoms that it seems necessary to
separate it as a distinet family—the Okedemie.
‘The diagnosis of the genus Okedenia in its new sense is
as follows :—
OKEDENIA, Eul., s. emend.
Valve elongated, very narrow, linear, often inflated in the
middle and at the extremities, straight and symmetric or
arcuate and asymmetric, terminal nodules usually distant from
the margin, strie fine (18-24 in 0:01 mm.), connecting-cone
complex. Endochrome composed of numerous chromato-
phores, from 4 to 38, usually of the shape of the letter H,
sometimes rounded, disposed in pairs along the connecting-
zone, rarely along the valves, with a central pyrenoid usually
common to each pair.
Analytical Key to the Species and Varieties of the
Genus Okedenia (s. emend.).
Valve symmetric, straight.
Valve inflated in the middle and at the
ends.
Length 0:1-0:260 mm., breadth 0-009-
0-016 mm.; strive 18-20 ........ O. scopulorum (Bréb.), Mer.
Length 0°33-0-4 mm., breadth 0-007
MIR GUMes IU ey giggadc'o ddlne op 6 O. scopulorum, var. perlonga
Length 0:06-0:07 mm., breadth [(Brun), Mer.
0:0075 mm. ; strize 24 .......... O. scopulorum, var. belgica
Length 0:0427 mm., breadth 0:0024 [(V. H.), Mer.
mm.; 8 (?) chromatophores...... O. scopulorum, var. delica-
Valve linear, not inflated; length 0:072- [tula, Mer.
0120 mm., breadth 0-0062-0:0067
mm.; strie 16-18; 10 chromato-
phores without horns ........... . O. scopulorum, var. fascrcu-
Valve asymmetric, arcuate. [data (Gr.), Mer.
Chromatophores along the connecting-
zones; ventral margin of the valve
strongly concave.
4 chromatophores with long straight
horns; length of the frustule 0 0v0-
0:150 mm.; connecting-zone nar-
HO) Gio iiss whe Bs ehoiele hisiel djeloiei vais O. inflexa (Bréb.), Kul.
8 chromatophores with short undulated
horns; length of the frustule 0:075
mm. ; connecting-zone broad .... O. pontica, Mer.
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Okedenia, Zul. 423
Chromatophores along the valves, com-
posed of 8-11 rounded granules ;
length of the frustule 0:046-0:057
mm.; ventral margin of the valve
almMostistralg tise canines yee tes O. granulata, Mer,
28th June, 1901.
Fig.
Fig.
Fg.
Fxg.
Fxg.
Fig.
Fig.
Ing.
Fig.
EXg.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Ig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
1. Okedenia scopulorum (Bréb.), Mer. Valve-view of a living
specimen with endochrome. A transitional form to var.
perlonga, Brun. Black Sea. SS
2. Ditto. Girdle-face, with endochrome. Black Sea. a
3. Ditto. Girdle-face. Black Sea. —
4, Ditto. A dead frustule, with endochrome. Black Sea. =
5. Okedenia scopulorum, var. delicatula, Mer. Half-dead specimen.
San Pedro, California. —s
6. Okedenta scopulorum, var. fasciculata (Grun.), Mer. Valve.
San Pedro, California, a
7. Ditto. Girdle-face of a living specimen, with endochrome.
San Pedro, California. = :
8. Ditto. Valve of the same individual. ay
9. Okedenia inflexa (Bréb.), Kul. Valve-view of a living specimen,
with endocbrome. Black Sea. *
10. Ditto, in an oblique position. Black Sea. 2,
11. Ditto. Girdle-face, with endochrome. Black Sea. =,
12. Okedenia granulata, Mer. Valve-view of a living specimen,
with endochrome. Very typical. San Pedro, California. a
13. Ditto. Girdle-face of the same individual.
14. Ditto. Valve-view of a living individual. San Pedro, Cali-
fornia. =
15. Ditto. Girdle-face of a dead frustule, with endochrome. San
Pedro, California. as
16. Ditto. Girdie-face of a living specimen. Not typical. San
Pedro, California. =
17. Okedenia pontica, Mer. Girdle-face of a living individual, with
endochrome. Mediterranean (Villefranche). =
18. Ditto. Valve-face of the same. Villefranche. °©.
19. Ditto. Girdle-face, with endochrome in not quite fresh con-
dition. Villefranche, “.
4Q4 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella.
LII.—On Stauronella, a new Genus of Diatoms.
By C. MERESCHKOWSKY.
[Plate VIIL.]
Ir has been shown, in my paper “On Okedenia” *, what
important results can be obtained if the study of diatoms is
not cenfined to their dead shells alone, but if living specimens,
and especially their endochrome, are also taken into considera-
tion. It is there shown that a form generally thought to
be a Navicula is not a Navicula at all, that a species referred
to Amphora did not belong to that genus, and that both had to
be united in a separate genus—Ckedenia; also how easy it
was to distinguish some of the species of this genus on
account of their endochrome, which otherwise could hardly
be distinguished even as varieties.
In the present note we have another example of the same
kind. A diatom which is generally believed to belong to
the genus Navicula, or to its section Stauroneis, proves, on
account of its endochrome, not only not to belong to that
genus, nor even to the family Naviculacez, but not to have
any relation whatever to the whole tribe of the Naviculoid
diatoms.
The diatom to which I refer is the so-called Stauroneds
constricta, EKhr. It was first introduced into science by
Ehrenberg, who described it under that name in 1843 in his
work on American Microgeology. But its appearance is so
peculiar and so distinct from all other species of the same
genus, especially when observed from the girdle-face, that it
was soon removed from the genus Stawronets and placed by
W. Smithy] in the genus Amphiprora, which this diatom,
indeed, somewhat resembles in its girdle-face ; and most
diatomists continued to name it Amphiprora constricta until
a comparatively recent date. But this last genus was no
more the right place for the diatom than the former one.
At the time of W. Smith (1853-1856) Amphiprora was not
well defined, and various heterogeneous forms have been
united under this name; but since Rabenhorst, Pfitzer +, and
especially Cleve have more strictly limited it to forms with
a sigmoid raphe, Amphiprora constricta could no longer
remain there, its raphe being straight and not sigmoid;
* Supra, p. 415. :
+ W. Smith, ‘Synopsis of the Brit. Diatomacez,’ 1853-1856,
{ E. Pfitzer, ‘ Untersuchungen tiber Bau u. Entwicklung d. Bacillari-
aceen, 1871.
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella. 425
and so it was again removed to the Naviculacee, and placed
by Cleve * in the genus Navicula, section Microstigmatice,
division or subgenus Stauronets, under which name it has
also recently been described by Peragallo fT.
It can, however, be easily shown that this is not its proper
place, that it has no real affinity to the Naviculacez, and that
therefore this unfortunate diatom has again to be removed
somewhere else. But since it cannot find a suitable home in
any of the existing genera, it clearly results that it has to
seek one elsewhere—in other words, it ought to form a new
genus, which | propose to call Stauronella; and by so doing
I hope all trouble with this unfortunate diatom will cease, and
it will find in the new genus a well-merited rest.
As I intend to prove the necessity of constituting this new
genus on account of its endochrome, we will now proceed
to the description of the latter. It is, however, not on the
type species that we will study the endochrome, but on anew
variety (var. linearts, Mer.), the description of which will be
given below.
The endochrome is composed of two plates, which are
characterized by a very peculiar disposition, not to be found
in any other species of Naviculoid { diatoms. Each half of
the frustule, the superior and inferior, has its own plate, both
being separated in the central part of the frustule by a trans-
verse hyaline space, z. e. by an interval directed along the
shorter axis; both plates rest by their median part on one
of the connecting-zones (fig. 19), which might be called
the dorsal connecting-zone. The margins of the plates
rest on the surface of both valves, covering their whole
breadth (figs. 16, 17, 19). When seen from the girdle-
face these margins appear as dark lateral bands on both
sides of the frustule (fig. 18, c); the lighter part, uniting
them, corresponds to the median portion, which, as already
mentioned, rests on the dorsal zone. The plates are
rather short, occupying only the median portion of the
frustule, and never reaching its extremities ; the margins are
usually entire (fig. 17), sometimes more or less sinuated
(fig. 16). ‘The transverse hyaline space which separates the
two plates is always distinct, rather broad, excavated in the
* P. Cleve, ‘Synops. of the Navicul. Diat.’ part i. p. 145.
1 H. Peragallo, ‘Les Diat. mar. de France, 1. p. 56.
{ I am using here the term Naviculoid not in the sense given by
Cleve in his ‘Synopsis of the Naviculoid Diatoms,’ who uses it as a
synonym of the Raphidian diatoms, but in the more restricted sense
which is given to this term by Peragallo in his ‘ Diatomées marines de
France,’ p. 2.
426 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella.
centre, where it forms a more or less well-marked circular
space, in which the nucleus is placed. The terminal ends
of the plates may be straight (fig. 17) or provided with a
more or less deep longitudinal sinus (fig. 16).
Each plate contains in its centre a conspicuous pyrenoid
(figs. 16, 17, 19, pr.), composed of a refractive material,
which is imbedded in the very substance of the chromatophore-
plate, thus being limited on all sides by the coloured endo-
chromemass. It formsa hemispherical protuberance projecting
into the inner space of the frustule, almost reaching its central
axis (figs. 16, 17), sometimes being separated from the walls
of the frustule by a hemispherical hyaline space (fig. 16).
This pyrenoid is, however, only seen when the diatom presents
to the observer its valve-face; as soon as it is moved to one
side or the other, even in a slight degree, it immediately dis-
appears, a peculiarity which also belongs to the pyrenoids of
most species of the genus Nétzschia. It is obvious that no
trace of pyrenoids will be seen when the diatom presents its
girdle-face, as in fig. 18. In this figure the centre of each
plate, 2. e. the centre of the lighter part of it, is the real place
of the pyrenoid, and there it ought to be seen had it not
become invisible. Such an absence of a visible pyrenoid
in the girdle-face is also a characteristic of most of the
Nitzschie.
The eleoplasts are round, of a comparatively large size,
variable in number, placed at the outer and inner ends of the
chromatophore-plates (fig. 18). The colour of the endo-
chrome is yellow-brown.
As above described, the endochrome of Stauronella con-
stricta appears to be of a very peculiar nature. In order,
however, to understand in what this peculiarity consists, and
so to appreciate its whole value, I shall have to enter into
some general considerations concerning the endochrome of
diatoms based on my rather extensive studies on this subject.
I have carefully studied the endochrome of over three
hundred forms, amongst which not less than one hundred
and fifty belong to the Naviculacezee and Nitzschiee. As
a general result of the comparison of the endochrome of
these two groups, I can state that the endochrome of the
Naviculacee is of a quite different and even diametrically
opposed type to that of the Nitzschiee. In both groups the
typical number of chromatophores is two; but while in the
Naviculacee these plates have a longitudinal disposition, 2. e.
they are placed side by side and separated by a longitudinal
interval along the longer axis of the frustule, each plate
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella. 427
occupying the right and left side of the frustule (see diagram
fig. 1), in the Nitzschies each plate occupies the superior and
inferior half of the frustule, thus being separated not by a
longitudinal but by a transverse interval along the short axis
of the frustule (fig. 3 of the diagram). ‘This arrangement may
be termed transverse disposition, as opposed to the longitudinal
disposition of the Naviculaceee. Whenever there are two
chromatophore-plates in the Naviculacez they may be distin-
guished, according to their position, as the right and the left,
Diagram showing the typical disposition of the two chromatophore-
plates in Naviculacee (figs. 1,2) and Nitzschiee (figs. 3, 4).
Figs. 1 and 8, valve-view; figs. 2 and 4, transverse sections.
v, V, valves ; z, 2, connecting-zones.
while in the Nitzschiee when there are two plates they
may be distinguished not as the right and left, but as the
superior and inferior. Even in such cases as Cylindrotheca,
Niteschia dissipata, Homeocladium Martianum, &c., where
the number of chromatophores is more than two, they form
two groups—a superior and an inferior—separated by a
transverse interval, instead of forming a right and left group,
as is the case in Okedenia, where the number of chromato-
phores is also large.
I can positively affirm that I have not met a single case of
428 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella.
a transverse disposition of the chromatophores in the whole
section of Naviculoid diatoms *.
If now we compare figures 16-18 of the Plate with the
diagrams figs. 1 and 3, we can easily see that the endochrome
of Stauronella constricta belongs to the Nitzschia type, and
not to the Navicula type.
There is another difference between the endochrome of
Naviculacee and Nitzschiew. In all the former the two
plates (or the two pairs of plates if there are four), if not
resting on the valves, as in the Punctate { and Lyratew, are
applied to both connecting-zones (diagram fig. 2). In the
Nitzschiew both plates rest on one connecting-zone (with
their margins resting on one or both valves), the other
zone being free (diagram fig. 4), and this is exactly the
position which the two chromatophores of Stawronella con-
stricta occupy (Pl. VIII. fig. 19). Lastly, I could point to
the conspicuous pyrenoids, which are very rare in true
Naviculacezs (except in such genera as Cymbella, Gompho-
mema, &c., which are provided with pyrenoids) and very
common amongst the Nitzschiee.
It is only when all these various facts are taken into account
that the peculiar structure of the endochrome of Stauronella
constricta acquires all its importance. ‘This species is most
assuredly not a Naviculoid diatom, its endochrome being
of the type characteristic of the Nitzschiez.
But what is it, then? Does it belong to the Nitzschiex ?
* It may be objected that in Mastogloia, in which, according to Cleve
(Syn. Navic. Diat. part ii. p. 142), there are only two plates, these latter
have the same transverse disposition as in Nétzschia, with a line of
separation along the short axis of the frustule; but in reality this is not
so. My observations on the endochrome of Mastoglova have shown that
this genus has four plates, and not two, as stated by Cleve; two of these
plates belong to the right side of the frustule and two to its left side, both
pairs being separated by a longitudinal interval. We have therefore in
Mastogloia the same disposition as in Wavicwa, only with the difference
that each plate is divided transversely, thus forming in all four plates.
Some other genera characterized by the presence of four plates (Scolio-
tropis [Cleve], Neidium, Tropidonets, Pleurosigma, Toaonrdea | Meresch-
kowsky]) are similarly placed. Although in all these cases there exists, as
in Nitzschia, a transverse separation in the middle of each plate, dividing
them in two plates (superior and inferior), yet at the same time both
pairs of one side of the frustule are separated from the pair of the oppo-
site side by a longitudinal interval. So that in reality the four plates
of all these genera (including Mastogloia) have the same disposition as
the two plates of Navicula, the right plate of Navicula being represented
by a right pair of plates and its left plate by a left pair.
“+ I have found the endochrome of the Punctatze to be of the same
kind as that of the Lyrate.
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella. 429
By no means. The structure of the frustule is opposed to
such a conclusion. And, further, there are other groups of
the Raphidian diatoms which are equally characterized by
a transverse disposition of their two chromatophore-plates.
Such is the case, for instance, with certain Amphiprore. It
is generally admitted that Amphiprora has a single chroma-
tophore *; but here, again, my researches have shown that
this is not quite so. It is true that A. paludosa has a single
chromatophore-plate, but in several other species I have found
two plates—a superior and an inferior—separated in the
middle by a transverse interval, exactly as in Netzschia.
Stauronella constricta cannot, however, as already mentioned,
take its place in the genus Amphiprora, its raphe being
straight and not sigmoid as in that genus. We come there-
fore to the inevitable conclusion that this diatom belongs
to a new genus—Stawronella—nearly allied to Amphiprora,
and forming with the latter a transitional group between the
Raphidez and Carinate f. It represents, in my opinion, a
remnant of a very old, now almost extinct, group of diatoms,
which I propose to call Archaidex. ‘This is a central group
from which have sprung on one side the Raphidian Diatoms
and on the other the Carinate (Nitzschiex, Surirelloidee).
As remnants of this group or as living representatives of the
Archaidexw I consider the genera Stauwronella, Amphiprora,
Amphoropsis {, Aurtcula, and Epithemia. This theory will
be explained more completely in a paper now in course of
publication.
* Cleve, Syn. of the Navic. Diat. part i. p. 18.
+ In my paper “ Sur la Classification des Diatomées ” (Scripta Botanica,
St. Petersburg, fasc. xviii.) I have established a new system of classi-
fication of the Diatoms, in which I divide them first in two groups—the
Mobiles, provided with a slit or a series of holes in the walls of the
frustule, and therefore being endowed with movement; and the Immobiles,
without such a structure, and therefore unmovable. The Mobiles are
again divided in two groups—the Raphidiez in the generally accepted
sense, and the Carinatw, comprising the Nitzschioideee and Surirelloides.
The Immobile diatoms are also divided in two groups—the Bacilloidez,
including the Pseudoraphidiez with the exclusion of the Carinate; and
the Anaraphidiez in its old acceptance. I hope that this system, which
has the advantage of doing away with the highly artificial group Pseudo-
raphidiew, will be generally accepted by diatomists as being at the same
time simple and very natural.
{ Under the name of Amphoropsis I unite forms with a straight raphe
elevated on a keel turned in the same direction, with asymmetrical valves
and with two chromatophores disposed transversely, or with granules.
The following species belong to this genus :—A. recta ( Tropidoneis recta),
A, conserta (Trop. conserta), A. pontica, sp. n., A. stauroners, Mer., and
probably A. Van Heurcku (Trop. Van Heurckit).
430 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella.
The diagnosis of the genus Stauronella is as follows :—
STAURONELLA, Mer.
Valve narrow, linear or attenuated towards the ends, usually
constricted in the middle; extremities truncate or rounded,
rarely cuneate. Raphe straight, symmetric ; central nodule
elongated transversely in a stauros. Gjirdle-face constricted,
zone complex. Endochrome composed of two plates disposed
transversely along one of the connecting-zones; each plate
with a conspicuous pyrenoid.
Contains one species, S. constricta (Ehr.), Mer., with
several varieties.
This diatom has not yet been sufficiently well described,
and the figures, especially those of the girdle-face, are very
unsatisfactory. I will therefore give here a good description
of it, accompanied by figures, and then pass to the considera-
tion of a new variety.
Stauronella constricta (Ehr.), Mer.
(Pl. VIII. figs. 1-6.)
Stauroneis constricta, Ehrenberg, Amer. pl. i. 2, fig. 126; Peragallo,
Diatomées mar. d. France, p. 56, pl. vii. figs. 32, 338. Stawronets
(Libellus) constricta (Ehr.?), W. Sm., Cleve, Syn. Navic. Diat.
part i. p. 145 (ex parte). Amphiprora constricta, W. Smith, Brit.
Diat. i. pl. xv. fig. 126*. Stauronets amphoroides, Grun. (ex
parte), A. Schm. Atlas, xxvi. figs. 37-39. ;
Diagnosis.—Valve convex, narrow, linear-lanceolate, con-
stricted in the middle, attenuated towards the extremities,
which are broad, truncate. Central nodule extending trans-
versely in a narrow stauros, reaching the margins. Strie
25-27 in 0-01 mm. (Cleve), transverse. Axial area indistinct.
Girdle-face narrow, constricted in the middle, where the
stauros appears as a brilliant bead, narrowed towards the
ends. Zone complex. Length 0-021-0°056 mm. (average
0:04 mm.) ; breadth of valve 0°0052-0:0081 mm.; breadth
of girdle-face 0°0076—-0°0105 mm., at the constriction 0-0057-
0-0086 mm.
Locality. North Sea (CZ) ?; Black Sea (Sebastopol, mar.,
Mer.) ; Mediterranean (Nice, mar., Per.). Fossil: Crimea,
Kertch (sarmatische Stufe, mar., Mer.).
* Not being in possession of the work of W. Smith, I am unable to
say whether this quotation which I give after Cleve is correct or not.
Cleve gives also as synonym the Navicula simulans of Donkin (Brit. Diat.
p. 60, pl. ix. fig.3). But, as Van Heurck has shown (‘A Treatise on the
Diatomacee,’ p. 235, pl. xxvii. fig. 784), this latter represents quite a
different species. Whether it belongs to Stauwronella or not cannot be
decided without knowing its endochrome; it is, however, not likely to be
the case, as the girdle-face does not at all resemble that of S. constricta.
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella. 431
The valve of the type species is never linear, as described
by some authors, but always considerably attenuated towards
the ends; the latter are invariably truncate, the middle part
being more or less constricted, with a few exceptions amongst
small individuals (fig. 6). The form of the valve is very
constant, the only variation consisting in its greater or less
breadth: fig. 5 represents a narrow form, the valve being
more linear ; fig. 2 is more typical.
The girdle-face is very badly reproduced by A. Schmidt
(Atl. xxvi. fig. 37) as well as by Peragallo (D. m. d. Fr.
pl. vi. fig. 32); both figures represent it in an oblique
position, and give no idea whatever of its real appearance.
This is due to the fact that the diatom under consideration
has, it appears, never been studied on raw material, as it
ought to be, but only on mounted specimens in slides, from
which it usually disappears during the cleaning of the
material. I have seen hundreds, perhaps thousands, of
frustules, and fig. 1 (Pl. VIII.) represents a typical specimen
of it; fig. 4 is also good. Sometimes two frustules are united
by their sides, as in fig. 8, and such cases show a striking
resemblance to Ehrenberg’s figure*. This removes all
doubt as to the identity of Stawroneis constricta of Ehrenberg
with the form here described.
The outlines of the frustule are strong and coarse, the
constriction in the middle always well marked ; the stauros
appears as a very bright round bead. The extremities are
more (figs. 3,4) or less (fig. 1) narrowed, the ends being
roundly truncate, more distinctly truncate when the frustule
is broad (fig. 4). The zone is very finely but distinctly
striate in a longitudinal direction, the strie or divisions (5-6
in number) never terminating in marginal puncta as in var.
linearis.
I give here a series of individual measurements, which show
that the size is far from being so large as stated by Cleve
(0°05-0'14 mm.), who was evidently in possession of some
variety.
Breadth of At the
Length. the frustule. constriction.
mm. mm. mm.
0-021 eeshis Leer
0-025 0:0076 0:0057
0-0266 0-0095 0-0086
0:0266 0:0095 eer.
0:0285 0:0086 0:0067
* IT have not seen the original figure, but only its reproduction in
Wolle’s ‘ Diat. of America.’
432 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella.
Breadth of At the
Length. the frustule. constriction.
mm. mm. mm.
0:0295 Bie Bs
0:0295 0:0076 0:0057
0-042 Hees ite
0:0437 0:0095 0-0067
00457 “sons agit
0:0445 0:0086 Lae
00466 0:0095 0:0076
0-0466 ee ein
0:0475
0:0475 Jawa atone
0:048 0:0086 0-0067
0-049 ie Baca
0-050 0-0105 0-0086
0-050 See: Shyee
0:052 0:0105 - 0:0086
0:055 Pore oe yi
0-056 0:0105 0:0086
Average .. 0:0413 0:0092 0:0073
Var. linearis, Mer., nov. var. (Pl. VIII. figs. 7-19.)
Diagnosis.—Valve narrow, linear or slightly attenuated at
the ends, which are broadly rounded, never constricted in the
middle. Girdle-face rather broad, quadrangular, slightly
constricted, with round angles; extremities broadly truncate.
Divisions of the zone terminating in marginal puncta, the
four outer ones being very conspicuous. Length 0:015-0-053
mm. (average 0°037 mm.) ; breadth of valve 0:0048-0:0067
mm.; breadth of girdle-face 0°0095-0°012 mm., at the con-
striction 0:009-0:0095 mm.
Locality. Le Havre, North France (mar.); Black Sea,
Crimea (lalta, Sebastopol, somewhat brack. and mar.).
Of this variety I have seen a very great number of indi-
viduals in the Black Sea. In one gathering from [alta
(Crimea) I found it in an almost pure condition, with only
occasionally a few specimens of the type species ; in another
gathering from Sebastopol it was the type species which
predominated, only very few individuals of var. Anearts being
mixed with it. This shows that the var. linearis is really
distinct, while intermediate forms prove it to be only a
variety.
The valves are sometimes perfectly linear (figs. 10, 17),
but as frequently, if not more, they are somewhat attenuated
at the ends (figs. 7, 11, 15), the extremities being sometimes
a little produced (figs. 13, 16) ; the ends are not truncate, as
Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella. 433
in the type, but usually broadly rounded, never cuneate and
so acute as in fig. 35, pl. xxvi., of A. Schmidt’s ‘ Atlas.’
The main distinction, however, between var. linearis and the
type as regards their valves consists in the absence of any
constriction in the middle of the valve.
The girdle-face presents a still greater number of distinctive
features. It is broader, more quadrangular, the lateral
margins are not so convex and the median constriction so
marked; the extremities are more truncate. The longitu-
dinal divisions of the zone terminate with a punctum, of
which the four outer puncta, situated inside the terminal
nodules, are very conspicuous. This latter characteristic,
insignificant as it may appear, is nevertheless very constant
and readily distinguishes var. linearis from the type species,
which never has the above-mentioned four puncta. ‘he
size is also a little smaller, averaging 0:037 mm., instead of
0:0413 mm.
The following are some individual measurements : —
Breadth of At the
Length. the frustule. constriction.
mm. mm. mm.
0-015 0:0095 0-009
0-016 0:0095 Mae:
0-02 0:0076
0-02 0:0086
0-024 0-0086 Ape
0-031 0:0105 0-0086
0-040 0-018 0-0105
0-041 O-0114 0:0095
0-041 0-012 0:0095
0-041 0-017 0:0148
0:0427 0:0105 es
00427 0:0105 0:0076
0:050 0:0105 0:0076
0-050 0-012 0:0095
0:052 00114 0.0086
0:055 0:0114 0 0095
0-053 0-012 0:0095
Average .. 0-037 0:0109 00095
If we compare the measures of the type species with those
given by Cleve (length 0°05-0°140 mm.) we can clearly see
that the form described by this author is not the same as that
which has been figured by Peragallo and described by me.
In all probability it represents a peculiar large variety,
which ought to be distinguished as var. major. Peragallo,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 31
434 Mr. C. Mereschkowsky on Stauronella.
speaking of such forms, says :—‘‘ Je n’ai jamais vu de grandes
formes de cette espéce, signalée surtout dans l’Océan (Atlantic)
et les mers arctiques, les petites formes telles que celles que
jai dessinées sont peut-étre spéciales aux mers chaudes ” *.
The locality of var. major would be, according to Cleve :—
Davis Strait; North Sea.
Another variety seems to be the form figured in A. Schmidt’s
‘ Atlas,’ pl. xxvi. fig. 35. Valve linear, with cuneate, sub-
acute ends, not constricted in the middle; stauros narrow,
not reaching the margins. Girdle-face unknown. The
girdle-face represented by fig. 86 is no doubt an Amphora
(a form of A. levis or A. ostrearta), and certainly has nothing
to do with fig. 35. This variety, of unknown origin, may
be named var. cuneata.
4th July, 1901.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
[All firures are magnified 1260 times. |
Fig. 1. Stauronella constricta (Ehr.), Mer. A typical girdle-face.
Fig. 2. Ditto. A typical valve belonging to the same individual.
Fig. 3. Ditto. A double frustule.
Figs. 4,5. Ditto. Both figures refer to the same individual.
Fig. 6. Ditto. One of the smallest individuals observed.
Fig. 7. Stauronella constricta, var. linearis, Mer. First type of valves
(see also fig. 11).
Fig. 8. Ditto. A typical girdle-face, same individual as fig. 7.
Fg. 9. Ditto. Girdle-face belonging to the valve fig. 10.
4g. 10. Ditto. Second type of valves, perfectly linear (see also fig. 17).
Fig. 11. Ditto. First type of valves (see also fig. 7).
Figs. 12-15. Ditto. Small individuals.
Figs. 16, 17. Ditto. Endochrome in the valvular aspect ; pr., pr., pyre-
noids.
Fig. 18. Ditto. Endochrome in the zonal aspect.
4g. 19. Ditto. Diagram representing an ideal transverse section of a
frustule along the line a 6 in figs. 17 and 18, and showing
the disposition of the chromatophores; the dentitions on the
zone-faces indicate the longitudinal divisions of the zone;
pr., pyrenoid.
All figures represent individuals from the Black Sea.
* Peragallo, Diat. mar. d. Fr. p. 57.
On a Collection of Bats from Paraguay. 435
LIV.—On a Collection of Bats from Paraguay.
By Ouprirtp THomas.
Tue British Museum has recently received from Mr. W.
Foster a collection of bats made by him in Central Paraguay,
a region of particular interest and importance to all mam-
malogists on account of the large number of species described
by Azara from there, species many of which have been
hitherto by no means satisfactorily identified. I have there-
fore worked out Mr. Foster’s beautifully-prepared collection
with unusual pleasure, and have been rewarded by finding in
it authentic topotypical examples of eight of Azara’s thirteen
bats and also two species new to science. The latter are both
members of the genus Molossus,a group in which Mr. Foster
has been extraordinarily successful, as he has sent home
examples of no less than six species of it, a very surprising
proportion out of only nineteen species altogether.
I have also taken the opportunity of comparing with the
Paraguayan bats the specimens sent by the late Mr. R.
Perrens from Goya, on the Parana, further south in Cor-
rientes. These, for want of Paraguayan material, I have
hitherto had to treat provisionally as representing Azara’s
species, but I now find that in two cases at least they differ
sufficiently to require separation.
1. Vespertilio dorianus, Dobs.
3g. Villa Rica. 16th February, 1901.
36,49. Sapucay. February, March, and May.
Forearms 37 to 39 millim.
2. Lasiurus borealis bonariensis, Less. & Garn.*
S, 2. 24th February and 10th March.
The Red Bat was not observed by Azara, his Chauve-souris
septiéme, the basis of Vespertilio villosissimus, Geoff., being
clearly a southern representative of the Grey Bat (Lasiurus
cinereus, P. de Beauv.).
3. Dasypterus ega argentinus, Thos.
Dasypterus ega argentinus, Thos. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) viii. p. 247-
(1901).
9. Sapucay. 18th March. “ Caught flying.”
4, Myotis albescens, Geoff.
Chauve-souris douziéme, Azara; the basis of Vespertilio albescens,
Geoff.
2. Tacuaral. 12th November, 1900.
* Cf, Allen, P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xiii. p. 165 (1900).
31%
436 Mr. O. Thomas on a
This specimen, like others collected at Goya by Mr. R.
Perrens, has the characteristic whitening of the posterior
abdomen on which the name was founded. The wings are
also narrowly edged with white. The next species has the
abdomen brown throughout.
5. Myotis nigricans, Wied.
&,32. Villa Rica. February.
33,19. Sapucay. January and February.
These specimens differ from M. albescens by their uniformly
dark bellies and other details, and are evidently specifically
distinct. Rengger supposed the two forms to be identical.
Motossvs.
Mr. Foster obtained no less than six species of Molossus,
using this name in the larger sense employed by Dobson.
The study of these convinces me that the dental formula in
this group, however convenient as an index to determination,
is emphatically not a true guide to mutual relationship.
Those who wish that genera should be really genetic groups
should not therefore use “ Promops,’ “ Myopterus,’ and
Molossus as separate genera, unless skull-structure and not
dental formula is made their basis.
To commence with: M. Fosteri, with the external pecu-
liarities of rufus, therefore of true Molossus (s.s.), has four
lower incisors as in Promops and Myopterus; while as regards
its small upper premolar, of six specimens, three have got it,
as in “ Promops,” and three have not, as in Molossus and
Myopterus. The same variation occurs in M. nasutus.
Then it is quite evident that the broad-faced flat-heade.
species cerastes, planirostris, and Temminckii form a natural
group quite apart from the others. But the last-named has
a different number of lower incisors to the first two, while
maurus (really, I think, more closely allied to “‘ Promops”
abrasus and glaucinus) has the dental formula of “Myopterus”’
planirostris and cerastes.
Mr. Miller is now engaged on a revision of the group, and
from his use of “ Promops” in describing new species, I
presume he intends to use that as a genus. If this is the
case, I shall be interested to see both how he deals with
Molossus nasutus and Fostert, and whether, if he takes
Temminckii from the planirostris-group and puts maurus into
it, he will still be prepared to maintain that his genera have,
as they should have, genetic relationship as their basis.
The following is a key, by skull-characters only, to the
species in Mr. Foster’s collection :—
Collection of Bats from Paraguay. 437
A. Skull arched, tapering anteriorly.
a. Two lower incisors. Upper p' absent.
GATS UZ On ALO CI teste occ ecicn ere cone sicieye sale ond aca arrhd M. rufus.
(FF AISIVAG, RIENCE da dek ite ornmitcts BAO pact Nk e cite M. obscurus.
6. Four lower incisors.
a, Upper p' minute or absent. A median crest. MM. Fosteri.
6?. Upper p' well developed. No median crest.. M. bonariensis.
B. Skull flat, broad anteriorly.
a. Size large. Four lower incisors.............. M. cerastes.
&, Size small. Two lower incisors.../.......... M. Temminckiz.
6. Molossus rufus, Geoff.
Azara’s Chauve-souris sixiéme, on which Molossus castaneus, Geoff., is
based.
36,22. Villa Rica. 24th January, 9th and 10th April.
Azara’s sixth bat, the Chauve-souris chétaine, has been
generally considered, on account of its “ fil ou ruban aigu
qui se rend 4 la pointe du museau” and its size (spread
370 millim.), as being MM. rufus, Geoff., or an allied local form.
This reference I am, on the whole, inclined to confirm, for
Mr. Foster’s specimen agrees very well with the descriptions
both of Azara and Rengger, and may therefore be taken to
represent M. castaneus. The one flaw in the description, the
“ blanchatre en dessous,”’ is equally inapplicable to any other
allied species.
It is true that with the same exception the description
would almost equally well fit Molossus Fostert; but as it has
to be allocated to one or other of the two local species, and
the present one seems nearer in size, has a more perfectly
“ lenticulaire ” antitragus, and with only two lower incisors
is nearer Azara’s “‘ sans ... incisives” than M. Fosteri with
four, I propose to avail myself of my privilege as first reviser
and to assign the name castaneus to the species with which
I think it has most in common.
Should further material show the Paraguayan form to be
distinguishable from the Brazilian, the name castaneus will
then have to be revived for it.
7. Molossus obscurus crassicaudatus, Geoff.
Azara’s Chauve-souris dixiéme ; the basis of Molossus crassicaudatus,
Geoff.
26,39. Villa Rica. February and March.
2. Paraguari. 22nd April.
These specimens are rather smaller and their skulls are
markedly lighter and more delicate, with smaller brain-cases,
than those of Brazilian examples, so that I provisionally
use as a subspecific name the term applied by Geoffroy to
438 Mr. O. Thomas on a
Azara’s tenth bat—the “pardo acanelado” of the Spanish
edition. Their forearms measure 36 to 39 millim.
But comparing with these the series obtained at Goya by
Mr. Perrens, it is interesting to find that the latter are, on
the contrary, the largest of all the forms assigned to the
common and widely-spread “ Molossus obscurus.”’ So marked
is the difference, that the Corrientes form should clearly have
a special name, and may be called
Molossus obscurus currentium, subsp. n.
Similar in all essential characters to M. obscurus as
described by Dobson. Size larger than in other subspecies,
and especially than in the geographically nearest M. o. crassi-
caudatus. General colour paler than usual, near but rather
darker than Ridgway’s “ broccoli-brown.” But someexamples
are more rufous. Scarcely paler below. In correlation with
the greater size, the cranial crests, especially the lambdoid
ones, are of unusual development.
Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—
Forearm 42 millim. (other specimens 40, 40:5, 40°6, 41,
and 42).
Head and body 78; tail 36 ; ear 14.
Skull: length from gnathion to occipital surface above
foramen magnum 18:4; interorbital breadth 5:7 ; inter-
temporal breadth 3°6; front of canine to back of last
molar 6°8.
An adult female skull measures 17-9 by 12 in greatest
breadth.
Hab. Goya, Corrientes.
Type. Male. B.M.no. 98.38. 4. 28. Collected Ist October,
1896, by Mr. R. Perrens. Eleven specimens examined.
In M.o. crassicaudatus the skull-length, measured as above,
is about 16°5 to 17 millim., and in a series from Sao Paulo,
representing velox, Temm., about 17°5 millim.
8. Molossus Fostert, sp. un.
29,49. Villa Rica and Sapucay.
Similar to M. nasutus, but very much smaller.
Small upper premolar minute or absent. Lower incisors
four.
Size intermediate between M. rufus and obscurus. Ears
rather small, rising close together at the hinder end of a
distinct thread-like rim running along the muzzle from the
nose, just as in M. nasutus ; mner margin nearly straight,
tip broadly rounded off, outer margin slightly convex ; anti-
tragus about as high as long, nearly cireular, though less
Collection of Bats from Paraguay. 439
exactly so than in M. obscurus, owing to the antero-superior
edge being flattened. Tragus minute, linear. A distinct
gular sac in the male.
Fur fine and silky; hairs of back about 5 to 6 millim. in
length. Distribution of fur much as in MM. rufus, but with
rather more hair on the distal part of the forearm and on the
proximal part of the fourth finger. General colour above
dark glossy chocolate-brown, varying considerably in tone ;
the bases of the hairs light, but not for so great an extent as
in M. obscurus. Under surface also brown, but without
gloss.
Skull distinctly of the M/. nasutus pattern, high, swollen, and
bulbous in the brain-case and narrowed in the face. Median
crest present but not high, and not running back to meet the
lambdoid ridges posteriorly, there being a small triangular
space on the crown quite smooth and unridged, even in the
oldest specimens seen. Palate deeply arched between the
teeth, as in M. nasutus. Chin strongly developed, projecting
downward.
Upper incisors well thrown forward, more so than in
M. obscurus. Anterior premolar, when present, exceedingly
minute, smaller even than the minute outer lower incisors;
altogether absent in three specimens out of six. Lower
incisors four. Anterior lower premolar about half the height
of the second, in the tooth-row, not crushed.
Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—
Forearm 48:5 millim. (other specimens: ¢, 47°53; 2, 47°5,
48, 48°5, 49).
Head and body 76; tail 54; spread 354.
Skull: greatest length 18°5; basal length 15; greatest
breadth 11°38 ; interorbital breadth 6:2 ; intertemporal breadth
3°7 ; front of canine to back of m* 6:8.
Hab. of type. Villa Rica.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 8. 1. 17. Collected 26th
February, 1901.
This distinct species is, with its larger ally M. nasutus,
interesting from its annectant nature, having the general
characters of the Molossus rufus and ovbscurus group, with a
wholly different dental formula. The variation in the
presence or absence of the small upper premolar is especially
noticeable, three out of the six specimens having the tooth
and three not; the same variation is to be observed in
M. nasutus, in which of the two Museum specimens one has
the tooth and the other has not.
440 Mr. O. Thomas on a
9. Molossus bonariensis, Peters.
?. 62. Asuncion. 16th August, 1900.
This very distinct species was obtained in some numbers
by Mr. Perrens at Goya, and Mr. Graham Kerr also caught
two examples at Waikthlatingmangyalwa, in the Northern
Chaco.
Although larger, the skull of M. bonariensis has in general
shape and the absence of median crests a very considerable
resemblance to that of Promops nanus, Miller.
10. Molossus cerastes, sp. n.
2¢. Villa Rica. 22nd and 26th January.
29. Sapucay. 9th and 10th June.
General characters of M. planirostris, but enormously
larger.
Size as large as in M. rufus, but the wings proportionally
shorter.
Fur of medium length, not so short as in M. planirosiris ;
hairs of back 3 to 8°5 millim. in length, the longer hairs
over the shoulders. Fur extending on to base of forearm,
on to membrane external to terminal half of forearm, and on
to base of fifth finger above, and on to base of interfemoral
above and below. Elsewhere the membranes and limbs are
naked, except for the usual hairs on the toes. Colour
uniform brown (‘ Prout’s brown,’ or darker) above and
below *, the hairs not or scarcely paler at their bases. Face,
ears, and wing-membranes blackish. Lars short, triangular,
their tips broadly rounded; keel distinct, not flattened
externally; antitragus as high as long, not overlapping its
base anteriorly or posteriorly ; tragus triangular. A distinct
gular sac present in male.
Skull remarkably broad and flat. Preorbital ridges
heavily developed, so that the breadth across them is equal
to that across the brain-case. Cranial crests evident, more
developed than in planirostris, the sagittal meeting the
lambdoid crests in a high helmet-like projection.
Upper incisors large, vertical, parallel, their tips not
touching each other, and their bases separated from the
canines. No trace of the small anterior premolar. Lower
incisors four. Anterior lower premolar three-fourths the
height of the second, crushed between the latter and the
canine.
* The two female specimens, killed in June, are much paler and brighter
than the two males, Their general tone is almost cinnamon-brown.
Collection of Bats from Paraguay. 441
Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—
Forearm 46 millim. (other specimens 44-46).
Head and body 90; tail 38; spread 351. First finger,
metatarsus 46, first phalanx 21°5, second phalanx 19°5;
fifth finger, metacarpus 27, first phalanx 13°5.
Skull: length in middle line exclusive of crests 21 : basal
length 18:1; zygomatic breadth 15:2; anteorbital breadth
10; intertemporal breadth 5:2 ; front of canine to back of
m® 8'5.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 8. 1. 18.
This fine species is a giant relative of M. planirostris, and
is particularly noticeable for the extreme flatness and breadth
of the skull.
It is interesting to observe how many species of this group
run in couples, the pairs distinguished inter se mainly by size.
Thus M. cerastes is a larger form of planirostris, rufus of
obscurus, glaucinus of nanus, nasutus of Fosteri, and perotis
of Trumbulli.
11. Molossus Temminckii, Lund.
26,42. Sapucay. January to April.
Specimens of this species obtained by Mr. Perrens at
Goya are not quite similar in colour to the Paraguayan ones,
but the difference appears to be due to season.
Thanks to the kindness of Dr. Winge, I have had the
opportunity of comparing with the Goya and Paraguay sets
typical skins from Lagoa Santa. I can find no difference
of any importance between them.
12. Artibeus lituratus, Licht.
Chauve-souris premiére, Azara; the basis of Phyllostoma lituratum *,
Licht., 1828.
6. Asuncion. 17th February.
23,22. Sapucay. February, April, and June.
This is the common large Artibeus ordinarily but errone-
ously called A. perspicillatus, Linn. +
13. Nyctinomus laticaudatus, Geoff.
Azara’s Chauve-souris huitiéme; the basis of Geoffroy’s Molossus lati-
caudatus (Ann. Mus. vi. p. 156, 1805).
Nyctinomus gracilis, Wagn., of Dobson and others.
23,49. Sapucay. 22nd May, 1901. ‘31 specimens
were caught at one time in a hollow tree.”—W. F.
* Illiger used this name in 1815 (Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 109, publ.
1815), but only as a nomen nudum.
+ Of. Ann. & Mag. N, H. (7) viii. p. 192 (1901).
4492 Mr. O. Thomas on a
There appears to be no doubt about this identification.
Azara’s statement that “la lévre supérieure a beaucoup de
rides verticales ” shows that his animal was a Nyctinomus,
not a Molossus, and the “ autre petite oreille verticale en
dessous,” in the description of the ear, indicates the species
commonly known as N. gracilis, with its high vertical anti-
tragus. Size, colour, and locality all agree perfectly. The
other Paraguayan Nyctinomus, N. brasiliensis, is no doubt
Azara’s Chauve-souris neuviéme, which ‘n’a pas la seconde
oreille verticale de la précédente”’ (cf. Ann. & Mag. N. H.
(6) xx. p. 215, 1897).
14. Hemiderma perspicillatum, Linn. *
H. brevicauda, Wied, auctorum.
2g. April and June. 4 9. 27th May, 1901. All from
Sapucay.
15. Glossophaga soricina, Pall.
2g. Sapucay. March and June.
From the description of both teeth and interfemoral mem-
brane, it is clear that Rengger’s Glossophaga villosa is not a
Glossophaga, but its exact determination is not easy. It is
perhaps a Lonchoglossa with the proportions of the upper
incisors transposed.
One of the present specimens has an atavistic anterior
upper premolar present on the left side.
16. Vampyrops lineatus, Geoff.
Chauve-souris seconde; the basis of Phyllostoma hneatum, Geoff. (Ann.
Mus. xv. p. 180, 1810).
14,5 2%. Sapucay. March, May, and June.
These beautiful specimens are by far the most richly
marked of the group that I have ever seen. Their brown
colour forms a good setting for the bright and well-defined
white lines of the face and back.
17. Pygoderma bilabiatum, Wagnu.
2 4. Sapucay. February and March.
This peculiar bat is still but sparsely represented in
collections, and these are the first properly made skins that
the British Museum has received. It has not previously
been recorded from Paraguay.
* Of, Ann, & Mag. N. H. (7) viii. p. 192 (1901).
Collection of Bats from Paraguay. 443
18. Sturnira llium, Geoff.
Chauve-souris quatriéme, Azara; the basis of Phyllostoma lilium, Geoff.
36,192. Villa Rica. October 1900, and January and
June 1901].
3 $6. Sapucay. February and March.
19. Desmodus rotundus, Geoff.
Azara’s Chauve-souris troisiéme; the basis of Geoffroy’s Phyllostoma
rotundum (Ann. Mus. xv. p. 181, 1810) *.
Desmodus rufus auctorum.
245,49. Sapucay. 11th May, 1901. A number caught
in a hollow tree.
“The most pugnacious of any bat that I have handled,
extremely quick in their movements, and carry their body
high when running. Fight fiercely with one another,
inflicting serious wounds with their formidable teeth ; some
were so badly cut up about the head in their frequent
quarrels that they were useless for specimens, and eventually
I had to put them into separate cages. One night six
Molossus Temmincku were put in the same cage by mistake,
and by morning they were all lying on the floor of the cage
nearly dead ; the skin of the head was all cut away, and
also a place on the back of each. This is the only kind I
have met with since the month of December that have been
pregnant. One female gave birth to one young on the night
of May 11, 1901, and amongst them when caught was one
of about a week old. Out of the thirty odd caught there
were only two adult males, the rest being all females.”—
WE.
In conclusion I may recapitulate the identification of
Azara’s bats, as thus far determined. All except those
in brackets have been verified on topotypes in the Foster
collection.
Chauve-souris I. Artibeus lituratus.
Il. Vampyrops lineatus.
III. Desmodus rotundus.
TV. Sturnira lilium.
V. [Noetilo leporinus. |
VI. Molossus rufus.
VIL. [Lasiurus cinereus. |
“Hl Orejon” of Spanish edition. [Héstiotus velatus. |
Chauve-souris VIII. Nyctinomus laticaudatus (gracilis auctorum).
: ; brasiliensis. |
X. Molossus obscurus crassicaudatus.
XI. [Myotis sp. t.]
XII. ,, albescens.
* Cf. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) xx. p. 547 (1900).
+ The basis of Vespertilio ruber, Geoff. (Ann. Mus. viii. p. 204, 1806).
Probably the fawn-coloured species mentioned Ann, & Mag. N. H. (6)
xx. p. 214 (1897).
444 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on
LV.—Dvagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. W. L. 8.
Loat in the Nile. By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.
Mormyride.
Petrocephalus Keatingit.
Depth of body 3 times in total length, length of head 4 to
41, Head as long as deep, rounded; snout very short, 4
length of head, projecting beyond the mouth, which is situated
below anterior border of eye; diameter of eye + length of
head; 16 teeth in the upper jaw, 26 in the lower. Dorsal
25, originating above fifteenth ray of anal, its length 4 its
distance from head. Anal 38-39. Pectoral # length of head.
Caudal with pointed lobes. Caudal peduncle 23 as long as
deep, 2 length of head. 41-44 scales in the lateral line,
7g in a transverse line on the body, = 5 in a transverse line
between dorsal and anal, 10 round caudal peduncle. Silvery,
back and anterior rays of dorsal darker.
Total length 105 millim.
T'wo specimens from Fashoda.
This species, named in honour of Dr. Keatinge, Director
of the Government School of Medicine, Cairo, is intermediate
between P. dane and P. Bove.
Cyprinide.
Barbus pumilus.
DAM 8S Asi Sq.al9—20 -
No barbels. Depth of body equal to length of head, 3
times in total length. Snout not prominent, shorter than the
eye, which is perfectly lateral and contained 8 times in length
ot head. Dorsal originating above first ray of ventral, without
ossified ray, its upper border concave. Caudal deeply forked.
Scales of lateral line series very deep; 14 scales between
them and the ventral fin; lateral line reduced to three or four
tubules on the anterior scales. Yellowish olive above, the
seales edged with black, white beneath; a black streak on
each side of the head, passing through the eye; a vermilion
oblique streak along the dorsal and anal and one or two
blackish ones; a blackish vertical streak at the root of the
caudal.
Total length 26 millim.
Several specimens from Lake No.
new Fishes from the Nile. 445
Siluride.
PHYSAILIA, gen. nov.
Differing from Azlia, Gray, in the free air-bladder and the
absence of vomerine teeth, from Parailia, Blgr., in the presence
of a small adipose fin.
Physailia pellucida.
Depth of body 4 to 44 times in total length, length of head
6 to 64 times. Diameter of eye about 3 times in length of
head; nasal and maxillary barbels # to 4 total length,
reaching extremity of pectoral fin or a little beyond; man-
dibular barbels 4 to 2 total length. Pectoral as long as head,
the spine serrated on the inner side. Anal 65-72, narrowly
separated from the caudal, which is deeply forked. Colour-
less, translucent in life.
Total length 93 millim.
Numerous specimens from Omdurman.
Ailia somalensis, Vincig., probably belongs to the same
genus, but it differs in the longer barbels and the pectoral
spine is described as non-serrated.
Galaxiide.
CROMERIA, gen. nov.
Body elongate, cobitiform, compressed, naked. Mouth
small and inferior, toothless; gill-openings narrow, lateral.
Ventrals midway between head and caudal; dorsal and anal
short, the former opposite to the space between the latter and
the ventrals. Air-bladder slender, elongate, extending along
the whole precaudal part of the body. Vertebre 80+15.
This remarkable new genus, which I take the liberty of
dedicating to Lord Cromer, appears to be most nearly related
to Galaxias, with which it agrees in the general structure of
the vertebral column, the position of the fins, the absence of
the mesocoracoid bone, and the naked skin. It differs widely
in the small edentulous mouth and the narrow gill-openings.
Cromeria nilotica.
Depth of body 8 times in total length, length of head 6
times. Snout rounded, projecting strongly beyond the
mouth ; diameter of eye about 5 times in length of head.
Dorsal and anal with 8 rays, 5 of which are branched.
Caudal deeply emarginate. Colourless, except a bright
446 On new Fishes from the Nile.
yellow stripe dotted with black along the dorsal line and the
lower edge of the caudal peduncle, and a blackish line along
each side of the caudal peduncle.
Total length 30 millim.
Several specimens from Fashoda and Lake No.
Cyprinodontide.
Haplochilus Loatt.
D. 7-8. A. 14-15. Sq. 24-25 2.
4
Depth of body 44 to 5 times in total length, length of head
4 to 44 times. Eye longer than snout, as long as postorbital
part of head. Origin of dorsal above posterior third of anal,
twice as far from the eye as from the root of the caudal.
Caudal rounded. Yellowish olive above, the scales edged
with darker, whitish beneath ; fins white, without markings.
Total length 25 millim.
Numerous specimens from Lake No.
Easily distinguished from H. Marni, Stdr. (A. fascio-
latus, Gthr., part.), by the larger scales and the absence of
oblique dark bars on the body.
Gobiide.
Eleotris nanus.
D. ¥, 10. A.8. Sq. 29=30.
Body cylindrical or a little compressed, its depth nearly
equal to length of head and contained 4 times in total length.
Head as broad as deep; snout broad, rounded, as long as the
eye, the diameter of which is contained 4 times in length of
head; no preeopercular spine; maxillary extending to below
centre of eye; no canine teeth. Scales strongly ciliated, 9
between origin of second dorsal and anal. Caudal rounded,
nearly as long as head. Brownish olive, dotted and marbled
with blackish; fins dotted with blackish ; vertical dark bars
on the sides of the head.
Total length 38 millim.
The first specimen of this species was obtained in a pond
left by the Nile in the cataract country about 3 miles north
of Kermeh; others were found at Fashoda and at the mouth
of Lake No.
On a new Silurid Fish from Cameroon. 447
LVI.—Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus
Anoplopterus, from Cameroon. By G. A. BOULENGER,
Lie] aa
Anoplopterus longirostris.
Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head
4 times. Head longer than broad; eyes small, in the second
half of the head, two diameters apart; interocular width 2
length of snout, which is rounded and projects a little beyond
lower jaw; posterior nostril midway between eye and end of
snout; maxillary barbel ? length of head, reaching root of
pectoral ; mandibular barbel } length of head. Dorsal I 6,
nearer end of snout than root of caudal, first ray 2 length of
head. Adipose short, as long as dorsal. Anal 15, midway
between root of ventral and root of caudal. Pectoral a little
longer than ventral, 2 length of head. Caudal forked.
Caudal peduncle 15 as long as deep. Dark olive-brown
above, mottled with black, white beneath; dorsal, pectorals,
and ventrals light, with two transverse series of blackish
spots ; caudal whitish, with some black spots, black at the
base, with a large black blotch on each lobe.
Total length 77 millim.
A single specimen from hills in the Bulu country, some
75 miles in the interior from Batanga, at an altitude of
between 1500 and 2000 feet; collected by Mr. G. L. Bates.
This is the third species of the genus Anoplopterus, Pfeffer
(Chimarrhoglanis, Vaillant) *. The principal distinctive
characters of the three species are here given :—
A, uranoscopus, Pfeff.—Head more than 5 times in total
length; maxillary barbel reaching halfway between head
and dorsal fin; adipose fin longer than dorsal; caudal
peduncle as deep as long.
A. platychir, Gthr.—Head about 4 times in total length ;
interocular width about 2 length of snout; maxillary barbel
extending to end of head; adipose fin longer than dorsal;
caudal peduncle longer than deep.
A. longirostris, Blgr.—Head 4 times in total length ; inter-
ocular width 3 length of snout; maxillary barbel extending
to base of pectoral; adipose fin longer than dorsal; caudal
peduncle longer than deep.
With reference to a note published in a recent number of
the ‘ Zoologischer Anzeiger’ (xxiv. p. 569), I must repeat
* Cf. Boulenger, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) i. 1898, p. 254.
448 Mr. R. I. Pocock on
the statement made by me in the ‘ Poissons du Bassin du
Congo,’ that no representative of the genus Pimelodus, in the
modern sense, is known from Africa.
The Cameroon Pimelodus guttatus, Lénnberg, to which
Mr. Poche has alluded, is, to judge by the description of the
nostrils, clearly an Auchenoglanis, as defined by me, a view
in which Dr. Lonnberg informs me he fully concurs.
LVII.—Some new Genera and Species of Lithobiomorphous
Chilopoda. By R. I. Pocock.
THE genera of Lithobiomorpha which appear to me to be
recognizable may be tabulated as follows :—
a. No stigmata upon the first leg-bearing somite;
more than one ocellus on each side of the head ;
no completely chitinized ‘‘collar” behind the
coxee of the toxicognaths ..............,.«-6. Lithobiide.
a‘, Coxal pores present upon the last five pairs of
N55) 5 Soon nb os go0d00a0bgnagodbiavcosss080 Pseudolithobius.
b', Coxal pores present only upon the last four pairs
of legs.
a*. The pores few and uniserial .............. Lithobius.
b?. The pores many and multiserial .......... Bothropolys.
b. A pair of stigmata upon the first leg-bearing
somite and a single pair of ocelli on the head;
a completely chitinized ‘“ collar” behind the coxe
of the toxicognaths (? in Cermatobiide).
a®, Coxal pores present ; legs shorter, tarsi of four-
teenth pair with not more than six segments;
gonopods of 9 stout; antenne not funiculate ;
legsawathebibralaspike sire cei sels tene Henicopide.
a*, Coxal pores reduced to one on each side;
fifteenth pair of legs much shorter than
fourteenth and without protarsal segment .. Haasiella.
b+, Coxal pores 3 to 5 in adult; fifteenth pair of
legs longer than fourteenth, with distinct
tarsal and protarsal segments.
a’, Tarsi of anterior legs not more than two-
jointed.
a’. Tarsi of anterior legs undivided (legs of
fourteenth and fifteenth pairs with tarsus
and protarsus undivided) ............ Lamyctes.
bf, Tarsi, at least of anterior pair of legs,
bisegmented (legs of fourteenth and
fifteenth pairs unknown) ............ Paralamyctes.
65, Tarsi of anterior legs trisegmented, of four-
teenth and fifteenth pairs six-jointed.... Henicops.
43, Coxal pores absent; tarsi long, with not fewer
than four segments, those of fourteenth pair
many-jointed; no tibial spike; gonopods of
female slender; antenne funiculate ........ Cermatobiide :
Cermatobius,
new Lithobiomorphous Chilopoda. 4.49
Genus LITHOBIUS.
Lithobius sculpturatus, sp. n.
Colour yellowish brown, clouded with black; terga paler
laterally than in the middle ; legs distally yellowish.
Head with 6-7 eyes on each side.
Antenne short, with only 20 segments.
Coxe of toxicognaths armed with 4+4 teeth.
Terga coarsely granularly rugose, the posterior borders of
the ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth straight, those of the tenth,
twelfth, and fourteenth shallowly emarginate; none of the
posterior angles produced.
Legs weakly spined, the tibial spine only present on the
anterior pairs; those of last pair armed beneath with 1, 3, 3, 0
short spines, and a short spine on the side of the coxa as well.
Coxal pores 3, 4, 4, 4. Claw of anal leg with basal spine.
Generative forceps of female with 3+3 spurs and a broad
trifid claw; genital appendage of male obsolete. Legs of
fifteenth pair unmodified in both sexes.
Length about 11:5 millim.
Loe. 8. India: Kodeikanal in the Palni Hills and Madras
(J. R. Henderson).
This is the first record of the genus Lithobius from India.
Genus HAASIELLA, nov.
This new genus, of which the characters are given above,
is erected for the reception of the species from Auckland, New
Zealand, described by Haase as “ Henicops insularis”’ (Abh.
Zool. &c. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 36, pl. ii. fig. 41, 1887).
Apart from the peculiar construction of the fifteenth pair of
legs, this genus is interesting for the reduction in the number
of coxal pores—a character in which it stands midway be-
tween a typical Henicops and the genus Cermatobius.
Genus Lamycres, Meinert.
Lamyctes, Meinert, Nat. Tidsskr. v. p. 266 (1868).
Type L. fulvicornis, Mein.
By common consent this genus has been dropped of late
years as a synonym of Henicops; but I think it may be
conveniently retained on the strength of the entirety of the
tarsi of the first to the twelfth pairs of legs and the bisegmen-
tation into tarsus and protarsus of those of the thirteenth,
fourteenth, and fifteenth pairs.
-In addition to the type, LZ. fulvicornis, which is common in
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7, Vol. viii. 32
450 On new Lithobiomorphous Chilopoda.
Europe, the genus contains, amongst others, the following
exotic species :—JL. insignis, Pocock, from Juan Fernandez ;
L. tristant, Poc., from Tristan d’Acunha; L. albipes, Poc.,
from Tjibodas, Java; L. africanus, Porat, from Cape Colony ;
and L. marginatus, Newport, from New Zealand.
Genus PARALAMYCTES, nov.
Differing from Lamyctes in having the tarsal segments of
at least the first eleven pairs of legs bisegmented. ‘The
presence of 12 coxal teeth on the toxicognaths may also prove
to be of generic value.
Type P. Spencer, sp. n.
Paralamyctes Spencert, sp. n.
Colour. Castaneous above and obscurely mottled with
brown ; legs and distal half of the antenne fulvous ; head
castaneous, blacker in front.
Head convex, smooth and shining.
Antenne short, composed of 20 thickly hirsute cylindrical
segments, of which the apical is a little longer than the
penultimate.
Toxicognaths with the anterior border mesially excised, the
margin on each side of the excision being rounded and armed
with 6 minute subequal teeth, making a total of 12.
Tergites sparsely hirsute, especially at the posterior end of
the body, those of the first six somites with rounded angles
and straight posterior border; the seventh, eighth, tenth,
twelfth, and fourteenth with posterior borders becoming
progressively more and more strongly emarginate from before
backwards; the ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth strongly
emarginate, the angles being acute and much produced.
Legs thickly hirsute. Coxal pores 4, 4, 5, 4, rounded and
set in a single series. (Posterior legs absent.)
Generative forceps furnished with two basal spurs on each
side and a single claw.
Length 15 millim.
Loc. Durban. <A single female specimen (H. A. Spencer).
This species may be readily distinguished from Lamyctes
africanus, Por., by its slightly larger size, the smaller number
of its antennal segments, its longitudinally grooved frontal
plate, but more especially by its strongly emarginate posterior
tergites, and by the presence of twelve small teeth, instead
of at most six, on the anterior border of the coxe of the
toxicognaths.
L. sinuatus, Porat (Bib, Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xviii.
On the Chilopoda of the Australian Continent. 451
pt. iv. no. 7, p. 5, 1893), recorded recently from Cape Town,
resembles P. Spenceré in the emargination of the tergites, but
differs in having only six maxillary denticles and as many as
thirty-six antennal segments.
Genus Henicors, Newport.
Henicops, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 372.
Differing from Lamyctes in having the tarsi of the legs
segmented, those of the anterior thirteen pairs indistinctly,
but certainly, trisegmented, those of the fourteenth and fifteenth
pairs with the protarsus bisegmented and the tarsus quadri-
segmented.
Type H. maculatus, Newport.
The genus Henicops was based upon two species, H. macu-
latus and H. emarginatus. ‘The former may be regarded as the
type; the latter, judging by the mutilated type from New
Zealand and preserved in the British Museum, being referable
to the genus Lamyctes.
LVIII.—Thre Chilopoda or Centipedes of the Australian
Continent. By R. I. Pocock.
CONSIDERABLE additions have been made to our knowledge
of the Australian Centipedes since Haase published his
treatise on the subject in 1887. ‘The species known up to
the present time are briefly recorded in the following pages,
the account of them being intended rather as a ‘ student’s
guide” to the subject than as a complete monograph.
Order SCUTIGEROMORPHA.
Genus SCUTIGERA, Lamarck.
Scutigera maculuta (Newport).
Cermatia maculata, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 96 (1844) ;
id. Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 859 (1845).
Cermatia australiana, Newport, loc. cit.
Seutigera maculata, Meinert, Vid. Medd. 1886, p. 103; Haase, Abh.
Mus. Dresden, v. p. 23 (1887).
? Cermatia Latreiller, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xix. pp. 359,
845.
This prettily marked species appears to be the only member
of the genus met with in Southern Australia. Newport’s
specimens were from the Swan River, and Haase has recorded
examples from Peak Downs. "|
32
452 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on the
The British Museum also has examples from the following
localities, which attest the wide range of the species :—Perth
(H. W. J. Turner); Narre Warren, Loch, Walhalla,
Warragul (Prof. Baldwin Spencer), and Warburton (H. &.
Hogg), in Victoria; New South Wales (J. Macpherson) ;
South Queensland (Prof. B. Spencer).
The description of Scut?gera simpler, Haase (Abh. Mus.
Dresden, no. 5, p. 26, 1887), is probably based upon a
specimen conspecific with those above referred to S. maculata.
The locality is given as Adelaide.
Haase also recognizes the following as a valid species :—
Scutigera Lesueurtt (Lucas, Anim. Artic. Crust. &c. p. 538,
1840; Gervais, Ins. Apt. iv. p 223, 1847), with which
S. strabo, Wood (Journ. Ac. Sci. Philad. (2) v. p. 11, 1863),
is given as synonymous. Gervais describes the type, which
is vaguely ticketed ‘‘ New Holland,” as “ brown, with a
paler median dorsal band and yellow legs and antenne.”
The specimen from Rockhampton identified by Haase as this
species, and the type of S. strabo from Oahu, must be con-
sidered doubtfully identical with Leswueurt?. If the descrip-
tion of the latter is taken from a specimen showing the colours
of life, no doubt. S. Lesueurdd is a species distinct from
S. maculata, which has the legs banded and an irregular pale
dorsal longitudinal stripe on each side of the middle line.
Scutigera Latreillei, Newport (Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 357),
labelled ‘“‘ New Holland,” may be nothing but a dark form of
S. maculata. The prevailing colour of the dried type in the
Hope Museum at Oxford is black, with the stomata orange-
yellow, some spots of the same colour on the head, and the
legs banded with black. Haase considers S. wolacea, L. Koch
(Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xv. p. 890, 1865), from Wollon-
gong, to be identical with S. Latredlle?, on the strength of the
black colour of the dorsal plates and the presence of a pair of
reddish-brown spots on the hinder border of each. At present,
however, we have not sufficient material to unravel the
difficult questions of synonymy here involved.
Order LITHOBIOMORPHA.
The three genera of this order may be diagnosed as
follows :—
a. A single eye on each side of the head and a pair of
stigmata on the first leg-bearing somite.
- a, Tarsi of anterior legs three-segmented, of fourteenth
and fifteenth pairs six-segmented ........0 cece ues Henicops.
Chilopoda of the Australian Continent. 453
6', Tarsi of anterior legs undivided, of fourteenth and
fifteenth pairs bisegmented, z. e. with tarsal and pro-
LATRA SCOTMENTS) Vr acigh ds achat nels shake eketaea elke Lamycetes *.
b. A cluster of ocelli on each side of the head; no stig-
mata on the first leg-bearing somite ...........0204. Inthobius.
Genus HENICcops.
Henicops maculatus, Newport.
Henicops maculatus, Newport, op. cit. p. 872, pl. xxxiii. fig. 27, and
pl. xl. fig. 3.
?. Colour yellowish brown, with an indistinct median
dorsal dark stripe.
Antenne long, composed of 37 segments.
Coxe of toxicognath with precoxal processes broad, convex,
and armed with 3+3 teeth.
The posterior terga sparsely bristly; the anterior with
rounded angles and scarcely emarginate posterior borders;
the posterior borders becoming gradually more and more
emarginate from before backwards, those of the minor tergites
more deeply so than of the major, the emargination perfectly
evenly convex.
Legs long, hairy, and beset with short spinules; the tarsi
with 2+2 spinules beneath, set at the distal end of the sub-
segments. Coxal pores small, 4,5, 5,5; gonopods of female
with 2 short spurs and a simple claw.
Total length 15 millim. ; length of antenne 8, of posterior
ley 9.
Peek, Tasmania; also Australia and New Zealand.
The above-given description is taken from a specimen
from Wellington, New Zealand (H.ALS. ‘ Challenger’), which
is apparently conspecific with the type originally recorded
from Tasmania. The British Museum also has damaged
specimens of apparently the same species from ‘Tasmania and
from Fern Tree Gully, Wood’s Point Road, and Loch in
Gippsland, Victoria, presented by Prof. Baldwin Spencer,
F.R.S. Some of these specimens are mottled with black
spots, two of them have 44 antennal segments, and one of
them 4-5 coxal teeth; but the material is not sufficient to
justify the separation of the Australian from the ‘’asmanian
or New Zealand type.
Henicops impressus, Hutton (Tr. N. Z. Inst. x. p. 288,
* Lamyctes is represented in New Zealand by L. emarginatus, New-
port. The genus will probably turn up in Australia, seeing that it
occurs both inS. Africa, 8. America, Sumatra, &c., and Europe, as well
as in New Zealand.
454 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the
1807), from Dunedin and Queenstown, probably belongs to
the same genus as H. maculatus. Itis not, however, possible
from the description to settle the point.
Henicops dentatus, sp. n.
Closely allied to the preceding species, but with the legs
more spiny, the tarsi being armed beneath with five pairs of
spines and the emargination of the terga deeper. Moreover,
the seventh, ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth terga are sub-
quadrately and not evenly and convexly emarginate. An-
tenn and posterior legs fractured ; the former, however, had
at least 30 segments.
Total length 15 millim.
Loc. W. Australia, Perth (H#. W. J. Turner).
Genus Liruosius, Leach.
Inthobius sydneyensis, Pocock.
Lithobius sydneyensis, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 153
(1891).
Loc. Sydney (J. Brazter).
Order SCOLOPENDROMORPHA.
Synopsis of the Genera.
a. Without eyes
RUB CRAG ARR ee hOrES eee oro pe om Cryptops.
6. With four eyes on each side of the head.
a, Seventh somite with a pair of stigmata.
a*, Stigmata very large, ‘ sieve-like ”; no toothon
femur of toxicogmathsp ys see reens Ethmostigmus.
6°. Stigmata small; a tooth on femur of toxico-
SNAG ann wis wien eee aang eu es Rhysida.
6}. Seventh somite without stigmata.
a®, Head not overlapping the first tergite.
a‘, A pair of sclerites on the posterior-lateral
angles of the head (225-6 ses hemessise ac Cormocephalus.
6‘. No sclerites on the posterior-lateral angles
otthetheadaie cs see were anes Aleta: Otostigmus.
EeeRee trees he Rhombocephalus.
Genus RHoMBOCEPHALUS *, Newp.
Rhombocephalus letus (Haase).
Scolopendra leta, Haase, Abh, Mus. Dresden, no, 6, p. 51, pl. iii. fig. 51
(1887).
Colour. Head and terga deep green, the latter with a longi-
* I restrict the term Scolopendra to the species with the first tergite
suleate. The type of Rhombocephalus is ungulatus, Latr.
>
Chilopoda of the Australian Continent. 455
tudinal lateral yellow stripe lying midway between the lateral
border and the sulcus, the margin of each tergum and the
upper portion of the pleural membrane being green ; some-
times this yellow stripe is broad and extends right to the
margin, in which case there is no green on the pleura; at
other times the median green stripe spreads laterally and
almost obliterates the yellow, and it is always a little wider
than the space between the furrows; it begins either upon
the second or first tergum; the latter, however, is, like the
head, generally uniformly deep green; antennz green, indis-
tinctly banded with yellow basally ; toxicognaths, legs, and
sternum reddish or greenish yellow; anal legs prettily banded
with green and yellow, being green with a broad transverse
yellow band on the basal half of each segment.
In structural features this species resembles the form that
passes as f. morsicans of Linnzeus, of which it is, perhaps, a
descendant, modified since artificial introduction into Aus-
tralia, where it appears to be the only indigenous species of
the genus Rhombocephalus.
Total length up to 56 millim.
Loc. Perth (H. W. J. Turner); New South Wales (W. W.
Froggatt). Haase’s specimen was recorded as doubtfully from
Adelaide.
The two New South Wales specimens have the yellow
bands broader and more sharply defined than in the examples
from Perth. More material, however, must be examined
before the question as to the racial value of this feature can
be established.
Genus CORMOCEPHALUS, Newp.
Representatives of this genus are the prevalent forms of
Scolopendroids met with in South Australia. The genus
occurs also in New Zealand and other islands adjacent to
Australia, in Madagascar, in South Africa (where it is abun-
dant), with a few outlying species in Ceylon and India.
The Australian species fall into two sections. The first,
typified by C. aurantiipes, has three spines in a single series
on the outer side of the under surface of the femur of the anal
leg, whereas in the second, typified by Westwoodit, the spines
in question are four in number and biserial.
Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Newp.
Scolopendra aurantiipes, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 99
(1844).
Cormocephalus aurantiipes, Newp. Tr. Linn. Soe. xix, p. 421 (1845).
Cormocephalus obscurus, id. ibid.
456 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the
Cormocephalus subminiatus, Newp. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 100;
id. Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 425 (1845).
Cormocephalus miniatus, 1d. ibid.
Cormocephalus auranttipes, aurantiipes var. obscurus, and subminiatus,
Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, pp. 57-62 (1887) (where other
synonyms may be found).
The types of Newport’s species cited above, namely
aurantiipes from the Swan River *, obscurus from Sydney,
miniatus from Adelaide, and subminiatus from the Swan
River, are preserved in the British Museum and are, I
believe, specifically identical.
Moreover, according to Haase, C. gracilis, Kohlrausch,
from Gayndah, is based upon the young of this species, and
C. maryinatus, Porat, from Sydney, upon a variety without
median sulcus on the anal tergum ; also Meinert’s type of
exiguus from Brisbane was referred by Haase to the species
he identified as subminiatus, Newp., of which he had seen
examples from Adelaide.
In addition to the types of Newport’s species above referred
to, the British Museum has specimens from South Queensland
(B. Spencer) ; Bendigo in Victoria and Sydney (W’. Froggatt) ;
Queensland (J. Macpherson),and New Xouth Wales; Melbourne
(Degen) ; Mt. Lofty (B. Spencer); Perth (Turner) and the
Darling Range (B. H. Woodward) ; and ‘Toowoomba.
Haase separated subminiatus from this species on the
strength, as he believed, of its having thinner and more
strongly spined anal legs; but this feature, like the presence
or absence of a sulcus on the anal tergite, appears to be quite
inconstant, the sulcus being sometimes strong, sometimes
faint, and sometimes absent, irrespective of locality.
Hence I find it impossible to maintain obscurus as a sub-
species or variety.
Another variety instituted by Haase has fiom 11-14,
instead of 9, spines on the anal femora. The specimens
exhibiting this abnormality were from Adelaide.
Judging from dried and alcohol-preserved material, the
colour in this species varies from a uniform chestnut to olive-
brown or green, with dark green bands across the terga, deep
bluish-green antenne, red head and anal somite. ‘The last is,
1 suspect, the true colour of the species.
Cormoccphalus Turnert, sp. n.
3 (adult), Prevailing colour greenish, with the anal somite
and legs paler. Head more convex than in C. aurantitpes;
* Not Port Essington, as Newport asserts.
Chilopoda of the Austrahan Continent. AD7
antenne short, not reaching beyond the second tergite, with
17 segments. Anal tergum without trace of median groove,
more convex than in C. aurantiipes; anal legs very short
and thick, the femur with a much stronger basal notch than
in CO, aurantiipes, only about one fourth longer than wide,
its width equa] to the length of the third segment, typically
armed with 2, 1, 2, 2 spines.
?. Anal legs much thinner; femur armed with 2, 2, 2, 2
or 3 spines, at least twice as long as wide, and much narrower
than the length of the third segment.
Total length 55 millim.; anal leg 95; antenne 8:5;
length of head 4.
Loc. Perth (HW. W. J. Turner).
In most respects this species resembles C. disténguendus of
Iaase, but the latter is said to have no spines beneath the
claw on the anal leg. The only known specimen was from
Adelaide (Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 61, pl. iv. fig. 61, 1887).
Cormocephalus Westwoodii, Newp.
Cormocephalus Westwoodit, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii.
p- 100 (1844); id. Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p, 422 (1845); Kohlrausch,
Arch. Nat. xlvii. p. 85 (1881) ; Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 62
1887).
Fee EN pbuihus Newport, Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 421 (1844).
Cormocephalus pallipes, Newport, loc. cit. p. 424.
Cormocephalus monilicornis, Porat, Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. iv.
no. vii. p. 16 (1876) (sec. Haase).
Cormocephalus rugulosus, id. ibid. (sec. Haase).
Cormocephalus lanatipes, Kohl. Arch. f. Naturg. xlvii. p. 85 (1881)
(sec. Haase).
This species is apparently confined more to the eastern parts
of Australia than C. aurantiipes. The type of C. Westwoodi
is ticketed merely “ Australia” ; other specimens named by
Newport were from near Sydney; the types of fecundus from
Parramatta, and of pallipes from Van Diemen’s Land. The
type of rugulosus of Porat was also from Sydney. According
to Haase the form he identified as fecundus has been obtained
at Twofold Bay in New South Wales and at Hlphinstone, and
the typical Westwoodii at Gayndah and Peak Downs in
Queensland and at Elphinstone.
In addition to Newport’s specimen, the British Museum
has examples from Sydney and Parramatta, as well as from
localities near these last, e.g. Ashfield, Bondi, Rose Bay, &e.
on the Parramatta River (J. Macpherson), from Fern ‘Tree
Gully in Victoria (Prof: Baldwin Spencer), and from Tasmania
and Mt. Rumsay, Hobart (/. 1. Thomson).
Haase separated facundus from Westwoodii on the strength
458 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the
of a greater thickness of the anal legs in the former; but
this seems to be a feature subject to variation. In well-
preserved examples the colour of this species is much like
that of C. aurantipes, the anterior and posterior extremities
being blood-red, the antenne bluish, and the body greenish
with darker bands. No trace of this coloration is observable
in many dried or alcohol-preserved specimens.
Cormocephalus esulcatus, sp. n.
Closely related to C. Westwoodit, but differing in a cha-
racter which appears to be constant, namely, the entire
absence of a median sulcus on the anal tergite; this plate
also is not so wide and transversely oblong as in that species,
being distinctly narrower posteriorly than across the middle,
with its sides convex; the anal legs, too, are much weaker
than in the adults of C. Westwoodi and the young of corre-
sponding size. ‘The prevailing colour is greenish or olive-
brown, with bluish antenne and greenish legs.
Length up to 56 millim.; length of head 3, of antenna 8,
of anal leg 8:5.
Loc. Fern ‘Tree Gully in Victoria (Prof. Baldwin Spencer).
It is interesting to observe that both this species and
C. Westwoodii are found in Fern Tree Gully, where the two
were taken together by Prof. Baldwin Spencer. The
specimens of Westwoodit may be immediately recognized by
their coloration, the tergites being paler, more distinctly
banded, and the head and anal legs redder than in those of
C. esulcatus.
Genus OTosTIGMUS, Porat.
Otostigmus tuberculatus (Kohl.).
Branchiotrema tuberculatum, Kohlrausch, Journ. Mus. Godeff. 1878,
pt. 14, p. 71, pl. vi. fig. 4 (1878) ; id. Arch. Naturg. xlvii. p. 74, pl. v.
fic. 11 (1881).
Otostigma tuberculatum, Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 76, pl. iv.
fig. 79 (1887).
Slender in front, expanded behind. Olive-green in colour,
with the terga laterally ferruginous; legs ferruginous, the
posterior pairs banded with green. Antenne 18-jointed.
Precoxal plates of toxicognaths with 8+3 teeth. Terga
from the fifth sulcate, from the ninth marginate; subrugulose,
the last rough. Sterna shining, from the ninth tubercular ;
the last smooth. Anal pleure long, acute, apically trispinose,
and with one upper and two lateral large spines. Legs of
twentieth pair with protarsal spine, of twenty-first pair
Chilopoda of the Australian Continent. 459
slender, the femur armed with 4, 2, 3,6 spines, the protarsus
unspined.
Length 38 millim., of anal Jeg 12 millim.
Loc. Rockhampton.
Genus Ruysipa, Wood.
Rhysida carinulata, subsp. australica (Haase).
Branchiostoma carinulata, subsp. australica, Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden,
no. 8, pp. 82-83 (1887).
Loc. Cape York.
Rhysida longipes (Newport).
Branchiostoma longipes, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 411 (1845) ;
Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 83, pl. vi. fig. 86 (for synonymy).
Loc. Melbourne (according to Haase).
Widely distributed in the tropics of the eastern and western
hemispheres.
Rhysida nuda (Newport).
Branchiostoma nudum, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soc. xix. p. 412 (1845) ;
Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 84, pl. v. fig. 88 (1887).
Loc. Parramatta, Port Mackay, Bowen, Brisbane, and
Elphinstone.
Key to the Species of Rhysida.
a. Terga with finely toothed keels; anal pleure with 5spines. australica.
6. Terga without keels; anal pleure with four spines.
a’. Antenne with 18 segments; three rows of spines on
thoremora of analulegsy. 2). sc, . ee ca re cts eters longipes.
b'. Antenne with 21 segments; anal femora weakly
SWIC. ecto ee et SPP EGE Shes e wer nmiae > ol. nuda.
Genus ETuHmostiaMus, Poc.
(= Heterostoma, Newp., and Dacetum, Koch, preoccupied, the latter as
Daceton.)
Ethmostigmus rubripes (Brandt).
Scolopendra rubripes, Brandt, Recueil &c. p. 65 (1840).
Heterostoma sulcidens, squalidens, scabriventris, sulcicornis, mega-
cephala, Newport, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xiii. p. 99 (1844),
and Tr. Linn. Soc, xix. pp. 416-417 ; fasciata and flava, id. op. cit.
pp. 415-417.
Heterostoma rubripes, Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 89 (1887).
This, the largest Australian Centipede, is also wide-ranging.
Newport’s types of sulcidens, squalidens, and scabriventris were
from Parramatta ; those of megacephala and sulcicornis from
Port Essington ; and of flava from the Swan River.
460 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the
The British Museum also has examples from Adelaide,
Sydney, Parramatta (J. Macpherson) ; Cooran, in Queensland
(Piof. Baldwin Spencer); Cape York and some of the
Australian islands—Fitzroy Island, Baudin Island, &c.
From Australia the species is said to extend in a north-
westerly direction as far as Java.
The colour varies considerably and perhaps in accordance
with locality. Prof. Baldwin Spencer’s examples from Cooran
all belong to the fasciata type, being remarkably yellow, with
a narrow transverse stripe on the posterior border of the
terga, whereas in examples from New South Wales (Sydney)
and Adelaide the green, especially at the anterior end of the
body, predominates. In some cases the terga and head are
quite green.
Genus Cryptors, Leach.
Cryptops sulcata, Haase.
Cryptops australis, Kohlrausch, Arch. Naturg. xlvii. p. 127, pl. v.
tigs. 21, 22 (1881) (not australis, Newp.).
Cryptops suleata, Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 80, pl. v. fig. 838
(1887).
Loc. Rockhampton.
Cryptops spinipes, Pocock.
Cryptops spinipes, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vii. p. 156 (1891).
Loc. Sydney (J. Brazier).
This species at least differs from C. sulcatus, which is
unknown to me, in having the first and second tergites
devoid of longitudinal sulci.
Order GHOPHILOMORPHA.
Key to the Australian Genera.
a. Basal plate broad, quite covering the pleure of
the toxicognaths at the sides ; a row of pleural
scutes above the stigmata ............+.+... Orphneus.
b. Basal plate narrow; the pleure of the toxico-
gnaths not covered from above.
a’. Upper edges of the pleure of the toxicognaths
forming a sharp ridge on each side of the very
TiemaROne, loMseL EWES. 5 San go ovcoanoosodeo eas Mecistocephalus.
b'. Upper edges of the pleuree not forming a ridge
on each side of the basal plate ............ Necrophleophagus.
Genus MercisroceeHa.us, Newp.
Mecistocephalus tahitiensis, Wood.
Meecistocephalus tahitiensis, Wood, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. (2) v.
p- 43 (1863); Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 101 (1887), pl. vi.
fig. 108 (1887).
Chilopoda of the Australian Continent. 461
With 47 pairs of legs and only about 12 pores on the anal
pleure.
Loc. Gayndah and Rockhampton (according to Haase) ;
also Olinda, Viti, and Otahiti.
Genus NECROPHLGOPHAGUS, Newp., emend. Pocock.
Necrophlaophagus concolor (Gervais).
Geophilus concolor, Gervais, Ins. Apt. iv. p. 320 (1847); Haase, Abh.
Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 108, pl. vi. fig. 113 (1887).
Widely distributed in Australia. Gervais’s type was from
Port Jackson ; Haase records specimens from Rockhampton
and Sydney. The British Museum has examples from New
England in New South Wales (J. Macpherson) and Perth
(A. W. J. Turner).
This species may be at once recognized from G. antipodum
by its strongly hirsute head, antenne, and legs, very long
antennz, of which some of the segments are nearly or quite
three times as long as wide, by the strong and thick punctua-
tion of the head and toxicognaths, the fewer pores on the anal
pleure, broader sternites, &c., and lastly by the number of
pairs of legs attaining 69 or 71.
Length up to 48 millim.
Necrophlaophagus antipodum (Pocock).
Geophilus antipodum, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 222, pl. xii.
fig. 8 (1891).
Loc. Fern Tree Gully, in Victoria (Prof. Baldwin Spencer).
This species has previously been recorded only from Maun-
gatua and Wellington in New Zealand. Its occurrence in
Australia is of much interest.
Necrophleophagus sydneyensis (Pocock).
Geophilus sydneyensis, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 219
(1891).
A small species based upon examples from Inner Double
Bay, Port Jackson (J. Brazier).
Necrophleophagus opinatus (Newport).
Arthronomalus opinatus, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 433 (1845
Geophilus opinatus, Haase, Abh. Mus. Dresden, no. 5, p. 108 (1887
Colour deep ochre-yellow, darker anteriorly.
. Head-plate a little longer than wide, narrowed in front,
with lightly convex margins, sparsely punctured, and with
two shallow longitudinal impressions ; frontal sulcus obsolete.
).
ye
462 Mr. R. I. Pocock on the
Antenne clothed with short hairs, the segments subcylin-
drical, mostly about twice as long as wide.
Basal plate almost as wide as the first tergite posteriorly,
narrowed anteriorly to the width of the head.
Toxicognath largely overlapping the head laterally ; coxal
plate with median groove, complete chitinous lines, narrowed
laterally, not parallel-sided ; femur short, wider than long,
unarmed ; a small tooth at base of fang; when the fangs are
folded the toxicognaths are about as wide as long.
Terga smooth, shallowly bisulcate, the anterior with a
faint median sulcus as well. Anterior twenty-five sterna with
an anterior median pit, which is deep from the second to about
the twelfth somite, then graduaily fades away 3 posterior
sterna shortly hirsute, the hairs giving the appearance of
granulation. Last somite as wide as the penultimate; the
pleuras largely visible at the sides of the tergal and pre-
tergal plates, furnished above, below, and laterally with about
30 pores; the tergite a little longer than wide; the sternite
small, triangular, much narrower in front than one of the
pleural plates and not half the length. 69 pairs of legs.
Posterior legs scarcely longer than penultimate, slender,
the segments progressively becoming thinner and longer
distally; claw large.
Gonopods represented by a pair of triangular bisegmented
lobes.
Anal pores large.
Total length 54 millim.
Loc. Narre Warren, Gippsland.
The above-given description is taken from a specimen sent
to the British Museum by Prof. Baldwin Spencer.
The two specimens, ticketed ‘ Australia,” upon which
Newport based his description are imperfect in the case of the
antenne and of the posterior end of the body. The latter
imperfection was overlooked by Newport, who gives the
number of pairs of legs as 52 and 54 (the actual numbers are
50 and 53). In reality, as the example from Narre Warren
indicates, the species possesses at least as many as 69. Haase,
in his monograph, falls into the error of assigning 49 pairs to
the species *.
* I take this opportunity of characterizing a new species of the genus
closely related to NV. opinatus :—
Necrophleophagus Spenceri, sp. n.
Closely allied in most structural points to G. opimatus, but with only
39 pairs of legs and the pleurz less inflated, their anterior portion
being covered on the dorsal side by the prztergal sclerite of this
Chilopoda of the Australian Continent. 463
Necrophleophagus laticeps (Pocock).
Geophilus laticeps, Pocock, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. viii. p. 220, pl. xii.
figs. 6, 6a (1891).
Loc. King’s Island, in Bass Strait (Arthur Dendy).
Key to the Australian Species of Necrophloophagus.
a. Head long and narrow; toxicognaths largely over-
lapping it laterally and partially so in front, with
large quadrate coxal plate, which has no sutural
lines and long subcylindrical femur.
Geweatsron lessa9 in NUMbED. «55. <ues sees score antipodum, Poc.
b'. Pairs of legs about 70 in number.
a, Anal legs composed of 5 segments; the
pleurze with many pores above and below.. curtipes, Haase.
6?. Anal leg with 6 segments; the pleurz with
Gimllyech Menyy [NOR WON Geos ooees done oe concolor, Gerv.
6. Head short and broader ; the toxicognaths not over-
lapping it in front; the coxal plate not large
and quadrate, with distinct sutural line; femur
short, especially along its inner edge.
a®, Anal pleuree with many pores; anal sternum
very small and triangular ; toxicognaths largely
overlapping the head-plate at the sides...... opinatus, Newp.
6°. Anal pleurze without pores, small ; anal sternum
large; head-plate almost entirely overlapping
the toxicognaths at the sides.
a*, With 59 pairs of legs; anterior sterna with
a deep oval pit; basal plate wide and short,
four times as wide as long .............. laticeps, Poc.
b*. With 48 pairs of legs; anterior sterna without
distinct oval impression in front; basal plate
not four times as wide aslong .......... sydneyensis, Poc.
Genus OrpHN «US, Meinert.
Orphneus phosphoreus (Linn.).
Scolopendra phosphorea, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. x. p. 368 (1758).
Geophilus brevilabiatus, Newport, Tr. Linn. Soe. xix. p. 436 (1845).
Orphneus brevilabiatus, Meinert, Haase, &c.
Loc. Perth (H. W. J. Turner).
Widely distributed in the tropics.
somite ; the pores, moreover, of which about twenty are visible, are con-
siderably larger, those lying near the genital border of the pleura being
less than their own diameter from this edge: sternite wider, less nar-
rowed, its posterior width about half its anterior width, which exceeds
the width of the pleura adjacent to it externally.
Total length 19 millim.
Loc. The Bluff, South Island, New Zealand (Baldwin Spencer).
464 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
LIX.—Rhynchotal Notes.—X1. Heteroptera: Fam. Lygeide.
By W. L. Disranz.
THis communication completes the revision of the family
Lygeide as contained in the collection of the British
Museum, and gives the result of an examination of Walker’s
species published in part v. of his Catalogue of Hemiptera
Heteroptera. A number of new genera and species belonging
to the National and my own collection are also described.
Lyex1nz (continued).
Genus Lyczus.
Lygeus discifer.
Rhyparochromus discifer, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 92. n. 118 (1872).
A species allied to L. dispar, Stal, and L. cinctipennis, Stal.
Apical joint of antennz brown, apex of first joint narrowly
and obscurely ochraceous ; coxz luteous; disk of abdomen
ochraceous (carded specimen).
Genus LyG#osoma.
Lygeosoma neglecta, sp. 0.
Head and antenne black; pronotum and scutellum pale
piceous, coarsely punctate; a central longitudinal fascia to
pronotum and the apex of the scutellum ochraceous ; corium
pale reddish, the veins and extreme base paler in hue;
membrane black, its apex greyish white ; body beneath
black; legs dark castaneous.
Body finely pilose above, more longly pilose beneath.
Long. 34 millim.
Hab. Cape of Good Hope (Rev. A. E. Euton, Brit. Mus.).
Lygeosoma tripunctata.
Aphanus tripunctatus, Dallas, List Hem. ii. p. 559 (1852).
Genus MELANOTELUS.
Melanotelus rubiginosus.
Riyparochromus rubiginosus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 110. n. 192 (1872).
The Victorian specimen standing as the type of this species
does not agree with the description, but, on the contrary,
can scarcely be separated from M. bipunctatus, Dall., and
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 465
may be only a very slight variety of that species. It is quite
probable that Walker intended this for his type and inad-
vertently described something else. He had done it before !
Genus Nystus.
Nystus spectabilis, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; antenne, anterior
margin, ‘posterior half of lateral margins, anda large i irregular
discal spot to pronotum ochraceous; corium and mem-
brane greyish white; apex of clavus, two somewhat large
spots on posterior margin of corium—one at inner angle, the
other about centre,—and a small spot at apical angle black ;
body beneath black ; legs, central area of abdomen, anterior
margin and lateral angles of prosternum, lateral margins of
meso- and metasterna, posterior margin of metasternum, and
coxal spots ochraceous.
Pronotum very coarsely punctate with a central impression ;
fourth joint of antennz about as long as third joint and
moderately incrassate, its apex slightly fuscous.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. Christmas Island (C. W. Andrews, Brit. Mus.).
Cruinz.
Genus NINwvs.
Ninus assamensis, sp. 0.
Head piceous, greyishly pubescent, especially at apex;
antennz pale chocolate-brown, finely pilose ; pronotum
greyish, darkly punctate; two small rounded spots near
anterior margin and two very large basal spots—narrowly
mwardly divided and anteriorly emarginate—chocolate-
brown, between the two series of spots are two transverse
black lines ; scutellum greyish, darkly punctate, somewhat
blackish on lateral margins ; corium pale greyish ochraceous,
brownly punctate, the lateral margin pale impunctate, a
piceous patch at inner angle, a black spot at apex; clavus
chocolate-brown ; membrane pale brownish ochraceous, its
ventral area dark brown, reflecting the abdomen beneath.
Head beneath and sternum dull greyish, darkly punctate ;
abdomen piceous, greyishly pilose; legs and rostrum brownish
ochraceous, the last with its apex piceous.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. Assam: Margherita.
Allied to the Neotropical N. notadbilis, Dist.
Ann. d& Mag. N. list. Ser 7. Vol. viii. 33
466 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Ninus discessus, sp. 0.
Dull ochraceous; head, apical joint of antenne, anterior
area of pronotum, scutellum, and clavus much darker in
hue; a longitudinal spot on each side of the posterior disk
of pronotum piceous; apex of scutellum greyish; corium
semihyaline, margins of clavus and corium ochraceous ; two
minute spots at claval apex, a small spot about centre of
lateral margins, and the apical angle piceous; membrane
pale ochraceous hyaline ; head and sternum beneath brownish ;
abdomen and legs ochraceous ; rostrum ochraceous, with its
apex pitchy.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. Assam: Margherita.
Genus IscHNORHYNCHUS.
Ischnorhynchus lineolus.
Cymus lineola, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 587 (1852).
Bursstnz.
Genus SPALACOCORIS.
Spalacocoris sulcatus.
Ischnodemus sulcatus, Walk. Cat. Het. vy. p. 133. n. 33 (1872).
Spalacocoris sulcifer, Stal, En. Hem. iv. p. 180 (1874).
Genus CHELOCHIRUS.
Chelochirus talpa.
Ischnodemus talpa, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 138. n. 34 (1872).
Genus Macropres.
Macropes spinimanus
Macropes spinimanus, Motsch. Etud. viii. p. 108 (1859).
Ischnodemus centralis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 132. n. 31 (1872).
Macropes varipennis.
Ischnodemus varipennis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 131. n. 30 (1872).
Abdomen above and beneath castaneous. This important
character is not mentioned in Walker’s very loose description.
It is thus very probable that the M. annamita, Bergr. (Rev.
Ent. Fr. xiii. p. 155, 1894), is only a varietal form of
M. varipennis.
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygaide. 467
Macropes punctatus.
Ischnodemus punctatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 182. n. 32 (1872).
Macropes divisus..
Ischnodemus divisus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 134. n. 35 (1872).
Macropes sultanus, sp. n.
Black; tarsi brownish, margin of corium near _ base
obscurely rufous.
Pronotum very thickly and coarsely punctate, the posterior
and subanterior areas very slightly punctate, its base very
strongly concavely sinuate; scutellum coarsely punctate,
with a raised base and central line, the first with a few
coarse punctures ; membrane extending to about the fifth
abdominal segment, its basal area somewhat greyish ; the
tarsi and the apices of the posterior tibie brownish ;
antennee with the second and fourth joints subequal in length
and longer than the third joint.
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. Zanzibar (Brit. Mus.).
Macropes dilutus, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, sternum, and femora very dark casta-
neous ; antenne, tibiz, and abdomen above and beneath pale
castaneous; corium pale creamy white; base of scutellum,
claval margins, apex of corium, and the membrane very
dark castaneous ; membrane with the inner angie, a marginal
spot, and the apex creamy white; tarsi and antenne ochra-
ceous.
Pronotum with a distinct, central, transverse impression,
the anterior lobe with the disk somewhat flatly gibbous, its
posterior margin moderately concave, apex of membrane
extending beyond the fourth abdominal segment.
Long. 7 millim.
Hab. North India (sic).
A species allied to M. punctatus, Walk.
Macropes excuratus, sp. u.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, abdomen above, and body
beneath black ; legs and antenne ochraceous ; corium pale
ochraceous, with the claval margins and venation somewhat
darker; membrane piceous, basal angle, a spot on each
lateral margin, and the apex creamy white.
Membrane just passing the fourth abdominal segment.
Long. 6 millim.
Hab, India: Shillong.
33*
468 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Macropes fasciatus, sp. 0.
Head, antennz, rostrum, pronotum, and corium piceous ;
body beneath and legs castaneous ; membrane and the tarsi
ochraceous ; membrane with a broad, transverse, discal
piceous fascia.
Antenne robust, first and third joints shortest ; pronotum
with a broad, central, transverse impression which is strongly
punctate ; anterior margin behind head moderately excavate,
membrane almost reaching apex of abdomen.
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. Malay Peninsula: Perak (Doherty).
Genus Parririus, n. nom.
Papirius, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 122 (1855), nom. preeoce.
Patritius velutinus.
Ischnodemus velutinus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 128. n. 17 (1872).
Genus IscHNODEMUS.
Ischnodemus australis, sp. 0.
Head, antennz, pronotum, scutellum, abdomen above, and
body beneath castaneous ; legs, rostrum, and sometimes
basal margin of pronotum ochraceous ; corium pale luteous ;
membrane greyish (sometimes smoky-brown) with the
venation piceous ; lateral margins of the meso- and meta-
sterna and the apex of the rostrum piceous.
Antenne with the fourth joint longest, the second and
third joints subequal in length; pronotum with a central
anterior sulcation, and a broad band of coarse punctures a
little before base; membrane about reaching base of penul-
timate abdominal segment ; anterior femora incrassated, with
two or three small apical spines beneath.
Var. Antenne (excluding basal joint) and pronotum (ex-
cluding base) piceous.
Long. 63 to 8 millim.
Hab. North Australia: Port Darwin (J. J. Walker, Brit.
Mus.).
Ischnodemus noctulus, sp. n.
Head, antennz, pronotum, scutellum, membrane, and body
beneath black; legs piceous, apices of femora, the inter-
mediate and posterior tibie (excluding bases), and the tarsi
ochraceous ; corium piceous, its margins and an obscure
spot at inner angle pale brownish grey; membrane with a
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 469
waved fascia near base and a subapical spot brownish grey ;
antennee with the second joint a little longer than the third,
fourth long and moderately clavate ; body finely and obscurely
pilose above, much more distinctly so beneath.
Long. 54 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
HeEINsIvs, gen. nov.
Allied to Ischnodemus in general shape and structure, from
which it differs principally by the antenne, which in Heinsius
are clavate, with the first, second, and third joints prominently
_ hirsute, basal joint shortest and thickest, second joint about
equal in length to fourth and slightly longer than third,
fourth joint cylindrical and non-hirsute ; femora incrassated,
anterior femora armed beneath with about two very fine and
subobsolete spines.
Heinsius explicatus, sp. 0.
Brownish ochraceous; posterior area of the pronotum,
clavus, and corium pale ochraceous ; membrane greyish with
the veins fuscous ; adark spot at the apical angles of corium ;
body beneath greyishly pilose, lateral margins of the abdomen
greyish.
Head and pronotum somewhat coarsely punctate, the
corium more sparsely punctate.
Long. 4 to 5 millim.
Hab. N.W. Australia: Troughton and Baudin Islands
(J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.).
GEOCORINE.
Genus GEocoRIS.
Geocoris tricolor.
Cimex tricolor, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 536. 176-7 (1798).
Geocoris tricolor, Stal, Hem. Fabr. 1. p. 76 (1868).
Ophthalmicus cinerascens, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 188 (1872).
Geocoris marginicollis, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxi. p. 405 (2860).
Geocoris ethiops, sp. n.
Ophthalmicus ruficeps, Dall. nec Germ, List Hem. ii. p. 584. 5 (1852).
Pronotum and scutellum bluish black; head, lateral and
basal margins of pronotum (the last sometimes obsolete,
except at centre), and extreme apex of scutellum ochraceous ;
corinm and membrane obscure whitish, corium with a
large, apical, piceous patch ; sternum black, abdomen beneath
470 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
dark castaneous ; head beneath, coxe, legs, rostrum, and
lateral margins of sternum and abdomen ochraceous; antennz
piceous, the first and fourth joints, and apices of second and
third joints, stramineous.
Head impunctate; pronotum, excluding margins, coarsely
punctate ; scutellum, clavus, and sternum coarsely punctate ;
antennee with the fourth joimt slightly longer than the
second.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. West Africa: Sierra Leone (Brit. Mus.) ; Calabar
(Rutherford, Coll. Dist.).
Differing from G. ruficeps, Germ., by the pale posterior
and not anterior margin of pronotum, different colour of the
corium, &e.
Geocoris convivus, sp. 0.
Head and pronotum black; anterior margin and apex of
head, antenne, and head beneath (excluding basal spot behind
eyes) pale ochraceous; sternum black; posterior lateral
angles of prosternum, posterior and lateral margins of meso-
and metasterna, cox, and legs pale ochraceous ; scutellum
black, with a transverse arcuated fascia near base centrally
continued to apex pale ochraceous ; corium pale ochraceous,
clavus and an irregular spot on posterior margin piceous ;
membrane pale hyaline; abdomen beneath castaneous, its
lateral margins ochraceous, its base and apex piceous.
Head finely wrmkled and punctate, the ochraceous margin
and apex impunctate; pronotum coarsely punctate, its
posterior margin impunctate; scutellum coarsely punctate,
its central ochraceous fascia impunctate ; clavus coarsely
punctate. near apex; antennz with the second jomt much
longer than third, fourth mutilated.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. Australia: Queensland, Peak Downs.
Geocoris elongatus, sp. 0.
Piceous ; anterior margin and apex of head, antenne,
inner and posterior margins of eyes, lateral margins of
pronotum, a central fascia to scutellum (not reaching base and
widened and arcuated anteriorly), connexivum, coxe, legs, and
lateral margins of sternum ochraceous ; corium and membrane
obscure whitish, the clavus and a large patch at inner
angle of corium piceous ; apical joint of antennze black, its
base ochraceous; abdomen beneath pale castaneous, its
lateral margins ochraceous.
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 471
Head, excluding anterior margin, punctate and finely
wrinkled ; pronotum coarsely punctate, with one or two
punctures on its lateral margins; scutellum (excluding
central fascia) coarsely punctate; clavus coarsely punctate
near apex; antennz with the second joint longest, third a
little shorter than fourth.
Long. 5 millim.
Hab. Australia: Queensland, Gayndah.
Allied to G. provisus, Bergr., which I have received from
Sidney, but differmg by its more elongate form, different
colour of antenne, abdomen beneath, &c.
Geocoris vestitus, sp. 0.
Head black, lateral margins and apex broadly ochraceous ;
pronotum piceous, very coarsely punctate, a central spot on
anterior and posterior margins, and the lateral margins widen-
ing posteriorly, luteous ; scutellum black, coarsely punctate,
its lateral angles narrowly luteous ; corium aud membrane
very pale luteous, the first with its disk infuscated and
sparingly punctate, its lateral margins impunctate, clavus
longitudinally punctate; sternum piceous, very coarsely and
somewhat greyishly punctate ; abdomen castaneous, with its
disk piceous ; coxal spots greyish ; antennee, rostrum, legs,
lateral margins of sternum, and anterior margin of pro-
sternum ochraceous.
Long. 24 millim.
Hab, Christmas Island (C. W. Andrews, Brit. Mus.).
Allied to the Neotropical species G. thoracicus, Fieb.
Genus GERMALUS.
Germalus pallidus, sp. un.
Pale ochraceous; apices of the eyes dark brown; head
with two very small discal brown spots, the ocelli red; pro-
notum coarsely brownly punctate, except at central basal
margin, and four transversely elongate spots situate a little
before anterior margin, four longitudinal lines of dark punc-
tures—two central and one on each lateral area; scutellum
coarsely brownly punctate, with a ¥ levigate fascia; clavus
sometimes shaded with piceous; membrane pellucid ; con-
nexivum with small piceous spots at apices of incisures.
Antenne with the apical joint slightly incrassate and
somewhat roseate in hue, second joint longest ; eyes mode-
rately stylate, their apices slightly in advance of the lateral
margins of the pronotum ; pronotum somewhat quadrangular,
the anterior angles moderately oblique, lateral margins
472 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
slightly sinuate; corium somewhat thickly punctate, its
margins levigate ; abdomen above obscure whitish, the disk
sometimes shaded with piceous and with a transverse levigate
spot at the bases of the fourth and fifth abdominal segments.
Loug. 44 millim.
Hab. N.W. Australia, Baudin Island (J. 7. Walker, Brit.
Mus.).
The markings and punctuation of the pronotum will be
alone sufficient to separate this species from the description
of the only other described Australian species, G. victoria,
Bergr.
('OLOBATHRISTINE.
Genus Matcuvs.
Malcus scutellata, sp. n.
Ochraceous, coarsely brownly punctate, the corium paler
and almost impunctate on basal disk and lateral margin ;
scutellum brownish, with a prominent, pale, ochraceous, levi-
gate spot near each basal angle; membrane greyish, clouded
with fuscous, and with the veins fuscous; legs and antenne
very pale ochraceous, the last with the basal joint castaneous
and the apical jomt fuscous.
Long. 3 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
A species to be differentiated from M. flavidipes, Stal, by
the prominent ochraceous angular spots to the scutellum ;
the pronotum is also more tumid posteriorly.
HETEROGASTRINZ.
Genus Hyeinus.
Hyginus signifer.
Heterogaster signifer, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 74. n. 12 (1872).
Hyginus divisus.
Rhyparochromus divisus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 105. n. 174 (1872).
Both the above species are very closely allied. They seem
to appertain to Stal’s genus by the long and slender antenne,
and the convexly sinuate base of the pronotum, characters
which separate Hyginus from Heterogaster.
Genus nov. ?
Heterogaster cymoides, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 74. n. 13 (1872),
This species cannot be included in the genus Heterogaster,
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 473
but the condition of Walker’s unique type is not sufficiently
good for exact generic localizatioa.
Dinomacuus, gen. nov.
Allied to the Palearctic genus Heterogaster *, from which
it differs by having the central lobe longer than, and pro-
jecting beyond, the lateral lobes ; the head and body are also
more elongate.
Dinomachus Marshalli, sp. n.
Ochraceous, thickly punctured with piceous ; eyes black ;
corium with a spot near anterior third of lateral margin,
another near apex of claval margin, and the apical third
black, the last with two median spots and the apex ochra-
ceous ; membrane brownish ochraceous ; connexivum ochra-
ceous, spotted with black ; body beneath piceous, greyishly
pilose ; cox, legs, disk of abdomen, and marginal spots
ochraceous; femora punctured with brown on their basal
areas and biannulated with the same colour near their apices,
tibize with three brown annulations.
Pronotum with a somewhat obscure central transverse
impression, and a central raised longitudinal line which
extends through the apical area of the scutellum, but is
obsolete on its basal area; apex of scutellum pale levigate ;
second joint of antenne considerably longer than the first,
remainder mutilated.
Long. 10 millim.
Hab. Mashonaland; Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).
PACHYGRONTHINE.
Pachyyrontha Walkeri, sp. n.
Dark ochraceous, shaded with castaneous ; antenne, a
central levigate line to pronotum (not reaching base), a central
levigate line to scutellum, and a levigate spot near each lateral
angle, lateral margins of corium, lateral margins of abdomen
beneath, bases of femora, the tibize and tarsi pale ochra-
ceous ; apices of first joint of antennie broadly, of second
joint narrowly, a broad annulation before apex of third,
posterior angles of pronotum, posterior margin (sometimes
broken up in spots) of corium, apical joints of tarsi, and
membrane (excluding base) piceous.
Antenne with the apex of the basal joint prominently
* I do not include the species described by Carpenter as H. australis
from Murray Island.
474 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
clavate, distinctly longer than second joint, third a little
shorter than second; body above coarsely punctate ; poste-
rior femora incrassated and spinous along nearly the whole
of inner margin; pronotum laterally moderately sinuate,
with a distinct transverse impression on disk.
Long. 7-8 millim.
Hab. North Australia, Port Darwin (J. J. Walker, Brit.
Mus.).
Pachygrontha Lewisi, sp. n.
Ochraceous; body above, sternum, and legs coarsely
punctate ; pronotum with a central pale levigate fascia, bor-
dered on each side with piceous, a spot of the same colour in
each anterior lateral area, and one at each posterior angle;
scutellum with the base black and a central, basal, lunate,
levigate, pale fascia, continued in a straight line to apex,
which is similarly levigate ; mner claval margin and apex of
clavus piceous ; corium with the punctures arranged in longi-
tudinal series, its apex and a somewhat large spot at inner
angle piceous ; membrane with two converging piceous fascize
from base to apex; abdomen pale, impunctate; a lateral
fascia on each side from head to apex of abdomen, a narrow
central macular fascia to abdomen, and margins of the anal
appendage black.
Antenne with the second and third joints subequal in
length, the first longest, fourth shortest. Eyes projecting a
little beyond anterior margin of pronotum.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
Maeninvs, gen. nov.
Head longer than broad, immersed to eyes, central lobe
produced in front of the lateral lobes, lateral lobes slightly
angulated at their apices, broadened posteriorly from above
the insertion of the antenne, where they are very distinctly
angulated ; antennz robust, first joint longest and stoutest,
second joint the most sl*nder, much shorter than first, a
little longer than third, which is clavate towards its apex,
fourth joint shortest, thickened, its apex attenuated; pro-
notum trapeziform ; scutellum about as long as broad, both
pronotum and scutellum traversed by a longitudinal median
levigate line; corium extending to about two thirds the
length of the abdomen, its apical margin nearly straight ;
membrane almost reaching the apex of the abdomen; con-
nexivum exposed ; anterior femora strongly incrassated and
prominently spined beneath ; anterior tibize curved at base ;
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 475
rostrum reaching the anterior coxe, first and second joints
almost subequal in length, second joint almost reaching the
base of the head.
Alhed to Pachygrontha, but differing by the shape of the
head, the structure of the antenne, &c.
Magninus typicus, sp. n.
Ochraceous, thickly and coarsely brownly punctate; eyes,
anterior and posterior margins of pronotum, disk of corium,
and the membrane blackish; a very distinct, central, pale
ochraceous, levigate line traversing the pronotum and scu-
tellum and very obsoletely indicated on the head; head
beneath and sternum brownly punctate; abdomen ochraceous,
two central black fasciz on mesosternum and a sublateral
black fascia on each side of the abdomen, the lateral margins
of which have a few dark punctures and the basal disk
castaneous ; legs ochraceous, the anterior femora brownly
punctate, the intermediate and posterior femora castaneous
above ; apex of rostrum black.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. N. Australia: Albany (J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.).
OXYCARENINA.
Genus OxycaRENUs.
Oxycarenus lugubris.
Stenogaster ? lugubris, Motsch. Htud. viii. p. 108 (1859).
Rhopalus? funerahs, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 97,
pl. iv. fig. 7 (1891).
Oxycarenus maculatus.
Oxycarenus maculatus, Stal, ify. Vet.-Ak, Forh. 1854, p. 235.
Anthocoris subcruciatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 151. n. 15 (1872).
Oxycarenus proximus.
Anthocoris provimus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 152. n. 16 (1872).
Oxycarenus pubescens.
Anthocoris pubescens, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 152. n. 17 (1872).
Oxycarenus arctatus.
Anthocoris arctatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 153, n. 18 (1872).
476 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
A PHANINZ).
Genus CLerRaDa.
Clerada apicicornis.
Clerada apicicornis, Sign. in Maillard, Notes sur Vile de la Réunion,
Ins. p. 28, pl. xx. fig. 8.
Gastrodes terminalis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 122. n. 5 (1872).
Clerada noctua, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum piceous; eyes and pos-
terior margin of pronotum brownish ochraceous ; corium
brownish ochraceous, clavus (excluding margins), an oblique
discal streak, and a sublateral fascia connected with about
the inner apical third piceous; membrane obscure greyish ;
body beneath piceous ; legs brownish ochraceous; antenne
ochraceous, the basal joint, apex of second joint, the whole
of third joint, and apex of fourth joint piceous.
Head very thickly punctate ; pronotum coarsely punctate,
but almost impunctate on posterior margin; scutellum
coarsely punctate, somewhat transversely wrinkled beyond
middle; corium punctate, the veins and lateral margins
levigate.
Long. 9 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 25 millim.
Hab. North Borneo (W. B. Pryer).
Navarrus, gen. nov.
Body ovate, depressed. Head porrect, about half as long
as the pronotum, inserted to the posterior margin of the
eyes; ocelli placed very near the eyes; rostrum about
reaching the anterior coxz ; first joint of the antennz stout,
slightly passing the apex of the head; pronotum transverse,
much as in Clerada, lateral margins sinuate, posterior margin
nearly straight; scutellum subequilateral; corium with the
lateral margins moderately rounded. Other characters gene-
rally as in Panchea, Stal, from which Navarrus differs by
the shorter head &c.
Navarrus pheophilus.
Rhyparochromus pheophilus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 106. n-177 (1872).
Hab. Celebes (Brit. Mus.).
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum piceous.
Genus Pactye.
Pactye dissimilis.
Lygeus dissimilis, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 61. n, 128 (1872).—Sarawak.
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 477
Genus Paromtus.
Paromius seychellesus.
Plocitomerus seychelkesus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 120 (1872).
Pamera ejuncida, Dist. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1883, p. 433, pl. xx. fig. 3.
Paromius seychellesus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 189
(1894),
This appears to be a very widely distributed species.
Walker’s typical specimens were received from the Seychelle
Islands ; my P. ejuncida was founded on Japanese examples,
and I now possess specimens from Ceylon, Queensland, and
Samoa. I have followed Lethierry and Severin in placing
the species in the genus Paromius, Fieb., taking P. gracilis,
Ramb., as the nearest allied species. The slender elongate
form alone sufficiently separates Paromius from Pamera, and
I am doubtful whether the first should not be considered as
a section only of the last.
Paromius Dohrni.
Lygeus (Plociomerus) Dohrni, Guér. in Sagra, Hist. de Cuba, Ins. p. 400
(1857).
Ptochiomerus Dohrnit, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 705.
PRIMIERUS, gen. nov.
Head moderately long and slender, pointed in front, the
central lobe produced before the lateral lobes; anteune with
the basal joint stout, reaching for about half its length from
the apex of the head, second longest and slender, third slender,
shorter than second, and very slightly clavate at apex, fourth
slightly thickened, about as long or a little shorter than the
third; rostrum about reaching the posterior cox, basal
joint shorter than the head. Pronotum with a narrow collar,
strongly constricted near middle, the anterior lobe moderately
globose and a little shorter than the posterior lobe ; posterior
margin before scutellum concave, lateral angles distinctly
spinous, the spines directed backwards. Other characters
generally as in Prosomeus, Scott, from which it differs by
the longer rostrum, the spinous lateral angles of the pro-
notum, and by having the intermediate and posterior femora
more slender, not apically clavate, and both without spines.
Primierus bispinus.
Plociomerus bispinus, Motsch. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1863, p. 81.
Brownish ochraceous; apex of rostrum, apical joint of
antennz and apex of third joint, extreme apices of the tibiz
478 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
and apices of the tarsal joimts piceous or black; femora
strongly punctured with castaneous ; head and anterior lobe
of pronotum brownish, posterior lobe of pronotum paler, very
coarsely punctate, the posterior lateral margins luteous;
scutellum with some castaneous markings and with a central
luteous fascia on apical half; clavus and posterior claval
margin longitudinally punctate, posterior lateral area of
corium paler, punctate and preceded by a small luteous
lateral spot; membrane somewhat mottled with dark casta-
neous, a paler spot at apex and on each lateral margin.
Pronotal lateral spines distinct and directed backwards.
Long. 7 millim.; exp. pronot. angl. 1? millim.
Hab. Ceylon (Lewis).
Primierus indicus, sp. 0.
Brownish ochraceous ; antenne, head, anterior lobe of
pronotum, scutellum, legs, and abdomen beneath reddish
ochraceous ; apical joint of antenne and the sternum piceous,
lateral margins of meso- and metasterna, and the abdomen,
ochraceous.
Allied to the preceding species, but differing by the scarcely
punctate femora, different colour of the legs, &c.
Long. 6-7 millim. ; exp. pronot. angl. 1? millim.
Hab. Calcutta (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).
Genus Brpunta.
Bedunia notulata, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, and anterior
femora black ; anterior collar to pronotum castaneous, poste-
rior margin with two central, transverse, lineate, ochraceous
spots ; corium ochraceous, irregularly punctate, clavus and
outer claval area pale castaneous ; claval margins ochraceous ;
a broad transverse fascia at area of inner angles and the apical
angles black; membrane mutilated; antennz and anterior
tibize and tarsi brownish ochraceous ; a broad annulation to
apical joint of antenne, base of apical joint to anterior tarsus,
rostrum, and intermediate legs ochraceous; apex of rostrum
and apices of intermediate femora castaneous ; posterior legs
mutilated.
Anterior femora very strongly incrassated, with a double
series of small irregular spines beneath; head strongly ex-
serted, anteocular area to apex of central lobe and postocular
area subequal.
Long. 103 millim.
Hab. Island of Mysol (Wallace, Brit. Mus.).
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 479
Bedunia segmentata, sp. n.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath black ;
antenne and anterior femora castaneous ; apical joint of
antennee (excluding base and apex), rostrum, anterior femora
and tarsi, intermediate and posterior legs, lateral angles of
pronotum, and the corium ochraceous; clavus, two large
discal spots, and apical angle to corium castaneous, and a
few brown punctures to the basal, marginal, and apical areas ;
membrane fuliginous, with a large spot at apex and the veins
creamy white ; rostrum passing the posterior coxze, its apex
piceous.
Hyes a little less distant from base of head than from apex ;
second joint of antenne longest, first and fourth joints nearly
equal in length; posterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, and
clavus coarsely punctate.
Long. 11 millim.
Hab. Malay Peninsula: Perak (Doherty).
Genus PAMERA.
Pamera cincticornis.
Rhyparochromus eincticornis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 108. n. 181 (1872).
Closely allied to P. pallicornis, Dall., but larger, antennze
longer. An var. ?
Pamera pallicornis.
Rhyparochromus pallicornis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 573 (1852),
Rhyparochromus delineatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 103. n. 169 (1872).
Pamera cephalotes.
Rhyparochromus cephalotes, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 577 (1852); Walk.
Cat. Het. v. p. 109 (1873).
Rhyparochromus nigripes, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 578 (1852).
Pamera Scotti, n. nom.
Diplonotus luridus, Scott, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiv. p. 432
(1874), nom. preeoce.
Lethierry and Severin (Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 193) have
placed this species as a synonym of P. pallicornis, Dall., with
which it has scarcely anything in common. Scott’s types
are now in the British Museum and co-types of most of his
Japan species in my own collection.
Pamera nigritula.
Rhyparochromus nigritulus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 106. n. 176 (1872).
480 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Pamera nigriceps.
Rhyparochromus nigriceps, Dall. List Hem. i. p. 577 (1852).
Var. Rhyparochromus inornatus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 112. n. 196
(1872).
Pamera ? stricta.
Rhyparochromus strictus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p, 108. n. 182 (1872).
The unique typical specimen is in exceedingly bad con-
dition, but appears to belong to the section Gyndes of the
genus, and somewhat allied to Hucosmetus albomarginatus,
Scott.
Pamera vincta.
Pamera vincta, Say, Hem. New Harm. 1831; Compl. Writ. i. p. 333
(1859).
Rhyparochromus gutta, Dall. List Hem. 11. p. 574 (1852).
Rhyparochromus parvulus, Dall. tom. cit. p. 576. n. 45 (1852).
Lygeus (Plociomerus) Amyoti, Guér. in Sagra, Hist. de Cuba, Ins.
p- 400 (1857).
Rhyparochromus (Plociomerus) vinulus, Stal, Freg. Hug. resa, Ins. Hem.
p- 246. n. 66 (1859).
Ligyrocoris bipunctatus, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xx. p. 547
(1894).
A very widely distributed species. I possess specimens
from both Ceylon and India, and Mr. Andrews brought back
specimens from Christmas Island.
Pamera repressa.
Rhyparochromus repressus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 104. n. 172 (1872).
Dieuches repressus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 220 (1894).
Pamera pusilla.
Rhyparochromus pusillus, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 577. n. 46 (1852).
The unique type is in poor condition and without locality.
Pamera reducta.
Plociomerus reductus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 120. n. 34 (1872).
Paromius? reductus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén, Hém. t. ii. p. 189 (1894).
Pronotum with the anterior lobe black, the posterior lobe
castaneous in all the specimens described by Walker.
Pamera sobrina, sp. n.
Head pale piceous ; pronotum, scutellum, and body beneath
pale castaneous ; corium, membrane, antenne, rostrum, and
legs ochraceous ; apices of the second and third joints of the
antennz and apical half of the fourth joint infuscated.
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 481
Anterior lobe of the pronotum prominent, globose ; corium
punctate, its lateral margins pale, impunctate.
Long. 44-5 millim.
Hab. Calcutta (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.); Ceylon (G.
Lewis).
Pamera Andrewsi, sp. n.
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum black ;
posterior lobe of pronotum castaneous; antenne, a spot
above and a smaller spot beneath the lateral angles and the
anterior and posterior margins (narrowly) of the pronotum,
and two small central spots to scutellum, ochraceous ; corium
ochraceous, punctured with castaneous, the lateral margins
levigate, with a spot before apex and the apical angle
blackish ; membrane pale brownish, irrorated with ochra-
ceous ; legs ochraceous, femora with broad castaneous sub-
apical aunulations ; antennz ochraceous, basal and apical
juints and the apices of second and third joiuts castaneous.
Long. 4-44 millim.
Hab. Christmas Island (C. W. Andrews, Brit. Mus.).
A species having a considerable superficial resemblance to
the Palearctic P. calcarata, Puton, but much smaller.
P. Andrewsi varies in the colour of the pronotum, being
sometimes unicolorous—black or castaneous. It is allied to
P. nigriceps, Dall.
Pamera insignis, sp. n.
Black; posterior lateral margins of the pronotum and
broad lateral margins to the corium pale luteous, the last
slightly inwardly notched near centre ; antennz ochraceous,
basal joint, apices of second and third joimts, and apical
half of fourth joimt fuscous or black; legs black, the tibize
and tarsi ochraceous, apices of the tibize fuscous.
Long. 5 millim.
Hab. Christmas Island (C. W. Andrews. Brit. Mus.).
Pamera thoracica, sp. n.
Head piceous, antenne brownish ochraceous; pronotum
castaneous, anterior lobe with the anterior and lateral margins
and a central longitudinal fascia, posterior lobe with the
lateral angles and two central basal spots, ochraceous ; scu-
tellum piceous ; corium ochraceous, apical angle and a smail
lateral spot beyond middle castaneous, the inner area more
or less suffused with castaneous, enclosing an angulated
greyish spot at inner angle ; membrane pale brownish, with
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. T. Vol. viii. 34
482 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
the veins greyish ; body beneath and legs dark castaneous,
the tibiz, tarsi, and apices of femora ochraceous.
Long. 5 millim.
Hab. Queensland: Peak Downs.
Belongs to the section of the genus including P. nigriceps,
Dall., and P. Andrewsi, Dist.
Pamera murrhea, sp. 0.
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum brownish
ochraceous ; posterior lobe of pronotum and the corium of a
greyish- porcelain appearance, sparingly brownly punctate ;
anterior lobe of pronotum with two large subquadrate dark
brown spots, posterior lobe with a centr ‘al dark brown longi-
tudinal fascia ; scutellum sparingly punctate, a spot at each
basal angle and a central fascia dark brown; corium with
the apical angle dark fuscous ; membrane greyish, with pale
brown suffusions, palest at base and apex ; head and sternum
beneath pale brown, sternal, lateral, and segmental margins
ochraceous; abdomen ochraceous, with a broad pale brown
lateral margin ; legs and antennz ochraceous, the last with
the apices of second and third joints and the whole of the
fourth joint infuscated ; anterior femora incrassated, finely
spinous beneath.
Long. 4 millim,
Hab. N.W. Australia: Roebuck Bay (J. J. Walker, Brit.
Mus.).
A very distinct species by its beautiful markings and in-
crassated anterior femora.
Genus EucosMeEtus
Eucosmetus insignis, sp. 0.
Head, pronotum, scutellum, membrane, body beneath, and
legs black ; corium pale reddish, with a very small sublateral
spot near base, a median lateral spot, and the apical area very
pale luteous, a black lmear lateral spot between the pale
median spot and apical area, and a subapical angulate spot
black ; membrane with an apical, rounded, very pale luteous
spot; apex of anterior femora and the whole of the anterior
tibize and tarsi, basal halves of the intermediate and posterior
femora and the tarsi, and central base of head beneath ochra-
ceous ; first joint of antenne black, with its base luteous,
remaining joints mutilated.
Head and posterior lobe of pronotum coarsely punctate ;
clavus and claval margin pneately punctate; anterior tibize
curved, its apex moderately dilated and armed with two
stroug spines beneath.
Long. 63 millm.
Hab. Assam: Margherita (Ind. Mus, and Coll. Dist.).
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 483
Eucosmetus albomarginatus. ,
Gyndes albomarginatus, Scott, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) vol. xiv.
p. 487 (1874).
Eucosmetus incisus.
Rhyparochromus incisus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 100. n. 158 (1872).
Plociomerus meisus, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Sve., Zool. vol. xxiv. p. 101
(1891).
Genus Darrtac.
Daerlac affinis, sp. n.
Black ; basal half of corium, basal jomt of antennz, base
of anterior femora, basal halves of intermediate and posterior
femora, and extreme apices of all the femora ochraceous ;
the ochraceous half of corium is followed by a transverse
black fascia, the apical angle and central lateral margin grey ;
a grey spot on connexivum near apical angle of corium;
body beneath black, a single central grey lateral spot placed
beneath the one on connexivum above.
Head and anterior lobe of pronotum thickly and finely
punctate; posterior pronotal lobe, scutellum, and clavus
much more coarsely punctate.
Long. 6 millim.
Hab. N.E. Tasmania: Launceston (J. J. Walker, Brit.
Mus.).
Allied to D. tricolor, Sign., from which it differs by the
different colour of the legs, the absence of the white fascia
and lateral margins to the abdomen, &c.
Genus CNEMODUS.
Cnemodus mavoriius.
Astemma mavortius, Say, New Harm. Ind., Dec. 1831; Compl. Writ.
i. p. 3387 (1859).
Thaumastopus? alacris, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 147. n. 2 (1872).
Miza.pvus, gen. nov.
Head triangular, long, immersed to about the eyes; ocelli
situate close to eyes and well separated from base. Antenne
with the first joint moderately clavate and considerably’
passing the apex of head, second joint longest, fourth a little
shorter than third and moderately thickened. Pronotum
with the anterior margin narrower than the outer margins of
eyes, its anterior angles a little prominent, a little more than
half the width of base, the lateral margins very strongly
sinuate ; transversely constricted near centre, the anterior
lobe moderately globose, the posterior lobe with its basal
margin moderately concave before the scutellum; lateral
34*
484 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
angles excavated. Scutellum moderately gibbous at basal
area, its apex acute. Corium a little narrower than the
abdomen, the margins of which are exposed and a little
prominent, strongly sinuate near base and widened poste-
riorly. Rostrum with the basal joint a little shorter than
the head.
Allied to the genus Bathycles, Dist.
Mizaldus dimidiatus.
Rhyparochromus dimidiatus, Walk. Cat. Bet. v. p. 107. n. 179 (1872).
Hab. New Guinea.
Mizaldus Lewisi, sp. n.
Black ; corium creamy white, with an apical angular black
spot, membrane pale greyish hyaline; body beneath black ;
legs and antenne ochraceous, femora and basal joint of an-
tenne pale castaneous, apical joint of antennz fuscous.
Head, pronotum, and scutellum coarsely punctate ; clavus
and lateral area of corium more sparingly punctate.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
APPOLONIUS, gen. nov.
Head (including outer margins of eyes) a little broader than
anterior margin of pronotum; eyes prominent, globose;
ocelli situate very near eyes; antenne with the third and
fourth joints prominently clavate, second, third, and fourth
joints subequal in length, first a little shorter. Pronotum
strongly and transversely constricted, the anterior lobe a
little longer than the posterior lobe, but narrower and
globose ; posterior lobe with its lateral margins oblique ;
scutellum with the basal area moderately tumescent ; anterior
femora moderately incrassated.
This genus is allied to Veocattarus, Dist., and can at once
be recognized by the peculiar antennez and the position of
the ocelli. Its type is the species described by Walker as
Ophthalmicus cincticornis, of which the unique type is a
carded specimen, thus rendering the generic diagnosis of
a limited character.
Appolonius cincticornis.
Ophthalmicus cincticornis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 158. n. 32 (1872).
Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black ; the posterior
lobe dark castaneous, with its anterior lateral margin luteous ;
antenne with the first and second joints luteous, with their
bases and apex of the sccond joint pale castaneous, third and
fourth joints castaneous, apex of fourth joint much paler ;
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 485
scutellum piceous ; corium pale luteons, with the apex and a
broken central transverse fascia castaneous ; membrane pale
cretaceous, with the veins brownish ; legs ochraceous, tibiz
luteous.
Long. 22 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (Thwaites, Brit. Mus.).
R#oDIGINUS, gen. nov.
Head triangular, rather narrowed in front; eyes large,
prominent, somewhat exserted, their posterior margins almost
touching the anterior margin of the pronotum; antenne
moderately robust, first and fourth joints thickest, third joint
minute ; pronotum strongly sinuated laterally, transversely
impressed about centre, the lateral angles obtusely rounded,
posterior margin slightly concave, anterior margin nearly
straight ; scutellum moderately gibbous at base, with a central
carinate line on apical half; corium short and narrow, barely
occupying two-thirds the length of the abdomeu ; membrane
very large, extending broadly from the apex of the clavus to
the apex of the abdomen ; rostrum reaching the intermediate
coxe; anterior femora unarmed and only moderately in-
crassated.
I place this genus previsionally near Appolonius.
Rhodiginus dispar.
Ophthalmicus dispar, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 189. n. 33 (1872).
Hab. Ceylon (Brit. Mus.).
Genus RuyPpsaRocHROMUs.
Rhyparochromus convelatus, sp. n.
Head, antenne, pronotum, scutellum, rostrum, body
beneath, and legs piceous; lateral margins of pronotum,
cox, postericr margin of metasternum, extreme bases of
tibie, and the tarsi ochraceous ; corium ochraceous with
lineate brown punctures, apical half piceous, containing .a
transverse greyish-white fascia; membrane piceous, its apical
half irrorated with pale brownish. Antenne moderately
robust, second, third, and fourth joints almost subequal in
length; pronotum with a distinct transverse impression,
anterior lobe moderately convex, posterior lobe somewhat
thickly punctate; scutellum long, finely punctate, with a
central carinate line, obsolete on basal half; lateral margins
of head and pronotum distinctly longly pilose.
Long. 8 millim.
Hab. Bombay (Coll. Dist.).
Allied to R. semilucens, Walk., from which it can be at
once separated, apart from structural details, by the different
colour of the body beneath.
486 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
FALICIANUS, gen. NOV.
Head pointed in front, about as long as the anterior lobe
of the pronotum ; eyes almost touching the anterior margin
of the pronotum, ocelli much nearer to eyes than to each
other ; antenne with the first jomt considerably passing the
apex of the head, fourth joint much shorter than the second,
a little shorter than the third, slightly longer than the first ;
pronotum narrowed towards apex, deeply impressed across
its centre, its lateral margins moderately sinuate at the
incision and then rounded and moderately narrowed to apex,
the anterior lobe moderately globose; scutellum somewhat
tumid, flattened and hollowed near base; rostrum almost
reaching the intermediate coxe, basal joit slightly shorter
than the head ; anterior femora strongly incrassated, spined
beneath, one spine very prominent; anterior tibiz slightly
curved.
Allied to Rhyparochromus, from which the relative lengths
of the antennal joints will alone sufficiently distinguish it ;
the pronotum is also less gibbous and the anterior and
posterior lobes about subequal in length.
Felicianus luteicornis.
Rhyparochromus lutercornis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 107. n. 178 (1872).
Hab. Celebes (Brit. Mus.).
['To be continued. }
LX.—List of the Fishes of the Characinid Genus Alestes,
Mill. & Trosch., with a Key to ther Identification *.,
By G. A. Bouencer, F.R.S.
I, Sq. 36-50 925,
2
A. Dorsal originating above ven-
trals; gill-rakers 17-20 on lower
part of anterior arch.
A. 21-22; Sq. 40-43 ae sited ay ieaeters 1. A. macrophthaimus, Gthr.
A. 18-19; Sq. 39-41 3 oN Nay nae Se setias 2. A. Liebrechtsii, Blev.
B. Dorsal behind vertical of veutrals.
1, Sq. 45-50 2222,
Py
A, 25-30, gill-rakers 30--35 on lower part
of anterior arch ; dorsal equidistant
from vertical of last ray of ventral
* The numbers in the anal fin (A.) include the two rudimentary anterior
rays, and the last ray, cleft to the base, is reckoned as one ; the transverse
series of scales is counted from the mid-dorsal to the mid-ventral line.
The dorsal rays are constantly 10 or 11.
Fishes of the Characinid Genus Alestes.
and first of anal or a little nearer the
latter
A. 20-25; gill-rakers 20-25 on lower
part of anterior arch ; dorsal origi-
CD
age just behind vertical of last
HEV BOMAVE MULE rene cle bts dies ve
62
2. Sq. ae PA cosh adsiebs reo «
II. Sq. 22-32 = pEae
A. Meese aceriueabaye ventrals.
1. A, 15-17; gill-rakers 16-18 on
lower part of anterior arch.
Sq. 27-31 a
Sq.
Ce
2. A. 18-19.
30-32 ne ; depth of body 4 times in
total length ; gill-rakers 18-20 on
lower part of the anterior arch ....
29-30 5 oe ; depth of body 23 to 3 times
in fetal ie th; gill-rakers 15-18.
27-29 2) depth of body 3 to 33 des
in total length; gill-rakers 18 oo 8
8, A. 21-94 ; Sq. 24-28 2 = ; gill-
rakers 13- 14 on (ower part of
AMPOLIOTMARCME Ns .Po cs ae Ael os.
B. Dorsal originating above or a
little behind vertical of last
ray of veutrals; a little nearer
caudal fin than end of snout.
ils 4s 19-22; Sq. 23-27.
, 25-27 33 eye as long as postorbital
part of head ; gill-rakers 15 on lower
part OE anterior arch
. 25-26 a eye shorter than postor-
pte part of head; gill-rakers 18-20,
ORS a eye shorter than postorbital
aa of head ; gill-rakers 25
2. A. 15-18.
A. 17-18; Sq. 23-26 Ai 8 gill-rakers 17—
18 on lower part of anterior arch .
A, 15-17; Sq. 27-29 2; gill-rakers 29-96,
33"
A, 15-16; Sq. 23-24 &; gill-rakers 16-17.
C. Dorsal far ‘palin vertical of ven-
trals, originating much nearer
caudal fin than end of snout.
A, 15-17 ; Sq. 22-24
: i
A. 18-14; Sq. 24-27 Fe
Sq.
Sq.
Sq.
Ce ee
3. A. baremose, Joannis.
10.
pte
A,
A,
. dentex, L.
Stuhlmanni, Pfeff.
. nurse, Rupp.
vale
embert, Ptrs.
. lateralis, Blgy.
. senegalensis, Stdr.
Lemairit, Blgy.
. longipinnis, Gthr.
: is
. Chapert, Sauy.
. affinis, Gthr.
. teniurus, Gthr.
. Fuchsi, Blgr.
. bimaculatus, Bler.
. Kingsleye, Gthr.
487
. macrolepidotus, C. & V.
. grandisquamis, Bley.
488 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
1. Alestes macrophthalmus.
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xx. 1867, p. 118; Bouleng. Poiss.
Congo, p. 151 (1901).
Gaboon, Ogowé, Congo, L. Tanganyika, L. Mweru.
2. A. Liebrechtsir.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. p. 29, pl. xv. (1898), and /. ce. p. 152.
Congo.
3. A. baremose.
‘almo niloticus (non Hasselq.), Linn. 8. N. 1. p. 514 (1766).
Cyprinus dentex (non Hasselq.), Linn. ¢. ¢. p. 5381.
Myletes baremose, Joannis, Mag. Zool. 1885, pl. vi.
Myletes Hasselquistu (non Cuy.), Guér. Icon, R. An., Poiss, pl. lvi. fig. 1
(1844).
Alestes Kotschyt, Heckel, in Russegger, Reise, 1. pt. 3, p. 808, pl. xxi.
fig. 3 (1849) ; Gunth. Cat. Fish. y. p. 318 (1864); Steind. Sitzb. Ak.
Wien, Ixi. i, 1870, p. 548; Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xix. 1898,
5 A
Alestes Wytsi, Steind. J. c. p. 542, pl. i fig. 1.
Nile, L. Rudolf, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.
4, A. dentex.
Salmo dentex, Linn. in Hasselq. Iter, p. 395 (1757).
Characinus niloticus, Geoffr. Descr. Egypte, Poiss. p. 50, pl. iv. fig. 2
(1809).
Myletes Sebo eee Cuv. Mém. Mus. iv. 1818, p. 449, pl. xxi. fig. 2.
Alestes dentea, Mull. & Trosch. Hor. Ichth. i. p. 18, pl. iu. fig. 6 (1845) ;
Heckel, in Russegger, Reise, 11. pt. 8, p. 807, pl. xxi. fig. 2 (1849) ;
Ginth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 812 (1864).
Alestes Hasselquisti, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xxii. p. 180 (1849).
Alestes sethente, Cuv. & Val. t. c. p. 190; Gunth. t. ¢ p. 313; Steind,.
Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i. 1870, p. 541.
Nile, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.
5. A. Stuhimannt.
Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 44 (1896).
Kingani R., German East Africa.
6. A. nurse.
Myletes nurse, Rippell, Yortsetz. Beschr, Fische Nils, p. 12, pl. ii. fig. 3
(1832).
Myletes guile, Joannis, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1835, Poiss. pl. ix.
lestes nurse, Mull. & Trosch. Hor. Ichth. i. p. 18 (1845) ; Cuv. & Val.
Hist. Poiss. xxii. p. 188 (1849) ; Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, 1x1. i. 1870,
p. 044.
Chalceus guile, Cuy. & Val. t. ¢. p. 255.
Brachyalestes nurse, Gunth. Cat. Fish. y. p. 814 (1864).
Brachyalestes Riippelli, Ginth. t. c. p. 815; Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr.,
Fische, p. 43 (1896).
Alestes leuciscus, Ginth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867, p. 114.
Alestes Riippellii, Giinth. in Petherick, Trav. C. Afr. 11. p. 848 (1869) ;
Vincig. Ann. Mus. Genova, (2) xix. 1898, p. 267.
Nile, L. Victoria, L. Rudolf, Senegal, Gambia, Niger.
Fishes of the Characinid Genus Alestes. 489
7. A. tmberi.
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 276, and Reise Mossamb, iv. p. 66,
pl. xii. fig. 3 (1868).
Brachyulestes imberi, Ginth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 316 (1864); Pfeffer,
Thierw, 0.-Afr., Fische, p. 48, fig. (1896).
Zambesi, L. Nyasa, German East Africa.
8. A. lateralis.
Bouleny. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 130, pl. xlviii. fig. 2 (1900), and
Poiss. Congo, p. 158 (1901).
L. Dilolo, C. Africa.
9. A. senegalensis.
Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixi. i. 1870, p. 545, pl. ii. fig. 2.
Senegal.
10. A. Lemaitrii.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 84, pl: xxxvi. fig. 2 (1899), and
Poiss. Congo, p. 154 (1901).
L. Mweru, C. Africa.
11. A. longipinnis.
Brachyalestes longipinnis, Gunth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 315 (1864).
Alestes longipinnis, Steind. Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 64; Bouleng.
Poiss. Congo, p. 150 (1901).
Sierra Leone to Congo.
12. A. Chapert.
Sauvage, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1882, p. 320, pl. v. fig. 3.
Gold Coast.
13. A. affinis.
Giinth. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 90; Vincig. Ann, Mus. Genova, (2)
xvii. 1896-1897, pp. 28 & 355.
East Africa.
14. A. teniurus.
Gunth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (3) xx. 1867, p. 113; Bouleng. Poiss. Congo,
p. 156 (1901).
Gaboon, Congo.
15. A. Fuchs.
Bouleng. ae Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 88, pl. xxxvi. fig. 1 (1899), and
l. ec. p. 155.
Congo.
16. A. bimaculatus.
Bouleng. @. ce. p. 85, pl. xxxvi. fig. 3, and p. 157.
Congo.
490 Bibliographical Notice.
17. A. Kingsleye.
Gunth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xvii. 1896, p. 279, pl. xv. fig. B.
Ogowé.
18. A. macrolepidotus.
Brycinus macrolepidotus, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xx. p. 157,
pl. cececexxxix. (1849).
Alestes macrolepidotus, Bilharz, Sitzb. Ak. Wien, ix. 1852, p. 469,
pl. xxxvii.; Kner, Denkschr, Ak. Wien, xviii. 1860, p. 19; Giinth.
Cat. Fish. v. p. 313 (1864); Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, lxi. i. 1870,
p. 540, pl. i., and Notes Leyd. Mus. xvi. 1894, p. 68 ; Bouleng. Poiss.
Congo, p. 158 (1901).
Nile, West Africa from Senegal to Ozowé, L. Tanganyika.
19. A. yrandisquamis.
Bouleng. Ann, Mus. Congo, Zool. 1. p. 85, pl. xxxv. fig. 3 (1899), and
ih, Os [Oo WES),
Congo.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Biologia Centrali-Americana.
Land and Freshwater Mollusca. By Prof. Epvarp von Martens.
Tus work, commenced so long ago as 1890, has at length been
completed. It consists of 706 pages of text and 44 plates, 28 being
coloured and 16 uncoloured. ‘The introductory portion, pp. 1-xxvill,
gives some account of the different collectors and travellers who
have obtained specimens in the various countries under considera-
tion. It includes also some interesting notes on the geographical
distribution of the genera of Mollusca found in those regions and
observations on the intermingling of North- and South-American
forms within their limits. The main portion of the work consists
of lists of the known forms of the various genera treated of, full
synonymy and references, with descriptions of many new forms and
varieties.
A distinct feature of this work consists of comparative tables of
species, at the commencement of each genus, giving a summary of
their conchological differences, these tables being employed instead
of a separate diagnostical description of each form, They will
doubtless prove of great assistance to the student in naming his
collection, the differentiating features of all the various forms being
seen at a glance.
Great care and labour have evidently been expended in the
production of this volume, which necessarily for many years will be
the standard work of reference on the subject treated of. The
author is to be congratulated on the completion of this the latest of
his many valuable contributions to conchological science; and the
Miscellaneous. 49]
best thanks of the scientific world are due to Messrs. F. D. Godman
and the late O. Salvin, the able editors of this work, through whose
enterprise alone the publication of such a series of monographs has
been possible.
In conclusion, it is a great satisfaction to record the donation to
the National Collection of the specimens of land and freshwater
shells (between four and five thousand specimens) which form the
basis of the work before us. This is only one of the many generous
gifts to the Museum for which both the scientific world and the
public at large are indebted to Mr. Godman, E. A. Sura.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages.—Part Il. Ferret and Galinier’s ‘ Voyage en
Abyssinie’ ; Lefebure's § Voyage en Abyssinie’; ‘ Ha PUTS: scien-
tifique de V Algérie’ ; Castelnaw’s ‘ Amérique du Sud’; Dumont
dUrville’s * Voyage de U Astrolabe’ ; Laplace's ‘ Voyage sur la
Favorite’; Jacquemont’s ‘Voyage dans UInde’; Tréhouart’s
‘Commission scientifique a Islande’ ; Cailliaud, ‘Voyage a Méroé’ ;
‘ Expédition scientifique de Morée’; Fabvre, ‘ Commission scien-
tefique du Nord’; Du Petit-Thouars, ‘Voyage de la Vénus’ ; and
on the Dates of the ‘ Fuune Francaise. _By C. Davies SHERBORN,
F.Z.8., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S. &e.
(Concluded from p. 336.]
Commission scientifique du Nord. Voyages... . en Scandinavie,
en Laponie, au Spitzberg et aux Féroée, pendant... . 1838-40,
sur....la Recherche, commandée par M. Fasvre....
Borantave.~ Seéyeral papers in vol. i1., of which “ Voy. bot...
cotes....de Drontheim au Cap Nord. Par Martins” seems to
have appeared in Sept. 1846 (Wiegm. Archiv, 1847, ii. 416).
Gfotoeiz, by E. Robert. Mainly glaciation, but part 2 contains
some ethnographical papers; a ‘“ Liste des Fossiles du gravier co-
quillier de la Norvege,” par Keilhau; and ‘“ Fossiles du Spitzberg ”
[two papers], par de Koninck. Part 1 (pp. 1-210) of this section
was notified 1 June, 1844 (Bibl. Franc.), and part 2 (pp. 211-
308) in 1855 (Bull. Soc. géol. France, [2] xii. 1855, p. 285).
Gtotoeiz, by J. Durocher. Pt. 1 (pp. 1-216), C. Rendus, 23Jan.
1843, p. 213. Pt. 2 (pp. 217-482), 1855, Bull. Soc. géol. France,
[2] xii. 1856, p. 305.
G£OGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE. By Ch. Martins et alii.
Tom. I. Pt.1, pp. 1-286. OC. Rendus, Jan. 1844, p. 164.
2, 2386-474. ; Mar. 1846, p. 440.
Tom. II. Pt.1, pp. 1-278. July 1846, p. 111.
Ist paper appeared Mém. Cour. Belge, xv. (1841).
2ndeee < Bibl. Univ. lviii. (1845).
Bind) © 5. o in 1846 (Wiegm. Arch. 1847, ii. 416) as a sepa-
ratum, being issued probably in advance.
492 Miscellaneous.
Atoren, Il, 1s,
4th paper appeared Ann. Chem. xxiv. (1848), xxv. (1849). Also
issued separately in 1848.
5th (pars) as Ann. Sci. Nat. (Bot.) xi. (1849).
A separate copy of the last paper in this part was laid before the
Academy in Jan, 1850 (C. R. tom. xxx. p. 55). It may, we think,
be fairly inferred that the completed part appeared soon after, and
we take 1850 for the date of this part.
Zootocig. [Consisting of plates of Fishes, Birds, Crustacea,
Annelids, Medusz, and Protozoa, all without text. Some of the
Fishes and Crustacea were described by H. Kroyer in his Nat.
Tijdskrift, [2] vols. i. & ii. (1844-49).]
The first livraison of the whole work was issued in 1842 (Bull.
Soc. géogr. Frang. [2] xviii. p. 446). J. [L. M.] Vahl, whose name
appears on the titlepage of the ‘‘ Géogr. phys.,” did not contribute to
the literature of this Voyage, but did to the ‘Voyage en Islande,’
which was going through the press at the same time,
‘Voyage autour du Monde sur .... la Venus, pendant .
1836=39 .... Par A. Du Petrr-Taovuars, &e2
Zootogizn. Pp. 355.
Mammiféres. By Isidore Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire (and J.
Pucheran). 1852. OC. Rendus, Feb. 1852, p. 258.
Oiseaux. By Prevost and Des Murs. 1849. Wiegm. Arch.
1850, p. 46.
Reptiles. By Duméril. No text up to 1847. Wiegm. Arch.
1848, p. 196.
Ichthyologie. By Valenciennes. No text upto 1847. Wiegm.
Arch. 1848, p. 203.
‘“ Mollusea.” See Wiegm. Arch. 1848, p. 215, which notices
the plates. Carpenter, writing in the Rep. Brit. Assoc.
for 1856, p. 203, says “* plates only have been seen.’
The text of Mamm., Oiseaux, Reptiles, and Poissons was issued
in one volume, being v. vt. 1, 21 July, 1855 (Bibl. Frane.); but that
the dates given above for the Mammals and Birds are correct is in-
directly shown by the settings of the text to the former, the spacing
being unequal (¢. g. p. 46) and some blank spaces and pages being
left in order to fill up the number of pages that had heen allotted
when that to the birds was printed off. We think the remaining
text is not earlier than 1855, since Valenciennes’s new genus Smec-
ticus is not quoted in Duméril’s “ Ichthyologique analytique” (Mém.
Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. xxvii. 1856), which was written in 1855.
N.B.—All species are named in the ‘Table des Planches,’ which
was published in 1846.
Boraniqur [=vol. v. pt. 2}. Par J. Decaisne. Not published
by July 1855 (see Bibl. Frang. 21 vii. 1855). All the plates of
ee, were out by 1855, and possibly 1846; the text was issued
3 Sept. 1864 (Bibl. Franc.).
—_
Miscellaneous.
A493
The Dates of the ‘Faune Francaise.’
It may be convenient to put on record the dates of publication of
this work.
in * Bibliogr.
Livr. 1 (1 & 2).
The ‘ Faune Frangaise’ was never finished ;
therefore provide a collation.
Frangaise.’
3l Mar. 1821.
these notes
The dates given are those recorded
Coléopt., par Audinet-Serville, pp. 1-96.
2(3&4). 27 July, 1821. Lépidopt., par St.-Fargeau, pp. 1-96.
5& 6. 15 June, 1822. Oiseaux, par Vieillot, pp. 1-96.
7&8. 24 May, 1823. Hyménopt., par Audinet-Serville, pp. 1-96.
9 & 10. 28 Feb. 1824. Oiseaux, par Vieillot, pp. 97-192.
ll & 12. 7 Aug. 1824. Araneides, par Walckenaer, pp. 1-96.
13 &14. 30 Apr. 1825. Poissons, par Blainville, pp. 1-96. - .
15 &16. 28 Oct. 1826. Oiseaux, par Vieillot, pp. 193-238.
17. 27 Sept. 1828. Oiseaux, par Vieillot, pp. 289-368.
18. 29 Noy. 1828. Malacozoaires, par Blainville, pp. 1-80.
19. 31 Jan. 1829. Mammals, par Desmarest, pp. 1-80.
20. 7 Mar. 1829. Malac., par Blainville, pp. 81-160.
2. 1l Apr. 1829. Lépidopt., par St.-Fargeau, pp. 97-176.
22. 30 May, 1829. Oiseaux, par Vieillot, pp. 369-444.
23. 1 Aug. 1829. Malac., par Blainville, pp. 161-240.
24. 17 Oct. 1829. Coléopt., par Audinet-Serville, pp. 81-160.
[N.B.—With livr. 24 was issued “livr. 1 & 2,” a reconstructed edition of the
1821 “livr. 1 & 2,” and intended to replace it. It consisted of pp. 1-80,
of which the signatures read *‘ Faune Frangaise, 1* et 2° livraisons.
Coléoptéres.” In the original “livr. 1 & 2” the signatures read
Sunes h: Ti”)
25. 26 Dec. 1829. Lépidopt., par St.-Fargeau, pp. 177-256.
26. 20 Mar. 1830. Araneides, par Walckenaer, pp. 97-176.
27. 8 May, 1830. Coléopt., par Audinet-Serville, pp. 161-240.
28. 3 July, 1830. Malac., par Blainville, pp. 241-320.
29. 16 Oct. 1830. Araneides, par Walckenaer, pp. 177-240.
Or, summarized zoologically, it comes out as follows :—
Mammalia. Pp. 1-80.- Jan. 1829.
Aves. 1-96. June 1822.
i 97-192. Feb. 1824.
°p 193-288. Oct. 1826.
289-368. Sept. 1828.
i 369-444. May 1829.
Pisces. 1-96. April 1825.
Coleoptera. 1-96. Mar. 1821.
7 newed. 1-80. Oct. 1829.
ns 81-160.
é 161-240. May 1830.
Lepidoptera. 1-96. July 1821.
. 97-176. Apr. 1829.
2 177-256. Dee. 1829.
Hymenoptera. 1-96. May 1828.
Aranez. 1-96. Aug. 1824.
55 97-176. Mar. 1830.
” 177-240. Oct. 1830.
Mollusca. 1-80. Nov. 1828.
nS 81-160. Mar. 1829.
By 161-240. Aug. 1829.
% 241-320. July 1830.
494 Miscellaneous.
Addenda et Corrigenda to Part J. (‘Annals,’ April 1901,
pp. 390, 391).
‘Voyage aux Indes orientales.’
By an oversight our first instead of our final conclusions were
transcribed. It is evident that the sheeting as given by the Bibl.
Franc. is wrong, that the latter half of the work came out in
well-defined sections, and the last three livraisons were—
Livr. 6. Pp. 337-440 (Fish & Mollusca). 1832.
We 441-512 (Insecta). 1833.
8. 513-end (Zoophytes & Index). 1834.
‘Voyage au Pole Sud.’
Botanique, tom. i. Some copies have a titlepage dated ‘‘ 1842—
1845.” This was an error of the publishers, as citations in the
volume show, and the title in question was evidently withdrawn
later. Its date was 1845.
‘ Voyage sur la Bonite.’
Add :—Géologie et Minéralogie. Par M. E. Chevalier. Date as
on titlepage 1844 (Compt. Rend. Acad. Sci. Paris, tom. xix. Sept. 16,
1844, p. 583).
Corrigenda to my Papers ‘‘ Note on Diatoms from Chincha Guano ”
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi., 1900) and “A List of Cali-
fornian Diatoms” (1. c. vol. vii., 1901). By C. Mrrescuxowsky.
I REGRET to say that the dimensions of the diatoms described in the
two above-mentioned papers are not quite correct. Through an
error in my calculations, which I discovered only lately, all the
measures given are 5 per cent. higher than they ought to be *.
In order to make it possible to correct this error I give here a table
containing all measures quoted in both papers, accompanied by their
real yalue. This will enable a quick and easy rectification‘.
Instead of read Instead of read
0:0015 mm. 0:0014 mm. 0-0077 mm. 0:0073 mm.
0:0024 0:0023 0:008 0:0076
0:003 0:0029 ; 0:0085 0:0082
0:0035 0:0083 0-009 0:0086
0-004 0:0038 0:010 0:0095
0:005 0:0048 | OOl11 0:0105
0:0052 0 0049 00115 0-011
0:0053 0:0050 0-012 0:0114
0:0055 0:0052 0 0125 0-012
0:0058 0:0055 0:013 0-012
0:006 0:0057 0:0183 0:0126
0:0065 0:0062 0-014 0:013
0:007 0:0067 | 00145 0-014
0:0075 0:0072 | 0015 0:0143
0:0076 0:0072 | 0-016 0:015
* This applies also to the measures given in my paper “ Ntudes sur
V’Endochrome des Diatomées,” which has recently been published by the
Academy of Sciences of St. Petersburg.
+ A few measures quoted from other authors need, of course, no
rectification,
Miscellaneous. 495
Instead of read Instead of read
0017 mm. 0:;016 mm. 0:075 mm, 0:0715 mm,
0:0175 00166 0-077 0:073
0-018 0:017 | 0:082 0:078
0:0185 0 0176 0-083 0:079
0-019 0-018 0-084 0:080
0:0195 0:0185 0-085 0-081
0:020 0-019 0:086 0-082
0:0205 00195 | 0-088 0 084
0-021 0:02 0:090 0:0855
0-022 0-021 0-091 0-086
0:023 0:022 0-094 0:089
0:024 0-023 0:096 0:091
0:0245 0:0233 0:097 0-092
0:025 0.024 0:098 0:093
00265 0:0252 | 0-1 0:095
0:027 0:0256 | 0-117 0-111
0-028 0:0266 0-118 07112
0-029 0:0275 0-119 0-113
0031 0:0295 0:120 0114
0:033 0-031 0-121 07115
0-035 0:033 0:126 0:120
0:036 0:034 0:127 07121
0:038 0:036 0:140 0:1338
0-040 0:038 0°146 0139
0-041 0:039 0°150 0-143
0:0417 0-040 0-152 0-144
0:042 0:040 0161 0:153
0:043 0-041 07162 0-154
0-044 0-042 0:165 0157
0-045 0:0427 0-166 0:158
0:0455 0:043 0-175 0:166
0:046 0:0437 0:180 O171
0:047 0:0445 0-187 0178
0 049 0:0466 0:188 0-179
0-050 0:0475 0°194 0-184
0-051 0:048 0:196 0:186
0:053 0 050 0:197 0:187
0-054 0:051 | 0:217 0-206
0:055 0:052 0-224 0:213
0:056 0:053 0:245 0:233
0:0565 0:0535 0:252 0:239
0-057 0:054 0:262 0:249
0:060 0:057 0:267 0:254
0:063 0-060 0-311 0°295
0:064 0:061 0:364 0°346
0:065 0:062 0-437 0°415
0:068 0:065 0:463 0:440
0-069 0:0655 0:483 0°459
0-070 0:0665 0:538 0-511
- 0-072 0:068
As another result of this error the magnifications given on the
Plates should all be 5 per cent. higher than indicated: these must
therefore be changed as follows :—
Instead of = read a
600 630
” aa ” Ar:
900 945
” irene alae
496 Miscellaneous.
It is superfluous to say that the scales at the bottom of the Plates
are, for the same reason, useless.
I take this opportunity to make a few remarks concerning some
of the species mentioned in the same papers :—
Nitzschia spiralis, Mer. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vil. p. 475).
—This name having already been given to another species, must be
changed, and I propose to call it N. contorta, Mer.
Tropidoneis eligans (W. Sm.), Cl. (1. ¢. p. 299), is by mistake said
to have two chromatophore-plates. It has four plates, as all marine
species, with the exception of 7’. vitrea, which has only two. :
Climacosphenia pacifica, Mer. (1. c. p. 508), is the same as
CQ. elongata, Bail., at least it does not differ from the figure of that
species given by Peragallo (Diat. mar.d. France, pl. Ixxxvi. figs. 1-2);
the former name has therefore to be dropped.
Licmophora Monks, Mer. (1. c. p. 510), being named after a
lady, has to be changed into L. Monksie.
Rhabdonema sp. ? (1. c. p. 505. n. 136) is most probably &. Cro-
zeerit (Ehr.), Grun.
Bidduly hia simplex, Mer. (1. c. p. 516), should be compared with
the species figured by A. Schmidt, ‘ Atlas,’ pl. exli. figs. 9-11; the
latter is, however, different from B. simplex, not having the
characteristic biarcuate lines. B. simple is also very nearly allied
to B. pellucida, Castrac. (Diat. Challeng. pl. xxvi. fig. 5), of which it
may be a variety.
Biddulphia Baileyi, W. Sm. (1. c. p. 516), to be replaced by
B. mobiliensis. According to Boyer both are identical (other authors
distinguish them). The genuine B. mobiliensis is not rare in the
plankton of San Pedro (Calif.).
Navicula (Libellus) hamulifera (1. c. p. 294), N. (Schizonema)
avenacea (p. 293), and Surirella fastuosa yar. lata (p. 480) had better
be excluded from the list.
Asteromphalus malleus, var. pacifica, Mer. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
vol. vi. p. 487).—When I described this variety I was not in posses-
sion of A. Schmidt’s ‘ Atlas.’ Having it now, I see (Atl. pl. xxxviil.
fig. 3) that this form has already been described by Brébisson under
the name of A. arachie. As this latter was described first, the
species of Wallich should be called var. mallea. Schmidt’s fig. 4
in plate xxxvili. and fig. 27 in plate exxxvii. do not, however,
resemble A. arachne, differing by the rays being broader and a
little inflated at the ends; this is never the case in A. arachne, of
which I have observed quite a number of specimens. It should be
distinguished as var. gazelle, Mer.
Skeletonema costatum, var. spiralis, Mer. (1. c. p. 485), has been
figured, but neither described nor named, by A. Schmidt, ‘ Atlas,’
pl. elxxx. figs. 36-37.
Mintern Bros.imp-
Ani. Mag. Nat. Hist. §.7 Vol. VILPU LH.
JONE SIELLA BRUCEI,n.sp.
A.Scott del.
R.E Mintern ith.
Anw. b& Mag. Nat. Hist.§.7 Vol VII. PL LV.
SSOSSO{_QI ay \
; 7 NL
S}
A.Scott del. | Mintern Bros-imp.
R.E Mintern lth.
Fie. }6,DACTYLOPUS BRUCEI,nsp. 7-12,ZAUS AURELII, Poppe.
ie
x
Ann.d Mag. Nat. Hist.S.7.Vol.VIl.PU. V.
A. Scott del. : ManternBros.imp.
R.E.Mintern hth.
Fie. 1-8 ,CLETODES ABYSSICOLA,n-sp.Fie.941, CLETODES BRUCEI .n.sp.
Seeeenseasesa sees:
Anan. Mag. Nak. Hist. 8.7 Vol.VII.PU.VI.
ae an
41 A.Seott del. Mintern Bros.imp-
R.E Mintern lith .
PARARTOTROGUS RICHARDI,T.&A.Scott, var. ARCTICA mnov.var.
i}
Ann. & Mag. Nok. Hist.3.7.VoU.VIN.PU.VIL.
Mintern Bros.imp
C.Mereschkowsky del.
R.Z Mantern sc.
Anw.& Mag. Net. Hist. S.7,.Vol.VIlT. PU.VIN,
C Mereschkowsky del .
RE -Mmitern sc. -
Mintern Bros.imp.
i
i
a
i
:
Siieseesirasieerseee
WORKS PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS.
‘The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magazine.
ti Monthly. 2s. 6d.
The Annals and Magazine of Natural History. Monthly. 2s, 6d,
The Observatory, Monthly Review of Astronomy. 1s,
_ Aelfric Society’s Publications. 15 parts. 37s. 6d. °
_ Aéronautics, by Brewer and Alexander. 6s,
Anderson’s Fauna of Mergui Archipelago. Vol. I. 30s., Vol. II. 15s.
Baird’s Manual for Tidal Observations. 7s. 6d.
Belville’s Manual for Thermometer. 1s.
-Blakesley’s Table of Hyperbolic Sines and Cosines. 1s,
_ Chimmo’s Natural History of Euplectella aspergillum. 4s,
_ Cooke’s Flora of the Presidency of Bombay, Part I. 8%.
_ Cunningham's Binary Canon. 15s.
- Daubeny on Volcanos. 21s.
Davis's Crania Britannica, £6 10s. Thesaurus Craniorum, 0s.
Dennings Telescopic Work for Starlight Evenings. 10s,
- Douse’s Introduction to Gothic of Ulfilas. 10s. 6d.
_ English Poetry in use at Charterhouse School. 3s. 6d.
Examination Papers set by Examining Board of Physicians and
Surgeons. 6d.
Ditto for Diploma in Public Health. 6d.
- Faraday’s Experimental Researches in Chemistry and Physics. lis.
Fauna of British India. Edited by W. {. Buanrorp, F.R.S,:
Mammalia. 20s.— Fishes. 2 vols. ~ 20s. each.— Birds, Vol. I. 20s.
' Vols. Il., ILI., and IV. 15s. each—Reptilia and Batrachia. 20s.—
Moths. 4 vols. 20s. each.—_-Hymenoptera. Vol. I.: Wasps aANpD
Brrs. 20s.—Arachnida. 10s.
_ Geological Record. 1874-1884. S8vols. 20s. net.
Glaisher’s Barometer Tables, ls. Diurnal Range Tables, ls. 6d.
Glaisher’s Hygrometrical Tables. 2s. 6d. .
Glaisher’s Factor Tables for Fourth, Fifth, and Sixth Millions. 20s. each.
Hopkins’s Geology and Terrestrial Magnetism. S8vo. Cloth. 16s.
Ditto. Wlustrated Introduction to. 8vo. Cloth. 4s.
Joule’s Scientific Papers. Vol. I. 20s. Vol. II. 12s.
Kelvin’s (Lord) Tables for facilitating Sumner’s Method at Sea.
10s.6d. Forms for ditto. Sun, 1s. Stars, 1s.
- Kennedy, C. A few Chapters in Astronomy. 3s. 6d.
- Lehfeldt, R.A. A List of chief Memoirs on Physics of Matter. 2s. 6d.
Lewis’s Catalogue of Japanese Coleoptera. 2s.6d.; on one side, 3s. 6d.
London Hospital Pathological Catalogue. 7s. Gd. net.
M‘Intosh’s Marine Invertebrates and Fishes of St. Andrews. 21s.
Phillips’s Geology of Yorkshire. 2 vols. 30s, __
Physical Memoirs, translated from foreign sources. Vol. I. Part I. 4s.,
Part II. 7s. 6d., Part III. 6s.
Reade’s Origin of Mountain-Ranges. 21s.
Royal College of Surgeons :
Calendar. ls. net.
Catalogue of Specimens illustrating the Osteology of Vertebrate
_ Animalsin Museum. Part 3. Aves. 12s. net,
Catalogue of Teratological Series. 5s. net.
Dermatological Collection. Srded. 4s. net.
Physiological Series. Vol. I. 2nded. 12s. net.
Appendices 5, 6,7, 8,and 9 to the Second Edition of Descriptive
‘Catalogue of the Pathological Specimens in Museum. 2s. each.
Examination Papers for Diploma of Fellow and Licence in Dental
Surgery. 6d.
Sharp’s Staphylinide of Japan. 3s. 6d.
Taylor's Scientific Memoirs. Ser. 1, £6 6s.; Ser. 2, £1 4s.
Univ. Coll. London Calendar, 2s. 6d. Pathological ae ee Parts 1
to 3,2s. each; Part 4, 1s. Library Catalogue, 3 Vols. 7s. 6d.
Univ. Coll. Medical and Biological Catalogue. 23s. Gd.
Wheatstone’s Scientific Papers. 145s.
Wollaston’s Notes on Lepidoptera of St. Helena. 3s. 6d.
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET, LONDON, E.C.
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 47.—Seventh Series.
XLY. On some Entomostraca collected in the Arctic Seas in 1898
by William 8. Bruce, F.R.S.G.8. By Tuomas: Scorr, F.L.S., and
‘Anprew. Score. (Plates TIT VE i che Sara ne aomny Ls
XLVI. Notes on the Genera Vanaecia and Nora, with Descriptions
of new Species. By Arruur G. Burner, Ph.D. CRORE
XLYII. On new Species of Histeride. By G. Lewis, F.LS. ....
XLVIL. A Preliminary Report on some new Brazilian Hemiptera.
By \Apored TERRES UG SSR. Sa Reis Shee Oy ES nas
XLIX. Mysis relicta, Lovén, in Ireland. By Wx. F, DE Visuas
FAN OMA G06 actos Sais. SRL SUS RRS REIT CUE URES ane i aR
L. Some Experiments in Seasonal Dimorphism. el Guy A. a
MARSH ALE RUZ SoS SOR es ON IRSA a let aera a
LI. A Revision of the Genera of the ARan»x or Spiders with |
reference to their Type Species. By F. O. Pickarn Cauprmes, B.A.
LIT. On Okedenia, Eul. By C. Merescuxowsxy. (Plate VII.)..
LI. On Stauronella, a new Genus of Diatoms. By ©. Merzscu-
wowseny. (oC Plate: VEL ie cs ec e AAR OS e es ine ae
LIV. On a Colleetion of Bats from Paraguay. By Oxprreip
THOMAS
@ Le we 0 ee tee wo Bie me eee eRe ee ek we ee Bin ee oe 2 Oe wa ee es Bee Ries
LY. Diagnoses of new Fishes discovered by Mr. W. L. 8. Loat
in the Nile. By G. A. Bownanerr,: BR .Se on OR
LVI. Description of a new Silurid Fish of the Genus Anoplopterus,
from Cameroon. By G. A. Bounenerr, F.RS.. 2.0.25 22.
LVI. Some new Genera and Species of Lithobiomorphous Chilo-
oda By Reiss Poca os Sao hee RS Ok NR od) Coane RAS
LVII. The Chilopoda or Centipedes of the Australian Continent.
By Ba. PoweeR eS otic Oa VSS VS RA OC RS
LIX. Rhynchotal Notes——XI. Heteroptera: Fam. Lygeide. By
WHE Disa nese. Ses ech OA TRS RoR Oia
LX. List of the Fishes of the Characinid Genus Alesées, Mull. &
Troseh., with a Key to their Identification. By G, A. Bovienesr,
F.RS.
ee eee eee ee re eneeeenee nee se aneeansreeee ee ene nesraeeees
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
Biologia Centrali-Americana: Land and Freshwater Mollusca, By
Prof. Epvarp yon Marrens
ee mew ee eee mee emer eee eeeee ene ee
MISCELLANEOUS.
Dates of Publication of the Zoological and Botanical portions of some
French Voyages.—Part II. Fabvre, ‘ Commission scientifique du
Nord’; Du Petit-Thouars, ‘ Voyage idle la Venus >; Dates of the
‘Faune Francaise’; Addenda et Corrigenda to Part I. By C.
Davies Suerporn, F.Z.8., and B. B. Woopwarp, F.LS. &e....
Corrigenda to my Papers ‘“ Note on Diatoms from Chincha Guano”
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. vi., 1900) and “A List of Cali-
fornian Diatoms” (7. ¢. vol. vii., 1901). By C. Merescukowsky
486
490
. 491
. 494
*,* Itis reque8ted that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.
WITH SIX PLATES.
8 «SEVENTH SERIES. No.48
he ted LA vate alan 9 ome ~ ee eee 6 te me re nt nee eee S her serene
ee a rot ey ASOT 9 Tae Pow
+ aa » THE ANNALS
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, snp GEOLOGY.
No. XLVIIL.
MA = DEC. 1901.
CONDUCTED BY
_ ALBERT ©. L. G. GUNTHER, M.A., M.D., Pu.D., F.R.S.,
-~* WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,
Sos? SND
WILLIAM FRANCIS, suy., 1°18.
7 ee + BRIYG A CONTINUATION OF THE “ANNALS” COMBINED WITH
| MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH'S ‘MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”
LONDON: .
- PAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEE! STREET.
Sold by Sinipkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Bailliére, Paris:
Hodges, Figgis, & Co,. Dublin: and Asher, Berlin.
CA Gt ie: MSV aa APRs
Medium 8vo, price 8s. Part I.
THE
FLORA OF THE PRESIDENCY OF BOMBAY.
By THEODORE COOKE, C.1.E.,
MAG UMVA.I., LIDiy POLS, FZ.8.5 d0Cé
FORMERLY PRINCIPAL OF THE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AT POONA AND DIRECTOR
OF THE BOTANICAL SURVEY OF WESTERN INDIA.
RANUNCULACE to RUTACEZ.
Published under the authority of the Secretary of
State for India in Council.
Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, H.C.
BIOLOGIA CENTRALI-AMERICANA.
Edited by F. D. GODMAN.
SUBJECTS IN PROGRESS.
ZOOLOGY.
Aves. Vol. I. By O. Satvin and F. D. Gopman. (Pp. 1-512, pls. i.-xxxv.,
Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II, (Pp. 1-598, pls. xxxvi—lx., Temporary Title-
page.) Vol. III. (Pp, 1-184, pls. 1xi—Ixvi.)
Reptilia and Batrachia. By A. Ginruyr. (Pp. 1-292, pls. i-lxxiv.)
Arachnida Araneidea. Vol. I. By O.Pickarp CamBripgn. (Pp. 1-304,
pls. i.-xxxv1.)
Arachnida Araneidea, Vol.IJ. By F.O,Prokarp Campriper. (Pp. 1-
280, pls. 1—xxv.)
Chilopoda. By R.I. Pocock. (Pp. 1-40, pls. ii.)
Coleoptera. Vol. Il. part 1 (PsriarHipm &c.). By D. SHarp, A.
Matruews, and G. Lewis. (Pp. 1-624, pls. i.-xviii.)
Coleoptera. Vol. IV. part 5 (RHyNcHOPHORA). By D, SuHarp. (Pp. 1-
168, pls, 1.—vi.)
Coleoptera. Vol. lV. part 6 (RuyNcHOPHORA, continued). By D. SHARP
and W. #. H. Branprorp. (Pp. 1-224, pls. 1.-vi.)
Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Vol. I. By F. D. Gopman and O. Sanvin.
(Pp. 1-487, pls. ixlvii., Temporary Titlepage.) Vol. II. (Pp. 1-740, pls. xlvin.—
CX.)
' Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol.I. By W. L. Distant and W. W. Fow ier.
(Pp. 1-76, pls. 1.-viil.)
Rhynchota Homoptera. Vol. Il. By W. W. Fowier. (Pp. 1-292,
1s, i.-x1x.) |
: ee) Homoptera. Vol. II. part 2. By T. D. A. CocKERELL.
Pp. 1-35.
ree Dietee Vol. I. By Baron C, R. Osten Sacken and 5, W. WILLIsTON.
(Pp. 1-328, pls. i.—v.} ; .
Diptera. Vol. I]. By F. M. van per Wop. (Pp. 1-428, pls. i—xii.)
Diptera. Vol. III. By S. W. Wixuisron. (Pp. 1-89, pls. 1., ii.)
Neuroptera: Lphemeride. By A.W. Waton. (Pp. 1-16, pl. i.)
Neuroptera: Odonata. By P. P.Ca vert. (Pp. 17-48, pls. ii., 111.)
Orthoptera. Vol. I]. By L. Bruner and A. P. Morsn. (Pp. 1-16.)
The Price of each Zoological Partis 21s.
| ARCH AOLOGY.
By A. P. Maupsiay. (Vol. I. pp. 1-64, pls. i—xcix. Vol. II. pp. 1-39,
pls. i.lxxv. Vol. LIL. pp. 1-43, pls. il, Vol, LV. pp. 1-38, pls. i—xciti.)
By J.T.Goopman. (Appendix: The Archaic Maya Inscriptions. Pp, i-xii,
1-150.) ,
London: Published for the Editor by R. H. Porter, 7 Princes Street,
Cavendish Sq., W., and Dutav & Co., Soho Sq., W.
JAN 14 1902
THE ANNALS
AND
MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.
[SEVENTH SERIES. }
No. 48. DECEMBER 1901.
LXI.—Rhynchotal Notes.—X1. Heteroptera: Fam. Lygeide.
By W. L. Distant.
[Concluded frem p. 486. ]
Genus TROPISTETHUS.
Tropistethus indicus.
Aphanus indicus, Dall. List Hem. 11. p. 559 (1852).
Genus Pyczus.
Pygeus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 187.
Pygeus pallidus.
Pygeus pallidus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 187.
Salacia picturata, Uhler, loc. cit. p. 188.
Genus Dina.
Dinia sevosus, sp. un.
Body above shining, oleaginous; head, pronotum, scu-
tellum, and body beneath black ; posterior margin of pronotum
and the femora castaneous; corium brownish ochraceoas
with a discal castaneous patch extreme apices of femora,
the tibie, and tarsi ochraceous; antennz brownish ochraceous,
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vii. 35
498 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
the apices of the first, second, and third joints ochraceous ; a
lineate spot on each side of clavus near apex, and lateral
margin of corium, luteous.
Antenne with the second, third, and fourth joints almost
equal in length; pronotum glabrous, scarcely punctate ;
scutellum obscurely punctate ; corium, excluding the lateral
margins, distinctly punctate; tibice with their bases castaneous
and clothed with long spinous hairs.
Long. 4 millim,
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
Dinia trabeatus, sp. n.
Above shining, glossy; head, pronotum, scutellum, and
body beneath very dark castaneous; apex of head, antenne,
eyes, anterior margin and lateral angles of pronotum, apex
of scutellum, corium, and legs ochraceous ; corium thickly
and somewhat darkly punctate ; membrane hyaline.
Scutellum faintly wrinkled and obscurely punctate ;
antennz with the second joint much longer than the third,
remainder mutilated.
Long. 4 millim.
Hab. India: Nagpur (Coll. Dist.).
SINIERUS, gen. nov.
Allied to Dinia, Stal, from which it differs in the following
particulars :—Head shorter and not equal in length to the
pronotum ; basal joint of antenne passing the apex of the
head, third joint not longer than first; pronotum with a
distinct transverse impression, each lobe slightly gibbous,
its lateral margins sinuate ; scutellum moderately excavated
at base.
This genus is founded on the unique type of Aphanus
capensis, Dall., a carded specimen, not affording opportunity
for full generic diagnosis. It is, however, necessary to
properly locate the species, which has hitherto only been
enumerated in the “ species incerti generis’ of catalogues.
Sinierus capensis.
Aphanus capensis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 559, n. 3 (1852).
Hab. “Cape of Good Hope” (Drégé’s Coll., Brit. Mus.).
Genus ALLOCENTRUM.
Phoroneus, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. pp. 154, 162 (1865), nom. praoce.
Allocentrum, Bergr. Ann, Soc, Ent. Belg. xxxviii. p. 547 (1894), n. nom.
Phoronastes, Kirkaldy, ‘ Entomologist,’ xxxiii. p. 242 (1900), n. nom.
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 499
SPEUSIPPAS, gen. nov.
Body oblong ; head long, rather broadly truncate at apex,
with a distinct collar and the hinder margin of the eyes well
separated from the anterior margin of the pronotum, the
head is slightly depressed forwardly and moderately elevated
between the eyes; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe,
basal joint not produced to eyes; antennze with the basal
joimt considerably passing the apex of the head; pronotum
longer than broad, transversely impressed before middle,
anterior lobe convex, narrower than posterior lobe, narrowing
to apex, posterior margin slightly concave ; scutellum scarcely
longer than broad ; corium with the lateral margins concavely
sinuate, membrane passing the apex of the abdomen; anterior
femora somewhat strongly incrassated, with a strong robust
spine beneath near centre and from thence to apex finely
spinous, intermediate tibize less incrassate but spined as in
anterior femora.
This genus may be provisionally placed near Allocentrum
(Phoroneus, Stal).
Speusippas splendens, sp. nu.
Head black; antenne ochraceous, the second and third
joints more or less piceous; pronotum with the anterior
lobe reddish ochraceous, the posterior lobe piceous with its
anterior margin ochraceous ; scutellum black, opaque ; clavus
piceous, with a row of punctures on its outer margin not
reaching apex; corium with the anterior half greyish white,
followed by a broad, irregular, transverse, black fascia, the
apical area brownish ochraceous; membrane piceous, its
apical margin greyish white; body beneath ochraceous ;
head, meso- and metasterna, and apex of abdomen black ;
legs ochraceous ; apices of intermediate and posterior femora,
bases of intermediate tibiz, the whole of posterior tibiz, and
the tarsi brownish. The colour of the head, pronotum, base
of corium, body beneath, and legs is shining, the remainder
more or less opaque; the anterior lobe of the pronotum
is faintly irregularly sculptured ; second joint of antenne
longest; the body is more or less pilose, especially the
antennee and tibie.
Long. 44 millim.
Hab. Natal (Gueinzius, Brit. Mus.).
Genus LAMPRODEMA.
Lamprodema coleopteroides. 7
Rhyparochromus coleopteroides, Walk. Cat. Het. vy. p. 108. a. 180
(1872). 7
Clavus with four series of very distinct coarse punctures,
; 35*
500 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Walker’s specimens were from the Island of Ceram ; the
British Museum now possesses a series of specimens brought
by Mr. Andrews from Christmas Island.
Lamprodema tineoides, sp. n.
Dark castaneous; head, anterior half of pronotum, and
scutellum black; antennz, posterior margin and apical
angles of pronotum, basal margins of co-ium, tibie, tarsi,
and apices of femora brownish ochraceous ; apical joint of
antenne infuscated. Head, anterior area of pronotum, and
the scutellum finely punctate; posterior area of the pronotum
and the corium coarsely punctate; membrane somewhat
rudimentary, obscure greyish; apex of exposed abdomen
black.
Long. 23 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
Lamprodema vittata, sp. nu.
Black, the corium somewhat dark castaneous; posterior
lateral angles of the prouotum, basal lateral margins and an
inner basal streak to corium, apices of the femora, and the
tibize and tarsi ochraceous; claval margin obscurely brownish
ochraceous; basal joint of antenne black, its apex and the
second joint ochraceous, remainder mutilated; membrane
pale greyish.
Head thickly punctate, the basal margin impunctate ;
pronotum punctate, about posterior third coarsely punctate,
a space on anterior disk almost impunctate ; scutellum
punctate, with a central, levigate, longitudinal line; corium
coarsely punctate, the ochraceous markings levigate ; tibize
very finely and longly spinous, the spines black. Membrane
in unique type described (a carded specimen) not reaching
the apex of the abdomen.
Long. 43 millim.
Hab. N.W. Australia: Parry Harbour, C. Bougainville
(J. J. Walker, Brit. Mus.).
Genus TRAPEZUS.
Trapezus affinis, sp. n.
Trapezus fasciatus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 188.
Allied to T. trimaculatus, Dist., by having three ochraceous
spots to the scutellum, one apical and two lateral; but
differing from that species by having a broad, transverse,
black fascia to the corinm as in 7. fasciatus, Dist. In
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 501
T. affinis the base of the pronotum is widely pale ochraceous
at each lateral area, but not connected centrally ; femora
piceous, with their apices ochraceous.
Long. 3 millim.
Hab. \sland of Grenada (H. H. Smith, Brit. Mus.).
The smallest species as yet described in the genus.
Genus Pervizius.
Petizius distinctus, sp. n.
Petissius diversus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 188.
Differmg from P. diversus, Dist., by having the head as
well as the scutellum and apical area of the corium castaneous ;
transverse impression to the pronotum more profound ; bedy
smaller and more elongate.
Long. 24 millim.
Hab. Island of Grenada (H. H. Smith, Brit. Mus.).
Genus APHANUS.
Aphanus sordidus.
Cimex sordidus, Faby. Mant. ii. p. 302. 231 (1787).
Var. Rhyparochromus pallens, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 567. n. 22 (1852).
Dieuches pallens, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 220 (1894).
Aphanus albofasciatus.
Beosus albofasciatus, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 165 (1865).
Aphanus albofasciatus, Leth. & Sev. Cat. Gén. Hém. t. ii. p. 215 (1894).
Ischnodemus multilinmea, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 13]. n. 29 (1872).
Aphanus rufocinctus, sp. n.
Very pale ochraceous, with a rufous tinge; head more or
less piceous ; anterior area and a very small spot at lateral
angles of pronotum, scutellum (excluding apex), two spots on
lateral margin of corium, one before and the other at apex,
the uppermost sometimes obsolete, castaneous ; body beneath
testaceous ; legs, rostrum, and antennz ochraceous ; mem-
brane pale greyish, somewhat mottled with pale fuscous;
apical joint of antennz infuscated. The posterior lobe of
the pronotum and the corium is somewhat thickly punctate,
the punctures pale brownish; between the two spots on
lateral margin of corium the margin is distinctly levigate.
Long. 4—5 millim.
Hab. Perim Island, Gulf of Aden (J. J. Walker, Brit.
Mus.).
Apparently somewhat allied (by description) to A. dilutus,
Horv.
502 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Aphanus australis, sp. n.
Pale ochraceous; central anterior disk and a spot at each
lateral angle of pronotum and scutellum black; basal area
of pronotum brownly punctate, centrally castaneous with a
median pale ochraceous line; scutellum with the apical
margins pale ochraceous; clavus thickly longitudinally
punctate, the corium more sparingly so; a small spot near
centre of claval margin, a much larger spot at its apex (con-
taining a small ochraceous spot), and two lateral marginal
spots (one before and the other at apex of corium) castaneous ;
membrane very pale fuscous, with some small paler markings ;
sternum piceous; abdomen beneath dark testaceous, the
lateral margins paler; legs ochraceous, anterior femora
(excluding apices), and a broad subapical annulation to
intermediate and posterior femora, blackish or very dark
castaneous ; antenne ochraceous, basal joint and about
apical half of fourth joint fuscous. Posterior margin of the
pronotum very slightly concave, almost straight.
Long. 5$ millim.
Hab. Troughton Island, N.W. Australia (J. J. Walker,
Brit. Mus.) ; Tonga Islands (Coll. Dist.).
Aphanus papuanus, sp. ni.
Head black, apex of central lobe ochraceous; antennz
with the first and second joints ochraceous, third joint dark
castaneous, fourth joint greyishly pubescent. Pronotum
with the anterior lobe black, the posterior lobe ochraceous,
thickly brownly punctate; lateral margins ochraceous,
containing a brown line on anterior half and a_ black
spot, with a minute ochraceous centre, at lateral angles.
Scutellum black, its apex narrowly ochraceous; corium
ochraceous, thickly brownly punctate, apical third dark
castaneous, containing a lateral ochraceous spot, basal half of
lateral margin impunctate ; membrane pale brownish; body
beneath black; lateral margins of sternum and abdomen
and the legs ochraceous.
Long. 6 millim.
Hab. Queensland: Peak Downs (Coll. Dist.).
A species to be easily recognized by its very distinct
markings.
Aphanus oceanicus, sp. n.
Head castaneous ; antenne brownish ochraceous, third and
fourth joints piceous, extreme base of third and basal half
of fourth joints pale luteous ; pronotum ochraceous, anterior
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 503
lobe very dark castaneous, posterior lobe thickly brownly
punctate, lateral margins ochraceous, the lateral angles
castaneous ; scutellum piceous, the apex and two central
discal spots luteous ; corium ochraceous, irregularly brownly
punctate, with a broad, dark castaneous, transverse fascia
near inner angle and the apical margin of the same colour;
clavus thickly brownly punctate, with a dark castaneous spot
at base; membrane dark castaneous, with a small lateral
ochraceous spot near apex of corium; body beneath casta-
neous, the sternum darkest, lateral, sternal, and abdominal
margins (narrowly) and about two central lateral abdominal
spots, ochraceous; legs ochraceous, anterior femora (excluding
bases and apices), a broad subapical annulation to intermediate
and posterior femora, and the apices of the tibie very dark
castaneous ; lateral margins of the pronotum distinctly
laminate.
Long. 8-9 millim.
Hab. N.W. Australia: Cossack (J.J. Walker, Brit. Mus.).
Aphanus lineosus, sp. n.
Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, and body
beneath piceous; posterior lobe of pronotum and the
corium ochraceous, thickly brownly punctate; antenne,
lateral margins of pronotum, a narrow central line to the
posterior pronotal lobe, two lineate spots near apex of
scutellum, lateral margins of corium, two small spots on
apical area of outer claval margin, and the legs ochraceous ;
a spot at lateral marginal angles of pronotum, two spots
on apical marginal area of corium, basal halves of anterior
femora, and apical thirds of posterior femora piceous or
black ; rostrum and lateral margins of meso- and meta-
sterna ochraceous; antenne with the basal joint and apices
of second, third, and fourth joints piceous, second and
fourth joints of the antennz about subequal in length,
third slightly shorter; punctures of the corium arranged in
lineate series.
Long. 6 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (G. Lewis).
Aphanus erosus, sp. 0.
Head and antenne piceous, apex of central lobe brownish
ochraceous ; pronotum ochraceous, the anterior lobe black,
the posterior lobe thickly brownly punctate, the lateral
margins pale ochraceous, containing an irregular linear series
of intensely coarse black punctures ; scutellum black ;
504 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
corium ochraceous, somewhat thickly brownly punctate, the
lateral margins ochraceous, with some very coarse black
punctures, a large black spot near inner angles followed by
a pale and almost impunctate angular spot ; clavus piceous,
with its margins, a basal spot, and inner streak ochraceous ;
membrane piceous, with a small, apical, greyish spot ; body
beneath piceous, sternal and abdominal margins ochraceous,
sparingly brownly punctate; rostrum, anterior margin of
prosternum, coxal spots, posterior margin of metasternum,
and intermediate and posterior tibiz dark castaneous ;
anterior femora black, tibize and tarsi ochraceous.
Long. 7 millim.
Hab. German East Africa (Brit. Mus.).
Allied to A. apicalis, Dall., differing by the exceedingly
coarse punctuation on the lateral margins of the pronotum
and corium, &c.
Genus DirucuHes.
Dieuches siamicus.
Rhyparochromus siamicus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 102. n. 163 (1872).
Dieuches punctipes.
Dieuches punctipes, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxi. p. 405 (1860).
Rhyparochromus testaceipes, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 101. n. 160 (1872).
Dieuches erosus.
Rhyparochromus erosus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 118. n. 199 (1872).
Dieuches chinensis.
Rhyparochromus chinensis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 566. 20 (1852).
Dieuches pictipennis.
Rhyparochromus pictipennis, Dall. List Hem. 11. p. 571. n. 38 (1852).
Dieuches armipes.
Lygeus armipes, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 164 (1794).
Rhyparochromus armipes, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 569. n. 27 (1852).
Rhyparochromus armatipes, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 91 (1872).
Both Dallas and Walker were wrong in their localizing
this specimen as from America. In the British Museum
register no lccality is given. Dallas was, however, quite
right in his specific determination, and the specimen is
doubtless an African one.
Dieuches Forbesi.
ieee at Forbesit, Kirkaldy, Bull. Liverp. Mus. vol. ii. p. 46
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 505
Dieuches relatius, sp. n.
Black; lateral margins of the pronotum from apex to
about one third from base, margins of clavus, and broad
lateral areas to corium ochraceous; membrane fuscous ;
antennee ochraceous, the basal joint, apices of second and
third joimts, and apical joint (excluding base) black or dark
fuscous; legs and rostrum ochraceous, apex of rostrum,
apical thirds of femora, and bases and apices of tarsi black ;
sternum black; abdomen castaneous, its lateral margins
ochraceous.
Anterior femora beneath with a very strong spine a little
before apex; the ochraceous lateral areas of the corium
sparingly brownly punctate, the extreme lateral margin
impunctate.
Long. 10 millim.
Hab. Mashonaland: Umfili River (G. A. K. Marshall,
Coll. Dist.).
Allied to D. patruelis, Stal.
Genus Narso.
Narbo longipes.
Narbo longipes, Stal, Berlin. ent. Zeit. x. p. 161 (1866).
Noliphus ? distinctus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 176. n. 6 (1871).
Narbo biplagiatus.
Noliphus ? biplagiatus, Walk. Cat. Het. iv. p. 177. n. 7 (1871).
Rhyparochromus terminalis, Walk. loc. cit. v. p. 105. n. 173 (1872).
Narbo fasciatus, sp. n.
Head, antenne, anterior lobe of pronotum, and body
beneath black; posterior lobe of pronotum, corium, and disk
of abdomen castaneous; posterior lobe of pronotum with a
central fascia, its anterior lateral margins, a spot near each
lateral angle, and its posterior margin (narrowly) ochraceous ;
scutellum very dark castaneous, with two small spots near
centre and the apex ochraceous; corium with a claval
streak (not reaching apex), an outer claval streak followed
by a discal spot, a central streak on apical margin, and the
whole of the lateral margins ochraceous, a rather large
blackish spot at inner angles and a very small spot of the
same colour at apical angles; membrane black, opaque, with
the basal venation and a central fascia on its posterior half
ochraceous ; connexivum, legs, rostrum, and basal half of the
apical joint of antennee ochraceous ; the head, anterior lobe
of pronotum, and sternum are finely greyishly pilose.
Long. 13 millim.
Hab. S.K. Borneo (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).
506 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Genus Paantivs.
Peantius festivus, sp. n.
Head, antennz, pronotum, scutellum, and anterior legs
pale brownish castaneous ; posterior lobe of pronotum a little
paler, coarsely brownly punctate, and divided from the ante-
rior lobe by a transverse ochraceous line, on both lobes are
indications of a central pale Jongitudinal line; corium ochra-
ceous, punctate; the clavus, subclaval margin, and apical
third pale brownish castaneous, in the last is a small sub-
apical marginal pale spot; membrane pale greyish, its inner
angle brown; body beneath, intermediate and posterior legs
piceous ; bases of intermediate and posterior femora, extreme
apical spot to abdomen, lateral margins of meso- and meta-
sterna, posterior margin of metasternum, and anterior coxal
spot ochraceous; apical joimt of antenne ochraceous, its
apical half piceous.
Long. 4-43 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (Green, Brit. Mus.) ; Calcutta (Ind. Mus.
and Coll. Dist.).
Genus LetTu avs.
Letheus extremus.
Rhyparochromus extremus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 99. n. 157 (1872).
Rhyparochromus Greeni, Kirby, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxiv. p. 100
(1891).
Letheus descriptus.
Rhyparochromus descriptus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 108. n. 170 (1872).
Rhyparochromus alienus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 105. n. 175.
Letheus signatus, sp. n.
Head and pronotum piceous, the last with two small
ochraceous spots on each side of posterior margin ; scutel-
lum piceous; corium ochraceous, punctured with brown, a
spot near base, a large median patch, and the apex piceous;
clavus with two small spots on each side and a subapical
spot to corium pale ochraceous ; antennz fuscous, base of
first joint, the whole of second joint, and the apex of third
jot ochraceous ; membrane greyish brown, with the veins
darker; body beneath black, legs dark castaneous; lateral
margins of sternum, anterior margin of mesosternum, tibie,
tarsi, and rostrum ochraceous.
Long. 9 millim.
Hab. Ceylon (Coll. Dist.).
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 507
Letheus assamensis, sp. 0.
Dark chocolate-brown; head black; a spot near each
anterior angle of the pronotum, two small spots in clavus
(one about centre and the other near apex), and two small
central spots to corium (one on central disk and the other at
apical margin) ochraceous ; antennz fuscous, apical half of
third joint ochraceous, fourth jomt mutilated; membrane
pale brownish ; body beneath and legs very dark castaneous ;
rostrum and tarsi brownish ochraceous
_ Head opaque, impunctate; pronotum thickly punctate,
with two transverse impressions (one angulated near anterior
margin, the other straight at about one third from apex) ;
scutellum thickly punctate, corium more sparingly punctate,
its lateral margin for more than half from base brownish
ochraceous and levigate.
Long. 11 millim.
Hab. Assam: Naga Hills (Doherty).
Letheus maculatus, sp. n.
Dark chocolate-brown, the corium sometimes a little
lighter in hue; a small spot near each posterior angle of the
pronotum, a similar spot near each anterior angle of the
corium, the apex of the scutellum, and the basal half of the
fourth joint of the antennz ochraceous; second joint of an-
tenne and base of third joint somewhat palerin hue. Lateral
margins of pronotum distinctly laminate.
Long. 5 millim.
Hab. Christmas Island (C. W. Andrews, Brit. Mus.).
ARISTENETUS, gen. Nov.
Head rather long, but shorter than the pronotum; ocelli
situate near the eyes, which are well separated from the
anterior margin of the pronotum ; basal joint of the antenne
moderately incrassated and considerably passing the apex
of the head, second joint longest, third subequal to first,
fourth mutilated. Rostrum in the female extending to the
disk of the second abdominal segment, basal joint about
equal in length to the head. Pronotum trapezoidal, narrowing
to apex, its lateral margins strongly sinuate; a distinct
transverse impression near centre, the anterior lobe some-
what glabrous, the posterior lobe coarsely punctate, the
lateral angles rounded, subprominent ; scutellum moderately
long and triangular; clavus with four series of punctures ;
venation of membrane as in Letheus, with which the other
characters generally agree.
508 Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide.
Aristenetus diffinis.
Rhyparochromus diffinis, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 110, n. 198 (1872).
Hab. Australia: Moreton Bay (Brit. Mus.).
Genus Ruaprus.
Rhaptus Uhleri, sp. un.
Rhaptus collinus, Uhler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 189.
Differs from R. collinus, Dist., by having the body uni-
formly castaneous above, not with the head and pronotum
black ; apex of corium with an obscure ochraceous spot;
antenn with the first, second, and third joints ochraceous ;
pronotum punctate, not levigate.
Long. 3-34 millim.
Hab. Island of Grenada (H. H. Smith, Brit. Mus.).
Genus Drymus.
Drymus bicolor, sp. n.
Black; corium ochraceous, thickly brownly punctate,
membrane pale hyaline. Head, pronotum, and scutellum
coarsely punctate; pronotum strongly sinuate at the apices
of the transverse impression, lateral margins of the anterior
lobe convex, posterior lateral angles slightly nodulose and a
little paler in hue; corium coarsely punctate, the lateral
margins levigate, the apical angles and a suffusion near inner
angle fuscous.
Long. 33 millim.
Hab, Assam: Mungphu (Atkins. Coll., Brit. Mus.).
?
Genus
Rhyparochromus circumeinctus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 97. n. 147 (1872).
This species is founded on immature forms of a Lygezid,
and I can say nothing as to the species they belong to or its
generic position.
Summarized Disposition of Walker's Genera and Species.
(Lygeide, omitting Subfam. Lygeine *.)
Species considered valid and described under correct Genera,
Rhyparachromus leucospilus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 98. n, 155 (1872).
semilucens, Walk. loc. cit. p. 99. n. 156.
—— maculicollis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 111. n. 194.
Ischnodemus basalis, Walk. loc, crt. p. 180. n, 28,
* Already summarized ; ef, Ann, & Mag. Nat, Hist. (7) vii. p. 531.
Mr. W. L. Distant on Lygeide. 509
Species considered valid, but requiring generic revision.
Heterogaster signifer, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 74, n, 12 (1872), belongs to
gen. Hyginus.
cymoides, Walk. loc. cit. n. 18. Gen. noy.? Condition too bad for
exact localization.
Rhyparochromus discifer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 92. n. 118, belongs to gen. Ly-
geus.
glaberrimus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 94. n. 122, belongs to gen. Campto-
cera.
— mundulus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 123, belongs to gen. Ischnocoris.
eatremus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 99. n. 157, belongs to gen. Letheus.
mmeisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 100. n. 158, a 5, LPamera.
anticus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 159, i 5, Dieuches.
leucoceras, Walk. loc. cit. p.101.n.161, _,, o
stamicus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 102. n. 163, _,, i 5
descriptus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 103. n.170, _ ,, 5, Letheus.
obscurtpes, Wall. loc. cit. p. 104. n. 171, _,, ,, Dieuches.
repressus, Walk. loc. ct. n. 172, . », Pamera.
divisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 105. n. 174, 5 4, LHyginus.
nigritulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 106. n. 176, ,, », LPamera.
— pheophilus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 177, a » Navarrus,g.n.
—— luteicornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 107. n. 178, _,, 5 Lelicianus,
[o. n.
—— dimidiatus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 179, fe » Mizaldus, g.n.
coleopteroides, Walk. loc. cit. p. 108. n.180, ,, », Lamprodema.
emcticorms, Walk. loc. cit. n. 181, op », Lamera.
strictus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 182, A - 5
—— rubiginosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 110. n. 192, ,, », Melanotelus.
— diffinis, Walk. loc. cit. n. 193, Fe » Aristenetus,
on.
—-— erosus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 118. n. 199, Dieuches.
Plociomerus seychellesus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 120. n. 33, belongs to gen. Pa-
romuus.
reductus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 34, belongs to gen. Pamera. -
Ischnodemus velutinus, Walk. loc. cit. p- 128. n. 17, belongs to gen. Papi-
rus.
varipennis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 131. n. 30, belongs to gen. Macropes.
punctatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 182. n. 32, 6 3
sulcatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 133. n. 33, oF . Spalacocoris.
talpa, Walk. loc. cit. n. 34, 5 » Chelochirus.
divisus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 134. n. 35, ,, Macropes.
Ophthalmicus cincticornis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 138. n. 32, belongs to gen.
Apollonius, g. n.
— dispar, Walk. loc. cit. p. 139. n. 33, belongs to gen. Rhodiginus, g. n.
—— discifer, Walk. loc. cit. n. 34, io » Geocoris.
Cymus immunis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 142, Ms NO, » Nysius.
Anthocoris prozimus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 152. n. 16, belongs to gen. Oxy-
carenus.
—— pubescens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 17, belongs to gen. Oxycarenus.
arctatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 153. n. 18, belongs to gen. Oxycarenus.
Species treated as synonymic.
Heterogaster punctosus, Walk, Cat. Het. v. p. 72. n. 8 (1872),= Corizus
tegrinus, Schill.
510 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
ge ek notatipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 73. n. 9,= Heterogaster urtice,
abr.
atriclava, Walk. loc. cit. n. 10,= Nysius contiguus, Walk.
Rhyparochromus armatipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 91. n. 116,= Dieuches ar-
mipes, Fabr.
—— luscinus, Walk. loc. eit. p. 93. n. 120,= Dieuches luscus, Fabr.
concinnulus, Walk.* loc. cit. n. 121,= Tropistethus seminitens, Puton.
testaceipes, Walk. loc. cit. p. 101. n. 160,= Dieuches punctipes, Dohrn.
delineatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 103. n. 169,= Pamera pallicornis, Dall.
terminalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 105. n. 178,= Narbo biplagiatus, Walk.
alienus, Walk. loc. cit. n. 175, = Letheus descriptus, Walk.
tnornatus, Walk. loc, cit. p. 112. n. 196, = Pamera nigriceps, Dall., var.
Gastrodes terminalis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 122. n. 3,= Clerada apicicornis, Sign.
Ischnodemus multilinea, Walk. loc. cit. p. 131. n. 29,= Aphanus albofascia-
tus, Stal.
centralis, Walk. loc. cit. p. 1382. n. 31,= Macropes spinimanus, Motsch.
Ophthalmicus cinerascens, Walk. loc. cit. n. 138, n. 31,= Geocoris tricolor,
Fabr.
Cymus truncatulus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 142. n. 15,= Ischnorhynchus gemt-
natus, Faby.
Thaumastopus? alacer, Walk. loc. cit. p. 147. n. 2,= Noualhieria quadri-
punctata, Brull.
? alacris, Walk. loc. cit. n. 2 (duplicated),= Cnemodus mavortius,
Say.
Api aeone suberuciatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 151. n. 15,= Oxycarenus macu-
latus, Stal.
To be treated as non-ewistent.
Species the types of which are not now to be found in the British Museum.
Rhyparochromus serripes, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 92. n. 117 (1872).
collaris, Walk. loc. cit. p. 111. n. 198.
Ischnodemus longus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 127. n. 8.
Anisocoris punctifer, Walk. loc. cit. p, 148. n. 1.
Rhyparochromus cireumcinctus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 97. n. 147 (1872),=
an immature form of a Lygeeid.
Ischnodemus strigatus, Walk. loc. cit. p. 180. n. 27. Type in very bad
condition.
LXII.—List of the Fishes of the Characinid Genus Disti-
chodus, Mill. d& Trosch., with a Key to their Identification.
By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.
I, Sq. 87-57 goss.
A. Snout not compressed.
1. D. 16-18, separated from the adipose
by a space equal to its base.
A. 15-16; Sq. 38-41 gy; 6 or 7 scales
between lateral line and ventral ; caudal ;
lobes) poimted Seep ache igen 1. D. notospilus, Gthr.
* The species standing under Walker's name, though not agreeing with
description (Horvath).
Fishes of the Characinid Genus Distichodus. 51L
A. 19-21; Sq. 37- 39.4 io) / scales between
imtoo line and ventral; caudal lobes
TROEUDCLEC! “eee Bias ier Cee aeRO eee
A. 21-22; Sq. 40-42°- a 9 scales between
infaral line and ventral; caudal lobes
HESPEAL TUM ks ayolsc ot) Aw diy wo Bias
2. D. 20, separated from the adipose
by a Bice equal to 3 its base.
A. 16; Sq. 45 3 8 scales fetveen lateral
JS GIG) IGT ga Ae a
B. Snout a little compressed ; D. 18-19,
separated from the adipose by a
space equal to ys base.
A. 12-18 ; Sq. 53-57 7 — ; 6scales between
Jateral line and ventral ............. :
II. Sq. 60-110 2
13-25°
A. Snout deeper than long, broad or
feebly compressed.
1. Sq, 60-78 57.
a. D. 19, separated from the adipose
by a space nearly equal to its
base.
9-10
A. 11; Sq. 70-75 7545; 7 or 8 scales between
thter dblinevand ventraly 0055. ..348..
b. D. 22-27, separated from the adi-
pose by a space much shorter
than its base.
a. Interorbital width nearly twice
length ie snout.
1D, D> SIG Bast Gi ee ee
8. Interorbital width not more
than 13 length of snout.
10-12
D, 22-25; A. 18-15; Sq. 60-6654 ......
D, 29-94; A. 18-16; Sq. 68-77 os 2...
D. 25-27; A. 14-16; Sq. 68-78 53; inter-
Pica width not greater than length
GigsHOUb! ema a Sere ene de A
D, 26-27; A. 14-16; Sq. 67-69 T=; inter-
orbital width 14 length of snout
15-20
2, Sq. 80-110 222.
17-20
D. 20-21; A. 13-15; Sq. 80-90 prose aoe
D. 23-25; A. 14-16; Sq. 85-98 8
D. 23-26 ; A. 13-15; Sq. 95-110 1520 rae
B. Snout desner than long, strongly
compressed.
D. 23-24; A. 13; Sq, 80-8275 1.0...
2.
D. affinis, Gthr,
. D. altus, Bigr.
. D. noboli, Blgr.
. D. hypostomatus,
[ Pellegr.
. D. maculatus, Bler.
. D. Petersit, Pfetf.
. D. Antonit, Schilth.
. D. atroventralis, Bigr.
. D. fasciolatus, Blgr.
. D. mossambicus, Ptrs.
. D. brevipinnis, Gthr.
. D. rostratus, Gthr.
. D. niloticus, L.
. D. engycephalus, Gthr.
512 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the
D, 24-25; A, 12-14; Sq. 60-68 HOP ...... 16. D. sexfasctatus, Blgr.
C. Snout longer than deep, not com-
pressed.
D, 24-26; A. 18-14; Sq. 70-85 7B ...... 17. D. lusosso, Schilth.
1. Distichodus notospilus.
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (8) xx. 1867, p. 114; Bouleng. Poiss.
Congo, p. 186 (1901).
Gaboon, Ogowé, Congo.
2. D. affinis.
Giinth. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (4) xii. 1878, p. 144; Bouleng. 7. ¢. p. 187.
D. abbreviatus, Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1876, p. 845.
Congo.
3. D. altus.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 80, pl. xxxv. fig. 1 (1899), and
1. e. p, 188.
Congo.
4. D. noboli.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 81, pl. xxxv. fig. 2 (1899), and
lc. p. 189.
Congo.
5. D. hypostomatus.
Pellegrin, Bull. Mus. Paris, 1900, p. 351.
Ogowée.
6. D. maculatus.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 27, pl. xiil. fig. 1 (1898), and
I. c. p. 190.
Congo.
7. D. Petersit.
Pfeffer, Thierw. O.-Afr., Fische, p. 41 (1896).
Kingani R., German East Africa.
8. D. Antoni.
Schilthuis, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. (2) iii. 1891, p. 89 ; Bouleng.
ic. p. 191.
Congo.
9, D. atroventralis.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 28, pl. xiii. fig, 2 (1898), and
Lc. p. 192.
Congo.
Fishes of the Characinid Genus Distichodus. 513
10. D. fasciolatus.
Bouleng. Ann. Mus. Congo, Zool. i. p. 27, pl. xiv. (1898), and /, c. p. 198.
Congo.
11. D. mossambicus.
Peters, Mon. Berl. Ac. 1852, p. 275, and Reise n. Mossamb. iv. p. 71,
pl. xiii. fig. 1 (1868).
D. schenga, Peters, ll. ce. pp. 276, 74, pl. xiii. fig. 2.
D. macrolepis, Giinth, Cat. Fish. yv. p. 362 (1864).
Zambesi and Shiré River.
12. D. brevipinnis.
Ginth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 361 (1864), and in Petherick’s Trav. ii. p. 247,
pl. ili. fig. C (1869) ; Steind. Sitzh. Ak. Wien, Ixi. i. 1870, p. 547,
pl. iii. fig. 1.
White Nile, Senegal.
13. D. rostratus.
Ginth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 360 (1864), and in Petherick’s Trav. ii. p. 246,
pl. iii. fig. B (1869).
D, Martini, Steind. Sitzb, Ak. Wien, 1xi. 1. 1870, p. 549, pl. ili. fig. 2.
Nile, Senegal, Niger.
14. D. niloticus.
Salmo niloticus, Linn. in Hasselq. Iter, p. 378 (1757).
Salmo egyptiacus, Gmel. 8. N. i. p. 1386 (1788).
Characinus nefasch, Lacép. Hist. Poiss. v. p. 274 (1803); Geoffr.
Descr. Egypte, p. 44, pl. v. fig. 1 (1809).
Distichodus niloticus, Mull. & Trosch. Hor. Ichth. i. p. 12, pl. i. fig. 8
(1845) ; Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 360 (1864).
Distichodus nefasch, Cuv. & Val. Hist. Poiss. xxii. p. 175 (1849).
Distichodus rudolphi, Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1896, p. 223; Vinciguerra, Ann.
Mus. Genova, (2) xix. 1898, p. 258.
Nile, L. Rudolf.
15. D. engycephalus.
Giinth. Cat. Fish. v. p. 861 (1864), and in Petherick’s Trav. ii. p. 247
(1869).
White Nile.
16. D. sexfasciatus.
Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx. 1897, p. 425, and J. c. p. 194.
Congo.
17. D. lusosso.
Schilthuis, Tijdschr. Nederl. Dierk. Ver. (2) iii, 1891, p. 90; Bouleng.
Len pa 95:
D. leptorhynchus, Bouleng. Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xx. 1897, p. 425.
Congo.
Distichodus Marnot, Steind. Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixxxiii.
i, 1881, p. 200, is founded on a specimen of Citharinus
Geoffroy?.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 36
514 On the Genera of Osteoglosside.
LXIII.—On the Genera of Osteoglosside.
By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S.
In describing for the first time the remarkable Australian fish
Scleropages Leichardti*, Dr. Giinther observed that the genus
might not be separable from Osteoglossum, pointing to the
affinity which the species bears to the Malay Osteoglossum
formosum; and, in fact, he has since withdrawn the genus
Scleropages altogether, and placed the Australian fish in the
same genus with the South American and Malay, a course in
which he has been followed by all subsequent writers.
When dealing with the anatomy of Heterotis, the late
Prof. Hyrtl+ made some allusions to the skeleton of an
Osteoglossum, without naming the species, although in a later
paper } he incidentally refers to the South-American Ostéeo-
glossum Vandelli (=bicirrhosum) as the species examined
by him. Having recently had a skeleton of the latter pre-
pared, 1 find that the number of vertebra differs widely
(28+59) from that (8314+30) given by Hyrtl. On commu-
nicating with Prof. Bridge, whose collection in the Birmingham
University contains a skeleton of Osteoylossum jformosum
from Borneo, I hear that the specimen has the vertebra
(29+80) corresponding so nearly with the indication of
Hyrtl that I have little doubt the notes of this anatomist
were taken from that very species, of which examples appear
to have been distributed from Leyden about 1845. I am
further confirmed in this supposition by the statement of
Hyrtl that the branchiostegal rays number seventeen, the
number in O. bicirrhosum being ten.
Osteoglossum formosum and O. Leichardti are evidently
closely allied species, and | think they should remain in the
same genus, but at the same time it appears to me that they
deserve to be generically separated from the American Osteo-
glossum. ‘The four recent genera which would then form the
Osteoglossidee may be thus briefly contrasted :—
Osteoglossum, Vandellii—Mouth large; vomer, palatines,
pterygoids, and glossohyal toothed; mandibular barbels;
branchiostegal rays 10; body compressed, with trenchant
abdomen ; coracoids forming a ventral keel ; dorsal fin long ;
ventral fins nearly twice as far from the caudal as from the
* Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (3) xiv. 1864, p. 196.
+ Denksehr. Akad. Wien, viii. 1854, p. 75.
{ Op. cit. x. 1856, p. 50.
On a new Frog from British Hast Africa. 515
end of the snout; vertebre 28+59; air-bladder not cellular.
—South America.
Scleropages, Gthr.—Mouth large; vomer, palatines, ptery-
goids, and glossohyal toothed ; mandibular barbels ;_branchio-
stegal rays 15-17; body compressed, with trenchant abdomen ;
coracoids forming a ventral keel; dorsal fin short; ventral
fins nearly equally distant from end of snout and caudal fin ;
vertebre 29-31+80; air-bladder not cellular.—Australia
and Malay Archipelago.
Arapaima, J, Mill—Mouth rather large; vomer, pala-
tines, pterygoids, and glossohyal toothed; branchiostegal
rays 16; belly rounded; dorsal fin rather long; ventral
fins equidistant from head and caudal fin; vertebree 37-38+
41-42 ; air-bladder cellular.—South America.
Heterotis, Hhrenb.—Mouth moderate ; branchiostegal rays
7; belly rounded; dorsal fin rather long; ventral fins nearer
end of snout than caudal fin; vertebrae 27+42-43; air-
bladder cellular; fourth branchial arch with an accessory
breathing-organ.— Africa.
Dapedoglossus, Cope, from the Hocene of Wyoming,
appears to be nearest to Scleropages, and Brychetus, A. 8.
Woodward, from the Hocene (London Clay) of Sheppey,
Kent, to Arapaima, so far as the state of preservation of
these fossils enables us to form an opinion *.
LXIV.—Description of anew Frog from British East Africa.
By G. A. BoULENGER, F.R.S.
Rana stenocephala.
Vomerine teeth in two short oblique series commencing
from the inner front edges of the choane. Head nearly once
and a half as long as broad; snout acutely pointed, longer
than the diameter of the orbit, strongly projecting beyond
the mouth; canthus rostralis feebly marked; loreal region
concave ; nostril midway between the eye and the end of the
snout; interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid;
tympanum distinct, two thirds or three fourths the diameter
of the eye. Fingers moderate, obtusely pointed, first not
* KE. D. Cope, Vert. Tert. Form. West, i. p. 68 (1884); A.S. Wood-
ward, Cat. Foss. Fish. iv. p. 74 (1901). ine
516 On Two new Snakes from Borneo.
extending beyond second; toes very long and slender, one-
third webbed, the web extending to the base or middle of the
basal phalanx ; subarticular tubercles small; a small, oval,
inner metatarsal tubercle ; a very small, more or less indis-
tinct, outer metatarsal tubercle. The tibio-tarsal articulation
reaches beyond the tip of the snout; tibia about two thirds
the length of head and body. Back with six or eight glan-
dular longitudinal folds, outer strongest; a glandular fold
from beneath the eye to the shoulder. Olive-brown above,
with blackish spots and longitudinal streaks on the body; a
black stripe from the tip of the snout to the flank, passing
through the eye; a broad orange vertebral stripe ; upper lip
and outer glandular dorsal fold yellow; no cross-bars on the
limbs; lower parts yellowish white, immaculate. Male with
two blackish external vocal sacs, projecting through slits
below the lower jaw.
From snout to vent 46 millim.
Several specimens from Entebbe, 3800 feet, presented to
the British Museum by Sir Harry Johnston, K.C.B.
LXV.— On Two new Snakes from Borneo. By R. SHEL-
FORD, M.A., Curator of the Sarawak Museum.
Agrophis saravacensis, sp. n.
Snout obtusely pointed. Rostral large, its breadth nearly
equal to its depth; preefrontals large, nearly as long as
the frontal; frontal large, rhomboidal, slightly longer than
broad, shorter than the parietals. Supraocular and_post-
ocular very small; five upper labials, third and fourth entering
the eye, fifth largest and forming a suture with the parietal.
Anterior chin-shields in contact with the symphysial and
with three lower iabials, longer than the posterior chin-
shields. Scales in 15 rows. Ventrals 113; anal entire ;
subcaudals 26. Tail pointed. Dark brown, strongly irides-
cent; ared blotch on each side of the head just above the angle
of the jaw, and an irregular red band on the neck.
Total length 142 millim. |
Hab. Kuching, Sarawak. The type and only known
specimen is deposited in the Sarawak Museum.
The species is allied to Geophis albonuchalis (Gthr.)*,
which has recently (Zool. Rec. 1896) been referred by
Mr. Boulenger to the genus Agrophis.
* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xvii. p. 229 (1896),
On Indian Deep-sea Trawling. 517
Idiopholis Everetti, sp. n.
Snout short and obtuse. Rostral narrow, deeper than
broad ; no azygous shield between the internasals ; frontal
once and a half as broad as long, as long as the prefrontals,
less than half as long as the parietals ; six upper labials, third
and fourth entering the eye, fifth largest and forming a
suture with the parietal; anterior chin-shields only slightly
longer than the posterior. Scalesin 15 rows. Ventrals 133 ;
anal entire; subcaudals 25. Uniform dark bluish grey,
ventral surface of head and neck slightly paler.
Total length 155 millim.
Hab. Sawa, N. Borneo (A. Everett). The only specimen
is preserved in the British Museum (Natural History).
The species differs from J. collaris (Mocq.) by its broader
frontal, by the absence of an azygous shield between the
internasals, by its shorter tail, and by its coloration.
LXVI.—Natural History Notes from the Royal Indian Marine
Survey Ship ‘ Investigator, Commander T. H. Heming,
R.N., commanding.—Series III., No. 5. An Account of the
Trawling Operations during the Surveying-season of 1900-
1901. By A. F. McArpte, B.A., M.B., Capt. I.M.S.,
Surgeon- Naturalist to the Survey.
DurInG the season fourteen deep-sea trawls were made in
over 100 fath., of which eleven were in water over 500, and
five in water over 1000 fath. deep. This may seem to be no
very great number for some months’ work, but it must be
borne in mind that surveying is the principal work of the
R.I.M.S. ‘ Investigator,’ and this takes up so much of her
time that trawling must necessarily be to her of secondary
importance and relegated more or less to the background.
Except, too, when she is on her way to the surveying-
ground, or from one surveying-ground to another, she is
working between the coast and the hundred-fathom line,
rendering deep trawling impossible. A combination of cir-
cumstances is thus necessary before deep-sea trawling can be
undertaken on the ship—she must be in deep water, have
time to spare for the operation, and favoured with fine
weather.
Of the collections made during the season the Fishes
and the Crustacea (with the exception of the Paguride)
were worked out during the recess; the Mollusca, Starfishes,
518 Capt. A. F. McArdle on
Holothurians, Corals, and Worms remain still to be described
and will be subsequently reported on.
On the 10th of October, 1900, the ‘ Investigator’ left
Bombay for Calicut to pick up the surveying-party who had
been spending the recess at Coonoor. As the ‘ Investigator’
had to take her tender the ‘ Nancowry’ in tow, no trawling
could be attempted on the way. On the 13th we arrived at
Calicut. From then on to Christmas the ships were busily
engaged in their survey between Kundapur on the north,
and Mangalore on the south, never going outside the hundred-
fathom line. On the 12th of November two very fine
specimens of the Indian fin-whale, Balenoptera indica, were
seen at close quarters, one of them crossing right under our
bows. On the 16th of November the trawl was used in
shallow water, Sta. 271, in 22 fath.; but, as was to be
expected at this depth, the specimens obtained were all well
known.
On the 26th of December the ‘ Investigator’ left .Manga-
lore and ran out to sea until deep water was reached, and the
next day was devoted to trawling. In the morning the trawl
was lowered in 902 fath., Sta. 272. The trawl rapidly filled
with mud, and little else was found in the net when it was
hauled up. The ship altered her course and ran some
distance to the N.E., and sounded in 870 fath. ‘The trawl
was then lowered, Sta. 273, and this time proved a little
more successful, securing a fair number of starfishes, holo-
thurians, worms, and crustaceans. Among the latter were
Munidopsis stylirostris, [Hypsophrys superciliosa, G'lypho-
crangon unguiculata, and Acanthephyra sanguinea. ‘hat
strange fish, Leptoderma affinis, was also captured here. On
Jan. 2nd the ship left Mangalore for Colombo, trawling
en route. On the next three days we trawled at Stas. 274,
275, and 276, in 1150, 771, and 1006 fath. respectively.
As a rule, the trawl was lowered at 6.30 a.m. and was on
deck again before noon. Some very interesting specimens
were obtained in these trawls, including Bathyonus (Bazzo-
zetus) glutinosus, Dermatorus trichiurus, Xenodernuchthys
Giinthert, a species of Cyclothone, and Odontostomus atratus
among the fishes. The latter was of exceptional interest,
inasmuch as the little animal had swallowed another fish
almost as large as itself, which plainly showed through its
translucent, enormously distensible, gullet. Rare crustaceans
were Lithodes Agassizit, Benthesicymus Bartlettt, and a new
species of Munzdopsis.
On the evening of the 6th we arrived at Colombo, and left
again on the morning of the 9th for our next surveying-
Indian Deep-sea Trawling. 519
ground south of Negapatam. On the 10th we trawled at
Sta. 277 in 859-880 fath. Among the specimens obtained
at this station were a new species of Photichthys and a Muni-
dopsis (Elasmonotus) new to science. The next day we
sounded and trawled in 1912 fath., Sta. 278. Among the
specimens was one of Sternoptyx diaphana, which the ‘ In-
vestigator’ had previously dredged in the Arabian Sea off
the Malabar coast. ‘The 12th and 13th found the sea too
rough to trawl, and we arrived at Negapatam on the evening
of the 13th.
From this on to the middle of March surveying-work took
up all the time of the ship and left none for trawling.
Sometimes on Saturday afternoons, if the week’s work had
not been a particularly tiring one, we got the Lascars to
volunteer to go out seining. ‘l'ow-nets were used every
night, and the seine-nets of the local fishermen visited and
inspected in the hope of finding new or rare species.
On the 18th of March the ship went out for a few days’
trawling. Sta. 279, in 300 fath., off Porto Novo, proved
very rich, among the fishes captured being Lamprogrammus
fragilis, Harpodon squamosus, Peristethium investigatoris, and
Xenomystax trucidans. ‘There was a large haul of crustaceans,
comprising Munidopsis scobina (34 specimens), MMunida
andamanica, Lyreidus Channert, Glyphocrangon investigatoris,
Aigeon (Parapontocarts) bengalense, Heterocarpus gibbosus,
Nematocarcinus cursor, Aristeus semidentatus, Calocaris
Alcockt, a new species of Calastacus, Haliporus equalis, and
Pandalus Alcocki. On March 19th, at Sta. 280, in 446 fath.,
another successful haul was made. As the net approached
the surface numbers of fish shot up out of it and lay on the
top of the water. A boat was lowered and about forty were
picked up, as they lay with their eyes protruding and air-
bladders distended, dead and dying. They were mostly
Macrurus. Other fishes obtained in this trawl were Neo-
bythites conjugator, Bathyclupea Hoskyni, Synagrops philip-
pinensis, Dysommopsis mucipara, Lamprogrammus fragilis,
and Saurenchelys teniola. The crustaceans were there in
great numbers too, including species of Munida, Lyreidus,
Ethusa, Heterocarpus, Pandalus, Hoplophorus, Aristeus,
Haliporus, Hyastenus, and Polycheles, which were fairly
common, and Munidopsis regia, Glyphocrangon hastacauda,
and Psathyocaris infirma.
Sta. 281, in 300 fath., where we trawled on March 20th,
was very similar to Sta. 279, with the addition of Aphoristia
Wood-Masoni, Benthobatis Moresbyt, and Neobythites macrops
to the fishes, and Munedopsis scobina, Pasiphea unispinosa,
520 Capt. A. F. McArdle on
and Alpheus macrosceles to the crustaceans. From March
20th to April 2ud the ship was surveying off Point Calimere.
On April 2nd we left for Colombo, and on the 3rd we trawled
at Sta. 282 in 498-726 fath. The trawl was lowered in
498 fath., and after it was hauled in a sounding showed
726 fath. This rapid deepening of the water perhaps accounts
for the very poor results obtained at this Station, for the only
interesting specimens obtained were Nephropsis atlantica and
NV. ensirostris.
The next day, April 4th, we lowered the trawl in 1086
fath., Sta. 283. The bottom was very foul, and the net
came up considerably torn and practically empty. Among
the specimens were Galacantha rostrata and Sergestes bi-
sulcatus.
All the ground round and off the south and east coasts of
Ceylon is very interesting and has often yielded valuable
results ; but the coral and rocky bottom makes trawling very
risky work, the trawls are often damaged and sometimes
lost in spite of the utmost care, and the nets seldom escape
injury.
Loe April 5th we trawled at Sta. 284 in 506 fath. The
trawl came up greatly damaged, the iron framework bent out
of all shape and the net torn to pieces. But in the remains
of the latter were secured a fine lot of coral and a big collec-
tion of starfishes. Among the Crustacea was a new species
of Uroptychus. The corals included a species apparently
identical with the red coral of commerce, Corallum rubrum,
which has never before been found in these seas.
On April 6th the trawl was lowered for the last time in the
season. We had sounded in 1600 fath., and the trawl with
2200 fath. of wire rope was paid out. Shortly after it was
all out and the ship going slowly astern, the strain suddenly
went up on the accumulator. Orders were immediately given
to stop the ship, but before it could be done the rope parted
at the near end, and the trawl with over 2000 fathoms of rope
was lost. This unfortunate accident finished the trawling
for the season, as we had no second rope on board. The
‘Investigator’ returned to Bombay, and went into dock on
May Ist, 1901.
‘The following is a detailed description of a new species of
fish and four new crustaceans. All will be figured in an
early issue of the “Illustrations of the Zoology of the
‘Investigator.’ ”
Indian Deep-sea Trawling. 521
TELEOSTEI.
PHYSOSTOMI.
Family Sternoptychide.
Puoricutuys, Hutton.
Photichthys Hemingt, sp. n.
Bee Dt eA Gl eRe Lie Veo:
Body black, covered with large deciduous scales. ‘The
length of the head is about one-seventh the length of the
body without the caudal, and a little greater than the height
of the body. The eyes are situated very near the anterior
profile, about a diameter apart from one another, and are
one-sixth the length of the head. There is a double row of
small needle-like teeth in the upper jaw, and a single row of
similar but smaller teeth in the mandible. A few small teeth
in the palatines and vomer, but the latter has no fang. The
surfaces of the mesopterygoids minutely denticulate. Gill-
openings very wide. Four gills with short Jamine and long
setose gill-rakers on the first three arches. ‘The dorsal fin is
situated above the space between the ventral and anal fins.
The latter is extremely long and terminates about an eye-
length from the caudal. ‘The pectoral and ventral fins are
nearly in the same plane, and the latter are almost midway
between the former and the beginning of the anal fin. On
the two specimens, one of which is very much damaged and
the other by no means perfect, no adipose dorsal fin can be
made out. The back is scaly and is not rugose. The
luminous organs, which show up a dull opaque white against
the dark background, may be grouped as follows :—
(1) One between the bases of all the branchiostegal rays.
(2) Sixteen between the symphysis of the jaw and the
ectoral fins.
(3) Kight between the pectoral and the ventral fins.
(4) Five between the ventral and the anal fins.
(5) Thirty-five or thirty-six distributed along the bases ot
the anal rays. ‘he last four groups may be taken as forming
the lowest lateral row.
(6) and (7) A second and a third lateral row join about
the ventral fins, and run as a single row of spots to near the
caudal fin.
(8) A fourth row, not so distinct as the others, runs from
behind the head to near the termination of the anal fin,
522 Capt. A. F. McArdle on
There are one or two glands on the head, one at the anterior
angle of, and the other behind, the orbit.
Length 6-8 inches. Two specimens from the Bay of
Bengal, 475 and 859-880 fath.
This fish bears several points of resemblance to Gonostoma
maderense (Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1890, p. 458), notably
in the absence of fangs on the vomer and of an adipose dorsal
fin; but in other respects it appears like a true Photichthys.
It differs from G'. maderense in having scales on the back and
none on the cheek, and in having but a single row of teeth
in the anterior portion of the lower jaw. It is quite possible,
too, that the small adipose fin may have got rubbed off in the
‘ Investigator’ specimens.
Named after Commander IT’. H. Heming, R.N., in gratitude
for the interest and trouble he has invariably taken in the
‘ Investigator’s’ zoological work, and the help he has given
to the Surgeon-Naturalist.
MACRURA.
Family Thalassinide.
CALASTACUS, Faxon.
Calastacus longispinis, sp. n.
Description of a female :—Carapace much shorter than
abdomen, glabrous, laterally compressed, with the cervical
groove well marked and with rounded antero-lateral angles.
The rostrum is acutely triangular and short, about one-fourth
the length of the remainder of the carapace. A slight but
well-marked median carina runs backwards for about two-
thirds of the way to the cervical groove, and carries a single
blunt spine near its beginning. ‘The margins of the rostrum
are spinous, having five teeth on either side in its free portion
and two more on their continuation backwards as ridges over
the carapace, where they extend as far as the level of the
termination of the median carina, enclosing a horseshoe-
shaped space. The gastric area supports three small spines
on either side arranged in a longitudinal row, midway be-
tween the median carina and the continuation of the rostral
margins.
Abdomen smooth and naked, the pleura of the first somite
rudimentary and overlapped by those of the second, which,
like those of the succeeding segments, are large and well
developed. ‘The telson is quadrangular and broadly rounded
off, as long as the swimmerets, and with a couple of minute
Indian Deep-sea Trawling. 523
spines along the outer border. The inner caudal swimmeret
has a thickened midrib which is spinous and also has a
spine at its external angle. The outer swimmeret has two
strengthening ridges, a couple of spines along its outer
border, and has the edge of the transverse suture serrated.
The eye-stalks are movable, more than half as long as the
rostrum,-and run horizontally forwards to carry the terminal
rudimentary eyes.
The expanded first joint of the antennulary peduncle has a
small external spine. Flagella equal and moderately long.
The basal joint of the antennary peduncle is unarmed ; the
second joint has a small fixed internal spine and an extremely
long external spine (stylocerite), which reaches nearly to the
end of the long penultimate joint of the peduncle. The
scaphocerite which springs from the base of the second joint
is also long and extends for a short distance over the third
joint. The third is very long, slender, and unarmed, as is
the much shorter fourth joint. Flagellum long.
In the specimen the chelipeds and the fifth pair of legs
are unfortunately missing. The second pair is shorter and
stouter than the succeeding pairs, and the anterior borders of
the ischium, merus, and carpus spinous. The third and
fourth pairs are long and slender, the latter pair bent over
the back of the carapace; the propodites very long and the
dactyli short and setose.
Colour in spirit yellowish white.
A single female specimen, dredged in the Arabian Sea at
Sta. 279, in 300 fath.
This species most nearly approaches C. feliz, but can be
readily distinguished by the larger spines on the antennary
peduncle, the longer eye-stalks, and the naked body.
ANOMURA.
Family Galatheide.
Munipopsis, Whiteaves.
Munidopsis orcina, sp. n.
Carapace rectangular, uniformly rugose, without spines,
and with regions well defined. Longer than broad, it is
broader in the middle than at either end, and somewhat
broader anteriorly than posteriorly. The antero-lateral
angles are rounded, and separated from the sides of the
carapace by a distinct notch. Rostrum broad, triangular,
simple, a little more than a third the length of the remainder
524 Capt. A. F. McArdle on
of the carapace, the distal half inclined downwards. It is
uniformly curved, with tubercles smaller than those on the
carapace. There are no spines on the abdominal terga; those
of the second, third, and fourth somites are deeply grooved
transversely, the fifth and sixth partly covered with long
hair. The basal joint of the antennulary peduncle is large
and inflated, and both the external spines are large and
distinct. The antennary peduncle is small with a short
external spine, the flagellum a little longer than carapace and
rostrum combined. The eye-stalks have almost disappeared
and are fused at the base, and produced into a small spine
above the lateral almost immovable eyes.
The external maxillipeds, small and slender, have the
ventral borders of the merus obscurely serrated. The cheli-
peds are about as long as the body and carapace without the
rostrum, and one and a half times as long as the second pair
of legs. All the joints are coarsely granular, and the merus
to the fingers covered with long hair. The ventral border of
the ischium is produced and carries a spine, and the distal
ends of the merus and carpus are spinose.
The second, third, and fourth legs tuberculate, with spines
on the distal ends of their meropodites and on the anterior
borders of carpus and propodites ; they are more distinct on
the second and third than on the fourth pair of legs.
No epipodites on either chelipeds or legs.
Colour in spirit ivory-white.
A single specimen, male, dredged at Sta. 274 in the
Arabian Sea, from 1150 fath.
Distinguished from EHlasmonotus longimanus (A. M.-E.),
which it most nearly resembles, by the different shape of the
rostrum, the length of the chelipeds, the spine on the orbital
peduncle, the long flagellum, and the antennary peduncle
reaching well in advance of the almost immovable eyes.
Munidopsis (Elasmonotus) Sinclairi, sp. n.
Carapace unarmed, quadrangular, a little longer than
broad, and broader anteriorly than posteriorly. Lateral
borders parallel, subcristiform, and ending anteriorly in
rounded angles. Regions well marked, and the gastric area
considerably elevated. Rostrum simple, acutely triangular,
nearly half the length of the remainder of the carapace, and
with its distal end inclined upwards. The second, third,
and fourth abdominal terga are non-spinose, but deeply
grooved and carinated transversely; the fifth and sixth smooth,
the tergum of the fifth slightly elevated. ‘The base of the
antennulary peduncle carries two large external spines, and
Indian Deep-sea Trawling. 525
there are small spines on the distal ends of the second, third,
and fourth joints of the antennary peduncle.
The eyes are non-pigmented, non-facetted, and are ter-
minal on the freely movable eye-stalks.
External maxillipeds fairly stout, the inner edge of the
ischium is entire, while the ventral border of the merus has
two strong teeth. ‘The chelipeds are as long as the carapace
minus the rostrum, and nearly twice as long as the second
pair of legs. The eggs are small, orange-coloured, and fairly
numerous: in the specimen under description there are
twenty-five.
A single specimen, an ovigerous female, dredged off the
south coast of Ceylon, at Sta. 277, from 880 fath.
It very closely resembles Elasmonotus cylindrophthalmus,
but it has not got the characteristic eyes of the latter, and the
external maxillipeds are different.
Named after Lieut. C. I. Sinclair, Royal Indian Marine,
who has been for many years on the R.I.M.S. ‘Investigator,’
and has shown a naturalist’s keenness in the dredging portion
of the ship’s work.
Family Galatheide.
Urorrycuus, Henderson.
Uroptychus nanophyes, sp. n.
Carapace longer than broad, practically smooth, though
with the lens minute spines can be made out on the dorsum,
especially in the male. The lateral margins are armed with
six large spines arranged regularly, three in front and three
behind the cervical groove, the posterior three being the
larger.
Rostrum horizontal, acutely triangular, half as long as the
carapace, and with three or four very small teeth on each
side; it extends well beyond the antennulary peduncle.
The eyes are well pigmented, terminal, hardly broader
than their stalks, and extend about half the length of the
rostrum.
The acicle of the antennary peduncle is very long, extending
almost as far as the tip of the rostrum in the female, and
nearly as far as this in the male. The flagella of the
antennules are very unequal, the outer being long and the
inner very short.
The chelipeds are very long and strong, twice as long as
the body, and over twice as long as the other legs. The
ischium has a large spine at its distal end, and two smaller
526 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals
ones behind on its ventral surface. The merus has three
distinct rows of spines on its dorsal surface, of which the
internal row is the largest. One ventral row. Distally a
crown of spines. The carpus has two small rows of spines,
of which the inner is the longer; the hand smooth and not
dilated.
The second, third, and fourth pair of legs are short com-
pared with the chelipeds, the second a little longer than
the third, and the third than the fourth; the ischium has a
single spine, the merus, carpus, and propodus spinous, and
the dactyli regularly dentate.
Measurements :
Female. Male.
mm. mm.
leOthvimonaneogopeu babes 17 15
Cara pace ns nutncii es 6 6
TVOStLMIMEN Ga aw uleen mene 3 3
Whelipedsttas tone cr: 34 30
Second pair of legs...... 15 13
One male and one temale, dredged off the north-east coast
of Ceylon in Sta. 284, from 506 fath.
Of the species heretofore described it is most like Dyptachus
intermedius (A. M.-E.), but it differs from it in having a
spiny rostrum, and very unequal flagella on the antennules.
The carapace also is more quadrangular in shape.
LXVII.—On Mammals obtained by Mr. Alphonse Robert
on the Rio Jordio, S.W. Minas Geraes. By OLDFIELD
THOMAS.
THE British Museum has recently received from that admir-
able collector, Mr. Alphonse Robert, a collection of mammals
obtained by him on the Rio Jordao, in the district of Araguary,
S.W. Minas Geraes, and it has proved to be of such interest
as to deserve a general account. Mr. Robert had already
sent collections from Piqueté, Cruzeiro, and other localities
near the borders of Southern Minas and Eastern Sao Paulo,
collections which proved of the utmost value in identifying
species described by Wagner and other older authors, but
which had not contained any novelties beyond the Sccurus
Ingrami described in a previous number of this Journal *.
The present collection, however, came from a less-known
region and included quite a number of new forms. It was ©
* Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vil. p. 868 (April 1901).
obtained on the Rio Jordao. 527
obtained in the tropical forest bordering the Paranahyba, and
therefore no doubt gives a sample of the fauna running north-
wards along that river into Goyaz.
The collection was made during the months of April, May,
and June of the present year. The altitude of the locality is
given by Mr. Robert as from 700 to 900 metres.
Mr. Robert’s continued success as a collector is a great
encouragement to those who have helped him, among whom
may be specially mentioned Sir William Ingram and the
Hon. Walter Rothschild.
1. Cebus sp.
a6
No doubt C. cucullatus, Spix, a name synonymized with
various other species by more recent authors. What its
proper name should be | cannot at present venture to suggest.
2. Hapale penicillata, Kuhl.
28,59.
3. Myotis nigricans, Wied.
3.
4. Glossophaga soricina, Pall.
3,9 2
5. Sturnira lilium, Geoff.
ae
6. Canis cancrivorus, Desm.
28
Hither of Wagner’s two names, Canis melanostomus and
C. melampus, may be represented by these specimens.
7. Conepatus amazonicus, Licht.
Mephitis Westermanni, Reinh.
3, ¢-
These specimens, which differ somewhat from each other,
are more or less intermediate between the species to which I
provisionally refer them and the Uruguayan C. Feuzlleet,
Eyd. & Soul. (C. m. Monzoni, Aplin). But more specimens
are needed before the extent of variation in these different
forms can be properly estimated.
528 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals
In reference to Mr. Howell’s suggestion * that the Pata-
gonian skunk (Conepatus Humboldti) ought to be generically
separated from the other members of the group, and that
these should be called Thiosmus, it may be pointed out
that Marputius, Gray, being of the same date as Conepatus,
would equally antedate Zhzosmus and be available for the
present group. Its type was what Gray called ‘ Mephitis
chilensis, Geoff.” ; but his specimen (B.M. 68a) proves to
be not the Chilian skunk (Conepatus chinga, Mol.), but the
Brazilian one and the actual type of Lichtenstein’s Mephitis
amazonica ft.
8. Nectomys squamipes, Brants.
So
9. Oryzomys subflavus, Wagn.
672. 9. 22nd May.
This specimen closely agrees with an example from Lagoa
Santa, determined by Winge as “ Calomys laticeps,” the
Mus vulpinus of Lund, nec Brants, renamed vulpinoides by
Schinz {; therefore a topotype of that species. But it also
precisely agrees with Wagner’s “ Hesperomys subflavus”’ §,
described two years before Schinz’s name was published, of
which I have examined the type in the Munich Museum.
So close is the agreement that my measurements of the
typical skull might almost have been taken on Mr. Robert’s
specimen. ‘The name vulpinoides will therefore become a
synonym of subflavus.
The relationship of this species to O. anguya, Desm.,
remains to be settled when topotypes of the latter are obtained
from Paraguay.
10. Oryzomys lamia, sp. n.
49,29. May to July.
A fairly large species, of a beautiful ochraceous-buff
colour.
* N. Am. Faun. no. 20, p. 20, footnote (1901).
+ Apropos of the name Conepatus zorilla given by me to a Peruvian
skunk (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) v. p. 217, 1900), I find that the specific
name is rendered invalid by “ Mephitis zorilla,”’ Fisch. Syn. Mamm.
p- 162 (1829). The term seems to have been applied to the skunk of
the Orinoco, no doubt a Conepatus, independently of its earlier use for
members of other allied genera. To keep the same general sound I
would propose to use the local Spanish name as a substitute—Conepatus
Zorrino.
t Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 198 (1845).
§ Wagn. Schr. Saug. Suppl. ii. p. 534 (1845).
obtained on the Rio Joraao. 529
Size rather less than in O. subflavus. Fur soft, close, and
straight; hairs of back about 11 millim. in leneth. General
colour a beautiful ochraceous buff, brilliant and clear on the
cheeks, flanks, and hips, more or less lined with black on the
back; in the oldest and brightest specimens the middle area
of the back is lined and coloured about as in O. flavicans
(though of a less reddish tinge), but the bright ochraceous
buffy of the flanks is unrivalled in any species known to me.
Under surface sharply defined white, the bases of the hairs
slaty, except just on the chin and scrotal region, where the
hairs are wholly white. Head like back, top of muzzle
slightly greyer. ars large, finely haired, pale brown, con-
trasting but little with the head. Front of fore limbs like
body to wrist, remainder and whole upperside of hands
white ; hind limbs buffy above, the upper surface of the feet
also tinged with buffy. Tail nearly naked, the hairs
excessively short and fine; unusually finely scaled, the rings
running nearly 20 to the centimetre; above brown, beneath
white, darkening towards the tip.
Skull heavily built, with broad muzzle and broad inter-
orbital region, whose edges are sharply square or have a fine
beading along them, but are without overhanging ridges.
Palatal foramina rather longer than the molar series, not
widely open, their posterior end some distance in front of m’.
Palate ending some way behind m’.
Dimensions of the type, taken in the flesh :—
Head and body 145 millim.; tail 153 ; hind foot (s. u.) 33;
ear 23.
Skull: greatest length 36 ; basilar length 28°2 ; zygomatic
breadth 19°35; nasals 15x4°5; interorbital breadth 6:1;
palate length 16°4 ; diastema 9°7 ; palatal foramina 6°3 x 2°3 ;
length of upper molar series 5:5.
Type. Male (old). B.M.no.1.11.8.82. Original number
744, Collected 10th July, 1901.
This beautiful species seems widely different from any
Oryzomys hitherto described from South Brazil. Perhaps
its nearest ally is O. intermedius, Leche *, which is, however,
much less brilliantly coloured, and has a slenderer skull
with narrower nasals and narrower interorbital region.
Of this latter animal Mr. Robert has sent home, in his
earlier collections, quite a series of specimens from Piqueté
and Cruzeiro, in the eastern part of S&o Paulo, the species
no doubt ranging along the region of the Serra do Mar, from
* Hesperomys laticeps, var. intermedia, Leche, Zool. JB. i. p. 693
(1886). a
Ann. & Mag, N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. vin. ot
530 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals
Sao Paulo to Rio Grande do Sul. Closely related to it is
O. bolivie, described in the succeeding paper.
11. Oryzomys laticeps, Lund.
iso Ke
These specimens show a considerable amount of variation
in colour, especially in the relative proportions of grey and
fulvous on the back and sides. Among them there are
examples closely agreeing with one from Lagoa Santa deter-
mined as “ Q. saltator’”” by Winge, that being the original
O. laticeps, Lund.
12. Oryzomys eliurus, Wagn.
3d.
13. Akodon sp.
D Gp eee
One of the olive-coloured species of the genus, perhaps
A. brachyurus, Wagn. Not at present certainly determinable.
14. Oxymycterus Roberti, sp. n.
A member of the large long-snouted group, paler in colour
than the other known species.
Size about as in O. nasutus. Fur close, straight, and
finer, but not hispid; hairs on back about 10 millim. in
length, therefore rather shorter than in the allied species.
General colour above without iridescence, heavily lined
fulvous grey, greyer on the head and fore back, more fulvous
on the middle back, where it is slightly more fulvous than
Ridgway’s “tawny olive.” The colour is therefore very
different from the deep reddish brown of the other Brazilian
species of Oxymycterus. Sides paler and greyer. Under
surface dull greyish buffy, the bases of the hairs slaty grey,
the tips washed with paler yellowish buffy, not marked
along the middle line. Line of demarcation on sides not
defined. Chin, as usual, white. Snout, centre of face, crown,
and nape mixed black and yellowish white, producing a
strongly grizzled grey ; eyes small, without lighter rings;
cheeks washed with pale fulvous. Hars of medium length,
thickly hairy, grizzled like the head, with which they are
quite concolor. Arms and legs like body; upper surface of
hands and feet dull brown; longest anterior claws about
4 millim. in length, measured above, longest posterior about
obtained on the Rio Jordao. 531
45. Tail finely haired, dark brown as usual, but the hairs
of the underside are whitish, imperfectly hiding the brown
scales.
Skull with about the same snout-development as in
O. nasutus, therefore much less than in the large Brazilian
forms. Nasals about as wide anteriorly as at their middle,
retroussé when viewed from the side, and extending posteriorly
some way beyond the premaxillary processes. Interorbital
region broad, smooth, and rounded. Outer wall of foramen
magnum very narrow. Palatal foramina reaching back to
the anterior third of m'; posterior edge of palate level with
the back of m’*.
Upper incisors very narrow. Molars with minute supple-
mentary cusps in the valleys on the outer, but not on tie
inner, sides.
Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—
Head and body 127 millim.; tail 110; hind foot, s. u. 30,
c. u. 33; ear 22.
Skull: bregma to nasal tip 26; zygomatic breadth 15:3 ;
nasals 13°7 x 4:5; interorbital breadth 6°7 ; length of anterior
zygoma-root 2°4; palate length 13°6 ; diastema 8°3; palatal
foramina 7°5 x 2°8; length of upper molar series 5°2.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 11.3. 51. Original number
741. Collected 5th July, 1901.
This species may be readily distinguished from any of its
allies by its paler colour, without rufous above and _ less
brightly buffy below.
Of other South Brazilian species, I find that the true
O. nasutus, Waterh., extends northwards from Uruguay at
least into Rio Grande do Sul, in which province Dr. H. von
Ihering obtained, besides the typical examples of O. Lhering/,
Thos., specimens indistinguishable trom Darwin’s typical
examples of 0. nasutus.
15. Proechimys Robert, sp. n.
Gg, 9 ¢-
Closely similar externally to P. olivianus, described in
the succeeding paper. Rather brighter and paler coloured, the
general colour a richer fulvous, less heavily lined with black.
Head not so conspicuously greyer than body. Under snr-
face, inner side of limbs, and upper surface of hands and feet
pure sharply-defined white. ail rather more hairy than in
P. bolivianus ; brown above, whitish below.
Skull smaller than that of P. bolivianus, about equalling
that of P. Simonst. Nasal region long and narrow. Supra-
ote
532 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals
orbital ridges abruptly curved outwards posteriorly, and
forming distinct postorbital projecting angles; not continued
across the parietals. Palatal foramina of medium breadth,
broadest at the anterior third, pointed behind, without ridges
posteriorly. Posterior palatal opening level with the middle
of m', more or less rounded, not very widely open. Basi-
occipital very narrow (suture 3 millim.), parallel-sided. Bulle
of medium size.
Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—
Head and body 225 millim.; tail 55; hind foot, s. u. 46,
ce. u. 49°5; ear 24.
Skull: greatest length 55, basilar length 39; greatest
breadth 26; nasals 21:5 5:2; interorbital breadth 12; palate
length 18°5; diastema 11°3; palatal foramina 6 x 3:5; length
of bulle 11; length of upper tooth-series 8-1.
Type. Oldmale. B.M. no. 1. 11.3.62. Original number
705. Collected 8th August, 1901.
The present is the first record of this type of Proechimys
in Eastern or Southern Brazil, and Mr. Robert is to be
congratulated on its discovery. It no doubt represents in
Southern Brazil the Paraguayan P. longicaudatus, Rengger,
and the Bolivian P. bolivianus. Its cranial characters are
remarkably uniform throughout the series examined.
16. Coendou prehensilis, Linn.
17. Dasyprocta Azare, Licht.
Day i O.
As usual there is considerable variation among these
specimens in the degree of whiteness or yellowness of the
belly.
18. Agouti paca, Linn.
19. Cavia aperea, Erxl.
Cavia aperea, rx]. Mamm. p. 348 (1777), based on the ‘‘ Aperea ” of
Marcgrave, Bras. p. 228 (1648).
(Not the Cavia porcellus or C. aperea of authors in general when refer-
ring to the ordinary small wild “ Prea” of Brazil, which is C. ru-
fescens, Lund, K. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Afhandl. viii. p. 283, 1841.)
Cavia leucopyga, Brandt, Mem, Ac. Petersb. 1835, p. 436, pl. xvi.
QS eee
Somewhat against my will, the study of these specimens
obtained on the Rio Jordao. 533
compels me to differ from Dr. Winge’s conclusions about the
Cavia of Brazil, and to agree with those of Lund, quoted
above. Mr. Robert’s Rio Jord&o specimens clearly belong
to a species larger and greyer than the ordinary ‘ Prea”’ of
the coast regions, of which Mr. Robert sent home examples
in his Cruzeiro and Piqueté collections. In the one case the
basilar length is about 54-56 millim., and in the other about
48-50, fully adult individuals only being considered. That
the latter never reaches the size of the former is also con-
firmed by Hensel’s statement that the largest skull obtained
by him was only 50°6 millim. in basilar length.
Lund observed this difference, and rightly basing his
conclusions on Marcgrave’s measurement and description,
allocated the name aperea to the larger form and renamed
the smaller rufescens. As that of the first distinguisher of
the two forms, this allocation must necessarily be followed.
Now, however, that by the recognition of two wild forms
the origin of the domestic guinea-pig (Cavia porcellus, Linn.
S. N. (10) 1. p. 59, 1758, based on the Cavia cobaya of
Marcgrave*) becomes doubtful, it would be better to restrict
the name porcellus to the domesticated form only, using for
each of the wild forms the names respectively based on them.
Dr. Winget considered ‘ C. rufescens”’ to be merely the
young of C. aperea, but he has not noticed the discrepancy
in size between his specimens and those of Hensel and others.
He has been good enough to give me some measurements of
Lund’s specimens, which show that the latter undoubtedly
obtained the large form now first collected for us by
Mr. Robert.
Brandt’s Cavia leucopyga is nearly certainly this species,
presuming that he took “ C. aperea” in the usual and not in
the revised sense. On the other hand, C. fulgida, Wagl. ft, |
is no doubt very closely allied to C. rufescens. Indeed, had
it not been expressly stated that it was from the Amazonian
journey of Spix, I should have synonymized the two, tor its
collector was also in the region inhabited by C. rufescens.
The Paraguayan guinea-pig (the Aperea of Azara and
* Bras. p. 224 (1648). This affords another instance of what I venture
to think is the best way of getting at the primary reference in Linnzeus’s
synonymies. Here Linneus first quotes his own ‘ Westgita Resa,’
p. 244 (misprinted 224), and there we find Ray alone quoted. In Ray
the primary reference is to Marcgrave, and we thus vet at the origin of
the name without confusing the discussion with Linnzeus’s subsidiary
references to Aldrovandi, Johnston, Piso, Xe,
+ E Mus. Lundii, Gnavere, p. 187 (1887).
{ Isis, 1831, p. 512.
534 Mr. O. Thomas on Mammals
Cavia Azarw of Wagner *) is also a large form closely allied
to the true C. aperea, as is shown by some topotypical
examples recently sent home by Mr. W. Foster. On the
other hand, the well-known “ Quiso” of Argentina is a
small form, but grey in colour, and appears to need a new
name. Its description is given in the paper next following.
20. Sylvilagus minensis, sp. n.
Size decidedly greater than in the true Rio Janeiran
S. brasiliensis. General colour above dark grizzled buffy,
fairly uniform, heavily lined with black on the back, clearer
on the sides. Under surface dull whitish, sometimes washed
with pale buffy ; collar coarsely grizzled buffy, like the sides.
Top of muzzle and centre of forehead rufous ; nape brighter
and clearer rufous. Lower margins of nostrils prominently
white. Supraorbital white (or, rather, cream-coloured) lines
present, broad in front of and behind eyes, narrowed just over
them by a darkened lateral projection of the forehead colour,
which comes down nearly to the eyelid. Below the eye there
is but little sign of the light marking. Behind, between
eye and ear, the cheek is darkened, in some cases almost
black. Outer side of ears grizzled like crown basally, dark
brown terminally. Hairs of inner surface dull buffy. Fore-
arms and hands rufous anteriorly, white internally ; hind
limbs similar, but the feet marbled with white above. Tail
rudimentary ; its hairs grey basally, buffy terminally.
Skull comparatively slender, with a long and narrow
muzzle. Interorbital region flat or slightly concave. Post-
orbital processes long and broad, hollowed out and almost
spoou-shaped above; not anchylosing with the brain-case in
any of the specimens examined. Occipital shelf narrowing
backwards, with convergent sides and rounded posterior
angles. Enamel of upper incisors quite simple, following the
outline of the teeth.
Dimensions of the type, measured in the flesh :—
Head and body 370 millim. ; hind foot, s. u. 75, ¢. u. 82;
ear 4,
Skull: greatest length 72, basilar length 55; zygomatic
breadth 85°5; nasals 30 (diagonally) x 14:4; interorbital
breadth 17; breadth of brain-case 27°3 ; palate length from
henselion 29; diastema 22; palatal foramina 18 x 6:7.
Type. Male. B.M. no. 1. 11.3.81. Original number 652.
Collected 3rd May, 1901.
* Schr. Saug. Suppl. iv. p. 65 (1844),
obtained on the Rio Jordao. 535
On examining the hares from the region usually said to be
inhabited by “ Lepus brasiliensis,” I find that they belong to
three different forms—the present one, the largest, from
Rio Jordéo and Lagoa Santa, a middle one from Paraguay
obtained by Mr. Foster, and a very small one from Rio
Janeiro. Of the last-named, a fully adult specimen from
Porto Real, near Rezende, Rio, has a skull only just
47 millim. in basilar length, with small narrow nasals, and
with its postorbital processes firmly welded to the skull
posteriorly.
The original Lepus brasiliensis of Linneus and L. tapeti
of Pallas were both primarily founded on Maregrave’s
Tapeti*; and since even at that date Rio Janeiro was the
chief settlement in this part of Brazil, it would seem best to
consider the Rio animal as representing that species. Mavrc-
grave’s description is, of course, not worth much; but as to
size, his ‘‘dupla magnitudine gliris” suggests the very
smallest conceivable hare. I therefore propose to call the
Rio hare L. brasiliensis and to give new names to the other
two. ‘The Paraguayan one is described below.
Lund and Winge’s Lepus brasiliensis is the larger Minas
species.
21. Mazama rufa, F. Cuv.
A female skull and two fawns.
22. Tamanduas tetradactylus, Linn.
yor Sh:
This series is of much interest, as showing the considerable
amount of colour-variation to be found in this group in
specimens from one locality. In their general pattern of
coloration five of the specimens may be called normal—that
is to say, with the head, nape, fore limbs, fore back in the
central line, and hind feet light, and the hind back dark with
two broad shoulder-straps passing forwards across the humerus.
But the dark may be deep black to the roots of the fur, with
the underfur also black, or may vary to yellowish white with
black tips, the underfur also whitish. Again, the light
colour may vary from pale yellowish white to a strong reddish
tone.
One specimen alone, no. 739, differs markedly from the
rest, and agrees precisely with Cope’s “ JZyrmecophaga bi-
vittata straminea’”’ +, to which it is clearly assignable. But
* H. N. Bras. p. 223 (1648).
+ Am. Nat. 1889, p. 132,
536 Mr. O. Thomas on
whether that is a semi-albinistic form of the common Taman-
dua, or is a recognizable species or subspecies, [ am not at
present prepared to assert, though I am rather inclined to the
former idea. Mr. Robert says that its eyes were not red,
but brown with black pupils, and he thought that its ears
were a little longer than usual, though his measurements do
not show this.
In the skull there is no character by which it could be
distinguished from the other specimens. All the skulls are
very variable, especially as to the line of the fronto-nasal
suture, which may vary from nearly directly transverse to
deeply W-shaped, and in the relative development of the
palatal and pterygoid inflations.
23. Cabassous unicinctus, Linn.
Ph ve:
24, Dasypus sexcinctus, Linn.
Skull.
25. Tatu novemeinctus, Linn.
ye
26. Didelphis Azare, Temm.
3, ¢
27. Marmosa cinerea, Temm.
Si.
28. Chironectes minimus, Zimm.
26
LXVIII.—New Species of Oryzomys, Proechimys, Cavia,
and Sylvilagus from South America. By OLDFIELD
‘THOMAS.
In working out the Robert collection from the Rio Jord&o
the following allied species from other localities have proved
to need description :—
Oryzomys bolivie, sp. 0.
A Bolivian representative of O. intermedius ; tail shorter
and molars smaller.
Size and general proportions as in the allied species,
new Species of Oryzomys, &c. 537
General colour above heavily lined fulvous brown, clearing
into rich fulvous on the sides. Under surface dull white,
fairly well defined ; the bases of the hairs slaty.
Head greyer and duller above, but cheeks like sides. Hars
large, well-haired, wholly dark brown, darker than the head.
Outer side of limbs fulvous to wrist and ankles, inner sides
white ; hands white, feet buffy white. Tail not or scarcely
longer than the head and body, very finely haired and scaled,
dull whitish below proximally, the upperside and end brown.
Skull very similar to that of O. intermedius, with the same
narrow muzzle, narrow interorbital region, weil-developed
zygomatic plate, and medium-sized palatal foramina. But
the molars are markedly smaller in all the specimens ex-
amined.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 148 millim. ; tail 150; hind foot (s. u.) 34;
ear 20.
Skull: greatest length 345; basilar length 27; zygo-
matic breadth 17°8; nasal, length 14; interorbital breadth 5;
palate length 15 ; diastema 9°8; palatal foramina 6°5 x 2°8 ;
length of molar series 4°6.
Hab. (of type). Mapiri, Upper Beni River, Bolivia (about
68° W. and 15°8.). Alt. 800 m. Other specimens from
San Carlos (1200 m.) and Chimate (700 m.) in the same
district.
Type. Old male. B.M. no. 1. 1. 1. 64. Original number
1203. Collected 29th August, 1900, by Mr. Perry O. Simons.
Five specimens.
In spite of the wide difference in locality between the
habitats of O. bolivice and intermedius their resemblance to
each other, both external and cranial, is so great that it is
practically impossible to distinguish them except by the
shorter tail and smaller molars of the new form.
Proechimys bolivianus, sp. n.
Most nearly allied to P. Simonsz, but larger and different
in cranial details.
Size as in P. brevicauda and the other large species.
Spines about 19 millim. in length and 0°75 millim. in breadth.
General colour paler than in P. Simonsz, fulvous, heavily
lined with black, darker anteriorly, paler posteriorly ; a darker
patch, as usual, on the middle of the rump. Head duller and
ereyer than body. Under surface pure well-defined white.
Hands and feet dull whitish, rather darker along their outer
edges. Tail thinly haired, with large scales, slaty grey above,
yellowish white below,
338 Mr. O. Thomas on
Skull longer than that of P. Simonsz. Nasals narrow,
evenly rounded behind. Supraorbital ridges normal, not
especially heavy, not forming postorbital projections, and, as
usual in this group, not crossing the parietals. Palatal
foramina open anteriorly, narrowing posteriorly, their com-
bined outline pear-shaped ; their edges not continued back-
wards into ridges. Posterior edge of palate widely V-shaped,
the angle of the V opposite the middle of m’. Basioccipital
of medium breadth, evenly broadening backwards, narrower
than in P. Simons?, broader than in P. Roberti. Bulle
decidedly larger than in P. Simonsz.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 245 millim.; tail 195; hind foot, s. u. 53,
ce. u. 57; ear 27.
Skull: greatest length 59; basilar length 42°5; greatest
breadth 27; nasal length 21°5; interorbital breadth 12 ;
palate length 20°5 ; diastema 12°5; palatal foramina 6°3 x 3;
length of bulle 11:5; length of upper tooth-series 8°8.
Hab. Mapiri, Upper Rio Beni, N.W. Bolivia. Altitude
1000 m. '
Type. Male. B.M.no.1.1.1.37. Original number 1208.
Collected 31st August, 1900, by Perry O. Simons. Hight
specimens examined.
Quite a number of forms of Proechimys are closely similar
to each other externally, and even in the skull only differ
from each other by some comparatively trifling character, such
as size and shape of the palatine foramina, breadth of basi-
occipital, or size of bulle, yet in these they are locally quite
constant. It seems necessary to call them “ species,” in
order to define them at all; but as such they are very unsatis-
factory, for they simply cannot be distinguished with any
certainty externally. The present animal is closely allied to
the Bolivian specimens referred by Giinther to P. brevicauda*,
a Bolivian skull being figured; but the type of that animal
was from the Huallaga, and its belly is quite differently
coloured.
Cavia rufescens pamparum, subsp. n.
Size of the true C. rufescens; colour of C. aperea.
General colour above clear greyish, varying to olivaceous
grey, lined with black ; the head, body, outer side of limbs,
and the usual collar all of much the same tone. Belly dull
whitish, the bases of the hairs greyish. Interramia also
whitish, which colour is continued upwards and backwards
towards the base of the ear.
# P, Z, S. 1876, p. 749,
new Species of Oryzomys, Ge. 539
Skull markedly smaller than in C. aperea, closely like that
of the true C. rufescens. As compared with that of the other-
wise very similar C. 7. guiane, the nasals are more evenly
pointed behind and there is less tendency towards the forma-
tion of postorbital processes.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 251 millim.; hind foot (s. u.) 40; ear 23.
Skull: greatest length 62; basilar length 50; greatest
breadth 35; nasals 22 x9; interorbital breadth 13°5; palate
length 19; length of tooth-row (alveoli) 15 ; diastema 17:5 ;
palatal foramina 7.
Hab. (of type). Goya, Corrientes. Other specimens seen
from La Plata and elsewhere in the Argentine Republic.
Type. Female. B.M. no. 98.3. 6.2. Collected 15th July,
1895, by Mr. R. Perrens.
Sylvilagus paraguensis, sp. n.
Closely allied to S. mznensis, but rather smaller. General
colour above similar, but in the two specimens more mottled,
though this is probably due to the preparation of the skins.
Rufous of top of muzzle less extended on the crown. Supra-
orbital light hairs almost obsolete, but the white below the
nostrils well marked. Nuchal patch duller rufous. Ears and
limbs as described in S. minensis. Under surface as in that
species, but the dark collar broader, the belly rather whiter,
and the groins more distinctly washed with buffy. Tail
apparently rather more evident, blackish above, tipped with
buity, yellowish buffy below.
Skull as compared with that of S. mdnensis smaller,
markedly shorter and stouter in the muzzle, which is also
flatter above in the postnasal region. Postorbital processes
more pointed, less concave above. Occipital shelf parallel-
sided, not narrowing backwards.
Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—
Head and body 350 millim. ; hind foot, s. u. 70, c. u. 76 ;
ear 5D.
Skull: greatest length 67°3; basilar length 53 ; zygomatic
breadth 34; nasals 26°5 (diagonally) x 14:1; interorbital
breadth 16; breadth of brain-case 263 palate length from
henselion 26°2 ; diastema 20°5; palatal foramina 16x 6.
Hab. Sapucay, KE. of Asuncion, Paraguay.
Type. Female. Original number 383. Collected 30th
May, 1901, by Mr. W. Foster. ‘Iwo specimens.
540 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
LXIX.—Some new and old Genera of S.-American
Aviculariide. By R. I. Pocock.
I HAVE elsewhere shown, in the works cited below, that the
most satisfactory basis for a phylogenetic classification of the
spiders referred by Simon to the Aviculariine is furnished
by the stridulating-organs, or rather hairy structures that are
found between the base of the mandible and palp or palp
and first leg. By their structure, in conjunction with other
features, the spiders in question fall into a series of natural
groups *, each of which, with the exception of the last, is
confined to a definite geographical area.
The following list shows the distribution of these sub-
families and the genera they contain :—
1. ORNITHOCTONINA : Cyriopagopus, Sim. (= Omothymus,
Thor.) ; Melopewus, Poe. ; Urnithoctonus, Poc.; Citharo-
gnathus, Poc.; and Phormingochilus, Poc. (?= Lampro-
pelma, Sim., or Haplopelma, Sim.).
Distribution. Burma and Siam, Celebes and Halmahera.
2. Harpactirins#: Harpactira, Auss.; Pterinochilus, Poc. ;
Ceratogyrus, Poc.; and Hucratoscelus, Poc.
Distribution. East and South Africa from Somaliland to
Cape Colony.
For the characters of these genera see Proc. Zool. Soe.
1897, p. 745, and 1898, p. 500.
3. THRIGMOPGINA: Haploclastus, Sim., and Thrigmopeus,
Poe.
Distribution. S. India.
For tabulation of the characters see ‘Fauna of British
India,’ Arachnida, p. 184 (1900).
4, SELenocosmun«® : Pacitlotheria, Sim.; Chilobrachys,
Karsch (=Musagetes, Poc.) ; Selenocosmia, Auss. (=
Phlogius, Sim.) ; Lyrognathus, Poc.; Phlogiellus, Poe. ;
Coremiocnemis, Sim. ; Selenotypus, Poc.; and probably
Orphneecus, Sim.
Distribution. Oriental Region (India to Australia).
For tabulation of characters of these genera see Ann. &
* It is a matter of no great moment whether we term these groups
subfamilies with the termination -2v@ or sections with the termination -ee.
The main point to be borne in mind is that they are natural and not
artificial assemblages like the ‘ Selenocosmies,” “ Cheetopelmatez,” &e,
of Simon, Hist, Nat. Araign. i. (1892).
Genera of S.-American Aviculariide. 541
Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. pp. 169-170 (1895), and ‘ Fauna of
British India,’ Arachnida, p. 187 (1900).
5. HUMENOPHORINE : Loxomphalia, Sim.; Hysterocrates,
Sim. (= Hysterocrates + Phoneyusa, Sim. (not Phoneyusa,
Karsch) + Lycotharses, Thor.) ; Phoneyusa, Kargch
(=almost certainly Pelinobius, Karsch) ; Humenophorus,
Poc.; Citharischius, Poc.; Monocentropus, Poc.; Ano-
ploscelus, Poe.
Distribution. Vropical Africa from Sierra Leone and the
Congo in the west to Abyssinia and the Zambesi in the east.
For the synonymy and characters of these genera see Proc.
Zool. Soc. 1897, pp. 758-773, and 1899, pp. 841-845; Ann.
& Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv. p. 167, and (7) vi. pp. 489-494.
6. THERAPHOSINZ : containing a large number of genera,
principally confined to America, south of, and including,
the Sonoran area, with a few outlying forms in the
Mediterranean, Indian, and Tropical African Regions.
This subfamily will probably prove to be capable of finer
subdivision. At present it contains a very heterogeneous
assemblage of genera, many of which are based upon differ-
ences in the size or position of the eyes, the divisional line
of bristles on the tarsi, or other unsatisfactory characters.
In the following pages I have made use of certain new
features, namely, the nature of the hairs clothing the
surfaces lying between the palpi and the legs of the first pair
which are constant in both sexes, and for the males the
method of folding of the protarsus of the first lee with
reference to the tibial spurs.
By these characters I find that the so-called genus Lastodora
is divisible into several distinct genera, and that under
Eurypelma have been included species belonging to widely
divergent genera. ‘The name Lurynelma was affixed b
Simon in 1892 to the species erroneously described by Koch
as avicularia, Linn., and afterwards named rubropilosum by
Ausserer. 1 am not aware whether this species is known to
Simon; it is unknown to me: nor dol know that Ausserer’s
specimens were specifically identical with those described by
Koch. Koch, however, speaks of the first leg of the male
as being furnished on the tibia “ mit einem dicken, haken-
formig einwarts gekriimmten borstigen Sporn ”’—a feature
which is characteristic of Avieularda or perhaps Acantho-
scurrta, but not of Hurypelma as recognized by Ausserer in
1871 and Simon in 1892. In 1864, however, Simon
evidently intended to restrict the name Eurypelma to a section
542 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
including the species subsequently referred by him to Avicu-
laria and Tapinauchenius. In view, then, of the obscurity
in which Hurypelma is wrapped, I have ignored it altogether
in the following pages as a “‘ genus tgnotum,” at all events
for the time being.
Several other genera of the group are unknown to me,
e. g. Planadecta, Rhechostica, Grammostola, and Agathostola.
The latter, however, is certainly nearly allied to Homaomma,
Auss. (nec Homa@omma, Sim.) ; and both Homeomma, Sim.,
and Grammostola, Sim., are possibly identical with the genus
I have described as Citharoscelus (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist.
(7) 11. p. 347, 1899). It is hoped that the types of these
genera will be re-examined with reference to the hairy
clothing of the base of the legs and palpi, so that they may
be established on a securer basis.
Part I.— The Genera of the Section ““'Theraphosex”’
of Simon.
Simon’s table of the genera of this section is satisfactory
only so far as the male characters are concerned. He admits
five genera: Acanthoscurria, Theraphosia*, Sericopelma,
Xenesthis, and Lasiodora. In my opinion the differences
between Theraphosia and Serzcopelma are only of specific
importance, whereas the species assigned to Lastodora -
represent four distinct genera. To these I have to add the
new genus Hupalestrus, which is, however, merely included
here on account of the scopulation of the femur of the fourth
leg. It differs from all the known South-American genera in
the form of its posterior legs. Until the male comes to hand
there is no prospect of locating the genus more accurately.
The males alone may be classified mainly by the struc-
ture of the first legs as follows :—
a. Tibia of first lee without a spur .............. Theraphosia.
6. Tibia of first leg with one or two spurs.
a. Tibia of first leg with one spur on the inner
side; a spur on tibia of palp .............. Acanthoscurria.
6’. Tibia of first leg with two spurs, a larger
inferior and a smaller superior; no spur on
tibia of palp.
a”, Protarsus of first leg closing on the outer
side of the lower spur.
a’, A stridulating-organ between the base of
the! palpus and first lee cess ce ate Phormictopus.
6°. No stridulating-oryan in this position..,. Megaphobema.
* I here adopt Dahl’s name instead of ‘“ Theraphosa,” Walck., the
destiny of which has yet to be settled.
Genera of S.-American Aviculariides. 543
6°. Protarsus of first lex not closing outside the
lower spur.
a‘, Protarsus of first leg closing on the
summit of the inferior spur; a stridu-
lating-organ between the palpus and first
IISES 33 o.js's RACHEL UIs ORRaenS enor eaars ere Lastodora.
6+. Protarsus of first lee closing between the
two spurs; no stridulating-organ present.
a’. Protarsus of fourth leg scopulate to base. Xenesthis.
6°. Protarsus of fourth leg scopulate apically. Pamphobeteus.
The females may be analyzed as follows :—
a. Fourth leg much thicker and stronger than first,
the tibia as thick as the femur; the tibia and
protarsus strongly hirsute, the latter convex above
SUEREICBOASO ts et cease wins y's Cavs Gis ours ane ste eisitcs Eupalestrus, nov.
b. Fourth leg not thicker than first, the tibia much
thinner than the femur; protarsus slender, cylin-
drical.
a‘, A. stridulating-organ, consisting of clavate
plumose bristles, between the basal segments
of the palpus and of the first leg.
a’, A cluster of stridulating-bristles upon the
trochanters of the palpus and first leg.
a, No stridulating-bristles upon the coxe of
Palpuswandenrst lesan teeters ae: Acanthoscurria.
6*. Stridulating-bristles upon the coxee of the
Wa hpyaMG rst CO ee ache wre teen tes Phormictopus.
6?. The stridulating-organ consisting of a cluster
of clavate bristles above the suture of the
coxa of the first leg and of spines upon the
adjacent area on the coxa of the palpus,
none upon the trochanters .............. Lasiodora.
b'. No stridulating-bristles present between the
bases of the first leg and palpus.
a‘, Protarsus of fourth leg scopulate to base .. Xenesthis.
6*. Protarsus of fourth leg scopulate at its distal
end.
a. Femur of third leg enormously swollen ;
fourth leg much longer than first ...... Megaphobema.
6°. Femur of third leg not swollen; fourth
lee longer than first by about the length
of the tarsus; the patella+tibia of the
fourth leg at most a little longer than
NO TESS, Carblo Ge geo age GO OM OD oes Dic mete Theraphosia and
Pamphobeteus.
Genus ACANTHOSCURRIA, Ausserer, emend.
Acanthoscurria, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxi. p. 205 (1871) ; Simon,
Hist. Nat. Araign. i. p. 157 (1892).
Acanthopalpus, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxi. p. 207 (1871).
Callyntropus, Auss. Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxv. p. 181 (1875).
In this genus there is a stridulating-organ consisting of
544 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
many, sometimes clavate, sometimes attenuate, stout plumose
bristles upon the posterior side of the trochanter of the palp,
and a corresponding cluster of plumose, mostly attenuate
spines, intermixed with one or two simple spines, on the
anterior surface of the trochanter of the first leg.
The discovery of these organs enables the females of this
genus to be classified. Previously the genus was recognizable
mainly from the characters of the male sex.
I have added the name Callyntropus to the synonymy of
Acanthoscurria on the supposition that the former is based
upon specimens in Keyserling’s collection which Ausserer
determined as Callyntropus convexus, C. Koch, converus
being cited as the typical species of Callyntiopus. There
is, however, no evidence beyond Ausserer’s opinion, of which
the value is more than doubtful, that this specimen is co-
specific with Hurypelma convexa, C. Koch. Nevertheless, I
presume that the genus must rest upon the species represented
by the specimens examined and diagnosed by Ausserer. As
I have already pointed out (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.
p. 226, 1895), the division of the tarsal scopula in Callyn-
tropus is nothing but a sign of immaturity.
Genus Lastopora, Koch, emend.
( =Lusiodora, Koch, Ausserer, and Simon in part.)
This genus, as recognized by Ausserer and Simon, I find
to be capable of severance into four distinct genera: Lasio-
dora (sensu stricto, type L. Klugit), Pamphobeteus, nov. (type
L. nigricolor, Auss.), Megaphobema, nov. (type L. robustum,
Auss.), and Phormictopus, nov. (type L. cancerides, Latr.,=
Erichsonii, Koch).
Out of the crowd of species referred by Koch to Lastodora,
Simon has selected L. Klugit as the type. Specimens of
this species in the British Museum. from Brazil (Iguarassu,
So Paulo, &e.) and from Recife and Cabo in the Argentine
have plumose stridulating-bristles upon the coxa of the palp
and of the first leg as in Citharoscelus.
The stridulating-organ consists of a cluster of a dozen or
more stout, mostly acuminate, plumose spines above the suture
on the coxa of the first leg, and of some spinules rising from
amongst plumose hairs upon the posterior side of the coxa
of the palp. ‘The coxa, trochanter, and femur of palp are
scopulate behind, those of the first leg scopulate in front; the
femur of the second leg is also scopulate in front, those of the
third and fourth scopulate behind.
The protarsus of the first leg in the male closes against
Genera of S.- American Aviculariide. 545
the apex of the lower spur on the tibia, without touching the
upper spur.
The different distribution of Z. Klugii as compared with
the other species hitherto referred to Lastodora is to be borne
in mind.
Genus PHORMICTOPUS, nov.
Resembling Acanthoscurria in the presence, position, and
structure of its stridulating-bristles upon the trochanter of
the palp and first leg ; but with an additional cluster of clavate
plumose bristles above the suture on the coxa of the first legand
in a corresponding position upon the posterior side of the coxa
of the palp; also like that genus in the hairiness of the
summit of the rostrum, and other structural characters, except
that in the male there are two normal tibial spurs on the
first leg and no spurs on the tibia of the palp.
The two species I refer to this genus were included by
Ausserer in Lastodora of Koch, and both fall into that genus
as diagnosed by Simon; but they differ from all the other
species in having the stridulating-bristles on the trochanter
of the palp and first leg. They further differ from Laszodora
(sensu stricto), and from that section that I call Pamphobeteus,
in that the protarsus of the first leg in the male closes on
the outer side of the lower tibial spur—a feature in which they
agree with the one known species of Megaphobema.
The type of this genus is the species represented in the
British Museum by specimens from Haiti, identified as
Mygale cancerides, Latreille*, which I believe to be the
oldest name for the spider called Hurypelma Krichsonit by
Koch.
Lasiodora cauta, Auss., also falls into this genus.
Genus PAMPHOBETEUS; nov.
Differing from Lastodora, as typified by L. Klugit, in having
no stridulating-bristles on the anterior side of the coxa of
the first leg and on the posterior side of the coxa of the palp
and no scopula on the inner side of the femur of the first leg.
Protarsus of first leg in male closing between the tibial
spurs, thus coming into contact with the inner side of the
lower spur and the outer side of the upper spur. Femur of
third leg not thickened ; patella+ tibia of fourth only slightly
longer than of first, which, at least in the female, falls short
* Mygale cancerides, Latreille (Gen. Crust. et Ins. i, p. 83, 1806),
was originally recorded from St. Domingo (Haiti),
Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser, 7. Vol, Vill, 38
546 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
of the fourth by only about the length of the tarsus of the
latter.
Type Pamphobeteus nigricolor, Auss. (sub Lastodora).
Hab. Colombia, Ecuador, and Bolivia.
Genus MEGAPHOBEMA, nov.
Differing from Pamphobeteus in that the protarsus of the
first leg in the male closes on the outer side of the lower
tibial spur without coming into contact with the upper spur.
Moreover, in both sexes the femur of the third leg is much
swollen and the third and fourth legs are longer and stronger
as compared with the first and second, the patella+ tibia of
fourth being much longer than of first, and the latter falls
short of the length of the fourth by the tarsus and nearly
half the protarsus in the female.
Type Megaphobema robustum (Auss.) (sub Lasiodora).
Hab. Llanos, Sta. Fé de Bogota.
Genus XENESTHIS, Simon.
Xenesthis, Simon, Act. Soc. Linn. Bord. 1892, p. 332; Hist. Nat.
Araign. i. p. 160 (1892).
As in Pamphobeteus and Megaphobema, this genus has no
stridulating-organs at the base of the palpus and first leg.
The protarsus of the first leg in the male passes when
closed between the two tibial spurs as in Pamphobeteus, and,
as in the two genera just mentioned, the femur of the fourth
leg is covered with a scopula onits inner side. Distinctive of
the genus is the scopulation of the protarsus of third and
fourth legs right up to the base.
Type Xenesthis immanis, Auss. (=colombiana, Simon).
Genus EUPALASTRUS, nov.
Differing from the rest of the genera of this section in the
form of the fourth leg, which is considerably longer than
the first and thicker, the tibia being as thick as the femur,
only a little more than twice as long as thick, and, like the
protarsus, studded with stiff erect bristles ; the protarsus is
convexly elevated at the base, as high as wide, and about
three times as long as high.
Tibiz and protarsi of first and second legs spined apically
beneath, the tibia with one submedian spine on the inner side ;
tibie and protarsi of third and fourth with many spines;
protarsus of third with its distal half scopulate, of fourth
scopulate only on the distal fifth of its length. First leg
Genera of S.-American Aviculariide. 547
with the anterior side of its coxa thickly clothed with sete
that of the trochanter and femur scantily scopulate ; tro-
chanter of palpus lightly scopulate behind. Thoracic fovea
transverse, as wide as the ocular tubercle, which is one-fourth
wider than long; eyes of anterior line moderately procurved
the posterior edge of the laterals about on a level with the
centre of the medians, which are in front of the middle of
the ocular area, rather larger in area than the laterals, and
less than a diameter apart in a dried specimen. Labium and
adjacent area of mawzlle thickly cuspulate. Sternum with
marginal sigilla.
Type Lupalestrus pugilator, sp. n.
Eupalestrus pugilator, sp. n.
? (dry, somewhat faded).—Dorsal integument covered
with mouse-brown hairs, darker beneath, a narrow rim of
pale hairs at the distal end of the leg-segments.
Carapace about one-fourth longer than wide, moderately
elevated in front; a little longer than patella + tibia of fourth
or of first leg, the width equal to those of the second leo
the length equal to protarsus + tarsus of fourth; length from
fovea to anterior border equal to protarsus of fourth.
Measurements in millimetres——Total length 56; length of
carapace 22, width 17-5; length of first leg 52, second 46
third 44, fourth 58; patella+tibia of first 19°5, of fourth
22; width of tibia of fourth 5, length 12:5; height of pro-
tarsus 4:2, length 14.
Loc.? Very likely S. America.
Part Il.— The Genera of the Section Aviculariez.
The S.-American genera referable to Simon’s Avicularies: *
may be tabulated thus :—
a, A stridulating-organ of clavate bristles differ-
entiated from the oral fringe on the anterior side
of the coxa of the palp; posterior side of coxa of
palp at its distal end and of trochanter and base
of femur scopulate; anterior side of coxa of first
leg thickly hairy, of trochanter scopulate; two
dalaveulpsyoaris, TAMA LON Lae teha ae cls ee) aye tse a4 uy te «
b. No stridulator on anterior side of coxa of palp.
a', Posterior side of trochanter and of coxa of
palp at its distal end and anterior side of
trochanter of first leg scopulate. Male un-
known; eyes as in Tapinauchenius.......... LEphebopus *.
Psalmopeus, Poe.
* To this section may also be referred the West-African eons
Scodra, Becker (=Stromatopelma, Karsch, and Hyarachne, Thor.), and
Heteroscodra, Poc.
+ Syn. Santaremia, ¥, Cambr. On a visit to the British Museum
» *&
38
548 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some
6'. Posterior side of coxa of palp naked throughout
the middle of its length; anterior side of tro-
chanter of palp with ragged, not erect and
stiff, hairs; anterior side of coxa of first leg
thickly clothed with erect bristly hairs.
a>, Male with two tibial spurs ; posterior sternal
sigilla conspicuous, remote from the margin ;
anterior median eyes lying far in advance of
the middle of the ocular area, owing to the ; }
weak procurvature of the anterior line .... Tapinauchenius.
62, Male with one tibial spur on first leg ;
posterior sternal sigilla inconspicuous, sub-
marginal.
a’. Eyes as in Tapinauchenius, no tibial spur
on second leg in male ............++-5 Pachistopelma.
6°, Eyes of anterior line strongly procurved,
the medians lying in the middle of the
ocular area.
a‘, No tibial spur on second leg in male ;
fourth leg longer than first .......... Avicularia.
64. A tibial spur on second leg in male ;
fourth leg shorter than first.......... Lridopelma,
Genus PACHISTOPELMA, nov.
Resembling Avicularia in the presence of a single spinous
spur on the tibia of the first leg in the male, the marginal
position of the sternal sigilla, absence of spines, development
of scopule on legs, &c., but differing in having the eyes of
the anterior line only a little procurved, the centres of the
medians lying in front of the middle of the ocular area,
the anterior edge of the medians being well in advance of the
posterior edge of the laterals. As in Avicularia and Tapin-
auchenius, the posterior side of the coxa of the palp is
naked throughout the middle of its length, the trochanter is
clothed with long, soft, flexible hairs, and the anterior side of
the coxa and trochanter of the first leg with simple slender
hairs, intermixed just below the suture on the former segment
with some delicate pin-like hairs.
Type Pachistopelma rufonigrum, sp. n.
Pachistopelma rufonigrum, sp. n.
? .—Body and limbs clothed with short pale brown hairs ;
setee on the limbs shorter than is usually the case and
brownish ; the femora, patellee, and tibice indistinctly adorned
with whitish bands, which are most conspicuous on the
patelle, protarsi ornamented with a median brown stripe
some years ago Mons. Simon recognized the identity between the types
of Santaremia and Ephebopus. The latter was referred by Simon to his
section ‘“ Selenocosmieze,”
Genera of 8.-American Aviculariide. 549
which proximally ends in a spot upon the posterior side of
the segment. Abdomen covered with shortish rusty-red
sete. Inferior surface of trunk and coxe black.
Carapace long, distinctly longer than broad, its width just
exceeding patella and tibia of second leg, its length consider-
ably exceeding patella and tibia of first, the distance between
the fovea and the anterior border exceeding the length of the
fourth protarsus. Ocular tubercle moderately high, wider
than long; anterior row of eyes slightly procurved, the
anterior edge of the laterals being only very slightly in front
of that of the medians, which are considerably larger; space
between the latter about equal to a diameter, and a little
greater than between median and lateral. The two laterals
on each side subequal in size, space between them less than
their long diameter. Legs 1 and 4, 3, 2; femora and patella
of first and fourth equal in length.
dS .—Considerably smaller than female, with longer legs
and relatively wider carapace, the width just exceeding patella
and tibia of third leg and considerably longer than protarsus
of fourth, the length equal to patella and tibia of second leg;
length from the fovea to the anterior border equal to the
protarsus of the first.
Spur on tibia of first leg a simple, short, blunt, spinulose
process. Palpal organ very much like that of Avicularia
avicularia, but the proximal half of the filiform portion less
strongly curved, the whole terminal portion when seen from
above presenting a slight and very open sigmoid curvature.
Legs 4and 1,2, 3; patella and tibia of fourth slightly longer
than of first.
Measurements in millimetres.— ° . Yotal length 42, cara-
pace 17, width of latter 14°8 ; length of first leg 49°5, of second
45°5, of third 42, of fourth 49°5 ; patella + tibia of first 15°5, of
fourth 15°5. ;
3. Total length 28°5, carapace 13, width of latter 11°8;
length of first leg 45, of second 41:5, of third 38, of fourth
48 ; patella+tibia of first 14, of fourth 14°7.
Loc. Brazil; Iguarassu (G. A. Ramage).
Eight specimens of this species are in the British Museum
collection, two adult males and six females, varying from
15 up to about 40 millim. In young specimens the abdomen
has a sharply-defined, median, black line and four large yellow
spots on each side.
Genus [RIDOPELMA, nov.
Differs from Avicularia in having a spur on the tibia of
550 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on some
the second leg similar to, but smaller than, that on the first
leg. Moreover, the fourth leg is shorter than the first.
Type Lridopelma hirsutum, sp. n.
Lridopelma hirsutum, sp. un.
? .—Carapace and limbs clothed with a short coating of
greyish or yellowish-green hairs, the long sete on the limbs
also greyish green, no red hairs on the tarsi; the middle of
the upper surface of the abdomen with a wide dark stripe
extending from its base to the anus, with a band of long
yellowish hairs on each side of it, with large ill-defined
fuscous spots externally to the hairs ; lower surface of abdo-
men, cox, and sternum black.
Carapace a little longer than wide, its width distinctly less
than the patella and tibia of the second leg, which also just
exceed its length, convex from side to side, the cephalic region
scarcely at all elevated ; ocular tubercle moderately high, oval,
wider than long ; anterior median eyes separated by a space
which is greater than a diameter and greater than the space
between them and the laterals, which they noticeably exceed
in size; the two lateral eyes on each side about equal, space
between them perhaps a little less than their long diameter.
Legs 1, 4, 2, 3; patella and tibia of fourth less than of
first, and only a shade greater than of second.
g.—Much smaller than female. Carapace longer than
wide, its width distinctly less than patella and tibia of third
leg and than protarsus of first or fourth, just equal to tibia
of fourth; length almost equal to protarsus of first, less than
patella and tibia of third; length from fovea to anterior edge
a little greater than patella of first, and exceeding half the
length of the first protarsus. Palpal organ with the filiform
piece curved through about one-third of a circle, the apex
flexed slightly outwards.
Legs long and slender, 1, 4, 2, 38; patella and tibia of fourth
equal to patella and tibia of second.
Measurements in millimetres.— ? . ‘Total length 50, carapace
18, width of latter 17 ; length of first leg 65, of second 66, third
52, fourth 62°5 ; patella+ tibia of first 20°5, of fourth 19-5.
$. Total length 27, carapace 11; first leg 55, second
49, third 40-2, fourth 49; patella+tibia of first 16:3, of
fourth 14°8. .
Loc. Brazil (D. Waelson-Barker) ; Pernambuco (type)
(H. NV. Ridley) ; Iguarassu (G. A. Ramage).
It appears to me that Mygale detrita of C. Koch (Die
Avachn. ix. p. 85) may belong to this genus. It is certainly,
Genera of S.-American Aviculariide. aol
however, I should say, specifically distinct from hirsutum,
on account of the greater length of its posterior legs and
difference of colour. Moreover, no mention is made in the
diagnosis of the tibial process of the second leg,
Part I1].— Genera dismembered from Kurypelma.
Genus CITHARACANTHUS, nov.
Resembling Lyroscelus, F. Cambr., in possessing a system
of stout plumose stridulating-bristles upon the trochanter of
the palp and first leg; but differing in the presence of a
second organ upon the coxe of these appendages, the organ
consisting of a large number of short, stout, almost conical
spines, terminating in a long, filiform, frequently fractured
extremity, and rising in the midst of a thick cluster of simple
hairs. ‘These spines occur both above and below the suture
on the coxa of the first leg, and near the upper margin of the
posterior side of the coxa of the palp.
Type Citharacanthus longipes, F. Cambr. (sub Hury-
pelma).
Citharacanthus longipes (F. Cambr.).
Eurypelma longipes, F. Cambridge, Biol. Centr.-Amer., Araneidea, ii.
p. 21, pl. i. figs. 15 a—e (1897).
The type of this species is an adult male taken at Chico-
yoito in Guatemala. An adult female from the same locality
presents the same structural features. ‘The specimen from
Cubilquitz, doubtfully referred to this species, belongs to the
genus Brachypelma.
Genus PTERINOPELMA, nov.
Resembling Brachypelma in having the posterior side of
the trochanter of the palp and the anierior side of that of the
first leg scopulate with fincr or coarser delicately plumose
hairs, but without scopula of similar hairs upon the anterior
inner side of the femur of the first leg, and the inner side of
the coxa of the first leg clothed with simple hairs with
slender not spiniform bases. Protarsus of first leg closing
outside the lower tibial spur.
Type Pterinopelma vitiosum, Keys. (sub Eurypelma).
Distribution. Southern part of North America (Monte
Video, Uruguay, &c.).
Genus DUGESIELLA, nov.
A scopula of very delicately, almost invisibly, plumose
/
552 Mr. R. 1. Pocock on sonie
hairs upon the posterior side of the trochanter of the palp (a
few also on the base of its femur), also upon the inner side
of the femur of the first leg as in Brachypelma, but on the
anterior side of the trochanter of the first leg the plumose
scopula present in that genus is almost entirely replaced by
basally stout and apically filiform spines; hairs on the
anterior side of the coxa almost wholly converted into
similar spines both above and below the suture. Also on
the posterior side of the coxa of the palp there are similar
spines intermixed with the hairs both above and below
the naked area, while near the middle of the base of this
area there is a small cluster of spines.
The spines on the coxee suggest those of Citharacanthus, but
in the latter they are considerably stouter and do not replace
the normal clothing of slender hairs below the suture. More-
over, there is in C7tharacanthus no scopula on the inner side
of the femur of the first leg, and there are long delicately
plumose spines rising amongst the scopular hairs on the
trochanter of the palp, and large plumose spines on that of
the first leg.
Type Dugesiella crinita, sp. n.
Dugestella crinita, sp. n.
6 .—Colour: carapace, legs, and mandibles covered with
olive-black hairs ; abdomen more intensely black ; legs above
and below, sternum, and abdomen thickly hirsute with long
foxy-red bristles.
Carapace nearly as wide as long, a little shorter than pro-
tarsus of fourth, and about as long as tibia and half the
patella of this leg, as long as femur of fourth or of first and
as patella+ tibia of palp ; cephalic area moderately high.
Eyes of anterior line subequal; medians rather more than
a diameter apart, rather less from the laterals.
Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth exceeding the first by about half its
tarsus ; protarsus of first and second scopulate to base, without
basal spines on first, and with one basal spine on second ; tibia
of first not incrassate, with one external basal spine and two
strong apical spines above the spur; upper spur cylindrical,
obtuse, with a short straight spine below it; lower spur
only lightly curved and armed with ashort blunt spine ;_ pro-
tarsus strong]; arcuate. ‘Tibie of second, third, and fourth
legs with only a few inferior spines; inner side of femur of
first and of fourth and posterior side of trochanter of palp
subscopulate with simple hairs.
falp long, reaching nearly to end of tibia of first leg, its
Genera of S.-American Aviculariide. 553
tibia armed with one internal spine ; palpal organ serrate along
the convex side of the base of the spine as in Hurypelma
serratum, but the spine is much thinner than in that species,
though otherwise similar.
? .—Like the male in colour, but more hirsute.
Carapace as long as patella+tibia of first or fourth leg
(protarsus of fourth scarcely exceeding cephalic area in length),
and as protarsus and half the tarsus of the fourth, and
scarcely shorter than tibia and protarsus of second or third.
A second specimen, perhaps not quite adult, has relatively
longer legs, the patella and tibia of first and fourth being
considerably longer than the carapace, the cephalic area of
which is also much shorter than the fourth protarsus.
Measurements in millimetres.— 8 (type). Total length 27;
length of carapace 13, width 12; length of cephalic area 8°5,
of first leg 47, second leg 45°5, third leg 42, fourth leg 51;
patella+ tibia of first and of fourth 16, protarsus of fourth
1455.
?. Total length 42; length of carapace 18, width 16
length of cephalic area 12, of first leg 46°5, second 44, third
41, fourth 52; patella+tibia of first and fourth 18, protarsus
of fourth 13.
Loc. Mexico; Guanajuato (A. Dugés).
Genus APHONOPELMA, nov.
Anterior side of coxa of first leg thickly clothed with hairs,
most of which have stout spiniform bases and slender filiform
extremities; anterior side of trochanter with clothing of
simple hairs, with at most one or two spiniform sete; no
plumose scopula on the inside of the femur and no plumose
scopula on posterior side of trochanter of palp, merely
simple hairs, and no spines or spiniform sete on the posterior
side of the coxa of the palp.
Type Aphonopelma Seemanni, F. Cambr. (sub Hurypelma).
Distribution. Southern States of North America and
Mexico.
I also refer to this genus species from California and Texas
as well as Hurypelma rusticum.
Genus PLESIOPELMA, nov.
Resembling H/ome@ommu in that the base of the protarsus
of the first leg in the male passes between the two tibial spurs,
but differing in having the protarsi of first and second legs
scopulate to base, of third more than half covered below, and
of fourth with nearly half of it covered. Palpal bulb without
554 On some Genera of S.-American Aviculariide.
basal prominence, and with spine slender and apically pointed.
Coxa of first leg clothed in front with simple slender bristles
intermixed with erect pin-like hairs, of trochanter covered
with slender ragged bristles; coxa of palp naked throughout
its median length behind, the trochanter without scopula.
Type Plesiopelma myodes, sp. n.
Plesiopelma myodes, sp. n.
g .—Prevailing colour black, hairy clothing olive-brown
with silky-golden lustre, legs indistinctly banded longitu-
dinally above.
Carapace low, longer than wide, as long as patella and
tibia of second leg, a little shorter than those of fourth, con-
siderably shorter than those of first, slightly longer than
protarsus and tarsus of first, than protarsus and half the
tarsus of the fourth, and than patella, tibia, and tarsus of the
palp ; length from fovea equal to tibia of fourth or of first.
Hyes of anterior line large, laterals larger than medians ;
medians considerably less than a diameter from each other
and from the laterals.
Legs 4, 1, 2, 3, fourth a little more than three times as
long as the carapace, not so thick as the first; tibia of first
armed with two internal and about four inferior spines, its
protarsus scopulate to base, but not spinous proximally ;
protarsus of second with about three strong spines at base of
scopula; protarsus of third with more than its lower half,
of fourth with its lower half scopulate. Upper tibial spur
of first leg short, cylindrical, with long inferior spine, lower
spur stout, not strongly arcuate, with short apical spine ;
protarsus not arched, with external basal nodule. ‘Tibia of
alp with one inner spine; palpal organ with spine stout at
base, filiform at apex, with a slight spiral curvature and two
strong keels. Basal segment of palp and first leg clothed
with simple hairs.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 26; length of
earapace 13, width 11; length from fovea 8 ; length of first lee
39, second 36, third 32, fourth 41; patella+ tibia of first 15,
of fourth 18°5; protarsus of fourth 9:5.
Loc. Uruguay.
Genus ACENTROPELMA, nov.
Resembling Metriopelma, but with the anterior side of the
trochanter and femur of the first lez and the posterior side of
the trochanter of the palp covered with a scopula of relatively
stout delicately plumose bristles.
On Two new Species of Bracon. 505
Type Acentropelma spinulosum, F. Cambr. (sub Metrio-
pelma).
In Metriopelma, at least in the species that I refer to Breyer?
and tetricum, there is no scopula, merely normal hairs on the
surfaces above mentioned.
To the synonymy of Metriopelma tetricum, Sim., must be
added Miaschistopus rapidus, Poc., based upon specimens in
the British Museum from Keyserling’s collection labelled
W. Africa. The error of locality misled me into describing
the specimens as the representatives of a new genus and
species.
LXX.—Description of Two new Species of Bracon from
Bengal. By Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.8., F.E.S.
My friend Mr. L. de Nicéville, Government Entomologist,
Indian Museum, Calcutta, has kindly entrusted to me for
identification two species of Lracon bred from the larvee of
Scirpophaga aurifiua, Zeller, a moth belonging to the family
Crambide, extremely destructive to the sugar-cane plantations
in Bengal. So far as a careful examination of the material
in the collections of the British Museum and of the very
scattered literature on the subject have enabled me to judge,
both the species sent have not been previously described. I
have ventured to name one after Mr, de Nicéville.
Bracon Nicévillit, sp. n.
2. Fulvous yellow, the tips of the mandibles, the an-
tenn, a broad band across the vertex of the head, the fifth
and base of the sixth abdominal segment above, and the
sheath of the ovipositor black, the ovipositor itself yellow, the
posterior tibizs and tarsi fuscous: wings hyaline yellow, the
apex of both and inferior margin of hind wing infuscated ;
the front wing with two fuscous clouds, one in front of the
basal nervure, passing from the costal margin of the wing
through the discoidal cells, the other covering the apical half
of the stigma and passing through the second cubital cell ;
base of stigma yellow; a clear hyaline spot in the first
cubital cell. Head and thorax smooth and shining; legs
covered with ashort pubescence; a triangular impressed mark
on the face above the clypeus slightly raised in the middle,
with a small pit at each angle connected by furrows; a deep,
short, impressed line vertically from between the base of the
antenne to the pit at the apex of the triangle; the thorax
556 On Two new Species of Bracon.
above and the pleure smooth and shining, the median
segment broad, smooth, evenly rounded, the sides with an
irregular, large, longitudinally impressed depression. Abdo-
men broad, the basal segment with well-marked lateral
furrows diverging towards the apical margin of the segment,
the middle near the apex bearing a short longitudinal carina;
abdominal sutures distinct, that between the second and third
segments crenulate, the second segment with a diamond-
shaped raised plane in the middle at base, beyond which the
depressed dorsal surface of the segment is coarsely rugose ;
the apical margin smooth and shining, the second, third, and
fourth segments with short, lateral, oblique furrows, which
are distinctly crenulate; the rest of the abdomen above
smooth and shining.
3. Closely resembles the female, but is longer, with a
narrower abdomen ; the antenne brownish yellow; the apical
joints of the intermediate and posterior tarsi fuscous; the
dorsal surface of the sixth, not fifth, abdominal segment
black, the second to fourth segments with oblique lateral
depressions and transverse furrows arching towards the bases
of the segment: wings narrower, the fuscous clouds on the
fore wing smaller.
?. Length 12 millim. to apex of abdomen; ovipositor
15 millim.; expanse 20 millim.
6. Length 14 millim.; expanse 20 millim.
Allied to B. agraensis, Cameron, but differing in the
colour of the wings and considerably in the sculpture of the
thorax and abdomen.
Bracon famulus, sp. n.
?. Resembles the preceding, but the head is broader,
flattened above, and abruptly truncated at the occiput, the
thorax larger proportionately, the median segment with a
longitudinal medial groove, along the middle of which is a
short raised carina; the abdominal segments coarsely rugu-
lose above, the apical segment smooth and shining, the sutures
between the second, third, fourth, and fifth segments indis-
tinctly crenulate, the second and third segments with oblique
lateral depressions. Fulvous yellow, the antenne deep
brownish black; a large circular black spot on either side of
the third segment at apex ; posterior tibie and tarsi fuscous,
basal half of the sheath of the ovipositor black: wings hyaline
yellow, fuscous on the apical half of both wings; fore wing with
a fuscous cloud on either side of the basal nervure, succeeded
by a clear hyaline spot in the first cubital, passing into the
discoidal cell; the basal portion of the stigma yellow; a
On a new Species of Land-Shell from Colombia, 557
hyaline spot in the marginal cell and a hyaline line on either
side of the second transverse cubital nervure.
6. Similar, more slender; the abdomen narrower; the
antenne, the space round the ocelli, and a spot on the lateral
margins of the second to sixth abdominal segments black ;
the wings with the fuscous cloud around the basal nervure
extending further towards the apex of the wing.
?. Length 13 millim. to apex of abdomen; ovipositor
5 millim.; expanse 21 millim.
3. Length 12 millim.; expanse 19 millim.
LX XI.—Deseription of a new Species of Land-Shell from
Colombia. By 8S. I. pa Costa.
Labyrinthus colombiensis, sp. n.
Testa imperforata, orbicularis, globoso-conoidea, solida, rufo-fusea,
lineis obliquis, curvatis striata; spira depressa, ad apicem obtusa;
anfractus 54, convexiusculi, ultimus ad peripheriam obtuse
carinatus, antice descendens: apertura horizontalis, transverse
auriformis; peristoma contractum, continuum, album, breviter
reflexum, sinuosum ; pone labrum biscrobiculatum, marginibus
eallo alto prominente, laminam erectam intrantem emittente
junctis, supero arcuato, basale flexuoso, intus tuberculis duobus,
dente altero brevi, altero obtuso majore, dextro inequaliter
bidentato.
Alto 21; diam. maj. 34 mm., min. 30 mm.
Hab. Santa Marta, Colombia, South America.
This species differs in many respects from others of this
group, which are almost invariably deeply umbilicate, flat, and
sharply carinate. L. Sievers’, Marten, both in form and the
armature of the aperture bears a strong resemblance to this
558 Mr. O. A. Sayce on Three
species (see ‘Manual of Conchology,’ vol. ix. pl. xxii.
figs. 7 & 8), but it is less than a third of the size; both are
from the same locality. In the new species it will be observed
that of the two basal tubercles that one nearest the colu-
mella is remarkably strong and bends towards the left, the
other, which is much smaller, in the opposite direction.
LX XII.—On Three Blind Victorian Freshwater Crustacea
found in Surface-water. By O. A. SAYCE.
Durtin@ a collecting excursion in the district of Gippsland,
Victoria, I found, amongst a number of normal inhabitants
of a little freshwater runnel, three blind species of Crustacea.
Two of these are Isopods, but members of different tribes, and
the other one is an Amphipod.
The fact of these widely separated forms, each being blind,
inhabiting surface-water in the same locality, with proof of
their breeding there, is, I consider, of special zoological
interest, pointing, as they apparently do, to a cave or sub-
terranean origin; but when and how they have changed their
habitat, and, reverting back, entered the struggle for existence
with the surface-fauna, I am unable to decide.
I shall now enumerate the blind species and describe the
place in which they were found and the leading geological
features of the surrounding country so far as my limited
knowledge will allow.
Enumeration of the Species.
No. 1. Phreatoicotdes gracilis, Sayce (9).—This species
was taken from running water, and in all some twenty indi-
viduals were collected, comprising males and females of
different sizes, and one with eggs in the marsupium. ‘They
were found mostly within crevices of logs and amongst the
matted fibres of dead tree-fern trunks lying in the water.
No. 2. Janirella pusilla, Sayce (11).—About a dozen males
and females were collected from a bunch of dead moss in a
small pool within a few yards of the streamlet formed
through the uprootal of a large Kucalypt. Many of them
had developing young in the marsupium.
No. 3. Niphargus pulchellus, Sayce (10).—Only three
individuals were found, and each was taken from the same
little pool as Janirella pusilla,
Blind Victorian Freshwater Crustacea. 559
Description of Locality.
The locality is not far from the township of Thorpdale, in
Gippsland, and the tiny streamlet previously mentioned,
which eventually feeds the Narracan River, runs somewhat
rapidly between the bases of two steep hills, but is interrupted
in its course by logs and fallen tree-fern trunks and other
forest débris, so that the water is often dammed back and
turned aside, and sometimes it widens out and forms shallow
areas, over which the water slowly flows. It is evidently fed
by spring-water. The valley has a virgin growth of larger
and smaller forest-trees and ferns, forming a dense under-
growth, which shuts out to a large extent the direct rays of
the sun.
The locality is richly inhabited by ordinary forms of life,
such as are found in similar situations elsewhere ; amongst
these may be mentioned two other species of Crustacea
living in the water in association with the blind forms
—one a crayfish (Astacopsis sp.) and the other an Amphipod
(Atyloides Gabrieli, Sayce). Both of these were in consider-
able numbers and have been found in other localities.
It will thus be understood that the locality is not shut off
and isolated by any barrier, but that the struggle for existence
amongst the inhabitants is in as full force as elsewhere.
The district generally is of a hilly character and heavily
timbered. ‘The altitude of the place where the specimens
were taken is between 800 and 900 feet above the sea-level,
and distant about 30 miles from the sea-board. The geolo-
gical formation of the district is, according to the government
map, Mesozoic, which is overlaid at the locality mentioned
by a small area of Volcanic. At some distance to the south
and also northward there are Upper Tertiary deposits, and
north of this, less than 20 miles distant, there is an extensive
area of Upper Silurian, stretching for miles northward and
also eastward and westward.
Relation of the Species to known Forms.
The nearest known allies of the several species were con-
sidered in the original papers describing them; I shall,
however, briefly allude to them here, but first I shall enumerate
the known members of the peculiarly Australasian Isopod
family Phreatoicide, to which Phreatozcoides belongs.
Phreatoicus typicus, Chilton, and P. assimilis, Chilton, both
blind inhabitants of subterranean waters in New Zealand.—
These two, together with other New-Zealand subterranean
560 Mr, O. A. Sayce on Three
Crustacea, are described by Dr. Chilton in a very complete
and valuable paper (1), to which I am greatly indebted,
which contains not only descriptions and drawings of the
species, but many questions are debated concerning the fauna
of caves and wells, and also there is a carefully compiled
bibliography upon the subject and notes thereon.
Phreatoicus australis, Chilton (2).—This species, which
has normal eyes, is described as occurring under stones in a
boggy flat near thé summit (5700 feet) of Mount Kosciusko,
which is within 200 miles of Thorpdale in a north-easterly
direction. Mr. G. M. Thomson also records it from freshwater
pools on the top (4100 feet) of Mount Wellington in Tas-
mania (6), and from the same island I have also received
specimens of it from a mountain-lake situated at an elevation
of 2900 feet, and compared them with co-types (14).
Phreatoicus tasmanie, Thomson (7).—This was collected
from the Great Lake, Tasmania, which lies at an elevation of
3800 feet above sea-level ; it also has normal eyes.
Phreatoicus Shephardi, Sayce (12).—This was taken from
a tiny streamlet on the north side of the Dividing Range,
near Whittlesea, Victoria, at an elevation of about 2000 feet.
It is without the slightest appearance of any eyes.
Phreatotcopsts terricola, Spencer & Hall (8).—This species
is of terrestrial habit, and is recorded as being obtained
burrowing in earth on the hills in the dense forest near Colac,
Victoria. It has normal eyes.
In the following characters those of the above species
having the closest resemblance to P. gracilis will now be
given. I have not, however, seen the New-Zealand forms,
but judge them from the very careful descriptions and
drawings of Dr. Chilton.
1. Shape of body and comparative length of antenne.—
P. gracilis is much more slender than any other species, due
in part to the pleura not being produced. I omitted to
mention in my original description that the males have con-
siderably longer antennee than the females; they are more
than half the length of the body. In these respects it com-
pares closely with the New-Zealand subterranean forms, and
of these two most closely with P. typicus. ‘The body of that
species is longer than P. ass¢milis and the pleura only mode-
rately developed, but both are more slender than any of the
other surface-forms except P. gracilis.
2. Want of colour.—tlt is in agreement with the New-
Zealand forms; all the rest have more or less of colour-
markings.
Blind Victorian Freshwater Crustacea. 56L
3. Want of eyes.—Agrees with the New-Zealand forms
and also with P. Shephard.
4, Mouth-parts.—Of the New-Zealand forms, nearer to
P. assimilis than to P. typicus, but nearer to P. australis
and P. Shephardi than either, on account of their stouter
mandibles.
Janirella pusilla.—This species agrees in general shape
and leading features with Leach’s genus Janira, also with
Sars’s genus Janiropsis, which so far contains only one
species, viz. J. breviremis, from the west coast of Norway.
Sars says that there are no known freshwater Ianiridz (5) ;
but from Stebbing I notice that Jera Guerne?, Dollfus, of
the same family is an inland river species of the Azores, and
also that J. Nordmann (Rathke) and J. albifrons, Leach (two
British species), are often at home in runnels of fresh water
traversing sea-beaches (4. p. 379).
Niphargus pulchellus—Mr. G. M. Thomson describes two
species closely allied to the genus Niphargus from Tasmanian
surface-freshwater (6). These species differ considerably from
N. pulchellus, but of the two it is nearest to VV. montanus,
obtained from pools on the summit of Mount Wellington,
where also Phreatotcus australis was taken. In contradis-
tinction it has the antennz and terminal uropoda very short,
the body stouter, and it possesses eyes. My species appears
to be nearer to some of the Hnglish forms, but I have no
specimens for comparison.
Special Characteristics of the Species.
The special characteristics of the three species are :—
1. Loss of eyes.—In each there is a total loss of the crystal-
line lens and pigment. In Jantrella pusilla there is, how-
ever, on the dorsal surface of the cephalon of some, but not
to be seen in all, a pair of small circular areas somewhat
clearer of colour than the surrounding parts, which may be
vestiges of eyes, but of which I have doubt. As mentioned
in my paper (9), after examining serial sections through the
head of P. gracilis 1 failed to detect any trace of optic lobes
or nerves.
2. Colour.—In both P. gracilis and N. pulchellus the
colour is quite white, without any trace of pigment; but a
female, with eggs in the marsupium, had the eggs of a
decided yellow colour. J. pusilla has a slight general
ochreous colour, but without any definite markings or
pattern.
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 39
062 Mr. O. A. Sayce on Three
3. Compensation for loss of eyesight.—For loss of eyes one
would expect to find some specialization of other sense-organs
or in some way a compensation. So far as touch is con-
cerned this is apparent in the species under consideration, as
is shown by the following table of measurements of the
eminently tactile antenne as compared with the nearest
known allies possessing eyes; but in this relation it is
important to bear in mind that these allies are not of close
affinity except in the case of P. gracilis.
In the following table the length of the body of each species
ts taken as 100, and the antenna in relative proportion :—
Phreatoicordes gracilis, § ... a Phreatoicus australis, $...... a
i Pen
Niphargus pulchellus ........ a Neoniphargus montanus...... eas
Janirella pusilla, S ....e.e ee i Janiropsis breviremis, S...... se
As to the question whether there are a greater number of
setee generally over the surface of the body and legs, and also
of olfactory and auditory sete, than in allied species with
functioning eyes, I think it is not so in the species under
consideration ; it is, however, hard to judge, but at least I
have not observed any notable increase of either simple or
specialized sensory sete.
The shape of the body of both P. gracilis and N. pulchellus
is rematkably slender by comparison with other surface allies.
This has been observed by Chilton in his two subterranean
species of Phreatvicus. He says, “In the two species of
Phreatoicus, P. typicus and P. assimilis, the body is more
slender and the antenne and legs longer, especially in
P. typicus, than in the surface species P. australis” (1. p. 262).
An explanation for which he offers: “ It appears probable
that, in the case of species living in underground waters, the
greater slenderness of the body has been acquired in order to
adapt the animal for its life in the restricted spaces between
the stones and shingle in which it has to live.”
General Considerations.
In the orders to which the three species under consideration
belong the normal forms possess eyes; we must conclude
therefore that atrophy has taken place in the ancestors of the
blind species. Packard, who has given earnest consideration
to and investigation of the cave-fauna of North America,
publishes in an extensive paper a list of blind or eyeless
Blind Victorian Freshwater Crustacea, 563
animals that are not inhabitants of caves (3). From a study
of this list it may be seen how very exceptional is the absence
of eyes in orders and classes of animals in which they are
generally present, other than inhabitants of dark caverns,
subterranean water, or ocean and lake abysses, but that there
are exceptions must not be forgotten. In the order Amphi-
poda there are no blind forms recorded from lighted situations
in the list just mentioned, and I am unaware of any other
than the present instance of widely separable forms, each
being blind, living and breeding in one place amongst normal
surface-forms.
That they possess the peculiar characteristics of a subter-
ranean or cave life—viz. loss of eyes and want of colour,
to which may be added slenderness of form,—will, from the
foregoing, be obvious; and when it is remembered that they
belong to widely separated groups and are found in the same
locality, one is justified in assuming that their near ancestors
were inhabitants of subterranean waters or caves; but how
long since such was their habitat and in what way the change
_has been accomplished I am unable to offer any opinion. It
is at least clear that they have been and are still successful
in the sharper struggle incident to a surface-life; and on
account of this one would expect to find greater modification
of sensory organs, to endow greater sensibility, than in the
subterranean forms, where there are so few competitors.
This, however, does not appear to be the case except in the
Niphargus, in which the terminal pair of uropoda 1s charac-
teristically increased in length. As previously stated, there
does not appear to be any appreciable difference in the
number of olfactory and auditory seta. Regarding the other
two species, it must be remembered that they are Isopods and
that the members of this group are normally frequenters of
secluded situations.
To say how longa time has elapsed since the blind Thorp-
dale species have inhabited total darkness such as would
have led to entire atrophy of the eyes would be pure specu-
lation, for there appears to be no data to reason from. Any
subterranean waters that may exist in the locality must, on
geological evidence, be quite local, for the extensive Silurian
area mentioned as existing less than 20 miles northward
would prevent the possibility of remote subterranean waters
reaching this locality. Neither is there any evidence, nor
indeed is there any probability, of any large cavernous recesses
existing either at the surface or underground.
Asa matter of interest, certainly not for comparative deduc-
tion, I may mention that Packard, for one, quotes several
564 Bibliographical Notice.
facts (3. p. 139), which, he says, tend to show that the
bleaching of the body and atrophy of the eyes, as well as the
adaptation to a life in darkness, may have been induced after
but a few generations, perhaps but one or two only, resulting
in the comparatively rapid evolution of cave-species; but I
am unaware of any facts to shed light upon the possible
length of time that might ensue to regain organs that have
suffered decadence.
Bibliography.
1. C. Cotton. ‘The Subterranean Crustacea of New Zealand,”
Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zoology, vi. part 2.
2. . “On a new Isopod from Mount Kosciusko,” Records
Australian Museum, vol. i. pp. 149-171.
3. A. S. Packarp. “The Cave-Fauna of North America,” Nat.
Academy of Sciences, iv.
4, T. R. R. Srepsine. “ History of Crustacea,” International Science
Series (1893).
5. G.O.Sars. ‘Crustacea cf Norway,’ vol. ii. (1897).
6. G. M. Tuomson. “Notes on Tasmanian Crustacea,” Proc. Roy.
Soc. Tasmania (1892).
Up . “On anew Species of Phreatotcus from Tasmania,” Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, xiii.
8. BALDWIN SPENCER and T. S. Harty. ‘On a new Genus of
Terrestrial Isopoda (Phreatoicopsis),” Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, ix.
(new series).
9. O. A. Saycr. “On anew Genus of Freshwater Isopoda (Phrea-
toicoides),’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xii. (new series) part 2.
10. ‘““On a new Species of Miphargus from Victoria,” op. cit.
xii. part 2.
105 . “On a new Genus of Isopoda (Janirella),” op. cit. xiii.
art 1.
12. z . “Ona new Species of Phreatoicus,”’ op. cit. xiii. part 1.
13. ——-.. “On some new Victorian Freshwater Amphipoda,” op. cit.
xiii. part 2.
14.
“On Phreatvicus australis from Tasmania,’ Victorian Natu-
ralist, xvii. no. 6.
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.
A Handbook of British Birds. By J. HK. Harrine, F.LS., F.Z.S.
New and Revised Edition. Pp. xxxi+520 and 35 Plates.
London: John C. Nimmo, 1901.
Tus book should find a place in the library of every working
ornithologist, for it contains much that is not to be found in any
other work of the kind with which we are acquainted.
It is primarily intended as a source of quick reference as to the
precise status of every species which has occurred in Great Britain
and Ireland to the end of 1900. Although we notice some omissions,
perhaps inevitable in a work of this kind, perfect reliance may be
placed on the work as a whole. Mr. Harting has done much more
Pt.
y
Miscellaneous. 56)
than give us a mere list of detailed occurrences of rare birds or
bald commonplace statements of facts concerning residents, for
field-notes of an extremely interesting character are copiously dis-
tributed throughout its pages.
Our avifauna, from various causes, is being slowly depleted, and
no one, turning over the pages of the volume, can fail to realize that
we owe Mr. Harting a great deal for having rescued from oblivion
facts of the greatest interest concerning many species which have long
since ceased to be more than occasional visitors to our shores, but
which were at one time very common birds. Scarcely less valuable
are the notes on the derivation of the names of birds, such as the
Capercaillie, Solan Goose, Reeve, and Spoonbill, for instance; for
they represent much laborious research in fields inaccessible to most
of us.
The book is well bound and well printed, and furthermore is
illustrated by 35 Plates giving coloured figures of the heads (and
outlines, in many cases, of the feet) of most of our British birds.
We cannot but feel that they could be very well dispensed with and
so reduce the cost of the work; if they are to be retained more must
be added, so that all the undoubted residents at least are included,
and several more representing immature plumages must be added.
Most of the figures are exceedingly good, some are exceedingly bad:
none were drawn specially for the work, and all have appeared
before in a Dutch work: finally, they were not drawn (save one
or two) by Schlegel, as is stated on the titlepage, but by Keulemans.
As to their arrangement, we venture to think it would have been
better to place them all together at the end of the volume, instead
of distributing them between every ten pages or so.
MISCELLANEOUS.
Moore's ‘ Lepidoptera Indica.’
To the Editors of the ‘Annals and Magazine of Natural History.’
GENTLEMEN,—Enquiries having reached mefor a continuation of
my notes on this book (‘ Annals,’ Dec. 1894), I beg to enclose you
the information desired by my correspondents, as it is of general
public service. As the parts are supplied direct by the publisher to
the Museum, the dates of receipt here given may be regarded as
within a few. days of the actual date of publication.
Received by the
Brit. Mus. (N. H.).
XX. pp. 177-192. 14 Jan. 1895.
XXI. 193-208. GEAprs 95:
XXII. 209-232. S July >, | Not 18 Mar:
. stated on p.
OTE: 233-248, 20 Septye so0 9 Not LOM Apr:
stated on p.
1895, as
209!
1895, as
2de0 !
566
Piss = PXOXGTIVE
XXV.
XXVI.
XXVII.
XXVIII.
XXIX.
XXX.
XXXI.
XXXII.
XXXITI.
XXXIV.
XXXYV.
XXXVI.
XXXVII.
XXXVIITI.
XXXIX.
XL.
XLI.
XLII.
XLIII.
XLIV.
XLV.
XLVI.
Gu) UL,
XLVIII.
XLIX.
L.
Miscellaneous.
pp. 249-274 [end of vol. 11. ].
1-24.
25-48.
73-96.
97-112.
113-128.
129-144,
145-168.
169-192.
193-216.
217-232.
233-254 [end of vol. iii. ].
1-16.
17-382. i
33-64.
65-88.
89-112.
113-136.
137-160.
161-176.
177-192.
193-208.
209-224.
225-260 [end of vol. iv. ].
1-24.
25-48.
Received by the
Brit. Mus. (N. H.).
6 Mar. 1896.
IUD Shay 55
IS BNovenas.
5 Mar. 1897.
PATE INUIES Sey
PAS INOW. 5
25 Feb. 1898.
1 June, ,,
POT INR,
127 Octaas,
28 Nov. ,,
17 Jan. 1899.
OT anew a
28 Mar. ,,
4 May, ,,
ORATOR
15 Sept. ,,
NSIOcte a.
5 Mar. 1900.
22 Mar. ,,
9 June, ,,
Als) ANG,»
1S Aus 7
IGS Citas
MAINO 5
2 Mar. 1901.
24 Apr. .,,
Not 8 May, 1895, as
stated on p. 257 !
Not 25 Mar. 1895, as
stated on p. 1!
Not 10 July, 1896, as
stated on p. 41!
Not 3 Sept. 1896, as
stated on p. 121!
Not 19 Mar. 1898, as
stated on p. 137!
Not 23 Apr. 1898, as
stated on p. 145!
Not 18 May, 1898, as
stated on p. 177!
Not 30 July, 1898, as
stated on p. 209!
Not 2 Jan. 1899, as
stated on p. 1!
Not 31 Jan. 1899 and
1 July, 1899, as
stated on pp. 33 and
41!
Not 12 Sept. 1899, as
stated on p. 121!
Not 23 Sept. 1899, as
stated on p. 169!
Not 10 Apr. 1900, as
stated on p. 177!
Not 13 Aug. 1900, as
stated on p. 249!
Not 1 Jan. 1901)
stated on p. 1!
Not 7 Feb. 1901, as
stated on p. 33!
C. Daviss SHERBORN
(‘Index Animalium ’).
INDEX to VOL. VIII.
ABANTIS, new species of, 59.
Abbott, G., on cellular limestone
from Sunderland, 159.
Abraham, N., on the breeding-habits
of Chromis philander, 321.
Acentropelma, characters of the new
genus, 504.
Achza, new species of, 132.
Adisura, new species of, 128.
Adorodocia, remarks on the genus,
30, 193.
Agrophis, new species of, 516.
Agylla, new species of, 182.
Alestes, synopsis of the genus, 486.
Aleurodes, new species of, 385.
Alyceus Fultoni, uew variety of,
242.
Amauris, new species of, 278.
Amilaga, characters of the new genus,
16
Annelids, notes on Japanese, 220;
on Norwegian, 222.
Anoplopterus, new species of, 447.
Aphanus, new species of, 500.
Aphonopelma, characters of the new
genus, 053.
Aphypena, characters of the new
genus, 21.
Appolonius, characters of the new
genus, 484. :
Apus, note on, from Armenia, 160.
Arachnida, new, 547.
Aranee, revision of the genera of the,
403.
Argidia, new species of, 87.
Aristzenetus, characters of the new
genus, 507.
Arrow, G. J., on the genus Adoro-
docia, 35, 193; on a new genus of
African Cetontide, 257.
Artibeus jamiicensis, note on, 192.
Aspidiotus, new species of, 106.
Aviculariide, on genera of S&S.
American, 540.
Baconia, new species of, 371.
Baniana, new species of, 82.
Barbus, new species of, 12, 444.
Barydia, new species of, 39.
Batrachians, new, 515.
Bedunia, new species of, 478.
Bendis, new species of, 90.
Bingham, Col. C. T., on two new
species of Bracon, 555.
Blenina, new species of, 130.
Blenny, note on the, 217.
Bomolocha, new species of, 20.
Books, new :—Scott’s Studies in Fos-
sil Botany, 72; Clarke’s First
Records of British Flowering
Plants, 74; Bonnier & du Sablon’s
Cours de Botanigue, 158; Alcock’s
Zoological Gleanings from the
Royal Indian Marine Survey Ship
‘Investigator,’ 259; Gordon’s Our
Country’s Shells, and how to know
them, 332; Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Land and Freshwater
Mollusea, 490; Harting’s Hand-
book of British Birds, 564.
Boulenger, G. A., on new species of
Synodontis, 10 ; on four new fishes,
12; on the occurrence of Salmo
macrostigma in Sardinia, 14; on a
new lizard from the Gaboon, 15;
on a new species of Cichlide, 114 ;
on the presence of a superbranchial
organ in Hypophthalmichthys,
186 ; on the classification of
Teleostean fishes, 261; on new
fishes from the Nile, 444; on a new
species of “Anoplopterus, 447; on
the genus Alestes, 486; on the
genus Distichodus, 510; on the
genera of Osteoglossidee, 514; ona
new frog from British E. Africa,515,
Bozius, characters of the new genus,
238.
Brachyplatys, new species of, 235.
Bracon, new species of, 555.
Branchipus, note on, from Armenia,
160.
Bryophila, new species of, 129.
Buliminus, new species of, 320.
Butler, Dr. A. G., on butte:flies from
Northern Nigeria, 57; from Kikuyu
and Mombasa, 111; revision of the
genus Precis, 196; on the genera
Tanaecia and Nora, 356,
Cacyparis, new species of, 18.
Cailliaud’s ‘ Voyage a Méroé’ ; ‘ Ex-
pédition scientifique de Morée,’
dates of, 334, 335.
Calastacus, new species of, 522.
Calydia, new species of, 38.
Cambridge, F. O. P., revision of the
genera of the Aranee, 403.
Cameron, P., on new species of
Hymenoptera, 116.
Campometra, new species of, 42.
Canis cancrivorus, new subspecies of,
146.
Canthylidia, new species of, 127.
Capnodes, new species of, 93.
Castelnau’s ‘Amérique du Sud,’
dates of, 164.
Cavalier, H. O., on Apus and Bran-
chipus from Armenia, 160.
Cavia, note on species of, 5382.
porcellus, new subspecies of, 152.
——rufescens, new subspecies of,
538.
Celama, new species of, 176.
Ceramidia, new species of, 172.
Ceratovacuna, new species of, 384.
Ceroplastes, new species of, 62, 389.
Ceryx, new species of, 165.
Chilopoda, new, 448, 454; on the,
of Australia, 451.
Chionema, new species of, 124.
Chloritis, new species of, 157.
Chromis philander, on the breeding-
habits of, 321.
Chrysocale, new species of, 171.
Chrysolarra, characters of the new
genus, 118.
Chrysops, notes on the genus, 298;
new species of, 314.
Citharacanthus, charactersof the new
genus, 501.
Clarias, new species of, 13.
Clerada, new species of, 476.
Cletodes, new species of, 346.
Cloeotis, characters of the new genus,
28.
Coccide, new, 51, 62, 100, 388.
Cockerell, T. D. A., on the Mexican
species of Ripersia, 51.
Cockerell, W. P., on a new species
of Ripersia, 56.
Codronchus, characters of the new
genus, 283.
Coenipeta, new species of, 81.
Coleoptera, new, 86, 257, 366.
Conepatus zorilla, new name for, 528.
Coptosoma, new species of, 236.
Coreura, new species of, 173.
Cormocephalus, new species of, 456.
INDEX.
Costa, 8S. I. da, on a new land-shell
from Colombia, 557.
Cottus, note on the, 217.
Cromeria, characters of the new
genus, 445.
Crustacea, new, 337, 522; on three
blind Victorian freshwater, 558.
Ctenoapis, characters of the new
genus, 116.
Ctenosia, new species of, 180.
Ctenucha, new species of, 175.
Curvella, new species of, 320.
Cyclosia, new species of, 124.
Cyclosodes, characters of the new
genus, 183.
Dactylopius, new species of, 388.
Dactylopus, new species of, 349.
Daerlac, new species of, 483.
Dalhousiella, new species of, 231.
Dasyprocta, new species of, 272.
Dasypterus ega, new subspecies of,
246,
Daxata, new species of, 16.
Delphyre, new species of, 174.
Diaspidistis, characters of the new
genus, 110.
Diaspis, new species of, 109.
Diatoms, new, 421, 424; errata to
papers on, 494.
Dichromia, new species of, 134.
Dieuches, new species of, 505.
Dinia, new species of, 497.
Dinomachus, characters of the new
genus, 473,
Diplommatina, new species of, 244.
Diplopods, on the genera of Blan-
iuloid, 580.
Diptera new, 292.
Distant, W.L., onnew Rhynchota,60 ;
on Plataspine and Graphosomine,
233; on the Lygeide, 464, 497.
Distichodus, synopsis of the genus,
510.
Drymus, new species of, 508.
Dugesiella, characters of the new
genus, 551.
Duomitus, new species of, 125.
Du _ Petit-Thouars’s ‘Voyage de la
Vénus,’ dates of, 492.
d’Urville’s ‘ Voyage de 1]’Astrolabe,’
dates of, 338.
Dyomyx, new species of, 39.
Eleotris, new species of, 446.
Eligmodontia callosa, new subspecies
of, 253.
Ennea, new species of, 315.
Entephria, new species of, 155.
Entomostraca, on some Arctic,
337,
INDEX.
Eobanus, characters of the new genus,
240,
Estigmene, new species of, 185.
Kiteone, notes on species of, 225.
HKucosmetus, new species of, 482.
Eucosmocara, characters of the new
genus, 22.
Eugoa, new species of, 185.
Kuneomys, note on the genus, 254.
Kupalastrus, characters of the new
genus, 546,
Kuplexia, new species of, 128.
Eupterote, new species of, 125.
Kutelia, new species of, 130.
Euthermisia, new species of, 90.
Fabyre’s ‘Commission scientifique du
Nord,’ dates of, 491.
Feelicianus, characters of the new
genus, 486.
‘ Faune Frangaise,’ dates of the, 493.
Fanxulus, new species of, 319.
Felis concolor, new subspecies of,
188.
pajeros, new subspecies of, 247.
Ferret & Galinier’s ‘Voyage en Abys-
sinie,’ dates of, 161.
Férussac & Dexhayes’s ‘ Histoire na-
turelle gén. et part. des Mollusques
terrestres et fluviatiles, and ‘'Ta-
bleaux systématiques des Animaux
mollusques,’ dates of, 74.
Fishes, new, 10, 12, 114, 444, 447,
521; on the life-history of the lit-
toral, 216; on the classification of
Teleostean, 261.
Fred. P. Pullar Memorial prizes, 260.
Fulton, H.,on new species of Diplom-
matina and Opisthostoma, 242.
Galago, new species of, 27.
Geocoris, new species of, 469,
Geological Society, proceedings of
the, 159.
Geophilus, on the species of, 329.
Gerbillus, new species of, 275.
Germalus, uew species of, 471.
Glauconycteris, new species of, 256.
Gnophodes, new species of, 279.
Gonodonta, new species of, 90.
Grammodes, new species of, 132.
Graphosominz, on some, 240.
Gude, +. K., on a new species of
Chloritis, 157.
Gunnels, note on the, 218.
Gunther, Dr. A., on the breeding-
habits of African Chromids, 321.
Gymnasura, new species of, 184.
Haasiella, characters of the new
genus, 449.
569
Hampson, Sir G. F., on new species
of Syntomidie and Arctiade, 165.
Haplochilus, new species of, 446.
Heinsius, characters of the new
genus, 469.
Helices, on the nomenclature of
European, 325.
Heliocheilus, new species of, 126.
Heliothis, new species of, 128.
Hemiloba, characters of the new
genus, 24,
Hempel, A., on Brazilian Coccide,
62, 100, 388; on new Brazilian
Hemiptera, 383.
Henicops, new species of, 454.
Hesionide frem the ‘ Porcupine’ ex-
pedition, notes on, 227.
Heteropygas, new species of, 86.
Heterormista, characters of the new
genus, 19.
Hipposiderus, new species of, 113.
Hister, new species of, 373.
Histeridze, new, 366.
‘Histoire naturelle... des Mollusques
ter. et fluv.,’ dates of, 74.
Holochilus, new species of, 149.
Hololepta, new species of, 368.
Homalopygus, new species of, 379,
Homoptera, new species of, 40,
Hymeuoptera, new, 116, 555.
Hyperoncus, new species of, 60.
Hyphantria, new species of, 185.
Hypocaccus, new species of, 383.
Hypochrosis, new species of, 125.
Hypocladia, new species of, 172.
Hypolysia, characters of the new
genus, 318.
Hypophthalmicththys, on a super-
branchial organ in, 186.
Idiopholis, new species of, 517.
Ilema, new species of, 180.
Iridopolma, characters of the new
genus, 549.
Ischnodemus, new species of, 468.
Jacquemont's ‘ Voyage dans 1|’Inde,’
dates of, 334.
Janirella pusilla, note on, 558.
Jonesiella, new species of, 3438.
Kane, W. F. de V., on Mysis relicta
in Ireland, 591.
Kedestes, new species of, 60.
Labyrinthus, new species of, 557.
Lamprodema, new species of, 500.
Laplace's ‘ Voyage sur la Favorite,’
dates of, 333.
Lasiodora, remarks on the genus,
544,
Lefebyre’s ‘ Voyage en Abyssinie’ and
Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 7. Vol. viii. 40
570
‘ Exploration scient. de l’Algérie,’
dates of, 162.
Lepidoptera, new, 16, 38, 57, 77, 123,
165, 211, 278, 359; from Kikuyu
and Mombasa, on, 111.
JLepus, new species of, 277. -
Lethzeus, new species of, 506.
Lewis, G., on new species of His-
teridx, 366.
Lichtensia, new species of, 104.
Ligyromorphus, characters of the new
genus, 257.
Lithobiomorpha, synopsis of the
genera of the, 448.
Lithobius, new species of, 449.
Lumpsucker, note on the, 218.
Luxiaria, new species of, 125.
Lycomorpha, new species of, 175.
Lydekker, R., on the skull of an
antelope from Tibet, 160.
Lygaide, revision of the, 464,
497.
Lygeeosoma, new species of, 464.
Mabuia, new species of, 15.
McArdle, Capt. A. F., on Indian
deep-sea trawling, 517.
M‘Intosh, Prof., on the life-history
of the littoral fishes, 216; on
Japanese annelids, 220; on Norwe-
gian annelids, 222; on Canadian
Phy llodocidee, 223 ; on Hesionidee
fiom the ‘ Porcupine’ expedition,
DDE
Macropes, new species of, 467.
Macroscelides, new species of, 1&4,
255.
Macrosia, new species of, 179.
Magninus, characters of the new
genus, 474.
Malcus, new species of, 472.
Mammals, new, 27, 113, 189, 154,
188, 189, 246, 255, 271, 275, 438,
528, 536.
Marapaua, new species of, 19.
Margaronia, new species of, 137.
Marshall, G. A. K., experiments in
seasonal dimorphism, 398.
Matigramma, new species of, 42.
Meccsoma, new species of, 61.
Megaphobema, characiers of the new
genus, 546.
Melampus, new species of, 320.
Melyill, J. C., on new terrestrial
Mollusca from 8. Africa, 315.
Mereschkowsky, C., on Okedenia,
Kul., 415; on the new genus
Stauronella, 424; currigenda to
previous papers of, 494.
INDEX.
Mesophylla, characters of the new
venus, 145.
Metarctia, new species of, 169.
Meteugoa, ew species of, 184.
Micraga, new species of, 174.
Microtane, characters of the new
genus, 185.
Mizaldus, characters of the new
eeuus, 485.
Mocis, new species of, 85.
Mollusca, on the recent literature o
Japanese, 1; new, 157, 242, 315,
557.
Molossus, remarks on the genus,
436; new species of, 141, 488.
planirostris, new subspecies of,
190.
Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ on the
dates of, 565.
Moscha, new species of, 23.
Munidupsis, new species of, 528.
Myoderma, new species of, 258.
Myriopod nomenclature, on, 329.
Mysis relicta, on the occurrence of,
in Ireland, 391.
Napata, new species of, 172.
Narbo, new species of, 505.
Nasua, new species of, 248, 271.
Necrophloeophagus, new species of,
462.
Nectomys, new species of, 250.
Nephthys Jeffreysii, note on, 220.
Niguza, new species of, 133.
Ninus, new species of, 465.
Niphareus pulchellus, note on, 558.
Niponius, new species of, 370.
Nola, new species of, 178.
Nora, notes on the genus and new
species of, 564.
Nototheniidee, synopsis of the, 265.
Novarrus, characters of the new
genus, 476,
Nyecteris wthiopica, new subspecies
of, 30.
Nysius, new species of, 465,
Obeliscus. new species of, 317.
Odozana, new species of, 184.
Okedenia, remarks on the genus, 415;
new species of, 421.
Oligustigma, new species of, 26.
Omalodes, new species of, 373.
Ophisma, new species of, 88.
Upisthostoma, new species of, 242.
Oryzomys, new species of, 261, 523,
536.
—-— navus, new subspecies of, 151.
Osteoglusside, on the genera of, 514,
Oxymycterus, new species of, 580.
TN) Dex.
Pachistopelma, characters of the new
genus, 548.
Pachycreerus, new species of, 370.
Pachygrontha, new species of, 473.
Pachyzancla, new species of, 26.
Pagyda, new species of, 136.
Pagyra, characters of the new genus,
or:
Palindia, new species of, 38.
Pamera, new species of, 480.
Pamphobeteus, characters of the new
genus, 545,
Pangoninze, notes on the, 286.
Paralamyctes, characters of the new
genus, 450.
Parartotrogus Richardi, new variety
of, 352.
Paratropus, new species of, 377.
Patritius, definition of the
generic name, 468.
Pelmatochromis, new species of, 114;
synopsis of, 115.
Pelosia, new species of, 179.
Peteroma, characters of the new
genus, 78.
Petizius, new species of, 500.
Petrocephalus, new species of, 444.
Petrochromis, new species of, 13.
Phenacoccus, new species of, 57.
Phialta, characters of the new genus,
44,
Philoros, new species of, 176.
Phormictopus, characters of the new
genus, 545.
Photichthys, new species of, 521.
Phreatoicoides gracilis, note on,
558.
Phryganopsis, new species of, 179,
Phurys, new species of, 83.
Phylodocidee, on Canadian, 228.
Phylloma, new species of, 367.
Phyllostoma, new species of, 142.
Phyllotis sublimis, note on, 254.
Physailia, characters of the new
genus, 445.
Pilsbry, Dr. H. A., on the recent
literature of Japanese land-snails,
1; on the nomenclature of Euro-
pean Helices, 325,
Pionea, new species of, 26.
Pipistrellus Kuhliu, new subspecies
of, 34.
Placonia, new species of, 45.
Plataspine, on some, 233.
Plesiopelma, characters of the new
genus, 595.
Pocock, R. I., on Myriopod nomen-
clature, 329; on new genera and
new
571
specics of Chilopoda, 448; on
the Chilopoda of Australia, 451 ;
on some genera of 8. American
Aviculariide, 549,
Podops, new species 0°, 241.
Poeantius, new species ot, 506.
Peecilobracon, characters of the new
genus, 122.
Peecilocoris, new species of, 61.
Peecilonola, new species of, 178.
Poesula, new species of, 83.
Ponsila, new species of, 234.
Ponsonby, J. H., on new terrestrial
Mollusca from S. Africa, 315.
Praxis, new species of, 131.
Precis, revision of the genus, 196.
Primierus, characters of the new
genus, 477.
Proechimys, new species of, 531,
537.
Protopulvinaria, new species of, 71.
Pseudadorodocia, characters of the
new genus, 36.
Pseudanthracia, new species of, 78.
Pseudischnaspis, characters of the
new genus, 108.
Pseudocraspedia, new species of, 17.
Pseudosphex, new species of, 170.
Pterincpelma, characters of the new
genus, 551.
Pterygistcs, new species of, 33.
Pulvinaria, new species of, 100.
Pupa, new species of, 319.
Rana, new species of, 515.
Reithrodon, note on the genus, 254.
Renodes, new species of, 91.
Reptiles, new, 15, 516.
Ithaptus, new species of, 508.
Rhipidomys, new species of, 148.
thodiginus, characters of the new
genus, 485.
Rhombocephalus letus, on, 454.
Rhosologia, new species of, 98.
Rhyacichthys, definition of the new
name, 267,
Rhynchota, new, 51, 60, 62, 100, 233,
383, 464, 497.
Rhyparochromus, new species of,
485. ie
Ricardo, G., on the Pangonine of
the family Tabanidze, 286.
Ripersia, new species of, 51.
Rockling, on the five-bearded, 219.
Safia, new species of, 46.
Salmo macrostigma, on the occur-
rence of, in Sardinia, 14.
Sanys, new species of, 88.
Saro-a new species of, 171.
572
Sayee, O. A., on three blind Victorian
freshwater Crustacea, 558.
Scepsis, new species of, 175.
Schaus, W., on new Noctuide from
Tropical America, 33, 77,
Sciurus, new species of, 147.
Scout, T. & A., on Entomostraca
from the Arctic Seas, 337.
Seasonal dimorphism, experiments
on, 398.
Shanny, note on the, 216.
Saarpe, KE. M., on Lepidoptera from
Central Africa, 278.
Shelford, R., on a new bat from
Borneo, 113; on two new snakes
from Borneo, 516.
Sherborn, C. D., on the dates of
publication of the ‘ Histoire nat.
vén, et part. des Mollusques
terrestres et fluviatiles,’ and the
‘'Tableaux systématiques des Ani-
mmaux moliusques, 74; of some
Krench voyages, 161, 883, 491; of
Moore's ‘ Lepidoptera Indica,’ 565.
Sigmomys, characters of the new
venus, 150.
Silvius, notes on the genus, 290 ;
new species of, 2-2.
Sinierus, characters of the
venus, 498,
Sollas, B. J., on the structure and
atlinities of Naiadita, 159.
Sowerby, G. B., on Voluta uniplicata,
161.
Speus.ppas, characters of the new
genus, 499.
Stauronella, characters of the new
genus, 425.
Stenopaltis, characters of the new
genus, 23,
Sticklcbacks, note on the fifteen-
spined, 219.
Stictane, new species of, 183.
Subulina, new species of, 317.
Sundwarda, characters of the new
genus, 131.
Swinhoe, Gol. C., on new genera and
species of Eastern and Australian
moths, 16, 123.
Sylvilagus, new species of, 534, 539.
Synodontis, new species of, 10.
Syntomis, new species of, 166,
Tabanidee, notes on, 286.
‘Tableaux systématiques des Ani-
maux mollusques,’ dates of, 74.
new
INDEX.
Tamanduas tetradactylus, on, 539.
Tanaecia, notes on the genus and
new species of, 356.
Tectopulvinaria, characters of the
new genus, (9.
Teretrivsoma, new species of, 379.
Teretrius, new species of, 382.
Terias, on seasonal dimorphism in, 398.
Theraphosez, synopsis of the, 542.
Thermesia, new species of, 87.
Thomas, O., on new African bats,
27; on mammals from British
Guiana, 189; on mammals from
Abyssinia, 154; on a new form of
puma from Patagonia, 188; on
bats from Para, 189 ; on new Neo-
tropical mammals, 246; on new
species of Macroscelides and Glau-
conycteris, 255; on new insular
forms of Nasua and Dasyprocta,
271; on small mammals from the
Upper Nile, 273; on bats from
Paraguay, 435; on mammals from
the Rio Jordéo, 526; on new
species of Oryzomys, Proechimys,
Cavia, and Sylvilagus from 5%.
America, 536.
Tiarocoris, new species of, 235.
Trachinidze, on the, and their allies,
261.
Trapezus, new species of, 500.
Tréhouart’s ‘ Commission scientifique
d'Islande,’ dates of, 354.
Triommatodes, new species of, 92.
Tritonaclia, new species of, 169.
Tylois, new species of, 378.
Tyrrhena atlantica, note on, 227.
Uraga, new species of, 173,
Uroptychus, uew species of, 525.
Vespertilio, new species of, 31.
Vigetus, characters of the new genus,
234.
Voluta Smithi, definition of new
name, 161. :
Woodward, B. B., on the dates of
publication of the ‘ Histoire nat.
gén. et part. des Mollusques
terrestres et fluviatiles’ and the
“Tableaux systématiques des Ani-
maux Mollusques,’ 74; of some
French voyages, 161, 833, 491.
Ypsora, characters of the new genus,
ie
Yrias, new species of, 48.
Zaus Aurelii, note on, 3d1.
END OF THE EIGHTH VOLUME.
PRINTED
BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STRERT.
Ra Ee Et ae
oa
Tee are
; A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO PHYSICS, ASTRON OMY, MECHANICS,
THE LONDON, EDINBURGH,’ AND DUBLIN
- PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE
AND
JOURNAL OF SCIENCE,
CHEMISTRY, MINERALOGY, AND THE ALLIED SCIENCES.
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Complete sets (in Numbers) may be obtained at the following
_ prices :—
The First Series, in 68 volumes, from 1798 to 1826. <A few copies only
on hand, wanting some plates—price on application.
The Second Series, in 11 volumes, from 1827 to 1832. Price £2 4s.
The Third Series, in 37 volumes, from 1832 to 1850. edo Oe
The Fourth Series, in 50 volumes, from 1851 to 1875. 9» £29.
TAYLOR and FRANctis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE
OF
NATURAL HISTORY,
INCLUDING
ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY.
MONTHLY, PRICE 2s. 6d.
Complete sets (in Numbers) ay be obtained at the following
prices: TA
The First Series, in 20 volumes, from 1838 to 1847. Price £10.
The Second Series, in 20 volumes, from 1848 to 1857. pecan At
The Third Series, in 20 volumes, from 1858 to 1867. Spi Be
The Fourth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1868 to 1877. AR aie st DY
The Fifth Series, in 20 volumes, from 1878 to 1887. wo ele:
_Taytor and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.
CONTENTS OF NUMBER 48.—Seventh Series.
Page
LXI. Rhynchotal N tee aap Heteroptera: Fam. ee gaide. By ;
EVV cies ADT STANTS SSAC NaS etrcsimiehcne tile otnenk Mowilevete sateees Ga air atte Mate 497
LXII. List. of the Fishes of the Characinid Genus Distichodus,
Mull. & Troseh., with a Key to their Identification. By G. A.’
BovLencEr, E.R. S.
LXIII. On the Genera of Usteoplossidee By G. A. Bovtrenezr,
dO SYS SNARE AIRES NaN Aen Sie elas anak ea er a KG ER RA A la eS Ne ga oh 514°
LXIV. Description of a new Frog from British East Africa.
By GAS DOUBENGER, VERB Okc somal ie teenie aos eae Rath Git Gene 515
LXY. On Two new Snakes from Borneo. By R. SHerrorp, M.A., ;
Curasoroithe Sarawak Musenm (yo) isaac te Maree ey ae 516
LXVI. Natural History Notes from the Royal Indian Marine Survey
Ship ‘Investigator, Commander T. H. Heming, R.N., commanding.
—Series III., No. 5. An Account of the Trawling Operations during
the Surveying-season of 1900-1901. By A. EF. McArotn, B.A,
M.B., Capt. I.M.S., Surgeon-Naturalist to the Survey ............ 517
LXVII. On Mammals obtained by Mr. Alphonse Robert on the
Rio Jordaéo, 8.W. Minas Geraes. By Otprizip THomas
LXVIII. New Species of Oryzomys, Proechimys, Cavia, and Sylvi-
lagus from South America. By Oxprrerp THomas 5310)
ee eb ewe heh we te
LXIX. Some new and old Genera of S.-American Avicularide.
By Ready Peacock) sb 2 mpraitehs san adh uaa UM eR ae ae Ue a OR ear ae 540
LXX. Description of Two new Species of Bracon from Bengal.
By Col ONE! Dine mami sk ZS POR. y 2 aac tea ae eter ian ed 550
LXXI. Description of a new Species of Land-Shell from Colombia.
By oe L OAM COSTA es Se rs eine cat et stele dora ea Shae Coe 557
LXXII. On Three Blind Victorian Freshwater Crustacea Poesia in
SimtHee- water: 4 By Ol Ay MAYOR. jac iec come hry me a agelee oe 508
BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICH.
A Handbook of British Birds. By J. Hi. Harrine, F.LS., F.ZS8. .. 564
MISCELLANEOUS.
- Moore’s ‘ Lepidoptera Indica.’ By C. Davies SHERBORN .......... d65;
*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,
post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,
Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.
Date Due
wFey'sy
e
—————————————— a
OS,
Laie A Seat y
ee
rar a
ots Ca abe pes
eae
Paine St Demin al et
Pein am rire
NONE He, Orr gy,
ie pabecotcane ed ee
7 WY Wat rr-9 sang ase
TW GMA fa eine guypeiree ge,